> 


• 


FROM   THE  LIBRARY  OF 
REV.    LOUIS    FITZGERALD    BENSON,   D.  D. 

BEQUEATHED    BY   HIM   TO 

THE   LIBRARY  OF 

PRINCETON  THEOLOGICAL  SEMINARY 


ft  7) 


t 


T    n    * 

RUDIMENTS 


o  r 


LATIN  and  ENGLISH 

GRAMMAR; 


DE  SIGNED 


TG  FACILITATE  THE  STUDY  OF  BOTH  LANGUAGES,  BY 
CONNECTING  THEM  TOGETHER- 


i«jm»nai  mi)      iii 


B  Y/ 

ALEXANDER  iDAM,   LL.  D. 

Rector  of  the  High  School  of  Edinburgh. 


Grammatice  eft  ars,  neceflaria  pucris,  jucur.da  fenibus,  dulds  fecretorum  comes,  et 
quae  vcl  fola  omni  itudiornm  genere  plus  habet  operis  quam  olientationis.  Nc 
qui*  igitur  tanquam  parva  faftidiat  Grammatices  clementa  ;  quia  interiora  velut 
facri  huju*  adeuntibus,  apparebit  multa  rerum  fubtilitas,  qua  non  modo  acuere 
iiigenia  puerilia,  fed  extrccre  altiflimam  quoque  exuditionem  ac  fcientiam  paflit. 

QuinSuian  i.  4,  5, 


irirft  American   from  tfje  JFiftft    CEnglift  Sottton,  tottjj 

3[ntprotjemettt0* 

Recommended  by  the  Univerfity  at  Cambridge  (Maff.) 
to  be  ufed  by  thofe  who  are  intended  for  that  Seminary. 


BOSTON; 

Printed  by  Manning  Ejf  Loring, 

For  S-   HALL,  W.  SPOTSWOOD,  J.    WHITE, 

THOMAS  &  ANDREWS,   D.  WEST, 

E.  LARKIN,  W.  P.  &  L.  BLAKE, 

and  J.  WEST. 


December,  1799* 


ADVERTISEMENT   of  CAMBRIDGE   UNI- 
VERSITY. 


Vv  HEREAS   the   Univerfity  in  Cambridge  for 

feveral  years  part  has  fufTered  much  inconvenience,  and  the  intcreft 
of  Letters  no  fmall  detriment,  from  the  variety  of  Latin  and  Greek 
Grammars  ufed  by  the  students,  in  cor.fequence  of  that  diverfity,  to 
which;  under  different  inflruetcrs,  they  have  been  accuftorned  in  their 
preparatory  courfe  ;  to  promote,  fo  far  as  may  be,  the  caufe  of  Lite- 
rature, by  preventing  thofe  evils  in  future,  the  Government  of  the 
Univerfity,  on  due  coniideratiqn  of  the  fubjed:,  has  thought  it  expedi- 
ent to  requtfr.  all  infkrucSlors  OfYoilCh,  who  may  refort  to  Cambridge 
for  education,  to  adopt  "  Adams  Latin  Grammar"  and  the  "  Gloucejler 
Greek  Grammar]*  with  reference  to  fuch  pupils,  as  Books  Angularly 
calculated  for  the  improvement  of  fhidents  in  thefe  languages.  The 
Univerfity  has  no  wiih  to  recommend,  much  lefs  to  dictate,  to  any 
other  inititution,but  only  to  facilitate  the  acquifuion  of  Literature  by 
-promoting  uniformity  within  itfelf.  Thefe  being  the  Grammars 
which  will  be  ufed  at  this  College  by  all  chfTes,  admitted  after  the 
prefent  year,  it  fecms  neceifary,  to  prevent  future  difficulty,  by  giving 
this  public  and  timely  notice  ;  for  though  a  knowledge  of  the  Gram- 
mar is  not  at  prefent  made  indifpenfably  neceifary  to  admiffion  into 
the  Univerfity,  yet  every  Scholar,  who  may  be  accepted  after  the 
prefent  Commencement  without  fuch  knowledge,  will  be  required 
immediately  to  form  a  radical  and  intimate  acquaintance  with  them, 
as  no  fludent  will  be  permitted  at  the  olafiical  exercifes  to  ufe  any 
*ther  Grammar. 

Cambridge^   'July  7>    1 799- 


P       R       E       F       A       G       E 


TO      THE 


F I  R  ST        D  I  T  I  O  N, 


MAN  enjoys  the   lingular  advantage  of  being   able 
to  communicate  his  thoughts  by  articulate  founds. 
B  lit  nations  employ  very  different  verbal  figns  for  the 

exprefiion  of  thought  ;  but  wjth  refpect  to  the  nature  and 
ufe  of  the  feveral  parts  of  fpeech  in  general,  they  uni- 
formly agree.  Hence  the  Principles  of  Grammar  in  all 
languages  are  much  the  fame. 

The  itudy  of  Grammar  has  been  confidered  as  an  ob-- 
ject  of  great    importance  by  the    wifeft   men  in   all   ages. 
But,  like  other  fciences,  it  has  often  been  involved  in  myf- 
tery,  and  perplexed  with  needlefs  diBiculties.      Inftead  of 
facilitating   the  acquisition  of  language!;,  which   was  its 
original   defign,  it   has  frequently,  feived  to   render   that 


^-ivxw    xauoi  Ivj«ao. 


As  language  is  regular  in  its  general  ftructure,  rules 
muft  no  doubt  be  ufeful  to  affift  us  in  understanding  it. 
We  firfl:  learn  to  fpeak  from  imitation.  We  ufe  die  ex- 
preffions  which  we  hear  from  others.  But  when  we  have 
once  gained  a  certain  (lock  of  words,  we  employ  them  ac- 
cording to  general  rules.  When  a  child,  for  inftance,  has 
occafion  to- fpeak  of  two  perfons,  he  will  fay,  "two  mans/* 
inlfcead  of  "  two  men  ;"  becaufo  he  learns  the  general 
method  of  forming  the  plural,  before  he  attends  to  parti- 
cular exceptions-  The  fame  maybe  obferved  of  a  perfon 
who  endeavours  to  acquire  any  foreign  language.  Memo- 
ry furnifhes  us  with  proper  terms  to  exprefs  our  thoughts, 

but 


iv  PREFACE     to 

but    judgment  mud  be  exerted  in  adapting  thefe  to  par- 
ticular circumftances. 

Every  fcience  maybe  reduced  to  principles.     The  prin- 
ciples of  Grammar  may   be   traced  from  the  progrefs  of 
the  mind   in  the  acquifition  of  language.     Children  firit 
exprefs  their  feelings  by  motions  and  gellures  of  the  body, 
by  cries  and  tears.     This  is  the  language  of  nature,  and 
therefore  univerfal.      It   fitly   reprefents   the    quicknefs   of 
fentiment  and  thought,  which  are  as   inflantaneous  as  the 
impreifion  of  light  on  the  eye-     Hence  we  always  exprefs 
our   itrcnger  feelings  by   thefe  natural  figns.      But  when 
we  want  to  make  known  to    others  the  particular  concep- 
tions of  the  mind,  we  mult    represent  them  by  parts,  we 
mull  divide  and  analyze  them.     We  exprefs  each  part  by 
certain  figns,  and  join  thefe  together  according  to  the  or- 
der of  their   relations.     Thus  words  are   both    the  inftru- 
ment  and  figns  of  the  divifion  of  thought.     But  as  words 
are  only  artificial  fi^ns  of  thought,   and    their  connection- 
with   what  they   represent,   merely  arbitrary  ;    the   fame 
thought   may   be  e.\pre?!ed    by    different   figns,  and  thefe 
figns  variouily  arranged  :   Hence  the  diverfity  of  languages 
dvtd  idioms.     All  languages,  however,  muft  confift  of  the 
fame  effential  parts.      There  mud  be  fome  words  to  mark 
the  fubject  o{  difcourfe,  and  others  to  exprefs  what  we  ai- 
firm  concerning  it.     The  former  excite  our  curioiity,  and 
by  the  latter  it  is  gratified.      In  this  manner  mull  language 
have  been  originally  invented,  if  it  be  a  human  invention  ;- 
and  in  tins  marmef  do  children  always   acquire  the  ufe  of 
fpeech.      We  are  firft  taught   the    names  of  objecls^ ;  and 
then  we  learn  the  words,  which  exprefs  their  qualities  and 
aclions.  s    we   grow  up,    we   become  acquainted  with 

the  ufe  of  Prepofitions,  Adverbs,  and  Conjunctions,  to- 
gether with  the  different  variations  of  Verbs  employed  to 
mark  time,  number,  and  perfon.  By  joining  thefe  toge- 
ther, we  form  leniences,  w^hich  we  compound  and  arrant 
variouily,  according  to  the  fentimentswe  want  to  exprel 
Thus  we  come  to  analyze  our  thoughts,  and  reprefent 
them  by  parts,  fo    as   to  convey  them  properly  to  Others, 

with  all  their  circumftances  and  relations. 

Grammar 


the    First    Edition*  ▼• 

Grammar  is  founded  on  common  fenfe.  Every  fenti- 
ment  e.xprefled  by  words  exemplifies  its  rales,  and  the  ig- 
norant obferve  them,  as  well  as  the  learned.  The  Prhy 
ciples  of  Grammar  are  the  firft  abftrad  truths  which  a 
young  mind  can  comprehend.  Children  diicover  their  ca- 
pacity for  underitanding  the  rules  of  Grammar,  by  put- 
ting them  in  practice.  It  is  indeed  difficult  to  inake  young 
people  attend  to  what  paifes  in  their  own  minds.  But 
perhaps  this  is  partly  owing  to  the  abftrufe  manner  in 
which  it  is  laid  before  them.  The  Principles  of  Grammar 
will  be  moiVfuccefbiuiiv  taught  by  arranging  and  explain- 
ing th-.m  according  to  the  order  of  nature.  Every  art  is 
more  or  lefs  involved  in  obfeurity  by  the  hard  terms  pecu- 
liar to  it.  In  no  art  is  this  more  rem  irkably  the  cafe 
than  in  Grammar.  The  terms  it  envoys  are  fo  abttract, 
that,  unlets  they  be  properly  explained,  even  perfons  of 
advanced  years  cannot  understand  the:  Could  this  in- 
convenience be  thoroughly  removed,  the  Principles  of 
Grammar  might  be  adapted  to  the  meaneft  capacity:  For 
were  the  nature  of  the  different  parts  of  fpeech,  and  their 
ufe  in  fentences  prope:  jx  plained,  the  mind  would  re-. 
COgnife  its  own  operations,   and   per:  that    Grammar 

is  nothing  elfe  than  a  delineation  of  thoie  rules  which  we 
obferve  in  evei  y  exprtflion  of  thpugfht  by  words.  Thus 
the  ftudy  of  Grammar  v  J  not  only  improve  the  mem- 
ory, but  ferve  in  a  high  degree  to  ilrengthen  and  enlarge 
all  the  faculties  of  the  mind. 

Whatever  we  learn  firft,  is  the  rood  familiar  to  us.  For 
this  re  a  ton  c  Idren  trill  mo:l  eafhy  apprehend  the  Princi- 
ples of  Grammar,  when  .ed  and  exemplified  in  th 

e  which  is  natural  to  them,  Plence  it  feems  prop- 
er to  begin  in  Grammar,  as  in  reading,  with  the  lang;uap-e 
cf  our  own  country.  But  as  mod  of  the  modern  languages 
in  Europe  are  in  a  great  meafure   founded   on   the  Latin, 

able  part  of  cur  knowledge,  with  re- 
gardboth  to  icie;ce  and  taile,  isderivedf:  can  Latin  authors, 
the  ftudy  of  Latin  Grammar  has  rally  been  preferred 

to  that  of  the  Grammar  of  the  r.  -r  tongue.  This  has 
part:  ly  been   t.  e    in   this   country.     Till   of 

late   very  little  attention  has   been  paid  to   the   itudy  of 

A  2  Engliflh 


vt  PREFACE     to 

Englifli  Grammar  ;  in  confequence  of  which  many  in 
gularities  have  crept  into  die  language,  which  might  other- 
wife  have  been  prevented.     Were   the   importance  of  the 
two  languages  to   come  into  competition,    that   would  no 
doubt  deferve  the  preference  which  we  have  the   moll  fre- 
quent occafion  to  ufe.     But  to  fuch  as   aim  at  polite  lite- 
rature, the  ftudy  of  both  ieems  neceffary  :  and  the  knowl- 
edge of  the  one  will  be  found  highly  conducive. to  that  of 
the  other.     The  Engl-iih  language  has  received  its  great! 
improvements  from    thofe   who  were  matters  of  claffic 
learning  ;    and  perhaps   it  cannot  be  thoroughly  under- 
stood, without  feme  acquaintance   with   the   Latin.      It 
certain,  no  one  can  properly  tranilate    from  the  one  lan- 
guage into  the  other,   without    underllanding   the    idioms- 
of  both.      In    order   therefore    to   teach    Lai  la  Gramm; 
with   fuccefs,  wTe  ihould  always  join   with   it  a  particular 
attention  to  the  rudiments  of  Eng:i(h.     This  is  the  defign 
of  the  following  attempt.     And  as  in  writing  upon  Gram- 
mar, materials  entirely  new  cannot  be  expected,  the  com- 
piler has  with  freedom  borrowed  from  all  hands  whatevi 
he  judged  fit   for  his  purpofe.     He  acknowledges  himfelf 
particularly  indebted  to  Mr  Harris's  Hermes  with  regard 
to    the  principles   of  univerfal  Grammar  ;  to  Wallis  and 
Dr  Lowth,  for    moft   of   his  obfervations  concerning  the- 
Engliih  ;  and   to   Gerard  VouTus,    and   Ruddiman,  with 
refpect  to  the  Latin. 

The  merit  cf  any  performance  on  this  ftibjed  mud  in  a 
great  meafure  depend  upon  the  method  of  illuftration  and 
arrangement.  In  the  picfent  eilay  that  arrangement  has- 
"been  obferved,  which  appeared  moft  natural.  The  feveral 
parts  of  Grammar  arc  reduced  to  general  principles  ;  and 
after  thefe  are  fubjomed  particular  obfervations  and  ex- 
ceptions, x  nt  moil  effcntial  rules  and  remarks  are  print- 
ed in  larger  characters  ;  and  the  committing  of  thefe  to 
memory,  together  with  the  examples,  will  to  a  learner  at 
firft,  it  is  thought,  be  found  fufficient,  A  careful  peril- 
fal  of  the  particular  obfervations,  afterwards,  joined  with 
the  reading  of  the  cladics,  and  the  practice  of  writing 
and  fpeaking  Latin,  will  fuperfede  the  ufe  of  any  other 
Grammar  rules*     If  a  further  exercife  for  the  memory 

be 


the    First    Edition.  Til 

be  wanted,  beautiful  pailages  feleckd  from  the  Gallic, 
feem  much  more  proper  for  this  purpofe,  than  Latin  verfrs 
about  words  and  phrafes,  however  accurately  compofed. 
Whatever  other  Grammar  may  have  formerly  been 
taught,  tire  perufal  of  die  following,  it  is  hoped,  will  be 
attended  with  advantage.  The  compiler  has  done  every 
thing  in  his  power  to  prepare  it  for  the  public,  He  has 
examined  with  care  the  method  ofedu  n,  and  the  fev- 
eral  Grammars  made  uio  of  both  at  home,  and  abroad.  He 
has  communicated  his  own  plan  to  many  perfons  of  the 
firft  character  for  letters  in  this  kingdom  ;  and  the  atten- 
tion which:  they  have  been  pleafed.  to  pay  to  it,  and  the 
manv  ufeful  obiervations  which  he  has  received  from  them, 
he  will  always  remember  with  gratitude.  He  is  Rill  afraid, 
that  notwithstanding  all  his  care,  fome  defects  may  be 
found  in  the  execution  ;  but  hopes  that  his  dc  it  lea(t 

111  meet  with  approbation,   and  earnestly  c  e  ai- 

fiftance  of  the  encouragers  of  learning,  to  enable   him  to 
is  fcheme  to  greater  perfection, 


[NBURQB) 

I "  7 1. 


PREFACE 


«*> 


R       E       E       A       C       E 


TO      THE 


FOURTH    EDITION, 


THE  compiler  was  firit  led,  at  an  early  period  of  life, 
to  think  ot  compoiing  this  Book,  by  obferving  the 
hurtful  effects  of.  teaching  boys  Grammar  Rules  in  Latin 
verie,  which    they  did  not   underftand  ;  while  they   were 
ignorant,  not  only  of  the  principles  of  that  language,  but 
alio   of  thpfe    oi   their   mother   tongue.      Experience  I 
fi nee  afforded  him  the  moit  convincing  proofs  of  the  im- 
rcpriety  cf  this  practice  ;and   his  opinion   has  been  it  ill 
further  confirmed   by  perufing.   the    writings    of  the  old 
Grammarians,   and  o£-  the  moit  eminent  among  the  mod- 
erns,        he  old  Grammarians,  Charifius,  D:  r/,  Frifcia- 
?;us,   Pr                tatuf,  Servius,  Plcfcr/uus,  Augujlinusy  Gajfio- 
dor  us,    MacrobittSf    Beda,    sllcubius,  *   isfc.    have    no    vcrle 
rulers  and  fo  in  latter   times  Perotte,  Manutius,  Erafmus> 
Vykriusi   Buchanan^   Milton,  oV,            cola  us    Perotte    was 
ne  of  the  chief  reftoreis  of  learning  in  the  fifteenth  cen- 
tury.     He    died    Atchbifliop    of    Siponto  in  1480.     rI  he 
rnpiler  has   a  copy  of  the  firft  edition  of  his  Grammar, 
primed  at  Brefcia  anno  1474.      It  is  coznpofed  by  way  of 
n  and  anfwer;  but  without  any  verfe  nil.         Soon 
:er  Lhe   invention   of  printing,  and   perhaps   before,  f< 
the  cc  mpilcr  has  not  been  able  to  afcertain  the  precife  pe- 
riod,  the  cuitom.was  introduced  of  expreffing  the  pr  inci- 
tes 

*  Terevtiam's  Mauris,  a  learned  Grammr.ri.in,  by  birth  sn  Af- 
'io  is  funpofed  to  have  lived  und^r  Trajar  ,   arul  wro:.  i-i 
treat:  ordy  of  poetry. 


PREFACE    to  the   Fourth   Edition.  in 

pies  of  almoft  every  art  and  fcience  in  Latin  and  Greek 
verfe.  The  rules  of  Logic,  and  even  the  aphorifms  of 
Hippocrates,  were  taught  in  this  manner.  Among  the 
verfifiers  of  Latin  Grammar  Defpauter  and  Lily  were  the 
nioft  confpicuous.  The  nrlt  complete  eduion  of  Defpau- 
ter's  Grammar  was  printed  at  Cologne,  anno  1522  ;  his 
Syntax  had  been  published  anno  1500.  Lily  was  made 
firil  Mailer  of  St  Paul's  fchool  in  London,  by  Dr.  Colet, 
its  founder,  anno  1510;  10  that  he  was  contemporary  with 
Defpauter.  His  Grammar  was  appointed,  by  an  act 
which  is  (till  in  force,  to  be  taught  in  the  eftabiifhed 
fchools  of  England v  Various  attempts  were  afterwards 
made  by  different  authors  ;  as,  Sanclius>  Afaarus*  Setoff ius> 
Ktrivtned,  WatU  RaJdhmmt  &c*  to  Improve  on  the  plan  of 
Defpauter  and  Lily  ;  but  with  little  fucceis.  The  truth 
isr  it  leems  impracticable  to  express-  with  fufficient  perfpi- 
cuity  the  Principles  of  Grammar  in  Latin  verfe  j  and  it 
appears  llrange,  that  when  fcholaltic  jargon  is- exploded 
from  elementary  books  on  other  fciences,  it  fhould  be  re- 
tained by  public  authority,  where  it  ought  never  to  have 
been  admitted,  in  Latin  Grammars  for  children.  But 
fuch  is  the  force  of  habit  and  attachment  to  eftablifhed 
modes,  that  we  go  on  in  the  ufe  of  them,  without  think- 
ing whether  they  be  founded  in  reafon  or  not.  When 
there  are  a  great  many  exceptions  from  a  general  rule, 
whatever  can  affift  the  memory  is  no  doubt  ufeful.  On 
this  account  the  principal  rules  for  the  genders  of  nouns, 
&c.  are  here  Jubjeined,  for  local  reafoils,  from  Ruddiman's 
Grammar  ;  although  many  of  them  are  by  no  means 
adapted  to  the  capacity  of  boys  ;  and  more  of  them  are  in- 
ferted,  in  compliance  with  the  opinion  of  others,  than 
the  compiler  judges  neceilary.  They  are  printed  at  the 
end  of  the  bock  ;  and  fuch  as  choofe  it,  may  have  Lily's 
rules,  Watt's  rules,  or  any  other,  fubflituted  in  their  place. 
The  authors  of  the  Ncuvdb  Mcthcdc^  or  Pert  Royal 
Grammar  in  France,  judging  it  as  abfurd  to  teach  Latin 
by  rules  in  Latin  verfe,  as  to  teach  Greek,  by  rules  in 
Greek  verfe,  or  Hebrew  by  rules  in  Hebrew,  compofed  the 
rules  of  Latin  Grammar,  in  French  verfe.  Some  authors 
in   England,  as,  Clarke,  Phillips,  &c.  have   imitated  their 

example. 


2  PREFACE     to 

example.  But  this  plan  has  not  in  either  country  been 
much  followed j  Nothing  can  he  more  uncouth  thanfuch 
venirication.  So  that  Latin  rules,  on  the  whole,  feem 
preferable. — However  this  may  be,  the  following  remarks 
concerning  the  method  of  teaching  Latin,  it  is  hoped,  will 
net  be  deemed  improper.  - 

When  the  learner  is  once  mafter  of  the  inflexion  of 
•nuns  and  verbs,  he  fhould  be  exercifed  in  getting  by  heart 
v  ords  and  ph'rafes,  while  at  the  fame  time  he  is  employed 
in  reading  lb  me  eafy  author,  and  in  turning,  plain  fen- 
tences  from  Englifh  into  Ldttfh  The  foonerhe  can  be 
brought  to  write  part  of  his  exercifes,  the*  better;  but- he 
lhould  never  be  obliged  to  get  Grammar  rules  in  Latin 
verfe,  till  he  is  capable  of  underflanding  them  by  himfelf; 
becaufe  although  the  teacher  may  explain  them,  the  Schol- 
ar will  foon  forget  the  interpretation,  and  repeat  the 
words  merely  by  rote,  without  attending  to  their  mean- 
ing ;  Nor  fhould  he  be  forced  to  get  rules  in  Latin  verfe, 
which  may  be  remembered  equally  well  in  Engliih  profe. 
Rules  in  verfe  are  only  ufeful  when  they  affift  the  memo-  - 
ry  ;  as  when  there  is  a  number  of  exceptions  from  a  gene- 
ral ru^e,  where  alone  they  are  indeed  of  advantage  :  and 
even  here,  perhaps,  any  chime  of  words  might  anfwer  the 
purpofe  as  well  as  Latin  hexameters.  It  is  of  import- 
ance, when  the  rule  is  long,  that  the  learner  be  accustom- 
ed to  repeat  no  more  of  it  than  is  (tridly  applicable  to  the 
Word  or  phrafe  in  queftion.  The  repetition  of  the  whole 
is  an  ufelefs  wafte  of  time.  The  great  object  ought  to 
be,  to  bring  the  learner,  in  as  lhort  time  as  poflible,  to 
join  .without  hefitation  au  adjective  with  a  fubftantive  in 
any  cafe,  number,  or  degree  of  comparifon  ;  and  in  like 
manner  to  touch  upon  any  part  of  a  verb,  and  tell  readi- 
ly by  what  cafe  any  adjective,  verb,  or  prepo'ition  is  fol- 
lowed. This  facility  practice  alone  can  teach,  and  the 
method  of  acquiring  it  muft  in  all  languages  be  much  the 
fame. 

The  niceties  of  conftruction,  the  figures  of  Syntax,  and 
the  other  parts  of  Grammar,  fhould  be  occafionally  taught, 
us  the  learner  proceeds  in  reading  the  more  difficult  au- 
thors. 

As 


the    Fourth    Edition.  xi 

As  the  ancient  Romans  joined  the  Grammar  of  their 
own  language  ^  :•:  t  of  the  Gresk  ;  io  we  ought  to 
coiiiic  :t  .he  ftttd\  <  I        ifflilh   Grammar  that  of  the 

Latin  ;  and  when  the  learner  properly  underftands  Latin 
Grammar,  he  orj  lo  join  with  it  the  ftudy  of  the  Greek.; 
the  knowledge  o:  h  thefe  languages  being  requifite  for 
the  thorough    i  ig  of  the  Er.glifh.     This  is  the 

pr         j  in  a    d,   and  other  countries,   where  the  bed 

Greek  and  n  icholars  are  formed*     It  is  particularly 

neceflary  in  Scotland  to  pay  attention  to  the  Englifh  in 
conjunction  with  the  Latin*  as  -by  neglecting  it  boys  at 
fchool  learn  many  improprieties  in  point  of  Grammar,  as 
well  as  of  pronunciation,  which  it  is  difficult  in  after  life 
to  correct.  This  attention  is  *lefs  requifite  in  England  % 
though  even  there,  in  the  opinion  of  Dr.Lowth,  to  ufe  his 
own  words,  "  the  connection  of  the  Englifh  with  the  Latin 
ft  Grammar,  ji  it  could  be  introduced  into  fchools,  might 
*'  be  of  good  fervice*"* 

Edinburgh,  T 
.0^.25,1793.  5 


In  the  prefent  edition  the  Appendix  to  Etymology  ha* 
heen  omitted,  becaufe  a  larger  work  on  that  fubject  is  in- 
tended, and  will  probably  foon  be  fent  to  the  prefs. 

Edinburgh,  \ 
Ja/tt  23. 1798.  J 


*    In  a  letter  concerning  this  book,  after  having  read  the  man** 
icript,  dated,   Cuddefdon,  Sept.  27,1771-. 


CONTENTS 


CONTENTS. 


Part  I.     ORTHOGRAPHY,  which  treats  of  *** 

LETTERS,            -                .  i 

Diphthongs                    *                        *                    -  2 

Syllable*                    *  3 

Part  IL    ETYMOiOGY,  which  treats  of  WORDS,     4 

Divifion  ©f  Words  or  Parts  of  Speech                 -  ib. 

The  Article  ; — wanting  in  ..Latin                      -  5 

-I.  NOUN  or  Substantive,  6 

Englifh  Nouns                                                            -  7 

Latin  Nouns                         -                      -                     -  S 

Declension  of  Noufrs                   •                          -  ib. 

G    nder  of  Noons                          -                          -  10 

Firft  Declenfton                          -                           -  1 3 

Second  Declenfion                               •                              -  19 

Third  Declenfion                   •                            •  a8 

Fourth  Declenfion                          -                           -  .47 

Fifth  Decleufion                  -                      *                   -  49 

Irregola<   Nouns  ib. 

Division  of  Nouns,  according  to  their  fignificatien  and  derivation  56 

Adjective                                             •  58 

Numeral  Adjectives                      •  66 

Comparison  of  Adjectives                  —                     -  69 

U.  PRONOUN                       -                             -  J% 

Engliih  Pronouns                         *                                  -  ib. 

Latin  Pronouns                  -                           •  ?3 

I.  Simple  Latin  Pronouns                 -                        -  ib. 
a.  Compound  Latin  Preaouas                *                     -74 

III.  VERB  79 

Englifh  Verbs                      -                       -                      -  81 

Conjugation  of  Latin  Verbs  86 

Fir  A:  Conjugation                            -                           ^  -90 
Second   Conjugation                           -                          "95 

Third   Conjugation                       -                      -  "97 

Fourth  Conjugation                                    -  ^8 

.Formation  of  the  different  part9  o    Latin  Verbs  99 
Signification  of  the  different  Tkmh                -                t°x 

VERBS 


CONTENTS. 

VERBS  of  the  First  Conjugation                J    -  I04 

Second    Conjugation  -                    ic8 

Third    Conjugation  -                   nj 

Fourth  Conjugation  -                  122, 

Deponent  and  Common  Verbs                  -  -                  124 

Irregular  Verbs                          -                          -  I2g 

Defective  Ver*bs  - 

Impersonal  Verbs 


> 


133 
*35 


Redundant  Verbs.  -  -  -  1^6 


j1 


Qbf oleic  Conjugation                          -                           »-  j^g 

Derivation  and  Composition  of  Verbs  -                      ib. 

IV.  PARTICIPLE                      -                  -  -                 I4o* 

V.  .ADVERB                                            ,                      -  I4Z 

VI.  PREPOSITION  -  -  /'  !  i46 
VIIfc  INTERJECTION  -  -  Mg 
VIII.  CONJUNCTION                               -  -                l40 

TART  III.       SYNTAX   or   CONSTRUCTION, 

which  treats  of  SENTENCES,  151 

Divifion  of  Sentences  into  Simple  and  Compound  -              fej 

I.  SIMPLE  SENTENCES             -  .                 ib. 

Concord  or  Agreement  of  Words  in  Simple  Sentences  ib. 

GOVERNMENT  of  Words  in  Simple   Sentences  -             j57" 

I.*  Government  of  Substantives                  -  -                      ib. 

II.  Government  of  Adjectives                      -  -                  160 

III.  Government  of  Verbs                   -                       -  l£6 

1.  Verbs  governing  one  cafe                            -  ib. 

2.  Verbs  governing  two  cafes                  -  j-j^ 

Government  of  Passive   Verbs 

of  Impersonal   Verbs 


7/7 
*79 


Conftruction  of  the  Infinitive                  -  -                        1S1 

of  Participles,  &c.                      -  -              183 

of  Gerunds                       -  -                         281 

of  Supines                                   -  ig^ 

of  Adverbs                       -  -                    lg$ 

Government  of  Adverbs 

of  Prepositions 

Conftruction  of  Circumstances 

1.  Price                      -  .                     ib, 

2.  Manner  and  Caufe  -                             ib. 

3.  Place                          -  *              j-« 

4.  Meafure  and  Diftance  -                      2?o 

5.  Time                              -  -               2cr 

B  II.  COMPOUND 


189 

190 
196 


CONTENTS. 

Pare 

II.  COMPOUND  SENTENCES                -  20X 

Sentences  are  compounded  by  Relatives  and  Conjunctions  ib. 

Conftruction  of  Relatives                       -                           -  220 

of  Conjunctions                          -  -205 

of  Comparatives                      -                      -  210 

The  Ablative  Absolute             -                          -  211 

APPENDIX  to  Syntax  ;  containing 

I.  Various  Signification  and  Construction  of  Verbs  214 

II.  Figurative  Construction,  or  Figures  of  Syntax  235 

III.  Analysis   and  Translation                          -  237 

IV.  Different  kinds  of  Style                -                      -  241 

V.  Figures  of  RHETORIC                          -  243 

1.  Figures  of  Words  or  Tropes                               -  ib. 

2.  Repetion  of  Words                      -                    -  248 

3.  Figures  of  Thought                                       w            -  249 

Part  IV,  PROSODY,   which  treats  of  the  Quantity 

of  Syllables,  of  Accent  and  Verfe,  252 

I.   Quantity  of  Syllables                      -                      -  ib. 

1.  Quantity  of  firft  and  middle  Syllables                           -  553 

2.  Quantity  of  final  Syllables                      -                  -  261 

Quantity  of  Derivatives  and  Compounds                       -  264 

I!.  ACCENT                      -  266 

III.  VERSE                                  -                      * «  267 

The  meafuring  of  Verfes  by  Feet,  or  Scanning"             -  ib. 

Different  kinds  of  Verfes                      -                      -  268 

Figures  in  Scanning                 -                     -  275 

Different  kinds  of  Poems-                         -                      -  277 

Combination  of  Verfes  in  Poems                              -  278 

Different  kinds  of  Verfe  in  Horace  and  Buchanan              -  279 

English  Verse                              -                          -  281 

APPENDIX  I.  Punctuation,  Capitals,  &c                      -  286 

II,  Rule;  from  Ruddiman's  Grammar             -  291 

THE 


T  H  E 

I 


RUDIMENTS 


o  f 

LATIN     a,n  d     ENGLISH 


GRAMMAR. 


GRAMMAR  is  the  art  of '  {peaking  and  writing  cor- 
rectly. 

Latin  or  Englifh  Grammar  Is  the  art  of  fpeaking  and 
writing  the  Latin  or  the  Englifh  language  correclly. 

The  Rudiments  of  Grammar  are  plain  and  eafy  inftruc- 
tions,  teaching  beginners  the  firft  principles   and  rules    of  it. 

Grammar  treats  of  fentences,  and  the  feveral  parts  of 
which  they  are  compounded. 

Sentences  confift  of  words ;  Words  ecnfifl  of  one  ox 
more  fyllables  ;  Syllables  of  one  or  more  letter?.  So  that 
Letters,  Syllables,  Word?,  and  Sentences,  make  up  the 
whole  fubject  of  grammar. 

LETTERS. 

A  Letter  is  the  mark  of  a  found,  or  of  an  articulation 
•f  found. 

That  part  of  Grammar  which  treats  of  letters,  is  called 
Orthography. 

The  letters  in  Latin  are  twenty-five  :  A,  a  ;  B,  b ;  C,  c  ; 
D,  d;  E,  e;  F,  f ;  G,  g  ;  H>  h  ;  I,  i  ;  J,  j  ;   K,  k  ;  L*l; 

M,    m  ;   N,   n  ;   O,    o  ;   P,   p  ;   (^  q  ;    R,   r  ;   S,   f ;   T,   t  ; 
U,  u  ;  V,  v  ;  X,  x  ;  Y,  y  ;  Z,  z  ; 

la  EagLifh  there  is  one  letter  more,  tamely,  W%  iv. 

Letters 


2  Letters  and  Diphthongs. 

I  Letters  are   divided   into  Vowels   and   Contb- 
wjps.  )  I     I  I 

|  Six  are  vowels ;  *,  e9  i,  o,  u,  y.     All  the   reft 

are  confonants. ) 
|  A  vowel  makes  a  full  found  by  itfelf ;  as,  a,  e.\ 
|Aconfonant   cannot    make  a   perfect  found 

without  a  vowel  ;  as,  b\  d. ) 

A  rowel  is  properly  called  %  fmpk  found ;  and  the 
founds  formed  by  the  concourfe  o£  vowels  and  confonants, 
aftu  date  fl 

Confonants  are  divided  into  Mutes,  Semi-votucb,  and 
DouHe  C    ■       .    ts* 

A  mute  is  fo  called,  became  it  entirely  flops  the  paxTagc 
ot  the  voice  ;  a?,  p  in  ap* 

The  mutes  are,  p,  h  ;  t,  d;  c,  i,  q,  and*^/  but  3,  d,  and 
f,  perhaps  may  more  properly  be  termed  Stim-mutes. 

A  femi-vowel,  or  half  vowel,  does  not  entirely  flop  the 
paiTage  of  the  voice  ;  thus,  aL 

Tiit  femi-vowels  are,  /,  m,  t?>  r,  s,  f.  The  Grit  four  of 
thefe  are  alfo  called  Liquids,  particularly  /  and  r  ;  becaufe 
they  flow  foftly  and  eofily  after  a  mute  in  the  fime  fylla- 
ble  ;  as,  bla,  jlra. 

The  mutes  and  femi-vowels  may  be  thus  diflinguiflied. 
Tn  naming  the  mutes,  the  vowel  is  put  after  them  ;  as,  pr, 
be,  Sec,  but  in  naming  the  femi-vowels,  the  vowel  is  put 
before  them  ;   as,  e/9  tin,  Sec. 

The  double  confonants  are,  *,  tz,  andy.  X  vs  made  up 
of  cs,  ks,  or  gs.  Z  feems  not  to  be  a  double  confonant 
in  Englifh.  It  ha:  the  fame  relation  to  sy  as  v  has  to  ff 
being  founded  fomewhat  more  foftly. 

In  L::tin  r,  and  like  wife  i  and  y3  are  found  only  in 
words  derived  frcm  the  Greek. 

T  in  Englifh  is  fbmetimes  a  conionant,  as  in  youth, 

H  by  fome  is  not  accounted  a  letter,  but  only  a  breathing. 

DIPH T H  O  N G  S. 

I  A  diphthong'is  two  vot  1  in  one  found.     j 


Syllables*  3 

If  the  -  found  of  both  vowels  be  diftinCtiy  heard,  it  is 
called  a  Proper  Diphthong ;   if  not,  an    Improper    Diphthong. 

The  proper  diphthongs  in  Latin  are  commonly  reckon- 
ed three  ;  auy  euy  ei  ;  as  in  aurumy  Eur  us  y  omneis.  To 
thefe,  fome,  not  improperly,  add  other  three,  namely, 
ai  ;  as  in  Mala ;  oty  as  in  Troia  :  and  uiy  as  in  Harpu'ia, 
or  in  cul  and  huicy  when  pronounced  as  monofyllables. 

The  improper  diphthongs  in  Latin  are  two,  aey  or  when 
the  vowels  are  written  together,  a ;  as  aeiasy  or  atas  ;  oey 
or  z  ;  as  poena  or  pcena  ;  in  both  of  which  the  found  of  the 
e  only  is  heard.  The  ancients  commonly  wrote  the  vowels 
feparately,  thus,  aetasy  poena. 

The  Englifh  language  abounds  with  improper  diph- 
thongs, the  jult  pronunciation  of  which  practice  alone 
can  teach.  In  fome  words  derived  from  the  French,  there 
are  three  vowels  in  the  fame  fy liable,  but  two  of  them  only 
are  founded  ;  as  in  beauty,  lieutenant* 

SYLLABLES. 

A  fyllable  is  the  found  of  one  letter,  or  of  feveral  letters 
pronounced  by  one  impulfe  of  the    voice  ;.  as  ay  to,  Jlrength. 

In  every  word  there  are  as  many  fyllables  .  as  there  are 
diftinct  founds  ;  as,  in-fal-li-bi-li-ty. 

In  Latin  there  are  as  many  fyllables  in  a  word  as  there 
are  vowels  or  diphthongs  in  it ;  uniefs  when  u  with  any 
other  vowel  comes  after  g>  qy  or  sy  as  ia  llnguay  quiy  fua~ 
deo  ;  where  the  two  vowels  are  not  reckoned  a  diphthongr 
becaufe  the  found  of  the  u  vanifhes,  or  is  little  heard. 

Words  coniiiting  of  one  fyllable,  are  called  Monofyl- 
lables ;  of  two,  Dijfyllables  ;  and  of  more  than  two,  Poly- 
fyllables.  But  all  words  of  more  than  one  fyllable  are 
commonly  called  Poly  fyllables. 

In  dividing,  words  into  fyllables^  we  are  chiefly  to  be 
directed  by  the  ear.  Compound  words  fnould  be  di- 
vided into  the  parts  of  which  they  are  made  up ;.  as,  up-ony 
ivith-ouiy  &c.  and  fo  ia  Latin  words,  ab-utory  ui-opsy 
propter-eay  et-e?iimy  vel-uty  &c.  In  like  manner,  when  a 
fyllable  is  added  in  the  formation  of  the  Englifh  verb,  as, 
lov-eJ,   lGv~ingy  lo<v-eihr  will-i;:gy  Sec. 

Obfrv:,  A  long  fyllable  is  thus  marked  [-]  ;  as,  amare  ; 
v  B  2         /  or 


4  Words  and  Parts  of  Speech. 

or    with   a    circumflex    accent   thus,    [  ]  ;  as,    amdris.  '  A 
fliort  fyllable  is  marked  thus  [w]  ;  as,  omnibus. 

What  pertains  to  the  quantity  of  Syllables,  to  accent, 
and  veife,  will  be  treated  of  afterwards. 

WORDS. 

Words  are  articulate  founds  fignincant  of  thought. 
That  part  of  Grammar  which   treats   of  words,  is  call 
Etymology^  or  Analogy* 

All  words  may  be  divided  into  three  kinds;  namely ,  I.  fuch  as 
mark  the  names  of  things;  2.  fuchas  denote  what  isaffirmed  concerning 
things  ;  and  3.  fuch  as  are  fignificant  only  in  tonjun&ion  with  other 
words;  or  what  are  called  Subjlanti-ves,  Attributives ,  and  Conneftivft. 
Thus  in  the  following  fentence,  "  The  diligent  bey  reads  the  leffoA  care* 
M  fully  in  the  fchool^  and  at  home"  the  wcrds  toy,  hjfon^'fcbooL  obtnty 
are  the  names  we  give  to  the  things  fpoken  of;  diligent  ^  reeds,  care- 
fuUy,  exprefs  what  is  affirmed  con.cerr.iug  the  boy  ;  the,  in,  m 
are  only   fignificant  when  joined  with  the  other  words  of  the  fentence. 

All  words  whatever  are  either  fimple  or  compound,  pri- 
mitive or  derivative. 

The  divifion  of  words  into  fimple  and  compound,  is 
called  their  Figure ;  into  primitive  and  derivative,  their 
Species  or  kind. 

A  fimple  word  is  that  which  is  not  made  up  of  more  than 
cne  ;  as,  pius,  pious  ;   ego,   I  ;•  doceo,   I  teach. 

A  compound  word  is  that  which  is  made  up  of  two  or 
more  words ;  or  of  one  word,  and  fome  fyllable  added,  as, 
impius,  impious  ;  dedoceo,  I  unteach  ;  egomet,   I  myfelf. 

A  primitive  word  is  that  which  comes  from  no  other ; 
as,  pius,  pious  ;  difco,   I  learn  ;  doceo,  I  teach. 

A  derivative  word  is  that  which  comes  from  another 
word  ;  as,  pietas,  piety  ;  doclrina,  learning. 

The  different  claiTes  into  which  we  divide  words,  are 
called  Paris  of  Speech. 

PARTS    OF    SPEECH. 

1 The   parts    of  fpeech   in    Latin    are   eight  ; 

1.  Noun,    Pronoun,    Verb,    Participle  ;  declined  : 

2.  Adverb,  *  Prepofition,    Interjcdion,     and    Con- 
junction ;  undeclined.  } 


Par*ts  of  Speech,  j 

In  Englifh   the  adjective  and  participle  are  not    declined. 

Thofe  words  or  parts  of  fpeech  are  faid  to  be  declined 
which  receive  ^different  changes,  particularly  on  the  end, 
which  is  called  the  Termination  of  words. 

The  changes  made  upon  words  are  by  grammarians  call- 
ed A         tts,  ' 

k;  Of 'old,  all  words  which  admit  of  different  terminations 
were  iaitl  to  be  declined.  But  Dcchnfon  is  now  applied 
only  to  nouns.  The  changes  made  upon  the  verb  are  call- 
ed Conjugation* 

• 

The  Engtifn  language  has  one  part  of  fpeech  more  than 
who  Latin,  namely,  the  ARTICLE. 

The   article   is    a   word    put    before  fubftantive    nouns,  to 
po'r.         m  out,  and  to  fhew  how  far    their  (Signification    ex- 
pends. 

There  are  two'  articles,  a  and  the  :  a  becomes   an    before 

vowel,  or  a  filent'  h. 

A  is  called  the  Indefinite,   The  the  'Definite  Article, 

A  is  ufed  to  point  out  one  fingle  thing  of  a  kind,  with- 
out fixing  precilciy  what  that  thing  is  :  The  determines 
what  particular  thicg  is  meant. 

A  man  means  fimply  fome  one  or  other  of  that  kind  : 
the  man  fignifies  that' particular  man  who  is  fpoken  of. 

The  want  of  the  article  is  a  defeel:  in  the  Latin'  tongue^ 
and  often  renders  the  meaning  of  nouns  undetermined: 
thus,  films  regis,  may  fignify,  either,  a  fan  of  a  king,  or  a 
ling's  f on  ;   or  the  j on  of  the  ling,   or  the  king's  J on* 

The  placed  before  certain  common  names,  marks  either 
a  whole  kind,  or  fome  individual  of  that  kind,  with  which 
we  are  acquainted  ;   as,  the  lion,  the  ox,  &c. 

A  can  only  be  joined  '  to  fubftantive'  nouns  in  the  fingular 
number  :  the  may  alfo  be  joined  to  plurals.  A  is  likewife 
ufed  before  adjectives  which  exprefs  number,  when  many 
are  confldered  as  one  whole  ;  as,  a  thoufand  men,  a  fe<w,  a 
great  many  men. 

The  is  likewife  applied  to  adjectives  and  adverbs  in  the 
comparative  or  fuperlative  degree,  to  mark  their  fenfe  more 
ftrongly  ;  as,  "  the  wifer,'"  "  the  better  $"  "  the  more  I 
think  of  it,  tte  better  I  like  it." 

NOUN. 


6  NOU*     SUBSTANTIVE. 

N  O  U  II 

y"A  noun  is  either  fub(Unti?e  or  adje&ive.  / 

The  a^j-Aive  feems  to  be  improperly  called  noun  :  it  is  only  a  word 
added  to  a  fubilantive  or  noun,  exprcilive  of  its  quality  ;  and  therefore 
fr.ould  bz  confidered  as  a  different  part  of  fpeech.  But  as  die  fubftan- 
tive  and  adj eSive  together  exprds  but  one  object,  and  in  Latin  are 
declined  after  the  fame  manner,  they  have  both  been  comprehended 
under  the  iV.ine  general  name. 

SUBSTANTIVE. 

/  A  Subftantive,  or  Noun,  is  the  name  of  any 
perfon,  place,    or   thing;  as,    boy,  fchool^   book.) 

J  Subftantives   are   of  two   forts  ;  proper  and  common  names. ) 
/  Proper  names  are   the   names   appropriated  to  individuals  ; 
as  the  names  of  perfons  and  places ;  fuch   are,   Ctefar,  Rome.  I 
I  Common  names  ftand    for   whole    kinds,  containing  feveral 
forts  ;  or  for  forts,  containing  many  individuals  under  them  ; 
as,  animal,  man,  beajl,  jifb,  fowl,  Sec,  \ 

Every  particular  being  mould  have*  its  own  proper  name  ; 
but  this  is  impofiible,  on  account  of  their  innumerable  mul- 
titude :  men  have  therefore  been  obliged  to  give  the  fame 
common  name  to  fuch  things  as  agree  together  in  certain 
refpecls.  Thefe  form  what  is  called  a  genus,  or  kind  ;  a 
fpecies,   or  fort. 

A  proper  name  may  be  ufed  for  a  common,  and  then  in 
Englifh  it  has  the  article  joined  to  it  ;  as,  when  we  fay  of 
fome  great  conqueror,  "  He  is  an  Alexander  f*  or,  "  The 
Alexander  of  his  age." 

To  proper  and  common  names  may  be  added  a  third 
clafs  of  nouns,  which  mark  the  names  of  qualities,  and  are 
called  abjlract  nouns  ;  as,  hardnejs,  goodntfs,  lubitenefs,  vir- 
tue, jiijlice,  piety,   Sec. 

When  we  fpeak  of  things,  we  confTder  them  as  one  or 
more.  This  is  what  we  call  Number.  When  one  thing 
is  fpoken  of,  a  noun  is  faid  to  be  of  the  Jrngular  number ; 
when  two  or  more,  of  the  plural. 

Things  confidered  according  to  their  kinds,  are  either 
male  or  female,  or  neither  of  the  two.  Males  are  faid  to 
be  of  the  mafculine  gender  ;  females  of  the  feminine  ;  arid 
all  other  things,  of  the  neuter  gender. 

Such 


LxGLrsH-  Nous's*  7 

Such  nouns  as  are  applied  to  fignify  either  the  male  or 
the  female,  are  faid  to  be  of  the  common  gendet\  that  is,  ei- 
ther  mafcuilne  or  feminine. 

Various. methods  are  ufed,  in  different  languages,  to  ex- 
prefs  the  different .  connexions  or  relations  of  one  thing  to 
another.  In  the  Engllih,  and  in  moft  modern  languages, 
this  is  done  by  prepoiltions,  or  particles  placed  before  the 
iubitantive  :  in  Latin,  by  declenfion,  or  by  different  cafes  ; 
that  is,  by  changing  the  termination  of  the  noun  ;  as,  rex> 
a  king,  or  the  king  ;  t&gis,  01  a  king,  or  of  the  king. 

E  >:  G  L  I  5  H    NOU  N  S. 

In  Englifh,   nouns  have    only    one    cafe,  namely,  the    ge- 

nitivei  which   is   formed  from    the   noun* 

".   s,  with    an    apofnophe,  or    matk    to    feparate 

it  ;  as,  John*  1  book,  the  fame  with,  the  book  of  Jolxu     It  was 

formerly  written  johnu  look* 

Some  have  thought  the  *s  a  contraction   for  Us  ;  but   improperly  ; 

becaufc,-  inflead   of  the  n.  »  600k,  we  cannot  fay,  the   ivosna/i   bis 

pi.     Others  have   imagined,   and  with  more  juftnefs,  that    by    the 

addition  of  the  ys  the  fubitantive  is  changed  into  apofTefiive  adjective. 

When  the  noun  ends  in  s,  the  fign  of  the  pofTeflive  cafe  is  forae- 
times  not  added  ;  as,  for  rlgbUttfnefs  fake  ;  and  never  to  the  pluial 
number  ending  \ns  ;  as,  on  e.rgles  icings.  Perhaps  it  would  be  better 
in  the  plural,  when  it  ends  in  x,  always  to  ufc  the  particle,  and  not 
the  poiTefiive  form  ;  as,  on  the  ivinrs  of  eagles.  Both  the  fign  and  the 
proportion  feem  fometimes  to  be  ufed  ;  as,  afolaier  of  the  kings  :  but 
here  there  are  two  pofTeflives  ;  for  it  means,  on:  of  the  foldicrs  of  the  king* 

A  lingular    noun,  in   Englim,  is  made    plural   by  adding 
•  to  it  s,  or,  for  the  fake  of  found,  es  ;  as,  king,  kings  y  church, 
r;     bnifij,    brufheA;     <wiinfs,     zwincjps  ;   Joy:,    foxes; 
.if  leaves  i   in  which    lait,  and    in  many    others,  f  is    alfc 
A  into  v,  to  make  the  pronunciation  eaiier. 
Several  plurals   are    formed    by   adding    en  ;  as    ewe.  oxen. 
Of  chefe  forae  are   contracted,  or    interpofe    a  letter   on  ac- 
count ;     as,   brethren,   chlldn  -,   line,   lOomen, 
m                   r  orotheh  .1.          j",   Sc c.      I n I r e a d  0 f  k in e   wen ow 
commonly    fay  c&zi\s  ;  and  we  feldom   ufe    brethren    but    in 

v 

N  ;   as,  cherry ',  cherries  ;  cttjs 

.v.      C  •*>,  5cc>  .he  po/Tcinve  ctfe; 

Some. 


8  Latin   Nouns. 

Some  nouns  form  the  plufal  more  irregularly  ;  as,  moufe, 
mice;  loufe,  lice;  tooth ,  teeth;  foot,  feet ;  goyfi,  geefe,  &c. 
The  words  JJjeep,  deer,  are  the  lame  in  both  numbers. 
Some  nouns,  from  the  nature  of  the  things  which  they  ex- 
prefs,  are  ufed  only  in  the  lingular,  or  in  the  plural  form  ; 
as,  iv heat,  pitch,  gold,  Jlulhy  pride,  &C.  and  bellows,  fcif- 
fars,  lungs,  loiudsy   &e. 

Several  nouns  in  Engliih  are  changed  in  their  termina- 
tion, to  exptfefsi  gender  ;  as  prince,  prince fs  ;  atlor,  aclrefs  ; 
lion,  lionefs  ;   he>-oy  heroine ;   duke,  duchefs,   &c. 

The  Engliih  language  has  a  peculiar  advantage  aver 
mofr  other  languages,  in  making  all  words  whatever,  ex- 
cept the  names  of  males  and  females,  to  be  of  the  neuter 
gender:  unjefs  when  inanimate  beings  are  perfonified,  or 
confidered  as  perfons  ;  as,  when  we  fay  of  the  fun,  he 
Jhines  ;  or  of  the  moon,  jhe  Jhines. 

LATIN     NOUNS. 

J  A   Latin  no-ua  is  declined  by  Genders,  Cafes, 
and  Numbers.  J 

(  There  are    three    genders,    Mafculine,    Femi- 
nine,  and  Neuter.) 

/The  cafes  are  fix,  Nominative,  Genitive, 
Dative,  Accusative,  Vocative,  and  Ablative.) 

(There  are  two  numbers,  Singular  and  P/uraL) 
[    There  are  live  different  ways  of  varying  or  de- 
clining  nouns,    called,    the  firji,  fecon^   third, 
fourth,   and  Jlftb  declenjions.  J 

Cafes  are  certain  changes  made  upon  the  termination  of 
nouns,  to  exprefs  the  relation  of  one  thing  to  another. 

They  are  fa  called,  from  cadoy  to  fail  ;  becaufe  they  fall, 
as  it  were,  from  the  nominative  ;  which  is  therefore  named 
cafus  reel  a?,  the  itraight  cafe  ;  and  the  other  cafes,  cafus 
cbliquiy  the  oblique  cafes. 

The  different  declenfions  may  be  diftinguifhed  from  one 
another  by  the  termination  of  the  genitive  Angular.  The 
firft    declcnfion    has  a    diphthong  ;    the   fecond   has   i ;  tfie 

third 


General   Rules  of  Declension.  9, 

third  has  is  ;  the  fourth  has  us  ;  and   the    fifth  has  i'i  in  the 
genitive. 

Although  Latin  nouns  be  faid  to  have  fix'  cafts,  yet  none 
of  them  have  that  number  of  different  terminations,  both 
in  the  lingular  and  plural. 

General  Rujles  of  Declenftcn. 

1. 1  Nouns  of  the  neuter  gender  have  the  Ac- 
cufative  and  Vocative  like  the  Nominative,  in 
both  numbers  j  and  thefe  cafes  in  the  plural  end 
always  in  a.  I 

2/The  Dative  and  Ablative  plural  end  always 
alike.) 

3.  J  The  Vocative  for  the  mod  part  in  the  lin- 
gular, and  always  in  the  plural,  is  the  fame  with 
the  Nominative.  # 

Greek  nouns  in  s  generally  lofe  s  in  the  Vocative  ;  as, 
Thomas,  Thcma ;  sinchlfts,  Anchik ;  Paris,  Pari  ;  Pa?i- 
thus,  Panihu  :  Pallas,  -antis  ;  Palla,  names  of  men.  But. 
nouns  in  a  of  the  third  declenfion  oftener  retain  the  s  ;  as, 
6  Achilles,  rarely  -e ;  0  Socrates,  feldom  -e  ;  and  fometimes 
ncuns  in  is  and  as  ;  as,  0  Thais,  Myfs9  Pal/as,  -adis,  the 
goddefs  Minerva,  &c. 

4.' Proper  names  for  the  moft  part  want  the 
plural :  / 

Unlefs  feveral  of  the  fame  name  be  fpoken  of;  as,  duo- 
decim  C  of  ares,  the  twelve  Csefars. 

The  cafes  of  Latin    nouns  are   thus  exprefTed  in   Englifh  ; 
1.  With  the  indefinite  article,  a  king. 

Singular. 


Nom. 

a  king, 

Gen. 

of 

a  king, 

Dat. 

to  or  for 

a  king, 

Aoc. 

a  king, 

Voc. 

0 

king, 

Abl.  ru-ifhyfronu,  in,  by,  a  king, 


Plural. 

Nom. 

kings. 

Gen.     of 

kings, 

Dat.      to  or  for 

kings, 

Ace. 

kings. 

Voc.     0 

kings, 

Abl.  cwiih,froTii,  in, 

h\ 

»  kings* 

2. 

With 

JO  rEKDfcR    Of  Nor 


2.  With  the  definite  article,  'the  king. 
ingular.  .  .Plural. 


Nom.  .   the  king %  »Nom.  '<  rv/v'/i^p 

Gen.      cf  the  king.  Gen.      ef  the  kings , 

Dat.       to  or  for  the  king,  Dat.       to  or  for  the  kings, 

Ace.  tie  king,.  A;cc.  |  the  kings, 

Voc.      0  king,  Voc.      0  kings, 

Ab.  with, from, in,by,  the  king :  Ab.  nvlth,froiri,  in,  by,  the  kings. 

GEN  D.E.R.. 

Nouns  in  Latin  are  faid  to  be  of  different  genders,  not 
merely  from  the  diftinction  offex,  but  chiefly-  fronv  \their 
being  joined  with  an  adjective  of  one  termination,  ancf  not 
of  another.  Thus,  penna,  a  pen,  is  faid  to  be  feminine," 
becaufe  it  is  always  joined  with  an  adjective  in  that  termi- 
nation which  is  applied  to  females  ;  as,  buna  penna,  a 
good  pen,  and  not  bonus  penna.  » 

The  gender  of  nouns  which  fignify  things  without  life, 
depends  on  their  termination,  and  different  declenlion. 

To  diftinguifh  the  different  genders,  grammarians  make 
ufe  of  the  pronoun  hie,  to  mark  the-  mafculine  ;  h<rc,  the 
feminine  ;  and  hoc,  the  neuter. 

General  Rules  concerning  Gender. 
i.  iNames  of  males  are   mafculine  ;  as, 

Humerus,  Homer  ypater,    a  father  ;  poeia,  a.  poet. 

2.  ^Names  of  females  are  feminine  ;  as, 

Helena,    Helen  ;  )  mulier,  a   woman  ;     uxor,  a  wife  ;     mater*, 
a  mother  ;  suror,  a  fifter  ;   Tetlus,  the  goddefs  of  the  earth. 

3.  jNouns  .which  lignify  either  the  male  or 
female,  are  of  the  common  gender  ;  that  is, 
either  mafculine  or  feminine  ;  as, 

Hie   bos,  an   ox  ;  haec    bos,  a    cow  ;  hie  parens,  a    father  ; 
\titc parens,  a  mother.) 

The  following  lift  comprehends  moft  nouns  of  the  com- 
mon gender. 

Sdolefcen  1 


Gender  of  Nouns. 


n 


A  )  C         C*    V0"^     Conjux,  #    hvfidnd  or     Nemo,  no  hay. 
Tuver  *\m<"i,    w  zvi  OcSc%_an  hofage. 

*  Ltvomcn.       Con  viva ,  a  guejl.  Patruelis,  a  covjin-ger- 


Affinls,    a    relation  by 


nam  : 


Antilles,  aprehte. 
Aui^or,  <7/;  author. 
Augur,  afeothfayer, 

CailL-,  cr  dot  ct  bitch. 
CiVis,  .1. 

,   <?  client. 
Come*,  a  companion. 


dittos,   a  keeper. 
Dux,  a  leader. 
1 1  aires,  an  heir. 
Hofti->,  an  enerr;  . 
I  r.  funs,  an  infant. 
Fnterpres,  an  interpret 
Judex,  a 

Martyr,  a  martyr.  " 
Miles,  afoldier. 
Miiiuceps,  a  burgefs. 


rran.  by  the  ^fathers 
Pises,  afureiy.  [fuis. 
Prineeps,  a  prince  or 

prir.cejs. 
Sacerdos,    a  prfeft  or 

priijieff. 
Siis,  i7  Aw 
Teftig,  ii  nkiiinsjs, 
VattS,  a  prophet. 
VinceXj    an   avenger^r 


But  aftfj/IeSf  cllens,  and  hofpes,  alfo  change  their  termi- 
nation to  exprefs  the  feminine,  thus,  dntljUiu^  cfientq* 
hoffiita:  in  the  fame  manner  witH  led,  a  lion;  Zf^/itf,  a 
lionefs  ;  equus,  cqua  ;   mulus,  inula  ;   and  many  others. 

There  are  feveral  nouns,  which,  .  though  applicable  to 
both  fexes,  admit  only  of  a  maiculine  adjective ;  as,  act* 
vena,  a  firanger ;  agricola,  &  huibandman  ;  affecla,  an  at- 
tendant ;  accola,  a  neighbour  ;  exul,  an  exile  ;  latro,  a 
robber  ;  fur,  a  thief;  opt/ex,  a  mechanic  ;  &c.  There 
are  others,  which,  though  applied  to  perfons,  are,  on  ac- 
count of  their  termination,  alwa^p  neuter  ;  as,  fcortum,  a 
courteian  ;  mancipium,  fervltlum,    a  Have,  &c. 

In  like  manner  opera,  flaves  or  day-labourers ;  vfgtHe9 
excubU,  watches  ;  tioxa,  guilty  perfons  ;  though  applied  to 
men,  are  always  feminine. 

Observations. 

Obs.  i.  The  names  of  brute  animals  commonly  follow 
the  gender  of  their  termination. 

Such  are  the  names  of  wild  beafts,  birds,  fifnes,  and  in- 
fects, in  which  the  diftinclion  of  fex  is  either  not  eafily 
difcerned,  or  feldom  attended  to.  Thus,  pa/Jlr,  a  fpar- 
row,  is    mafculine,  becaufe   nouns   in   er   are  mafculine  ;  fo 

*    Conjux ,  atque  parens,  hi  fans,  pa  try  sits,   ct  h£res. 
Appnis,  rjind.x,  judex ,   dssxy  miles,  et  bofi'u, 
Augur,   Ctantijles,  hpuenis,  con-viva,  facerdos, 
JtfuniqxiCcepr,  votes,  adolefcens,  cfarh,  ct  aucior, 

Cvjlos,  nemo,   nmtss,  ijjiis,  Jus,  bojl^ue,  tanifqixe, 
Interpr.fquc,  cliens,  prin:tpsy  prigs,  mai -Syr,  et  ob/et9 


12  Gender  of  Nouns. 

%qw!a,  an  eagle,  is  feminine,  becaufe  nouns  in  a  of  the 
fir  ft  declenfion  are  feminine.  Thefe  are  called  Epicene  or 
promifcuous  nouns.  When  any  particular  fex  is  marked, 
we  ufually  add  the  word  mas  or  femma  ;  as,  mas  paJTer,  a 
male  fparrow  ;  femma  pajfer,   a  female  fparrow. 

Ous.  2.  A  proper  name,  for  the  moil  part,  follows  the 
gender  of  the  general  name  under  which  it  is  comprehended. 
Thus,  the  names  of  months,  winds,  rivers,  and  moun- 
tains, are  mafculine  ;  .becaufe  men/is,  vcntvs%  mans,  and 
Jluvlusy  are  mafculine  ;  as,  hie  AprVisy  April  ;  hie  A71&- 
lo,  the  north  wind  ;  hie  Afncus,  the  fouth-wcil  wind  ;  hie 
'Tilerisy  the  river  Tiber  ;  hie  Gihrys,  a  hill  in  Theifaly. 
But  many  of  thefe  follow  the  gender  of  their  termination; 
is,  ha?c  Mairona,  the  river  Maine  in  France  ;  hxc  JEtna, 
s.  mountain  in  Sicily  ;  hoc  Sara8e3  a  hill  in  Italy. 

In  like  manner,  the  names  of  countries,  towns,  trees, 
&nd  fhips,  are  feminine,  becaufe  terra  or  regloy  urls,  arbor, 
£nd  navls,  are  feminine  ;  as,  hxc  JEgyptus^  Egypt  ;  Sanas, 
an  ifland  of  that  Dame  ;  Connthus,  the  city  Corinth  ;  pomus, 
sin  apple-tree  ;  Centaurus,  the  name  of  a  Blip  :  Thus  alfo 
the  names  of  poems;  hxc  ulas:  -ados,  and  Gdyffea,  the 
two  poems  of  Homer  :  hxc  JErieiS)  Ados,  a  potm  oi  Vir- 
gil's ;  b«C  Eunuchus,  one  of  Terence's  comedies. 

The  gender,  Jicwever,  of  many  cf  thefe  depends  on  the 
termination  ;  thus,  hie  Pontui,  a  country  of  that  Dame  ; 
iiic  Suhnoy  -onis ;  Pefflnus,  -unth  ;  Hydras,  -units,  names 
of  towns  ;  hxc  Perfis7  -uiis,  the  kingdom  of  Perfia  ;  Car- 
thago, -mis,  the  city  ,Cu tfjags  :  hoc  Albion,  Britain  ; 
hoc  Care,  Re  ate,  Pnenefie,  Tib}tr,  Viurn,  names  of  towns. 
But  -fome  of  thefe  are  alfo  found  in  the  feminine;  iif  Ge- 
lida  Pranejle,  Juvenal.  ii;.  100.  ;  Aha  llion,  Chid.  McU 
kiv.  466. 

The  following  names  of  trees  are   mafculine,  Vlea/ler,  -triy 
a  wifd  olive  tree  ;  rkamnu         \  white  bramtj 

following  an        fculine  or  feminipi        Wfut,  a  kind 

lb  ;  rubus,  the    br  lift  ;  larlx,    the   larch-tree   ; 

I:: us,    the    lot-tree  ;    ciprcjus,    the  .  cypr efs-tree.      The   firft 

two  however  are  oftener  mafculine  ;  the  reftpftencr  Feminine. 

ri  in  urn    are  neuter  ;  as,   buxum   the    bum,    or    box- 

;  tigujlrum.    a  privet;    fo  likcwifc   are  *8ier9  -trU  the 

cork- 


First  Declensi 


*3 


cork-tree  ;    silery  -erls,  the    oiler  ;    rohur,  -g/vV,  oak  of  the 
hardeft  kind  ;  acery  -iV.-V,  the  maple-tree. 

The  place         re  trees  or  ihrubs  grow   is    commonly   neu- 
ter ;   as,    Ar  1,     cfculelumy    sa!iclumy  fruticfr 
c    a    place    where    trees*    oaks,    beeches,     willows, 
rubs,  &c.  grow  :     Alfo    the  names    of  fruits    and    timber, 
. ,    or  milium  %    an   apple;  7,  a  pear;    ebenuvit 
eb           Sec.      But  from  this  rule  there  are  various  exceptions. 
Gas.   3.    Several  noun?  are  faid  to  be   of  the  doubtful  gen* 
is.   r.         aietimes  found  in  one   gender,  and  10  me- 
s  in    another  ;  as,  <&v,  a  day,  mafcuiine    or    feminine  ; 
i;.  rx.  the  :         -,  mafcuiine  or  neuter. 


FIRST     DECLENSION. 

/  Noons  of  the  firft  declenfion  end  in  a,  <?,  as,  es* 

Latin  nouns  end  onlvin  a.  and  are  of  the  la* 
minme  gender,  / 

The  terminations  of  the  different  cafes  are  ;  Norn,  and 
Voc.  Sing,  a  ;  Gen.  and  Dat.  a  diphthong ;  Ace.  am  ; 
Abl.  a  :  Norn,  and  Voc.    Flur.  £  ;   Gen.    drum  j  Dat.    and 

bl.  h  j  Ace.  as  :  Thus, 


f 


Singular, 


Penna,  a /eft,  fern. 


N.  penna, 
G.  p:jnnrr, 
D.  penna?, 
Jk  pen  nam, 
V.  penna, 


a  pen  ; 

1  pen  ; 

to  a  pen  ; 

a  pen  ; 

0  pen  ; 


A,  penna,   iviih  a  pen  ; 


Plural. 
AT.  penn-T, 
G.  pennarum, 
D.  pennis, 
A.  pennas, 
V*  pennae, 
A.  pennis, 


pen' 
cf pens 
to  pens 

pens 

0  pens 

with  pen, 


Termina- 
tions. 
a,  #, 
<ey    arum9 
#,  isy 
am,  as9 

£, 


r.l]  ,7,  u% 


3  cerra,  a  cerfcr. 
Acta,  ibejhore. 
./Fra,  a  period  9/ time, 
./Erumna,  toil. 
A.g  r  1  C  6  la ,  a  bvfbi  zndman . 
T^ia,  a  iving. 
Alapa,  a  bloiu. 
Alauda,  a  lark. 
Alga,  fa -weed. 


In  like  manner  decline, 

Ai^ta,  t~n>id..  tr.  Ancilla,  an  handmaid. 

Ambrofia5  the  fond  of  Anchora,  an  anchor* 

the  gods.  Anguilla,  an  eel. 

Amita,     an    aunt,     the  Anfa,  a  handle. 

father  'sfjhr.  Antenna,  a  fail-yard, 

Amphora,  a  tajk,  Antlia,  a  pump. 

Ampulla,  a  jug.    p!ur.  Aqua,  water, 

bombajl.  Aquila,  an  eagle, 

Armirea,  the  lees  of  oil,  3ra,  an  altar. 

Xrenes, 


»4 


First    Declfnsion*. 


Aranea,  r. 

Area,  .. 

Ardea,&  -cola,  <7  heron, 
^rea.  <.  r. 

na,y'. 

Anfta,  u 

Air  ha,  an    ear  .. ,.'  L  tn~ 

:;ii,  <?/*•  a 
At  r.i.  a  ivrefler. 

Aura,  c   breeze, 
Auriga,  m.u  charioteer. 
.,via,  a  gran  r. 

Axilla,  the  arm-pit. 
Balataa,  «  ivhale* 
Barb?.,  .7  Atari/. 

Beta,  Aeirl,  an  berh 

.liibliopola,  a  bookfcller. 
Bibliotheca,  a    library. 
..tta,  a  moth. 

Bra&ea,  a  thin  lea/  of 

gOi 

Brafsica,  cdlyfi&wer* 
Brum  a,  ivtnter. 
Bulla,  a    bubble  ^  a    ball 

or    - 
ByWa,  an  ox'bUe. 
Qaliga,  a   bind  of  floe 

Caltha,  marygtld. 
CaWa    &    calvaria,   a 

Calumnia,  ^wi 
Camera,  anevfe^afoitg. 
Camera,  c  vaa/f. 
Campan?.,  a  £<?/-'. 
Canna,  n  e»*r  or  wr«A 
Can  del  a,  ^  candle. 
Capra,  a  fhe-goat, 
Capfa,  a  coffer. 
Carina,  the   keel  of  a 

Cafa,  a  cottage. 
Caftanea,  a  clfnnf, 


lit  a,  an  engine  to 

Catena*  a  chain. 
Caterva,  a  body  of 

Kedfa,     a    chair ,  a 

.da,  the  tail. 
Caul  a,  afteep-cote* 

,  a  cj.tf. 
.  a  cavern. 

a,   a  ha  .  v. 


Cera,  nvax. 


rac  ma, 4  ceremony. 

Ceruila,      ir.v;'/t-      /< 

int, 
Cetra,  afyaare  target. 
Charta,  paper. 

or  da,  xg. 

Cicada,  4  kind  ofinfeA. 
Czconia,  a  fork. 
;.a,  hemlock. 
Cinara,  an  artichoke. 
Ciita,  a  chef 
Ciiterna,  a  cifiem. 
Cithara,  a  harp. 
Glava,  a  dub. 
Clepfydra,     an     hour- 

^  gllf> 
Cloaca,  ajtnh.  1 

Cochlea,   a/nail. 
Coena,  a  f upper. 
Columba,  a  pigeon. 
Coma,  the  hair. 
Com  cod  ia,  a  comedy. 
Concha,  qfbell, 
Copia,  plenty. 
Copula,  a  bond, 
Corrtgia,  afhoe  latchct. 
Corona,    a    croivnt     a 

circle. 
Cortina,  a  cauldron. 
Cofta,  a  rib. 
Coxa,  the  haunch. 
Crapula,  a  fur felt ', 
Cratera,  a  cup. 
Ci  aticula,    a  r 
drcna.  a  nouk. 


pida,  a  flipper. 

ta,  chalk. 
Ciifra,  a    crefi, 
Criimena,  a  jurfi. 
Crufta,  <St-um/j  moi 
Culcita,  . 
Cdfina,  a  liich 
Culpa,   a  fault. 
Camera,  a  corn   I 
Cupa,    a  tun. 
Cfira,  care. 
Curia,  afenale-bi  uf. . 
Curruca,  a  hedge  far* 

roiv. 
Cymba,  a  I:  it. 
Decempeda,  a  pJe  cf 

fee*'  c 

Diaita,  diet,  food, 
Dokibra,  an 
Drachma,  a  di         .  « 

•weight  or 
r.plftola,  a  lett:>\ 
Kfca,  a  bait. 
Faba,   a  be  in. 
Fab  ii  la,  a  fable. 
Fama,  fine.  * 

Farina,  meal. 
Fafcia,  a  bandage. 
Favilla,  embers. 
Feneftra,  a  icinduiv. 
Fera,  a  11  if. 

Ferula ,  a  red. 
Feftuca,  thefbwA   of  m 

tree. 
Fibra,  afbre. 
Fibula,   a  clafp.       [/!•/. 
Ftdelia,  an  earthen  <vf- 
Fimbria,  a  fringe. 
Fifcina,  a  bag>  or  bajhst. 
Fiftuca,  a   rammer. 
Fifliiia,  a  pipe. 
Flam  ma,  aflame, 
Fccmina,  a  woma* 
Forma,  a  form. 
Formica,   an  ant. 
Fofla,  a  ditch. 
Fovea,  a  pit. 
Framea,  a  f<> 
Fiiiica,  afej-foicl. 

Funda, 


First  Declension. 


1J 


Fun  da,  afing. 
"^urca,  a  fork. 
Fufcina,  a  trident. 
Galea,   an  helmet. 
GallTna,-  a  hen.     \ulcer. 
Gan  grama,    an    eating 
Gaza,  a  treafure. 
Gemma,  a  gem.. 
Gcna,  the  cheek. 
Q£nii\z3  brsom. 
Gingiva,  the  txtsu 
Glarea,  gravel. 
Gleba,  a  clod^ 
Gii la,   the  gullet. 
Gutta,  a  drop. 
Habena,  a  rein, 
Hara,  ahog-Jly. 
Haruga,  afacrifce* 
Hafta,  a fpear. 
Hedera,  ivy. 
Herba,  an  berh.. 
Herma,  v.    -es,  m.    a 

f.itue  of  Mercury. 
Hernia,  a  rupture* 
Hilla,  afaufa^e. 
H6ra,  an  hoar.. 
Hoftia,  a  vicl'nn,. 
Hydria,  a  tcater-poK 
Jaclura,  lofs. 
Janua,  a  gate. 
Idea,  a  farm,    an    idea. 
Tdiota,  m.  an    illiterate 

p erf  on. 
ominia,    an  affront. 
Illecebra,     an     cllure- 

meat* 
Impenfa,  cxfsenfc. 
Indiana,  vci.a  native, 
Inedia,  hungei . 
Irffila,  a  mitre. 
Injuria,   a  ivrong. 
Inopia,    want. 
Inft:M,  a  fringe. 
Ir.fuia,   an  ifint. 
inula,    tlcc.xmbane^     an 

rk. 
Tnvidia,  etrvy* 
Ira,  anger. 
Juba,   tki    nan*, 


Lacerna,  a  riding  coat. 
Lacerta,    clizaid. 
L  acini  a,  a  fringe. 
Lacryma,   a  tear. 
LuiStiica,  lettuce. 
Lacuna,  a  ditch. 
Lagena,  a  fagm. 
Lama,  a  ditch. 
Lamia,  a  forcerefs.. 
Lamina,  a  plate.. 
Lana,  ivocl. 
Lancea,  ai~?r?e<,rfpi2-\. 
Lanifta,  m.  a  fencing- 

mafer. 
Larva,  a  mafh. 
Laferna,  a  lantern. 
Latnna,  a  boufe  of  of- 

fee. 
Le&Tca,     a    fdan      or 

chair. 
Lena,  a  baivd. 
Lepra,  the  leprofy. 
Libra,  a  pound. 
LigMa,  a  latchet. 
Lima,  a  file. 
Linea,.**  line. 
Lingua,  the  tot  - 
Lira,  a  rid  re  or  fju 
J     :<T3,  a  letter. 
L*  cull  a,  a  locjft. 
Lucerna,  a  light: 
Luna,  the  moon. 
L nic.'nia,.. a  n glih-gsU. 
Lympha,  tvater. 
Lyra,  a.  lyre. 
Machma,*  machine. 
Macilra,      a      inc.: 

trough. 
Macula,  a  fain. 
Mala,  the.  cheel-h^nc. 
Maiacia,  a  caln. 
M.alva,  a  m.ill'iu. 
Mamma,  a  pap. 
Man'ca,  a  feme. 
Mantica,  a  wallet* 
Mappa,  a  rtapkin. 
Margarita,  a.  feart, 
Marra,  a  m  Week, 
Mafia,  ?  lu~:p, 


Mater i3,   matter,  fujfc 

timber. 
Matertera,  the  mother's 

ffjhr.  [trefk 

Matta,  a  mat  or  ?nai- 
Matfila,  a  chamber-pet* 
Medulla,  marrow. 
Membra na,  a  thin  flink 

a  flm  ;  parchment. 
Memoria,  memory, 
Menfa,  a  table. 
*** cr^u  ri,  tr  witafiirc* 
Merda,  dung. 
Merga,  a  pi!ch-fcrl, 
Merula,  a  black  bird, 
Meta,  a  goal, 
Mctsphora,  a  trope, 
Mica,  a  crumb. 
Mitra,  a  mitre. 
Mo  la,  a  mill. 
Monediila,  ajach-dazv, 
Moneta,  money. 
Mora,  a  delay. 
Multa,  a  fine. 
Miirasna,  a  lam  pray. 
Muria, //>>/<•,  brine  > 
Mil  fa,  a  tnufe. 
MtUca,  afy. 
Muflela,  a  toeafck 
Myrrha,   myrrh. 
Myrica,  a  tamartjk. 
Myfta,  v.   -es,   m.    * 

ia,  a  net. 
HzufcsL,  fm-f&ief, 

Nauta,  m.  a  mariner. 
Nltediua,  a  fuld  mo.  fe.. 
Noenia,  w  funeral fing, 
Norma,  a  rule, 
N-^va  ciila,  a  razor. 
Noverca,  afep-mother* 
Nympha,  a  nymph . 
Occa,  an  harro<w. 
Ocrea,  a  boot. 
Oda,   v.   -e;    an  ode  OH 

fing. 
OiFa,  a  morfeh 
Olea,  an  olive. 
Olia,  a po*.x 

6r% 


26 


f  JfcST    DECLENSION, 


£>ra,  a  cc  j 
Orbita,  a  pail. 

Orcheftra,  the  f  age,  or 

the     place     n*Mi      if, 
.Vrtf   the   nobles  fat* 
Oflrea,  an  oyfer. 
pxnula,  a  riding  coat. 
Pag  ma,  a  page. 
Pala,  a  fkovel. 
Palceftra,    «   wreflirgi 

or  fitaet  ftr  t*. 
Pa  lea,  chaff. 
Palinddia,     a    t  ecanta- 

tion. 
Palla,  a  large  gcivn. 
Palm  a,  the  palm. 
Palpebra,  the  eye  lid. 
Papilla,  the  nipple. 
Papula,  a  pimple. 
Parabola,  paring 

things  together. 
Parma,  afield. 
Parra,  a  jay. 
Patera,  a  goblet. 
Paufa,  a  fop  or  paufe. 
Pedica,  a 
Peniila,  a  mantle. 
Penuria,  want. 
Pera,  a  purfe. 
.Perca,  a  perch. 
Perfiiga,  m.  a  defcrter* 
Pergamcna,  fc.   char- 

ta,  parchment. 
Perna,    a    gammon    of 

bacon. 
Ptrfona,  a  mafk* 
Pertica,  a  pole* 
Petra,  a  reel. 
Fhalaricaw  a  low  (bear. 

retra,  a  quiver. 
Phafiana,  /,    avis,   a 

if  ant. 

Phiala,  a  vhth 
i"hil."imela.   a    nivhtin- 


Fhilj  ra,  the  linden  tree, 

a  leaf  of  paper. 
rhoca,  c/?r,-;alf. 


Pica,  a  magpy, 
Pila,  a  ball.  ' 
Pila,  a  pillar, 
Pincerna,  m.a  butler. 
Pi  una,  afn,  a  t'/ing. 
P:r?.ta,  m.  a  p:t\ 

PifcTaa,  afif-p. 

VltmtZy  pbtegrtr. 

Piiconta,  a  eal-e. 
Plaga,  a  climate. 
Plaga,  a  blo~ri>, 
?!'-«H&,  (1  plant. 
Platca,    cr    Platca,    a 

bread  freet. 
Pluma,  a  feather. 
PI u via,  rain. 
P;  dagra,  the  gout. 
Poena,  a  puntfhment. 
Poeta,  m.  a  pc. 
Poetria,  a  p 
Polenta,  malt. 
Politia,  ptlicy. 
Pompa,  a  prouffion* 
P6pa,  m.   a  priejl  who 

few  tie fer'fee. 
Popina,  a  tavern. 
Porta,  a  gate. 
Prae(^  plunder. 
Prxrogativa,  f.    tri- 

bus,     v.     centuria, 

that  voted  frfl. 
Procella,  a  form. 
Prora,  the  prow. 
Profa,  prof. 
Profapia,  a  race. 
Prulna,  loar  frof. 
Priina,  a  burning  coal. 
Pfaltria,  a    ?nufc  girl. 
Puclla,  a  girl. 
Pugna,  a  battle. 
Pulpa,  the  pulp. 
PQpula,     the    apple     of 

;e. 
Purpura,  purple. 
Punula,  a  blifer. 
Pyra,  a  funeral  pile. 
Quadra,    fcf    -um,    a 

fquart. 
JUbula,  m.  a  wrangler* 


Rana,  a  frog, 
Rcpulfa,  a  refufah 
Resina,  rofn. 
Rheda,  a  char.: 
Rim  a,  a  chink. 
Rlpa,  a  lank. 

RTxa,  a  foil. 
Rofa,  a  reft. 
R  ;ta,  a  wheel. 
Ruga,  a  writtkhm 

Rllllia>  a  downfall. 
Runcina,     a    few    or 
Riitu,  rue.  [plane. 

Saburra,  ballaf. 
Saga,  a  fr:ei 
Saglna,  era?. 
Sagitta,  an  arrow. 
Salebra,  a  rugged  xoay. 
Saliunca,  lave  tder. 
Saliva,/. 
Salpa,y?.,.tr  fifh. 
Sambiica,  an   harp,  or 

engine  of  war. 
Sanctrmonia,  devotion. 
Sandapila,  a  bit  / . 
Sanna,  a  feoff. 
S  arc  ma,  a  burden. 
Sarifla,  a  long  f pear. 
Satrapa,  v.  -cs,  m.  a 

P  erf  an  gcvemo? . 
Scltyra,  afaiyr. 
Sea  la,  a  ladder. 
Scandiila,  a  lath  to  . 

er  houfes. 
Scapha,  a  b. 
Scapula,  the  fhoald T, 
Scena,  afage. 
Schcda,  a feet  or  frcll. 
Schola,  a  fhool. 
Scintilla,  afparh. 
Scriblita,     a    tart    or 

wafer* 
Scrofula,  the  king**  t 
Scurra,  m.  a  b-Jffow* 
Sciitica,  afourge. 
Scytala,  a  kind  offer* 

pent,  or  round f 
Sc libra,  half  a  pou- 
SCmihOra,  half  an  /. 

Scmlta, 


First  Declension*. 


tntta,  a  path. 

Sententia,  an  opinion. 
SentTna,  a  fink. 

ra,  a  loch 
Serf  a,  a  fatv. 
f         Sefquihora,  an  lour  and 

a  haf 
Seta,  a  iriftic. 
Sibylla,  a  probhetefs . 
Slca,  a  dagger. 
Sillqua,  an  bujk. 
Silva,  a  ivoda*, 
SImia,  an  ape. 
f&hmfayjlour. 
Sit ula,  a  bucf  $. 

S5cordia,  foth. 
S  ilea,  a  fees. 
Sophifta,    &    -cs,    1:1. 

_  a  fohf- 

Specula,  a  ivaich  toner. 

Spelunca,  a  cave. 

haera,  afpbere. 

•77. 

^Bplna,  the  b\  %e. 

SpTra.  a  tvreath. 
v  Spend  a,  a  :  .</. 

Spongia, 
Sponia,  t;      .     . 
Sport  a,  a  laf  :. 
Spuma,  fjan.. 
Squama,  a /;<:'?. 
Sou  ilia,  a    prstun    or 

Jhr'nnp. 
Statera,  a  balance, 
Statua,  a  fraiiie. 
Stella,  afar. 
Stipula,  jlvbble. 
Stiria,  at:  icicla 
Stiva,  the  plough-tail. 
Stola,  a  oroivn. 
Stranguria,  the  maklnrr 
of  ivater  ivitb  great 
pain. 
Strena,   a  new    ytarit 

gift- 

Struma,  a  botch. 
"<pa,  tow. 


Sublica,  a  piU. 
Siibiiciila,  afhirt. 
Siibiila,   an   aivl.    [con. 
Succidia,  a  fitch  of  ba- 
Summa,     a   Jim%     ihe 

11 hole. 
Siipcrbia, prick. 
Sura,  the  calf  of  the  leg. 
Sutrina,   fc.     taberna, 

<z  f«*cmakev  s flip. 
Sutura,  afeam. 
Sycopbanta,      m.      a 

far  per. 
Syllaba,  a  fyllalle. 
Symboia,     a    club,    a 

far  a  of  a  reckoning. 
Symnhonia,  harmony. 
Syngrapha,  a  bill  or 

ootid. 
Taberra,  afiep, 
Tabula,  a  table. 
Tada,  a  torch. 
Tcinia,  a  ribbon. 
Techca,     a    trick     or 

TegSla,  c  tile. 

a,   a  rx 
f  erebra,  *  -a  '*ri 
Terr;.,  the  earfW 
TeiVera,  a  dye. 
Tefta,  en  eartbern  lot. 
Texti  in  a,    a   ivi 

fitf. 
Theca,  a  cafk. 

ia,  a  pifCy    the  . 
Tilia,  ibe  linden  tree. 
Tinea,  a  vzoih. 
Tonftrina,    a   barber's 

fop. 
Tragoedia,  a  tragedv. 
Tr.'guia,       a       javelin 

icitb  a  barbed  head. 
Trahea,  af edge  or  dray. 
Tram  a,  the  ivof. 
Trochlea,  a  pulley, 
Trulla,  a  troiuel. 

Tr&ti&a,  a  balance. 


Tuba,  a  trumpet. 
Tunica,  a  toaihoaU 
Turba,  a  croivd. 
Turma,  a  troop. 
Ulna,  an  ell. 
C  lula,  an  oicl. 
Ulva,  fdge. 
Umbra,  a  fade. 
Unda,  a  xucrus* 
TJngula,     a    na:l>    the 

hoof. 
Cpiipa,     the  hvupk%  a 

bird. 
tirlna,  urine. 
Urna,  an  urn. 
UrtTca,  a  nettle* 
XJva,  a  grape. 
Vac:a,  a  eaii*. 
Vagina,  a  fabbard. 
Vappa,    palled  zvine,  cs 

fper.dthrift. 
Vena,  a  vein. 
Venia,  leave. 

Verna,    m.    an   heme* 
barn  /lave. 

%r 

Verruca,  a  tuart. 
Vesica,  the  bladder, 

Veipa,  a  najp. 

Via,   a  way. 

Vicia,  a  vetch  or  tare* 

Viclima,  a  victim. 

Victoria,  a  conquef. 

Villa,  a  country  fat. 

V  i  n  rie  m  i  a ,  mn  ia  *e . 

d  ic%a,  ven ^eance  ; 
a  rod  laid  on  the  head 
offaves  ivhen  freeai 

Viola,  c  violet. 

Vipera,  a  viper, 
»a,  a  rod. 

Vita,  I 

Vkta,  a  filet. 

Viverra,  a  ferret. 

Vola,    ihe  palm  of  the 
hand. 

Zona;  a  girdle,  a  zone. 


Exceptions. 


I  First  Declension. 

Exceptions 

Exc.    T.      The  following  nouns    are    mafculine  :   Iladr 
the  Hadriatic    fea  ;     cometa,    a    comet  ;    pfaneta,  a    planet  ; 
and    fometimes    talpax    a    mole  ;    and   Jama,  a  fallow-deer. 
Pafcba>  the  paffover,  is  neuter. 

Exc.  2.  The  ancient  Latins  fometimes  formed  the  ^eni* 
the  fmgular  in  m  i  thus,  aula,  a  hall,  gen.  auldi ;  and 
fometimes  like  wife  in  as;  which  form  the  compounds  of 
fanuBa  ufualiy  retain  $  as,  maier-faniiUas,  the  mifrrrfs  of 
a  family;  genit.  matrix -famil'ias  /  nom.  plur.  matt 
lias,   or  matres-fanvliorim* 

Exc.  3-  The  following  nouns  have  more  frequently  abus 
in  the  dative  and  ablative  plural,  to  diftinguifh  them  in  thefe 
cafes  from  mafculines  in  us  of  the  fecond  decleofion  : 

Ainma,  the  foul,  the  life.  Filia,    l5f  Nata,  a  daughter, 

Dea,  a  gvJdfs*  Libcrta,  a  freed  woman* 

''"qua,  a  mare*  JVIiila,  ajbe-muU. 
tjm'Ii,   a  female  fefjant. 

Thus  dtabusy  JH'iabus,  rather  than Jiliis,  &c* 

Greek  Nouns. 

'Nouns  in  as>  fs,  and  e,  of  the  firft  declenfion,  are  Greek, 
Nouns  in  A3  and  es  are  mafcuime  :  nouns  in  e  are   feminine.) 

|  Nouns  in  as  are  declined  like  penna  ;  only  they  have  am 
or  an  in  the  accuiative^ms,  JEv.easy  JEneas,  the  name  of 
a  man  ;  gen.  JF,ne<t  ;  darv  -<f  ;  ace.  -am  or  an  ;  voc.  -a  ; 
abt.  a.  )  So  Boreas ,  -t>ay  the  north  wind  ;  Tiaras ,  -<?, 
a  turban.  In  profe  they  have  commonly  a?v9  but  in  poetry 
oftener  an,  in  the  aecufative.  Greek  nouns  in  a  have  fome- 
times  alfo   an    in    the   ace,    in  poetry  ;  as  (9^£r,  ~amt  or  -<si, 

amc  of  a  mountain. 
I  Nouns  in  es  and  ^  are  thus  declined, 

AnchTfes,  Anch'ifes.%  the  name  of  a  man. 

Singular*. 
Afom.  AnchTfes,  -/£r.  Anchife!*, 

(7^/7.  Anchifa;,  ^r.  Anchife, 

/)^/.  Anchife,  AIL  Anchife. 

Penelope,  Pcm\clo.s  the  name  of  a  woman. 

Singular* 
rom.  Penelope,  jtec.  Penelopen, 

Gen.  Pcro  ,  Voc.  Penelope, 

Dat%  Penelope,  AbL  Penelope.   ) 

J  The! 


Second  Declension'.  1-9 

Thefe   nouns,  being   proper  names,  want   the  plural,    un- 
lefs  when  feveral  of  the   lame  na  fpoken   of,  and  then 

the  ie  plural  of  pinna. 

/The  L,  tarn    Greek  nouns    in    es  and  e  in- 

to   a;  as,  Atrld         r   Airldes J     Psrfa,  for    Perfes,wz   Per- 
1  :     C         ra,    i   1     -//■*/,     a    Geometrician  ;     Circa,    for 
;  .-,     an    a  unent  ;       Gruwmafica, 

for    ~.  .  ;     Rlttoricci)     for    ■**,  oratory.      So    C/7- 

wa,  foi  &c.     The   accuiutive  of  nouns  in  es  and  e 

is  found  .  a  :. 

Nate.  fii  it  .-?  gcnlt.  plur.  contract id  ;  as,  Cxl::olum% 

for  ,    ^C«<  ,  for  -. 

SECOND     DECLENSION. 
Nouns  of  the  fecond  dedenlion  end  in  er^   ir^ 
:;«,   im  ;  oi?  on.  / 
/  Nouns  i        1  and  on  are  neuter  j  the  reft  are 
mafculine./ 

Nouns  pf  the    ffccr.d   declenCon   have  the  gen.  Gng.  in  /  ; 

da:,  and   al        \  0 ;  the  ace.   in   urn  ;  %io   voc.  like   the 

(But  nouns  in    if/   make    the    vocative    in  e :)     The 

lur.  in  r,  or  a  ;  the  gen.  in  arum ;  the   dat. 

I  the  ace.  in  or,    or  a  ;  as, 

/  Goner,  a  fan  in  law,  male* 
.^.  Plur,  %       Terminations. 


/ 


/! 


er,  ir,  us,  1, 


t,      orum, 

0,     is, 

urn,  cs, 

er,  ir, 

e>      h 

0,      is. 

I     n.  [  iY6;.T.  generi,  . 

Gen.   genejrr,  Gen.  generorum, 

Dat.  genero,  Dai.  generis, 

Ace.   ^ene/os, 
)T  ner,  J7^*  generi, 

Ab\.   gent  .//;/.    generis,  J 

After  th=-         '.e   manner   dcoHne    tocert  -hi,  a    father-in- 
iW:j    /tfrr,  -0/7,  a   boy:     So    i  *,    a    villain;  L::S:fzr, 

the  morning  ftar  ;  adulter,  an  adulterer  ;  an  .  ail  ar- 
r  bearer  ;  prcjoyt.r,  an  elder*;  M  r,  a  name  of 
the  god  Vulcan  ;  vefper,  the  evening  ;  and  tter,  -tri,  a  Spa- 
niard, the  only  roun  in  er  \\x.k}\  has  the  gen.  long,  and 
its    compound    C  \  -iri :  Alfo,    vir,  vtri9    a  man,  the 

only  ncun  in   ir ;  and    its   compounds,  Lenoir,  a  brother-in- 
law  ;    Scm>j'tr,  duumvir,  triumvir,   &c.     And    like  wife    Sa* 
r,  -:fcv\  fc\\,  (of  old  faturwy)  an  adjective. 

Bat 


20 


Second  Declinsion. 


Gen. 

agri, 

Dat, 

ro, 

Cm 

agruna* 

Vac. 

ager, 

All. 

agro- 

wnv, 

i   hi 


j  But    moft   ncans   In   cr   loft  the    f    In    the  genitive  ; 

Ager,  a  Jit! J,  mafc. 
Mb  /V*r> 

itfbiii.  ager,  iVbwa.  ngri, 

(7r.v.    agronim, 
Dot,   agris, 
jroSf 
Voc,   agri, 
y/3/„    ag:is.) 
In  iike  manner  decline, 
Aper,  g  wild  boar.  CapC*j  Faber,  a 'workman. 

Arbiter,  ($3*  -tra,)   a     Colaifer,    tj"   -bra,    a     M.^ifter,  a  mafer, 

jvdge,  ferXrJ.  Minifter,  afervant* 

Aufter     thl  foitth'  Cuitcr,  the   eon  Iter  of  a      Onager,  a  tvild  aj 

Cancer,  a  crc  tgb,  a  knife.  Scalper,  a  lancet. 

Alio  tiherr  .he  bark  of  a  tree,  or  a  book,  which  nas 
lilr'i ;  but  Eicr,  free,  an  sdjetfive,  and  Lib*r9  a  name*  of 
Bacchus,  the  God  of  wine,  have  Bleri.  So  likewife  pro- 
per names,  Alexander,  £vandert  Penand.  Menandcr^ 
Tcucer,  M eh  ager  y  Sc  c.  gen.  Alexandria  evanilri,  &c. 
m    Dorainus,  a  lord,  mafc. 

JV'Iom.  dominus,  aVbm.  domini, 

£V/?.   doniini,  G.*/i.   dominorum, 

JDat,   domino,  Dat,  deminis, 

Ace.    dominum,  Ace,    dominos, 

Vcc.  dominc,  Vac.   demini, 

AIL   domino.  All.    dorninis.  1 

In  bice  manner  decline, 
Abacus,  r.  table  ot  dnjk.     ArgentSrius,  a  banker.     Cacninnus,*/  eh, 

Acervus,  a  heap,  Arn'us,  thejhoulder  of  a     Caducous,  a  ivand. 

beaft  ;   alfa  of  a  matt.      Cad  us,  a  caji. 
mis,    i!f  -a,  an   itfs.      Calamus,  a   rad. 


r  :uieuSj  ajlfag 

A  rntis,  i:  Limb. 


AJmis,   f.  an  aider  trie.      AutnmRIlf,  the  autumn,      Calathus,  a  bajhet. 

'.')£   channel  of     Avus,  *  grandfather.         Callus,  I?*  -lira,    £aiV 


a  rr.    r. 

iguius,  a  earner. 
Animus, 
Annus,  a  year . 
Annulus.  a  rinv, 
J. Wit;  a  circle. 


/  run  :uluft,/£<?  mother** 
broths*, 

Bajulus,  a  potter, 
•'H*,  «n  elephant, 

B<  lus,  a  morfl. 
Bornbus,  0  buzz. 


AM-Htedtu.*,  a  r?;ap'jr-     Caballus,  <z  pack-horfit 
builder,  Ca"  i 


C  3  minus,    a  chimney. 
Campus,  c  jft&l/i. 
CaiithaniSjtf  .-///>  or - 
Carthras,  <7  tlnflh. 
Carpus,  */V  wr//7. 
Carrug,    J^    -urn,    a 

Cafeus; 


Second  Declension. 


21 


Cafeus,  che.fi, 

Cltalogus,  a  roll. 
Catinus,  apLticr. 
Caurus,  a  ivfi  wind. 
Cedrus,  f.  a  cedar  tree, 

-.,   a  flag. 
.CfctUS,  a  whale,  pL  ce- 

te,    n.  in  dec  I. 
Cinrurgus,  afurgecn. 
Ch-rus,  a  choir. 

Cincinnus,  a  curl. 
C  inn  us,  a  medley. 
Cippus,  a  gravk-fione. 
Circaius,     a     fair     of 

compujfrs .  (  circle . 

Circus   5c   circuius,  a 
Cirrus,  a  tufty  or    curl. 
Citrus,  f.  a  citron  tree. 
Clathrus,  a  grate. 
Clavus,  a  nail. 
Clibanus,     a    portable 

even. 
Clivus,  a  hill. 
CI)  peus,  a  round fe'u'd. 
Coccus,  v.  -urn  fear  let. 
C  jlaphus,  a  box  en  the 

car. 
-Condus,  a  buthr. 
Condvlus,  the  knuckle. 
Conglus,  a  galL 

Consobrlnus,  a  coufin* 
german  by  t he  mother  s 

fi*e. 

Contus,  c  Ion*  pole. 

Conus,  a  cent. 

Coptiinus,  a  b.ijldt. 

C   qaus,  a  cook. 

Cornus,  f.  the  cornel 
tree. 

Corvus,  a  raven. 

Coryius,  f.  a  hajle-tree. 

Corymbus,  a  hunch  of 
ivy  berries. 

Coryphaeus,  a  ring- 
leader. 

Corytus,  er  -os,  a  Uxu- 
cafe. 

.Cothurnus,  c  huftin. 


Cubitus,  a  cubit. 
Clicullus,  a  hood. 
Cuculus  vei  cuculus,  a 

cucfow. 
Culeus,  a  leathern  bag. 
Cuimus,  ajlali. 
Culullus,  a  pot  ox  jug. 
Cumulus,  an  heap. 
CuiQeUS,  a  wedge. 
Cunlciilus,  a  rabbit. 
Cyaihus,  a  cup  orglafi, 
Cygnus,  afiwan. 
CyiindrUo,  a  roller. 
Dialogus,    a     dficourfi 

between  two  or  more. 
Digitus,  a  finger. 
Difcus,  a  quoit, 
■Dlvus,  a  gcd. 
Dolus,  deceit, 
Diimus,  a  bujh. 
i  chJriUS,  an  urchin. 
F.l^gus,  an  elegy. 
tphebus,  a  youth. 
Epilogus,  a    co.iclujion. 
£pifcopus,  an  t/verfier, 

a  bifap. 
Iquukus,    an     infitu- 

ment  of  torture: 
Fquus,  an  horfe. 
Fiebus,  bell. 
Earus,  the  eafi  wind, 
FagUS,  f.  a  leech-tree. 
i  auuilus,   -a   man  fir- 

van4.. 
T  2L\cr.ius,the  ivefi  zvind. 
Favus,  an  honeycomb. 
Figfilus,  a  potter. 
Fife  US,  the  exchequer. 
Fioccus,  a  lock  of  iomL 
Fluvius,  a  river. 
(Fdcui,  a  hearth. 
Frariinus,  f.  an  afh  tree. 
FYitillus,  c  dice-box. 
Fucjs,     a    drcne     becy 

paint. 
•Fumus,  fmole.  [dancer. 
Funambiiius,    a    rcpe- 
Fundus,  a  farm. 
Fuii^us,  c  mufbroom. 


Fumus,  an  oven* 
Fuius,  a  fpindle. 
Gallus,  a  cock. 
Gerulus,  a  porter, 
Gibbus,  a  fwellir.g. 
G.J.dius,  afiword. 
Globus,  a  globe. 
Grabiitus,  a  couch. 
Gracillus,  a  jackdaw, 
G  rum  us,  a  hillock. 
Guttus,  acrutt  or  vlaL 
Gyrus,  a  circle. 
Ha;dus,  a  kid. 
Hamus,  a  hook. 
Hariolus,  a  diviner, 
Kcrus,  a  mafier, 
fiefpema,  the    evening. 

Hiniuilcus,      a    young 
hind  or  fawn. 

H  inn  us,  a  mule. 

Hircus,  a  goat, 

Hortus,  a  garden. 

Humerus,  afhoulder. 

Hydrus,    a    water -fer* 

pent, 
Jaicrnuucius,  a  go  be* 
t-veen. 

Ifthmus,  a  nak  of  land 
between  twofeas. 

J  uncus,  a  bulrufh. 

Juvencns,  a  balloci, 

Labjrinthus,  a  mazjt. 

JLaCcrtus,  the  arm. 

Lanius,  e  butcher, 

JLaqueus,  a  noefc. 

I. e (ft us,   a  couch. 

.LegatUS,  an  ambaffador. 

Leg  tiki  US,  an  ignorant 
lawyer,  a  pettifogger, 

Lethargus,  the  lethargy, 

Limb  us,  afelvedge. 

Llmus,  flime. 

JLltUUS,  a  crooked  faff. 

Lucus,  afacred grove. 

LumbrTcus,    an    earth 
worm, 

Lumbus,  the  loin, 

Lupus,  a  wolf. 

JLychaus,  a  lamp. 

M3gusj 


12 


Second  Declension. 


Magus  a  tmrngtcian. 

Malleus,  a  mallet. 

Malus,ftbf  mai  ufajhip. 

Milus,  f.  an  apple-tree. 

Mannus,  a    little  hor/e. 

Mathcmaticus,  a  ma- 
thematician. 

M-jdia.tlnus,  aflave,  a 
drudve. 

M^dicus,  ci  pbyjuian. 

Men  ulcus,  U  b'^ar. 

Mergus,  a  connoruht. 

Mil v us,  a  k;te. 

Mini  US,   a  min:ic. 

Modius,  a  bifid. 

Modus,   a  warner. 

M<Echus,  an  adulterer. 

JVIorus,    f.  a   mulberry 
ires. 

Mucus,  the  Ji'ih  oft 
nofit  /not. 

Mullus,  a  mullet  fifh. 

Mulus,   &    -a,  a  mule. 

Murus,  a  wall. 

Mufcus,   r.io/s. 

Myrtus,  f.  a  myrtle  tree.- 

Nivue,  a /pot. 

Nanus,  a  dwarf. 

Naius,   the  nfe. 

Nervus,  ajlrirg. 

Nidus,  a  ncfl. 

Nimbus,  a  cloud. 

Nr>dus,  a  knot. 

NothllS,  n  bajia    i. 

N'"tl!%  the  jo*! th    wind. 

Nucleus,  a  far* 

Humerus,  a  number. 

Nummus,    a    piece    of 
money. 

NuntlUS,   a  mefenger. 

C)1)  du%  afar. 

C)cey.nus,  tie   ocean. 

Occfilus,  the  eye. 

Orcus,  l-ll. 

(Jrnus,  f.  a  wild  a/h. 

OitraciiVnus,    a   voting 

■!'s. 

Pscda^ogui,   a  fervent 

who  attended  boys. 


Pagus,  a  cat. ten  or  . 
lap. 

r.-iu.s  a /■"■■ 

Pannus,  cletb. 
P  a  ra  situs,  a  flatterer. 
Parous,  apantocr. 
Paroehus,      an     en: 

taincr. 
Patruus,      the  /ether's 

i  r. 
Patronus,  a  patron, 
Pedi cuius,  a  hit/e. 
Pefsulus,  a  belt. 
Petafus,  a  bread  brim- 

• 
Fharus,  or  -os,«  ival*  h- 

toiicr. 
PluldTophus,    a   lover 

of '  tvi/jCT.T. 

Phoebus,  poet,  tbefwe. 
Physic  us,    an   inquirer 

into  ?iulur.  . 
Pic  us,  a  wood-pecker* 

PDeus,  a  hat. 
Pllus,  a  hair. 
Pirns,  f.  a  pear-tree. 
Plagiarilis,  a  plagiary, 

a  v:  an- dealer  ;    or  one 

tvhofeals  from  others 

boc  • 
Planus,  a    vagrant  ^    a 

beggar. 
Flllteus,     o.  prnt-bou/c, 

a  pre/sfcr  becks. 
Polus,    the  pole y  heaven. 
Pontus,  tie  fea. 
Popf,Ius,  a  feopl:. 
P^pulus,  I.    a  poplar- 
Porcus,  a  br*.       (tree. 

Porrus,  a  It  eh. 
Primipilus,    the    chief 

centurion. 
Prjvignus,  afep/sn. 
PrOCTiS,  aftitar. 
Primus,   a  fltward. 
Prunus,  LaphmmS  free. 
PfittaCUS,   a  parr 
Pugnus,  tlefjl. 
Pulius,  a  chiiJ^n* 


PulvInuS,   a  ; 
PupillliS,  an  orp/.h: 
Piip  US,    a    young  child % 

a  babe. 
Pliteus,  a  well. 
Qualus  &  qu-Jill'i-S  a 

let.  [£rv/v-r# 

Racemus,   a  clufer  of 
Radius,  a  ray. 
Ramus,  a  branch. 
Rrrqus,  an  oar. 
Rhombus,  a  iurhot. 
Rhonchus,  a/norting. 
Rifcu%  a  tru 
RTvus,  a.  rivulet. 
Rcgus,  a  funeral  pile. 
Rythmus,  mctr**rby9k< 

SaCCVS,   a  fuck. 

Sarcophagus,    a  fcte9 

in 

nvere  inclofsd. 
S&tyrUS,  a  fatyrs  a  iit/d 

cj~  demigod. 
Scalmus,  a  boat ;  a  piece 

cf  wood    where    the 

oars  bun?. 
Scapus,  ',  afb*fi 

or  Jca 
Scarus,  the  Jeer*  afjh. 
Scirpus,  a  n 
Sciunis,   afquirrel. 
Scopulus,  a  reck. 
ScopUS,   a  tjiark. 

Scrupulus,  a  doubt   or 
/rip . 

ScrupuF,  a  liriie/one. 
yphus,  a  bonl. 

Scrvus,  a  five. 

Seitertius,  ttvo  pounds 
and  a  half ;  a  fef- 
tirce,  a   RomtU   coin. 

Sicarius,  an  aj/afin. 

SitniVS,   ^Zj  -a,  an  ape. 

Slriiif,  rlt  okgjkor. 

Soctus,  a  kind  of  floe. 

SomnuSy  feep. 

SC  nus,  a  for 

Sparus,  a /pear. 

SponJu*,  a  bridegroom. 
StimiihiSf 


Second  Declension. 


23 


Stomachus, 
StrupUS,  a  tbongy  a, 
Stylus,  a  fyle,  or  w 

pen  to  ivrite   ivitb   o  t 

waxen  tables- 
Siibulcus,  a  'd. 

Succu?,  iuice. 
Sulcus,   a  furrow. 
Sur cuius,  a  young  tiug. 
Sufurrus,  a 
Talus,  the  ancle,   a  die. 
Taurus,  a  bull. 
Taxus,  f.  the  yeiv  tree. 
Terminus,  a  bound. 
Thalamus,  a  marriage 

bed-chamber. 
Th  ologus,  a  divine. 
TheTaurus,    a  treafure. 
Th^ius,  the   roof  of  a 
temple. 


Throivus,  a  royal  fe-i. 
Thyafus,   a    chorus    in 

.our  of  Bacchus. 
Thyrfus,  a  J "pear  w 
nriih  ivy. 

i  emus,  a  volume. 

.iu=,  a  not  iuftc. 

Tophus,  a  g 
Tornus,       a      turner  s 
iv  I. 
[Us,   a  couch. 
Tributes,  a  thifle. 
TriumptlUS,  a  triumph. 
-Trucmis,  a  top. 
Truncus,  t  ii. 

Tubus,  a  tube  or  pipe. 
Tumulus,   a  hillock. 
Turdus,  a  thru 
T  .S,  a  tyrant. 


Typus,  afg*re  or  type. 
IS,  f    an    elm  tree. 
Umbincus,  the  navel* 
Uncus,  a  hook. 
Urceus,  a  pitcher. 
Urfus,  a  hear. 
Tjrus,  a  buffalo* 
TJte'rus,  the  tvomb. 
Vallus,  a  fake. 
Ver.v-  f  i  cas,  a  forcer  er. 
Ventus,  the  ivind. 
Vicus,  a  village,  afreet, 
Villicus,      ISf    -a,      an 

overfecr  of  a  farm. 
Villus,  fhargy  bait. 
Vitcilus,  the  yolk  of  an 

Vitricus,  afepfather. 
Vitulus,  a  calf  [wind. 
Zephyrus,     the    vufi" 


{ 


Dm. 
A 

Voc. 
AIL 


PvCgnum,  a  lingdom^  neut. 
Sing.  Plur. 

Nom.  regr.um,  Now.  regna, 

Gen.    regni,  Gen.   regaonun, 

regno,  Bat.  regnis, 

regnum,  Ace.    regna, 

regnum,  Voc.    regni, 

Abl.    regnis.) 

In  like  manner  decline,         / 

Armcntum,  an  herd.         Butyrufti,  liAtet. 
Aconitum,  ivolfs-hane,     Arvum,  fcf  -us,  a feld.     Caelum,  a' graving  tool*, 
a  po'fonous  pla.  Aitrum,  afar.  CsemCHtum,  als 

Xd  lj  a  pro-verb.  im,  a  fan&uary. 

Adminlculiun,  a  prop.     Atrium,  a  court  or  hall.     Ciinii  let. 


regno 


ACetum,  vinegar. 


Ad \  turn,  toe  mojtfecret     Awkeura,  taps/try. 


urn,  a  regifer. 
Allium,  g 
Omentum,  a  thong. 
T.  mule  turn,  a  charm. 
Anethum,  anife. 


Aurum,  gold. 
Auxilium,  a  ce. 

.  'arium,  a  cage. 
Babamum,  balm. 
Barathrum,  an  abyfs. 
Brtfium,  a  k'fs. 


Antlcum,  a  fsre-dcor.      Bellum,  ivar, 
Antrum,  a  cave.  Blduum,  two  cays. 

£pium,  parf  Bicnnium,    t-vo  y 

Argeutum,  jdver.  Brachium,  en  arm. 

D 


Ca]  n,  a  kilter  CV 

muzzle. 
Call  rem,  a  caflc. 
Centrum,  the  centre: 
CirebfUJTl,  the  brain. 
Chirog-i    ohup.i,^  hand" 

Cilium,  the  *  '  *r, 

Ci  I  t. 

,   a    tr   -fpet. 

Coelum,  pi.  •  >en* 

Cosnum. 


H 


oiCON'D    .DECLENSION. 


Coenum,  wure,  dirt. 

Colloquium,     a     ccn- 
ferettce. 

Collum,  the  neck. 

Commodum,  adi-ar,- 
ta  ie. 

Confinium,  abound  or 
limit. 

Congiariuni,  alargefs. 

f^onvlcium,  a  refooach. 

Curium,  a  bide. 

Coftum,  fllenard. 

.,   a  dryfiick. 

Crepufculum,  the  twi- 
light. 

Cribrum,  afiei-?. 

Ciibiculum,  a  htdr 
chamber. 

Cumin  urn,  cumin ,  en 
herb. 

Cymb&llim,  a  cymbal. 

Damnum,  /</}. 

Dclubrum,  a  templet 

Dcmcnfum,  an  allow- 
ance rf  meat. 

Detrimcntum,  damage. 

Diarium.*? day  s  iva^es. 

Dlluculum,  the  daivu- 
tngofday. 

Dium,  poet.?/'"  open  air. 
liuUl,  a  cajh. 

Domicllium,  an  ahodcj, 
Donum,  a  gift. 
Dorfum,  the  bo  ' . 
Effugium,  c,r  efcape. 

r,  amber. 
FJ    •         um,  en  element, 

c  I  ttt  r. 
TIl  gium ,    a  brief  fay- 

inv,  a    tefiimonial    in 
fe. 
T  m  3 1  ft  m  c  n  t  um ,  p  rofit . 
Emplaftrum,  a  plaj 

Emporium,    a  mart  or 

market  two*. 
T.  p  hippi um ,  a  f addle. 
£]  HI,      an      in- 

f:r  rri  a  lomo. 

Ergaftuluai,   a   fvorl- 

hzvfc. 


ErVUTO,  vetches. 

EfseduBl)  a  chariot. 

E VtJTlClllum,   a    drag- 
nit. 

Escmplum,  *;j  example. 

Exitium,  defiruQion. 

Exordium,  a  he  finning. 

Fanum,  a  temple. 

Fafcinum,    witchcraft. 
\  Igium,  the  top. 

Fcrculum,    a    dlfh     «f 
meat. 

Ferrum,  iron. 

Fllum,  a  thread. 

P  iabelhun ,  a  fin . 

Fiagrum  S:  fiagellum, 

ei  nob/p. 

..mm cum,  a  veil. 
Fccnmn, 
Fcllum,  a  leaf. 
Forum,  a  market-place. 
FraglllU,  a  firr  •_) . 

um,  a  narrc 
Frfirr.entum,  corn. 
J  ruflum,  a  bit  or  piece. 
,  a  prop. 

Furtum,  theft. 
Granarium,  ^  granarj. 

Granum,  a  grain. 
Gr.Vomum,  a  pencil. 
Qremium,  the  bofom. 
Gymnafium,    a  place 

of  fxercife. 
Gynaeceum,    the    wo- 

men  s  cpatlment. 

Gypfum,  plaf 

Hj  Hi,  0  bucket. 

Hi  rum,    t5*    -us, 

ire,  a  plant. 
Hor  i    .  •  ■•  thing 

the  hours. 
Tddlum,  an  image. 
Idy  Ilium  #  pafltralpocm. 
Imperium,  command. 

IllCCptUm,      an     er.ter- 

Indicium,   a    dif every. 
Indufmm,  a  firt. 
fngenium,  rvit,  genius. 


InUium,  a  beginning. 
Intervallum,  ant: 

between. 
Judicium,  judgment. 
Jugulum,  the  throat. 
Jugum,     a   yoke,     the 

ridge  of  a  III'. 
Jurgium,  a  quarrel. 
JuiTum,  an  order. 
J  u  ft  It  ium,  a  vacation. 
Labium,  the  Up. 
JLardum,  bacon. 
Lasanum,   a  chamber* 

pot. 
Libum,  a  fwect-cake. 
LTcium,  the  io oof . 
Lignum,  ii 
Lllium,   a  lily. 
JLinteum,  a  feet,, 
Lirv.m,  lint. 
Lorum,  a  thong. 
I  wcrum,  gain. 
Ludibrium,    a    laugk- 

if''-'  ^' 
Luftrum,  afurvey. 

Lutcum,  the  yolk  cf  an 

Lutum,  clay. 
MaceHv.m,  tbefbambla. 
Manubrium,   a  hilt  or 

handle. 
Matrimonium,     mar- 


o 


M  au  soke  um ,  any  fump- 

tuons   monument. 
Mcmbir.m,  a  member. 
Mendacium,  a  He. 

ntum,  / ') 

Lalium,     metal,    a 

mi 

ium,  millet ,  a  kind 

of  ?rcin. 

... 
Minium,  verm  lion. 

::tur.l,      vvt  ■■      , 

:e. 

M   n  ipoj  ''    file 

r    aty 

thing. 
Alonitiuai,   a  mo*perf 

anjf 


SECOND     JL/IiCLLNSIUN. 


-J 


*/ry  f£/jg   againf   the 

summon   courfe  of  no.- 

re. 
MortlHum,  a  mortar. 

Museum*    *  fl*h   or 

library* 
Muftum,  new  wine, 
Myfterium,  a  my/? try, 

a  thing  not  cajily  com- 
prehends.!. 
Nafturtium,  creffes. 
Naulum,  freight. 
Naufr  agi  um,        fi  p  - 

wreck. 
Ncgdtiumj      a    thing, 

bit.iaefs. 
Nitrum,  nitre. 
O b f e qu lU m ;  compliance . 

litUHj  hatred. 
Omafuni.   |fo  paunch. 
Omentum,  fc5<;  iraii/,  or 

/27/j   which  covers  ths 

bowels. 
Oppidum,  <z  iovan. 
Opprobrium,       a      re- 
proach - 
Opgonhim,  j§6,  or^wrv 

£6*/?t  (f.7^/2  in7£  bread. 
Organum,  a//y    infirw 

?nent.  [the  lips. 

OfcCiluin,  c  /^/}  ;    pj. 

Oftrum,  purple. 

Otium,  repofe. 

OfHum,  the  cfaor.  ■ 

Ovum,  an  egg. 

Pabulum,  fodder. 

Paclum,  an  aaree?nent. 

Falatium,  a  palace. 

Palatum,  the  palate. 

Pallium,  a  cloak. 

Paludamentum,  a  ge- 
neral"s  robe. 

Panarium,  a  bread" 
bafhet. 

Patibtilum,  a  gibbet. 

Penfum,  a  tajh.    [robe. 

Pephim,      a     woman  s 

Perjurium,  perjury ,Uz- 
king  a  falfe  oath. 


Perpendiculum,         a 

jhaight   line  upwards 
or  downwar. 
Pet-oritum,  a   waggon. 
PlielUum,  a  chariot. 

.um,  a  javelin. 
I'ifhllum,  the  pfU   of 

a  mortar. 
Pifum,  peafe. 
P  la  ail  rum,  a   ivaggom 
Plectrum,    a    quill    or 
bow  to  play   with    on 
a  mvfical  inf.  v  anient. 
Plumbum,  lead. 
Pcmarium,  an  orchard. 
Pcmcerium,      a     void 
fpace  on  eacbfiJe  of  a 
town-wall. 
Ponium,  an  apple. 
Poiticum,    a  bach-door. 
Poililminixn,  c  return 

to  one  §  country. 
PraedTuih,  a  farm . 
Prejudicium,    a  fare" 

judging. 
Prselium,  a  ba'ilj. 
Premium,  a  revoard. 
Prassidium,   a  defeats, 

a  gar  r  if;:. 
Prandium,  a  dinner. 
Pratum,    a  meadow* 
Prelum,  a prefs. 
Pretium,  a  price. 
Prlmordium,?  a  begin- 
Principium,   y   ning. 
Prlviicgium,  a  private 

term  or  J "pedal  right. 
Probrum,  a  dif grace. 
Pr6d]gium,  a  prodigy, 
any    thing    Preterna- 
tural. 
PromhTum,  a  promife. 
Prcpusitum,  a purpofe. 
Propugnaciilum,        a 

bulwark.  \_fay'inS' 

Proverbium,      an    old 
Pulpitum,  a  pulpit. 
P,amentum,  a  dip  or 


Raflrum,    a  rake. 


%*?*** 


(bavin* . 


Hefagium,  ajbettet. 
Rcmedium,  a  cure. 
Remulcum,      a    tow* 

bar>rj. 
Rcpagulum,  a  bar. 
Replldium,  a  diverse. 
Refponfum,  an  ajtfxve* . 
Retinaculum,    a  cable. 
Roftrum,  the  bill  of  a 
bird,  the  beak  ofafcip. 
Rudirnentum,  //.  -a, 
ibefrji  principles    of 
any  art. 
Rutrum,  a  pick-ax. 
Sabbatum,  tbefabbatb. 
Sabulum,  gravel. 
Sac ch ai  um ,  fagar. 
Saccllum,  a  chapel. 
Sacerdotium,  the  priefl- 

bood. 
SacrHmentum,  a  ?nili~ 

tary  oath. 
Sacrificium,  afacrifce. 
Sacrilegium,     Jieai 

fa£red  things. 
SSgUm,  a  folate  rs  clo.ii. 
Sai  n,  a  f alar 

S  a  llll  U  xh ,  a  fatr-a  lar. 
Salsamentum,       fu- 
me at. 
SalunV,  the  fea. 
Sandalium,  a  flipper. 
■    Sarculum,    a  weeding- 
hooky  afpcJc. 
Sarinentum,  a  twig. 
Satifdatum,    a  bond  of 

fecurity. 
Saxum,  a  large  f  one. 
Scalprum,     dim.  Scal- 

pcilum,  a  knife. 
Scamnum,    dim.    Sea- 
be  Hum,  a  bench    or 
form. 
Sceptrum,  afceptre,  a 

mace, 
Scltum,  a  decree. 
ScOTtuni,  an  harlot. 
Scrlnium,  a  coffer. 

Scriptunij 


2t5 


Second  Declension. 


3tum,    a  >cr. 

>    [luin,    a  fcrupU) 

a  certain  zi 
•turn,  a  ^ 
:  ulum,  at 

drium,a. 
'.Ium,    a 
■     ife. 
atus  confuitum,   a 
ee  ofthefenatt . 
Sericum,  fik. 

Serpyllum ,  wild  thyme. 
:um,  a  garland, 

run.  t£ 

dura-  a  tl 

SCVUJ  I,    :..  .';-:.•. 

DLUmj        *    Jigu%      a 

Sigillum,  a  fiat 

cerriium,   a  funeral 
J-PP£rt  cr  °?d  tna  i. 
SI  mm,  pail. 

Sift  rum,  rel. 

Sodalitium,  a  company^ 
a  cori  n. 

,   afun-diaL 
,   comfort, 
S-.jliurn,  a  throne. 
Solum,  the  ground, 
Somnium,    a  drea??:. 
Spat  ium,  a /pact. 
Spe&aculuni,   ajhew. 
Spectrum,    a  phantom^ 

or  apparition. 
Speculum,     a    lo 
nlafs. 

Spelaeum,  a  den, 
Spicilegi  u  m ,  a  glean  ttig. 
Spiculdm,  a  daii. 
Spiraculum,  a  L*eatb- 

£p   hum,  fpoil. 
Sputum,  futile. 
Stabtilura,  affable. 

Stadium,  a  f uric 

um,  a  pond. 

Suhnumi  t 


Sterquilinium,  a  (lung* 
bii 

StTpendium,  pa 

agulum,  . 
Stratum,  a 

-----     .    - 

ping. 
Sti  defire.  find  , 

Stuprum,  del    u 
lum,  a  kl   . 
$ul  tn,  a  bench. 

Su  im,  help, 

Suburbariutn,    a   ho 

.  :..  . 

£>\..  am,     the  f.b- 

'.-,     the  part    of  a 

tot  it      lie 

lis, 

Sudarium,    a  bandker- 

Sii  ium,  a  vote. 

Suggeftum,  Ss3  -us,  us, 

a  place   raifed   above 
rs. 
Su  ium,       <</*     a- 

b< \  it. 

Supercilium,  the  brow, 

prj 
S  u  fp  I  r  ium,  a  Jig h . 
Symbolum,    afgn    or 

token, 
Sympcfium,     fcf   -on, 

a  banquet. 

Tabernaculum,  a  tent. 
1 '  a  b  u  latum,  a  Boi  y , 

Tabum,  black  gore. 
Ta;dium,   ivearinefs. 
Talentum,  a  talent. 
Te&um,     the    roof,    a 

houfe. 
Telum,  a  weapon. 
Tcmplum,  a  church, 
Tcrgum,  the  back. 
Tcftimcnium,  an  cjX 

dcr.ee. 
Theatrum,  a  theatre, 
Thurlbulum,  a  cenfert 

,i    veffel   io  burn    in- 

ccsfe  in. 


mlum,   a 

■ 

ap- 

pr  .p. 

Tr  tax     or 

Triclinium,    a  din 

roo 
Triduum,  three  days. 

Trlpudium,         .    ing. 
*ium, 

Tropaeum,  a  trophy^  a 
token  oj 

T  u  g  u  r ium ,    a    cottage. 
Tympanum,  a  drum. 

VaCCinium,   a  berry. 
Vadimonium,  bail;  a 
prom ij  in 

court. 
Vadum,  a  ford,  the  fa. 
Vallum,  a  rampart. 
Velum,  a  veil t  aft 
Vena b ulum,  a 

pc 

Venemim,  pdf 

Ventilabrum,  a  fan. 

Verbum,  a 

VeiYibuium,  a  pot 

V  e  ftigi  um ,  the  pt  int  of 
the  foot. 

Vcxillum,  a  banner. 

Viaticum,  money,  or 
provisions  for  a  jour- 
ney. 

Vinculum,  a  chain. 

VTrium,  ti . .  . 

Vitium,  vice,    a  fault. 

Vitrum,  glcfs. 

Vivarium,  a  place  1* 
keep  beefs  iny  a  ivar- 
ten    or fjh-pc::d. 

VGcabulum,  a  name 
or  tverd. 

Vojum,  a  vow. 

Is. 


I 


Second  Declension.  27 

Exceptions  in  Gender. 

Exc.  I.      The  following  nouns  in  us  are  feminine,  humus  t 
the  ground  ;  alvus,  the  belly  ;   *v  annus,  a  fieve. 

And  the  following,  derived  from  Greek  nouns  in  os  : 

AbyiTus,     a    bottom! efs  Carbafus,  a  fail.  £remus,-a  defert. 

pit.  _  Dialect  us,  a  diakcl,  or-  Methodus,   a  method. 

AlitidctUS,  a  prefer  ~« a-  inner  offyeecb.  Periodus,  a  period. 

tix-e  againf  poifon.  Diametros,    ike  diam-  Perimetros,      the     eir- 
Arclo^,      the    Bear^     a          ter  of  a  circle.  cumference. 

conflellation    near    the  Diphthongus,    a  dipl>-  PhaJUS,  a  -watch  tower* 

north  pate.  thong,  Sy  nodus,  an  affaahly* 

To  thefe  add  feme  names   of  jewels  and  plants,    becaufe 

gemma  and  plant  a  are  feminine  ;  as, 

Xmethyftus,    an   ane-  Sapplrus,  afjppbire.  Hyf£\i$,fne  fax    cr  /i- 

R.  ifci'-  Topazius,  a  topax.  ..v. 

Chryfullthus,    a   chry  fan  Egyptian  Colhis,  cjfmary. 

Ehryfop]         i,  a  a  lid  Biblus,  teed       of  Crocus,  faffron. 

ax.  Papyrus,^     li-kich fa-  Hjftopos,  Lyfsp. 

hiyftallllS,  cryjlcL  per      luas  Nardus,  fpikenard. 

Lcac5chryfosy         th.  L  *■*• 

Other  names  of  jewels  arc  generally   mafcuiine  ;    as,  &£* 

'Jus,    the    beryl  ;    carbunculusy    a  carbuncle  ;     Pyropu:,     a 
;   Smaragdus,  an  emerald.:    And  alfo  names  of  is  ; 

,  Ajp  j,    aiparagus,  cr   iparrowgrafs  ;    etlebbrus,    ellc- 

bore  ;    raphanus,    radiin    or    colewort  ;    iuiylms,    endiye    or 
fucccry,  Sec. 

Exc.   2.     The  .nouns  which  follow,  are   either  roafcuiioe 
or  (        line  : 
Atom  us,  m.    :         Hatbituf,  a  barpi  Groffus,  a  gre 

lanus,  the  fruit  of the     Ca  ,  a  camel.  Penus,  ajl.  .v, 

p-  •".         Colus,  j  P,  a»,  *  }itile  fh'p, 

Exc.   3..     Virus*  poiion  ;  pelagus,  the  fea,  are  neuter. 
Exc.  4.     Vulgus,  the  coi  pie,  is  cither  mafculn. 

n  uiterj   Bat  ofteaer  neuter.. 

Exceptions  in  Declenfion* 
FSroper  names  in  iris  lofe  us  in  the  vocative  ;  as, 

Hor alius,  if         ;)  V\       ins,   Vi  \     Georgtusy     Georgia 

3  of  men  ;  Lanus,  Lar'i  ;    j  ,    Mlnci,    names    of 

lakes.      Fthusy  a  fon,    alio   hath  JUi :    genius,     one's    guar- 
$a  gnu ;  aodtfeftff  a-  god,    hath  flfcwj    in  the  voc. 

D    2- 


?&  S.         :i    DtctENSicm*. 

and  in  the  plural  more  frequently  Jit  and  dHst  than  del  and 
•     -r.  ",     my,     an    adjtdive    pronoun,    hath    mi,    and 

fometimes  rw<aw  in  the  vocative. 

Other  nouns    in   ius   haver;  :.>st  taldlarie,    a   letter-c. 

rier  ;//.-.'/,  pie,  &c     So  thefe  epithets,  Deluis,  DJ/ie  ;    l  ,   27- 

ry*  andthcfe   poffeffives,  Laertius,  Laertic ;     & 

&c.  which  are  not  tcrfidered  as  prbper  names.  ^ 

The  poets  fometimes  make  the  voc.  of  nouns  in  us  like  t\         >m.  as, 
,  L'atittus,  for  La&he,  Virg.     Tins   alfo   or.  :i    prole » 

bur  more  rarely.     Thus,  -'i:<-/7  \upopulus%  for  popule.     Liv.  i,  24. 

le  poets  :  n  uria  in  «■  unto  i/j  ;  as  T  r,  or  i  -v.', 

voc.  i  -,     or   .£  .  .-     So.  1\  \  r,    Lcander,     *I  ?r^ 

&c.  and  ib  .  /.    r  in  the  vcc.  h«  from  pi 

Notey  When  th  1.  fing.  7,  the  latter  »  i  ids  tar 

r.v.  he  fake  c. 

.   for  in  Lnd  in  .  .      . 

<&:.  ...v,  &c.    for   deorum,  .  &:c.   and   in  •:, 

Craiu. .  /■,   &c.  for  %eucroru»t,  1 

Greek  Nouns. 


/. 


Os  and  on  are  Greek  terminations  ;  as,  ^,  •,    a 

in  Greece;    i  city   Troy/;     ai  often  cd. 

into  7/j  and  :  2    Latins;    Alphiusy  ilium,    " 

ned  like  .  ■.  J 

Noun  or    us  are  fometimes    contracted  in   the   gerietive ; 

/.    So  Theseus,  -  ,  &c.    Kut 

nouns  in  «.  ■-,  when  the  euis  a  diphthong,  are  of  the  th  clenfion. 

Some  nouns  in  os  haye  the  n. .0  ;  (yen.  ^/i- 

man  ;  ,  or  -/',    a  hill  in  Ma- 

cei  h  are  aifo  found  in   the.   third    decl.    thus,    nom. 

A-  .So  or   AiJ:o;i,  -onis,   <>:c.     Anciently 

nouns    in  as,  in  imitation  of  the  Greek?,  had  the  gen.  in  u  ; 
dru,  /.  ~    ■.,  fjr  Mi  ,  -. :  r/,  Tcr. 

.  or  on  ;  a?,  Dehs  or  jD<-.  c.  Ds- 

or  Delon,  th         ad. 

Some  1:  .'itvj    the   g  in   cut;     as,    (  .?,    gen. 

,  books  which \reat  cf  hufbandry,  as,  Virgil's   G corgi cks. 

/third    declension.) 

There  are    mere   nouns    of  the  third   declension    than   of 
all  the  other  decieirfions  together.     The   number  of  its   fi- 
jles  is  not  afce'ri       :d.     Its   final   letters,   are  thir- 
teen, a,  c,  i,  0,  v,  c,  cl,  /,  //,  r,  s,  t,  x.       Of  thefe,  eight 
.  peculiar  to  this  decleniion,  namely,  /,  0,  y,  e,  <7,  /,  t,  xj 
1  are  common  tg  h  with  ;he  fir  ft  dedeniioo  -}    n  and  r, 

with 


Third    Declension" 


29 


With  the  fecond  ;  and  j,  with  all  the  other  declenfions.     d, 
i,  and  y,  are  peculiar  to  Greek  nouns. 

The  terminations  of  the  different   cafes  are  tEefe  :    nom. 
£og.  #,  e,  Sec;    gen.  is  2    dat.  /  ;    ace.   em;    \  jh>ne 

ivlib  the  nominative  ;   abl.  ef  ov  2  :   nom.  ace.   and  voc.   plur. 
es,  a>  or  la  ;  geji.  w^,  or  turn;  dat.  and  abl.  ?£?//  thus, 


G. 

Z>. 
.*. 

r. 


Scrrno, 

fermo, 
fermonis, 

fermoni, 

nonem, 
fermo, 


r. 


PeSj 


Pi 
N.  iermone?, 
C.  fcrmonum, 
Z>.  fermonibusj 
A.  feTm~one£, 
.  fermones, 

:  rmonibus.  J 


/Caput,  ihd  head,  nevi 
Sij.cr.  Pi 


Sing. 

2V.  cap  at, 
G.  capitis, 
D.  cai 
;aputv 


i  _■-.'.. 


G. 
V. 
A. 

v. 


L 


N. 
G. 
J). 
A. 
V. 
A. 


Si 
rup 
rup 
rupi, 
rupem^ 
rup 
rap 

Lapis, 
Sitjgi 

lap 

lapidis, 

lap< 

lap  id  em, 

lapis, 

lapide. 


a  rod ,    r 

Plur, 


2x.  rupes, 
G.  rupium, 
D.  rupibus, 
A.  rup    , 
V.  rupes, 
A*  rupibusj  J 

.;:?,  mafc. 

Pk 
N.  lapides, 
G.  tap 

D.  lap  chbui, 
A.  lapides, 
V.  lapides-,      . 
A'  lapidibus.  / 


ur. 
'N.  capita, 
G.  c     [turn, 
D.  capitibus, 
A.  c 
V.  capi 

J3.  J 

Sedlle,  a/eatt  nettt. 


f        ^ 

I 

G.  fediiis, 

,P>.  fedili, 
^f.  fedik, 

^.  fedili/ 


PI 
N.  fcdiii-i, 
G.  fediimni, 
D.  fedilibiuy. 

A.  ■., 

I 


J  Iter,  <z|fa 

•  1  0-.  Piur. 


j  a 

G.  kin  ris, 
Z>.  it.. 
A.  iter  j 
K  iter, 
•f.  itinera. 


i, 
G.  itii  eft 
D.  -bus, 

V.  itinera, 

A.  -  j 


( 


Of  the  GENDER  and  GENITIVE  0/ Nouns  0  Third 

Dedevjwn, 

Ay  Ey  /,  and  T. 

i..(  Nouns  in  a^  e9  i,  and  y,  are  neuter./ 

Nouns  in  a  form  the  genitive   in   Ms  ;    as,   dladema,  dia* 
dc mat isy J  a  crown  %  dogma y  -a$h,  an  opinion.      So, 
JEntgma,  a  riddle.  Diploma,  a  charier.  Poema,  a  r 

-hegmi,     a    /tort     Ppigramina,     en     in-     Schema,    a  e  or 

fcriptlon.  A^ure' 

Numifma,  a  coin.  .'ma,     a  d::,itful 

Phaixxia,  an  a^ariiion*  urgumi 


.^roma,  f-weet fpices. 
Axioma,  a  plain  truth* 


30        •  Third    Declension* 

otcmnia,  a  pedigree.  Stratagema,  an  artful         fuhjed    to    zvrilc   of 

Stigma,      c      mark     cr  cvnirit-ance.  /peak  on. 

bra;uiy  a  dijgrace,  Thc.ua,     a    theme*     a      T6reum3,      a    carved 

Nouns  in  e  change  e   into  is  ;  as,  rrle>  retts,  a   net.        of 

Anc:le,  ajhield.  Cnnale,    a  pin  for  the  N  a  vale,  cdnko: 

Apluilre,  ti  \*f*  Mr*  for  fhippinv. 

feijp.  Cfibile,  a  ctucb.  Ovile,  a  f  './. 

Gampeftre,   a  pah-  of    Equile,     a  fable  for  Prassepe,    a  Bail i    en 

drawert,  borfes.  beer  hive. 

Cochleare,  ajfroon*  Lk^ue.ue,  a  ceiled  rcof  Secaic,  rye. 

Conclave,  a  roo.r:.  Mantile,  a  towel.  Siiile,  a  jb-w-cotc. 

Alonile,  a  necklace,  Tibial?,  a  flocking* 

Nouns  in  /are   generally   indeclinable  ;    as,  gutnmi,  gum  ; 
.',    ginger  :    but    iome    Greek    nouns    add    tits ;    asr 

JromeS,  ,    water  and  honey  fodden    together, 

mead. 

)uns  in  j  add  os  ;  as,  moj,  molyos,  an  herb  ;  myfy^  -y: 
fitrioL  * 

2.  (Nouns  in  o  aie  mafculfne,  and  form  the 

nitivc  in  mis  ;)  :\.\ 

)  ;  draco,  draconh,  a  dragon So>. 

Curio,    ...  a     Per©,   akindoffhea,    x 

e  north  -wind,  ward  cr  curiaf,  PratCO,  a 

An  -      Equlfdj     a    groom   or     Ersedo,  a  rubber. 

Elilmo,  ibe  lungs. 
v>,    a  pitiful feU      Erro,  a  wanderer,  P  ifior  a  little  child*'. 

FilliO,  a  of  cloth*      Salmo,  afulmon. 

Bar  tlterer*        Helluo,  a  glatton.  Sasnio,  a  buffoon. 

I&ro,  a  i  Hiitrio,  £    F0*,/* 

J.atro,  a  rchher,  ho,  a  pipe  cv  lube, 

B'jfo,  LeiHi,    a  pit  tdo,  an  euntii 

:;».         I.fui.Ojl^-ius, .  0,    a  fhoot  Of  fcion. 

Capo,  m.  I»urco,  .  Strabo,    a    go±  J 

Gar  Mango,     a  f  tr*        perf.-i. 

i  .  r.  Tcmo,      t'.  t    cr 

Cerdo,  a  ,  or  one     IVIirnr.ila,  a  fencer,  aught-tree, 

it       /•>..   W4    a  mean      Mdrio,  a  fool.  Tiro,  a  ret'  'er, 

Mucro,    lie  point  of  a  Uribc,     tie    bofs    of  a 
C  initio,    c  friz.it r    of  eld. 

ba  Mulio,  an:.  fipilio,  a Jhepbfrd, 

Crabro,     a   tvafp*    or     N&biilo,  a  km  ve,  Yolo,  a  volunteer, 

Pavo,  a  peacock 


Third    Declension. 


Exc.  i.   •  Nouns  in  to  are  feminine,  when  tha'  fignify  any 
thing  without  a   body  ;    as,    rev;:;,    rationis,    reafon. So, 

Captio.  'rk,  /.  :.  Sectio,     ^ 

or  .    :  of  one's 

ex   ire.  Si  ry, 

.SefliOs   .. 


>,     an 

C .    '.  • ,    a  *,  it . 


tafprcio,  mifl     I. 
i    tillatio,  a  7. 

Tu  ;,  .:  transfer* 


'oyment 
of  \f  p  refer ip* 

9  from 
ifc.  I 


pipe',  the  tveafa     . 

Pc.pilio,  a  bittte 
PuQfio,  a  darrvc 

••9,   3  /;  '&/. 


TTr.io,  a  pearl, 
Vefpertiiio,   a  hat* 
TctniOytbentOi  i^r  three. 

Qiiaternio, four. 

Senio,  fx. 


Legio,   a  :,  a  b:.' 

of  men.  R 

^ruio,  ?«r-  ^. 

lsTotio,  #  notion  of  idea.  '-'J?* 

Opinio,  £7/1  opinion. 

Optio,   a  :  ;n,:]iO,      a 

tio,  .- 
iio,  <z pa  Sancllo,  a.-  .;.     Vifio,  tm  afp.irittoa, 

But  wheli  they  mark  -  g   which  [has    a   body,  cr  fig- 

/  numbers,   they  are  mafculine  ;   as*, 
Curciilio,     fhe    throat-     Scipior  t 

Scorpio  m. 

Septentrio,  the  north. 

Stellio,  a  lizard. 

Titio,  aJireSrand. 

Exc.   2.     Nouns  in  do  arid  go  are  feminine,  and  haye  the 
genitive  in    tnls ;     as,    arundz^  twh,    a    reed  ?    vkgjo? 

imaginir,  an  :. So, 

ago,  ruj?,(jforafs.)  Hirwndo,    afevalf&w.  Sart'-go,  a  frying-pan. 

CalTgo,  tfs.  latere  •,     a  ftace  £. 

C:  ;o,  a  1  be.  •  Teituo'o,   aiojtofe. 

Crcpido,     a    (.reeky    a  Lanugo,  dawn.  Torpedo,   a  numbn 

ba  .  Lentigo,  a  pimple*.  |  Ufigo,  the  statural  md^- 

Farrago/,  c  re»  n.  »  vf  the  earth. 

Ferrugo,  ruf,  [of  iron.)  Porrigo,  f      or  ""  :do,  b 

Formido,  fear.  lies    in    the    lead ;  Vertigo,  \J 

Fuligo,  fjct.  da  Virgo,  a  virgin. 

Grando,  hail.  PropagQ,   a  lineage-.  Voragoi  a  gulf* 

Hiruc'o,    a  horfe-lcech.  P.  .'dczj. 

But  the  following  are  mafculine  : 

Cardo,  -inis,  a  binge.  Margo,  hums,  toe  brink  of  a  river  ; 

Ciido,   -onis,  a  leather  cap.  q  fcm. 

^Harpago,  -onis,  a  drag.  Ordo,  -iris,  order. 

Mgo,  -oms^ajfa*  Tendo,  -       «...      "-. 

o,  -onis,  a  I  lenficl. 

Cupidoy  deure,  is  often  Aafc.  with  the  poets ;  but  in  proie  always  fern. 

Exc* 


3  z  Third    DeCLENSIG 


Exc.  5.  ,.  1         illowing  nouns  have  J/»£f, 
^poilo,  -inis-  */•//•.  Nemo,  -mis,  ra.  or  f.  rfhoiy. 

Turbo,  -i'nis,  m.  a  11  nJ. 

Clro,  .  :   X***!  mafe;  the  name  of  a  river,  An':l+ 

.  1    god  Mars  ;    from    the   obibktc 
the  name  of  *  man,  has  h 

E:cc.  4.  I  Greek  nouns  in  0  ire  feminine,  ar.d  have  us  in 
the  gei   ;.    e,  and  y  in  the   other   cafes  fingulaf  ;    as,    Duh, 

:  man  i  a  woman  ;  genit.  Didus ;  dat.  .D:^',}  fete 
Sc  they   are   declined   regularly;  thus,  ,  T)ldo- 

7:1s  :   fo  .   -if,   f.  the  refornding  of  the  voice   from   a  rock 

or  wood  ;  Argo+  -_'r,  the  c  ::e  of  a  (hip ;  $alos  *onis%  l* 
a  circle  about  the  iun  or  moon. 

3.1  Nouns  in  c  and  /  are  neuter,  and  form  the 
genitive  by  ad<       5  iy.\  as, 

AntniiL7,  a.  ?,}  a  living  creature  ;  toralf  -tills,  a  bed- 
cover ;  hahc,  haleciy  a  kind  of  pickle, -So, 

Cervical,  a  bdjl:r.  rVTinervai,  entry*  v.     Puteal,  a  ivdl  cave r\ 

Cubital,  a  Qujb'iw.  Mi'mual,   t  \    at.     Ve&Tgal,  a  tr.x. 

Except.  Conful,  -lills,  m  amnfub  Miigil,  -His,  m-  a  t*ulUt-fJb\ 

Fcl,  fellis,  v..  gel!.  Sal,  salis,  to-  or  n./ltt. 

Lac,  ladtis,  n.  »ri/i«  Sales,  -him,  pi.  m.  ivitty  faying*. 

Kiel,  zneiltS,   n.  honey.  Sol,  fcC'lis,   ni.    it: fur.. 

D  is  the  termination  only  cf  a  few  proper  names,  which 
form  the  genitive  by  adding  U  ;   as,  David,  Dawd'ts. 

4.  J  Nouns  in  ?i  are  mafculine,  and  add  is  in 
the  genitive  ;  as, 

C    non,  -ortU,  j  rifteJ  PhXSognomon,     -oris,     *r*    wit 

Dxmon,  -onis,  afplrit.  guPff-s  a*   the  elffoftcio:*   of  mm 

JDtiphin,  -inis,  2  tfolpl  j>'°'n  the  face. 

Gnomon,  -onis,  the  each  of  a  dhl.  Ren',  renis,  ike  reins. 

Hymen,   -cnis,  the  gel  of  marriage.  Splen,  iplenis,  tbeffxbem 

n,  -cnis,  tb?  vtilu  Syren,  -eni%  f.  a  S yren, 

I  .l   1:,  -anis,  ufongk  Titan;  -finis,  the  fun. 

Exc.  1.  Nouns  in  inert  arc  neuter,  and  make  their  ge- 
nitive in  wis  ;  zsjiumen,  jtuniinis,  a  river. So, 

Abdomen,  tie  paunch.     Agmen,    an   army   on     A  lumen,  alum* 
Acumen,  fiar^.-.  ma.  Bitumen,  akindofdxy. 

C  acumen, 


Third  Declension-. 


33 


Sagmcn,    vervain,    en 


:en,  the  top.  Germ  en,  afprout. 

Carmen,     a    Jong,     a     Gr.'men,  graft.  hero, 

m.  Ixgiijntn,  all   kind  cf    Semen,  a  feed. 


Specimen,  a  proof. 
Stamen,   the  ivarp. 
Sftbtemen,  the  ivoof. 
Tecrmen,  a  covering* 
VTmen,  a  ttvio-. 
Volumen,  a  folding. 


Cognomen,  a  fir  name,  pulfe. 

CoKimen,  a  [up port.         Lumen,  light. 
Crimen,  a  crime.  Nomen,  a  name. 

X):fcrimen,  a  effirence.     Numen,  the  deity, 
Ex^men,    a  Jhoarm    of     Omen,  a  prcfige. 

bees.  Putamen,  a  nut-fhell. 

.Foramen,  a  hole. 

The  following  nouns  are  like  wife  neuter  : 
-Gluten,  -inis,  glue.  Inguen,  -mis,  the  groin. 

Unguen,  -Inis,  ointment.  Pollen,  -Inis,  fne  four. 

Exc.  2.  The  following  mafculines  have  inis  ;  petlen,  a 
comb  ;  tuUcen,  a  trumpeter  ;  tiblcen.  a  piper  ;  and  ofcen9 
-v.  ofcinls,  fc.  avis,  f.  a  bird,  which  foreboded  by  ringing. 

Exc.  3.  The  following  nouns  are  feminine  :  Sinclcn, 
-onis,  fine  linen  ;  addon,  -onis,  a  nightingale  ;  Haley  tot* 
-Stiis.,  a  bird  called  the  King's  fifher  ;  tcdn9  -onis,  an  image. 

Exc.  4.  Some  Greek  nouns  have  ontis  ;  as,  Laomedon9 
'-ontis,  a  king  of  Troy.  So  Acheron,  Chameleon  9  Phae~ 
thon,  Char on ;,  &C- 

AR  and  UR. 
5.  /  Nouns  in  ar  and  ur  are  neuter,  and  add 

is  to  rorm  th 
C 

G 


the  genitive ;  as, 

alcar,  calcdris,\i  fpur  ;    murmur 9  murnniris,   a   noife. — So* 
uttur,  -•iris,  the  tJwoat.  Nedlar,  -aris,  drink  of  the  gods. 

Pulvmar,  -5ris,  a  p'ilczu. 

Sulphur,  -uris,  fulphur. 

Jecur,  -oris,  or  jecinorls,  ji.  the 


lii>er. 
,R~bur,  -oris,  n.  firengtb, 
S  ilar,  -aris,  m.  a  trout. 
Turtnr,  -iiris.  m.  a  turtledove, 
Vujtur,  -aris,  ni.  a  vulture. 


Jubar,  -aris,  a  fun-beam. 
JLdcOnar,  -aris,  a  celling. 
Except,  -bur,  -oris,  n.  ivory. 

Far,  farris,  n.  com. 

Femur,  -oris,  n.  the  thigh. 

Furfur,  -iiris,  rn.  bran. 

Fur,  furis,  ml  a  thief. 

Hepar,  -  r  itos,  n. 

the  liver* 

ER  and  OR. 

€.{  Nouns  in  er  and  or  are  mafculine,   and 
form  the  genitive  hy  adding  is  ;  as, 

Arfr,    0  >|a    goofe    or  gander  ;     agger ',    -eris,    a    ram- 

part ;     aer,    -erls,    the    air  ;     career,    -eris,   a    prifon  ;    qffert 
-eris,  Sc  aflu,  -isy  a  plank ;    dolor,   -oris,  pain  ;    color,  -oris9 

a  colour. So, 

A&or, 


34  Third    Declension, 

Actor ,  a  Jeer,  a  pleader.  CMor,  l*f  -os,  afmell.  Sopor.y7 

Creditor,  he  thai  trujfs  >  afivan.  Splendor,/     ■ 

cr  Piedor,^  Sj  .  afar: 

Cruor,  g  Paftor,  c         herd.  Sqiuilor,^ 

1  .biter,  a  dehior.  Pnetor,  a  ca  ;p<>r,  t 

FsetOI  mell.  PucVr,;'-;^.  Sutor,  a  fiver. 

Honor,  honour.  Rubor,  blujbin  Tepor,  -  £. 

Leclor, .    ■        r.  Rumor,  a  report.  Terror,  </n< 

Liclor,  an  ojjicer  among  SipOP,  a  tei  Timor,  fear* 

the  Remans   ivho   at-  S?rtor,      a     cohler      cr  Tor  lor,  a  barber* 

■  rates.  Tutor,  a  guard'; an. 

LTvor,  paleuefx ■.  it.  S  .tor,  a  Jetvef,    a  fa-  Vapor,  a  vapour. 

Nidor,  aflrongfmeU*  .  r.  Venator,  a  hunter* 

Rhetor ±  a  rhetorician,  has  rhetaris  ;   calior,  a  beaver,  -cris. 

Exc.    i.     The  following  nouns  are  neuter: 
Acer,  -oris,  a  -.  Marmor,    oris,  marble. 

Ador,  -oris  at.  Plpaver,  -tris,  poppy. 

JFquor,   -  Piper,  -cris,  pepj 

C<  ',  -cris,  a  deadcarcafs.  inther,  -eris,  a 

Cicer,  -**ris,  9  Tuber,  -cris,  ajhvelling. 

Cor,  cordis,   the  heart.  ■  "     -  ris,  e  pop,   or  fatnefs. 

Iter,   itmcris,  a  journey.  Ver,   veris,    the  fprivg. 

Arbbr,  -oris,  a  tree,  is   fcm.      Tuber,  -eris,  the   fruit    of  the    tuker 
tree,  i>  mall,  but  when  put  for  the  tree,  fern. 

Exc.  2.  Nouns  in  her  have  brts  in  the  genitive  ;  as,  hie 
tniieXt   imhris,   a  fhower.      So  Insuber,   Oacl.         ;.c. 

Nouns  in  ter  have  iris  ;  as  venter 9  veutris,  the  belly  ; 
filer,  patris,  a  father  ;  fraier,  -iris,  a  brother  ;  GcclpHicr, 
-tris,  a  hawk  ;  but  crater,  a  cup,  has  crater  is  ;  soicr,  -eris9 
a  faviour  ;  later*,  a  tile,  lateris  ;  Jufnlert  the  chief  cf  the 
Heathen  gods,  has  jfovis ;  I'mier,  -tris,  a  little  boat,  is 
mafc.  or  fcm. 

7.  J  Nouns   in  as  are  feminine,  and  have   the 
mitive  in  atis  ;  as,  a/as,  atatisSzn  age. So, 

Siniv  *  feud,     a       Veritas,  ; 

Pi  'y.  griJge.  ill. 

V   I  Ten       tas,   a  frTie,  .:       Voluj  e. 

Probitas  /?•  At  a    dad,    ha* 

8ati       ,  or  <//-  anatia. 

Except-.   I.    As,  aflis,  m.  a  piece,  of  mot  Mas,  mafis,  m.  a  r?aie. 

or  .  ^«  S,   Vadis,   m    a  f\  rety. 

divided  into  Hcefoc  parts.  :.-.    wfis,  n.  a  i-jj 

Note. 


Thud    Declension, 


35 


All  the  parts  of  at  are  likewifc  raaiculme,  except  moW,  an 
eunce,  fern.  \  &  fix  tans,  2  ounces ;  ;  tricns,  4  ;  quincunx,  5  ; 

,  6  ;  /_  ,  7  j    besy  8  ;    dec  ran;,    9  ;    dextans,    cv   dscunxt    l ", 

devnx,  11  ounces. 

ExCv  2.  Of  Greek  nouns  in  <w,  fome  are  mafcuiine  ;  feme 

feminine  ;    fome    neuter.      T  that  are   mafcuiine   ba 

utis    in    the    genit.    as,   gtgpS)  giganiis,   a  giant  ;    a  Jamas  9 

-ar/Ass    an    adama  -vW,  -antis,    an    elepha:  Thofc 

.at   are    feminine   have  adis,    or  ados  ;    as,   Lvnpas  lamj 

flisy   or  lambadas  >   a  lamp  j    dromas,  -adts%  f.  a   dromedary  : 

Jikewife   Areata   an    Arcadian,    though    mafcuiine,    has    ^/r- 
fifj  or  -#</&/.     Thofe  that  are  neu 

iY/urj  -tf///?  an  herb  ;  ariocrcas.  -a?h>  a  p: 

8.f  Nouns  in  es  are  feminine,  and  in  the  ge- 
nitive change  es  into  w  ;  as, 


j  rupUjtn  rock ;  r. 

(ies,  or  -i*,  f  i triple  ;       Lu 


rjgii 


pes,  3  /v,. 


plur  j  £«*//*.  M  les,  tf/i 

Cautcs,  a  rugged  rock.       Nates1  the  buttock,  ics,  ajlaugbter. 

Clades,   .*«  *vertbrrwt     Pairmbes,  m.  or  f.  *     Stnies,    ■ 

Sudcs,  0  Ai 
Crates,  a  hurdle. "  Proles,  an  offspring.         Tabes,  a  on, 

Pubes,  yotfi  Vulpes,  a  fix* 

Exc.   1.  The  following  nouns  are  mafcuiine,  and  moil  U 
them  likewife  excepted  in" the  formation  of  the  genitive  ; 


->>  a  bird, 

,  afwkiisjlajf: 
Aries, 

Cc  pes,  -itis,  a  turf* 

ies,  -i 

Dies,  -ltls,  /  1/. 
G urges,  -uis,  a  •whirlpool, 

Hei  .  -  - '  ■> 

Indjges,  -Otis,  ./  «wi  deified* 
Interpres,  -<  tis,  a/;  interpreter. 
LIn3.CS,  -itis,  (3  /.■'////'*  or  bound, 
jMlles,  -uis,  a  foUier, 


PaJ 

Pes,  p  :dis,  tbcfioi 

■cks,  >ltis,  a  footh:.-::i. 
PQples,  -iris, 
Pisefcs,  -idis,  d 
Sat  is,  a  life-guard. 

Stipes,  -it  is,  /*' 

is,  an  mvebm 
Tranies,  -his,  *z  path, 
Veles,  -:iis,  a  light-armed 
Vates,  vatis,  a  prophet, 
Verres,  verris,  a  boar-t  j 


Gbfes,  -idis,  a  bo/lagt. 

But  ales,  miles,    bere:t  interpret  ^    tb/es,    and   vafesj    arc    uJ;o    u*\.u    in 
aziiniue. 

E  E.~c. 


the  ' 


36  Third    Declensio 


s. 


Exc.  2.    The  following   feminincs  arc.  excepted    in    the 
formation  of  the  genitive  : 

Abies,  -his,  a  fir-tree.  Requies,  -etis  ;  cr  requiei,   (of  the 

Ceres,  -cris,   the  goddfs  ofecrn.  ffth  declenf:cnt)  ref. 

Merces,  -edis,  a  reward,  hire.  Seges,  -etis,  growing  cent. 

Merges,  _-itis,  a  handful  cf  ca a.  ges,  -etis,  a  mat  or  coterie*. 

Quies,  -etis.  ref.  Tildes,    is,  or  -ftis,  abamme.* 

To  thefe  add  the  following  adje&itefc. 

.Xles,  -itis,  fivift.  Prxpes,  -etis,  fzvift-zuinged. 

Bipes,  -1 (lis,  tivc-foot:d.  Refes,  -idis,  idle. 

tjuadr^pes,  ~Zdi%t four-footed,  Sofpes,  -itis,  fafe. 

Deles,  -iois,  Jlatbfui.  Siiperftes,  -Itis,  furo'wirtg. 

Dives,  -itis,  rich,  Teres,  -etis,  round  and  long,  f 

TIebes,  -etis,  dull.  Locuples,  -etis,  rich. 

Perpcs,  -etis,  perpetual.  Manfues,  -etls,  genile. 

Exc.  3.  Greek  nouns  in  es  are  commonly  mafcul#e;  as 
hie  aan&ccs,  -is,  a  Perfian  fword,  a  fcimitar  ;  bur.  iome 
are  neuter  ;  as,  hoc  cacojetJ)csy  a»  evil  cuftoni  h'ipt  u s, 
a  kind  of  poifon  which  grows  in  the  forehea|  or"  a  foal ; 
cs9  the  herb  all-heal  ;  nepenthes,  the  herb  kill- 
grief.  Diffs  llables,  and  the  monoiyllables  Cres,  a  Cretan, 
have  etis  in  the  genitive,  as,  hie  magnes,  magnetis,  a  load- 
(tone  ;  tapes,  -elis,  tapeftry  ;  fches-cUs,  a  cauldron.  The 
reft  follow  the  general  rule.  Some  proper  nouns  have  either 
etis  or  is  ;  as,  Dares,  Dareiis,  or  Dans  ;  which  is  alfo 
fometimes  of  the  firft  declenfion  ;  Achilles,  has  KcbUlis  ; 
or  A  chilli  contracted  for  Achill'ei  or  Achillei,  oi 
deck  from  Aclfilleus  :  So  Cly/fes,  Pericles,  Verres,  Arif* 
tZteksy  Esfr. 

IS. 

g\  Nouns  in  /j  are  feminine,  and  have  their 
genitive  the  fame  with  the  nominative  ;  as, 

vrisy  aurisMhe  car  ;  avis,  avis,  a  bird. So, 

A  pis,  j  bee*  Meflh ,  <7  barvejl  or  ;,-(/.  R2  tis,  a  raft . 

BTlis,  the  gall,  arger.  Naris,   the  noflriL  Rudis,  c  rod. 

Claflis,  a  feet.  Neptis,  a  niece.  Vallis,  a  vail 

Fclis,  a  cat.  Ovis,  ajbeef,  Veftis,  a  garment 

Fdris,    a    door  ;  ofi:n;r  PelHs,  a  fin.  Vltis,  o  -w«<. 

]»lur.  feres,  -iuiu.  Peflis,  a  plague. 

cc*  I.     The  following  nouns  are  mafculme,  and  form 
the  genitive  recording  to  the  general  rule  ; 

Axis, 


Third  Declsnsio  37 

iy^ax^Mi^^  Enfis,  */**>*/<  Patruelis,  a  rtii/^r- 

A  quails,    a  102:  ,  Fafeis,  a  7:lJ-u 

,,-.  Feclalis,  a  ..'  Pifcis,  aJtJB. 

Callis,  <z  fcatoi  road.  Follis,  a/a/r  ofUlovui.  Poftis,  */« 

Caulis,  fife  loft    r/  m  Fuftis,  */*^  Sodalis,  a  cmfMrnm* 

r/.  Menfis,  .«  .-  ft  afre-4rami. 

Coflitaa/  ugiiis,  or-ibaaa/-  Ungu 

Cenchris,  a  it ,  r-         £*#&.  [---  Vectis,  - 

Orbisj      a    circle,     the  Vermis,  <?  wroi 

To    thefe    add    Latin    nouns   in    nis  ;    as,  fonts,    bread ; 

•;;;>,  the  hair  ;  ignis,  lire  ;  funis,  a  rope,  &C.  But 
Greek  nouns  in  nis  are  feminine,  and  haye  the  genitive 
in  &&  ;   Of  tyranitis,  iyratuudis,  tyranny. 

Exc.   2.     The   following  nouns    are   alfo    m:.         le,   b. 
form  the         nitive  difFerentl1  ♦ 

Cr  ris,  a/2  Fubi«  or  pubes,  -is,  or  ;  -GC20t' 

.  ciimis,  -Is,  or  -eris,  or  cucumber.  mam 

is,  cutis,  the  god  :  ricby     Pulvis,  -eris,  c'^?| 

an  adfc  Quiri?,  -Itis,  a  Roman* 

Glis,  gHris,  a' ion  a  rat.  Sarnnis,  -itis,  a  Sam, 

Impubis,  cr  impubes,  -is  or    -eris,     Sanguis,  -mis,  &&*£ 

n:i    warriag  Semis,  -ifis,   the  half  of  any  thing. 

Lapis,  -idis,  a  Bone.  V'omis,  or  -er,  -ei  2uzr*« 

tlvhiiidciau  arc  fometimes  feminine.  &Vhuj  is  alfo  fometimes 
neuter,  and  then  it  is  indeclinable.  i>«&  and  itnpu$ii  r.fe  properly 
adjectives;  thus,  Paherlbus  caulem  fefih,  a  ftalk  with  downy  leaves, 
r^7rr,  -<K».  xii.  4 1 3.  7  -  corpus,  the  body  of  a  bey  not  having  ye: 
got  the  down  (fubes,  -i/,  f)  of  youth,  Herat*  eptd.  5.    13.     £xjan 

ioditfs,  an  adj.  Las  exj'snguis  in  the  gen. 

Exc.   5.      The  following  are  either  mafc.  or  feminine,  and 
form  the  genitive  according  to  die  general  rule. 

is,  arivert  Hnis,  tie  end :  hues,  the  btundtirii 

Asguis,  \e.  cf  ,  or  territories,  .  ->j 

C.mfilis,  a  con* it-pit  m 

fcrjl:-.  or  fcrobs,  aditchi' 
T-  ,  a  chain. 

Exc-  4.     Thefe  feminines  have   fa  ">  a  hel- 

met ;    t  ,   the  point  of  a  fpear ;    ..../,  -7fis,  a  kind 

cup ;  promulfis,   -nils,   a  !.         of  drink,  in.       Lis, 

it rife,  f.  has  litis. 

Exc.  5.     Greek  nouns  in  is   1         merally   feminine,  and 
form  the  genitive    varioufly  :   Some  have  eos  or  ios  ;   as,  h&- 
rt/is,   -ccs,    or  -ios  or    -is,   a  herefy  ;  fo,    £&/&»    f,   the  fo 
of  a  pillar  ;  phrafis,  a  phrafe  ;  pbth'tfs,  a  conlumption  :  peeps, 

S)  a  chief  city,  &c.       Some    have  ;&,   or 

y.los  5 


38  Third    Declension. 

tdos  ;    as,  PXris,  -lidij,  or  Ados>  the  name  of  a  man  ;    afpis% 

•Xdij)  f.  an  afp  ;  ephemtris>  -tdh)  f.  a  day  book  ;  iris,  -td}s9  f. 
rainbow  ;  pyxis  9   ~7dis9  f.  a  box,     So,  ,   the   fhield 

of   Pallas  ;    amthdns9    a    fort   of  fly  ;    perifcelis9  &  garter  ; 

proloJc'is9    an  elephant's   trunk  ;  pjrtimis,  a   pyramid  ;    and 

/!sy   a   tiger,  -Idis,    itldom  tlgris  ;    all   fern.       Part    have 

y  ;    as,   Pfophit9  -ldis9   the   name   of  a   city  :    others  have 

•*  ;     as,    EkuJtSf    -Ifi'iSy    the    name    of   a    city  ;     and    feme 

vt    ends  ;     as,    S':mois9    Sbnoent:s9    the    name    of    a    jiver, 

hariti  one  of  the  graces,  has,  Ckaritis. 

OS. 

io.  4  Nouns  in  os  are  mafculine,  and  have  the 
genitive  in  atis  ;  as., 

neposy   -<jiis\'d  grandchild  J    sacerdosy   •  \  prleft,  alfo   fem* 

Exc.   i.     The  following  are  feminine  ; 
Arbos,  of  -or,  ^r's,  a  tree*  £o$,  e,;is,  I  y. 

*,  <;  -wbetjlone,  Glo4,  gloria,  M*  bufijuii  Jtfler,  cr 

%,  a  do-wry.  brotfar* t  wife, 

2.     The  following  mafculines  are  except-        i  the 

: 

ajkvHT*  Cuftcs,  -Td's,  a  keeper  ;  alfo  fcm. 

.   -ris,  bc*ourt  Her*  M*>,  a  hero. 

?  ibog,  cr  -or,  -"ris,  Azlwr.  Minos,  -5is,  a  i/wj  of  Crete, 

it,  Tro»,  Trois,  a  Trojan. 

Bos,  b6vis,  m.  or  f.  <?*  ox  or  r#to. 

is,  <&•*<;. 
:.  *,    &r,  oj/isy  a  bone  ;  and  os,oris,  the  mouth,  arc  neuter. 

Exc.  4*       tome   Greek  nouns  have  -oh ;    as  &*/w,  -6 

r0,  a  .  n  :    So   Mines  9  a  king  of  Crete  ;    7Vc\r, 

>jan  ;  a  kind  of  wolf. 

US. 

1 1 ,  JNouns  in  us  are  neuter,  and  have  their  ge- 
itivc  in  oris  ;  as, 

ptffWf  pfflorisAxlie    brealt  ;     tempusf  tenporh,    time. 
s  a  body,                  Friglli,  ^W.  nus,  prowft* 

c-us,  fcwwwr,  Littns,  <7/*r*.  Pignus,  a  f 

,  difgra  Nemus,  a  grtve,  Stercus,  dung, 

PScus,  ctftfr,  rgus,  « 


/- 


/ 


Ere  i. 


Third   Declension, 

Exc   i.     The  following  neuters  have  erts. 
^c                                    Munus,*£*y*,or  Seeks,  acntxe, 

Funus,  .:  »Olns,  pot-heri  Sicks,  <zy?- 

ius,  a  Onus,  ai  Vellus,  ajlea*  of  kcoot. 

Genus,  a  ^/'.vi,  or  ///;-     Opus,  <2  -awri.  Viicus,  a  .;:/. 

^  ?C:  -CU3,    <?  f./.'. 

Glomus,  a  clear.  Rudus,  r  Vulnus,  4«00«»c£r 

LatUS,   thefide. 

Thus  ffc«r«,  fun'c-ri:,  &c.     Glomus,  a  clew,  is  fometimes  m  ne, 

and  has  ov_w.;,  of  the  fecond  declenfion.  Venusx  the  goddefs  of  love, 
ana  ,  old,  an  adje&ive,  likewife  have  hit.         i 

Exc.  2.    The  following  nouns  are  feminine,  and  form  t: 
genitive  variouily  : 

Incus,  -udis,   an  anvil.  JuventUS-,   -utis,  ;•::.;*, 

PAius,  -udiS,  a  pcol  or  mora/}.  Salus,  -Utis,  fefrtj • 

cus   (notyfed)y  -udis,    afieep.  Sene&us,  -utis,  old  to 

Subfcus,  -udis,  ve-tail.  Servitus,  -fi  :. 

Tellus,  -uris,  f£*  earth,  or  goddfs  Virtus,  -utis,  virtue. 

eft  Be  ear.  Intercus,  -utis,  ankydropfy* 

Intercus  is  properly  an  adjective,  having. aqua  underilcod. 
Exc.   3.     Monofyllables  of.  the  neuter  gender  have  urU  in 

the  genitive  ;  as, 

Grus,  cruris,  the  leg.  Rus,  ruris,  y. 

Jus,  juris,  laiu  or  right  ;    alfo  broth.      Thus,    thuris,  frankincenfe. 
Pus,  puris,  the  corrupt  matter  of  any      So  Mus,  muris,  1  a  mo:fe, 

fore. 

Ligits,  or  -ur,  a  Ligurian,  has  Li  guru  ;    Itpus,   mafc.    a  hare,  /^a- 
ris  ;  y?^,  mafc.  or  fern,  a  fwine,  yl^'x  ;  gru:^  maf.  or  fern,  a  crane,  gruis. 
OEMpusy  the  name  of  a  man,  has  0£.  :  fometimes  it  is  of  the 

fecond  declenlion,  and  has  QEdipi.  The  compounds  oifus  have  odis  ; 
as,  tripus,  mafc.  a  tripod,  tripodis  ;  out  lagoons,  -odis,  a  hied  of  bird, 
or  the  herb  hares-fcot,  is  fern.  Names  of  cities  have  untls  ;  as,  T/*i» 
pezus,.cTr:pczuntis  ;    Cpus,    Gpuut'u. 

r  s:. 

12  f  Nouns  in  vs  are  all  borrowed  from  the  Greek,  and  are  for  the 
mofi:  part  feminine.!  In  the  genitive^they  have  fometimes  yu  or  yos  ;  as 
h;ec  chelys,  cbelyis,  or  -yos,  a  harp  ;  Capys,  Cap  jit,  or  -yos ;  the  name 
of  a  man:  fometimes  they  have  jdis,  or  ydos  ;  as,  hxc  coiumjs,  chlumy- 
dis  or  chlai.iyJos,  a  foldier's  cloak  ;  and  fometimes  ynis,  or  yncs  ;  a?, 
Trachys,  IracLy.nis,  or  Trachynos,  the  name  of  a  town. 

JES,  A  US,  EUS. 
13.  /The  nouns  ending  in.*j  and  aus  are, 

Ir.%,  ssris,  n.  £rafs\or  money.  Laus,  laudis,  f.  praifi. 

..us,  fraudis,  f.  JrauJ.  Pnes,  praedis,  m.  or  f.  a  f  rely. 

Substantives  ending  in  the  f;  liable  sus  are  all  proper  names,    and 
£  %■  have 


4*  Third    Dtclilw- 

have  the  genitive  in    «»..- ;   as,  ,  X>rpheas  i     Term,  Y<.r 
thefc   nouns   are    alfo   found  in  th<  id  dcclcnfion,  when  eus  is  di- 
vided into  twofyllables:    thus  Or  ,  genit.  Orpbci,  or  fometiracs 
contracted  Orpbei,  and  that  in  Co  Or/ 

*9  w&fi  a  ctmfonant  before  \ 

14.  /  Nouns  ending  in  s  with  a  confonant  be- 
fore it,  are  feminine  ;  and  form  the  genitive  by 
changing  the  s  into  is  or  lis;  as, 
trabs,  trSitsA  a  beam  ;  fobs,  fob's,  faw-duft  ;  Items*  hie- 
mis,  winter  f  gens,  gent  if,  a  nation  ;  flips  ftlfis,  alms  ^ 
pars* partis,  a  part  ;  fdrs,  forth,  a  lot ;  wzorr,  -//\r,  death. 

Exc.    1.     The  following  nouns  are  mafculine  ; 
Charjrbs,  -Vbis,/  Merops,  -opi«,  * 

Dens,  -tig,  a  toot  tons,  -tis,    • 

Fons,  -'tis,  a  71  Pons,  -tis,  #  077V 

Gryps,  typhis,  a  griffin.  Seps,  sepis,  a  iiW  offrpsnt  ;  bdt* 

Hydrops,  ^opis,  ft  Seps,  sepis,  c7  hedge,  is  fem. 

Exc.   2.     The  folio*  are  either  mafc.   or  feminine  : 

\deps,  adipis,  fatnefs*  Serpens,  -tis,  a  ferpent. 

-tis,  a  ca:  Stirps,  ftirpis,  the  root  of  a  ft 

Scrobs,  fcrobis,  a  rinh.  Stirps,  an  offspring,  always  fern. 

Wnhnans,  a  tiring   creature,    is  found  in   all  the  genders,    but  m 
'©(juently  is  tl         minine  cr  neuter. 

Exc.   5.      PolyfyUables  in  eps   cfl  e  into  /  ;    as,  hxc 

forceps,  forctpis,    a    pair    of  tongs  ;  pr incept,   -Ipis*    a   prince 
or   princefs  ;    parfaeps,    -ctpis,    a   partaker  ;    fo   likewiie    cos- 
hbs,    cceulis,    an    unmarried    man    or    woman.       The    con> 
•unds   of  caput  have  cifftis  ;    as,  praceps,  pi\e  ,    head- 

long ;  anceps,  ancifitis,  doubtful ;    biceps,    -crjttis,    two-head- 
ed.    Auceps,  a  fowler,  has  aucupis* 

Exc.  4.     The  following  femlnines  have  tits  .**  | 

ons,  frond-"?,  tie  leaf  of  a  tree.  J'uglans,  dis,  «  walnut, 

,  plan  dis,  en  acorn*  Lens,  lendis,w  nit. 

brtpent,  libripeuMs,  m.  a  weigher  ;  nefrent,  -d?s,  m.  or  f.  a  gri 
pig;    and    the    compounds  of  cor  ;    as,  concors,  Jit,  agreeing} 

r,  difagreeing;    vecort,  mad,  &c.     But  front,  the   forehead,  has 
,  fern,  and  lens,  a  kind  of  pulfe,  lentis,  alfo  fem. 

Exc.   5.      lens,  going  ;  and  quiev.s,  being  able,  ]  iples 

from  the  verbs  e§    and   queo,    with   their   compounds,    have 

rnntis  :   thus,    tens,    euntis ;    q uteris,    queunt'is%;    rid'1  ens,    rede- 

piiens,  nejutunih  :  but  ambiens,    going   round,    has 

r, 

Exc.  6* 


TrIIRD    I'  41 

Exc.  6.      Thyns,  a  city  in   Greece,    tl  rth-plaec   of 

-rcules,  has-  Tirynthh. 

T. 

15.  /There  is  only  one  noun  in   /,  namely*  cafut9  -s3 

the  head,  neuter. )  In  like  manner,  its  compounds,  j         ut9 
fincifnttiy  the  forenead  :  and  occiput ,  -Itis,  the  hind- head, 

16.  ♦  Nouns  in  a   afe  feminin       and  in   the 

genitive  change  x.  into  an  ;  as, 

fWJCj   vocis, lihi  voice  ;■  &#,  /uftf,   light'.-- So, 

Appendix,  -"ch.:?/:  ad-  Q-  I 

dition  ;    dun  j..  FaeX,  -cj 5,  rri:       -:/.  .   .;.-.. 

Arx,  uT  -:is,  afcyt  Nux,   tlucU,    - 

Celox,  -ocis,  .  Fax,  -acts,  a  ttrrbt  ax,  -acis, 

Cervix,  k.  Fi'ix.  -ids,  c  Pix,  picis,  p  l:   ~? 

Cicatrix,  -icis,  a  par.  Lcnx,  -cis.  Radix,  -Tcis,  a  rot. 

Cornix,  -  a  crotv.  L-cdix,   -ici.«,  a  f\ 

Coturnil,  -icis,  a  quail.  Miretrix,  -ici?,  a  ccur*     Vibix,  cr  -ex,  -1  c 
Coxendix, -ici:  iefan..  d. 

Exc.    i-     PoTylyllables  in  ax   and  e         _    maiculine  ;  as, 

arax,  -Jr/>,    a  bread-plate;    Corax,    -acts,    a   raven.  1. 

in  the  gee-hive    is   changed    into   jWj- ;    as,   poller*    -;V/V,  m. 

thumb So  the  ng  nouns,  alio  ma£cuKn< 

/  Clmex,  a  bur,  P'dex,  tbl! breech. 

1  the  top  oj  L~  h.  Pontlfex,  a  chief prl:f, 

;f.  PS  lex,  aj. 

r..  ?.  Rimex,  a  rupture. 

Artifex,  <ur<i  !r  \.  SGrex,  a  rat. 

•:..'■  Latex,  anyjiquor.  Vertex,    tb*  crown    cf 

tbi       ink  efa  M  a     f  "*'-/.  hjc:d. 

trtt.  iple,  VqrteXj  a  ivbirlpoil. 

Fervex,  2  wedder  ihcep,  has  rcis  ;  j  >    a   mower  of  hay,. 

,;secis  :  Refex^  m.  -cv/>,  a  v*  . n c h  cut  off, 

To  theie  mafculines  add, 

Calix,  -?Ci3,    a  ;u^>.  r/x,  -)cis,  <t  iv'dd  goat. 

Calyx,  -                         of  a  /-ever,  Phcxnix,  -Icis,  a  bird  fc  called. 

Coccyx.           ,  vet  ^ycis,  a  cuchvi*  Tradux,  -'«cis,    cr  jra/*,    or    ^/V** 

Forn.x.   ~i:ay  a  of  a  vine  ;   alfo  f-*rr., 

But 


%:.  Third    D^ci  :. 

But  the  following  polyfyllables  in  ax  and  ex  are  femini: 

Fornax,  -acis,  a  furnace*  S  mi  lax,  the  herb  rcpe—wi 

Panax,  -aci  Cerex,  -icis,  a  ft.- 

Climax,  -acis,  a  ladder*  Sapellcx,    fupclkcV  '.J-. 

Forfjx,  -Icu  ir  of ft  furniture* 

Halex,  -ecir,,  at 

Exc.   2.     A  great   many   nouns  in  «  .  mafculiner 

cr  feminine  ;  a?, 

Calx,  -cis,  the  hscl,    or   the  end   cf  Limax,  -acis,  a  f nail. 

any   thing,    the  goal;     bu,    calx,  Obex,   -icis,  a  bolt  or  far. 

lime,  is  t  w.  Perdix,  -icis,  a  j. 

Cortex,  -icis,  the  burl  of  a- tree*  Purr,  ex,  -Icis,  .: 

Hyaiix,   -i::s,  a  l  itie,  Riimex,   -1CJS,  for r el,  an  kerb* 

Imbrex,  -icis,  •  r  or   roof  tile,  Sandix,  -i .  ur,    • 

JLyn.v,  -cis,  an  ounce,    a  cf  a  Silcx,   -icis,  a  f. 

very  quick  fight,  Varix,  -icis,  a ftvofn  vein, 

Exc.   3.     The  following  nouns  depart  from  the  gene: 
rule  in  forming  the  g 

1  lex,  -cgi-s,  anveU-msksr.  Phalanx,  -angis,  f .  a 

Cuiijuox,  cr  -ux,  -ugis,    a  hifbani  Rtmex    -lgis,  a  roi 

or  "wife,  R 

Frnx,  (not  if-JJi  frugis,  f.  corn.  Nix,  nlvis,  f.  fnow. 

Grex,  grcgls,  m.  or  f.  a  feck.  Nox,  nodis,  f.   n/^-i/. 

Lex,  legis,  f.  a  taw,  Scnex,  scnis,  (an  adj.),  old, 

Exc.  4.     Greek   nouns  in  x,  both  with  reipect  to  gender 
and  declonfion,  are  as  various   as   Latin  nouns  :    thus,   bom- 
lyx,  bombycis,  a  (Ilk-worm,  mafe.   but  when  it  fignifies  iilk, 
or  the  yarn  ipun  by  the  worm,    it  is  feminine  ;    onyx,  mafc, 
or  fern,  cnyclns,  a  precious  (tone  ;    and  fo  fard         ;    larynx*. 
laryngts,   fern,   the  top   of  the   wind-pipe  ;    P        >  Phrygh,. 
a  Phrygian  ;  fphinx,    -right,    a  fabulous  hag  ;  Jh'ixy  -tgis,  £, 
a  Icrecchowl  ;  aSVt.v,  ->^x,  £  a  liver  in  hell  ;  HyJax,  -ills,  t: 
name  of  a  dog  ;  Bibrax,  B Uracils,   the  name  of  a  town,  cV 

Dative     Singular, 

The  Dative  lingular  anciently  ended  alfo  in  s ;  as,  Efu- 
rhnte  leoru  ex  ore  exculpcre  pradam,  To  pull  the  prey  out  of 
the  mouth  of  a  hung:  y  lion,    Lucil.     /;.  pes,    Fc 

flicks  to  foot.     JEiu  x.  ^61.  for  efurunti  and pedi, 

E; 


Third    Declension.  43 

Exceftigss  in  the  Accusative  Singular. 
Exc.    t.     The  following  nouns  have  the  accu£aive  in  im  t 

Amufiis,  f.  afnafifCi  f\  Cannabis,  i.   hemp, 

Bilris,  f.    the  b^im  of  a  plough*  Ciicuniis,  m.  a  cucumber-, 

Gum  mis,  f.  g  tm.  Sit  is,  £.  th'trjU 

Mephitis,  f.  ^  <&«/  orf.rong  fmell.     Turns,  f.  the  tough* 
Ravis,    f.  hoarfcnefr.  Vis,  {.  Jirengtb. 

"pis,  f.  vv.ijlj.rd> 

To  thefe  add  proper  names,  t,  of  ci-.i^s,  and  other  place-*; 
Hifpalis,  Seville,  a  city  irt  Spain  ;  Synth,  a  dangerous  quickfand  on 
the  coa3  of  Libya  ;-^2.  ol  rivers  ;  as,  Tiberh,  the  Tiber,  which 
runs  pad  Rome  ;  Bath,  the  Guadalquivir  in  Spain  !  So  AfbSfu,  A* 
rarir,  Alb':,  lirli,  -j\-.— j.  Of  gods;  dfr,  Anubis,  Apis,  O+lris,  8c- 
tapis,  deities  ol  the  Egyptians.  But  thtfe  fometimes  make  the  ac« 
cufative  alio  in  in  ;   thus,  &yrti*t  or  Syrtin,    Tibtrun  or  -in.   oCC« 

Exc.  2.     Several  nouns  In  tf  have  either  */w  or  /;/* ;  as? 

vis,  f.  Pelvis,  f.  a  bafeK.  "iris,  f.   <W  tf*« 

itit,  f.  toejlirt*               iippi-t,  f,  thjjtern  9/  is,  f.  afnvtng* 

,  f.  m  fever*                  Vtp*  StrtgKIi$,f.  ^i 

Kivii,  f.  a/:;  Rc&b,  £.  5  ri£*.  Tuffi*,  f.  a  fnitf>< 

Thus  ff/  navfm;   pvppemf  or  puppim,  &c.  .   The 

ancients  laid  owm*  aurim,    cvim,  p0lmy  vaHim,  v}timf  3cc* 
.re  not  to  be  imitated* 

Exc.  $7TC        s  Nouns  form  tbeir accofativt  variouflyp 

1.  Greek  nouns,  whofe  genitive  iucreafes  in  u  or  «  impure,  thas 
is,  with  a  confonant  going  before,  have  the  accusative  in  em  or  a,  as, 
:,  Utmpadts,  or  lampndos,  lampadem,  or  ktmpada*  In  like  man- 
ner, thefe  three,  which  have  fs  pure  in  the  genitive,  or  is  with  a 
vowel  before  it  ;  Tret,  Trek,  Treenr,  and  7%<r,  a  Trojan  ;  beros,  a 
f/Vw,  a  king  of  Crete.  The  three  following  have  almofl  al- 
ways a  \  Pan,  *hc  god  of  f.Tcph.rJs  father,  tlie  fky  ;  ddpb'm,  a  dolphin  \ 
t\\M%   Patta,  «:  iAph'iua, 

Mafculine  Greek  nouns  m  /},  which  have  the;  itive  in  Is  or 

«/ impure,  form  the  ace  eihfwor**;  fometimes  in   idem,    never 

id.-.,  as,    .  'is  •  or  Parufo}   Pari/*,  or  /W/;,  fometimes  /**- 

.  never  Partita. — So  Daflbtti*. 
3*     Feminine*  In  u,  mci'eaung  impurely  in  the  genitive,  have  com- 
mon!? idem  or   xda,    but  rarely  im   or   in  ;    <?.r,    Tits,    ,£/£<>«    or    PSidos, 
EWem  cr  £ft&  /  feldom  £///»  or    ££»  ,     a  city    in   Greece.     In    like 
manner  feminine*  in  .  ,      for,  have  yd.*?*,  cs~  ;V.-,  not  ym  or  yn   in   the 
ceufativcj  as,  cblamys,  »ydem,  or -jpfc,  not  »,  a   foldier's  cloak* 

4.     Put  all  Greek  n  ther  m  feminine, 

;    .?  or  or  pure  in   the  genitive,  i"  n£iJ1£ 

nominative  into  m  or  «  ;  as,  ;-  .    or  -•  ' -" 

n  or  -/«,  a  change  :     Tethys,    -y>~>    or  -  or    \:  '•  » 

name  of  -i  goddefs. 
7.  ;ns  er.disg;  in  the  m  » 

ae,  77  - ;   7j«/tft 

Ex- 


44  Third    Declension. 

E  riONS  ia  the  Ablative    Singula?.. 

Exc.    i.N  s  in  ef  aU  and  ar;   have  i  in  the  ablative  ; 

as,,  j  Hit  j  animtiL    anhnall ;     calcar,     calcaru      Ex- 

cept  proper  names  ;  as,  J.    Pranefiey    the   name 

of  a  id  the  following  .ts  in  ar  : 

Far,  farre,  corn*  Ne&ar,  -an 

Hepar,  - 
Jubar,  -are,  #/ 

Exc.  2.     Nouns  which  have  /«  or  *7i   in   the    ; 
have  /  w  the  ablative  ;    ai  *.    i 

//V,  and  have  e  or  ,'. 

lich  have  it  i  oi  hi  in    t!- 
-  in  e  or  i  ;     as,  ttsrris,  .*,    or  turrl ;    but  njftife  a 

rope;   i  the  flcih,  rmve  d  only, 

/eral  Doufls  which  have  onh'  .-..*  in  thj  i  *  or/  in 
the  ablative;  asj  fhtisy  JupdUx%  •-».•;?•.,  /S.-//,  a  .  .  'or 
mugitis ;  fa,  rus,  tcytput i  Alfo  names  vnis,  when  the  queilion  ia 
made  by  ubi;  as  habitat  Garthmgine  or  I  ihagc. 
So,  civut  cL'.JJis,  Jbf/j  imcer,  anguls^  ur,  f/V,  cmnitt  and 
;j  ;  but  thefe  have  oftclier-1*.  Canjt  .  only  /.  .::  mod  an- 
cient writers  made  tht  ablative  of  many  other  nouns  m   i;    as,  afizti, 

\     Exc.   3.     /  ives  uied  a  i   his*         mrrion 

the   fame   ablative   with   the   adjectives  ;    as,  ail 

halbert ;    molarity-  -/,    a   raillftone  ;    qxtadrvrhnis,    -i,    a    (hip 
With  four  banks  of  cars.      So  names  of  months,  ..  ',  -/; 

December,  -jn>  &c-.      But  rii<as,  £  a  ro(  n  to    g!  01  s 

when    discharged ;  jikwiU).  a    young    man,    have    only  *; 
and  like  wile  nouns  ending  in  i/,  .c,  r  y\r,  or  ar  ;  ar, 

Adolefocns^zj.:.//^  ■;•■«.:.      Princejps,  a  prints*  >;.  a  Srcvf. 

Ibfans,  aninfa.it.  SL'r:  x,   an  old  rm  Vizt\y   a-uata 

Thus,  adtlcfcsntt)  &t. 

Exc.  4.       hrons  in  vx,  which  nr/e  v»i  in  the  a  :     itive, 
make  their  a        ve  in  3*  orjr;  as,       .•   ,  or  j4ty,  tl 

name  of  a  man.. 

.    ,  ATIVE     PLURA  " 

i.     The  nominative  plural  cads  in  rx,  when   die  noun 
either  ma  )r  feminine  ;  as,  Jirmones,  rapes* 

N  in  is   and  es  have   fomctimes    in    the    nor 

pi  ilfo  els  or  is,  as,  /  \r,   or  r. 

2.     Neut 


Third   Declensiok.  45 

-2.  Neuters  which  have  e  in  the  ablative  fingulafj  have  a 
in  the  nominative  plural  ;  as,  capita,  itinera  :  but  thofe  which 
have  i  in  the  ablative,  make  la  j  as,  fcdliia,  calcar. 

Genitive     Plural. 

Nouns  which  in  the  ablative  fingukr  have  /  only,  or  e 
and  i  together,  make  the  genitive  plural  in  turn  ;  but  if  the 
ablative  be  in  e,  the  genitive  plural  has  urn  ;  as,  fedde,  fedilt, 
fidulum  ;  turrtSj  turre  or  turn,  turrivm  ;  caput,  capite9 
capiium. 

Exc.  1.  Monofyllables  in  as  have  iupi,  though  their 
ablative  end  in  e ;  as,  mas,  a  male,  mare,  martum  ;  vasy 
a  furety,  vadium  ;  but  polysyllables  have  rather  urn ;  as5 
crcitas,  a   (late   or  city,   clvitatum,   and  fbmetimes   cvpitatiunu 

Exc.  2.     Nouns  in  es   and  is,   which  -do   not    inereafe  in 
the   genitive  lingular,   have    alio   rum ;    as   hoflls,    an  enemy, 
hojtlunu      So   likewife   nouns  ending  in  two   conionants  ;  as, 
,  a  nation,  gentium ;  urbs,  a  city,  urbium*. 

But  the  following  have  um  :  parens,  vaies,  panis,  juveait$ 
and  can  is.. 

Exc.  3.  The  following  nouns  form  the  ablative  plural 
in  turn,  though  they  have  e  only  in  the  ablative  lingular : 

Caro,  carnis,  f.  f.ejk.  JLis,  litis,  I.  ftrifc. 

•rCohors,  -t:s3  f.  a  company,  Mus,  maris,  m.  a  moufc. 

-Cor,  cordis,  n.  the  heart.  Nix,  nivis,  f.  Jmnv, 

Cos,  c  f.  a  hone  tr  ivhetp*ne.  Nox,  no.iftio,  f.  the  night*  \ 

JDos,  dot  is.  f.  #  dottory.  Qs,   cfUs,  n.   a  £c-  ^ 

Faux,  faucis,  f.  tie  jaxos.  Qulris,  -ids,  a  Reman. 

Glis,  gllris,  in.  «  r#£.  Samms,   -Ttis,  m.  or  f.  a  Samnite* 

JLar,  laris,  m.  a  houfeboUrgod*  Oter,  utris,  m.  <z  boztle. 
Liiiter,  -tris,  m.  or  f.    a  //#/*  foa*. 

Thus  Sammt'unr.)  I  fcjV.  the  compounds  of  2/#r/tf 

J.  r;  ;   as,  fcptunx,  feven  ounces,  y~  eight  ounces,  befjium* 

,  an  ox  or  cow,  has  bourn  %  and  in  the  dative,  habit*  or  lukuc. 

Greek  nouns  have  generally  tan  ;  as,  Macedo,  a  Macedonian  ;   Arah9 

an  Arabian  ;  JEihtops^  an   Ethiopian;    JM[onoeer»tt  an   unicorn  ;  Lynx, 

a  beair    fo    called  ;     Thraxy  a  Thraciau  :    Macedonum%  Arabum)  JEtbio- 

purr.y    Afattveerdtufn,  Lyncutn%   cthracum.      Cut  thofe  which  have  a  ur  Ju 

in  the  nominative  lingular,    fometimes  form   the   genitive  plural  in 

on;   as,   Epigrantma,  cpigrammatutn^  or  tpigromwaton,    an    epigram;    me- 

•rvorp hojlc ,  ~iimy  or  -£0/» . 

Obi*,  i.  Nouns  which  want  the  lingular,  form  the  genitive  plural  as  if 
hey  were  complete;  thus 'manes,  m.  lb  uls  departed,    maniun ;  calTtet, 

rn, 


4<S  Third 

m.  Inhabitants  of  they  would  have  had  in 

the  fing.  munh  or  wann,  and  erf.:.     But  names  of  feafh  ufien   vary 
their  declenficn  ;  a?,  the  feafti  of  Saturn,  Saturhal  nd 

Saiurr.alitrurTT.      So,  &<:r  ,  "Termin  c. 

Obf.  a.     Nouns  which  have  turn  in  the  genitive  plural,  are,  by  the 
poets,  often   contracted  into  um  >•    as,  »  .    and 

ionjefimes,  to   increafe   the  number  of  iyllahles,  a   letter  is   inferred  ; 
■  m  for  ccAUun.     The   former  of  thefe  ib  faid   to   he   done 
ure  Syncfyc  i   and  -iin  by  / 

Exceptions  in  Cfai         tit*  Plural, 

Exc.  i.     Greek  nouns  in  a   have  commonly  ;         itead  of 

bus  )    as,  poma%   9   poetry  pgemafis,   rather   than  / 

^w,  from          Id  nojrii  of  the  fecond  decl. 

Exc.  2«        be  po<  .  plural  of 

G;        D0un$in^,q       ben  tUe  next  word  begins  with  .a 

vowel,  in  fm  ;  d5*  from 
Troasy  Trwdis,  ft  Tj" 

Exception  ,.l.* 

Exc.  !•     Nouns  which  have  in   the  geniti 

tnake  their  aocufative  plural  or  u  :    ai ,  partes, 

partium,  ace,  partes,  porta**  or  partis, 

:c.  2.     If -the  accusative  Angular  end  in  <?,  the  accufa- 
tive  plural  ajfo  ends  ic  asj  -  lampadem9  or  A# 

£&/<?,  hnij  r  Aw^  Jo  7v  ;  .bews,  be* 

mas  i  JEihl  i  •    /EtbiopaS)  S 

^    (  K  NOUN.S  through  all  the  Cafes, 

LamPasj  a  laraap,  f.  &i        •  /,  or  .  -<f7A'|  £<&#;,  or  rtfd 

-as';         t  Elur.  few;  -adibus j  rifrfcr*  oi         tj 

-tides,  -a dil  us,  J 

Troas,     f.     Trbadis,     Qr  -  ;     *f  ;     <7/i    or    <7  ;     ,■.■<■;     <•/ 

PL    T.rQadtS4     -urn  ;    ilusy  Ji  ox  fin ;  es.ov  art.  a; 

Tros,  m.   Trots  ;   Trw  ;   Trctm  or  -a  ;   7Vtt  ;    *T/-c. , 

Pbillisy  f.   Pbi/ltdL  or  -dfer,  Vi,  <faw,   or  &  ;  /  or  #j  ;  </<■. 

Paris,  in.  Par7du  or  -dos ;  di ;  *&w,  Parim  or  wi ;    ly    </r. 

CblamysM  f.  CMamydis  or  kfilos,  ydij,  j/devi  ot  Jdafyst ydc,  kc* 

Capysx  m.    Capyis,  or  -yw  ,-  j/  ;  j*n  or  j;:  ;  jj  ;  jv  org 

Mctamorphofis,  f.  -if  or  -*oj,  /,  *w  or  hi,  /.,  /',  &c. 

Orpheus,  m.   -re?/,  ^7  or  «,  rv7,  «/,  abl.  ^  of  the  fecond  decl. 

Z?;V0,  f.  i>*:i;/v  or  Dlddnis}  Dido  or  Didonij  &c. 

FOURTH 


Fourth    Declknm©k. 


42 


FOURTH     DECLENSION. 

/Nouns  of  the  fourth  declenfion  end  in  tit  and  u.  J 
/  Nouns  in  us  are    mafculine  ;.    nouns   in  u   are   neuter,  ar:<f 
indeclinable  in  the  fingular  number^/ 

The  terminations  of  the  cafes   are;    nom.   fing.   vi  ; 


A 

us  ; 


<lat.    u\ ;   ace.   urn;  voc.  like  the  now.  {   com.   ace. 


gem 
voc. 


plur.  us  or  ua  ;  gen.  uum  ;   dat.  and  abJ.  ious  ;  as. 


/Fru&us,  fruit,  mafc 
Sing.  Plur 

A",  fru&us, 
G.  fru&us, 
D.  fru&ui, 
A.  fruefcum, 
V.  fru&us, 
A.  fructu. 


AT.  fru&us, 

G.  fructuum, 
X>.  frultibus, 
A.  fru&iiSj 
V.  frucftus, 
^4.  fructibus.) 

In  like    manner   decline, 


/      S. 
fN.  corr.u, 


G.  cornu, 
D.  cornu, 
A.  cornu, 
V.  cornu, 
A.  coniu. 


:  nu,  a  horn,  neut. 
Plur. 
N.  cornua, 
G.  cornuum, 
I),  cornibus, 
A.  eornua, 
V.  cornua, 
A.  cornibus.  J 


Aditiis,  an  acefs.  Hauftus,  a  draught. 

Anfradhis,  a    winding.  l<5tus,  ajlroke. 

A»ditus,    the  fenfe    of  Impetus,  an  attack. 

hearing.  {fCjng>  InceiTus,  a  Jlately  gate 

Cautus,     a  finging    or  Lucius,  grief. 

Cafus,  afallyan  accident  Luxus,  luxury,  riot. 

or  chance.  Metus,  fear. 

Caeflus,  a  gauntlet.  Miflus,     a    threw  ; 
Ceftus,       a    marriage* 

girdle 


Rictus,  a  grinning. 
Ritus,  a  rite,  a  ceremt- 
Rli'us,  laughter.  [«*, 
Ru-ihis,  a  belching. 
Saltus,  a  leap,  a  forejx. 
Senatus,  the  ft note,  the 
fuprcme  council  amon* 
the  Roman:. 


Ccetus,  an  ajfcmbly. 
Cultus,  ivcrjhip,   drefs. 
Currus,  a  chariot. 
Curfu3,  a  race. 
Deceffus,  a    departure. 
Event  us,  an  event. 
ExerCitUS,  an  arm\\ 
Exitus,  an  ijfuz. 
Faftus,  pride. 
Flatus,  a  blajl. 
FletUS,    iveeping. 
FluAus,   a  "wave. 
Foetus,  an  offspring. 
Gelu,  ice. 
Gcmitus,  a  groan. 
Gradus^ajtip,  a  degree. 
Guftus,  tie  rafie. 


turn   or  heat  in  races.  Senfhs,  a  fenfe,  feelings 

Tviutus,  a  motion.  meaning. 

Nexus,     feri-itude   for  Sexus,  afex. 

debt.  Sinus,  a  lofom. 

>Juru3,    a   daughter-it-  {Singultus,    a  fob,    tie 

Kutus,  a  nod.        [/uiv.  hickup. 

ObtUtUS,  alosi.  Situs,  af.tuation. 

Odoratus,  the  fenfe  of  Status,  a  pejiure. 

J  melting.  Socrus,     a     m(,th:r-lHe 

Pailus,  apace.  iatv. 

Principatus,    pre-emi-  Splrltus,    a   Ireatbiitf, 

nence.  fp'rit. 

ProceiTus,   a  progrefs.  SucceiTus ,  fucefs. 


ProgreiTuo,  an  aehenu. 

mmt. 
Profpeelus,  e  vietu. 
Proventus,  an  inercafe, 

venue. 


SumptUS,  expenfe. 
T-itus,  the  touch. 
Tonitru,  thunder. 
Transitus,  a  p  off  age. 
TCimuitUS,  Hi  uproar, 
Ven?tus,  hunting. 
Vlfus,  the  fight.  " 


Qiis^itus,  g: 
Flabitus,    a    habit,  the     Queftus,  ac  mt. 

of  mini  or  body.      Reditus,    a   return,  an      Villus,  food. 
Hahtus,  breath.  income.  YnlfTlt.  ff  r  mitfuu 


**  Fourth    Declension. 

■Exc.   i.     The  following  nouns  are  feminine  : 

Jtcus,  a  needle.  Hcus,  afg.  PortTcus,  *  gallery. 

Anus,  an  c,d woman.        Manus,  the  hand.  Specus,  a  den. 

l>6inus,  a  bovfe.  Pcnus,  ajloreboufi.  Tribus,  a  *>&. 

Penus  and  ^*wi  are  foraetimes  mafc.  Flcus,  penus,  and  <&»»,,  with 
feveral  others,  are  alfo  of  the  fecond  dedenfion.  Capruornus,  m.  the 
£gn  Capricorn,  although  from  cornu,  is  always  of  the  fecond  decl. 
and  fo  are  the  compounds  of  manus  ;  aafawtw,  having  one  hand  ;  cen- 
timanuit  &c.  adj.     Dcmus  is  but  partly  of  the  fecond  declerfion,  thus, 

(    Domus,  a  houfe,  fern. 

Sing.  P/ur. 

Horn,  domus,  Norn,  domus, 

Gen.  domus,  or  -mi,  Gen.  domorum,  or  -uum, 

Dat.  domui,    or  -mo,  Dat.  domibus, 

Ace.   domum,  Ace.  domos,  or  -us, 

Foe.  domus,  Voc.  domus, 

AM.   domo.  All.  domibus.^ 

Note.  Domus j  in  the  genit.  Signifies,  of  a  houfe  ;  and 
iomly  at  home,  or  of  home;  as,  mtm'meris'  daml.'  Terent. 
iv\  7.  45. 

Exc.  z.  The  following  nouns  havewfoj",  in  the  dative  and 
ablative  plural. 

Acu%  a  needle.  Lacus,  a  lahe.  Specus,  a  den. 

Arcus,  aloiv.  Partus,  a  birth.  Tribus,  a  tribe. 

Artus,  a  joint.  Portus,  a  harbour.  Vcru,  a/pit. 
Genu,  the  knee. 

JPorfus,  genu,  and  <verut  have  likewife  ttus  ;    as,  porttbus  or  pirtubm. 

Exc.  3.  Iesus,  the  venerable  n? me  of  our  Saviour,  has 
tim  in  the  accufative,  and  //  in  all  the  other  cafes. 

Nouns  of  this  declenfion  anciently  belonged  to  the  third,  and  were 
declined  like  grus,  gruisy  a  crane ;  thus  frutfus,  frwBmis%  fruflui^ 
frufiuem^  fruSiuc ;  ifmButt%  frudluum,  frv£htibust  fruBue$y  fru& 
frucluibus.  So  that  all  the  cafes  are  contracted,  except  the  dative  fin- 
gular,  and  genitive  plural.  Jn  fume  writers,  we  flill  find  the  geni- 
tive fingular  in  uis  ;  as,  Ejus  anuis  caujay  for  ants.  Terent.  Heaut.  ii. 
3.  46.  and  in  others,  the  dative  in  u  ;  as,  Refifiere  impetu,  for  imp. 
Cic.  Fam.  x.   24.     Ejfe  ufu  ftbi,  for  ufui,  lb.  xiii.  71.     The  gen.   plur. 

Com,etim.es  contracted  ;  as,  currum  for  curruum. 

FIFTH 


Fifth  Declension. 

/    FIFTH     DECLENSION. 

Nouns  of  the  fifth  declenlion  end  in  es%  and   are 


42 


of 


the 


feminine  gender  :  as, 

Res,  a  thing,  fan* 

Piut\ 

Nom.  res, 
Gen.  rerum, 
Dat.  rebus, 
Ace.    res, 


Sing. 

Nom. 

res, 

Gen. 

rei, 

Dat. 

rei, 

Ace. 

rem, 

Vac. 

res, 

A&k 

re. 

Terminations* 


es, 
eiy 
ci, 

emy 

esf 

e. 


trunu 

ebusy 

is* 

thus. 


Acie-,     the    edge    of  a 


g",  or  an    army  in 
order  of  bati  's. 
Caries,   rottennefs. 
Csisaries,  the  hair, 
Facies,  the  face. 
Glades,  ice. 


Foe.  res, 
AbL  rebus.    ) 

In  like  manner  decline, 

Ingliivies,  gluttony.  Scabies,    the  fab,    cr 

Macie.s,  leannefi. 

Matsries,  matter. 

Per  nicies,  deflruclion. 

Proluvies,  a  loofine/k 

Rabies,  madnefs. 

Sanies,  nret 


itch. 
Series,  an  order. 
Species,  an  appearance* 
Superficies,  tbefurface* 
Temp^ries,    temperate- 

mfs. 

Except  dies,  a  day,  male,  or  fern,  in  the   ilngular,    and   always  rriafc. 
in  the  plural ;  and  mcrldes,  the  mid-day,  or  noon,  male. 

The  poets  fometimes  make  the  genitive,  and  more  rarely  the  da* 
tive,  in  e. 

The  nouns  of  this  declenfion  are  few  in  number,  not  exceeding 
fifty,  and  item  anciently  to  have  been  comprehended  under  the  third 
declenlion.  Moll:  of  them  want  the  genitive,  dative,  and  ablative 
plural,  and  many  the  plural  altogether. 

All  nouns  of  the  fifth  decienuon  end  in  Us,  except  three,  /E&x, 
faith  ;  fpes,  hope  ;  res,  a  thing  :  and  all  nouns  in  ies  are  of  the  fifth, 
except  thefe  four,  abies,  a  fir-tree  ;  atief,  a  ram;  paries,  a  wail ;  and 
quies,  reil ;  which  are  of  the  third  declenfion. 

s  IRREGULAR     NOUNS. 

Irregular  nouns  may  be   reduced  to   three  claffes,   VarU 
title,  Defective,  and  Redundant.  / 

I.     Variable    Nouns. 

/Nouns  are   variable,  either  in  gender,    or  declenfion,    or 
tin  both.  / 
J  I.     Thofe  which  vary  in   gender  are   called  heterogeneous 
and  may  be  reduced  to  the  following  claffes :  / 

fl.     Mafeulint 


jo  IfcfcEGU  Nous    . 

1.  Mafc'ufihie  in  the  jingulary   and  neuter  in  the  plural  : 

A  vermis,  a  L.'kc  in  I  7/..',  hell.  Maelialds,  0  6/7/ /«  Arcadia, 

Dindymus,  a  bill  in  Pbrygij,  Pangxus,  #  promontory  in  '7 
Ifmarus,  a  kill  in  T.;  enaras,  ;'«  L acorn*. 

MafUcur.,  *2   £i£/   ia  Cc  ■>  Jc~  Tartarus,  £*//. 

wtoits  for  txcclunt  xuines.  L'a'Tg'etus,  a  bill  in  Lac§nia. 

Tlxus,     A-ji'ms,     Aver/torum ;     Duulyma^    -erum%     fc!  Theft    arc 

thought    by  fome  to  be   property  adjectives,  having  jwmm   underflood 
vh  :he  fiftgahtir,  aira        .     c  escumYnd,  or  the  like,  in  the  plural. 

2.  Trlafc*  in  xle  fing.  and  in  the  plur.  mafc,  and  neuter, 
jceus,  a  jeLc,  pi.  joci   and  ywj  ;    locus,    a  place,    pi.  /?ci 

and  loca.     When   we  fpeak  of  paffages  in   a   book,    or    to- 
pics in  difcourfe,  loci  only  is  ufed. 

3.      Feminine  in  the  fmgular,  and  neuter  Ml  the  plural  : 
Carbajusy  a  fail,  pi.   carbafa ;    Pergamus,    the    citadel   of 
Troy,  pi.  Pergama. 

4.      Neuter  in  the  fingidar,  and  mafculine  in  the  plural : 
'  Cte/um,    pi.     fir/f,    heaven  ;    ^Iv/ium,   pi.  Elyjii,    the   El] 
Xan  fields  >  Argos>  pi.  y/r^/,  a  city  in  Greece. 

5.      Neuter  in  the  Jlng.  in  the  plur.  mafc.  cr  neuter  : 
Raflrum,  a  rake,  pL  rajlri  and   rafira  ^  frcnuv\y  a   bridle, 
jXifreni  and  frena*. 

6.      Neuter  in  the  Jingular,  and  feminine  in  the  plural*: 
DeCicium,  a   delight,    pi.    dellcia  ;     fcpiilum,  a  banquet,  pk 
*huU ;  Balneum,   a  bath,   pi.  balne<z  and  balnea, 

II.  Nouns  which  vary  in  declenfion  are  called  heterc- 
elites ;  as,  iw,  v^5!x,  a  veiFel,  plur.  tJ/L',  *va forum  ;  jnge- 
rumy  jugeri,  an  acre,  plur.  jugera,  ju$erum,  jugcribur? 
which  has  likewife  fometimes  jugeris  and  jugere  in  the  lin- 
gular, from  the  obfolctcyi/g-7/j-,  or  juger.  ^ 

II.       DIRECTIVE    No-UN  S* 

/Nouns  are  defective,  either  in  cafes  or  in  number* 
Nouns  are  defective  in  cafes  different  ways.l 
1.  I  Some  are  altogether  indeclinable  >  as,  /to/idty,  a  poun-ij 
or  pounds  \  fas,    right  ;    nefait    wrong  ;    slr.Jpi,    muitard  ; 
mane,     the    morning  ;     as   durum   manl;    Peri.     A   mane  ad 

vefaram,  Phut.    Afw/to  n^i   *C«  ;  cefe,    an   onion  ;    gau- 

safe, 


Defective    Nouns.  *>* 

ttye,  a  rough  coat,   &c.  ;    all    of  them    neuter.     We    may 

rank  among  indeclinable  nouns,  any  word  put   far  a  noun  ; 

as,  veSe  fuum,  for  fua  voluntas,    his   own    inclination,  Per/. 

it,    for   tfie  cvapnus   dies,    that  to-morrow-     Mart. 

0  magnum  Gracorum,    the    Omega,    or    the    large    O   of  the 

Greeks  ;     Infidus  cjt  ccirpofitum  ex   in  et  fldus  ;    injidus    is 

compounded    of  in    and  Jdut.     To    thefe   add    foreign    or 

barbarous  names ;  that  is,  names  which  are  neither   Greek 

nor  Latin,  as  Job,  Eli/abet,  Jerufaleni,   £$rT 

2,/  Some  are  ufed  only  in  one  cafe,  an-i   therefore   called 

iota :    as,    inquies,)  want    of  left,     in    the    nominative 

lingular  ;  dicls,  and  naucl,  in    the   genit.   ling.  ;    thus,    dicis 

gratia,  for   form's  fake  ;    ret  nana,    a   thing  of  no   value  ; 

.    and   hictta  or   inciias,    in   the   ace.  plur.  ;    thus   ire 

inficias,   to   deny  ;    ad  inciias    redaclus,    reduced   to   a  ftrait 

or  non-plus  ;    ingratiis,    in  the  abl.  plur.   in  fpite  of  one ; 

and  thefe  ablatives   lingular,  noctu,     in   the   night-time  ;    diu, 

inter  diu,    in    the    daytime  ;    prompiu,    in    readinefs  ;    natuy 

by  birth  ;  injujfu,  without  command  or  leave  :    ergo  for  the 

fake,    as,  -ergo   illins,    Virg.     Ambage,    f.    with   a    winding 

or  a  tedious  llory  ;    Compede,.   m»  with   a  fetter  ;    Caffe,  .m. 

with    a  net  ;    -         n,    m»    a  briar  :    Plur.   Ambages,    -itut  / 

cempedes,  -ibus ;  cajjes,   -:um ;   -vepres,   -ium,   iyc. 

z.  I  Some  are  ufed  in  two  caies  only,  and  therefore  call- 
i 
ed  dlpiZta  ;/as,    necejfe    or   -um,   neceffity  ;  :e  or   vohpt 

pleafure  ;  ■,.  iikenefs,  bignefs  ;    ajla,    a   town  ;    hlr,   the 

palm   cf  the   hand  ;    in  .the    nom.    and    ace-  fing.  ;    vejper, 

.  abl.  re   or  vefperi,    the   evening  ;  jlremps,  the   lame* 

all    alike,     abl.    tin  npfe}    J  .    :.  in    the    genitive,    and 

mte  in  the    ablative,    of  its   own    accord  :    f  j  tit*    rn* 

ete%    force  ;  n.    ge  md   ^cerbere,    abl.    a 

;pe ;     in    the     plural     entire;     verbera,     verberum,     verl 

',    fc.  pec  units,    mo- 

ne  tly  taken    in   the  time.  •  e's   office,    extortion  ; 

ti<e,  nom.  plur.  fuppetiat^  in   the   ace.  help  ;    inferite,  in* 

at%  facrifices  to  the  dtdA. 

4.  /  Several  nouns  are  c         ^fed  in  three  cafes,  and  there- 

re    called  tripiota  , )  as,  7,   precem,   prtce,  f.   a  prayer, 

from  prtx,    which   is   no:   ufed  :  in   the   plural   it  is   entire* 

recum,  pre.  fcfr.     Femtnit,     r;en.    from   the  ob* 

the  thigh  ;  in  the  dat.    and    abl.   iing.  -,    in    the? 

F  2  moi* 


nom.  ao\  and  voc.  plur.  femlna.  Dua,  a  proms,  tec. 
hng.  <&<**,  pi.  dicas ;  taidundzm,  nom.  and  ace.  tanhdtm, 
genit.  even  as  much.  Several  nouns  in  the  plural  want 
the  genitive,  dative,  and  ablative  ;  a?,  hitrtis,  rus,  thus, 
mtius,  mdy  far,  and  moil  nouns  of  the  fifth  declenfion. 

To  this  elaft  of  defective  nouns  may  be  added  thefe  neu- 
ters, Melot,  a  long ;  nuek,  fangs  ;  epos,,  a  heroic  poem  ; 
cacoetltfsy  an  evil  cuilom  ;  cete,  whales  ;  Tempe,  plur.  a 
beautiful  vale  in  Theflaly,  &c.  ufed  only  in  the  nom..  ace. 
and  voc.  ;  alfo  g rates ,  f.  thanks. 

5.  /The  following  nouns  want  the  nominative,,  and  of 
confequence  the  vocative,  and  therefore  are  called  tetrad* 
:5ta  :)<vu'?Sj  f,  of  the  place  or  ftead  of  another;  pfoudis,  f.. 
c'i  a  beaft  ;  fordis,  f.  of  filth-;  dtttoms,  f.  of  dominion, 
power  ;  apis,  f.  of  help.  Of  thefe  pecudis  ini  fordis  -  Iikvq 
the  plural  entire  :  d)lio,iis  wants  it  altogether  :.  inch  is  not 
uled  in  the  genitive  plural  ;  opts  in  the  plural,  generally 
f.gniiies  v/ealth.,  pr  power,  feld'dm  help.  To  thefe  add' 
ntXf  (laughter  ;  daps,  a-  dilh  of  meat ;  and  frux,  corn  ; 
hardly  ufed  in  the  nominative  lingular,  but  in  the  plural 
moilJy  entire. 

■  6-.  I  Some  nouns,  only  want  one  cafe,  and  are   called  p 
urp-tZia  :\  thus,    os,    the   mouth-;    lux,  light  ;   fax,     a   tore' 
together  with  fome  others,  want  the  genitive  plural.      Chaos y 
n.  a   confufed  mafs*  wants   the  genit,    ling,   and  the    plural 

lirely  ;  dfct.   i^g*-  cbao.      So  s atlas,    i.    e.  faiidas,    a    g\ 
or   fill    of  any   thing.     Situs,    a  (ituation,    naftinefs,  of  the 
urtli  decl.  wants  the  gen.  and  perhaps*  the   dat.   fing.   alfo 
thee  gen.  dat.  and  abl.  plur. 

Of  nouns  defective  in  number  there  arc  various  forts. 

T.  Several  ncuns  want  the  plural,  from  the  nature  of  the 
Jiings  which  they  exprefs..  Such  are  the  names  of  virtues 
and  vices,  of  arts,  herbs*  metals,,  liquors,  different  kinds 
if  corn,  moft  abftract  nouns,  &c.  as,  jufHtia,  jufticc  ;  am* 
liiusy  ambition  ;  ajlus^  cunning  ;•  muslca,  mufic  ;  apium, 
parlley  ;  argenium,  iilvor  ;  aurum,  gold ;  lac,  milk  ;  trin 
ficum,  wheat  ;  hordcunu.  barley  ^  avena,  oats  ;  juventus, 
youth,  etc.  But  of  thefe  we  find  federal  fometiraes  ufed 
in  the  plural* 

2.     TV 


Defi-ctiye  Novn;,  S3 

2.  The  feStowirig  mafculines  are  hardly  ever  found  :ii 

plural  : 

Aer,  aeris,  the  ait  Nemo,  -mis,  no  body, 

j*Ether,  -cris,  ihejly*.  Pen  us,  -i,    or    -is,     a//    IMWMr    of 

F imus,  -i,  4b  pmifiont. 

Heipcrus-,  -i,  tee  evening  far.  Pontus,  -i,  the  fea. 

Limits*.  4,  jKmfi  Pulvis,  -ens,  &/*. 

Merhlies,  -iei,  mid-Jay.  Sanguis,  -mis, 

Murdus,,*  ^twwu.i'j  ornaments.-  S6por,  -oris,  //. 

Mufous,.-i,  ^a/}..  Vifcus,  -i,  birddimt. 

3.  The  following  feinir/.nts  ire  fcarcely  ufed  in  the  plural  J 

Argilla,  -33,  goiters  can  Sa!us,  -utis,  fifty. 

Fama,  -a?,  fume.  aitis,  -is,  thirji. 

Humus,     i,  the  ground.  Supellex,     -Ctilis,     kouf  bold-fur  nfr 

Imes,  -is,  a  plague.  tare. 

Plebs,  plebis,  tie    common  pcopU.      Tabes,  -is,  a  ccnfu?/iption. 

Piibes,  -is,  tt  \.  Telius,  -uris,  the  earth. 

Quics,  -etis,  r  Vcfp-*ra,  -re,  the  evatmg* 

4.  Thefe  neuters  are  felcfom  ufed  in  the  plural ; 

Album,  -i,  a  lift  of  names.  L#utum,  -i,  clay. 

Diluculum,  -i,  the  downing  of  a\r\^  Nihil,  nihtlum,  cr  nil,  nothing. 

HI",   -oris,  ivory.  PelagUS,  -i,  the  fa. 

Jclu,  ind.fr  Pcnum,  -i,  and  penus,    -oris;  aU 
ilam,   -i,   the  black  fpech  'fa  heart,  htnd  cf  p 

1  trifle.  Sal,  sills,  fai 

TuiHtiuBfj  -i,  c    vacaiis'ij  the    tints  Senium,  -ii,  nU ag  . 

when  Ver,   veris,  ihefpti.ig. 

Let!  Virus,  -i3  po>J  1 

5.        [any  \vant  the  Angular;    as    the   names   of 

reaits,  books,  uid  l^r/eral  cities  ;  thus> 

Apolllliure-,  -ium,  %.->i  e  in  honour  (jlympia,  -orum,  the  Olympic  games, 

of  Apoli  Sytacuiae,  -arum,  Syracufe. 

Bacchanalia,  -iurn,  3c  -iamm,  the  Hierofolyma,    -orum,    fenifalem; 

fsjjh  of  Baccku:.                   [tcrale.  or  Hierofolyma,  -x,  of  ibt  firjl 

icolica,  -orum,    .;   bboM    of  jtaf-  AxUnfim. 

6.     The  10;  *  mafculines  are  hardly  ufed  in-  the  fin- 

lar  : 

mcelli,  tattlers ,  or  •  is.  made     Ceicfres,  -urn,  the  lighl-horfe. 

srofs  bars  like  a    met;- a  rail     Codlcilli,  'writings. 
or    balnftrade     raun  I    any    place  ;      Di'Uides,  -um,    the    Druids,    friefs 
-ids  or  iimiis.  of  the  ancient  Britons  and  Gauls. 

*iy  her  F-ifces,  -ium,  a  bundle  of  rods ,  car- 

tiedh  ':  chief  mag  if  rates   of 

Fafti, 


54 


Defective    Nouns. 


Fafti,  -orum,  or  faftus,  -uum,  c£  Lemures,  -urn,  hobgoblins,  §r  fbi- 
■y     in    -which    ivere    marked  rits  in  the  dart. 

,    the  names    of  magi-  Liberi,  children, 

f  rates,  &c.  Majores,  -um,  anchors. 

nee,  -ium,  ths  borders  of  a   coun*  Mirxjres,  -um,  fuccejfors, 

^  try,  ox  a  country.  Natales,  -ium,  parentage, 

F  Jri,  the  gang-nays,  of  afoip,  feats  Poilcri,  poferity. 

in  the  Circus,  or  the  cells  of  a  bee-  Proceres,  -um,  the  nobles, 

bivj*  Piigillares,  -ium,  ivriting-tablcs. 

Furfures,  -um,  fcales  in  the  head.  Sentes,  -ium,  thorns. 

Inferi,  the  gods  beloio.  Siiperi,  the  gods  above. 

Veprcs,  -ium,  briars. 

7.     The  following  feminines  want  the  Angular  number : 

OiTucias,  cheats. 
Opers,  workmen. 
Pariedna?,  ruinous 

iv  alls. 
Partes,  -ium,  a  party, 
Ph  a  lcrss ,   trappings  , 


:S. 


Alpes,  -ium,  the  Alps.     Ferias,  holidays. 
Anguitiae,  difficult  1  a.       Gades,  -ium,  Cadiz. 
A  pins,  gavgaivs. 
Argiitias,  quirks,    ivit- 

ticifms. 
Blgae,  a  chariot  draivn 

— by  tivo  horfes. 
Trigs, by  three. 

Quadrigae , by  four. 

Bracqa,  breeches. 


Gcrra;,  trifle 
Hyaaks,  -um,  the  five* 

fat  i. 
Inducias,  a  truce. 


IndCiviae,  cloatbs  to  pat  P!ag;ae,  nets. 

on.  Piciades,   -um,  the  fe- 
Ineptiae,  fdly  forks.  venfors.  [tksnti. 

lnsid'tai>fnares.  Preihcria:,         euchant- 

Eranchiae,  the  gills    of    Kilendce,    Nonas,    t-  Primitiar,  fr/f fruits. 


affh. 
Chan  tes, -urn,  the  thru 

Curiae,  a 

DcciiVi  her, 

Dlr  atiens ,   tit 

fur 
DiVitiae, 
Dryades,      -um,      the 


dus,     -uum,    names  Quifquiiias,  fiueepings, 

tvhich     the     Ra.nans  Reliquiae,  a  remainder, 

gave   to   certain    day*  Salebrse,   rugged  places. 
in  'each  month.  ilTllse,  f alt-pits. 

Lapicidlnsb,         fone-  Seals,  a  ladk 

quarries.  Scatebrx,  a  farina; 

JLIterae,  an  cp'fle.  Scupae,  a  befom. 

La&es,  -ium,  the  f.nall  Tenebne,  darknefs. 

gi/ts.  Thermae,  hot  baths. 

vympl  e  wood*.      Manubioe,  fpoils  taken  Thermopylae, f  raits  *f 

abi.-£,   ivatei.  in  rvar.  1    t  Oeta. 

|'U?J.  ;  .;.  Minsa,  threats.  Trice,    / 

LIVJX,  <■•      Ml  nut  fce,  little  tfictties.  Va .'v.  e,  J '-aiding  doors. 

:0u:e,    plea/ant  fay     Nugae,  trifles.  Verg  fart. 

Fa  -ium,  ones     Nundinae,  a  market,  Vindlcise,    a  claim   cf 

goodi  and  chattels,  Nuptiai,  a  marriage,  liberty,  a  defence, 

The  follo-.viog  neuter  nouns  want  the  Angular  : 

A£ta,  public  afis  or  records,  Cafi:  imp. 

.•a,  fc.  c&ilra.  fummer  quarters.  Chariftia,  -orum,  a  pdote-fienf. 

Arma,  arms.  Cibiirn,  victuals. 

Bcllaria,  -orum,  fwed  meats*  Comitia,  an  affembly  of  t  fe, 

liona,  go'jds.  to    make   laics,    c  -rates, 

,  -ium,  Jbehes*  #r  btld  trials, 

Crr'pundia, 


KEDUNDAN-T    NOUtfS. 


ss 


Crepimdia,  children's  batoiles, 
CGuabula,  a.  cradle,  an   origin, 
D-cteria,  feoffs*  witiieifms. 
}-2xta,  tie.  entrails. 

'jrua,  -orum,  purifying Jjzcrijt 
Glabra,   blafis  of  \vi. 
1'ra.ga,  jtraxuberrics* 


Paraph  em  a,  all  things  tie  -jelfe 
brings  her  hufeand  except  her 
dowry. 

Parerualia,  -ium,  folemtutm  at  the 
funeral  of  parents. 

Philtra,  love  folic::. 

Prae-cordia,  the  bowels. 


Hybenia,  [c.  caftra,  rennter  quarters.      Prilicipia,     the   place     in    the    camp 


Ilia,   -ium,   the  entrails. 

Incunabula,  q  t 

In  feci  a,  it  feds. 

J  aft  a,  funeral  rites. 

LamCIlta,   lamentations. 

I.autia,  provihons  f:r  the    entertain- 

rieni  of  foreign  ambaffadors. 
J .  u  it  r  a ,  at  m  of  i  -jild  heafis , 
Magalia,  -ium,  cottages. 
Meeiiia,  -ium,  the 'walls  of  a  city. 
Munia,  -iormxr,  offices. 

Grgia,   the  J  acred  rites  of  Bacchus.- 


ere  the  general1  s  tent  flood. 

Ps  th>a,  games  in  honour,    of  Apollo. 

Rofha,  a  piece  in  Rone  made  of  thz 
beaks  ofjhifs,  from  which  oratcrs 
ufed  to  male  orations  to  the  people. 

S c r a t a ,  eld  cloat Is . 

Sponsalia,  -ium,  efpcufsls. 

Stativa,  ic.  cailra,  a  funding  camp. 

9 U  -vctauriiia,  -ium,    a  facrifce    of 
afwi.ie,  a  pet p,  and  an  ox.- 

Talaria,  -ium,  •winged feces. 

Ttfaua,  rovph  places. 


Ovilia,  -ium,  an  incl. fur v,  'where  the      Tranf:ra,  the  feats  where  ils  reivers 

people  tuent  to  gi'vs  their  'votes.  fit  in  jhips. 

Pale-aria, -hull, *£*  dew-lap  of  a  beaft.      C  tensiiia,  -ium,  vtenfils. 

Several  nouns  in  each  of  the  above  lifts  are  found  alfo  in  the  An- 
gular, but  in  a  different  fenfe  ;  thus,  cafrum,  a  caftle  ;  liiera,  a  letter 
af  the  alphabet,  &c, 

lit.     Redundant    Nocn 

Nouns  are  redundant  in  different  ways :  I.  In  termination  only  ; 
as,  arbos  sad  arbor,  a  tree.  2.  In  declenfion-  only;  a?,  laurus,  genit. 
huri,  ar.  -us,    a   laurel   tree,    sequfer,  -tri,  or   •'frit,    a  mediate r. 

3.   Only  iu  gender  ;  as,  hie  or  hoc  vulgvs,  the  rabble.     4.  Eoth  in  ter- 
mination   and  declenfion;    as,  materia,    -£,  or,  -maierics,  -lei,  matter; 

•'*,-/'/,  the  cc-mmon  people,  or  plebes,  -is,  -rV,  or  contracted,  plebi. 
5.  In  termination  and  gender  ;  as,  ionitrus,  -£*,  mafc.  ionitru,  neut. 
thunder.  6.  In  deckniion  and  gender  ;  as,  penus,  -i,  and  -us,  m.  or 
f.  gt  penus,  -oris,  neut.  all  kind  of  provifions.  7.  In  termination, 
gender,  and  decienfion ;  as,  ether,  -his,  mafc.  and  cethra,  -ae,  fern, 
the  iky.  8'.  Several  nouns  in  the  fame  decienfion  are  differently  va- 
ried ;  as,  tigris,  -is,  or  ulis,  a  tyger  :  to  which  may  be  added,  nouns 
which  have  the  fame  unification  in  different  numbers;  as±£idcnar 
-*e  ;   or  Fidenat  -arum,  the  name  of  a  city.  \ 

The  moft  numerous  clafs  of  redundant  nouns  con/ilte  of 
thofe  which  exprefs  the  fame  meaning  by  different  termi- 
nations ;  as,  mtndct)  -a;  and  mendum,  -/,  a  fault;'  caJfiSy 
4dis  ;  and  cajuday  -da,  a  helmet.*—- — So, 

Acinus, 


^ 


Kedundant   jnouns. 


Acinus,  &  -urn,  agraps-ftone.  Hebdomas,  &  -ada,  a  week. 

Alvear,  & -e,  &  -ium,  a  bee-hive.  Intrita,  &  -urn,  fue  mortar ,  ml 
x.rrurdcus,     &    -Um,    fiueet    mar"  meat. 

joram.  Librfirium,   &  -a,  a  book-cafe, 

Ancile,  &.  -ium,  an  ovalfiicld.  Maceria,  &  -es,  ici,  a  ivall. 

Angiportus,  -us,  &.    -i,     Sc   -um,  Milliare,  &  -ium,  a  mile. 

a  narroiv  lane.  Monitum,    &    -US,  -us,    an  adwo~ 
AphractUS,    &  -um,  an  openjhip,  nit  ion. 


Apluftre,   &  -um,  the  Jlig,   colours, 
Bacillus,  &  -um,  a  faff. 
Balteus,  &  -um,  a  belt. 
Batillus,   &  -um,  ajire-jlovel. 
Capulus,   &  -um,  a  hilt. 
Capus,    &    -O,   a  capon. 
Cepa,  &  -e,  indec.  an  onion. 
Clypeus,  &  -um,  ajhield. 
Colluvies,   &  -lOy  ji '/to,  dirt. 
Comp"{gcs,    & -go,  a  joining. 
Conger,  &  -grus,  a  large  eel. 
Crocus,  &  -um,  faffron. 
Cubitus,    &  -um,   a  cubit. 
Diluvium,   &  -cs,  a  'delu\ 


Muria,   &  -es,  -iei,  brine  or pickle. 
Nfifus,   <Sc  -um,  the  nofe. 
Obsidio,  &  -um,  afteg*. 
Oeftrus,  &  -um,  a  gad  bee. 
Oftrea,  &  -um,  an  lyfler. 
Peplus,   &  -um,  a  veil,  a  robe. 
Piftrina,   &  -um,  a  bake-houfe. 
Pretext  us,  -us,   &  -um,  a  pretext. 
Rapa,    &  -um,  a  turnip. 
Ruma,  &  -men,  the  cud. 
Rufcus,    £c  -um,  a  brufo. 
Seps,   <Sc  sepes,  f.  an  hedge. 
Segmen,  &  -mentum,    a  piece  OX 
p.;  liny. 


liRphantus,  &  [  lephas,  -antis,  an     Sibilus,  &  -um,  a  hijjirg. 

elephant.  STnus,    &  -um,  a  milk-pail. 

legUS,  c^  -eia;  an  ele^y.  Spurcitia,  £  -C5,  mfinefi. 

*£f*/Ja,  &-um,  a  chariot.  Stramen,  &  -turn,  fir  aw. 

Eventus,  & -um,  an  Suffimen,  & -turn,  a  per/am*. 

Fulgetra,   & -um,  lightning*  Tignus,   & -um,  a  plank. 

GSlerus,   &  -um,  a  bat,  Toral,   & -ale,  abed-covering. 

Gibbus,  &  -a  ;     &    -er,  -oris,  or     Torcuhr,  &  -are,  a  luinc-prefc* 

-rri,  a  bunch,  a  Fat.  Vifcus,  &  -um,  bird  lime. 

Glutinum,  &  -en,  glut.  Veternus,  and  -um,  a  lethargy. 

Note.     The  nouns  which    are    called  variable   and  dcfeelive,   feem 

originally  to  have  been  redundant :    thus   vafa,  -oru?n,  properly  come? 

from  vaj  nd  not  from  vas  ;    but   cuflom,  which   gives  laws  to  all 

aguages,  has  dropt  the   finguiar,  and   retained   the  plural ;   and  fo 

of  others. 

Divifion  of  Nouns  according  to  their  Jignlfication  and  derive 
tion. 

i.j  A  fubftantive  which  fignifies  many  in  the  fingular 
number,  is  called  a  Collective  noun  ;  as,  popult\:>  a  people]; 
txcrcitus,  an  army. 

2.  |  A  fubitantive  derived  from  another  fubftantive  pro- 
per, fignifying  one's  extraction,  is  called  a  Patronymic 
noun  j    as,    PrianiideS)   the    foa    of  Priamus  \\jEetias>  the 

daughter 


Division    of  Nouns. 


57 


daughter  of  jEetes  ;  Nerine,  the  daughter  of  Nereiir. 
Patronymics  are  generally  derived  from  the  name  of  the 
father  ;  but  the  poets,  by  whom  they  are  chiefly  ufed,  de- 
rive them  alfo  from  the  grandfather,  or  from  fome  other 
remarkable  perfon  of  the  family  ;  fometimes  likewife  from 
the  founder  of  a  nation  or  people  ;  as,  JEacides,  the  fori, 
grandfon,  great-grandion,  or  one  of  the  pofterity  of 
.ZEacus  ;  Romultda,  the  Romans,  from  their  firft  king  Ro- 
mulus. 
/  Patronymic  names  of  men  end  in  des  ;  of  women^in  is, 
as9  or  ne.  Thofe  in  des  and  ne  are  of  the  firft  decftnfion, 
and  thofe  in  is  and  as,  of  the  third  ;  as,  Priamidesy  \da,  &c. 
pi.  -da,  darum,  &c. ;  Nertne%  es  :  Tyndaris,  -zdis  or  Ados  ; 
JEhias,  -adis,  &c.  J 

3. /A  noun  derived  from  a  fubftantive  proper,  fignify- 
ing  one's  country,  is  called  a  Patrial  or  Gentile  noun  ;  as, 
Tros,  Trots,  a  man  born  at  Troy  ;)  Troas,  -adis,  a  woman 
born  at  Troy.  Siculus,  -/,  a  Sicilian  man  ;  Slcelis9  -idis9 
a  Sicilian  woman  :  fo,  Macedo,  -cnis  ;  Arpinas,  -atisy  a  man 
born  in  Macedonia,  Arpinum  ;  from  Troja,  Sicilia,  Macedo- 
nia, Arpinum.  But  patrials  for  the  moft  part  are  to  be  con- 
fidered  as  adjectives,  having  a  fubftantive  underftood,  as, 
Romanus,  Athenienfis,  &c. 

4. /A  fubftantive  derived  from  an  adjective,  exprefling 
fimply  the  quality  of  the  adjective,  without  regard  to  the 
thing  in  which  the  quality  exifts,  is  called  an  Abjlract  jj  as 
jujfitia,  juftice  ;  bonltas,  goodnefs  ;  dulcedo,  fweetnefs  :  from 
jujlus,  juft  ;  bonus,  good  ;  dulcis,  fweet.  The  adjectives 
from  which  theie  abftracts  come,  are  called  Concretes ;  be- 
caufe,  belides  the  quality,  they  alfo  fuppofe  fomething  to 
which  it  belongs.  Abftracts  commonly  end  in  a,  as,  or  dcy 
and  are  very  numerous,  being  derived  from  moft  adjectives 
in  the  Latin  tongue. 

5.  l  A  fubftantive  derived  from  another  fubftantive,  figni- 
fying  a  diminution  or  leffening  of  its  fignification,  is  called 
a  Diminutive  J;  as,  libelhs,  a  little  book  ;  chartida,  2l  lit- 
tle paper  ;  opufculum,  a  little  work  ;  ccrculum>  a  little 
heart  ;  reticulum,  a  finall  net  ;  fcahdlum,  a  fmall  form  ; 
IXpillus,  a  little  ftone  ;  cuiuTivs,  a    little    knife  ;     pagella,    a 

little 


5$  Adjective. 

little  page  :  from  fiber,  charta,  opus,  cor,  rite,  fcamnum,  la- 
pis,  cutter,  pagtna.  Several  diminutives  are  fometimes 
formed  from  the  fame  primitive  ;  as,  from  puer,  pucvulus5 
fuellus,  puelMu*  ;  from  ctJZa,  ctjlula,  c'ljlella,  ciftellula  ;  from 
homo,  homuncloy  hZmunculus.  Diminutives  for  the  moft  parr 
end  in  /us,  la,  fun  ;  and  are  generally  of  the  fame  gender 
•with  their  primitives.  When  the  fignifica.tion  of  the  primi- 
tive is  increafed,  it  is  called  an  Ampltficative,  and  -ends  in  o*v 
-as,  Cap/to,  -onis,  having  a  large  head  .:  So,  nafo,  labeo,  bucco, 
Jhavimj  aJarge  nofe,  lips,  cheeks. 

6.  1\.  fubflantive  derived  from  a  verb  is  called  a  Verbal 
noun';  Is,  amor,  love  ;  do3rlna,  learning  :  from  amo,  and 
doceo.  'Verbal  nouns  are  very  numerous,  and  commonly  end 
in  to,  or,  us,  and  ura  ;  as,  lectio-,  a  leiTon  ;  amatar,  a  lover  ; 
luclusi  grief,  creatura,  a  creature. 

ADJECTIVE. 

*An  adjective  is  a  word  added  tc  a  fubftantive,  to  exprefs 
its  quality  ;  as,  hard,  foft,  I 

"We  know  things  by  their  qualities  only.  "Every  quality  rcuft  be- 
long to  fome  fubject.  An  adjective  therefore  always  implies  a  fub» 
fcantive  exprefied  or  underftood,  and  cannot  make  full  fenfe  without  k. 

An  adjective  may  be  thus  diflinguifhed  from  a  fubftantive  :  If  the 
word  tbhg  be  joined  to  an  adjective,  it  will  make  fatfe  ;  but  if  it  be 
joined  to  a  fubflantive,  it  will  make  nonfenfe  :  thus  we  can  far,  "  * 
good  thing  ;"  but  we  cannnot  fay,"  a  book  thing." 

Adjectives  in  Englifh  admit  of  no  variation,  except  that  of  the  de- 
grees of  comparifon. 

Latin    Adjectives. 

/  Adjectives  in  Latin  are  varied  by  gender,  number,  and 
cafe,  to  agree  with  iubftantives  in  all  thefe  accidents.) 

An  adjective  properly  hath  neither  genders,  numbers,  nor  cafes; 
but  certain  terminations  anfwerlng  to  the  gender,  number,  and  cafe  of 
the  fubflantive  with  which  it  is  joined. 

/Adjectives  are  varied  like  three  fubfrantives  of  the  fame 
termination  and  declenfion.  J 

I  All  adjectives  arc  either  of  the  fir  ft  and  fecond  declen- 
fion, or  of  the  third  only.  J 

I  Adjectives  of  three  terminations  £r&  of  the  £rfl  and  fecord 
declenfion  ;  but  adjectives  of  enc  or  two  terminations  are  of 
the  third.    / 

Exc. 


Adjectives  of  the  Firft  and  Second  Declenfion.       59 


Exc.  The  following  adjectives,  though  they  have  three  ter- 
minations, are  of  the  third  declenfion. 

\cer.Jlarp.  Cclcbcr,  famous.  Pedefter,  on  foot. 

\  iacer,  cheerful.  Cckr,  fwifi.        [korfe.     Salubcr,  wbolefomc. 

Jampefter,      belong,  ~;quefl:er,  belonging  to  a-    Sylvefter,  woody. 

to  a  plain.  ..luitcr,   marjhy.  VolCiCCI,  fzi  if t. 


Adjectives  of  the  First  and  Second  Declension, 

/Adjectives  of  the  firft  and  fecond  declenfion  have  jjieir 
mafculine  in  us  or  er,  their  feminine  always  in  a,  and  their 
neuter  always  in  urn  ;  as,  bonus,  for  the  mafc.  bona,  for  the 
fern,  bonum,  for  the  neut.  good  :  thus,  J 


N.  bon-us,    -a, 


Sing. 

►urn, 

G.  bon-i,       -a?,      -i, 
D.  bon-o,     -as,     -0, 
A.  bon-um,  -am,  -urn, 
V,  bon-e,      -a,      -um9 
A.  bon-o,      -a,     -0. 


Plur. 

N.  bon-i,         -ae,  *a, 
G.  bon-orum,  -arum,  -orum* 

D.  bon-is,        -is,  -is, 

A,  bon-os,       -as,  -a, 

V*  bon-i,  -x,  -a, 

j4*  bon-is,        -is,  -is.    / 


In  like  manner  decline, 


Acefbus,   unripe ,  litter. 
Acidus,  four,  tarts 
RcMtUS.Jharp. 
Adukerlnus,     counter- 
feit. 
JEgrdtuSyfci. 
JEmuluSj    'vying   with. 
JEquus,  equal,  juji. 
Ahenus,  of  brafs. 
Albus,  white. 
Altus,  high. 
Amarus,  bitter, 
Amoenus,  pie af ant. 
Ambiguus,  doubtful. 
A  miCUs,  friendly . 
Amplus,  large. 
An  HUU  s ,  yearly . 
Angllftus,  narrow. 
Antlquus,  ancient. 
Apricus,  f.nny. 

Aptus,^/. 
Arc  anus,  fecreU 


Ar&US.f  rait. 
Arduus,  lofty. 
Argutus,  quick, fhrill. 
Alius,       roafed,       hot. 

pure. 
AftutUS,  cunning* 
A  varus,  covetous. 
Avidus,  greedy. 
Auguftus,  venerable. 
Aufterus,  harfh,   rough. 
Balb us,  famme ring. 
Barbarus,yit;^-tf. 
Bardus,  dall.floiv. 
Beatus,  Ueffed. 
Bellus,  pretty. 
Benignus,  kind. 
BImus,  t ~wa  years  old. 
Blrefus,  Hfp'r ■■■?. 
*B\i\nc\xX5,fatterjng . 
Brutus,    brutifh.  fenfe- 
lefs. 

Caducus,  fading. 
G 


Caecus,  blind. 
Callidus,  cunning, 
Calvus,  bald. 
Camurus,  crooked. 
Candidus,  fair.fmcerc. 
CSnus,  hoary. 
Carus,  dear. 
Caffus,  void. 
Caftus,  chafe. 
CautUS,  -wary. 

Cavus,  bolloiv. 

Celfus,  high,  lofty, 
Cernuus, fooping. 
Certus,  certain,  fure, 
Clarus,  famous ■. 
ClaudllS,  lame. 
Ccerulu?,  or  -eus,   a- 

zure.Jky  coloured. 
Commodus,  convenient. 
Coacinnus,  fne,  neat. 
-Corufcus,  rliiterir-r. 

CraiTus,  thicl. 

Crepcr.is, 


6o       Adjectives  of  the  Firft  and  Second  Dccknfi#n. 


Cri'pcrus,  doubtful, 
Criipus,  curhd, 
Crudus,  rain* 
Cun<5fcus,  all, 
Curtus,y?< 
Curvus,  crooked. 
Cymcu-,  churlijb. 
Daedalus,  poet,    cart' 
o"Jly  mad 

rus,  graceful* 
Denfus,  thick. 
Dignus,  Worthy, 
DTrus,  direful. 
DTfertus,  eloquent. 
Diiiturnus,  lafiing, 
Do&us,  learned. 
Dubius,  doubtful. 
Durus,  bard. 
F.brius,  drunk. 
FffetUS,    paf      having 

r  genus,  pear. 
Fgr^gius,  remarkable, 
T.lixus,  boiled. 
c-uus  fmall. 

o  J 

ius,  excellent, 

rr/gyi  country. 
Externals,  outward. 
Face  .us,  tuii ;  ■ 
Facundus,  ?/oj  \ 

Jfus, /* ffi ,  /).' 
F  a  m  e  1 :  C  ll  S ,  J  \:  h i  [Joed. 
Fitu  us, /cc/ 
Fauftus,  lucky. 
Fir  us,  vuildyfi'uage, 
Fefllis,  weary, 
Feftlnus,  b opening. 
Feftus,y^?«f«/. 
FIduii, 'faithful. 
i  initimus,     an  w- 

Firmus^/w,  '■'■  ■ 
FlaCCUS,  flap-eared. 

Fcrdus,  ugly. 

:tus,  &V  t&i/£  y 


Fret  US,  tr  ufling. 
Frivol  us,  trifling. 
Fulvus,  yellow. 
Furv  US,  fwarthy, 
F ufc us,  brown, 
Garrfilus,  prattling. 

Gelid  us,  cold  as  ice. 

Getninuft,  oW 

Gcrmaims,  of  the  fame 

J ■'(*&,  real. 
Globus,  convex. 
GilvuR,  fUfh-*oUurei, 
Glaucus,  grey, 
GnaruSyJlilfui, 
Gnavus,  a  Hive. 
G  rat  US,  thankful. 
Hirsfitus,  hirtus,rc«g£. 
Hifpidus.  rugged. 
Hcrieftus,      honourably 

hor-efx. 
Hornus,  of  this  year. 
Hiimanus,  .,    be- 

longing    to     a     ;.v an  : 

hi 
Humidus,  m 
Idoneusjjfr, 
Jejunus,/^ 
Ignaras,  ignore 
\gnlvTis,Jotifvl, 
Imp  rob  us,  wicked, 
[nceftus,  unchafle, 
Inclv'tUS,  renoiined. 
Indigi  dy, 

Induftrius,  -       at. 
Ineptus.  nnnt. 
Inf  ldus,  unfaithful. 

I  n  ge  n  u  u  s  ,/>  f<r-46  ?•« . 
I  ni micus,  t  vfriendly. 

:rv.-,  uneven )   ui 
lnt  ■        , 

Invidus,  envioi 
In'. 

I  r a  cu n d U s ,  paffen  ate. 
Iratus,  angry 

,  i .:/«. 

Jucundu; ,  / 

L. 

JLxvu  v,  r?  ti 


rgus,  //?>£<?. 
La  f  civ  us,  wanton, 
Lauus,  weary, 
LatUS,  breed. 
Laxus,  loofe^JL  :h. 
Lentus.^ow,  pliant. 
L^pidus, 

JLimpi<  W,  />wr^. 

LTmus,/;  x. 

Lippus,  blear-eyed. 
Longinquus,yir  off, 

I.OngUS,  Icng. 

I  a  b  r  i  c  u  s ,  flipper y . 
JLuciduS;  bright. 
Lurid  us.,  /W<?,  gkaflly. 
Lufcus,  blind  of  one  e\e. 

Macilentus,  l:an. 

Maligmis,  fpitefuh 

Tvlaucus,  maimed^  lame. 

Manifeftus,  evident. 
Marcidus,  i 

I 

MendlCUS,    bcg^ar-like, 

IVIenftruuSj  monthly. 
racus,  without  mix* 
ture. 

Merus,  pure, 

AlTriiS,  ivonderj 

Modeftus,  modejl, 

Mtt&US,  fad. 

Moleftus,  troublefk 

^vTorc)fus,y;<;^,^ 

floras,  footi 

Mnctdus,  7, 
?\Iundus,  ni 
Mutji 

ho i  as. 
lutus,  dumb. 
MutttHS,    mutual^    ler.t 
or  borrowed, 
riiius,  too 

Ni'idus,  naked. 

ens, 

0  ll, 

Obliquus,  ••  "Of 
Obtca-imSycbfene,  evii- 

no 

Obfcural 


Adjectives  of  the  Firft  and  Second  Declenficn.       6t 


[)bfc"irus,  dark,  mean.        Profundus,  deep. 
^bfoletus,   old,  out  of     Promifcuus,  tonffed. 


Promptus,  ready. 
Pronus,    jvitb  the  face 

doipniuard. 
Propcius,  hafly. 
Pr5pinquus,  near. 
Proprius,  proper. 
Protervus,  fancy. 
Public  us,  public. 
Pudlcus,  chafe. 
Pullus,  bldckijh. 
Puru's,  pure,  clean. 
Putus,  without  mixture 
Quanta*,  botv  great. 
Quaclrimus,  fur  years 
old. 
tber  and     Quotidiunus,  daily, 
mother         Rabldus,  mad. 
dlives.  Rancidus,    rank,  fale. 

Pdtulus,    ivide,fpr*ad-      Rarus,  rare)  thin. 


Dbftlpus, fiiff,  ivry, 

Obtiilus,  Hunt. 
Odioius,  batsj 
Oplcus,  durk,Jhady. 
Opimus,  rick,  fat. 
Opiparus,  c<j'f.  y,  dainty. 
Opportunus,yc'^7-' 
Opulentus,o.-ens,ritfi&. 

vlrbus,  te. 

Otiofus,  re. 

Pa  ./. 

p.'.  pa!  J. 

Parcus,  Jparing. 


Patrlmus, 
Matrlmus, 


having  fl- 


ing. 
Paulas,  little. 

Pauci,  -ex,  -ca.feiv. 
l?ttixM%JkUfuL 

Perf  idus,  treacherous. 
Perpetuus,  continual. 
Perfpicuus,  evident. 
Piu%  pious. 
Planus,  plain. 
Plenus,  fall. 


Raucus,  hoarfe. 
Recxus,  right,  fraight. 
Reus,  impeached. 
Rigidus,  Mid,  ftij)  fe- 
vere. 


Senilis,  rwgt. 

S-jrenus,  clear. 
SerhiS,  earneft. 
Scrus,  late. 

Severn^  fever e,   barf. 
Siccus,  d; 
SiTOUS,  f.at-nofed. 
Since  rus,  f nee  re,  pure. 
Situs,  ftuate,  placed. 
Sobrius,    fiber\    tempe- 
rate. 
Sccius,    in    alliance,    a 

companion. 
Soiidus,  folia. 
Sordid  us,  dirty. 
Splnofus,  prickly* 
Spiffus,  thick. 
Splendidus,  bright. 
Spurius,   baf-born,    net 

genuine. 
Squalidus,  najty. 
£ :  5 1  \  du  s ,  fiolifh* 
Strenuus,  afiii'e,  ftcui. 
Stngofus,  lean,  Ian 
Stultus,  foolf. 
Stupldus,   ft upid,    dull. 


Riguus,      moft,     iv  ell     Cubitus,  fudden* 


© 

ere& 

n 


Rob  u  ft  us,  ftr- 
RofcidUs,  ieivy. 
Rotundus,   round. 


PlerJque,    -aeque,  -a-     Rubicundus,    blufbing. 
que,    the   mo/l  part  :      Ruf US,  red-. 


SubfeciVus,  cut  off,  cr 
taken  fr^-m  other  btt- 
finefs. 

Sudus,  fair,  "without 
clouds. 

Superbus,  proud. 


fmg.  fem.  plcrj'ique.      RiuTus,    cf  a  carnation      Saplnus,    lying   on    the 


PoiUeus,     on    ibe    back  colour. 

part  of  a  bottfe.  Rut'ilus,  fery,  red. 

Praeditus,  endued  ivitb.  Srevus,  cruel. 

Pravus,  wicked.  Sagus,  knowing. 

Precarius,   ct  another  s  Sulfas,  falted,  fmart. 

pleafare.  Salvus,  fafe. 

Prifcus,  eld,  out  of  ufc  Sanctus,  holy. 

Priftmus,  ancient.  Sanus,  fund. 

Prlvatus,   private,    re  Saucius,  ivounded. 

tired.  Scxvus,  left. 

Prjvus,  fnglc,  peculiar.  Searnbus,  boiu-legged. 
Probus,  good,  bone/1. 
Procerus,  hi?b.  tall. 
Profanus,  profane,  un- 
holy. 


Scaurus,  club-footed. 


bad. 
Surdus,  deaf. 
Tacitus,  flent. 
TantUS,  Jo  great. 

Tardus,  foiv. 
Temerarius,  rafb. 
Tempeftivus,     feafon- 

able. 
Temulentus,    drunken. 
Tepidus,  lukeioarm. 
Timidus,  fearful. 
Torvus,  fern. 


Securus,  fcure,  out  of    Tranquillus, 

danger.  Trepidus,  trembling  for 

Sedulus,  careful.  fear. 

Truculcntus, 


6z       Adjectivfs  of  the  Firft  a-  cond  Deckofioo. 

Triicalentus,  cruel.  Vacuus,  empty,  -.■■  Vcrbofus,  talkative. 

Irunc  maimed,  V agUS,  wandering.  Vcr^cundus,  bajhful. 

jisntirg.  Valgus,  boxo-leggei.  Ycrnacukis,  born  in 

Tumidus,  fwolle*.  Validus,  // ong.  *nis  biufc. 

Turbidu>,  muddy.  Vanus,  vain,  empty.  Verus,  true. 

Tutus,  Jqfie.  Varius,  various,  dif-  Vefcus,  ft  for  eating. 

OduS,  ivei.  fere?.:.  Viclnus,  neighbouring. 

Uncus,  crooked*  Virus,  bandylegged.  Viduus,  depriv 

L/mcus^.Wjr.  V'dilus,  huge.  Vietus,   withered. 

Urbanus,  courteous.  VegctlW,  'vigorous.  VJv'idus,   lively. 

\  acivus,  at  Uifurc.  Venuilus,  comtly.  Vivus,  alive. 

,    /    Tener,  tenera,  tenerum,  tender* 

Sing.  Plur. 

Ar.  ten-er,        -era,  -erum,  Ar.  ten-eri,  -era,  -era, 

G.  ten-eri,      -erse,  -eri,  G.  ten-eroum,  -erarum,  -erorum, 

D.  ten-ero,     -era;,  -eio,  D.  ten-eris,  .  -eris,  -eris, 

A.  ten-erum,  -eram,  -erum,  A.  ten  eros,  -eras,  -era, 

>r.  ten-er,       -era,  -erum,.  V.  ten-eri,  -ere,  -era, 

A.  ten-ero,     -era,  -ero.  A.  ten-eris,  -eris,  -eris.  j 

In  like  manner  decline, 

Afper,  rough*  Lacer,  torn.  MTfer,  ivrctcbed. 

Ceter,    (hardly  ufed)  the  rtfl.        Liber,  free.  Profper,  projperous. 

iribbcr,  crook-backed. 

Affo  the  compounds  of  gero  and  fero  ;  as,  lanYger,  bearing  wool  • 
o/jfer,  bringing  help,  &c.  Like-wife,  satyr,  fatura.  faturum.  fall, 
But  moil  adjectives  in  er  drop  the  e ;  as,  cter,  atra.  atrum,  black: 
gen,  atri,  atra,  ctri ;    dat,  atro,  atra,  atro,  &c. So, 

iEger,  fci.  Macer,  lean.  Sacer,  fucred. 

Creber,  frequent.  Niger,  black.  Scaber,  rough, 

Giaber,  fmooth.  Piger,  JJozv,  Tetcr,  ugly. 

Integer,  entire.  Pulcher,  fair.  Vafcr,  crafty, 

L-udiccr,  ludicrous.         Ruber,  red* 

Dexter,  right,  has  -tra,  triun,  or  -tera,  -terum. 

Obf.  I.  (The  following  adjectives  have  their  genitive*  lin- 
gular in  iusy  and  the  dative  in  r,  through  all  the  genders  : 
in  the  other  cafes  like  bonus  and  tener. 

TJnus,  -a,  -utn;    gen.    unius,    dat.  Alter,  altcrlus,  §ne  of  tzca,  the  other* 

uni,  one.  )  Neuter,  -trius,  neither. 

Alius,  -lus,  one  of  many,  another.  Cter,  utrius,  "uhether  of  the  tivo. 

Nullus,  nullius,  none.  Cterquc,  utriufque,  both. 

Solus,  -ius,  alone  fjterllbet,    -triufiibct,  ft***    °f 

lotus,  mus,  nvh.le,  0teryi     -triufyi  jthe       tra* 

Ullut,  -HIS,  any,  Lyou  pleaje. 

Altei 


Adjectives  of  the  Third  Declenfion. 


«* 


Alteruter,   the  cue   or  the  other ;   alterirtrius,    alterutri,  and  fomeime* 

.rius  utrius,  alteri  utri,  tstc 

Thefe  adjectives,  except  totus,  are  called  Partitives  ;  and  feem  to 
refemble,  in  their  :i unification  as  well  as  declenfion,  what  are  called 
pronominal  adjectives.  In  ancient  writers  we  find  them  declined 
like  bonus. 

Obf.  2.  To  decline  an  adjective  properly,  it  fhould  always  be  join- 
ed with  a  fubftantive  in  the  different  genders  ;  25  be  :ber,  a  good 
book  ;  bcn.i  penna,  a  good  pen  ;  bcnumfidile,  a  good  feat.  But  as  the 
adjective  in  Latin  is  often  found  without  its  fubitantive  joined  with, 
it,  we  therefore,  in  declining  bonus,  for  inftance,  commonly  fay, 
bonus  a  good  man,  underftanding  vir  or  homo  ;  bpna\  a  good  woman, 
understanding  y^75?i/i<z  ;  and  benum,  a  good  thing,  underftanding  negoiium. 

I     Adjectivs  of  the  Third  Declension. 

r.     Adjectives  of  one  termination  ;  as  felix ,  for  the  male. 
felix,  for  the  fern.  felix,  for  the  neut.  happy  ;  thus, 


N.  fel-ix, 

G.  fel-icis, 

D.  fel-ici, 

A.  fel-icem, 

V.  fel-ix, 

A.  fel-ice,  or  -ici,  &fr. 


Sing. 
-ix, 
-Tcis, 
-ici, 
-icem, 
-ix, 


Plur. 

N.  fel -ices,     -ices,  -icia, 

cium,  -icium,  -icium, 

cibus,  -icibus,  -icibus, 

ces,     -ices,  -icia, 

ces,     -ices,  -icia, 

cibus-;  -icibus,  -icibus*  ) 

In  like  manner  decline* 


-ix, 

-Tcis, 

-ici, 

-ix, 

-ix* 


G.  fel- 
D.fel 
A.  fel 

V.  fel- 
A.  fel- 


Amens,  -*is,  mad. 
Atorx,  -ocis,  cruel. 
Audax,  -acis,  &  -ens, 

-tis,  bold. 
Bilix,       -icis,      woven 

ivith  a  double  thread. 
Capax,  capacious. 
Cicur,  -uris,  tame. 


Fallax,  deceitful* 
Firax,  fertile. 
Ferox,  fierce. 


Pr  j dens,  prudent. 
P^ecens,  frejh. 
"Rt.ptns.fu  J Jjk. 
Sagax,  -dcls,figac/o:is. 
Salax,  -acis,  luflfd. 
Sapiens,  ivfe. 
SolftTS, fbrevod". 
Sons,  guilty.. 


Frequens,  frequent* 

Ingens,  huge. 

Incrs,  -ti^Jluggifb. 

In  fons. 

Men  da x,  lying,      [cal. 
Clemens,  -tip,  merciful.     Mordax,  biting,  fatiri-     Tenax,  tenacious. 
Contumzx ,  fubburu.         Pernix,  -lcis,fwij  Trux,  -ucis,  cruel. 

Pervicax,  voilfuh  Uber,  -eris,  fertile. 

ulans,      fsrxvards,     Vehement,  vehement. 
fiucy.  Velox,  -ccis.ficift. 

Prxgnans,  7-  ././.      Vorax,   devsuring. 

2./  Adjectives   of  tv/o    terminations  ;    as,  niitts,    for   the 
rnafc.   and   fern,  mite,   for  the   neut.   meek  j    fo,   msihr,   mi- 
ls, meeker  \  thus, 

G    2  &Kg> 


Demens,  mad, 
IX,  gluttonomt. 

Efficax,  eJMu.il. 
;ans,  ba.-idfome. 


64 


Adjectives  of  the  Third  Declcnficn, 


A",  mitis,  raitis,  mite, 
G.  mitis,  mitis,  mitis, 
D.  miti,  miti,  miti, 
y/.  mitem,  mitem,mite, 
Z7".  mitis,  mitis,  mite, 
A.  miti,       miti,    miti. 


Xgilis,  aSiive. 
Amabllis,  lovely. 
Biennis,  of izvc years. 
Rre\is.fr:rt. 
CivThs,  courteous. 
CielefUs,  heavenly. 
Comis,  mild,  affable. 
Crudeiis,  crucL 
Deb  1  lis,  weak. 
Deform  is,  ugly. 
D<>Cilis,  teachable. 
Dulcis,/:tv*^  /'//  tafe. 
ExWis,  fender. 
Exfangnis,  bloodlefs. 
Fortis,  brave. 
Fragilis,  brittle. 
Grandis,  great. 
Gravis,  heavy. 
Hilaris,  cheerful. 

(      \  &*£• 

N.  mTti-or, 


rtnta<re. 


Plur. 

N.  mites,  mites,     miti  a 

G.  mitium,  mitium,  mitium, 

D.  mitibas,  mitibus,  mitibus, 

A.  mites,  mites,      mitia, 

V.  mites,  mites,      mitia, 

A.  mitibus,  nimbus,  mitibus*) 
In  like  manner  decline, 

Ignobilis,   of  mean  pa-      Rudfs,  raw. 

Sagax,  fhreiud. 
Segnis,  floiv. 
Solennis,     annual,    j 

hmn. 
St-er  ills,  barren. 
Suavis,  fiveet. 
Sublimis,  ltfiy. 
Subtllis,  fubtile,  fne. 
Talis,  fuch. 
Tenuis,  [mall. 
Terreftris,  earthly. 
Terrlbilis,  dreadful. 
Trill  is,  fad. 
Turpis,  bafe. 
Ttilis,  ufeful. 
VJlis,  ivortf.li  ■ 
Viricis,  green. 
Vltilis,  pliant, 
Pll 


Immanis,  huge,  crud. 
Inanis,  empty. 
Incolumis,  /!//>. 
Infamis,  infamous. 
Inilgnls,  remarkable. 
Jugis,  perpetual. 
L,2e.vis,fnooth. 
Lenis,  gentie. 
Levis.  I'o-ht. 
Mediocris,  ?niddUncr. 
Mir  a  bills,  wonderful. 
Mollis,  foft. 
Omnis,  all. 
Pernix,  fzvift,  fleet. 
Putris,  rotten. 
Pinguis,  fat. 
Qua  lis,  of  iv  hat  kind. 


-US, 


-or, 

G.  miti-oiis,    -oris,     -oris, 
D.  miti-ori,      -ori,      -ori, 
A.  miti-orem,  -orem,  -us, 
V.  miti-or,       -or,        -us, 
A.  miti-ore,  or-ori,  iffc. 


ur. 
N.  miti-ores,       -ores,     -ora, 
G.  miti-orum,    -orum,    -orum, 
D.  miti-oribus,  -oribus,  -oribus, 
A.  miti-ores,      -ores,     -ora, 
V.  miti-ores,      -ores,     -ora, 
A.  miti-oribus,  -oribus,  -oribus,  J 
/   In  this  manner  ail  comparatives  are  declined.  / 
/    3.    Adjectives   of  three    terminations ;  as,   acer,   or  acn 
for  the  mafc.  acris,  for  the  fern,  acre,  for  the  neut.  fharp  ;  thus, 

Sing.  Plur. 

N.  a-cer  or  acris,  acris,    acre,    N.  a-cres,     -cres,      -cria, 
G.  a-cris,  -cris,     -cris,    G.  a-crium,  -crium,   -crium, 

D.  a-cri,  -cri,      -cri,     D.  a-cribus,  -cribus,  -cribus, 

A.  a-crem,  -crem,  -ere,    A.  a-cres,      -cres,      -cria, 

V.  a-ccr,  or  aeris,  -cris,     -en,    /^.a-cres,     -cres,       -cria, 
A.  a-cri,  -cri,      -cri.     A*  a-cribus,  -cribus,  -cribus    \ 


Adjectives  of  the  Third  Declenfion.  $5 

In  like  manner  alacer  or  alacrts,  cckr  or  ceteris  ^  celeber 
or  Celebris ,  sdluber  or -falubris,  voliicer  or  volucr is >  &c. 

/p  Rules. 

Adjectives  of  the  third  decienfion  have  e  or  i  in  the 
ablative  Gngular :.  but  if  the  neuter  be  in  e, .  the  ablative 
has  i  only.  / 

2.  /The  genitive  plural  ends  in  iuntf  an9  the  neuter  of 
the  Dbnrinative,  accusative,  and  vocative,  in  ia  :  except 
comparatives,  which  have  urn  and  a-    J 

Exception.-. 

IlXC.  I.  Dives,  .  hofpes,  fofpes,  superjles,  juvenis,  sen:x,  and  pauper, 
have  *  only  in  the  ablative  lingular,  and  confecpiently  um  in  the  geni- 
tive plural. 

Exc.  a.  The  following  have  alio'*  in  the  abl.  fmg>  and  um,  not 
turn i  in  the  genit.  plur^  Coa£o&,  -otis,  mailer  of,  that  hath  obtained  his 
4efire ;  impcs,  -otis,  unable;  innpsr  -opts,  poof  ;  *-  fupplex,  -icis,  fun? 
pliant,  humble;  uber^  -eris,  fertile;  confors,  -tis,  fharing,  a  partner;  ; 
degeiier,  -his,  degenerate,  or  degenerating^  v^r/,  watchful  ;  puber>, 
-eris,  ofage,  marriageable  i , and  ccler  .-  Alfo  compounds  in    caps,  fixt, 

,  and   corpor ;   as,  partueps,    partaking    of ;     arttfex^    -ids,  cunning,, 
::n    artift  :     btpes,  -pedis,  two-footed  ;,  bnorpcr,   -oris,     two-bodied,   &c. 
All  thefe  have  feldom  the  neutt  fmg.  and  aim  oil:  never  the  neut.  piur. 

the  nominative  and  accufative.  To -which,  add  memer,  mindful, 
Which    has  me?nor\,  and   memcrum  :     alCode/ls,   rrf*s,  hjhes,  pcrpes,  prs:» 

r,  tcre:,.  co:i:ohr,  versicolor,  which  likewife  .for   the  moft    part   want 

e  genitive  plural. 

LC.   3.     Par,  equal,  has  only  peri :  but  its  compounds  have  either 
C  or  i ;     as    compare,     or    -ri.      Vetus,    old,     has   Vetera,     and    veterum  : 

(Sy  more,  which  is  only  ufed  in  the  neut.  fing.  has  plure :  and  in 
the  plural,  plure:,  plura,   or  plur'u.,  plnriur/i. 

Exc.  4.  Exfpes,  hopelefs  ;  and  potis,  -s,  able,  are  only  ufed  in  th  i 
nominative*     Foils  has  alio  iometimes  path  in  the  neuter. 

Rf  MARKS. 

1.  Comparatives,  and  adjectives  in  ns,  have  r  more  frequently  than 
and  participles  in  the  ablative  called  abfolute  have  generally  e ;   as, 

'fiberio  r?ganic,  not  reganti,  in  the  reign  of  Tiberius. 

2.  Adjectives  joined  with  fubftantives  neuter  for  the  moil  part  have 
as,   litirzc'i  feri'T,   not  iiicirlce% 

3.  Different  words  are  fometimesufed  to  exprefs  the  different  gen- 
ders; a^,  i-iclor,  victorious,  for  the  male,  viclrix,  for  the  fern*  Vie- 
trixy   in  the  plur.    has   likewife    the    neuter   gender;    thus,    <oi&rIt$s9 

•  >-•  ind  utirix,  rcvCDfecfuI.      ■  ifirix  is  alfo   neut.  in  the 

4.     Several 


66  Adjectives   of  the  Thircf  DecIcafTon. 

4.  Several  adjectives  compounded  of  clivus, ftethtm,  b^ullum,  arma, 

:us,  j  1    and    animus,   end    in    is   or   us ;     and    therefore 

are  eitlier  of  the  nrft  and  fecond  declcnfion,  or  of  the  third  ;  as,  dc 
iUiis,  -is,  -tfj  and  dedivus,  -a,  -urn,  fleep  ;  imbed  His,  and  imbceillus, 
weak  ;  fen**}  emafomnus,  haif-afleep  ;  .  and   \xanimu$y 

lifelefs.      But  feverul  of  them  do  not  admit  of  this  variation  ;  thus   t 
fay  magnanhnus,  f.exanimus,  effrenus,     leiufotnnus ,      not    magnanimity    life. 
On  the  contrary,    we    fay,  pufllanimis,  injugis,  iliimis,    iqfotnttis,    exfi 
nis  ;    not   pujillanlmvs,    fcfV.      £>o  fcmianimh,     iuermis,   fubltmis,     acc!itvis% 
decLiis,  pr  .  rarely  Jemianim us,   \f?c. 

5.  Adjectives  derived  from  nouns  are  called  Denominatives  ;  as  cqr- 
iat.ts,  meratus,  czlcjlis,  \anfinus,  corp2rlrust  ag)-efiis,  aJITvus,  GfV. 
from  cor,  m$ss  -  ■  ,  adainas,  &c,  Thofe  which  diminifh  the  fignifi- 
cation  of  their  primitives  are  called  Diminutives  ;  as,  imfellus,  farvvlus, 
duriufcutus j  &/C.  Thole  which  fignify  a  great  deal  of  a  thing  are  cal- 
led Am  pi f.c  utiles,  and  end  in  cf:s  or  ra'.vj  ;  as,  vlnofus,  vlnoUnius^ 
given  to  much  wine  ;  Operofus,  laborious  ;  plumb  of  us,  full  of  lead  ; 
nodofxr,  knotty,  full  of  knocs ;  torpuleniits ,  corpulent,  &c.  Some 
end  in  tus ;  as,  auritus,  having  long  or  lar^c  ears;  nasiifus,  having  a 
large  nofe  ;  li            .   karned,   &c. 

6.  An  adjective  derived  from  a  fubftamive  or  from  another  adjec- 
tive, fi gni ty ing  pofTefiion  or  property,  is  called  a  Pojfefive  adjeSiv* ; 
as,  Seotuus,  paternal,  ierilis,  a&ehus\  of  or  belonging  to  Scotland,  - 
father,  a  mater,  another  :   from  Scotia,  pater,  berus,    and  alius, 

7.  AdjCtftives  derived  from  verbs  are  called  Verbals  ;  as,  amabilis, 
amiable  ;  capax,  capable  ;  dicilir,   teachable  :     from   amo,    capio,    doceo. 

b.  When  participles  become  adjectives,  they  are  called  Participia Is  r 
as,  fapiens,  wife;  aeufks,jj0&p'^dijertus,  eloquent.  Of  thefe  many 
alfo  become  fub'taiiciva^;  as,  "  ddolefcens,  animans,  rudens,  feupens,  cd- 
i--,  cat  us,  fponfuSj  natus,Wega£ux  ;  fponf'a,  natu,  ferta,  fc.  corona,  a  gar- 
lund  ;  pratt-xti,  fc,  vefis  ;  del'Hum,  decretum,  pnectptum,  fatum,  tedium, 
rjitum,   &z. 

p.  Adjo&ives  derived  from  adverbs,  are  called  AJverbials  ;  as,  ho- 
diernus,  frOm  bodie  ;  crafinus,  from  eras ;  binus,  from  bis;  &c.  There 
are  likewife  adjectives  derived  from  prepositions  ;  as,  cdntrarlus,  from. 
tmtra  ;  anticus'i  from  ante;  pofucus,  irompof. 

I    Numeral    Adjectives. 

Adjectives  which  fignify  number,  are  divided  into  four. 
claffes,   Cardmalt    Ordinal,    Dnlributive,    and    Mulirplicativc*  J 

1.  I  The  Cardinal  or  Principal  numbers  arc  : 

tjnus^/  '.  Septem,  /even. 

Duo,  tv  "£*'« 

Tres,  three.                                         m,  nine. 

Quiituor>  fcu*>                              cein,  ten. 

Qi          >z,  f,-ve.  Undecim,  ele* 

bcx,  Jix+  Du-'lcccim,  twelve. 

Tredecis 


;:ieral   Adjectives. 


67 


eijhic. 

O 

v. 
-i-j. 

tivmty-one. 


fe-.-nty. 
eighty.  . 


Nonag'mta, 

turn, 

:enti; 
Trecentr,- 
Quadvngentl, 
Quingenti, 

centi, 
Septin 
G&iriffen 
No 
Mi 
Duo    mill:: . 

bis  mi 
Decern  miliia,  o 
decies  mille, 
Viginti  millia^r 
ies  mill 


or 


n'ifte: V. 
a  hundred \ 
ticc  'ed. 

three  hundred, 
four  hundred. 
hundred* 
•  hundred. 

..     :rcd. 
':i  hundred, 
run;  hundred, 
a  thoufand. 

■  izjo  thru/and. 


ten  thoufand. 
,or  I  twenty  th 


Tr  n,  trteen. 

Quatuordecirrt,      fourteen* 
Quindecim,  fteen. 

xdecim,  Jxxtiei 

Septendecim,         fe% 
Oct6d>cirrt, 
_\  ovemdecim, 
Viginti, 

Viginty  unus*  c*  7 
Unus  &  viginti,  £ 
Viginti.  duo,  or 
Duo   &-vig. 
Triginta, 
Quadragintar 
Quinquagi:. 
Sexlginta, 
Septuaginta* 
Ovftog-nta, 

The  Cardinal  numbers,  except  unus  and  mille,  want  the  fingular. 

Unus  is  not  ufed  in  the  plural,  unleic  when  joined  with  a  fubftan- 
tive .which  wants  the  fingular;  as,  in  ..iibus,  :n  one  houfe,  Terer.i. 
Fmti.  ii.  3.  7  *.  Vns  nnffrM,  Id.'  And.  iv;  I.  J  I.  Ir.  una  mania  con- 
venere,  Salluit,  Cat.  6.  or  when  feveral  particulars  are  contidered  as  one 
whole  ;  as,  una  <vej}imentay  one  fuit  of  cloaths,  Cic.  Fl.  ...  Z). 

Duo  aiuLtrej  are  thus  declined  xJ  . 

Plur. 

N.  tres,     tres,  tria, 

G.  trium,  trium,  trium, 

jD.tribus,  tribus,  tribus, 

A.  tres,  -   tres,  tria, 

V.  tres,     trc  tria, 

A.  tribus,  tribus,  tribus.  J 

y 


/ 


*r.duo, 


Flur. 
iv.  quo,  e,        due. 

{?.  duorum,-         duarum,  duorum* 
D.  duobus,  vabus,    duobus, 

A.  duos  or  duo,  ciuas,        duo, 
".duo,,  x,         duo, 

^.'duobus,  duabus*.  duobus* - 


In  the  lame  manner  with,  duo*  decline  am5o3  both-. 

All   the  Cardinal  numbers  from  nuatuor  to  c  Deluding    them 

both,  are  indeclinable  ;     and   from  centum   to   mille ^    are   declined    li- 
the plural  of  bonus ;    thus,  d.icer.ii,  -&e,   -ta  j  um, 
&e. 

.    Affile  is   ufed  eitHer  as  a  fubftantive  or  aj  hen  taken  fub- 

ftantively  it  is  indeclinable  in  the  lingular  number ;  and   in  the   plural 
lias  milliay  m  .   mitlibus^    'Sc. 

ill/'//*, -an  adje&ive,  is  commonly  indeclinable,  and  to  exprefs  more 
than  one  th<        id,  has   the    numeral  adverbs    joined   with  it;  th 
mille  hemin-s,  a  thoufand  men  ;  mille  bom'mum^  of  a  thj  i  men,   £cc. 

Bis  mile    homines,     two    thoufand   men  ;    ter    n;  tee,     &c.      But 

with  mille t  a  fubftantive,  we   fay  mille  bominum,  a  thoufand  men  :  .duj 
miliia  heminum,   tria    miliia t   quatuor    mi/iia,   centum  or  ccxtena    miliia    hemi- 
.  Decies  ceniena  miliia,?.  million  ;  J^Uiei  c  'Mi  ua  \  ■  ,  .  .  two  millions,  Sec. 

a.    The 


Numeral    Adjectives. 


2.  i  The    Ordinal    i.  rs  arc,   primus,  firft; 

fecond,  &c.  cle  ./ 


•y 


secundum  9 


t  The  d  one  by   one  ; 

J  like  1  of  fo/wj'.  J 

The  following  Table  contains  a  lift  of  the  Ordinal  and 
Numbers,    together    with  the   Numeral   Adverbs,    which   are   often 
joined  with  the  Numeral  /         lives. 


Ord,  ■..!.'. 

1  Primes,  a,  urn. 

2  sccur.     .  . 

3  tertius. 

4  quart  i*  >. 
<?  qui    I 

6  fextus. 

7  fepttmus. 

8  o&avus. 

9  nonus. 

l  o  dc'umus. 

H  undeciron 

12  duodecimos. 

13  decimu  us. 

1 4  (lecinius  quartUS. 

1 5  deeimus  quhitus. 
x6  deeimus  fcxtus. 

17  deeimus  i*p: 

18  deeimus  cc^avus. 

19  deeimus  non- 
20  v7p  -,  vlcefinros. 
21  vi  j-  Gmus  primus. 

30  trigeumuf,tricelimus. 

40  quadragd&mos. 

3  quir.e  ; agenrnus. 

6c  . 

70  feptuagefimus. 

?>o  odogeCmuSi 

90  non;  ous. 

100  centefimus. 

>o  du  centefimus. 
300  fimus. 

4:0  quadriflgel  m*. 

iS, 
(imus. 

d  fey  1   ius. 

8  co  0  c  11  ramus. 

9:0  nc         ■   Rmus*. 

100  o  mi  lie  • 

2000  L  .;nus. 


Qip.rll 


Binguii,  a:,  a, 
bmi. 
ni. 

terni, 
qu?:.i. 
sen!. 
fepteni* 
o&onik 
nuvgni* 
dcr.i. 
undent. 

tr.  Jtni,  tern;  denl. 

cpaterni  deni. 

q„i:i_!eni. 

feni  d^ni. 

fepteni  deni. 

ocTtoni  deni. 

novrni  deni. 

vlce;ii. 

Y;eeni  finguli. 

triceni. 

%uadrigeni. 

cuinquagenh 

fexageni. 

a*, 
ociosjeni. 
nonageni. 
centeni. 
decern. 
b  :centeni. 
e water  centeni. 
aquies  centeni. 
:'.es  cente 
fepties  cent' 
ocV.es  centeni. 
no  vies  centeni. 
millenl. 
bis  mllleni. 


Numeral  A  J 'us; 

qu..  ier,  j 

quii  ,   v-;c. 

fei . 

fer 

ies. 
D  v:es. 
es. 
undecies. 
du  rs; 

•  n  dec  ies. 
leeies. 

decies  ac  fepti 
decies  ac  o6tie3. 
decies  et  no  vies, 
vie ies. 
viciesfemel. 
trlcies. 
quadragi 
quinquagies. 

.ig.es. 
feptuagics. 

ies. 
nonagies. 
centic^. 

centies. 
•.ties, 
qu  demies. 

quing 
leicenties. 
ft  \  r>  i-i<-s. 

eft  in  gent  ies. 
1.  1         tities. 
in  ill  u 
bis  millics. 


TEc 


Comparison  of  Adjectives. 


69 


4.     The  multiplicative  numbers  are  j.  ,     limpie  ;    du- 

i  v,  double,  or  two-fold  ;  triplex,  triple,  or  three-fold  ; 
quadruple,  four- fold,-  &c.  ;  all  of  them  declined  like  felix  ; 
thus,  fimplex,  -icir,   cfc. 

The  interrogative  words,  to  which  the  above  numerals 
anfwer,   are  quct,  quotus,  quoteht,  queries,   and  quoiuphx. 

£>uot,  how  many  ?  is  indeclinable  :  So  Tot,  ib  many  ; 
totidem,  juft  fo  many ;  quctquct,  quoiei.r.que,  how  many 
foever  ;  ai         ?   fome. 

To  thefe  numeral  adjectives  may  be  added  fuch.  as  exgre^,  divifion, 
proportion,  time,  weight,  &c.  as,  bipartlius,  tripa-titus,  Iffc.  duplus, 
triplus,  tffV.  bzmusy  trlmus,  \S?c.  biennis,  trfcttnis,  t^fc.  bTrrcftris,  tri- 
meftrU,  WV.  cilibris,  trilibris,  jbV.  binatius,  ferntrivs,  t!TV.  which  lall 
are  applied  to  the  number  of  any  kind  of  things  :  ;    as  pcrfis 

tenarius,  a  verfe  of  fix  feet  ;    denarius    numtius,    a    coin    of   ten   afles. ; 

ogetmrius  unex,  an  old  man  eighty  years  old ;  grex  csntmcrius,  a 
£ock  of  an  hundred,  &-:, 

/  C  O  M  P  A  R  I  S  O  N  -of  ADJECTIVES. 

The    comparifen    of  adjectives   exprefTes    the    quality    in 
ferent  degrees  :   as,  hard,  harder,  hardeft.  / 
I  Thofe  adjectives  only    are    compared,    whofe    frgnification 
admits  the  diilinction  of  more  and  Up.  J 

1  The  degrees  of  comparifon  arc  three,  the  Ptftroe,  Com- 
parotide,  and  Superlative.   J 

Tha  Pofitive  feems  improperly   to    be    called    a  degree.     It   fimply 
fignifies  the  quality :  as,  durvt,    hard:   and   fervea  only   as   a  four. 
tiori  for  the  other  degrees.     By  it  we  exprefs  the  relation  of  equality  ; 
2.S  he  is  as  tali  as  I. 

The  Comparative  exprefTes  a  greater   degree    of  the  quality,  and  has 
always  a  reference  to  a  left  degree  of  the  fam 


is,  jl 


Cs 


The  Super  lathy  expreiies  the  quality  carried  to  the  greateft  degree  ; 
as,  f>roi:yeji>  *vij 

Comparifon  of  English  Adjectives. 

In  Englifh  the  corny.  c  is  formed  from  the  pofitive,  by    adding 

to  the  end  of  the  word  r  or    ;r;   and  I  "ative   by   adding  J?  or 

as,   lu'-fe,    'ivifer,     ivifejl  ;     cold,  edder,    coin  The    afiverbs    mort 

ar.  put  before  the  adjective,     have    the    fame    effect  ;  as  brave, 

>re  brave,  mvjl  brave. 

Monofyllabies  for   the  moft   part   are   compared  by  er  and  eft ;    -?< 
fair,  fairer,  fairejl  ;   and  polyfyllabies  by  more   and   mojl  ;     a^.  beauuful^ 
ttigts  heattiifut,  mod  beautiful. 

in  fome  few  adjectives,  the  fuperlative  is   formed  by  ad-ling   tmj\  ; 
13,  ur.darrof,  uHermofly  or  t  ■■ptmrf,  netbemofl,  ftretnfl. 

Compariibm 


re  Comparison  of  Adjectives. 

Companion  of  Latin  Adjectives. 

/  The  comparative  degree  is  formed  from  the  firft  cafe  of 
the  pofitv;Te  in  /,  by  adding  the  fy liable  or,  for  the  mafctt- 
iine  and  feminine,  and  us  for  the  neuter :  The  fiiperla- 
tive  is  formed  from  the  fame  cafe,  by  adding  Jitmiu ;  as. 
jiltusy  high,  genit.  alti  :  Comparative  a/tior,  for  :'. 
mafc.  alitor ,  for  the  fern.  alitus,  for  the  neut.  higher  i 
Superlative,  alnfslmus%  -a,  -urn,  higheft.  So  mltus,  meek  ; 
dat.  m'iti  :  mitior3  -ory  -w/,  meeker  :  mitifshnm,  -a,  -umy 
meekeil>y«» 

/  If  the  pofitive    end    in  er9   the    fuperlative   is  formed  by 

?dding  rnnus  ;   as,  pauper,  poor  ;  pauperrimus,  pooreft.  j 
The  comparative  is  always  of  the  third  declenfion  :    The 
fuperlative   of  the  firfl  and  fecond  ;    as,  alius,  ah'tor,  altijfi- 
mus  ;    aha,   alitor,  altijpma  ;    altum,  dliius>   alhjfimum  ;  gen. 
alti,  altioris,  ahijfimi,  Zsfc*^ 

(  Irregular  and  defective  Companfon. 

*X.  Bonus,         melior,         opttmus,         good,         better,         be/}. 
Malus,        pejor,  pefsimus,        bad,  *worfe,        ivorji. 

Magnus,      major,  maximus,       g^eat,      greater,      oreatejt. 

Parvus,        minor,         minimus,       fmall,       lefs,  leap. 

+  Multus,  ■  plurimu-b,        much,       more,  m<{ft*J 

'  Tern.  Multa,  plurima  ;  i\eut.  mult  urn,  plus,  plurimum  ;  f>lur.  muki, 
plures,  plurimi ;  multre,  plures,  plurima,  '<S?c.  1 
In  feveral  of  thefe,  both  in  Engiifh  and  Latin,  the  comparative 
and  fuperlative  fecm  to  be  formed  from  fome  other  adjective,  which 
In  the  pofitive  has  fallen  into  difufe  :  in  others,  the  regular  form  is 
contracted  ;  as,  maximus,  for  magnijjimus  ;  mcjlt  for  tnorjjl  ;  leaji,  for 
UJfeJl  ;    tvorfi,  for  "juorfeji. 

2.  Thefe  five  have  their  fuperlative  in  Timus  ; 

Facilis,  facilior,  fadllimus,  eafy.  Imbecillis,     imbecillior,     imbecil- 

Gracilis, gracilicr, gracillimus,  le  •  limus,  weak. 

HumiliSjhumniorjhumillin.uSj/^v       Similift,  iimilior,  fimillimus,  Me. 

3.  The   following  adjectives   have  regular  comparatives, 
but  form  the  fuperlative  differently  ; 

Citcr,  citerior,  citimus,  near.  Matures,    -ior,     maturrimus,    #r 

Dexter,  dexterior,  dextimus,  right.  rnaturiffnnus,  ripe. 

Sinifter,  finifterior,  1          mus.  left,  Pofterus,     pofteiior,      poftremus, 

E*tcr,    -erior,  cxtimus,  or   cxtre-  behind. 

mus  ovtivard.  Superus,      -rior,      fupremus,      *r 

Inferos, «4or,  in           or  im\is,bchiv.  fummus,  high. 

Intcrw?,  interior,  intimus,  inward,  Vftus,   vcteVior,   vcterrimus,   ol 

4.   Compound;, 


Comparison  of  Adjectives.  71 

4.  Compounds  in  dicu$\  ll quits,  ftcus%  and  volus,  have 
r,  and  entifsimus ;  as,  maledicus,  railing,  male  die  ent  tor, 
maledicent'iffimus  :  So  mogtiiloquus,  one  that  boafteth  ;  be- 
neftcus,  beneficent  ;  male  veins,  malevolent  ;  rriirifuus, 
wonderful  ;  -cnticr,  -enti/pmus?  or  mirijicijfiimis*  Nequam, 
in  dec!.  wOrthlefs,  vicious,  has  tiequlor,  nequijjimus* 

There  are  a  great  many  adjectives,  which,  though  ca- 
)3able    of  ing    their    fignificafion    in  created ;    yet    either 

.t  one  of  the  degrees  of  companion,  or  are  not  com- 
pared at  all. 

1.  The  following  adjectives  are  not  ufed  in  the  pofitive  : 
Detcrior,  zvorfc,  deterrimus.  Propior,  rearer,  proximus,  tuareft 
Ocior,  fiv/fter,  ocifslmus.  or  next. 

Prior,  former,  primus.  Ulterior,  farther,  ultimus. 

2.  The  following  want  the  comparative  : 
Inclytus,  inclytlRimus,  ?  d.      Nuperus,  nuperrimus,  late. 
Meritus,  ineritiftimus,  t           g.       Par,  pariffimirs,  equal. 
Kovus,  novifsinius,  nrto,  Sacer,  facerrimus,  fazred. 

3.  The  following  want  the  fuperlative  : 

Xdoiefcens,  adolefcentior,  young,  Prcnus,     pronior,     inclined    tkwf 

Diuturnus,  diuturnifl.r,  lofting,  \rds. 

Ingens,  iiigentior,  huge*  Satur,  fatiirior,  f 

Juvenis,  junior,  \oung.  Scnex,  fenior,  old. 

fiplmus,  opimior,  rich. 

To  fupply   the  fuperlative  of  juvenis  or  ad'o/efc--,  we    fay,  tn 
naiu,  the  youngeft  ;  and  oiftnex,  mus  r.aiu,  the  oldefl:, 

Adjectives   in   tlis9  alls,  and  Bilh,  aifo  wast  the   fuperlative  ;  as  ci- 
r,  civilior,    civil ;    rcgalls,  regalhr^  regal ;   Jlcbilis,  -lor,  lamentable. 
£0,  juvenilis,  youthful  ;  exTIis,  fmall,   £cc. 

To  thefj  add  feveral  others  of  different  terminations  :  Thus,  arcH- 
nus,  -tor,  fecret  ;    .-  ,    -icr,  bending  downwards ;    longinquus,  -ior9 

far  off ;  fropHnquut,  -tor,  near. 

Anterior,  former  ;  sequior,  worfe  ;  satior,  better  ;  are  only  found 
in  the  comparative. 

4.     Many  adjectives  are  n©t  compared  at  all  :  fuch  are  thofe  com- 
pounded with  nouns  or  verbs  ;  as,  versuoUr,  of  diverfe  colours ;  pif.U 
fer,  poifonous  :   alfo   adjectives  in  us  pure,  in  Tvus,  inns,  tvs,  or  it 
and  diminutives  ;  as,  dubius,   doubtful;  vacuus,  empty  ;  f  s,  that 

h  away  ;  imu,  early;   canorus,  fhrill ;  legitimes,  lawful;    teneU 

ha,  fomewhat   tender;  n  !us,  &c.  :   together  with   a  great  many 

others    of  various  terminations ;     as,    almus,    gracious ;    pracox,  - 
foon  cr  early  ripe  ;  mints,  egenus,  laccr,  manor,  foj "pes,   &c. 

This  defect  of  comparifon  is  fupplied  by  putting  the  adverb  mans 
before  the  adje&ive,  for  the  comparative  degree  ;  .and  valde  or  maxim* 

H  for 


72  Pronouns. 

for  the  fuperlative ;  thus,  egrnus,  needy ;  magh  ?*enus,  more  needy  ; 
•valde  or  maxtme  egenus,  very  or  moft  needy.  Which  form  of  compar- 
ison is  alfo  ufedin  thofe  adjectives  which  are  regularly  compared, 

PRONOUN. 
f  A  Pronoun  is  a  word  which  (lands  wjlead  of  a  Noun,) 

Thu?,  /  ftands  for  the  name  of  the  perfon  who  fpeaks ;  tla  for 
the  name  of  the  perfon  addreffed. 

Pronouns  ferve  to  point  out  objecls,  vhnfe  pomes Wf  either  do  not 
know,  or  do  not  want  to  mention.  They  alfo  ftrve  to  fhorten  dif- 
courfe,  and  prevent  the  too  frequent  repetition  of  the  fame  word; 
thus,  inftead  of  faying,  When  Cafur  led  conqmred  Gaul,  Cafar  turned 
Cdfar's  arms  cgainji  Offer's  tmtn$ry,  we  fay,  When  Cxfar  had  conquer-, 
ed  Gaul,  be  turned  his  arms  again]!  h\s  country. 

English   Pronouns. 

In  Englifh  there  arc  five  fubilanlivc  pronouns,  J9  thou, 
ie,Jhe,  and  if. 

The  firft  is  ufed,  when  one  fpeaks  of  himfclf ;  ttSj  1 lo-ve  : 
ihe  fecond>  when  the  perfon  fpeken  to  is  the  fubject  of  the 
difcourfe  ;  as,  thou  lovejl  :  and  the  laft  three,  in  fpeaking 
of  any  other  perfon  or  thing  ;   as,  he,Jhe,  or  it  falls. 

I  is  faid  to  be  of  the  fir  ft  perfon  ;  thou,  of  the  fecond  : 
2nd  he,  fhe,  or  it,  together  with  z\\  other  words,  of  the 
third  :  and  fo  in  the  plural  number,  <we,  yc}  they.  Hence 
thefc  are  called  Perfon al  Pronouns. 

The  perfon  {peaking,  and  the  perfon  fpoken  to,  do  not  need  th? 
diftinction  of  gender  ;  becaufe  they  are  fuppofed  to  be  prefcnr,  and 
therefore  their  fex  is  commonly  known.  ]3ut  the  third  perfon,  or 
thing  fpoken  of,  being  frequently  abfent,  and  often  unknown,  re- 
quires to  be  di&inguifhed  by  different  genders ;  thus,  be,  Jhe^ 

Subftantive  pronouns  in  Englifh-  have  three  cales,  the 
r.omin alive ',  the  genitive  or  poffefftve,  and  the  objective  or 
accufaiive  cafe,  which  follows  the  i  afliye>  or  the  prcpo- 
Jition. 

Suljlartive  Pronouns,  according  to  their  Cafes,   Numbers^ 

ana  Perfxau 


■  . 


Singular. 

Perfonsm 
Cafes*    T.  2.  ~. 

Nom.   I,       thou,    he,    fhe,        ; 
Gen.   mine,  thine,  his,   h 
/lee.  me,      thee,    bim>her, 


Plural. 

Perf 
U 

* 

we,    ye  or  yo  , 

the 

rs,  your  , 

their 

yJ> 

in. 
A3 

Simple  Latin   Pronouns. 

All  other  pronouns  are  adjectives;  as,  this,  that,  our,  your,  &c. 
A  pronominal  adjective  dirTers  from  a  common  adjective  in  this,  that 
it  does  not  exprefs  quality. 

Several  adjective   pronouns  do  not  admit   the  article   before  them, 
bfpaufe  they  very  much   refemble   it   in   their   fignification  ;  as,  ti. 
man,  &c. 

From  the  perfonal  pronouns  are  formed  thefe  pronominal  adjective^, 
. }  thv,  6ir,    '.  :r,  cur,  yokh,   t'jt/r.      Mine   and   thine  are   often   ufed   as 
ad  ts  for  my  and  thy,  when  the  fubftantive  following  them  begins 

with  d. 

So.TK    adjective   pronouns  are  varied  to   mark   number  ;    as,   this, 

.,    t  toft,       To  thefe   add  the    adjectives    other,   one,   which, 

v.  hen  their  fubuantivt  is   not  exprefF^d,  have  in  the  plural  others,  ones  ; 

:y  others,  vr cat  ones ;  in  which  cafe  they  f*em  to  be  ufed  as  fub- 

Qtiveii 

ufhicb,  that,  are  called  Relatives,  becaufe  they  refer  to  fome 
fubftaative  roing  before,  which  is  therefoie  called  the  Antecedent. 
Wba  h  rsried  by  cafes,  thus,  vi*r»%  kvbofi,  tohom.     Ha  and  tvbsfe  feem 
contractions  for  hhns  and  tvbvms,  the  polfeflive  cafe  being  form- 
ed from  the  objective  ;  as  hers  from  btr  ;   mine  from  hi',  &c. 

.0,    \l":.c,    ivoat,    xmbetber,    are   called    Interrogatives,  when 
•ufed  in    alkir-g    queftioiis  \    when   ufed   otherwife,    they   are    calle4 

In  [*E:JMT::S. 

en,  and  fclf,  in   the  plural  fellies,  are  joined   to    the   poffeffives, 
my.    C'r,  ry    bis,  h.r,    tbtir ;     as,    mv,   or    m]ne  czen    hand,    r)>\f.'tf, 

]f  is    likewife    joined    to    the  fubftanttve   pronoun 
elf.     Himfdf,  themfxlvcs,  fjcm   to  be   ufed  by   corruption   for  bis] 
i    i  'Jtrlves. 

'  Latin   Pronouns. 

The    Grople    pronouns    in    Latin   are   eighteen  ;   ego,    fu, 
Jul  ;   tile,  ipje,  ijle,    hie,  is,  quis,  qui  ;    mens,    tuus,  fuus,  nofcr, 
ijLr  ;  noftras,  veflrajt  and  cujas.J 

/Three  of  them  are   fubftantites,    ego,  tu,  Jul ;    the   other 
.n  are  adjectives.  / 


A 


Ego,  /. 

Sing.  plur. 

Nam,  ego,  /,  Horn,  nos,  *wt, 

Geh.  mei,  of  me*  Gen.   noftrum  or  noftn,   of  us, 

Dat.   mihi,  to  me,  Dat.   nobis,  to  us, 

Ace.    me,  m?,  Ace.    nos,  us, 

Voc.  —  roc. 

A  hi.    me,  with  me.  A  hi 


I    nobis,  with  us.  J 

J     Tu, 


74 


Simple   Latin    Proscu 


'  Sing* 

A^        til,       ttjOU, 

G.   tui,   of  thee, 
D.  tibi,  to  thee, 
A.   te,  thee, 
V.  tu,  0  thou, 
A.   te,  nvhh  thee, 


>      or  you 


j 


Tu,   the 

P/ur. 
r  A".   vos,  jr*  or  you, 
G.  veflri,m  or  vefrri,  of  you, 
D.  vcbis,  to  you, 
A.   vos,  you, 
V,  vos,   0  ye  or  y or 
A.  vobis,    with  you.  J 


I    Sui,   of  hhnfelf,  of  herfelf  of 'tfelf    ) 

'    S'mg.  Plur. 

iV. 

G.   fui,   cfhlmfelf  of  her f elf  of  itfelf 
D.  sibi,   to  hirhfelf,  to  herf/f  8cc^ 

A.  fe,  /-•////^  &c. 

r. 

y/.  fe,  orj/A  h'i.mfdf  Sec. 

Obf.  i.  i-V?  wants  the  vocative,  becaufe  one  cannot  call  uponhim- 
fclf,  except  as  a  fecond  perfon  :  thus,  we  cannot  fay,  0  cgo>  O  I ;  0 
nosy  O  v.e. 

Obf.  2.     Jt-i'/'Ai  in   the  dative   is  fometimes  by  the  poets  contracted 


N.  . 

G.  fui,  of  themfches, 
D.  fibi,  to  ihcmf elves, 
A.  fe>  the  mf elves, 

V. 

A.  fe,  w//Z;  themf elves  \ 


u    ..., 


Obf.  3.     The  genitive  plural   of  «r3    was  anciently  nojirorvn    and 
nojlrarum  ;    of  /:/,  'vejlrorum  and  iieflraruifiy   which  were  afterwards    cc 
tracked  into  nojirum  and  vejlrum. 

We  commonly  ufe  noitrum  and  vefirtihi^  after  partitives,  numeral*,, 
comparatives,  or  fuperlatives  ;  and  ffatfri  ana  f  after   other  words. 

/The  Englifli  fubftantive  pronouns,  he,  fh:,  :t,  are  ex^ 
prefTed    in    Latin    by   thefe   pronominal   adjectives,  ilk,   ifle^ 

c,  or  is  ;)  as, 

//&,  for  the  mafc.  Ilia,  for  the  fern.  illud,  for  the  neut. 
that  ;  or,  ilk,  lie  ;  ilia,  fhe  j  illud,  it,  or  that  ;  thus, 


.,  or 


Sit 

Pit 

N. 

ille, 

ilia, 

illud, 

N. 

illi, 

ilL", 

G. 

illius, 

illius, 

illius, 

G. 

illorum, 

illan 

D. 

illi, 

in;, 

illi, 

D. 

illis, 

illis, 

A. 

ilium, 

illam, 

illud, 

A. 

illos, 

illas, 

V. 

ille, 

ilia, 

illud, 

V. 

illi, 

ill*, 

A. 

illo, 

ilia, 

illo. 

A. 

illis, 

illis, 

ilia, 

ilk)  rum, 
illis, 
ilia, 
ilia,    . 
illis. J 


mfle    .Latin    nose. 


/> 


/fife  hehimfelf,  ipfa,  be  herfelf,  ipfum,  itfelf;    and  ije, 
;  _7,  that,  are  declined  like  <&;    only   ttfc  has  0,1*1 
in  the  nom.  ate.  and  roc.  fing.  neut./ 

/   />£  is  often  joined  to  ego,  tu,  fuij  and  has  m  Latin   the 
famVforc^ith>//ii    Englifli,    when   joined   with    a   Poi- 
feffive  pronoun  ;  as,  ego  ipje,  I  myielf./ 
/  Hie,   hire,  hoc,  this. 

Sing. 

ha?c,      hoc, 
hujus,     hujusr 
huic,      huic, 

hoc, 

hoc, 

hoc. 


A  .  hie, 
(r.  hums, 
©•  huic, 
yg/hunc, 

r.  hie, 

^.  hoc, 


77*r. 

hae,  haec, 

harum,  horum,' 

his,  his, 


/ 


is, 

G.   CyJS, 

£>.ei, 

A.  eum, 

r. — 

A.  eo, 


hanc, 

hasc, 

hac, 

Is, 
Sing. 

ea, 
ejus, 

ei, 
eam, 


has, 

hae, 

his, 


ea 


id 


haec, 
haec, 
his.  I 


id, 

ejus, 

ei, 

id, 

eo, 


A",  hi, 
G.  horum: 
D.  his, 
A.  hos, 
T.  hi, 
A.  his, 

fo,  ^/for,  iV  ;  or  /Zv:/7 

A .  ii,  eve, 

G.  eorum,  earum,    eorum, 

D.  iis    g/"  eis,  Sec. 

A.  eos,  eas,        ea, 

/ . 


«, 


A.  qui, 


jL  iis    &r    eis,  &c./ 

/   P*Ar,  £**,  qupdt    or    quid  ?    which,    what  A    Or 
who  ?  cr  what   man  ?  qua  ?    who  ?  or   what   woman  ? 
or  quid  r  what  ?  which  thing  I  or  what  thing  j/thus, 

/         .        $*'  /       -, 

'A.  qi::.        Quae,     quod*: 

G.  cuius,    cujus,    CUJUS, 

D.  cui,      cui.       cui, 

//.  quern,  quam,  quod  or  quid,    A.  quos,  is,        quae, 

/'.  1 "• 

A.  quo,      qua,     quo  :  A.  queis  pr  quibus,y  &c. 

«    \     qiuti     quod,  who,  which,     that;     Or   vir   qui,  the 

•    r  ^-   •  ;   or;'.  :  >    the   woman  wAfi   or  j&tf  • 


q:. 


Plur. 

qua?,        quae, 
G.  quorum,  quarum,  quorum, 
/).  qui  quibus,    6cc. 


6  Simple    Latin    Pro.vounj. 

/  Sing.  ■ 

A",  qui,  <ju;?.  m,0j  jj       .  F!ur- 

Aciri,  cut'        cCfS'       £  1U™»  quarum,  quorum, 

^  quern,  qum,       "£,        ^- que1S  *,-  quibus,   &c. 

f. T:'       ■£■  1U0S>        qua?,      quar, 


4  r  . i  J 

x/Th^'    .1    <1U'>"  qU°-  ^'  M   -or   quib-n     &r_J  } 

like  fcwi    J!    .„r     a,  d    ,7'  '  °W"',    are  declined 

Uitt&a  -      ,t   o n  C  a?d  fecoml  <*«)clenfion<\> 

4-ti'onouns   as    well  as   nouns     tW    r     v  '^ 

*  ,     'h  "'  ™d  fo'»»««  —.,  in  «he  voc.  lin^nfc.) 

lne    elative  qui  has  freaueni-lv  «,4  %,  *u      t  t     ■  y 

- «-    fe,  g  aii  gi;    a  sxr   UTe' and  thzt' whUh 

*  is  fometlmfes  ufed  fdraai*  •    **a    -La      »     r 
?  Hn,  an  a^^n,  ^fl"  ^   -     «*  ^ 

fo^  (****   t0  £h-  *■«•-**  are  divided 

*  tf  Pr3  :W^£^  any-perlb"  Pr  th^  !•*■*  or 

'  f°'  ?•''  '•"-.  S-v,  and  fome&mes  iUe,  h,  1,-fr. 

■  winch  refer  to  ibnuth^  goi:lg  befo^  fcfc  ^; 

fignify  poffeffion  :  «„,         ,M*er,«^ 
whlch  figmfy  one1,  cointr,  •  .^rVr,  « 

cf  the  fume  nature!  '  -  J  hke  cther  wcrJs 

to  the  3^  S^r  CaU  **  °f  «***  »  **  <>%* 

Compound    Latin    Pronoun* 
Pronouns  are  cblnponndcd  varfouflv  ■ 


3- 


Compound  Latin   Pronouns.  77 

i  .   ea  'tan* ;  essos,  ccLas,  and  fometimes  trt*y  in  the  nom.   Zing, 

tt  :id  fs.Y  So  ellum,   of  seed  and  /<7e. 

3.K  With-fome  iyllabic  added  :  as,  fuie  of  tit  and  fc,  ufed  only  in 
the    pbfti.  ejrZmeti  tui  /7u^c.',/thruugh  all   the   cafes,    thus,  rnn/nt*, 

.,  Sec,  of  ego,  iu,  jut,  and  met,  tdft'eaa  of  tumet  in  the  nana,  we 
fa  t  seine,   &c.  in  all  die  cafes  that  end  in  C  ;  of  hU 

and  data  j   /.  v,  fuaptt,  nojh^ipie,  veftr?ptc\  in   the   ahlat.   fern, 

and  fometinies  meopte,  tucpte,  &c.  of  m**,  &c.  and  ;M*  .•  £*«f<  few, 
hoi  ce,    Alt/,    £//Tv,    j&*/2*;    oi  lie   and  ■«■  .•    whence  bvjufeemodir 

fcemfA,  cujufcsm&ikA  So  IDEMy  the  fame*  compounded  of  »  and 
icm,  which  is  thus, declined  : 

/  .  g.  Pi 

N. idem",       eadem,     Idem,  JV.  ildem,         eaedem,         eadem, 

G.  ejufdem,  ejufdem,  ejufdem,  G.  eorundem,  earundem,    eorundem, 

"  D.  eldenv,     el  Jem,     eidem,  D.  cifdem    or   iifdem,  &c. 

A.  eundem,  e&ndom,  idem,  A.  eefdem,       eafdem,        eadem, 

V.  idem,       eadem,    Idem,  V.  iidcm,  eatdem,        eadem, 

A.  eodem,    eatlemj    e  dem  ;  A.  eifdem    or   iifdem,  £cc.  / 

T.he  pronouns  which   we    Gintf.   moft    frequently    compounded,  ari 

is  and  qui. 

Ghtis  in  compofition  is  fometinies  the  fait,  fometinies  the  lad,  and" 
fometimes  like  wife  the  middle  part  of  the  word  compounded  :  hut 
qui  is  always  the  firfc. 

iJJrThe  compounds  of  quis,  in  which  it  is  put  firft,  are,  q-uifnain, 
who  ?•"  quifpiam,  qurfjuam,  anyone;  q^ifque,  everyone;  cuifqui:,  who~- 
focver  ;  which  are  thus  declined  >J  _ 

/rn,-  G.ti.  Dae. 

Quifnam,     quxnam,    qaoclnam.    or  quklnarrt  ;  cv.jufnam,  cuinamy 

Quifpiam,    quaepiam,  quodpiam  or  qujdpiaro  ;  cujufpiam,  cuipiam, 

Quifquam,  quxquam,  qtiodqtiarn  or  quidquam  ;  cujufquam,  cuiquam, 

Quifque,       quxque,      qUodque     or  quidqu  cujufque,  cuique. 

Quifquis,      —       quidquid     or  quicquid ;'  cujufcuju?,  cuicui./ 

And  fo  in    the   other-  cafes*    according    to   ti,  pie   quis.     But 

guifyuis  has  not  the  feminine  at  all,  and  die  in  the  nomina- 

tive and  accufative.  Quifquam  has  alfi  quicquam  for  quidquam*  Ac- 
cufative, qpsiupwrn,  without  the  feminine.  ie  plural  is  fcarcely  ufed. 

2.  ffsrhe  compounds  of  qpis,    in   which  quit  is  put  luft,  have  qua  hi 
the  nominative  ling,  fern,  and   in  the  nominative  and  accufative  plur. 
neut.  as,  aliqui$t  fome;    ecquis,  who  ?  of  et  and  quis  ;   alfo  nsquis,  jlq-. 
numquis,  which  for  the  moil  part   are   read   Separately,    thus,    ne  quis% 
ji  quis,  num  quis.     They  are  thus  declined^ 


/ 


Nom.  V.  Dai. 


Aliquis,  aliqua,  aliquod  cr  aliquid,  r.licujus,        alicui, 

Ecquis,  ecqua  or  ecqiue.  ecquod  or  ecquid,  eccujus,         eccui, 

Si  quis,  fi  qua,  U*  quod  or  fi  quid,  h*  cujus,         fi  cui, 

quis,  ne  qua,  ne  quod  or  ne  quid,  ne  cujus,      ne  cui,     . 

m  qui",  num  qua3     num  quod  n  num  quid,   nurn  cirus,  num  cui  J 

3.    The 


4*JTkc  compounds  ( 
qu'itLi,  quivit,  any  one, 


JO  COMPOUND    l.ATIS     l'RONOUNS, 

3,>-3'*i-'?  compounds  "which  have  quh  in  the  middic,  arc,  ecquifham, 
who  ?  vnufquifquey  gen.  vniufcujufque^  every  ones!  The  former  is  ufed 
only  in  the  110m.  ling,  and  the  latter  wants  the  plural. 

of  qu'>  arc  qttrcunq  /<•,  whofocver ;  qinJa/x,  fomc  ; 

,  whom  you  pleafe  ;  which   arc  thus  declined, 

/W.  Gem  Dat.    -^ 

QuTciinque,  qureeunque,  qnodeunqtie,  cujufcunque,  cuicunque, 

OjTdam,       qUaedam,       quoddam  or  quiddam,   cnjufdain,        cu;dam, 
Qttllibet,       qwtlibet,      quodiibet  or  guidlibet,  cujuflibet,       cuHibeU 

Qtnvi>,  cuuevi.^,         quod  vis    or.  quid  vis,      cujufvis,  cuivis.  J 

Obf.  1.  All  thefe  compounds  have  fcldom  or  never  fueis,  but  j  .-, 
in  their  dat.  and  abl.  plur.  j  thus,  aliqutbusi    &c. 

Ob£  1.  ^*'*„  and  its  compounds  in  comic  writers,  have  fometimes 
ri.;,  in  the  feminine  jrer.der. 

Obf  3.     &uidam  has  qnendam^  quandat.i,  quodJam  or   c  5    in   the 

t.cc.  fing;.  and  qi>r,runJaniy  quntundaptt  quoru9^amy  in  the  gen.  plur. 
■  being  put  inftead  of  m,  for  the  better  found. 

Obf.  4.  ^**/>  with  its  compounds,  cl^cui.l,  qn«k>\x,  cuoJJam,  l^c 
are  ufed,  when  they  agree  with  a  fubftantive  in  the  fame  cafe  ;  quid, 
with  its  compounds,  at  quid,  quidvh,  life,  for  the  nicft  part  have  either 
no  fubftantive  exprefled,  or  govern  one  in  the  genitive.  For  this 
icaffofl  they  are  by  fomc  reckoned  fubftantive-. 

V  E  R  B. 

I  A  verb   is   a   word   which   exprefies   what  is  affirmed   of 
things;  as,  The  boy  rea dr.  )  5Jbe funjbmtr*     The  man  loves  t 
(  Or,  A  verb  is  that  part  of  J  pee  ch  which  Jigmfw  to  l.:y  to  d 
fujfcr.) 

It  h  called    Verb  or  IVord,  by  way  of  eminence,  becaufe  it  is  the 
moft  efiential  word  in  a   fentence,  without  which   the   other  parts,  of 
:ech  can  form    no   complete  icvSt.     Thus,    the  diligent  boy  reads  Ith 
\n  with  care,  is  a  perfect  fentence;  but  if  we   take    away    the    affir- 
word   reads,  it    is   render.*. I    imperfect;  or  rather  be- 
comes ho  fentence  at  all  :    thus,  the  diligent  hoy  bis  Icjfon  iiitl  care. 

A  verb  tl  re  may  be  thus   diftingvifhed  from   any   other   part 

fcFfpeech:  Whatever  word  exprefle's  an  affirmation  or  aflertiop  is  a 

yetD  ;  or  thus,  Whatever  word,  with  a  fubftantive  noun  cr   pronoun 

t      before  or  aftef  it,  makes  full  fenfe,  is  a  verb  ;    as,#cwJ  fall,  I  %va/it 

all  thou.     Here  fall  and  ivalk  are  verbs,    becaufe   they   contain   an 

Brmatiofi  ;  but  when  we  fay,  a  long  ivalh^  a  dung.'rovs  fall,  there   is 

r.o  affirmation   exprefied  ;  and  the   fame  words  ivalk  and/all  become 

fubftantives  or  nouns.     Vv'e   often  find   likewife    in   Latin    t)ie   fame 

j      >  d  as  a  verb,  and  a;fo  a,  fomc  other    part   of    fpeech  ;  thus, 

I      c-r.r}  -#r«,  \o        >   '  !c!  aimr,  I  am  loved,  a  verb. 

Veil?; 


/  \  to   their  :  cation,  divided 

to    three    c  :'-/,    -P.:        ,    and    Neuter; 

we  confider  tl  ,  or  being  acted 

;    or    a  ;    acted   upon  ;    bi 

:pry  e  .   or  exiiting  in  a  certain    Itate   or   condition  ; 

:n  a.  (rate  ok  modi  reftvi 

i.  /  An  y.  an   ncHon,  and  neceffarily 

poles    .  d  an  ,:ed  u$oo,    as,    amtre, 

•  e  ;  a         ',  I  love  thee.  / 

?•/  A  :Tes  a  pa-Ticn   or  fuffering,  or  the 

re_  an    a  ;    and   neceflarily  implies   an   cbjecl 

1,  and*  an  agent}   by  which   it   is   acted  upon;  as, 

mmari,  to  t        rccTj  r:. :  ^/.-:         s  /??<?,  aft  loved  by  me.y 

3.^  A  .  uerly  e  neither  a::ion   nor 

n,  but  ^e,  or   condition   of  things; 

V 
/  is   alio   called    Tranjltlve,    wftea   t  :• 

r  to   the  ;   or  hath  an  effect  on  fome 

: ■?-  w^jfG*  •-.    I  en 

is   ex  5  "«$*  cwr 

it  i?  called  ;,    I  : ; 

,     I    ru  -:ewife     called  r    Verb:. 

any  verbs  in  nglifh  a         fed  both  in  a   tran- 

ce  or  neuter  fenfe  j    2&9JiJlerej  t> 
it  op  :  :,  or  to  \J 

I  nify~  ife    called 

or   e.  to    e: 

T  i  in  the  fignification  of  ev> 

verb  ;  thus,  J  love,  may  be  refoived  into,  la  .) 

I  Whe  1   verb   is    exprefTed   without  as 

>  or  in   fuch  a  1  as  to  \  o> 

by  of  the   nature   of  an   aci  :, 

a    Parti  -->  US)  loved. 

1   of  a   iubitantive,    it  is   c  a 

G.  ipine:    as,    amai  ;ng;  ot,  to 

e*;  amatu\  to  love,  or  to  be  loved. 

(A    verb    is    varied    or  .  declined    by    Vo::.  > 
,   Tenfes,  N.  ,        _i"  Perfons*  \ 

There  are  two  voices  ;  the  z       ;  and  PaJJive*  I 

The  7 


Ip  Vi.RB. 

i  The  modes  arc  four ;  Indicative,  Subjunc- 
twe,  Imperative,  and  Infinitive.} 

/The  tcnles  are  five  ;  the  Prefent,  the  Prcter- 
impetfe&i  the  Pretcr-perfecl,  the  ~Prettr-plu- 
perfift,  and  the  Future.) 

J  The  numbers  arc  two  j  Singular  and  Plural. 
The  perfons  are  three  ;    Firjt,  Second,  Third.) 

r.      >  Vi;  exprcflcs  the  different  circumilances  in  which  we  confh 
c,  whether  as  acting,  or  being;  a&ed  upon.     The  Ac  \tt 

hgnihe-s  action  ;  as,  am:y   I    jove;    the   Pajfive,  fullering,  or  being  the 
ibjccl  of  an  action  ;  as,  a/.-.w,  I  am  loved, 

a.  Moda  or  Moods  ar:  the  various  manners  of  exprefiing  the  fignifi- 
i  at  ion  of  thWcrb. 

'I  he  Itidictrtive  declares,  or  affirms  pofitively;  as,  awo,  1  love;  £»;<:- 
/o,  I  mall  love  ;  or  aikr,  a  queftiod  ;  as,  an  tu  amis  ?  doft    thou   love  ? 

The  .S/./y  ...    is  ufualiy  joined  to   ionic   other   verb,  and    cannot 

make  a  fail  meaning  by  ttfelf ;  *»,Jitsid  obsveret,  rid'ibo,  if '  Btadrekt 
jne,   I  wjjljretnrn.      T.r. 

'•  h*i  hzbciuii'U£.  ccnu^uULi,  e&hest&,  l*  s&uxats;  as%  au^  U>ve  thou. 

The  Ji,-r.  :  ve  {imply  expreiTes  the  Signification  of  the  verb,  without 
limiting  it  to  any  pcrfon  or  number;   as,  a,narey  to  love. 

3.  Tenfts/jX  Times  exprefs  the  time  when  any  thing  is  fuppofed  to 
I  e,  to  aci,  or  to  fufTer. 

Tirnt  in  general  is  divided  into  three  parts,  the  pfefent.  paft,  and 
future. 

Pafl  time  is  cxpreTed  three  different  ways.  When  we  fpeak  of  a 
tiling,  v  was   doing,  but  not  finiihed  at   fome  former  time,  we 

ufe  the  P,\ij;>i  avV//..,.3,  or  pail  time  not  completed-,  as,  fcrti  ,  I 
V-as  writing. 

When  we  fpeak  of  a  thing  now  fini&ed,  we  ttfe  the  Trttcr-pcrfe&% 
c:  part  time  completed  J-Jfs,  fcr*fifii  *  wrote,  cr  have  written. 

\\  hen  we   fpeak  of  a  thing  nnjfhed  at  or  before   fome   |  w£l    time, 

■  ufe  the  PjreUr-plufevf4&t  or  pafc   time   more   than   completed  ;  as, 

\bseratHy  1  had  written 

J  uture  time  is  exprcfled  two  different  ways.     A  thing-  may  be  con- 

lered  either  a^  frmply  about  to  be  done,  or  as  actually  finifhed,  at 
fome  future  time;  as,  fcribam^  1  fh.ill  write,  c,  1  mail  [<£**]  be 
writing  ;  fcrij>uro9  J  faall  have  written. 

4.  Numb  r  marks  hnv  mamy  we  fuppcfe  to  be,  to  ac%  or  to  fufler. 

5.  }  Slews  to  what  the  meaning  of  the  verb  i<  applied,  whe- 
ther to  tl  rfon  fpeakirig,  to  the  perfon  addreffed,  cr  to  fome 
»t]    :  nerfoo  or  tl  ... ' 


English    Verb?. 


si 


Verbs  have  two  numbers  and  three  perfons,  to  agree  with  fnbftan- 
tive  nouns  and  pronouns  in  thefe  refpeds  :  for  a  verb  properly  hath 
neither  numbers  nor  perfons,  but  certain  terminations  anfwering  to 
the  perfon  and  number  of  its  nominative. 

A  verb  is  properly  faid  to  be  cwjttgated,  when  all  its  parts  are  pro- 
perly claffed,  or,  as  it  were,  yoked  together,  according  to  Voice, 
Mode,  Tenfe,  Number,  and  Perfon. 

English    Verbs. 

Engliih  verbs  change  their  termination  to  exprefs  only  the  prefent 
and  the  pafr.  time  jof  the  Active  voice  ;  and  in  regular  verbs,  the 
Perfect  participle  is  always  the  fame  with  the  perfect  or  paft  time, 
both  of  them  ending  in  ed  or  V.  The  prefent  participle  always  ends 
in  inor.  The  Englifh  has. no  future  participle,  which  defect  is  fup*. 
jdied   by  a  circumlocution;  as,  about  to  lave. 

An  Engliih.  Veib  is  thus  varied  ; 

To   LOVE. 

Active  Voice. 

Indicative  Alode. 


Prefent  Titoi, 


St  ft  9, 


&  I.  1  ^v< 


*g  2.  Thou  Iovefr, 

£  j.  He  leveth  or  loves;  They  Love. 

Subjienftive  AfoJe, 
Prefent  Time. 

Sir.  7.  Flur. 

I.  I  love,  We  love, 

a.  Thcu  love,     Ye  or  you  love, 

3.  He  love  ;        They  love. 


pjji  Time, 
Thir.  Sing.  Plur. 

We  love,  I.  I  loved,  W 'e  loved, 

Ye  or  you  loyc,  2.  Thou  lovedft,  Ye  or  you  loved, 


3.  He  loved  ;        They  loved. 
Imperative  JMode. 


Sinr.  Plur. 

•  ■> 

2.  JjQve  thou,  Love  ye,  or  love  you, 
Infinitive  Mods. 
•Prefent,  To  love. 
Participle  Prefent,  Loving  ;  Perfect^  Loved. 

The  feveral  remaining  parts  of  the  Englifh  verb  arc  formed  by 
ihe  afli franco-  of  other  verb«?,  called  therefore  Auxiliaries  or  Helpers^ 
The  chief  of  thefc  are  bave>  £-',  Jhall,  and  it  ill,  which  are  thu* 
varied. 

To  HAVE. 
Indicative    Jbfode. 
Prefent    Tunc. 
Sir*-.  Plur, 

bI.I  have,  We  have, 

'°  2.  Thou  haft,  Ye  have, 

£  3-  He  hath,  or  has  ;  They  have. 


P.ijl  Titr.e* 


Si  nv. 
i.  1  had, 

2.  Thou  hadft, 

3.  He  had, 


Plur. 
We  had, 
Ye  had, 
They  hi  J. 

tiubjunfii've 


82 


Engljsh  Verbs* 


$ufy(M&hn  Mode, 
Prefenf. 

1.  1  have, 

2.  Thou  have, 

3.  He  have ; 


Imperative  Mode. 


Plur.    . 
2..  Have  thou  ;  Have  ye. 

Infinitive  AIo.  t 

Pref.nt,   To  have* 


Sing, 
I.   I  am, 
Thou  art, 
He  is  ; 


3« 


Sing, 


Plur.^ 
We  have, 
Ye  have, 
They  have. 
participle  Prefent,  Having;   P  erf  eel,  Had. 

To  BE. 

Judicative    Alcde. 

Prcfent  ffae.  ^  J\f  Time. 

Plur.  Si. 

Wc  are,  jr.  I  was, 

Ye  are,  2.  Thou  waft, 

They  are.  .3.  Jle  was ; 

Subjunclive  Mode. 

Pafi  Time. 
Sing. 
I.   I  were, 


Plur. 
"VVe  wcrc« 
Jfc  were, 
They  were* 


2. 


•n 


iou  wert, 


3.  He  were  ; 

Infinitive  7i. 
Prrfenty  To  be. 


Plur. 
We  were, 
Ye  were, 
They  were. 


*>*/&*!  Ecrn 

WILL. 

0 

Plur. 

1.    I  Will, 

We  will, 

2.   Thou  wilt, 

Ye  will, 

3.   He  will  ; 

They    will. 

Prefenf. 

Plur. 
r.  1  be.  We  be, 

1.  Thou  be,  Ye  be, 

3.  He  be  ;  They  be. 

Imperative  Mode. 
Sing.  Plur. 

a.  Be  thou  ;  Be    ye. 

Participle. 
Preftnt,  Being. 
SHALL. 
Sing.  Plur. 

1.  I  (hall,  We  fhall, 

2.  Thou  (halt,  Ye  fhaii, 

3.  He  fhall;-  They-lhdL-    • 

The  terminations  of  thefe  auxiliary  verf>!  IVem  to  be  irre:.     I  'oil 

of  them  however  are  only  contractions  of  the  regular  foi m\  Thus, 
lajl  is  contracted  for  bayeft  /  4taft£,  for  bavctl ;  ./.,-,  for  haves ;  and 
wri//  for  ivilhjl ;  which  lift  is  likewife  u fed  from  the  regular  verb, 
to  ivill  ;    thus,   Itvilly    thc'Kv'iUeJr,  be  ivillcih^  or  - 

The  tenfes  of  the   fubjunctive  mode   are  exprefled  5  *  r 

mig/.t,  coa'J,  tvould,  zndjbould,  together  with  the  dth<  hs. 

Would,  would/!,  conies  from  -aw//-;    and  JLouId,  fi  from  jj|  ?//. 

jMiglt  and  cotf/</  feed  to  be  the  paib  time  of  «raj  and  r 

To  exy.refs  with  greater  force  the  ptefcnt  and  paft  time  of  the  indi- 
cative Mode,  we  ufe  the  auxiliary  verb  de  ;     as,  1  :  I  vts 
And  £0  in  the  Imperative,  do  thou  love,  do  ytjwe.     In  the  third    j 
of  the  Imperative,  we  always    ufe   A.',    which   be :           1    active  verb, 
has  ?hvays  an  accusative  after  it  ;  as,  I  ft  h             ;  Lt  1 

Y/hcn  wc  fpeak  of  prelent  time  indeterminately,  ve  id'e  the  \\n\\  le 

form  ; 


English    Verbs*  8*3 

form;  as,  I  lovt,  1  loved:  but  when  we  fpeak  of  it  with  feme  par- 
ticular, limitation,  we  ufe  an  auxiliary  ;  as,  /  am  loving  juft  now;  I 
.civ  loving.  The  termination  th,  in  the  third  perfon  of  the 
prefent  of  the  Indicative,  properly  belongs  to  folemn  difcourfe  ;  as, 
be  bath ,  be  doth,   &C.  , 

The  whole  of  the  pafiive  voice  in  Englifh  is  formed  by  the  auxi- 
liary verb  to  be,  and  the  participle  perfVcl  ;  a%  /  cm  loved,  J  was 
loved,  &c.  In  many  verbs  the  p relent  participle  alfo  is  ufed  in  a  paf- 
iive fenfe  ;  as,  Thefe  things  are  doing,  were  doing,  &c. ;  The  houfe  is 
building,   was  building,   &c. 

When  an  auxiliary  is  join  :d  to  a  verb,  the  auxiliary  is  varied  ac- 
cording to  number  and  peribn,  and  the  verb  itfelf  always  continues 
the  fame.  When  there  are  two  or  more  auxiliaries  joined  to  the 
verb,  the  firit  of  them  only  is  varied  according  to  perfon  and  num- 
ber.    The  auxiliary  mujl  admits  cf  no  variation. 

Shall  and  will  are  always  employed  to  exprefs  future  time.  IV '."', 
in  the  firft  perfon  Angular  and  plural,  promifes  or  threatens;  in  the 
fecond  and  third  perlons,  only  foretels  :  pall,  on  the  contrary,  in 
the  iiril  perfon,  fimply  foretels;  in  the  fecond  and  third  perfons, 
promifes,  commands,  or  threatens.  But  the  contrary  of  this  holds, 
when  we  afk  a  queftion  :  thus,  "  I  jhall  go  ;"  ';  you  will  go  ;"  ex- 
prefs event  only  ;  but  u  will  you  go  ?"  imports  intention  :  and  "  jhall 
I  go  ?"  refers  to  the  will  of  another. 

The  neuter  verb  is  varied  like  the  active ;  but  fometimesit  an%mes 
the  pamveform  ;  as,  I  had  fallen,  or  I  was  fallen. 

Irregulal    English    Ver.bs. 

The  Engliih  language  abounds  in  irregular  verbs. 
A  verb  in   Engliih  is  faid  to  be  irregular,  which   has   not 
the  Part  Time  and  the  Participle  Perfect  in  erf. 

Moil  Engliih  verbs  are  liable  to  fome  irregularity  from  contraciicr!. 

To  this  we  are  led  by  the  nature  of  the  Language,  and  the  manneri 
f  pronouncing  it.     Thus,    infeead    of  loi  7,     we    fey,  Ivvd 

?vedfi.      Hence  in  many  verbs  ed  is  changed  into  t ;  xtebt,   check  t 

xapt,   mixt,     die  meant,    felt,     left      bereft,      V   \     for  fnrtched, 

bed  4,   life.     In  fuch  words,  however,  the  1    is  a 

I-i ti  in  general  to  be  preferred.     They    are   not   therefore    comhionlr 
inked  among  irregular  verbs. 
Irregular  verbs  in  Ecgliui,  properly  fo  called,  are  all  monofyllables 
nlefs   compounded  ;  and  may  be  reduced  to  the  three  following  c'aTes 
1  which  thofe  marked  thus*,  are  likewife  ufed   in  the  regular  form, 

I.     Irregulars  ly  c 

Thefe   commonly  end    in    d  or   /,  and  Lave  the  Prefent,    the  Pafc 
ime,  and  the   Participle  Perfect,  all   alike,  without  any  v:  n  : 

,  heat,  Burjt,  caft,     cojl,    cut,     hit,    hirrt,    knit,     let,     lift    , 
U*i  read,  rent,  rid,    fet,    foed,  JBreef, 
t*  ;  all  of  which  are  contracted  fcr  beat*  \ 

I  Tl 


Irregular   English    Verbs. 


The  following  in  the  Pafl  Time,  and   Participle    Perfect,    vary  a 

little  from  the  Prefent  ;  as.  lead,  led;  fiveat,  fzvet*  ;    meet,  met ;     breed, 

bred ;  feed,  fed ;  ftttd,#ed ;  b.nd,  bent*  ;   lend,  lent ;   rend,  rent  ;  fend,fent; 

fp.nd,fpent  ;    build,  built*  ;  geld,  gelt  :<  ;  gild,  gilt*  ;  gird,    girt'  ;   lofe,  loft. 

Sold,  told,  bad,  made,  fed,    food,     cLd*  ;  from  fell,    tell,    have,    maht 

*::,jhoe,  clothe  ;     are    contraclcd  for  felled,  telled}   &c.      Stand  has  food  ; 

u     ■il.fnelt;    dare,  durf,  in  the  participle  dared. 

2.      Irregulars  in  ght. 
Thcfe  are  few  in   number,  and  have  the  Pafl:  Time  and  Participle 

In    ght;      as,    bring,    brought;    buy,  bought;     catch,  caught  ;  f 'ght,  fought  ; 
■/ji  taught  ;   think,  it  ought ;  fek,  fought ;    ivorkt  wrought. 

"X.      Irregulars  in  en. 
This  is  by  far  the  moll  numerous  clafs  of  irregular  verbs.     They 
have  commonly  the  Participle  perfect  in  en,  and  form  the  Pad  Time 
by  changing  the  vowel  or   diphthong  of  the. Prefent.     Some  form  the 
pafl  Time  regularly. 

Participle.      Prefent. 
fallen.  Creep, 

(awaked).    Freeze, 
forfaken.      Seethe, 


Prefent, 

Fall, 

Aw  a! 

Forfake, 

Shake, 

Take, 

Draw, 

Shy, 

Get, 

Help, 

Melt, 

Swell, 

£at, 

Bear, 

Break, 

Cleave, 

Speak, 

Swear, 

Tear, 

Wear, 

Heave, 
ar, 

.a  I, 

- 


Paf. 

fell, 

awoke  *, 

forfook, 

fnook, 

took, 

drew, 

flew, 


ihaken. 
taken, 
drawn, 
flain. 


gat  or  got,  gotten, 
(helped)      holpen*. 
melted,        molten*. 
fwelled,       fwclien*. 
ate,  eaten, 

bare,  *r 

bore, 
brake,  or 

broke, 
clave,  or 

clove  *, 
fpake,  or 

fpoke, 
fware,  or 

two  re, 
tare  or  tore,  torn, 
ware,  i: 


born. 

broken. 

cloven. 

fpoken. 

fworn. 


wore, 

hoVC'*, 

re, 

Hole, 
i. 


worn. 

hoven*. 
fhurn. 
I     lea. 
trodden. 
woven. 


See, 

Bite, 

Chide, 

Hide, 

Slide, 

Abide, 

Climb, 

Drive, 

Ride, 

Rife, 

Shine, 

Strive, 

Smite, 

Stride, 

Shrive, 

Thrive, 

Write, 

Strike, 

Bid, 
Give, 

Sit, 
it, 

Dig, 

Lie, 
Chufe, 

Hold, 


Pafl. 

crope  *, 

froze, 

fod, 

faw, 

bit, 

chid, 

hid, 

Hid, 

abode, 

ciomb, 

drove, 

rode, 

rofe, 

fhone  *, 

ftrove  *, 

fmote, 

llrodc, 

fhrovc, 

throve, 

wrote, 

flruek, 

bade, 

gave, 

fat, 

fpat, 

dug  \ 

lay, 

ch<  I 


Participle. 

crept  *. 

frozen. 

fodden. 

feen. 

bitten. 

chidden. 

hidden. 

Hidden. 

(climbed), 
driven, 
ridden, 
rifen. 
fhined. 
driven  *. 
fmittcn. 
flridden. 
ihriven. 
thriven, 
written, 
flricken  or 
ftracken. 
"bidden, 
given. 
iitteit. 
fpitten. 

digged^ 

lain  ><r  iien. 
rhofi.il. 

huldeu. 

Do, 


Irregular  English   Verbs. 


85 


Prrfent. 

Pa/. 

Participle. 

Prefent. 

Do, 

did, 

done. 

Rive, 

Blow, 

blew, 

blown. 

Saw, 

Crow, 

crew, 

(crowed), 

Shave, 

Grow, 

grew, 

grown. 

Shew, 

Know, 

knew, . 

known. 

Show, 

Throw, 

threw, 

thrown. 

Sow, 

Fly, 

flew, 

flown. 

Straw, 

Lake, 

(baked), 

bake«  *. 

drew,  or 

Grave, 

(graved), 

graven  *. 

(how, 

Hew, 

(hewed), 

he-wen  or 
hewn. 

Wafh, 
Wax, 

Lade, 

(laded), 

laden. 

Wreath, 

Load, 

(loaded), 

loaden  "". 

Writhe, 

Mow, 

(mowed), 

mown*. 

Paft. 

(rived), 

(fawed), 

(fhaved), 

(fhewed), 

(ihowed), 

(fowed), 

(ftrawed, 

(wafhed), 

(waxed), 

(wreathed),  wreathen '*\ 

(writhed),     writhen. 


Participle* 

riven. 

fawn*. 

leaven*. 

fhewn'. 

fhown. 

fowen 

ftrown*. 

wafhen*< 
waxen   . 


Several  verbs  feem   to  have  dropt   the  termination  en  in 
the  Participle  ;  as, 


Prefent. 
Begin, 

Cling, 

Drink, 

Fling, 

Ring, 

Shrink, 

Sing, 
Sink, 

Sling, 

Slink, 
Spin, 

Spring, 

Sting, 


Participle. 
begun. 

clung. 

drunk   or 
drunken. 


Pop. 
began, 
clang  or 
clung, 

drank, 

flung, 
rang  or 

rung, 
flirank  or 

fhrunk, 

fang  or  fung,    fung. 

fank  or  funk,    funk. 

flang  or  f. 

n  6  flung, 

flung,  b 

flunk,  flunk. 

fpan  or  fpun,    fpun. 

fprang  or 

fprung, 

flung,  flung 


flung, 
rung. 

fhrunk. 


fprung. 


Prefenr. 

Stink, 

String, 

Swim, 

Swing, 
Wring, 

Bind, 

Find, 

Grind, 

Wind, 

Hang, 

Shoot, 

Stick, 

Come, 

Run, 

Win, 


Pajl. 
flank  r*r 
flunk, 
ft  rung, 

fwam  or 
fwum, 
fwung, 
wrung, 

bound, 

found, 

ground, 

wound, 

hung*, 

fliot, 

ftuck, 

came, 

ran, 

won, 


Participle* 

flunk. 

fining. 

fwum. 


fwung. 
wrung, 
bound  or 

bounden. 
found, 
ground, 
wound, 
hung*, 
fliot, 
ftuck. 
con- 
run. 
won. 


Frequent  miflakes  are  committed  with  regard  to  thole  verbs  which 
make  the  Participle  Perfect  different  from  the  Paft  Time  ;  thus  it  is 
faid,  he  begun,  for  he  began  ;  he  run,  for  be  ran  ;  the  Participle  being 
ufed  inflead  of  the  Paft  Time  :  and  much  more  frequently  the  Paft 
Time  inflead  of  the  Participle  ;  as,  /  had  wrote,  for  /  had  written  ;  it 
ivas  wrote,  for  it  ivas  written  ;  fo  bore  for  borne  i  chofe  for  chofen  ;  lidt 
for  bidden  ;   drove,   for  driven  ;   brolt,   for  broken  ;    rode,  for  ridden,  isfc. 

Several  verbs  are  either  defective,  or  made  up  of  parts  derived  from 
different  verbs  of  the  fame  fignification  ;  as,  go,  went,  gone,  weet, 
or  wot,  wot,  wis,  wiji ;  aught,  quoth,  mufi,  together  with  moit 
©f  the  auxiliary  verbs. 


*6 


Latin    Verbs. 


/Latin   Veres. 
The  Latins   hare   four   different  ways   of  varying   verbs, 
called  the    Flrji,    the    Second,    the    Third,    and    the    Fourth 
Conjugation.   J  . 

/    The  Conjugations  are  thus  diftinguifhed  :    J 
'  J   The    Firlt  has   a  long  before  re  of  the  Infinitive  ;  the   Se- 
cond has  e   long,  the  Third   has   e  mort,    and  the   Fourth 
has  i  long,  before  re  of  the  Infinitive.  J 

Except  dare,    to    give,    which  has  a  fho.t,  and  alfo  its  compounds ; 
thus,    CtrtttMt/are^  to  furround  ;  circtikdamus,  -datis,    -da&abt,    -dabo,     Isfc. 

/The  different  conjugations  arc  likewife  diftinguifhed 
from  one  another  by  the  different  terminations  of  the  fol- 
lowing tenfes : ) 

'  Active      Voice. 

Indicative  Mode* 
Prefent  Tenfe. 


Sing 

ular. 

Plural. 

P  erf 011s. 

Per  Jons. 

I. 

2. 

3- 

I. 

2. 

3- 

• 

a 

'  o 

)2.  -eo> 

-as, 

-at; 

-amus, 

-atis, 

-ant. 

to 

-es, 

-et; 

-emus, 

-etis, 

-ent. 

?3-  -?, 

-is, 

-it; 

-lmus, 

-itis, 

-unt. 

r 

c 
o 

O 

^4.  -10, 

1  B 

-IS, 

-it; 
Impe 

-Tmus, 
rfecl. 

-Ttis, 

-mnt. 

I. 

-abam, 

-abas, 

-nbat  ; 

-abamus, 

-abatis, 

-nbant. 

2. 

-ebam, 

-cbas, 

-ebat ; 

-ebamus. 

-ebatis, 

-chant. 

3'. 

-ebam, 

-ebas, 

-ebat ; 

-ebamus, 

-ebatis. 

-ebant. 

4- 

-iebam. 

-iehas, 

-iebat  ; 

-iebamus. 

-iebatis, 

-iebant. 

Future. 

j. 

-abor 

-abiSj 

-abit  ; 

-abtmus, 

-abitis, 

-abunt. 

2. 

-ebo, 

-ebis, 

-ebit  ; 

-ebimus, 

•  ebitis, 

-ebunt. 

3. 

•  am, 

-es, 

-et  ; 

-emus, 

-etis, 

-ent. 

4- 

-iam, 

-ies, 

-iet  ; 

-iemus, 

•  ietis, 

-ient. 

Subjuntlive    Mode, 

Prefent 

Tenfe. 

1.   -cm, 

-es, 

-emus, 

-etis, 

-ent. 

2.  -earn, 

-tas, 

-eat  ; 

-eamuSj 

-eatis, 

-eant. 

3.  -am, 

-as, 

-at; 

-amus, 

-atis, 

-ant. 

4%  -iara, 

-ias, 

-iat  ; 

-iainus, 

-ia  is, 

-iant. 

urfeft. 

Latin   Verbs. 


S7 


Imperfect. 


I. 

-arem,     -ares, 

-aret  ; 

-aremus, 

-aretis, 

-arent. 

2. 

-erem,     -eres, 

-eret  ; 

-eremus, 

-eretis, 

-erent* 

3- 

-erem,     -eres, 

-eret ; 

-eremus, 

-eretis, 

-erenu 

4- 

-Irem,      -Ires, 

-Tret  ; 

-Ire  mu  s, 

-Iretis, 

-Trent. 

Imperative 

z  Mode. 

2. 

3- 

2. 

3- 

I. 

-a  or  -ato, 

-ato ; 

-ate  or 

-atote, 

-anto. 

2. 

-e  or  -eto, 

-eto  ; 

-ete  or 

-etcte, 

-ento. 

3- 

-e  or  -Ito, 

-Ito  ; 

-ite  or 

-note, 

-unto. 

4- 

-i  or  -Tto, 

-Ito  ; 

Passive 

-Tte  or 
Voice. 

-Itcte, 

-iunto. 

Indicative  Mode, 

Prefent  Tenfe. 

i. 

•or, 

-aris  or  -are, 

-atur  ; 

-  amur, 

-f.mirji, 

-antur. 

2. 

-ecr, 

-eris  or  -ere, 

-etur  ; 

-emur, 

-em  mi, 

-entur. 

3< 

-or, 

-eris  or  -ere, 

-ltur  ; 

-Im  r, 

-imini, 

-uiitur. 

4- 

-ior, 

-Iris  or  -ire, 

-Itur  ^ 

-imur, 

-muni, 

-iuntur. 

I. 

2. 

3- 
4- 

I. 

2. 

3- 
4- 


Imperfect, 
-abar,  -abaris  or  -abare,  -abatur  ;     -abamur,  -abamini,  -abantur. 
-ebar,  -ebaris  or  -ebare,  -cbatur  ;      -ebamur,  -cbamini,  -ebantur. 
-ebar,  -ebaris  or  -cbare,    -ebatur  ;     -tbamur,  -ebamini,  -ebantur. 
-iebar, -iCbaris&r  -iebare,  -iebatur  ;    -iebamur,  -iebaniini,-iebanturt 

Future. 

-abor,  -aberis  or  -abere,  -abitur  ;  -abimur,  -ablmini,  -abuntur. 

-ebor,  -ebcris  or  -ebCre,  -ebitur  ;  -ebimur,  -ebimini,  -ebuntur. 

-ar,       -eris     or  -ere,       -etur ;  -emur,       -em  mi,      -entur. 

-iar,      -icris  or   -iere,     -ietur  ;  -icmur,      -iemini,    -ientur. 

Subjunctive     Mode, 

Prefent  Tenfe. 


1.  -er, 

2.  -ear, 

3-  "ar> 
4.  -iar, 


-ens  or    -ere, 


-e  ur 


-eans  or  -eare,     -eatur  ; 
-aris  or  -are,       -atur  ; 
-iaris  or  -iare,      -iatur  ; 


Imperfecl. 


1.  -arer,  -areris  or  -arere,    -aretur; 

2.  -erer,  -cruris  or  -erere,    -eretur; 

3.  -erer,  -erer  is  or  -ercre,    -.  retur  ; 

4.  -irer,   -Ireris  or  -irere,    -iretur ; 

I    2 


-emur, 

-em  mi, 

-entur. 

-eamur, 

-eamini, 

-eantur. 

-amur, 

-am  mi, 

-antur. 

-iamur, 

-iamini, 

-iantur. 

-aremur, 

-aremini, 

-arentnr. 

-eremur, 

-eremmi, 

-ercntur. 

-cremur, 

w<  re  mini, 

-crenur. 

-Iremur, 

-Ircmini, 

-1:  entur. 

Imferailm 

M 


Latin    Vhrbs. 


2. 
-airrini, 

3- 

-antor. 

-emini, 

-cntor. 

-imini, 

-untor. 

-Imini, 

-iuntor. 

Imperative   Mode. 

,    -    2'  -  > 

1.  -are  g;-  -ator,  -ator  ; 

2.  -ere  <?r  -etor.  -etor  ; 
5.  -ere  or  -itor,  -Itor  ; 
4.  -Ire  or  -Ttor,  -Itor  ; 

Obferve,  Verbs  in  io  of  the  third  conjugation  have  had  in  the  third 
perfon  p lur.  of  the  prefent  indie,  a&ive,  and  iuntur  in  the  paffiye ; 
and  fo  in  the  imperative,  iunto  and  iuntor.  In  the  imperfect  and  fu- 
ture of  the  indicative  they  have  always  the  terminations  of  the  fourth 
conjugation,  tebam  and  iam  ;    iebar  and  iary   &c. 

The    terminations    of  the     other    tenfes    are    the    fame 
through  all  the  Conjugations.      Thus, 

Active     Voice. 

Indicative  Mode. 

Plur. 

*>  2-  3- 

-lmus,        -iftis,     -erunttfr -ere. 

-eramus,    -eratis,  -erant. 

hue   Mode. 

-erimus,    -eritis,     -erint. 
Plu.  -iffem,  -ifTes,    -iiTet ;        -ifsemus,  -ifsetis,    -ifTent. 
Fut.  -ero,     -eris,     -erit ;        -erimus,   -eritis,     -erint. 
Thefe  Tenfes,  in  the  PaiTive   Voice,    are   formed  by   the 
Participle   Perfect,    and   the   auxiliary    verb  fum,    which   is 
alfo  ufed  to  exprefs  the  Future  of  the  Infinitive  Active. 

/SUM  is  an  irregular  verb,  and  thus  conjugated  : 

Principal  Parts. 
Pre/.  Indie.      Perf.  Indie.      Prcf.  Itifin.  * 

Sum,  fui,  effe,        To  he.) 

Indicative    Mode. 

I  Prefent  Tenfe.     am. 

Sing.  Plur. 

is  I.   Sum,  I a?~i,  Sumus,    We  are y 

'z2.   Es,    Thou  arty  or  you  arc}     Eftis,    2'e  ox  you  are, 
£3.  Eft,  He  is ;  Sunt,   They  arc.) 

r  Imperfect. 


Sing. 

I.                2. 

3- 

Per/,  -i,          -ifti, 

-it; 

Plu.    -eram,  -eras. 

-erat ; 

- 

Subjund 

Perf.  -enm,    -ens 

,    -erit  ; 

Latin   Veiu>s;  £9 

iflj  Imperfect.  was. 

i .  '#r  ra  m*  /  4vas,  Era  mi-  s ,   W*  -z^vy, 

2.  Li-s,    _  waff,  ovyoiiwerc,  .Lra;is,    Yestverc* 

3.  Era'.,  He  was  ;  Ai.rant,    They  were*  j 

,  Perfect,  few  fcftf  or  wlf. 

i.iFui,   I  have  been  i  Fmmus,   We  have  been, 

2.  FuifH,    Thou  heft  been,  Fuiftis,    Ye  kerne  been, 

3.  Fuit,  Z  w;  Fuerunt,  or  -ere,    They  have  been.  1 

»  Flu-perfect*-  had  been, 

1  .\  Fueram,   /  />  Fueramus>    /^  had  been, 

2.  Fueras,    7&0a  hadjl  been,  Fueratis,    Ye  had  been, 

3.  Fuerat,   lie  had  been  ;  Fuerant,    They  had  been.    1 

Future.  Jkall  or  will. 
i/jfo,   IJbaJlbe,  Erimus,    Wejhatibe\ 

2.  iiris,    Tkjufinh  be,  Eritis,    Ye  Jkall be, 

3.  Erit,   He jl all  be;  Erunt,    They  Jlo all  be,  J 

Subjunctive  Mode, 
1  Prefe.nt  Tenfe.      may  or  am, 

*./Sim,   I  nay  be,  Sim  us,    We  may  be, 

2.  Sis,    T^oz/  mayefl  be,  Sit  is,    Ye  may  be, 

3.  Sit,  iizv  wtfy  fe  /  Sint,    TXfv  f»»jf  fo.     / 

Imperfect,      might,  could,  would,  or Jhovtd. 
if   Effem,   7  might  be,  Eisemus,    We  might  be, 

2.  Effes,    Thou  mightejl  be,  Efletis,    Ye  might  be, 

3.  Effet,  He  might  be;  EfTenc,    They  might  be.  \ 

i  Perfect.        may  have. 

I  /  Fueri-m,  I  may  have  been,         Fuenmus,  We  may  have  been, 

2.  Fueris,  Tkou  may  eft  kave  been,   Fueritis,  Ye  may  have  been, 

3.  Fuerit,  He  may  have  been  ;       Fuerint,  They  may  have  been.  J 

/Piu-perfect.    .  might,  could,  would,  or  JhoulJ  have  ;   or  had. 

1.  FuiiTem,  I  might  kave  been,    Fuifsemus,  We  might  have  been, 

2.  FuifTes,  Thou  mightejl  have    FuifTetis,  Ye  mlgkt  kave  been,    I  . 
.      been, 

•  3/  FuifTet,  He  might  kave  been  ;    FuilTent,  They  mlgkt  kave  been. 

Future.    Jkall  kave, 

1 .  Fuero,  I  /hall  have  been,        Fuertmus,  We  flail  have  leen9 

2.  Fueris,  Tkou  Jkalt  kave  been,  Fueritis,  Ye  Jkall  kave  been, 

3.  Fuerit,  He /ball  kave  been  ;    Fuerint,  Tkey  Jkall  kave  been.   J 

Imperative 


90  *  First  Conjugation'. 

/  Imperative  Mode. 

2.  Es  vel  efto,  Be  thou*  Efte  vel  eft~>te,  Be  v, 

3.  El  to,  Let  him  be  ;         Sunto,  Let  them  be* 

Infinitive  Mode. 
Pre/.  Efle,    To  be. 
Perf*  Fuiire,    To  have  been. 
Fui.    Efie  futurus,   -a,  -urn,    To  be  about  to  be. 

Fuifle  futurus,   -a,   -urn,    To  have  been  about  to  be.    \ 

Participle. 
(Future.      Futurus,   -a,   -um,   About  to  be.  / 

Obf.  I.  The  perfcnal  pronouns,  which  in  Englilh  are,  for  the  moll 
part,  added  to  the  verb,  in  Latin  are  commonly  underftood  ;  becaufe 
the  feveral  perfons  are  fufficiently  diftinguifhed  from  one  another  by 
the  different  terminations  of  the  verb,  though  the  perfons  themfelves 
be  not  exprefTed.  The  learner  however  at  uril  may  be  accuflorrred 
to  join  them  with  the  verb  ;  thus,  egefum,  lam;  tu  es,  thou  art,  or 
you  are;  illetfl,  he  is;  nosfumus,  we  are,  life.  So  ^0  amo,  I  love; 
tu  amas,  thou  lovefl,  or  you  leve  ;  itle  amat,  he  loveth  or  loves  ;  no* 
mmutmus,  we  love,    Isfc 

Obf.  2.     In  the  fecond  perfon  Angular  in  Englifh,  we  commonly  ufe 
the  plural   form,    except  in  folemn  difcourfe  ;    as,  tu  es,  thou    art,  cr' 
much  oftentr,  you  are  ;  tu  eras,   thou  waft,  or   you   were  ;    tu  JJs,    thou 
mayeft  be,  or  you  may  be,  life     So  tu  amas,  thou  lovc.il,  or  you  love  ; 
tuamabas,  thou  lovedft,  or  you  loved,   Izfc. 

Verbs  are  thus  varied  in  the  different  Conjugations. 
)  FIRST    CONJUGATION. 

Active    Voice. 
Principal  Parts. 
Pre/.  Iridic.  PcrfeZ.  Supine.  Bref.  Infinit. 

Arao,  araavij  aniatum,        amare,   To  love. 

Indicative   Mode. 

f         Prefent  Tenfe.     love,  dolose,  or  am  loving. J 

Sing.  1.    A    M-o,  I  love, 

jCjl    2.  Am-as,  Thoulovejl,   or  you  love  / 

3.  Am-at,  He  loveth,   or  he  loves  ; 

Plur.l.  Am-amus,  We  love,  { 

2.  Am-atis,  Te  or  you  love, 

3.  Am-ant,     |  Thty  love. 


)  Imperfect. 


f 


/ 


Sin £.    I . 
2. 


Plur.  i. 

2. 


0* 


$/«£•.  i . 

2. 

3- 

2. 

3- 


&'/*?,   i . 

2. 

3- 

jP/ar.  I. 

2. 
J- 
/" 

.5'%.   i. 

2. 

3- 
P/«r.  i. 


First  Conjugation.  " 

Imperfect,     loved,  did  love,  or  was  loving. 

Am-abam,  /  loved, 

A  in -abas,  Thou  lovedjl, 

Am-abat,  He  loved  ; 

Am-abamus,  We  loved, 

Am-abatis,  Ye  or  you  loved, 

Am-abant,  )  They  loved. 

Perfects    loved,  have  loved,  or  did  love. 

A  m  -  a  vi ,  /  ha  ve  lo  t  ied9 

Am-avifti,  Thou  baft  loved, 

Am-avit,  He  hath  loved ; 

Am-avimus,  IV e  have  loved, 

Am-aviftis,  Ye  have  loved, 

Am-averunt^.-avereJ  They  have  loved. 

Plu-perfect.      had. 


9l 


Am- a  ve  ram, 

Am-averas, 

Am-averat, 

Am-averamus, 

Am-averatis, 

Am-averant,  I 

Future. 

Am-abo, 

Am-abis, 

Am-abit, 

Am-abimus, 

Am-abitis, 

Am-abunt.  j 


/  had  loved, 
Thou  hadft  loved, 
He  had  loved  ; 
We  had  loved, 
Ye  had  loved, 
They  had  loved* 

Jhall  or  will* 

I Jhall  love, 
Thoujhalt  love, 
Hefhall  love  ; 
We  Jhall  love, 
Ye  Jhall  Jove, 
hey  Jhall  love. 


Sinr.    I. 

2. 

3- 
Plur.  I. 

2. 


3- 


± 

Subjunctive    Mode. 

Prefent  Tenfe.     may  or  can. 

Am- em,  /  may  love, 

Am-es,  Thou  mayejl  love, 

Ara-et,  He  may  love  ; 

Am-emus,  We  may  love, 

Am-etis,  Ye  may  love, 

Am-ent,     7  They  may  love*/ 


Imperfect. 


5-  Imrst  Conjugation*. 

/        Imperfetf.      might,  could,  would,  or  Jhould. 
Sing,    i .  Am-arem,  /  might  love, 

2.  Am-ares,  Thou  mightejl  love, 

3.  Am-aret,  He  might  love  ; 
Plur.  1 .  Am-aremus,  We  might  love, 

2.  Am-aretis,  Ye  might  love, 

3.  Am-arent,    )  They  mighi  love. 

/  Perfect,  may  have. 

Sing.    1.  Am-avcrim,  I  may  have  loved, 

2,  Am-avcris,  Thou  mayejl  have  loved, 

3.  Am-averit,  He  may  have  loved  ; 
Plur.  1.  Am-averimus,  We  may  have  loved, 

2.  Am-avcritis,  Te  may  have  loved, 

I        3.  Am-averint,    %  They  may  have  loved. 

/Tlu-perfect.      might,  could,  would,  or  Jhould  have  ;   ox  had. 
Sing.    1.  Am-aviffem,  I  might  have  loved, 

2.  Am-avifTes,  Thou  mightejl  have  loved, 

3.  Am-aviffet,  He  might  have  loved ; 
Plur.  1.  Am-aviffemus,  We  might  have  loved, 

2.  Am-avirTetis,  Te  might  have  loved, 

3.  Am-avifTent,  J  They  might  have  loved. 

i                                  Future.  Jhall  have, 

oing.    1.  Am-avero,  I  Jhall  have  loved, 

2.  Am-averis,  Thoujhalt  have  loved, 

3.  Ani-averit,  He  Jhall  have  loved  ; 
Plur.  1.  Am-averimus,  We  Jhall  have  loved, 

2.  Am-averitis,  Te  Jhall  have  loved, 

3.  Am-averint,    •  They  Jhall  have  loved* 

I  'imperative  Mode.      * 

Sing.    2.  Am-a,   vel  am-ato,        Love  thou,   or  do  thou  love, 

3.  Am-ato,  Let  htm  love  ; 

Plur.  2.  Am-atc,  Wamatote,      Love  ye,   or  do  ye  love, 

1.  Am-anto,  Let  them  love. 

) 

Infinitive    Mode. 

j 

Pref.  Am-are,  To  love. 

Perj.  Am-avifTe,  To  hcrve  loved. 

Put.    Effe  amaturus,  -a,   -urn,      To  he  about  to  love. 

FuiiTe  amaturus,  -a,  -um,      To  have  been  about  to  h\ 

f  Participle. 


First  Conjugation. 


9S 


Participle, 
Prefent,  Am-ans,  Loving. 

Future,   Am-aturus,  -a,  -urn,     About  to  love. 

Gerunds* 


Norn*  Am-andum, 
Gen*  Am-an,di, 
Dat.  Am-anSo, 
Ace*  Am-andum, 
Abl.  Am-ando, 

Former*  Am-atum, 
Latter.  Am-atu> 

/\ 

Preftnt  Indicative. 
Amor, 


) 


Loving* 
Of  loving, 
To  loving* 
Loving, 
With  loving. 

Supine. 

To  love, 

To  love,  or  to  be  loved. 


sin?. 


ung*    i.Am-or, 

2.  Am-aris,  vel  -are, 

3.  Am-atur, 
Plur.  1.  Am-amur, 

2.  Am-amini, 

3.  Am-antur, 

Sing.    1.  Am-abar, 

2.  Am-abaris^/-abare, 

3.  Am-abatur, 
Plur.  1.  Am-abamur, 

2.  Am-abamini, 

3.  Am-abantur, 

Perfect,     am ; 

Sing,  t.  Aniatus  fum,  velfui, 
Ov  Amatus  es,  «.  fuifhr, 
3.  Amatus  eft,  v.  fuit, 

Plur.  I.  Arnati  fumus,  v.   fuimus, 
2.  Amati  eftis,  v.  fuifUs, 


Passive  Voice. 

Perfect  Participle. 
amatus, 

Indicative   Mode. 

Prefent  Tenfe.     am. 

I  am  loved, 


Infinitive. 
amari,  to  be  loved. 


y 


Thou  art  loved, 
He  is  loved  ; 
We  are  loved, 
Te  or  you  are  loved, 
They  are  loved. 

Imperfect,     was. 

I  iv as  loved* 
Thou  wojl  loved, 
He  was  loved  ; 
We  were  loved, 
Te  were  love/, 
They  'were  loved.   J 

have  been*   or  was* 

I  haute  been  loved, 
T/jvu  f-cf:  been  loved, 
He  bath  been  loicd ; 
We  have  in- en  loved, 
1  t  have  been  laved, 


^.  ^iiiatiiunt,fueruiK,i/  fuere,   They  hmue  been  loved.  / 

A 


lerfecl. 


04  *       First  Conjugation. 

/^  Plu-pei  feci,      had  been,   or  ivas. 

Sing.  n.  Amatus  cram  vej  fueraixt,      I  bad  been  hi 

2.  Amatus  eras  v.  fueras,  Tbou  hadjl  ba  i  loved, 

3.  Amatus  erat  v.  ruerat,  He  bad  been  W; 
Plur.  1.   Amati  eramus  v.  f  ueramus,  We  had  been  hved% 

2.  Amati  eratis  v.  fueratis,         Ye  bad  been  loved* 

3.  Amati  erant  v.  iutrant,         They  had  ban  loved* 

/  Future.    Jhall,   or  uill  be.      / 

Sing.    I.  Am-abor,  I Jkall  be  love/, 

2.  m  m-aberisW-abere,      Thoujloali  be  loved, 

3.  Am-abitur,  He  Jh all  be  loved  ; 
Plur.  1 .  Am-abimur,                  •  Wejhall  be  loved, 

2 .  Am  -abi  mi  n  i ,  Te  Jball  he  To  ved, 

3 .  Am-abu  n  tuiy_  They  jball  be  loved,  m 

.Subjunctive  MoJt.  / 

Prcfent  Tcnf^.      may  or  can  be. 
Sing./ 1.  Am-er,  I  may  be  loved t 

2.  Am- en's  pel  -ere,  Thou  mayeft  be  Icvcd, 

3.  Am-etur,  He  may  beloved} 

P/wr.  J.  Am-emur,  We  may  be  Icvcd,  \^ 

2.  Am- e mini,  Te  may  be  hved, 

3.  Am-entur,  They  may  be  loved. 

'Imperfect,      might,  c^uld,  would,   or  Jhoidfi  be. 
Sh'g.    1.  Am- arc r,  /  might  be  loved, 

2.  Am-areris  r*/ -are re*      Thou  mighteji  be  loved. 

3.  Am-arttur,  He  might  be  loved; 
Plur.  1.  Am  aremur,  We  w/j  hi  be  loved, 

2.  Am-aremini,  Te  might  I       .  d, 

3.  Am-arentur,  »      They  might  be  lov&L/ 

/  Perfect,      may  have  been. 

Sing-  J.  Amatus {xm  vel  fuerim,  //  'ovedj 

2.  Amati  is  lis  v.  fueris,  11  \  fovctf4 

3.  Amatus  fit  v.  fuerit,  He  may  I  rat  <-./; 
Plttr.  1.  Amali  limus  v.   fuerimus,  IVe  m> 

2.  Amati  litis  v.  fucritis,  ' 

3.  Amati  fiat  v.  fuerint,  / 

Plii-perfect.      might,  c(  <dd,   <a 

f  n. 

Sing.   I«  Amatus  effem  vet  fuiflesft,      / 

j.  .  v.  Ani'A",  Hi  might  have  been  loved ; 


p 


/  First  Conjugation.  95 

/ 

Plur.  I.  Amati  e  (Tenuis  v.  fuilTemus,    We  mvght  have  been  loved, 
2;  Amati  efletis  v.  fuifletfs,  Ye  might  have  been  loved  > 

3.  Amati  client  v.  fuilFent,  They  might  have  been  loved. 

X*  Future,  Jloall  have  been.  / 

SirtgA.  AlhatliS  fuero,  I  ft  all  have  been  loved, 

2.  Amatus  fueris,  Thou  Jh alt  have  been  loved, 

3.  Amatus  flierk,  He  (hall  have  been  loved; 
Plur.  I.  Amati  fuerlmus,  We  Jhall  have  been  loved, 

2.  Amati  fuerixis,  Yejhall  have  been  loved, 

3.  Amati  fuerint,  They  Jhall  have  been  loved. 

/<  Imperative  Mode.  / 

Am-are  vol  am-ator,       Be  thou  loved, 
Am-ator,  Let  him  be  loved ; 

Plur.  2.  Am-amini,  Be  ye  loved, 

;.  Am-antor,  Let  them  be  loved.      > 

Infinitive  Mode. 
Pref.  Am-ari,  To  be  loved. 

Per/.  EfTe  v.  fui/Te  amatus,  -a,  -um,    To  have  been  loved. 
Fut.   Am-atum  iri,  To  be  about  to  be  loved.  * 

/*  Participle. 

Per/.  Am-atus,  -a,  -um,  Loved.  % 

Fut.    Am-andus,  -a,  -um,       To  be  loved.  J 

SECOND     CONJUGATION. 

/  Active   Voice.  . 

Doceo,       docui,       doctum,       docere,        To  teach. 

Indicative  Mode.  - 
f  Sing.  Plur. 

ipV        I.  2.  3.  I.  2.  3. 

Pref.  j^J  Oc-eo,  -es,       -et  ;        -emus,        -etis,      -ent. 

Imo.  Doc-ebam,   -ebas,  -ebat  ;   -ebamus,    -ebatis,  -ebant. 

t*    f  ta        •  *(%.*        •.  *  * r\*       -ucrunr. 

Per;.  Doc-iii,         -uiiti,   -uit  ;      -uimus,       -uutis, 

J  '  v.  uere. 

Plu.  Doc-ucram,  -ueras, -uerat ;  -ueramus,  -ueratis,-uerant. 

Fut.  Doc-ebo,       -ebis,    -ebit  ;  *  -ebimus,    -ebitis,    -ebunt. 

Subjunctive  Mode. 

Pref.  Doc-earn,     -eas,     -eat ;      -eamus,      -eatis,     -eant. 

hvp.  Doc-erem,   -ercs,    -eret ;     -eremus,    -eretis,    -erent. 

{Vr/I  Doc-uerim,  -ueris,  -ucrit ;  -uenmus,  -ucritis,  -uerint. 

p/v.    Doc-uiiicm,  -uiiFes,  -uifTet ;  -uifsemus,  -uiiFetis,  -uiflcnt. 

Doc-uero,    -ueris,  -uerit ;  -uenmus,  -ueritis,  -uerint. 

K  Imperative 


/ 


9.6.  Second  Conjugation. 

/  v 

/  Imperative  Mode. 

Pre/.  Doc-e  vel  -eto,      -eto  ;        -ete  vat  -etote,        -ento. 

Infinitive.  Participles.  Gerunds.  Supines. 

Pre/.  Doc-ere.     Pr.   Doc-ens,     Doc-en  Ju'm,   i.  Doc-turn, 

/.  Doc-uifle.  Fut.  Doc-t\irus.  Doc-endi,       2.  D6c-tu. 
Fut.    Effe-doclurus,  -a,  -um.  Doc-endo^  &c. 

Fuiffe  doclurus,  -a,  -urn.  ^yt 

Passive  Voic:  .  -,4fr 

Doceor,         doclus,         doceri,  "To  le  taught. 

Indicative  Mode. 
Sing.  Plur. 

Prcf.  Doc-cor,  .    -'  -ctur ;         -emur,       -emlni,       fentur. 

J  vel  -ere, 

Imp.  Dooebar,     "      .  'H      -cb3tur ;     -ebamur,  -ebamini,  *cbantut\ 

Per/.  Do&us  fum  vel  fui,  doclus  cs  <»cl  fuiffci,  Sac. 

jPlu.m  Doclus  eram  i\.fueram,  doclus  eras  v.  iuera%  &c. 

Fut.    Doc-ebor,       ,   >-,     \      -cb'itur;      -ebimur,   -ebimini,  -cbuiiru'- 
vel  -ebcre, 

ST 

Subjuncl'rce  Mode.  \ 

•cans 
Prcf.  Doc-ear,  , c  -catur:        -eamur,     -earning   -cantur. 

J  vel  -eare,  ^ 

2mb.   Doc-erer,        ,       -'       -eretur:      -eremur,  -eremini,    -crentur, 
r  vel  -ere re, 

Peff.  Doclus  fun  vel  fuerim,  doclus  >,  &c. 

Plu.    Doclus  effcm  v.  fuifiVm,  doclus  e 
Put.    Doclus  fucro,  doclus  fucris,  doclus 


v.  fuillcs,  &c. 
tus  fuerit,  d<<  crimus,  &c. 


/  I?nperativ:.  Mode. 

2.  3.  ?:    _  3. 

Pre/  Doc-ere  vel  -etor,    -etor  ;       -emini,    -entor. 

Infinitive,        .  Participles. 

Pre/  Doc-cri,  Pr,/.  Doc-tus,  -a,  -urn,    ■  v 

Per/  Eft  vel fuifTe  doclus,  -a, "  um,  ff Mb  Doc-eiidus,  -a,  -urn.  J 

Fat.  Doclum  iri. 
%  -THIRD 


•T  fr  i^d -  Co  :>  j  o  g  a  t  i  o  n  .  97 

THIRD    CONJUGATION. 

/'  Active   Voice. 

l£go,         legi,         le^Ufgp    ._    l^gere,        To-read., 

/  Ship.  Plm\ 

I.         2.  3.  I.  2.  3. 

JV^  -Lj^Eg-o,  -is,        -it  ;  -imus,       -Itis,       -unt. 

p..  Leg-ebam,  -ebas,  -ebat ;  -ebamus,  -ebatis,  -ebant. 

Pcrf.  Leg-i,  Li,      -it;  -lmus,       -litis, -erunt, -ere. 

Flu,   Leg-eram,   -eras,   -erat  ;  -eramus,  -eratis,  -erant. 

Fut.   Lig-arn,  5,       -et ;  -emus,       -etis,       -ent.     / 

S:-. '       live  Mods.  " 

Fref.  .ueg-am,  -a,  -at;        -amus,      -atis,  -ant. 

.  g-erem,  -eres,  -eiet  ;    -erernus,  -eretis,  -erent. 

f.  Leg-eiirp,  -cms,  -erit  ;     -erimus,    -eritis,  -erint. 

.    Le(         rn,  -iifes,  ;    -iifemus,   -iiTetis,  -iilent. 

-it.    Leg-Jro,  -erisj  -erit  ;  .'  -enmus,   -eritis,  -erint. 

Imperajt  .   Mod?.  '  jr 

.         2-  V  2-  3* 

.  Leg-e,  -vcl  -ito,       -Kto ;  vel  -it5te,        -unto. 

,     ijnitive.  Participles*  (s.  Supines* 

Leg-ere,     Pr.   Leg-  Leg-end  am.     k  Leotum. 
/.'  L         e,     i^/.  Lee-  2.  Leotu. 

/.    E ii"e  leclur us, -a, -urn,  Leg-.  :c«  ^/ 

Fuiffe  lecrarus,  -aj  -urri. 

Passive  Voice. 
leclus,         ^gi^  To  be  read* 

Indicative  Mode. 

Plur. 

w       • 

™f*  Leg-cr,         "J  1*^        -itur ;        -Imur,    .  -imini,       -untur, 

Jiw/>.  Leg-ebar,     .-.     "    '      -ebatur;     -ebamur,  -ebamini,  -ebantur. 

Per/.  Leelus  fum  vel  fui,  ieclus  es  w/  fuifti,  &c. 

/V*,    Leclus  cram  vei  fuerain,  leetus.eras  vei  fueras,  &c.  ^ 

—  f  F 1 S 

LeS:arJ       ^/ -ere        "^t,jr;        -emur,      -emini,      -entur.      I 

Subjunftix 


J 


98  I'hird  Conjugation. 

Subjuncln-c  Mode. 
Pref.  Leg-ar,  ,      »  -atur;        -amur,         -amini,       -antur. 


-ereris,  V 


/»*/.  Lcg-ertr,    ^  _tr£re    'erctur  >    -eremur,      -ercmini,    -crcntur. 

Pcrf.  Lecftus  Cm  «y*/  fucrim,  le<5tu3  fis  cW  fueris,  &c. 
Pla.    LcAtiS  elTem  v.  fuiflem,  le^us  efies  v.  fuifies,  &c. 
fwt,    Le&us  fuero,  Ie<5tus  fueris,  lettus  fuerit,  &c.  / 

y  Imperative  Mode.  ' 

2-  3-  2.  >.  I 

/V^  Leg-ere,  w/  -Itor,         -itor  ;         -ixrxTni,         -uritor. 

Infinitive.  Participles. 

Pre/.  Leg-i.  Per/.  Lec-tus,  -a,  -urn. 

Per/.  Effe  v.  fuitfe  le&us,  -a,  -urn.  Put.   Leg-endus,  -a;  -urn.  j 
Fat.  Lectum  iri. 

I      FOURTH    CONJUGATION. 
I  Active  Voice. 

Audio,      audlvi,      audftum,       audire,       7c?  bear. 

/  Indicative  Mode. 

Sing.  ^P/ur. 

A         1.      2.  3.  1.  2.  3. 

Pr.    x  l^Ud-io,  -is,         -it ;  -Imus,        -Itis,        -iunt. 

Imp.  Aud-iebam,  -iebas,  -iebat  ;  -iebamus,  -iebatis,  -icbanc. 

Per.  Aud-ivi,       -lviiti,    -lvit  ;     -lvimus,     -lviitis,     .  .    _ 

Pin.  Aud-iveram,  -iveras,  -iverat ;  -iveramus,  -iveratis,  -iverant. 
Put.  Aud-iam,      -ies,       -ict  ;        -iemus,      -ietis,      -ient. 

/  Subjunclhe  Mode.  y 

Pr.  Aud-iam,      -ias,      -iat ;       -iamus,      -iatis,      -iant.' 
Imp.  Aud-Trem,    -ires,     -irct  ;      -iremus,    -iretis,    -irent. 
Per.  Aud-iverim,-iveris,-iverit  $  -iverimus,-iveritis,-iverint. 
Phi.  Aud-iviiTem,  -iveires,-ivefTet ;  -iviffemus,  -ivifletis,  -ivifFent. 
Put.  Aud-ivero,    -iveris,-ivcrit ;  -iverimus,-iveritis,-iverint. 

/  Imperaihe  Mode. 

2.  3.  2.  3. 

Pr.  Aud-i,  vel  -Tto  ;         -Tto  ;         -Ite,  vH  -itote,         -iunto* 

Infinitive. 


/ 


Fourth  Conjugation. 


99 


Infinitive.  Participles  Gerunds.  Supines. 

Pr.  Aud-Ire.      Pr.  Aud-iens.     Aud-iendum.  I.  Audituiru 
Per.  Aud-iviffe.  Fn.  Aud-itmus.  Aud-iendi.       2.  Auditu.       . 
Fut.  Effe  auditurtis,  -a,  -urn,       Aud-iendo,  &c. 
Fuiffe  auditurus,  -a,  -um. 

Passive  Voice. 


Audior,         Audltus, 


Audrn, 
Indicative  Made. 


To  be  beard. 


Sing. 

a 


Pref.  Aud-ior,        "     -'  -Itur  ;        -I 

J  .      .    vel  -ire, 


mur, 


Plur. 

-Imini, 


-luntur. 


-ieb.iris, 


Ihit.  Aud-iebar,      ;    •*'*     -lebatur;   -iebarnur,  •iebamini,  -iebantur. 
r  .vel  -ltbare, 

Per/.  Audltus  fum .3/1-/  fui, Auditus  cs  jv.  fuifli,  *kc. 

Plu.    Audltus  eram  v.  fueram,  Audit  us  eras  v.  fueras,  &c. 

P*i.    Aqd-iar,      Jj}*^^      -ictur  ;•.'  :-iei»ur,      -iemini,      -ientur*     y 


/ 


||rFr,y.  Aud-iar,      w 


«9^^/iY  ncli  vd^'Mode. 


uj 


iare, 
•-  meris, 


•iatirr; '     -iamur,      -iamini,     -lantur. 


-iretur ;      -iremur,    -iremini,    -irentur. 


Imp.  Aud-iter,        ,    . 
*  vel  -irere, 

Perf. Auditus  fim  vel  fuerim,  Auditus  (Is  v.  fucris,  &c. 

Plu.   Auditus  eflem  v.  fuifl'em,  Auditus  efies  -a,  funics,  &c. 

Put.    Auditus  fuerp,  Auditus  fuer-is,  &c. 


r 


Imperative  Mode* 
P/v/I  Aud-Ire,  W  -Itor,       -It or  ; 


2. 

-imini, 


-mntcr. 


Infinitive. 


Participles. 
Pr.   A.ud-iri,  Per.  Audl-tus,  -a,  -um. 

Per.  Effe  vel  fuiffe  aud-itus,-a,-um,  Fut.  Aud-lendus,-  a, -urn.' 

Fut.  Aud-Itum  iri.l 

■ 

.  Formation  of  Verbs. 

/There  are  four  principal  parts  of  a  verb,  from  which 
all  the  reft  are  formed  ;  namely,  o  of  the  prefent,  i  of  the 
perfect,  um.oi  the  fupine,  and  re  of  the  infinitive  ;  accord- 
ing to  the  fallowing  rhyme.;X 

K  2  i.  From 


ICO  Formation  of  Verb?. 


* 


From  o  are  formed  am  and  ew. 

2.  From  /';  niw,  runx  %i>%Jfex  and/Pv/. 

3.  U,  us,  and  rus,  are  formed  from  urn. 

4.  All  other  parts  from  re  do  come  ;  as,  bam,  bo,  rem  j 
a,  e,  and  /'  ;  ns  and  dus  ;  dum,  do,  and  di  ;\aSj 

Am-o,  cm;  Am-avi,  -cram,  -erim,  -ilTcm,  -ero,  -iiTe;  Amat-um, 
-u,  -urus,  -us  ;  Am-are,  -abam,  -abo,  -arcm,  -a,  -ans,  andum, 
di,  do  j   -andus. 

Doc-eo,  -cam  ;  Doc-ui,  -ucram,  &c.  ;  Doct-um,  -11,  -urus,  -us  ; 
Doc-ere,  -ebam,  -tbo,  -ercm,  -c,  -ens,  -euduni,  di,  do,  -endus. 

Leg-o,  -am  ;  Leo-i,  -eram,  &c. ;  JLect-um,  -u,  -urus,  -us  ;  Leg- 
cre,  -ebam,  -erem,  -e,  -ens,  -endum,  &c. 

Aud-io,  -iam  ;    Aud-ivi,  -iveram,  &c.  ;    Audit-um,  -u,  -urus,  -us  : 

Aud-ire,  -iebam,  -irem,  -i,  -iens,  -iendum,  di,  do,  -iendus. So 

verbs  of  the  third  conjugation  in  io  ;    as,  Cap-io,  -iam  ;    Cep-i4 
-cram,  &c. ;   Capt-um,  -u,  &c.  ;   Cap-cre,  -iebam,  -erem,  -e,  -iens, 
-iendum,  di,  do,  -iendus. 
The  pallive  voice  is  formed  from  the  active,  by  adding  r  to  c,  or 

changing  rn  into  r. 

f^  But  it  is  much  more  eafy  and  natural  to  form  all  the 
parts  of  a  verb  from  the  prefent  and  perfect  of  the  indica- 
tive, and  from  the  lupine  ;ifchus, 

Am-o,  -abam,  -abo,  -em,  -arem,  -a  or  -ato,  -are,  -ans,  -andum,  di, 

do,  \3c.  -ahdus  : 
Amav-i,  -eram,  -erim,  -iffem,  -ero,  -iiTe:    AmSt-um,  -us,  -urus. 
So   Doc-eo,    -ebam,    -ebo,    -earn,    -erem,    -e    or   -cto,    ere,    -ens, 

-endum,  di,  fclTV.  -endus  ;   Docu-i,  eram,  -erim,  -idem,  -ero,  -ifie  : 

Doct-um,  -us,  -urus. 
Lec-o,  -ebam,  -am,  es,  et,   J5\.  -am,  as,  at,  bfr.  rercm,  -c  er  -Ito, 

-ere,  -ens,  -endum,  Isfc.  -endus  : 
LeG-i,  -eram,  'd'c.  JLect-um,  -us,  -urus: 
CaP-iQ,   -ieb;im,    -iam,   ies,   ict,   &c.   -iam,    ias,   (jtV.    -ercm,   -c    or 

-ito,  -ere,  -iens,  -iendum,  -iendus  :    Ce*-I,  -eram,  Isfc.   Capt-um, 

-us,  -urus. 
Aud-io,  -iebam,  &c.  AudIv-i,  -eram,  &fc 

A  verb  is  commonly  faid  to  be  conjugated,  when  only 
its  principal  parts  are  mentioned,  becaule  from  them  all 
tlje  reit  are  derived.  '  y 

(The  rlrit  perfon  of*  the  Prefent  of  the  Indicative  is  called 
tne  Theme  or  the  Root  of  the  verb,  becaufe  from  it  the 
other  three  principal  parts  are  formed. 

The  letters  of  a  verb  which  always  remain  the  f.ime,  are 
called  Railed  letters  ;  as,  am  in  am-o.  The  reit  are  call- 
ed the  Termination  ;  as,  abzuiut  in  am-ahamiu* 

All 


Signiftcation  of  the  different  Tehees.  ioi 

All  the  letters  which  come  before  -*?r<?>  -erer  -ere,  or 
Ire,  of  the  infinitive,  are  radical  letters.  By  putting  thefe 
before  the  terminations,  all  the  parts  of  any  regular  verb 
may  be  readily  formed,  except  the  compound  tenfes. 

Signification   if  the  Tenses  in  tU  -various  Mod,:. 

The  tenfes  formed  from  the  piefent  of  the  indicative  or  infinitive 
fignify  in  general  the  continuance  of  an  action  or  paiTion,  or  repre- 
sent them  as  prefent  at  fome  particular  time  :  the  other  tenfes  cxprei's 
an  action  or  paflion  completed  ;  hut  not  always  fo  absolutely,  as  en- 
tirely to  exclude  the  continuance  of  the  fame  action  or  pal'Iiou  ;  thus, 
Amo,  I  love,  do  Jove,  or  am  loving  ;  amabam,  I  loved,  did  love,  or 
was  loving,  &cr 

Ama-<i,  i  loved,  did  love,  or  have  loved,  that  h,  have  done  witfe 
loving,  &c. 

In  like  manner,  in  rhe  pafnve  voice  ;  Amor,  I  am  loved T  I  am  in 
"loving,  «r  in  being  Jovedr  &c. 

Part  time  in  the  paflive  voice  is  expreiTed  feveral  diiFerent  ways,  by 
means  of  the  auxihary  verhfum,  and  the  participle  perfect  -r  thus, 

Judicative  AloJe. 

Perfect.  Amatus  fum,  f  am,  or  have  been  loved^  or  ofttner,  I  was  lovcdv 

Amutus  fui,  I  have  been  loved,  or  I  was  loved* 
Plu-perfech  Amatus  eram,  I  was  «£.had  been  loved- 
Afflatus  fucram,  I  had  been  loved^ 

Subjun£}l>vt  $/lode~ 

Perfect.  Amafus  fim^  I  may  be  or  may  have  been  loved. 

Awatmfuerirriy  I  may  have  been  loved. 
Plu-perfccl.  Amafus  cJfeTn^  I  might,  could,   would,  or  fhould   be   cr 
have  been  loved. 
Amatvs  fuijjcm,  I  might,  c  on  Id,  would,   cr  fhould  have 
been  l"oved  ;  or  I  had  been  loved. 
Future.  Amafus jucro,  I  fhall  have  been  loved. 

The  verb  Jam  is  alio  employed  to  exprefs  future  time  in  the  indic- 
ative mode,  both  active  and  pailive  ;    thus, 

Atnatutus ■  fusxr  I  am  about  to  love,  I  am   to  Love,  1  am  going  to 

love,  or  I  will  love.     We  chiefly  ufe  this  form,  when  fome  pur- 

pofe  or  intention  is  figniiiecU 
Amutus  ero,  I  lliali  be  loved. 

Obf.  i.  The  participles  amatus  and  mnafurvs  are  put  Trefore  the  aux- 
iliary verb,  becaufe  we  commonly  fmd  them  fo  placed  in  the  dailies, 

Obf.  2.  In  thefe  compound  tenfes  the  learner  fhould  be  taught 
to  vary  the  participle  like  an  adjective  noun,  according  to  the  gen- 
,der  and  number  of  the  different  fubfiantives  to  whieh  it  is  applied  ; 
thus,  anmius  ejl,  lie  is  cr  was  loved,  when  applied  to  a  man  ;  amata 
ej't  fhe  was    loved,  v.  hen   applied   to  a  woman  ;  .:m   *,.',  it  was 

loved,  when  applied  to  a  thing  j  mmaiij»fitt4  they  were  loved,  when 

applied 


ice         SiGsiricATiON  6f  the  different  Tenses. 

applied  to  men,  tfr7.»~  The  connecting  of  fyntax,  fo  far  as  is  neeeflary, 
with  the  inflection' of  nouns  and  verbs,  feems  to  be  the  moft  proper 
mtthod  of  teaching  both. 

Obf.  3.  The  «paft  time  and  participle  perfect  in  Englifli  rare  taken 
in  different  meanings,  according  to  the  different  tenfes  in  Latin  which 
they  are  ufed  to  exprefs.  Thus,  "  I  loved,"  when  put  for  amabam, 
is  taken  in  a  fenie  different  from  what  it  has  when  put  for  amavi  : 
fo  amor^  and  dm at  us  ftm ,  I  am  loved  ;  amabar,  and  amatus  eram,  I  was 
loved  j  am;r,  and  amatus  Jim,  \S?c  In  the  one,  hved  is  taken  in  a 
prefent,  in  the  other,  in  a  paft  fenfe.  This  ambiguity  arifes  from  the 
defective  nature  of.  the  Englifli  verb. 

Obf.  4.  The  tenfes  of  the  fubjunctive  mode  may  be  variously  ren- 
dered, according  to  their  connection  with  the  other  parts  of  a  fen- 
ttnee.  They  afe  Often  exprtiTed-in  Englifli  as  the  fame  tenfes  of  the 
indicative,  and  fometimes  one  tenfe  apparently  put  for  another. 

Thus,  .'.^uaji  intdllgant,  cualis  fit±  As  if  they  underftoed,  what 
kind  of  perfon  he  is,  Cic.  In  J acinus  jurajft  putis,  You  vrcukl  think, 
&c,  Ov.  ;  Elcquar  an  fleam  ?  ir'hall  I  fpeak  out,  or  be  fderrt .?■  Ndc  <vos 
argv.ctiniy  Tevcriyior  arguam,  Virg.  Si  quid  te  f.gerity  ego  ptruritn,  for 
f>eribo,  Ter.  Hur.c  ego  ft  potui  tanttim  fpcrt'rc  dolor  em  ;  Et  prefri  cyforory 
peter  0  :  for poluiffem  and  ps/Jem,  Virg.  Singula  quid  refer  am  ?  Why  fliould 
1  I  mention  every  thing  ?  Id.  Ptadiceres  rr:ili.  You  ihculd  have  told  me 
y  before  hand,  Ter.  At  tu  diclis,  Albane,  r.>amrcs,  Ought  to  have  flood 
to  your  word,  Virg.  Citius  crediderim,  I  ihould  former  believe,  Juv. 
Hauferit  enfsy  The  fword  would  have  deftroyed,  Virg.  Fuerint  iratiy 
Grant  or  fuppofe  they  were  angry.  Si  id fteljfet^  if  he  did  or  fliould 
do  that,  Cic.  The  fame  prcmifcuous  ufe  of  tlfe  tenfes  feems  alio  to 
take  place  fometimes  in  the  indicative  and  infinitive  j  and  the  indic- 
ative to  be  put  for  the  fubjunctive  ;  as,  Animus  memitujfe  Lorrct,  luSn- 
quc   refugit,    for  refugit,   Virg.       Fucrat   melius,   for  fuijfct,   Id.  :vidia 

dilcffu  c/afyfor  fuijpty  SalL  Quamdiu  in  portion  venfj  f  for  venifti,  Plaut. 
Quatn  7kcx  navigo  Ephfumy  for  nat-igabo,  Id.  X«  f  hie  fsy  aliier  fen' 
tins,  Ter.  Tcr  effes  and  fe/itires.  Cato  ajfirmat,  fc  vivo,  ilium  rwn.fri- 
vmp.barc,  for  triumphaturum  ejjey  Cic.  Ferfuadet  Cafiico,  ui  cccupatet,  for 
occupet,   Caef. 

Obf.  5.  The  future  of  the  fubjunctive,  and  alfo  of  the  indicative, 
is  often  rendered  by  the  preiem  of  the  fubjunctive  in  Englifli  -  as, 
niji  hoc  faciet,  or  fcerity  unlefs  he.  do  this,    Ter. 

Obi.  6.  Inflead  of  the  imperative  we  often  ufe  the  prefent  of  the 
fubjunctive;  as,  i<aleasy  farewell;  hue  venias,  come  hither,  &c.  And 
alfo  the  future  bodi  of  the  indicative  and  Subjunctive  ;  as,  mn  ptcy  lcsy 
do  not  kill  ;  nc  ftchis,  do  not  do  it  ;  valelis,  nicfw  amabisy  farewell, 
and  love  me.     Cic. 

The  prefent  time  and  the  preter-imperfectof  the  infinitive  are  both 

^exprcilcd  under  th,  lame  form.     All  the  varieties  of  pafl  and  future 

;preiTcd  by  the  other  two  tenfes.     13ut  in  order  properly  to 

the  tenfes' of  the  infinitive  mode,  we  mufl  put  an  accufa- 

t:  .     iCOtJuc  V.;L>-,  *  ch  Of   them  :    tbl'.-,  - 

Dicit 


Signification  of  the-  different  Tenses.  103 

Dicit  me  fcribert r;  he.  &ys  that  I  write,  do  write,  or  am  writing. 

Dixit  me fcfibere ;   he  faid  thai  I  wrote,  did  write,  or  was  writing* 

Dicit  me  fcripfiffe ;   he  fays  that  I  wrote,  did  write,  or  have  written* 

Dixit  me  fcripfiffe  i   he  faid. that.  I  had  written.  \ 

Dicit  me  fcripturum  effe  ;    he  fays  that  I  will  write. 

Dixit  nos  fcripturos  effe;    life  faid .that  we  would  write. 

Dicit  nos  fcripturos  juijfe  ;   he  fays  that  we  would  have  written. 

Dicit  liter  as  fi.ribi ;  he  fays  that,  letters  are  written,  writing,  a-writing> 

or  in  writing. 
Dixit  Uteras  fcrili ;   he  faid  that  letters  were  writing,  or  written. 
Dicit  lit  eras  jfcriptM  ejfe  ;  he  fays  that  letters  are  or  were  written,. 
Dicit  Uteras  fcriptM  fuilje  ;  lie  iiyLtbaJ  letters  have  been  written.. 
Dixit  Uteras  fcriptas  fuijf;  ;   he  fain  that  letters  had  been  written. 
Dicit  Uteras  fcriptum  in  ;   lie  fay*  that  letters  will  be  written. 
Dixit  Uteras  fcriptum  iri  ;   he  faid  thai  letters  would  be  written. 

The  future,  J^n'tptum  iriy  is  made  up  of  the  former  iupine,  and  the 
infinitive  padive  of  the  verb  eo,  and.  therefore  never  admits  of  any 
variation. 

The  future  of  the  infinitive  is  fometimes  expreiTed  by  zferiph\ 
or  circumlocution  ;    thus,  fcio  fore  Vctfuturtun  effe  ut fcrih.rr,t~rut  liter  * 
fcribzniur  t    I  know  that  they  will  write, — that  letters  will  bfe  writtdi 
Sci-vi  fore  Vel  futurum   effe  ut  Jcrib-re/it, — ni  l>l:r£  fcrilrrcntir  ;    I    t"nt 
that  they  would  write,  &:c      Scivi  futurnm  fi  ■  '  fitcra  fcrih  »  . 

I  knew  that  letters  would  have  been  written.     This  form  is  neceiTaiy 
in  verbs  which  want  the  fupine. 

Obf.  7.  The  difFerent  tenfes,  when  joined  with  any  expediency  or 
neceility,  are  thus  eipreffed  : 
Scribcndum  cfl  mihi,  pverz,  nobis,  <3cc.  Ultras  ;    I,  the   boy,    we,  &c.   muff 

write  letters. 
Scribcrrdum  fuit  mihi%  fi  ero,  nobis ,  Sac.   I  muft  hive  written,  &c. 
Scrile.idum  erit  mibi  ;  I  llia.ll  be  obliged  to  write. 
Sciofrib  nil  i  Uteras  ;   I  knaw  that  I  rouft  write  letters. 

■ Scribendum  fuijfc  mill  ; that  I  mull  have  written. 

Di.\it  fcrihendmm  fore  mibi ;  He  faid  that  I  would  be  obliged,  to  write. 

Or  with  the  parriciple  in  due, 
Liters  funt  fcribendx  mil/i,  puero,  heminibus,  <Scc.  or  a  me,  puero  >  &C*.  ;    Let- 
ters are  to  be,  or- muft  be  written  by  me,  by  the  boy,  by  men,  &c 
So   liters  fribendx   erar.t,  fucrunt,  erunt,  &c.      Si   liierx  fribend<x  ftnty. 
ejfint,f  rent,  &CC.      Scio  Uteras  fribendas  ejfe  ;     I  know  that   letters  are 
to  be,  or  muff  be  written.     Scivi  Uteris  frri  ben  Jasfuiffc  ;    I  knew  tbi 
letters  ought  to  have  been,  or  muft  have  been  written. 
Note.     Moft  of  the  fimpfe  tenfes  of  a  verb  in  Latin  may  be  expreft- 
ed,  as.in  Englifii,  by  the  participle  and  the  auxiliary  vtrh/Sim  ;  as,  Stvn 
amans,  for  amjo,  I  a-m  loving  ;  erant  avians',  for  amaham,  IS'c.     Fui  te  carets, 
for  carui,  Plaut.     Ucfisfciens,  for  ut  fcias,  Ter.     Only  the  tenfes  in  the 
active  which  come  from  the  preterfte,  and  thefe  in 'the  p-uTive  which 
ccme  from  the  prefent,  cannot  be  properly  espreiTed  in  this  manner  ; 
becaufc  the  Latins  have  no  participle  perfect  active, nor  participle  prefc 
cot  palSve.    This  manner  of  exprelTIon  however  does  not  often  occur, 

FORMATION 


4  Preterites  and  Supines.  '  ' 

FORMATION  of  t^e  PRETERITE  and  SUPIxi 

General   Rules. 

i. |  Compound  and  fimple  verbs  form  the  preterite  ai^3 
fupine  in  the  fame  manner  ;j  as, 

Vo:o,  vocavi,  "jocatum,  to  call  :   To  revocc,  revocavi9  rcvocatuTn,  to  recall. 

Exc.  i.I  When  the  fimple  verb  in  the  preterite  doubles 
the  firft  fyllable  of  the  prefent,  the  compounds  loie  the 
former  fyllable  ;  as,  pello,  pepujh  to  beat  |  repello,  repuli, 
never  repepu/i,  to  beat  back. yTBut  the  compounds  of  d*, 
fo,  di]co%  and  pofco,  follow  the  general  rule  ;  thus,  edifco, 
edid'.'ci,  to  get  by  heart  ;  depofco,  depopefci,  to  demand  : 
So,  preecurro,  pnecacurri  ;   repuugo,  repupugi.-^ 

Exc.  2.  jCompounds  which  change  a  of  the  fimple  verb 
into  #j  have  e  in  the  fupine  ;  as,  facio,  feci,  fatluvi,  to 
make  \\perficio,  perfect,  perfeclum,  to  perfect.  But  com- 
pound verbs  ending  in  dt,  and  go  ;*alfo  the  compounds  of 
l.abecy  place:,  sapio,  salij,  and  flatuo,  obferve  the  general 
rule.  J 

2.^Veibs  which  want  the  preterite,  want  like-wife  th* 
fupine.  ; 

Special   Rules. 

Firji  Conjugation. 
\  Verbs  of  the  firft  conjugation  have  avi  in  the  preterite, 
and  atum'wi  the  fupine  ;'  as, 

Creo,  creavi,  creiftum\to  create  ;  faro,  paravi,  paratum,  to  prepare.— So, 

Abundo,  1o  abound.  Arif*toyto'pujh likra ram.  .Bululo,  to  boot  like  aft 

AccftiO,  to  charge  with  AptO,  to  ft.  oivl. 

a  crime.  Aro,   to  plough.  CftCO,  to  go  to  fool. 

Adumbro,   to  fade,  to  AfciO,   ta  cut  or  lew.  Creco,  to  Win  d  .r  dazzle. 

delineate.  Afsevero,  to  affirm.  Crelo,  to  car  v.. 

J?A\{  ico,  to  luild.  Aufculto, .  to  lifcn.  Calceo, .  to  put  on  Jo*es, 

jEftimo,  to  value.  Auctoro,  to  engage  for         to  Jhoe. 

Ambulo,  to  walk,  fcrvice.  Culcitro,  to  Lick. 

Amplio,    to   e.Jjrge,    to  Autii'.TlO,  to  fuppfe.  Calco,   to  tread. 

put  off  a  ciufe.  Averrunco,  to  avert.  CaflgO,  to    be   dark.  OX 

Aalmo,  to  encourage.  BajulOj  to carry.  di  n-fightcd. 

Anticipo,  if  anticipate.  Bfilo,   to  bleat.  Carmjno,  to  card  wool . 

Antl.juo,  i.  e.  antiqua  Ba&d,  to  hip.  Calhgd,  to  chdjllfc. 

probo, /<?  rfjccl  a  law.     Be  lie),   to  war.  C.il.  ),   to  cut  off 

Appcllo,   to  call.  Beo,  to  bleYs.  Celtbro,/&/ 

Appr&pintjuo,    to    ap-    Blutcro,  to  babble.  C'elo,  to  « nee  ;J. 

proac/j.  Boo,  ti  bellow.  Ccnturio,    &   conccu- 

turiD, 


Pr ET  E  R IT  E.S    aild    S  U  P  I N  E  I O5 

tdrio,    to   divide    into  PedlCO,  /c              V.  F!ov  to  blow. 

con.  Delcclo,  to  di.  loc'riio,    reiocillo,    to 

Ccrto  r-eiTl)ero,   tc                               cberifi,  to  irarm. 

Delineo,    to    irhcef   to  ¥6dlco,?->pi  r;e  crpuja. 

>y.  chalk   out.  Foro,   to  bsre. 

C!ai:d:  Dcllro,  to  d,cf,  to  rave.  .Fortune),  to  frofp^r. 

Cougiilo,  .IjeUimbOj   t              en.  ,  Fr;-pro,  to  fmell ftveetly. 

;ro.  it  JDQsjclero,  to  ctefire.  Fraudo,  to  defraud. 

CoFlIneo,  to  aitx  at,  to  .L'Csdlo,  to  lay  ivaf.e,  Frio,   to  crumbled 

hit             xrk:  Deftino,  to  defgn.  Ftllftro,  &   -or,  to  dif- 

Colo,  to  ;  Dico,   to  dc                                appoint*. 

CommQiuco,  to  impart.  Difcepto,    difpiito,    tc  Fuco,  to  colour,  to  paint. 

Compare.  t\  conipdre.  debate.  FugG>  to  put to  fight. 

Comptnfo,  to   male  a-  Difsipo,  tYfcatier.  Fundo,  to  pound. 

Doio,  to  fyxv  or  cut.  Genero,  to' beget. 

ComfJ£rendIno,  tc  put  Dono,  to  prefer  Gfavo,  ioioei'gl  dozvn. 

off  a  ca'ufe  toils  day  Duplico,  to  double.  GlibernO,  to  govern* 

after'  to-rr.         -  j.  FdllCO,   to  brir.g  up.  Gufto,   to  tafie. 

Compllo,   to  pile  up,  to  EjCilo,   tc  wail,  to  iveep.  HaMtO,   to  .divelL 

piila-:.  tniancipO,  to  free  afc:  H^SitO,  to  doubt. 

Conclho, toga in^io  ret"  from 'the  po'iver  of  lis  Halo,  to  breathe. 

OJiciL.  father.  Hio,   to  gape. 

Concord),  to"a\ree.  Fmendo,  to  amend.  Honoro,  t    honour. 

ConffiU  ,  refiito,  tod'f-  Enucleb,**?  tale           . .  Jacft^,  to  boafl,  to  brag. 

pr:  kernel,  to  explain.  Jen::.!,   te  area  kf aft. 

Congelo,  tojreez   .  Enodo,  to  'uriknit.ro  ex-  Ignoro,  to  be  ignorant. 

CoiisIderQ,  to  conjiaet.  in.  Imm<jlo,   to  fat 

Contaniino,  to  i  E^uito,  tori  Impero,  to.            J. 

Copillo,  .to  1  Erro,  to  irl:  •  '  r.  Impctro,   to  ohiain. 

CorrQgo,  to  ivrt   kle.  Examino,    to    examine,  Inauro,  to  gild. 

CoVrufcO,   to  br.  to  tryi  InchoO,   to  begin. 

Cremo,  tc  Exantlo,    to    empty,    to  Incllno,  to  inch ne. 

Creo,  to  ere  endure.  Indigo,  to  trace  out. 

C-ibro,  t  Exaro,  io  pi      '  up,  to  Indico,  tof:-v. 

Criipo,  to  a  fcrahol,  to  iVrite f<$l>  Tnqinno,  to 'poll: 

Crucio,  io  torment.  Exentero,  to  take  cut  the  Infplco,    to  Jb.npj.i    at 

Curo,  to  care.  &u            '                                 tie  end. 

D^mno,  to  cond  r  tiftimo,  io'tbi  Infrauro,  to  rer .■-:-. 

cimo,    to                  •  Exploro,  to  j  InfKgG,  tc  pufh  on. 

tb  part,   cr  ExtrTco,  to  difentgngle.  Interc&lo,  to   irfert  one 

every  tenth  man.  pabrico,  to  frame.                  or. more  days,  to  male 

Declaro,  to  :.-'  Fafcino,  to  />.                           the  year 

Decollo,  to  .  Ffitlgo,   to  iceary.                    the  ct              '  the  fun. 

from   on  the  heel',    io  Fcrmento,    .to     leaven  Intio,  io  enttr. 

w      1  «... 

behead.  icitb   deu^b,    to-  fr-  Invito,   to  invite. 

Dccoro,  to  adc*  went.  Irradio,   t                   ~>n. 

Decurio,  tc                 ' .'-  r«.  ftlno,  to  laflen.  IrrTto;  to  provoke. 

dicrs  into  files  or  f nail    FlagltO,   to  du  Itero,   to  do  again.       ■  - 

companies,  cr  citizens  Flagro,  to  be  on  f  re.  Jiibllo,              :tforjc)- 
into  ward                                                                                                     Jurgo, 


ic6 


Preterites  and  Supijtes* 


Jurgo,  &  -Or,   to  elide 

or  field. 
Jfiro,  tofwear. 
J. abf.ro,  t$  labour. 
J-aCCTO,   to  tear. 
I.achryino,   &  -or,   to 

wtep. 
I- x. VI go,    to   finooth   or 

I. alio,  tojing  as  a  nurje 

to  a  child. 
Panio,  to  tear. 
Patro,  to  biirL. 
Laio,  to  lorfi. 
Lego,  to  fend  as  an  am- 

cajfadory  to  bequeath 
Levo,  to  lighten. 
l.Ibo,  to  tafie. 
LlberO,  to  free, 
JLlgO,  to  bind. 
1,1  quo,   to   melt. 
-I.ltigo,  to  quarrel. 
L»ltO,  to  appeafe   by  fa- 

crif.ee. 
jLficubro,  to  Jit  up  laity 

to  flu  J  \>. 

Puflro,  to  furvey. 

PuiO,  to  put  out  of  joint. 

Ma  do,  to  Jlay,  to  fil- 
er if  cr. 

Man  do,  to  comt7iandy  to 
commit. 

Mano,  to  flow. 

Mfitfiro,  to  hajlen. 
Medico,  <k  -or,  to  cure. 
Memuro,  to  tell. 
A'leo,  to  go  or  pofs. 
Merjdib,  &  -or,  toJJeep 

at  noon. 
Migro,  to  remove. 
AlHTto,  to  le  a  f tidier. 
Mini  fir  o,  loferve. 
Mltfgo,  to  pacify. 
Monflro,  tojhnv  or  tell. 

Mill  CO,    tc  beat. 

Mill  to,  IS*  -&0,  iofr.e. 

u  fib,  ty-liotf»  mutter. 
Mfltjlo,  to  maim, 

[itO:   to  change. 


Narro,  to  tell. 
Naiite©,  to  be  fea-fek. 
Navigo,   t'sfail. 
NaVO,   to  arl  figqroujly. 
Ntfgo,    to  deny. 
Kioto,   to  iv ink. 
No,   tofiwim. 

Nodo,  to  In&t,  rar.  acr. 
Nomino,  to  name. 
No  to,   to  mark. 
Novo,  to  renew. 
Nfido,  to  make  bare. 
Nurnero,  to  count. 
Nuncupo,  to  call. 
Nuntio,  to  tell. 

Nuto,  to  nod. 

Oblecro,  to  befiech* 

Obsero,  to  loek. 

Obtempero,  to  obey. 

Ob  trim  co,  to  kill. 

Obturo,  toficp  up. 

Occo,   to  harrow. 

•Odorp)    to  perfume* 

Onero,  to  load. 

Opto,  to  wifh, 

Orbo,  to  deprive. 

Ordino,  to  put  in  or  Jet. 

Orno,  to  deck,  to  adorn. 

Oro,  to  be*. 

Ofcito,  lff-OTt  toyazvn, 
to  be  I'filefs. 

Pa  co,  to  fubdue. 

Palpito,  to  beat  or  throb. 

Palpo,  tofiroket  to  gain 
b\  Jlaitery. 

PareiltO,  to  perform  fu- 
neral rites,  to  revenge. 

Pai'O,   to  prepare. 

PatIO,   to  perform. 

Pecco,  to  Jin. 

Penttro,  to  p'urcc. 

Perse vcro,  to  continue 
eonfiatit. 

P;o,    ti  expiate. 

PlaCO,   to  apprvfi. 

lMdro,   to  leii ail. 

Porto,  to  tarry. 

Poftfilo,  to  tlemit 

Privo,  to  deprive. 


Pr6bo,  to  approve. 
Procraftino,  to  delay. 
Profligo,  to  rou:. 
Promulgo,  to  publijh. 
Propago,  to  propagate. 
Prupcro,  to  hajhr. 
Proplno,  to  drink  to. 
Protelo,  to  chafe  away. 
Publico,  to  publijh,   to 

confifcate. 
Pugno,   tof.ghf. 
Pulliilo,  to  bud.  .    j 

Purgo,  to  cleanfi. 
Pfito,   to  think. 
Quadro,  to  f qua  re. 
Kecupero,  to  recover. 
"Rccfilb,  to  refufe. 
RcXngero,  to  cool. 
Kegelo,  to  thaw. 

Reparo,   trj  repair.  ) 

Kepraifento,  to  rtfim- 
blc,  to  Jhew  ;  to  pay 
money  in  advance. 

Rcsero,  to  unlock. 

Rl20,  to  water. 

Rdgo,  to  ajk. 

Roto,  to  wheel  about. 

Ructo,   Iff  -or,  to  belch. 

Rlimino,    to    ehczc  the 

Runco,  to  weed.     \ju4. 

Sacro,  to  confiecrate. 

Saglno,    to  fatten. 

Saljvo,  to  f pit  or JJgyer* 

Sal  to,  to  dance. 

SalQtO,  tofalute. 

Sano,  to  heal. 

Satio,   tofatisfy. 

Satiiro,  to  Jill,  to  glut. 
Scarifico,  to  lasics  or 

open. 
Set  CO,  to  hawk  or  retch 
in  f pitting. 

Secuhdo,  t->  pvfp.r. 
Sedo,  to  allay. 
Separo,  to  fever. 
Servo,  to  let/. 
Sibllo,  to  I  ifi. 
Sicco,  to  dry. 
Signo,  to  mar-   (ml. 

Significo, 


Conjug. 


i. 


Preterites  and  Supines. 


107 


Sigulfico,  to  mean,  to 

%xive  notice. 
Sir.iulo,  to  pretend. 
Socio,  to  match,  to  join. 
Solicito,  to  fir  up,    to 

difquiet. 
Somnio,   to  d;  earn. 
Spe&O,   to  behold. 
Spcro,  to  hop;. 
Splro,  to  breathe. 
Spoiio,  to  rob. 
Spiimo,  to  foam. 
JStagno,  tojlandas  water* 
Stillo,  to  drop. 
Stimulo,  to  goad)  to  vex. 
Stipo,  to  fluffs  to  guard. 
Strangulo,  to  fife. 
Strigo,     to    breathe,  or 

reji  in  work,  as  oxen, 

or  horfes  do. 
Sudo,  to  f iv eat, 
SufFoco,  to  Jir angle. 
Suff  >co,  to  burn  incenfe. 
Sugillo,  to  taunt  or  jeer. 


Sulco,  to  furrow. 
Supero,  to  overcome. 
Slippedito,  to  afford. 
SixfuiTQ,  to   whifper, 
Tardo,  to  flop. 
Taxo,  to  rate ,  to  reprove. 
IVmero,  to  defile. 
Terapcro,  td  temper. 

Ttnuo,  to  make  fnall. 
Terebro,  to  bore. 
Term  ico,  to  bound. 
TItijio,  to   tickle. 
Titiibo,  to  f  agger. 
Tokro,  to  bear. 
Trano,  to  f-wim  over* 
Tnpiidio,   to  caper. 
Triumpho,  to  triumph. 
Trucldp,  to  kill. 

Turbo,  to  dijiurb. 
fllulo,  to  howl. 
Umbro,  to  fade. 
Vacillo,  to  waver* 
Vaco,  to  want)  to  be  at 
leifu  re. 


Vafto,  to  hy  nvafe, 
V elli  co  )to  pluck ,  twitch 

or  j  inch  ;  to  taunt  QT 

rail  at. 
Velo,  to  cover. 
Ventilo,  to  fan, 
Verbero,  to  whip, 
VeftigCf,  to  fear ch  for, 
Vibro,    to  brandijh)  ft 

j'reke.  i 
Viduo,  tc  deprive, 
Vigilo,  to   watch. 
Viudico,    to  claim)    t§ 


revenge. 


Vi  j'lo,  to  violate, 
Vitio,  to  fpoil. 
Vito,  to  fun. 
VZtupero,  to  blame, 
Voco,  to  call, 
Volo,   to  fy. 
V>ro,  to  devour. 
Vulgo,  to fpread abroad, 
Vulnero,  to  wound. 


Exc.  I.  Do,  dedi,  datum,  dare,  to  give  :  fo,  venundo,  t% 
fell  ;  clrcundo,  to  furround  ;  pejfundo,  to  overthrow  ;  fatif- 
do,  to  give  furety  ;  venurtdedi,  <oenun datum,  venundare,  &c* 
The  other  compounds  of  ^/o  are  of  the  third  conjugation.        ■ 

Sto,  Jieti,   Jlatum,    to    ftand.      Its   compounds   have  Jliti9 
ftitum,    and    oftener  Jiatum  ;    as,    prmjlo,    prceJUtt,  prdftitum9 
j  or  praftatum,    to    excel,    to   perform.      So  ad-9    ante-,  con^ 
ex-,  hi-,  ob-,  per-,  pro-,  re-jlo* 

Exc.    2.      Ltroo,  lavi,  lotum,  lautum,  lavatum,  to   wa/Il* 

Polo,  potavi,  pdtum,  or  pbtatumy  to  drink. 

Juvoijuvi,  jutum,  to  help  ;  tut.  part,  juvaturus.    So  adjiivt* 

Exc.  3.  Ciibo,  ciibu:,  cull  turn,  to  ly.  So,  ac-,  ex-,  oc-9 
re-culo.  The  other  compounds  infert  an  ?n,  and  are  of 
the  third  conjugation. 

Domo,  damu't,  doniitum,    to  fubdue.      So  e-,  per-domo. 

Sono,  sonut,  soriitum,     to    found.       So    af-9  circum-,    con-j. 
i\j-,  r.v-)   in-,  per-,  prep.-,   res 0 no. 

Tono,  tonut,    toiiilum,     to    thunder.      So   at-j  circun:-,  in-t 
"uper'in-,  re-tono.      Horace  lias  intonatus. 

Velo,  vetui,   ventum,  to  forbid. 

L  Crept, 


I08  Preterites  and  Supini?, 


,onjug. 


Crefo,  erepui,  ere  fit  urn,  to  make  a  noife.  So  eon-,  in-, 
per-,  re-crepo  :   difcrepo  has  rather  difcrepdvi. 

Exc.  4.  Frico,  fruui,  friclum,  to  rub.  So  a/-,  circum-, 
ton-,  de-,  ef-,  in-,  per-,  re-frico.  But  fome  of  thefe  have 
filfo  atnm. 

Seco,  secui,  fecium,  to  cut.  So  c'ircum-,  eon-,  de-,  dif-9 
ex-,  in-,   inter-,  per-,  pra-,  re-,  fub-seco. 

Neco,  tieeui,  or  necavi,  n-ecatum,  to  kill.  So  inter-,  e- 
T.eco  :   but  thefe  have  oftener  eSum  ;  eneclum,  internetlurn. 

Afico,  nucui,  to   glitter,  to    mine.       So  inter-,  pro- 

Tmeo.       Eniico,    has    e  nucui,  eniicdtum  :    diviico,  difnlcdvi,  di- 
tiucdtum,  rarely,  dinucui,  to  fight. 

Exc.  5..  Thefe  three  want  both  pret.  and  fup.  labo,  Xjb 
fall  or  faint  ;  nexo,  to  bind  ;  and  pltco,  to  fold. 

Piuo,  compounded  with  a  noun,  or  with  the  prepofi- 
tions  re,  Jub,  has  dvi,  at  urn  ,•  as,  dup!tc±  dupl7cavi9  du- 
pllcalum,  to  double.      So  -multi-,  fup-,  re-plico. 

The  other  compounds  of  plica  have  either  dvi  and  dtum,, 
cr  ui  and  it  urn  ;  as  cippluo,  appluui,  appUciium,  or  -dvi, 
dtum,  to  apply.  So  im-,  com-pltco.  Exptico,  to  unfold, 
has  commonly  explicui,  expUcitum  ;  but  when  it  fignifieo 
to  explain  or  interpret,  explicavi,  expUcdtunu 

Second  Conjugation. 
I  Verbs  of    the  fecond  conjugation  have  ui  and  ttum  ;   a* 
fcaleo,  habui,  habitiim^to  have. — So, 

Adhtbeo,  to  admits  to  vf.  Debeo,  to  enve. 

•Cohibeo,  inhibeo,  to  rtftuhi.  Mtreo,  to  defervc  ;    Com-,  de-,  e-, 
Exhibeo,  to  Jbexv,  to  give.  per-,  pro-mereo,  or  mereor. 

Pcihibeo,  to  fays  to  give  ouh  Moneo,  to  admonifi    :    A<1-,  com-, 
Prohibeo,  to  binder,  pne-moneo. 

Pofthabeo,  to  value  left*  Terrco,  to  terrify  :  Abf-,  con-,  de-, 
Pnebco,  to  ajord.  ex-,  per-terreo. 

Rt'dhibeo,  to  return  ox  take  back  a  Diiibeo,  to  cvunt  over,  to  difiibutc^ 
thing  that  -<vas  fold  for  feme  fault. 

Neuter  verbs  which  have  ui  want  tfre  fupine  %    as,   area, 

drui,  to  be  dry  :    So, 

Aceo,  &-{zo,tobefour.     PgCO,indigco,^ want.  frendeo,    to   gnafo    the-, 
Albeo,  to  be  whit/,            Lnunco,  to  fan  J  above  teeth. 

Candeo,  to  be  ivhite.  otbets.  Frondeo,  to  bear  leave** 

Calico,  to  be  hard.  Flaccco,   to  witbef.  Horreo,  to  be  rough. 

Caned,  to  be  bsary.  FlCreo,  to  jhurijh.  HOmeo,  to  be  wet. 

CErep,  to  hiri/bt.  Fcctco,  to  fu.t.  lpimiaco,  to  bang  o-ver. 

Lauguct, 


Conjug.  2.         Preterites  and  Supines. 


m 


P.iteo,  to  he  open. 
Puteo.   to   ftink. 
Pntreo,  to  rvt. 
Ranceo,  to  be  mouldy. 
Rlgeo,   to  be  f  iff. 
Rllbco,  to  be  red: 
Squaleo,  to  be  foul. 
Sordeo,  pt  be  rnSy* 


Studeo,  to  favour. 
Stiipeo,  to  be  amazed, 
Splendeo,  to  fkinc. 
T.  peo,  to  be  ivarm. 
Tjrpeo,  to  be  benumbed, 
Tiimeo,  to  fzucll. 
Vigeo,  to  be  ft r Grig. 
Vireo,  to  be  green. 


■ 


Langueo,  to  languijh. 
Liqueo,  licui,  to  meltt 

to  be  clear. 
Macco,  to  be  lean. 
MadcOy^o  be  -wet. 
Marcco,   to  wither. 
Muceo,  to  be  mouldy. 
Niteo,  ti  Jhb-.e. 
IVileo,  to  be  pale. 

But   the   neute  bs  which  follow/-,  together  with  their 

compounds,-  have  the  fupine,  and  are  regularly  conju- 
gated :  Valeo,  to  be  in  health  ;  and  aqui-,  con-,  e-,  in-,- 
pra -valeo  ;  Placeo,  to  pleafe  ;  and  com-,  per-placeo  :  dif~ 
pliceo,  to  difpleafe  :  Careo,  to  want  :  Pareo,  to  appear, 
to  obey  ;  and  ap-9  com-pareo  :  Jaceo,  to  lie  %,  and  ad-,- 
circum-,  inter-,  cb-,  pr<e-,  fub-,  fuper-jaceo  :  Cako,  to 
be  warm  ;  and  con-,  in-,  ob-,  per-,  re-cako  :  Noceo,  to 
hurt  ;  Dvieo,  to  be  grieved  ;  and  con-,  de-,  in-,  per-do!eo  : 
Coaleo,  to  grow  together:  Liceo,  which  in  the  active  fig- 
niiies,  to  be^lawful,  to  be  valued  ;-  and,  what  is  lingular, 
in  the  pamve,  to  bid  a  price  :  Lateo,  to  lurk,  the  com- 
pounds of  which  want  the  lupine,  dihteo,  inter-,  fub-hi- 
teo  :  as  likewife  do  thofe  of  Taceo,  -cut,  -cltum,  to  be  filent, 
****-.  J  ,  re-ttcta.  p 

Theie' three  aLt!T*t:-*"r^s  ^kewife  want  the  fupine  :  Tzmec, 
-v't,  to  fear;  ^,^ifto"concea!  \<Ai^  ***  to  drive  away; 
But  the  compounds  of  arceo  have  the  iupir.e  ;  wr  ^erceo? 
ixercui,  exerciium,  to  exercife.      So  co-erceo,  to  re  foam. 

Exc  i.     The  following  verbs  in  BEO  and   CEO  : 

Jubeo,  juji,  jii/fum,  to  order.  So  fde-jubeo,  to  bail,  or 
]j*e  furety  for. 

J   Sorbeo,  forbw,  forptum;  to  flip.      So  ab-forheo,  to  fuck  in  ; 
trx,  re-forbeo.     We  alfo  find   alforpfi,    exforpjl :     Exforptum> 
rejorptum,  are  not  in   ufe. 

Doceo,  docHii,  dofium,  to  teach.      So  ad-,  con-,  de-,  e-,  per-# 
fub-deceo, 

Mifceo,  rnifcui,  mijlum,  or  mixtum,  to  mix.  So  W-, 
com-,  im-,  inter-,  per-,   re-mifceo. 

.  Mulceo,    mujfi,    mulfum,    to  ftroak,    to  foothe.      So  ad-, 
iircum-,  com-,  de-,  per-,  re-mulceo. 

Luceo,  luxi, to  mine.      So  al-,  circum-,  col,  di-,  e-, 


u7-,  inUr^per-,  or  pd-,  pr*-,pro->re-,  fub-,tranf-luceo. 


Exfe, 


no  Preterites   and   Supines.  Conjug.  >. 

Exc.    2.      The  following  verbs  in  t)EO  : 

Prandec,  prandi,  pranfum,   to   dine. 

Video,  iTtdi,  vljum,  to  fee.  So  in-,  per-,  prj-,  pro- 
re -video. 

Sedeo,  serli,  [iJTutn,  to  fit.  So  af-,  con-,  de-,  dif-,  in-*, 
$h-,  per-,  pof-,  pi1*-*  rt~t  fvb-sitko  :  Circumsideo,  or  circum- 
-  deo,  fupersedtQ*  But  dc-,  dif-,  p*r-,  prx-9  re'-,  fub-fideo, 
fcem  to  want  the  lupine. 

.  firidi, to  make  a  noife. 

Pau&tOf  pependi,  pmfum,  to  hang.  So  de-,  im-,  pro-, 
fuper-pendeo, 

Mordeo,  momordi,  morfum,  to  bite.  So  ad-,  com-,  de-, 
§1-,  prjc-,   rs-mordio. 

Spondeo,  fpopond'i,  fponfum,  to  promife.      So  de-,  re-fpondeo. 

'Tovuleo,  tbtotidi,  tonfam,  to  clip.      So  at-,  cirevm-,  de-tondeo. 

But  the  compounds  oi  thefe  verbs  do  not  double  the  firfr. 
i  ^liable  ;   thus,   depend':,  remordi,  refpondi,  ationdi,  fcfr. 

Rideo,  rlji,   rlfum,    to   laugh.       So   ar-,  de-,  ir-y  fub-rideo, 

Suadtc,  Judji,  fudfum,   to   advife.      So   dif,  per-furdec* 

Ardec,   arji,  arfum,   to  burn.      So  ex*,  in-,   ob-ardc . . 

Exc.    3.      The   following  verbs   in    GEO  : 

Augeo,  o.vxi,  auSuvn,  to  increafe.      So  ad-,  a^augeo. 

Lvgeo,  lux],  to  mourn*      JJs  £-,  pro-,  [ub-lugto* 

Frigeo,  frtxlj  •*»-—  to  be  cold.      So  per-,  re-frlgeo. 

y*$2Zd9  tcrfi,  terfur.i,  to  wipe.  So  abs-,  circum-,  de-, 
*..--,  pe.r-tergeo. 

Mulgeo,  mulfi,  mulfum,  or  midclum,  to  milk.    So  c-,  im-mulgeo. 

Indulge*,  InduJjl,  hidulium,  to  grant,  to  indulge. 

Urgeo,   urfi, to   prefs.      So   ad-,  ex-,  in-,  per-,  ful-9 

fuper-urgco. 

Fulgeo,  fulfil  to   mine.       So  af,    circum-,  con-,  rfc 

inter-,  pre:-,   re-,  ftp  er -fulgeo. 

Turgeo,  turft, to  fweli.      Algeo,  a[fi, to  be  cold. 

Exc.  4.  The  following  verbs  in  IEO  and  LEO  : 
Vieo,  vievi,  vieium,  to  bind  with  twigs,  to  hoop  a  vefiel. 
Cieo,  (civi)  citum,  to  ftlr  up,  to  roufe.  So  ac-,  con-,  ex- , 
in-,  per-cieo.  Cl-vi  comes  from  cio  of  the  fourth  conjugation. 
Fleo,  fevl,fetum,  to  weep.  So  af-r  de-feo. 
Compleo,  complevi,  completum,  to  fill.  So  the  other  com- 
pounds of  pho  ;   de-,  ex-,   im-,  adim-,  op-T  re-,  fup-pleo. 

Detect, 


Ccnjug.  2.         Preterites  and  Supines.  hi 

Deleo,  delevi,  dtletum,  to  deftroy,  to  blot  out. 

oleo,  to  fmell,  has  olui,  ulitum.  So  likewiie  its  com- 
pounds which  have  a  fimilar  fignification  ;  ob-,  per-,  red-, 
Jfub-olto.  But  fuch  of  the  compounds  as  have  a  different 
fignification  make  evi  and  eium  ;  thus  exoleo,  exolevi,  ex- 
lletum,  to  fade.  So  inoleo,  -evi,  -eium,  or  Aturn,  to  grow  into 
ufe  ;  obsoleo,  -evi,  -eium,  to  grow  out  of  ufe.  \boleo,  to 
abolifh,  has  abolevi,.  abolition  ;  and  adoleo,  to  grow  up,  to 
burn,  adolevi,  adult  urn. 

Exc.  5.  Several  verbs  in  NEO,  $UEO,  REO,  and  SEO, 

Maneo,  man/!,  manfum,  to  (lay.      So  per-,  re-maneo, 

Neo,  nevi,  netum,  to  fpin.      So  per-neo. 

Teneo,  tetiui,  tentum,  to  hold.  So  con-,  de-,  dis-,  ob-, 
re-,  fuf-tuieo.~  But  aUtneo,  pertmeo,  are  not  ufed  in  the 
lupine  ;  and  feldom  al/Iwec. 

Torqueo,  tor/!,  iorium,  to  throw,  to  whirl,  to  twift.. 
Thus,  con-,  de-,  dis-,  ex-,  in-,  ob-,  re-torqueo. 

H&reo,  h<zfi,  h&fum,.  to  ftick.  Thus,  ad-,  con-,  in-, 
*b-,  fub-h#reo. 

Torreo,  torrui,  tojlum,  to  roaft.      So  exicrreo. 

Cenfeo,  cenfui,  cenfum,  to  judge.  So  ac-,  per-,  re- 
eenfeo,  to   review  ; ■  fuccenfeo,  to  be  angry. 

Exc.  6..  Verbs  in  VEO  have  vi,  turn  ;  as,  movfo,  mov!r 
tnZtum,-  to  move  ;.  Foveo,  fovi,  folum,  to  cherilh.  So  con-, 
re -foveo.      So   voveo,  to  vow,  or  wiih,  and  devoveo. 

tFaveo,  to  favour  ;  has  fdvi,  fautum  ;  and  caveo,  to  be= 
ware  of  ;  cavi,  cautum.      So  pra-caveo. 

Neuter  verbs  in  veo  want  the  fupine  ;  as,  paveo,  pavi> 
to  be  afraid. 

Fcrveo,  to  boil,  to  be  hot,  makes  firtiuu  So  de-,  ef-, 
in-,  per-,  re-ferveo. 

Conmveo,   to  wink,  has  conmvi  and  connix'u 

Exc.  7.  The  following  verbs  want  both  preterite  and 
fupine  :  Lacleo,  to  fuck  milk,  Uveo,,  to  be  black  and 
)lue  ;  fcateo,  to  abound  ;  randeo,  to  mine  ;  mxreo,  to 
:>e  forrowful  ;  aveo,  to  defire  ;  polleo,  to  be  able  5  7^0, 
o  be  yellow  ;.    denfeo,  to  grow  thick  ;    glabreo,  to  be  fmooth 

|>r  bare.  To  thefe  add  calveo,  to  be  bald  ;  ceveo,  to  wag 
he  tail,  as  dogs  do  when  they  fawn  on  one  ;  hcbeo,  to 
K  dull  3  uveo,  to  be  moift ;  and  fome  others. 


H2  Preterites  and  Supines.  Conjug- 

7 bird  Conjugation. 
/Verbs    of  the    third  conjugation  form  their  preterite    and 
fupine   varioufly,  according  to    the  termination    of  the    prc- 
fent.  | 

10. 

1.  Fac'io,  fee),  factum,  to  do,  to  make.  So  the  com- 
pounds which  retain  a  :  lucri-9  magtu-,  arc-,  cale-,  made-9 
tepe-,  bene-,  malt-,  sdtis-facio,  &c.  But  thofe  which 
change  a  into  /  have  edium  ;  as,  ajficio,  affect,  affectum. 
So,    con-,  de-,  ef-,     in-,  inter-y   of-,  per-,  pra-,  pro-,  re-,  fuf- 

ficio.  Note  ;  Facio,  compounded  with  a  noun,  verb,  or 
adverb,  retains  a  ;  but  when  compounded  with  a  prepofl- 
tion,  it  changes  a  into  /'. 

Some  compounds  of  facto  are  of  the  firft.  conjugation  ; 
as,  Amptiflcof  facrifico,  terrijico,  magn/ffco  ;  grattflcor,  to 
gratify,  or  do  a  good  turn,    to   give   up  :  ludtfcor,  to  mock. 

Jacio,  jeci,  jaclum,  to  throw.  So  ab-,  ad-,  arcum-, 
con-,  de-,  dij-,  e-9  in-,  inter-,  ob-,  pro-,  re-,  Jul-,  fuper-9 
fuperin-,    tra-ficio  ;    in  the  fupine  -ttium. 

The  compounds  of  fpecio  and  Jacio,  which  thcmfelves 
are  not  ufed,  have  exi,  and  ectum  ;  a*,  afpicio,  afpexi,  a- 
fpeclum,  to  behold.  So  circum-,  con-,  de-,  d'f-,  in-,  infro~9 
f>er-9  pro-,  re-,  retro-,  fu-fplcio. 

jilhcio,  allexi,  allectum,  to  allure.  So  ?/-,  pel-Ucio  ; 
but  eticlo,   to  draw  out,  has  eTtcui,  elnltum. 

2.  F'jdio,  fodi,  fojfum,  to  dig,  to  delve.  So  ad-,  circum-9 
con-,  ef-,  in-,  inter-,  per-,  pra-,   re-,  fuf-,  tranf-fodio. 

Fugio,  fug'i,  fugitinn,  to  fly.  So  au-,  (for  ab-,)  con-% 
de-9  dtf-,  ef-,per-,  pro-,  re-,  fuf-,  fubter-,  tranf-fugio. 

3.  Capio,  C€pi9  captum,  to  take.  So  ac-,  con-,  de-,  ex-9 
hi-,  inter-9  oc-,  per-,  pra-9  re-9  fufc/pio,  (in  the  fupine 
-ccptum  ;)    and  anie-capio. 

Rapio,  rapid,  raptuni,  to  pull  or  fnatch.  So  ab-,  ar-9 
:or-9   de-,   di-,   e-,  pro:-,  pro-,  fur-npio-,  -ripui,   -reptum. 

Sapio,    sapui,  to    favour,    to   be    wife.       So    consl^io 

to   be    well    in    one's  wits  ;    dcsipio9    to   be    fooliih  ;    resipio 
to  come  to  one's  wits. 

Cupio,  cufivi,.cupllum,   to  defire.      So   co?i-,   dif,  per-cupio 

4.  Park,   peperi,  parltum,   or  parium,    to    bring   forth^  a . 
child,   to    set.       Its    compounds   are   of  the    fourth    conju- 
gation.  Quaito, 


Conuig.  3l*         Preterites  and  Su  pines. 


ir 


3 


Quarto,  qiiaJfh  quajjum,  to  (hake  ;  but  qvajfi  is  hardly 
ufed.  Its  compounds  have  cufji,  cujfum,  as,  concutfo,  ecu- 
cufli  concuj/um..  So  de-%  dif-,  ex-,  in-,  per-,  re-,  reper-, 
fuc-cutto, 

UO  has   vi,   utum  ;    as, 

Arguo;  argui,  argutum,  to  mew,  to  prove,  or  argue* 
to  reprove.      So  co-,  red-arguo,  to  confute. — So, 

Xcuo,  Exacno,  to  JBarfen.  StatCLOj  to  fit  or  place,  to  ordain. 

Batuo,  i<el  battuo,  to  beat,  to  fight,  Con-,  de-,  in-,  prx-,  pro-,  re-, 


fub-ftltuo. 

fterilUO,   to fieeze. 

Suo,    U-Jekv'Ot   Jl'i:o,   to   tach   toge- 
ther :    Af-,    circum-,  con-,  dif-,, 
in-,  pne-,  re-,  fuo. 
Tribno,  to  givtx  to  divide  :  At-, 
con-,  dif-,  re-tribuo. 


to  fen  a  iv'ltb  foil:. 
Induo,   to  put  on   cloatbsi 
Exuo,  to  put  of  deaths, 
fmbuo,  to   wet  or  imbrue,  to  feafo.i 

or  infru?:. 
Minuo,  U  leffen  :   Com-,  de-,  d*i-, 

im-minuo. 
Spuo,  tofpit:  Con-,  de-,  ex-  ,in-fpuc 

Exc.  I.  Fluz,  jluxi,  Jiuxuih,  to  llovv.  So  af-,  circum-, 
con-,  de-,  dif-,  ef-,  in-,  inter-,  per-,  prater-,  pro-,  re-,, 
fulicr-,  fuper-,    tranf-fiuor 

Struo,  firii-xi,-  jlruJu;:!;    to    put    in    order,   to    build.       So- 
at!-,    circum-,    con-,     de-,     ex-,     in-j     oh-,    pr*z-,    fub-, .  fuper- 
firuo. 

Exc.  2.  Luc,  lui,  hiitum,  to  pay>  to  wafli  away,  to 
fafter  puniiliment.  Its  com])ounds  have  utum  ;  as,  abluo, 
-ui,  -utum,  to  wain,  away,  to  purify.  So  al-,  circum-,. 
col-,   de-,    di-,   e-y.  inter-,  per-,  pol-,  pro-,    [uh-Iuo. 

Ruo,  rui,  riiitum,  to  rum,  to  falK  Its  compounds  hare 
utum  ;  as  diruo,  dirui,  diruttim,  to  overthrow.  So  B-, 
ob-,  pro-,,  fub-ruo.  Ccrruo,  and  irruo,  want  the  fupine  ; 
as  like  wife  do  mctuo,  to  fear  ;  phic,  to  rain  ;  ingruo,  to  af- 
fail  ;  congruo,  to'  agree  ;  refpuo,  to  reject,  to  flight  ;  annuo, 
to  affent  ;  and  the  other  compounds  of  the  obfolete  verb 
nuo ;  abnuo,.  to  refufe  ;  innuo,  to  nod  or  beckon  with  the 
head  ;    renuo,.  to  deny  :   all  which  have  ui  in  the  preterite- 

BO  has  hi,  iiium  ;   as, 

Bibo,  Inhi,  hilitum,  to  drink.  So  ad-,  conl-,  e-,  zm-, 
per-,  pvec-uibo* 

Exc.  I.  Scrlbo,  fcripfi,  fcriptum,  to  write.  So  ad-,, 
circum-,    con-,     de-,    ex-,    in-,    inter-,,  per-,    poft-,  pr<e-,  pro-, 


re-,  fub-,  fuper-,  fupra-,  ininf-fcnlo. 


NuUOy 


*i4  Priteritls  and  Supines.         Conjug.  3. 

Nubo,  nupft,  nuptum,  to  veil,  to  be  married.  So  de-,  e-} 
in-,  ob-nubo.      Inflead  of  nupft,  we  often  find  nupta  funu 

Exc.  2.  The  compounds  of  cuba  in  this  conjugation  in- 
fert  an  m  before  the  lad  fyllable  ;  as,  accumbo,  accubul, 
accubitum,  to  recline  at  table*  So  con-,  de-,  dif-,  in-, 
oc~,   pro-,    re-,  fuc-,  fuperin-cumlo,    -cubui,    -cuUttum. 

Thtfe  two  verbs  want  the  fupine  ;.  feabo,  feabi,  to 
fcratch  ;.  lambo,  lambiy  to  lick.  So  ad-,  circum-,  de-,  pre* 
kimbo. 

Glubo  and  deglubo,  to  ftrip,  to  flay,  want  both  pret.  &  fup. 

CO. 

1.  Dlco,  dixl,  dlclum,  to  fay.  So  ab-,  ad-,  con-,  contra-, 
*-,    in-,    inter-,  pra-,  pro-dlco. 

Duco,  duxiy  duclum,  to  lead.-  So  ab-,  ad-,  circum-) 
con-,  dc-,  d\-,  e-,  in-,  intro-,  ob-,  per-,  pr&-,  pro-,  re-, 
fs-,  fub-,   tra-,    or   tranf-duco. 

2.  Vinco,  Wt,  vicium^  to  overcome..  So  con-,  de-,  e-9 
per-,    re-vinco. 

Parco,  peperei,  parfutn,  feldom  parjl,  parsttum,  to  fpane* 
So  comparco,  or  comperco,  which  is  feldom  ufed. 

Ico,  id,  iclum,  to  ftrike. 

SCO  has  tffj  turn  ;  as, 

Nofco,  novi,  noium,  to  know  ;  tut.  part,  nofciturus..  So 
Dignol'co,    to  difiingusfii    ignofco,     Quiefco,  -evr,  -etum,  to  rejl ;  Ac-, 

to  pardon  ;  alfo  inter-,  per-,  prse-         con-,  inter-,  re-quiefco. 

rofco.  Scifco,  -Ivi,  -itum,  to  ordain  ;   ad-, 

CrefcO,  -cvi,-itum,  to  grotv :  Con-  or    afcifco,    to   take,    to    ajfociate  ; 

de-,  ex-,  re-,  and  •without  the  fa-  concifco,  to  vote,   to  commit ;    cift 

pine,  ao,  in-,  per-,    pro-,  fuc-,         pne-,  re-cifco  ;  defcifco,  to  revolt. 

fuper-crefco.  Suefco,  to  be  accujitmtd  :  At-,  c«n- 

de-,  in-fuefco,  -evi,  -etum. 

Exc.  r.  Agnofco,  ctgnovi,  agmtum,  to  own  ;  ccgnofco, 
tognovi,  cogrittum,    to  know.      So   recognofco,   to  review. 

Pj/co,  pavi,  pnjlum,   to  feed.      So  com-,  de-p.ifco. 
Exc.   2-     The  following  verbs  want  the  fupine. 

D'-fco,  didtct,  to  learn.  So  ad-,  con-,  de-,  e-,  per-, 
prx-difco,    didtci. 

P<jJco,  popofci,    to    demand.       So    cp-,  d$-,    ex-,    re-pofco. 

Compefco,  compefevi,  to  flop,  to  reftrain.  So  difpefco, 
difpefcui,    to  feparate. 

Exc.   3,     Clifco,    to  grow  ;   fattfeo,    to   b«   weary  ;    and 

likewife 


Cdfjjug.   3-        TkLriKitiLS  and'  Suvts'tti-  1%$Z 

like  wife  inceptive    veils,    want'  boch    preterit  _•    and   fupine  ;* 
as    areffOy     to  become*  dry.       But   tlrefe    \erbs    borrow    the- 
j    and    fupine:   irom'  their     primitives  \'>    as     anJefco>> 
to  g\o\v  hot,   arj],    arfu.m,   from   ardeox* 

DO   has  */.'.  ./!.vj  ;  '  as,  ■ 
Scando,  fcandi,  J*anfunt±.  to  ck-.nb  :  cV<;  S5,  .?fu:n,  Xd  eat.- 
So, 

Afcendo,-J  GudeyJd            lajp-yp  Maiii          :''■•.?-*.•  Fras,-- 

Cendo, /e  er   c&hi  :     F.X-,    2  n  -  j  re-iiUir'do. 

Con-,  c-,    tx-,  121—5  per-,  pro*,  rocfido.  PicIjcikIu,   t->  tale  hell ■ 

tran-fcendo  Dtfcn&r,  to  defghtL*  of:  Ap-,  com-ydt*- 

Accendo,     »&    A;'/-:i.>  :  O-fciido,    ij   yvvic-    <z~  prehendu. 

In-,  fuc-cendo-.  guinjijotjft?*!, tcfatd, 

Exc.   1.     Dtvtdo)  dlvij})  iLvifui-h,   t o  divide.  • 

liiido,    r3fi9    rafntn}   to    iliave.  •      So     ab-,    e'reum-,-   ecr->* 
ie-,    e-,  inter-,  prz,  jpb-rihh±> 

Clcudo,  clavjf9  claufum\   to    dole*      So  circvvi-7  .con-7--dif-9-* 
ex-,  in-,   inter-,  pr*-,   r:-,  ft-cliido. 

Pluudo,  plaitj:,   plintftim\    to  ciap*  hands  for  joy.      00  ap-> 
thrum-plaudo  7   alfo   cem-y:  di/},- ex-,,  fup-plodo,    -p^jiy   -phfirm, 

Lud'j,  iujl,    lufum,    t©    piny.       So    au-,  ah, ,  ccl-,-.  de-,  e-9± 
f/«.    inters,    :,h-.    prxr-*  -  tiro-.   n-lvA?. 

jTrmlOf     irufr^  trufum,    to    thrufti       80    ohf-,-    con-,     de-y* 
%x-,   in-9   go-,  p/'(M,  rc-irZdo 

£kdo3  Ity,  iff  am-  to  hurt.    V>c:-al-,coI-,  e-,  il-Udo,  -llfij  -Ufum* 

Rodo,    ixji,  rvfum,.-  to  gnaw.      So  ah*-, .  or-,   c'weum-y    cor>\ 
ie-,   e-,  ol>  ,  per-,  pr<?-rit!o.  / 

Vado,    to    go,    wants   both  pfetcrite    and    in  pi  n  e  :   but  its 
pounds    .have    fi,.  jum  ;      aa    invado,   bfifajt,    invafur.i,   to 
nvade,  or  fail  upon.      So    circum*,    e -\  fuper-vado, 

Cedo,  cejp,  cejfiwi,   to  yield*      So   vhf-,   ac-yantc-,  con-,  de-y 

-v  ex-,.  ir:L,   inter-,  pr#-r  pro-,   re-,   retro-,  fe->  fttc-ccdo. 

Exc.  2.  Pandoy  pandi,  poff'tw,  and  feme  tiroes  panfuntf 
0  open,  to  fpread.      So   d'/f-,  ex-,   cp-,  prw-,   rc-pardo,- 

Comedo,  comedi,  come  furs,  or  cbi.ic'lum,  U>  eat.  But 
do  itfeif  and  the  reft  o£  its  compounds  have  -always  efum  ; 
s,   ad-,   and-,  ex-,  per-,  fub~j  fi/ptr-cdo-,   -edi,   -efuir.* 

Fundo,  fudi,.  fafum,  to  poa  forth.  So  af-,  circum-, 
on-,  de-,  dff-,.  ef-,  in-,  iftttr~y  of-,  pn--*  pro-,  re-,  fyf-j* 
,JPer-,  fuper'w-y  tj-qnf-fundo, 

Scitidcy 


tv6  Preterites  and"  Supines.  Conjug.   5. 

Scindo,  feu!':,  fciffum,  to  cut.  So  of-,  circurn-,  con-, 
&x-,  inter-,  j-er-,   pr&-,   pro-,  rt-y  t ran- f:\ndo.  • 

Findo,  f^di,  Ji/fi-?n,  to  cleave.      So  con-,  dip-,  in-findo. 

Exc.  3.  Tundoy  tutudi,  tunjum,  and  fometimes  tufum, 
to  beat.  The  compounds  have  iudi,  tufum  ;  as,  coniun- 
do,  coniudi,  contufum,,  to  bruife.  So  ex-, .  ob-,  per-,  re~ 
tundo. 

Cad:,    cccuEj  ?,     to-  fill.       The    compounds    want- 

the     lupine    ;-     as,     ac-y    con-,     de-9     ex-,    inter-,    p>'o-,    fuc- 

$tdo,  -cidl, :    except',  incido,  inculi,  it         ■  1,  to  tall  in  ; 

tcctdo,    recXd'i,   recafum,   to  fall  back  ;    and   cccido,    occtdi,   cc- 
cafum,  to  fail  down, 

Czdo,  c&cidt,  ccefiirn,  to  cut,  to  Kill.  The  compounds 
change  ^  into  i  long  ;  as,  accido,  accldi,  acclfum,  to  cut 
about.  So  abf-,  con-,  circum-,  de-,  ex-,  it:-,  inter-,  oc-y 
per-,  pro'-,  re*,  fu:-c'ido. 

Tendo,  tetendi,  ienfum,  or  tentum,  to  ftretch  out.  So  at-, 
ton-,  de-,  dif-,  ex-,  ob-,  pne-,  pro-tetido,  -tuidi,  -tenfum  or 
-tentum.  But  the  compounds  have  rather  tentum,  except  of- 
tendo,  to  fhew  ;    which  has  commonly  cftenfum. 

Pedo,   pQpedi,   pediium,   to    break   wind   backwards.      So 

&~  *-  -  ...  ...  , 

Pendo,    ptpendi,  penfum,    to    weigh.       So    ap-,    de-,    dif-y. 

§x-,  im-,  per-,  re-,  fuf-pendo,  -pendi,   -penfum, 

Exc.  4.  The  compounds  of  do  have  dlidi,  and  ditum  ; 
as,  abdo,  cbdidi,  abdiiim,  to  hide.  So  ad-,  con-,  de-9> 
dl-,  e-,  cb-,  per-,  pro-,  red-,  fub-,  irado  :  alfo  deccn-, 
recon-do  :  and  ccad-,  fupperad-do  ;  and  deper-,  di/per-do. 
To  thefe  add  credo,  credidi,  credxdum,  to  believe  ;  vendo, 
vendidi,  vendxlum,  tc  fell.  Abfcondo,.  to  hide,  has  abffon-A 
di,  alfconditum,  rarely  alfcondidi. 

Exc.  5.  Thtfe  three  want  the  fupine  :  Jlrldo,J}rldi,  to*  | 
creak  ;  rudo,.  rUdi,  to  bray  like  an  afs  ;  and  sldo,  sldi, 
to  fink  down.  rJ  he  compounds  of  sldo  borrow  the  prete- 
rite and  fupine  from  scdeo  ;  as,  consldo,  conscdi,-  confeffum, 
to  fit  down.  So  afr,  circum-,  de-,  in-,  ob-,.  per-,  re-, 
Jub-sldo. 

Note,  Several  compounds  of  verbs  in  do  and  dco,  in- 
fome  refpecls  refemble  one  another,  and  therefore  mould 
be  carefully  diftinguifhed  ;  as,  conculo,  .  comedo,  concldo  ;» 
tonsldo  and  consuko  ;  confc'indo,  confeendo,  &c. 

GO, 


ConjUg.    3.  PrETEPxITES    KTld    SUPINES.  II? 

GO,  GUO,  has  xi>  clum  ;  at, 

Pcgo,  rest,  reclum,  to  rule,  to  govern  ;  dingo,  -exi, 
*eclum,  to  direct  ;  arrigo,  bf  erigo,  -exi,  -eclum,  to  raife 
up  :  corrigo,  to  correct  ;  porrigo,  to  ilretch  out  ;  fubrigo, 
to  raife  up.     So 

Cingo,  cinxi,  cinctum,  to  gird,  to  Emungo,  to  wipe,  to  cheat, 

ftirround.:    Ac-,    dif-,    circura-,  Plango,  to  beat,  to  lament. 

in-,  prae-,  re-,  fuc-cingo.  Stingo,  or  Stinguo,  to  Jajh  out,  * 
PligO,  to  dajh    or  beat  vpen  :     Af-,  extinguijh  :   Di-,  ex-,  in-,  inter-, 

con-,    in-fligo  :     alfo    ^rofligo,  prae-,  re-ftinguo 

to  rout,  of  the  firfh  conj.  Tego,    to  ewer  :     Circum-,   con-, 
Jungo,    to   join;     abjungo,  to  fe-  de-,  in-,  ob-,  per-,  prae-,  pro-, 

parate  :    Ad-,    con-,    de-,  dif-,         re-,  fub-,  fuper-tego. 

in-,  inter-,  £e-,  fub-jungo.  Tingo,  or  Tinguo,  to  dip  or  dye  1 
Lingo,  to   lick  :    de-,  e-lingo  ;  &         Con-,  in-tingo. 

polling©,  to  anoint  a   dead  body.  -TJngo,  or  Unguo,  to    anoint  ;    CL-9 
Mungo,  to  ivipe  or  clean  the  nofe.  in-,  per-,  iuper-ungo. 

Exc.  I.  Surgo,  to  rife,  has  furrexi,  furreclum..  So  af-9 
iircum-,  cor:-,  de-y  ex-,  in-,  re-furgo* 

Pergo,  perrexi,  perreclum,  to  go  forward. 

Stringb,  flrinxi,  flriQum,  to  bind,  to  ftrain,  to  lop.  So 
41  d-,  con-,  de-,  dif-,   ob-,  per-,  prce-,  re-,  fubfiringo, 

jFingo,  Jinxl,  fclam,  to  feign.      So  af,  con-,  ef-,  re-Jingo, 

Pingo,  pinxi,  plclum,  to  paint.      So  ap-3  de-pingo. 

Exc.  2.  Frango,  frzgi,  fraflum,  to  break.  So  con-,  d*-% 
dif-,  eft  in-,  per-,  pr<z~,  re-,  Juf fringe  t  ~frzgi,  -fraclum. 

Ago,  cgi,  adwn,  to  do,  to  drive.  So  ab-,  ad-,  ex-f 
red-,  ftb-,  tranf-,  tranfad-igo  ;  and  circum-,  per-ago  : 
cbgo,  for  coago,  coegi,  coaclttm,  to   bring  together,  to  force. 

Thefe  three  compounds  of  ago  want  the  fupine  :   Jatago9 
Jattgi,  to  be  bufy  about  a  thing  %    prodxgo,  prodtgi,  to   la- 
vifh,  or  fpend  riotoufly  ;  dzgo,   for  deago  ;  degi,  to  live  or 
.dwell.     Amb\go,  to  doubt,  to  difpute,    alfo   wants  the  pre- 
terite. 

Lego,  legi,  leclum,  to  gather,  to  read.  So  al-y  per-% 
pra-,  re-,  fub-lhgo  :  alfo  col-,  de-,  e-,  rccol-,  fe-ftgo,  whicli 
change  e  into  L 

Dltigo,  to  love,  has  dilexi,  dilctlwn.  So  ficgligo,  to 
negled:  ;  and  intdligo,  to  underftand  ;  but,  mgllgo  has 
fometimes  negltgi,   Sail.   Jug.   40. 

Exc.  3.  Tango,  t&igi,  taclum,  to  touch.  So  at-,  con-^ 
eh-%  per4wgo  ;   Uius^  attingo%  (Ut\giy  atiacJum,  &c. 

Pungo 


* 


tiS  'Preterites  and  Supines.         Conju£.  3, 

Ptttigo,  pupLgi,.punclum,  to  prick  or- fling.  The  compounds 
[have  punxi  ;  .as,  compungo,  compunxi,  compunSum.  So  dif-, 
ex-,  inter -pungo  :   but  repzingo  has  repunxi,  or  repupug'u 

Pangc,  panxi,  paclumy  to  fix,  to  drive  in,  to  compofe.: 
-or   fSplgif    which   comes  from  the  •obfokte  -verb    pagoy  to 

•  bargain,    for  which    we  ufe  pacifcor.      The    compounds  of 
pango,    have    pUgi  ;    •as,,cowpingo,    compegi,    compadum,    to 

put  together..     So  im-,  ob-y  'fup pingo. 

Exc.  4.  Spargo,  fporfh  fparjumy  to  fpread.  So  ad-A 
eircum-y  con-,   di-,  in-,   inter-,  per-,  pro-,   re-fpergo. 

Mergo,  vicrfi,  merfum,  to  xiip,  or  plunge.  So  de-,  e^ 
im-,  fub-mergo. 

Tergo,  terfi,  terfum,  to  wipe,  or  clean.  So  abf-,  de-^ 
ex-,  per -tergo. 

Figc,  Jixi,  Jixum,  to  fix  or  falter).  So  of-,  con-,  de-^ 
in-y   of-,  per-,  pre-,  re-,  fuf-y  tranfrflgo. 

jFr/go,  frlxi,  fr'ixum,   or  jYiaum,  to   fry. 

Exc.  5.  Thefe  three  want  the  fupine  .•  clangoy  chnx\ 
to  found  a  trumpet  ;  n'tngo,  or  ninguo,  ninxi,  to  inow;  an- 
go<,  >anxly    to  vex.      Vergo,  to  incline,  or  lie  towards*  wants 

•  both  preterite  and  fupine.      So  e-,  Ae-,  in-vergo. 

HO,  JCL 

1.  Trnho,  trax'i,  tratlum,  to  draw.  So  al  f-,  at-,  circum-,, 
con-,  de-,   d/J-,  c'.v-,  per-,  pro-,   re-,  <fuh-trabo. 

Veho,  rvexiy  veclum,  to  carry.  So  a^y  ad-,  cirrum-y 
coti-,  di-,  e~,  in-,  per-,  pre-,  prater^,  pro-,  re^y  fub-,  fuper-, 
tranf-vcho, 

2.  Mejo*  or  m'wgo,,  minxi,  niiclum,  to  make  water,  o© 
immeja. 

LO. 

1.  Colo,  colul,  ralfum,  to  adorn,  to  inhabit,  to  honour, 
to  till.  So  cc-,  c'ircnm-y  ex^,  in-,  prr-,  pra-,  re-cblo  : 
and  likewife   occulo,  oecului,  occultum^  to  hide. 

Consul?,  confuhd,   cor.fultum,  to   advife  cr   confult. 

A/0,  alui,  allium,  or  contracted   ahum,  to   nourifh. 

Molo,  molut,  molitum,  to  grind,  S  j  am-,  c-,  per-m$h. 
The  compounds  of  cello,  which  itfclr  is  not  \n  ufe,  want 
the  fjpine  ;  a^,  ante-,  ex-,  prc-cello,  -cAlu'i,  to  excel.  Per* 
cello,  to  (hike,  to  aflonifh,  has  pirculi,  pcrcu'fuau 

Velio, 


Corijtig,  3.  Pre*ekites  and  Sutines.  *  t  ^ 

Peflo,  pfyuli,  pulfum,  to  thru  ft.  So  */-,  */"-,  &}&?,  A-r 
mT-ille&i  im-,  per-,  pro-,  re-pelh  ;  appuli,  appulfum,  Sec. ' 

.£*//<?,  •/?/>///,  JM6m>  to  deceive.  But  ^M&j  rr/W7/f 
♦0  confute,  wants  the  fupine. 

3.  /^f/fe,  veH;,  or  *fc#ir,  imlfum,  to  pull  <?r  pinch.  So 
*-,  con-,  r-,  rW/--;  // •<*-,  re-velh.  But  «fti,*  &-j  ^r. 
wZfe,  have  rather  r*7:V. 

&Zb,  foffi,  falfum,  to  Hilt,  ^fflr,  pfaHi,  — —  to  play 
en  a  mufical  inftrument*  wants  the  lupine* 

Tollc,  to  lift  up,  to  take  away,  in  a  manner  peculiar  CO 
itfelf,  m&ss  fujUli,  and  fxb/atum  ;  Extoilo,  extuli,  datum  / 
but  tf/frZfo,  to  take  up,  has  neither  preterite  nor  fupine. 

MO  has  wi,  #««  ;  as, 
%  Gem*,    gemui,    gemiium,     to    groan.        So    ^-,  or    **-, 
mrcum-,  con-,  in-,  re-gemo. 

Fremo,  fremiti,  fremitum,  to  rage  or  roar,  to  make  a  great 
•oife.      So  #/"-,  circum-,  con-,  in-,  per-fremo. 

f^cmo,   evomo,    -ui,   -hum,   to   vomit    or    fpew,  to  cafl  up* 
Exc.    I.     Demo,  dempji,  demptumy  to  take  away. 
Promo,  prompfi,  promptum,    to    bring   out.       So    de->    ex- 
Promo. 

t    &»w,  /i/wjj/f,  fumptum,   to    take.      So  *#-,   */!,   ^.,    ^ 
*;;-,  pra-,  re-,  tran-fumo. 

Como,  compft,  comptum,  to  deck  or  drefs. 

Thefe    verbs    are    alfo    ufed    without    the    *  ;     as    demft 
demtum  ;  fumfi,  fumtum,  Sec.  J  9 

Exc.   2.      tmo,  emi,  emptum,  or  emtum  to  buy.    So  ad-,  dir- 
tx-,  inter-,  per-,   red-mo  and  co-emo,  -emi,  -emptum  or  -emtum 
.    ^f^,  preffiy  pvfum,   to  prefs.      So  */-,   ««.,  <£.,         * 
*/??-,  op-,  per-,  re-,  fup-pntno. 

Tremo,    tremui,    to    tremble,    to    quake    for   fear,    wants 
ihe  lupine.      So  at-,  circum-,  con-,  in-trcmo. 

NO. 
.   1.   Potio,  pofui,  posltum,   to  put  or  place.      So  ap-,    ante- 
ctxeum-,    com-,     de-,    &fa  ex-,    im-,     inter-,    ob-,  poj}-,    p. J 
tro-,^  re-,  Je-,  fup-,  juper-,  fuperim-,  tranf-pono. 

Gigno,    genui,.  gentium,"  to     beget/      So     con-,    e->    in-, 

Vr-,  pro-,  re-gigno.  x 

Cano,  cecuii,  cantum,   to  fing.      But  the   compounds  have 

1    and    centum  ;     as,    accmo,     accinui,    accentum,    to     far 

in 


*i;©  Preterites  acd^SupiKE?.  Conjug.  3. 

in  concert.  So  eon-,  in-, pra-,  fuc-ctw  ;  tc-nno,  and  oc~ 
cano  r  rc-cuio  and  rc-cano.     liut  oceanui,  rreanui,  are  not  in  uijb. 

Tcmno,  to  defpife,  wants  both  preterite  and  fupine  :  but 
its  compound  Contemno,  to  defpife,  to  fcorn,  has  eoniempji, 
contemptum  ;   or  whithout  -the  p,f  eonitmft,  conttmium. 

2,   Sperno,  fprevi,  /prelum,  to  difdain  or  flight-      So  defpernf. 

SternOi  Jlravi,  Jtratum,  to  Jay  fiat,  to  ftrow.  So  ad-, 
eon-,  in*,  pre:-,  pro-,  fub-fierno. 

Stno,  sjvi,  or  Jli,  sitiim  to  permit.  So  dulno,  deslyi, 
©ftener  defii,  deutum,  to  leave  off, 

jA'no,  VrSi,  or  lev?,  litum,  to  anoint  or  daub*  So  cil-, 
ilrcum-,  col-,  de-,  //-,,  inter-,  ob-,  per-,  pr/s-,  re-,  fub*, 
Jubter-,  fuper-,  fuperil-hno. 

Cerno,  erevi,  ieldom  cretum,  to  fee,*  to  decree,  to  enter 
upon  an  inheritance.     So  de-,  djf-,  ex-,  in*,  Jc'-eenw, 

PO,   $U0. 
Verbs    in  po   have  pfi   and  pium ;   as,    Carpo,  carpfi,  carp- 

i'lm,   to  pluck  or   pull,   to  crop,  to   blame. So   con-,   de-, 

dif-,  ex-,  prt-cerpo,  -cerpfi,  -ccrpium. 

CltpO,  -pfl, -ptum,  tcjisal.  Scalpo,  to  fcraich  or  cn^rsi '.  «fO 
JRepo,  tc  creep :  Ad-,  v.   ar-,  cor-,  circuni-,  cx-fcalpo. 

de-,    di-,    e-,     ir-,    intro-,    ob-,  Sculpo,   to  grave  QT  eqrve.     Po  ex-, 

per-,       pro-,      fub-repo,     -pfi,  ir.  fculpb. 

-ptum.  frerpo,  to  cr:,p  a  .-  / 

Exc.  ).  Sfrfyo,'  Jlrepvt,  ftrtpltum,'  to.  make  n  noi<  00 
#J-,  drcum-,  in-,  inter-,  cl-,  per-Jh,\po. 

Exc»  2.  Rumpo,  rupi,  ruptum\  to  break .  So  rd>-,  ctr-, 
mi-,  e-,  inter-,  intro-,  ir-,  ob-,  per-,  pr<e-,  pro-rr:? 

There  are  only  two  fimple  verbs  ending  in  t^JJO,  rvs, 

Coquo,  ccx:,  coaum,  to  boih  So  cor-,  dc-,  r/V-.  cx-9 
in-,  per-,  rc-coquo. 

Linjuo,   tiqin,   - — -,    to   leave.        The   compounds  [  have 
hclum  ;     as,     rchnquo,     rclhj'i',    Ttiicluni,     to  "forfitk.e. 
de-,  and  dcre-linquo. 

RO. 

I.    Qjitrc    makes    qvaeslv'i,    qr/jts/n/m,    to    1  1    ae-* 

$r.-*  con-,  dis-,  ex-,  in-,  per*,  rc-yuiro,  -quisiin,  -qursltum. 

Tcri,  trivi,  trltum,  to  war,  to  bwjiie.  So  at-,  eon-, 
de-,  dif-,  ex-,  in-,  ob-9 per-*  pro-,  fuJH&ro* 

J  rrr'r,   vcrfum,   to   fwfeep,    bruin,    or   m         clean. 

de-,  e-f  pr 


ConjUg.    3.  Pill  Tt  RITE  3    Ifrd     S  U  P  I  N  E  5  .  121    ' 

fVo,  7/^7  --tylum,  -tro*  burn.       So    .>./-,     fltoi-J    coml-,     dc-,  * 
.-,   /Vz-,  />:V-,  fub-uro. 
Gere,    "gcjfii  £tjii:!;i,    to     carry.       So    ^-,    c£/*-,  '*//-,  //A, 
//6-,  /•<?-,  pig-gePo. 

2.  Curro,  cucurri,  curfum,  to  run.  So  ac->  con*,  dc~, 
dif-y  ex-9  in -j  oc-y  p?r-y  pr<£'y  pro-curroy  which  fome- 
tinies  double'  the  fir  ft  -fy  liable,  and  fometimes  not;  as,  ac* 
curri,  ■•iururri.y  &<?,  Circum-f  re-,  f'tc-y  t  r  an f -curro, 
lurdl  /  e i.  er  1  l double  the-  fii  it  fvllabk. 

3.  Ser&y-rcvs  'satmtis  t(>  l°w*  The  compounds  which 
fig  airy  pfamiufc  lbr  JbfO&gi  have  s&vij  sluum ;  as,  constra 
consev/y  consitttm,  to  plant  together--  So  #/-,  circum-, 
dc-y  drf-y  in-,  tnhr-,  ou~y  pro-,  re-,  fub-,  trans  tro* 

,Svro,  — to  knit,  had  anciently  scruty- fertum,  which  its 

equips  ftiil    retain.;,    a?.,     af^cro,  .  ajjltut,     ajferium,     to 

claim.      So  con-y  circum-,    dc-,  dlf-y  edif-y  ex-,  in-,  inter-sero. 
Eurcy  to  be.  mad,  .  wants  .boihcpreterite.and  fupine. 

SO  has  slvt-  sjtum  j  as>  - 

ttte/jfo^arilfipi^  *^JJ&umrirm<xdi4*  fend  for.  So  ck- 
pejb,  to  take;  facejfbt  to  do,  to  go  away;  ticejfo,  to 
r>rovoke 


►  •  . 


•Exc.   1.   v  Vlfoy-i'ify to  go  to  fee,  to  v-£t.     So  in-, 

rer//         Incejfb,  ince/ft, ^  to  attack,   to  fcize.     . 

Exc-   2.      Depfoy    (kh&L ...:%&•/.•?,    to   knead.       So  rw*-. 

per-dipjg. 

Pinfn,  ■  phfuh  or  /////*,  /;«/*;/?,  $#&g  or  plnnlum, 
to  bake. 

•  -         ra 

r.  %FIe8d,  Yi&%\4jlexi,  Jfexnm,  to  how.  So  itreum-%  de-, 
i/i-y   re-y  rtiro-ftt'cto. 

PLchy  phx:,  j.nd  plcxidy  pkxum'f    to.  plait.      So  impkclo. 

Ntcioy  r?cx:,  and  nexut,  nexum,to  tie  or  knit.  So  ad-, 
vd  an-,  on-,  circum-,  in-,  fub-necfo, 

Pzclo,  pext,  and  pexui,  prxumf    to   drefs    or   comb.       So 

1   i.v-,   re-p/r7r. 

2,  Mito,  mefipt  rnejfum.  to  reap,  mow,  or  cut  dowr. 
So  dc-r  e-,  pra-meto. 

3.  Pticy^peuviy  pefiiiimy  to  feek,  to  purfuc.  So  ap^ 
com-,  ex-)  hn-y   op-,  re-9  fnp~jfao\ 

MUiOy  vnfy  .nijfuw,  to    fend.      So  a-*  ad->  com*,  arcutn-, 

ae-, 


122  Pketjrites   and  Svpines. 

J9  f?  *''  Itn'*  lnter">  *"tro">  o-,  per^pra-,  prefer-,    pro-, 
r*-f  flub-,  fluper-,  iranfl-mitio. 

Verto,  verti,  verflwn,  to  turn.  So  a-,  ad-,  anhnad-, 
ante-,  circum-,  con-,  de-,  £.%  e-,  in-,  inter-,  ob-,  per-,  pra-, 
prater-,  re-,  flub-,  tra?ifl-verto. 

Sterto,  Jlertui,  to  fnore.      So  defllerto. 

4.  $ijh,  an  active  verb,  to  ftop>  frap  jt$,  Jlatum  :  but 
fifto,  ^  neuter  verb,  to  ftand .  ftill,.  has  pti,  Jlatum,  like 
jk.  The  compounds  have  fiti,  and  [>:tum  :  as,  ajflijlo, 
afaii,  ajfttum,  to  iknd  by.  So  ph-,  circum-,  con-,  d<-, 
exa  m-,  inter-,  ob-,  per-,  re-,  flub-fiflla.  But  the  com- 
pounds  are  ieldoin  ufed  in  the  fupme. 

VQ,  X& 

There  are  three  v.erbs  in   vo,    which  at*  thus  conjugated  : 
t.    F?vo,   iixi,   nndum,   to   live.      So   ad-,  <;ch-,  per-,  pro-, 
re^  fluper-vlvo. 

So/vo,  flolin,  solutum,   to  loofe.      So  dbflolvo,  to  acquit,  dif^ 

nc-i  per-.  re-rol<vc. 

»  ■  *  j  -  ■ 

Volvo,  volvi,  vaSSluffit  to  roll.  So  ad-,  circum-,  con-,  dS-, 
e-,  in-,  ob-,per-,  pro  ,  re-,  flub -vol  vo. 

2.  Texo,  to  weave,  (the  only  verb  of  this  conjugatioa 
ending  in  xo),  has  texui,  textum.  So  at-,  circum-,  con-,  de-, 
in-,  inter-,  ob-,  per-9  pnz-,  pro-,  re-,  fub-ttKQ. 

Fourth   Conjugation. 

t  Verbs   of  the  fourth  conjugation  make   the  preterite  in  Ivi, 
and  the  fupine  in  ttum  ;)  as, 

Munio,  munliii,  muriitum,  to  fortify.      So, 

Balbutio,     to  flammer,  Giutio,  to  flee  all  oxc.  Mugio,  t%  bc'Lz* 

to  If  p.,  to  flutter.  Grunnio,  ti  grunt.  Mutio,  to  mutter. 

Bullio,  to  boil  or  bubble.  Hinnio,  to  neigh.  NUtri6^l»  noier 

Condio,  tjfe.ifon.  ImpJdio,     to    entangle,  Obedio.  to  olty. 

Crccio,  to  cro.ii.  to  Jjind.fr.  Pavio,  to  be. 

Cuflodio,  to  keep.  !n*a&0,  to  be  m.~J.  PJpio,    to  feef    *".'•      * 

Dormio,  to  fleet).  Irrerio,  to  etfuare.  chicken. 

EfTutio,     te    babble    or  Lalcjvio,  to  be  wanton.  Polio,  i*? polijh. 

blab  out.  Lcnio,   to  cafe   or  ?n:ti-  Prurio,  U  . 

£rGdio,  to  ihlfruci.  rnte.  Pfinio,  10  pvnrflu 

£xpedio,  to  difentangle%  Ligurio,     to    eat   drli-  Rcdinvo,  tc  llvd. 

4o  free.  cwufljy  to  fl.u'ber  -if>.  Rugio,    ;-     V&l    Wr« 

Gannio,     to    yelpy    or  Lippio,     to     U    di  lion. 

xubine.  flighted.  S#evio,  fv  ■   gs 

€»arrioa  to  fratt,  IVIolii©;  tofofu  i 


Cpnjug.  4^  r&BTEPaTE-s  and  Supines.  123 

Sfigic,     pra;sagio,    to    -Sc-rvio,  toferve.  T'nriiO,  to  iink!?, 

Itio,  to  tbhfi.  Tuilio,  to  cough, 

Sarrio,  to  used,  io  rake.      S'pio,  to  lull  aJUef.  Vaglo,   to  cry  or  fqucal 
s:lo,ic  I'lozv.                       Stsbilio,  to  tjlabl^  as  a  child.' 

Ndcio;  not  to  i'io-v.  Superbio,  to  k/>«  Vcilio,  to  cloth** 

i;urio,  toj  r.         SuiHa,  to pArfume. 

Exc.   |»      S':nguhio,fr^:dUi)i1JvgiL.uv",  to  fob. 

3  ^  r /7  ? ,  ^  r/,  fpiiltu  my  to  bury. 

Ven'io%  venft  ventum,  to  com°.  So  'irf-,  attft^  c'tr:um-% 
con-,  contra-^  dc-,  e-,  /.?-,  Int.r-,  Intro-,  lb-*  per-,  pojl-y  pr*-9 
re-,  fub-,fuper-venli*  * 

■Vensoy  vcni'i,  — ■ —  to  be  (old. 

Sa/io,  salttr,   and  sa'n,  falium,    to   leap.      The   compounds 

have    commonly   *i!ui%     fometimcs  fil':t,    or    smVt3    and  fuU 

turn ;    as,    frar.sllh,    tr.L.rJui,   transiliiy    and   traniilivt,    Iran- 

n,    to  leap    over*      So    ab-,  af,   cir:um-y    ccr-,   de-,    dif-, 

MC«1   »*-,  n->  jab-,  fuper-sitlo* 

Exc.  2.     Airiic'io,    has  aTritcui,    ai        #,    feldom  amixi,  Jto 
cover  or  clothe. 

Vinch)    %dnxi9    vtnSum%    to    tie.       So    err  cum-,     de-,    £-, 

-iincio* 
.   Sancio,  fmx't,  fanelnm  ;  and  fattctvU  fanatupf,   to  eftabliih 
ar  ratify. 

vC  3.   r  Camb'to,  campfr,  campfitm,  tc  change  money. 

$epi*ifegfiy  fcptum,  to  hedge  or  incLfe.  So  circum-,  dif9 
Inter-,  ob-*  pne~s?pio. 

H:i.  hciujt,   haujlurn,    rarely    haufum,    to  draw   out,    to 

empty,  to  drink.  *  Sir  A-,  ex-lwu/io. 

Sent  to,  fii-fty  fnfum,  to  feel,  to  rer;eive,  to  think.  Sa 
42/'-,  «w-,  <;'//-;  /*/"-,  prs-,fulft.i':o.  . 

Rauc':0,  rauji,  raufum,  to  be  hoarie. 

Exc.  .4.  Sarcio,  firfi,  farti::vy  to  mend  or  repair.  So 
/*-,  refarclo, 

Farao,  fa-fi,  fartum,  to  cram.  So  con-ferclo7  ef-Jtrcloy 
or  ef-farcio  ;   \n-frcio,  or  in-far cw  ;   re-ferc'10. 

Ful:h,fuljt,  ful turn,  to  prop  or  uphold.  So  cert-,  ef,  /«-, 
per-,fuf-fulcio. 

Exc.  5.      The  compounds  of  par  to,   have  phm^  perium  ; 
as,    aper'io,   ape  rut,    operiumy    to    open,      ifo    (pet  w,    tc.fhut, 
to  eover.      But  cempeno,    has  camper),   C07ffpertt.mi    tc  know  a 
;r  certain.     7C  jj  2  to  find* 

M  2  Exc* 


iz\  Preterites  and  ou?intl&.  Cpnjug.  4. 

Exc.  6.  The'  following  verbs  want  the  fupine.  Ca~ 
*utio,  c&cuftvty  to  be  dim-iighted.  Gef!io%  ge/iivu  to  fhew 
one's  joy  by  the  gefture  of  his  body.  G!acio>  glocvdit  to 
cluck  or  keckle  as  a  hen,  Dementzo,  dementivi,  jlo  be  mad.. 
Inepth,  ineptivit  to  play  the  fool.  Prcsti'tOy  proiijiv*  to 
leap  forth.     Fcrocio^ferZcivly  to  be  fierce. 

Fhrio,  to  ftrike,  v/ai:ts  both  preterite  and  iv.pine.  St 
referio,  to  iirike  again* 

(      Disponent  and  Common   Verbs. 

/  A  deponent  verb  is  that  which,  under  a  paffire  form, 
has  an  active  or  neuter  fignincation  ;  as,  Loquor,  I  fpeak  ; 
morior,  I  die.  J 

[A.  common  verb,  under  a  paffive  form,  has  either  an 
aaive  or  pailive  Ganificatton  ;  as,  Criminor,  I  accufe ;  or 
1  am  aceuied*  I 

6 fell  deponent  verbs  of  old  were  the  fame  with  com- 
mon verbs.  They  are  called  Dspo?ienty  becaufe  they  hav? 
Ludafide   the  p^ffivg   fenfe.f     . 

I  .Deponent  and  common  verbs  form  the  participle  per* 
feet  in  the  fame  manner  as  if  they  had  the  aclive  voice  ; 
thus,  Lator>  Utdius%  Islatl*,  to  rejoice  f\~vereor3  veritus^ 
vher'i,  to  fear  ;  fun$or,  functus  >  fun^i,^  to  difcharge  an 
office  ;  pQtioi\  potltus,  poilri}  to  enjoy,  to  be  mafterof.j 

Thi  learner  fhould  be  taught  to  go  through  ail  the  parts  of  depo- 
nent and  common  verbs,  by  proper  examples  in  the  feveral  conju- 
gations ;  thus,  Ltor,  of  the  firft  conjugation,  like  amor  ; 

,  Indicative  J\dode, 

X>ref.  Lcetory  I  rejoice  ;  Uteris,  vel  -ate,  thou  rejoice  ft,  &V. 
Imp.  Lziabtr,  I  rejoiced,  or  did  iejoice  ;  Utabaris,  tfc. 
Perf.  Letatusfui.1  vel////,*   I  have  rejoiced,  &c. 
Piu-perf.  Lctatus  ermn  \c\fuerapt,  I  had  rejoiced,  t£fe. 
Fut.    LaUbor%  1  ihail  or  will  rejoice  ;  Utabais,  or  -nbere,  tfrV. 

LtUiuruzfumy  I  ani  about  to  rejoice,  or  I  am  to  rejoice,  Uc. 

Subjunctive. 
fref.  Lafcr,  I  may  rejoice  ;  Uteris,  or  -ere,  Izfc. 
Cmp.   Latarer,   I  might  rejoice  ;  L?tdreriSi  or  -rcre,  Ifc. 
Perf.  L<£tatusjwi  lt\futri*x  I  may  have  rejoiced,  Isfc. 
Piu-perf.  Latotus  rjfem  yt\fuijfttn,  I  might  have  rejoiced,  &c. 
Tut.    Leiatusfuero,  I  mail  have  rejoiced,  fcrV. 

Imperative 

a  fuifuiranh  &c.  are  feldom  joined  to  the  participles  of  'deponent 
fcAi;  and  not  fo  often  to  thofc  cf  paflitc-verbs  ^%fum>  eram,  &c. 


Csnjug.;  i.     Depcnikt  artd  Common'  Vsjibs, 


pref.   L<ziart,  rel  -£7or,  rejoice  thou  ;  latator,  let  him  rejoice,  b~\* 

Infinitive. 
Pref.  Z.xtari,  to  rejoice. 

Pcriv  Lxtatus  ejfe  vel  /*#*  to  have  rejoiced.  (     ' 

rtir..     L&aturvs  ejfe-,  to  be  about  to  rejoice. 

Lcetaturus  fqj/Jki  to  have  been  about  to  rejoice. 

Prcf.  L^aiu,  rejoicing. 
Perf.  Lxtatvs,  having  rejoiced. 
1'ut.     Lataturus,  about  to  rejoice 
L<etandus,  to  be  rejoiced  a:. 

In  like  manner  conjugate,  in  the  Firfl  Conjugation, 


run&ue. 

o 


Conflidtor,  ioflruggle. 


^"»minor,  to  abhor. 
Aclulor,  to  flatter. 
JEmulor,  to    vis  tviihs 

to  envy. 
Altercor,   to  diffute,  to 

male  a  repartee. 
Apricor,  to  bafe  in  the      Conor,  to  tudeavcur. 

Can. 

Arbitror,  to  think. 
Afpernor,.  to  de/pif?, 
Averior,  to  dtjlike. 
Audicnor,    tc  feU  by 

aviiion. 
Aucupor,    &    -©,     to 

hknt  after* 
Ar.guror,    &    -o,    to 


Commentor,     to  medi-  Inficior,  to  deny. 

Sate    on,     or     tvriie  Infect  or,  to  purfue, 
•what  one  is  to  fay. 
ConciOnor,       to      ba- 


invcigb  agatrtfl. 


Insidior,  to  lie  in^ivait. 
Inter  pre  tor,  to  explain* 
Jaculoi,  to  dart. 
Jocor,  to  hfi. 


ConTptcor,  tofpy,  to  fee.  Lamentor,  to  heivail. 

Concemp!or,i*c  view.  Lucror,  to  gain. 

Convlvor,  to  feafl.  Luctor,  to  ivreflle. 

Comicor,     "/•     chatter  Machinor,  to  contrive. 


lllx  a  croiu. 
Cn minor,  to  blame. 
Cuncior,  to  delay. 
Deteftor,  to  abhor. 
Dominor,  to  rule- 


forebode,    or    prejage      Fpiilor,  to  feafl. 


by  aug 


ur 


J' 


Exfecror,  to  curfe. 


Mediccr,    to  cure. 
Mecluor,    to  mufe    or 

<£onder. 
.Mercor,  topurchafe. 
Metor,  to  meafure. 
Minor,  iot  threaten. 
Miror,  to  ivonder. 


Aufptcor,    to   take   an     Famulor,  io  ferve. 


M 


lseror, 


to  pity 


o;r.en.  to  oe<rin. 


Ferior,  to  keep  holy-day*  ■  Moderor,  to  rule. 

Auxilior,  to^fffl.  Fruftror,  io  d/J appoint.  lAf>fci[-or,toplayatune, 

Bacchor,    to     s^ige,    to     FQror,  tojteaf.  Morigerpr,  to  humour. 

revjl,  to  riot.  Glorior,  to  boajt. '  Morpr,  to  delay. 

Calumnior,    to     accufe      Gratulor,    to  rejoice,  to  Muntror,  to  prefent. 

'falfcly.  iv :Jh  exe  joy.  JVIutUOi*,   to  borroiv. 

Gaviilor,  to  feoff.  Gravor,  to  grudge.  Kugor,  to  trifle. 

Cauponor,  to   buclfler,      Hari  .dor,  to  conjecture.  Otteftor,  tobsfeecb*    .. 

Helluo,     to  guttle    or  Odcror,  to  fmell. 

gormandize,  to  tvafle.  Opcror,  to.ivork. 

Hortor,  to  encourage.  Opmor,  to  think. 

Circiilor,     to    meet    in      Haliiicmor,  to  fpeak  at  Opitulor,  to  help, 

companies,     to   flrcll,  random,  to  err.  Gfculor,  to  hifs. 

to  tali.  Tm  a  gin  or,  to  conceive.  Otior,  to  be  at  leiftre. 

Comcffqr,  to  revel.  Imitor,  to  imitate.  Falor,  to  flrollotflrag" 

Coniltor,  to  accompany.     Indignor,  to  difdain,  gle% 

Palpor, 


to  retail. 
Caufor,  to  plead  in  ex- 
t   cufe,  to  blame. 


*  .6  iHvoxrsr   Yi.pj;v  Ojnjug.  z-.Sl*. 

v  i'.por,  •<  -o,  tnftroke     Preeor,  to  %pfjyi  ft  jm-ichor,  /<;  a<r  fm 

or/art?:*.  -  Dc'prccor,     to     entreat,     £?Uavii>r,  to  Jkft. 

'atroc^nor,   to  patt*-         to  pray  againfit  SufFragur,  to   vste  J$r 

r.'.fe.  I*focor,  to  ojh,  to  ivoo.  o;ity  to  f_ 

Pcrcoat'or,  /»  inquire.  Recorder,     .*>    r.w.w-  Sufpljor,  1^'fiA^f. 
P5r-egriltor,    io    go  *«         oer.  I  frrgftrc il'or,   to  bo^a!<9 

oroaJ.  .  Rclivigor,  >c  be  t7u?    -J.  to  put' off. 

;'  ric!lt.>-,    to    he     in  Rlxnor,  H.fidri&l  Teiior,  to  iviim/s. 

iir.*zi\  ICnor,  t'/LcU  or  hra-ul*  'J  utor,   to  d ftnd. 

Pigncror,  tc  pledge.  Rufticor,  -t$   diudl  in  Va<lor,  U  glvt  tail,  tm 

:cor,  to.  Jyb.  tin  coUmtry.  firti  h  give  i a.'.'. 

Populoc,  3c  -o,  to  lay  Scrutor,  to  fiapcb\  Vfigor,  h  v 

■u-ajlc.      ..  S v>lpr,  to  Lonifort.  .Vaticmor, jr  t. c 

Prxdor,  to  plumL.  .  Sp^tior,  to  ivuik  abroad.  Velitor,  tofki., -..,.. 

*;reuor,  to  fight*  »Sp..:Coiors   io    view,  £p  Vuijiror,  /o  ivorjhlp. 

Px-Kltoior,  toiviifjlr.  fpy.  \ l\10i:y    to  hunt. 

Vjfryfjjfcot%4ogff notify    StipCiior,  foj(?£  •'-/:  or     Verier,  /a  &  employe^ 

tdy  i ■  '    or  /  Vv  cifcior,  &  ^w-a-/fc 

In   the  Second  Conjugation, 
.\lereor,   tnerltus,  ti defer**.  Polliceor,.pollicitu*,  to  promifi* 

Ttteor,  fcttltut,  or  tutus-,  to  defi.,2.         Liceer,  Iftfttus,  tt  bid  at  an  Mutfii,** 

In  the  Third  Conjugation, 

Vnpkclor,  arnpk.\u>  ;  j/.=J  ccinpk&or,  complexes,  to  ctnbra.c. 
Reverter,  rtveifus,  tt  return. 

In  the  Fourth  Conjugation, 
BLndior,  f*  /ctfl:et  to  f.atip-.  Partior,  to  divide. 

JVIcntior,  U  fc'ra  Sortior,  to  draiv  or  cajhla  * 

Mclior,  h  attempt  fojxctiing  dijf.cuH,      Larmier,  to  -give  liberally. 

•  •X,    perf.    I:liiidUvs%    men  tit  ft,    ttteflrtii*,   partitas,  /otitis,    largltv** 

There  arc  no  exceptions  in  the  Flrjl  Conjugation* 

EXCEPTIONS  in  the  ttcvvd  Conjugation 
Rtor,  Villus %  to  think. 
Mhzreor,  mtfirftts,  or  not  ccntnafud  mifcntuf,  to  pity. 

Fattor,  fdJfaSy    to    confefs.       TIjC    compounds    of  jatwr 
'■-  ve  fdfus  5     ;l3»   profiteer,   profeffus,    to    profefs.       So    con- 
f*rrcr>  to  confefs,  to  ov/n  or  acknowledge. 

EXCEPTIONS  in  ihr  TLJnl  Conjugation. 
Labor,  hpfitS)  to  Aide.      vSo  a/-,  col-,  dc-y  di->  <>-,  //->  inttr-, 
per-y  przter-,  pro-y  re-,  fitb-,  fuller-,  ft.'pcr-,  t ran: -labor* 
Ulcifcor,  villus >  to  revenge. 
v(ari9  ufitS)  to  uf:.     So  ah-%  d:-utcr. 

Loqnor} 


Deposit  Verbs.  127 


V 


LooUor%  I  ■; t,  to  fpeak.      So  ^A,  rp/-,  cireum-p 

c-,  inter-,  oh-,  prx^  pro-        ir. 

Szquor,  iZquuiusy  or  jefi//of|  to  follow.      So  af-,  con-y  ex-9 

gusrorj  qucjlusy    to   complain.      So   r^H-r,    inter-,  pra-quz* 


rh\ 


Nttorf  tpjuff   or  nixus,   to  endeavour,   to  Jean   upon.      So 

'-  vel  fl/y-,  f0«-,  <f-,*  in-,  oh-*,  re-,  fnb-iutor  :  but  the  com* 
pounds-have  oftecei  rix:  s.  * 

Paeifcor^  puduj)  \\ 'gain.      So  de-pecifcor. 

Grtidior,  grcffiu%  to  go.  So  ^~,  ante-,  circum-,  ccn-y. 
de-.  di-,  e-,  in-,  intro-y  pr^-a  trt<?ttr-,  pro-,  re,  retro-,  fug-y 
fuper-y  trait f-gredj'jy. 

Proftcifcory  prof  id  us^  iot  go  a  journey. 

Nai&ifcQr%iia&usx  %q  get, 

Pdt'iorypaffliSy  to  fu^Ter.      ^oper-phtior. 

*fifcor%  apt  us,  to.  get.  So  adipijcor,  adeptns-y  and  i«* 
dip]  f cor  y  in  deft  us. 

Cotnminifcory  commentttSy  to  devifb  or  invent. 

Frnory  fruitusy  orfrutfus,  to  enjoy*      So  psr-fruor. 

Obllvifsor,  obiltusy  to  forget. 

Expergifcor,  expcrreQwy  to  awake. 

Moricry  mortuusy  to  die.  So  £0^-,  ^-,  c-,  htz*,  inter-^ 
prje-morior. 

Nafcory  nliiusy  to  be  torn.      So   ad-y   circim-,   de-y   e*>   in-) 

inter- ,  rs-y  pih-naju  r. 

orior,  ort-usy  enri,    to  rife.      So   ab-y   ad-y  co-,  ex-y  cb-,  fub» 
■ 
trior. 

;ve  three  tail  form   the  future   participle   in    Xturus ;  thus 

'rjSy  nqjcltjirusy  oritur  us. 

EXCEPTIONS  in  tbt  Fourth  Conjugation. 

/etior.  nunfusy  to  meafare.      So    ad-y   ccm~,   di-y   e-9  pr,z-9 
.tior< 

ory  orfitsy  to  begir.      So  ex-y  rtd-ordior^ 
ILxphriar^txpertuSy   to  trv. 

feriery  oppertus,  to'  wait  or  tarry  for  one. 

The  following  verbs  want  the  participle  perfect  : 
Vei'cor,  vrfci,  -'.  Mcdeor,  mederi,  to  beat. 

Liquor,   liqui,   to   melt    or    be  &p>     Reixnnifcor,  reminifci,  /•  remember* 
J*.  raicor,  irafci,  U  le  angry. 

Ringo?, 


/ 


12  Irregular.  Veres. 

Ring  or,  i'l           >  grin  like  a    '  Dl/crtor,  diverti,   to  t:irn  *Jide,   to 

PraeTcrtor,  pis&verti,  to  get  btf^re%  take  lodcri*g\ 

)  oi.tr  at.  Defetilodr,                      i    lc  y>eaYyt 

DifFiteor,  diffltcri,  to  deny.  er 

1Y,  j  v;rbs  Which  do  not    fa!!  uader  any  of  the    foregom^ 
rules  are  called  Irrevular* 

I     Irregular   Verb.  . 

» 

The     irregular     vrb.     are    commonly    reckoned    eighty 
:,    c'o,    qitiC)    ^ih)    tt&ItrS    n&lo*  j'~l(>  and  .jlvy    v/lth    their 
compounds,  j 

5ji  j-re   u?e  o-::iy  lie  ;  nvlo  ami  01*2/0    being  compel  litis  of 

P0/9. 

SUM  ilready   been   coiijugatecL     After   the  fame   manner  are 

formed  its  compouscls^   arf-\    u^-,   &-,  inter-,  pr&~,    ol>-,  fuh-,  f.  .  ;ry 

and  infum9  which  wants  the  preterite  ;    thus,   adfum>  bdf«iy  ad'jft,   £fV. 

PRQSUMm  to  do  fTooi,  has"  a  -i  wht re  /awr  bez^ns  with  ft. 

irV.  Pr5-Turnr,       prod-e:,       prod  eft  ;     pro-?'im^:',  & 
/,?«.  Prod  erarn,  prod-era?,  prod-erat;  prod-^hrhus/c?^ 
3.  /;;.'.  Prod-efierrr,  prod-edls,  protj-eflet  ;  prod-         ius',&fr. 
[  taper  at.  Prod-ifto,    prod-efte.  Infinit.  Pre/*  'Prrfd-riTc  J 

/     In  the  other  pacts  it  is  liktjumt  Pro-fim^  ~fis>  ::;.     Pro- 
fai,  fuerami  Sec    J 
I  POSSUM'**  compounded  afp3tis~9  <-h:c?  v.ndfuri  ;   ar.d    is 
.   .;  c  3  '■]  :;..ted  :  f 

Poflurn,  potui, poffe,   ^Fo&3&!?* 

Indicative  JfcJe.  I 

Pr.  PoHum,       potes,     potefr  ;    pofsurmis,  pot        ,   poflunt, 
nu  Pot-eram,   -era,      -eiat  ;  iSj  \h,     -eraiik 

iT.  rot  u:,        -uiitu      -uit  ;         -annus,       -uittis, 

-uerea 

/7;/.  Pot-ueram, -uera°,    %nfcrat .;     -uciamu^  -tieratir,  -uerant. 

Fid.  P-jt  ero,.      -er;r,        -erit  ;        -.tiimur,       -cr:t;%      -erupt. 

Svbjunftinc  Mode. 

Pr.  Puf-ijrn,        -6~,  -lit;  ~s7mu?,         -sltis,  ■     -ant. 

/;/?.  Pof-fenv,      -ft.?,  -fet;  -Minus,  -let':-,     -fen:. 

/Vr.Pot-uerim,  -uer  ?,-  -uerit  ;  -ucrimus,  *ueriti$j  -nciint. 

iV./.PotuijTcni, -uiiire>v  -uifivt  ;  -uiftinuF,  -u         ;, -ruflent. 

-F/y/.Pot-tieiO,     -ucri  ,  -uerit' ;  -ueiimui,  -ueiitis, -ucrint.   ) 

In 
Pre/1  Fvil:.  JV.  Prjtuiflc.  The  i  ft      anting. 


Irrsohlar  Verbs,  rig 

/  EO,    >vi,    ::um,    Ire,     To  £?* 

IncUslUx  Mode. 
TV.    Ec,         is;         it  ;        Imus,        Jtis,        runt. 
/-.  Ibam, .    ibas,     ibat  ;     ibamv.s,     ibatis>    ibant. 

I  si,  ivifti,    ivit  :      ivimus,      iviflis,    iverunt,     lvcrc. 

Plu.   Iverani,  iveras.  ivcrat  ;  iveramys,  iveratis,  iverant. 
Fui.   Ibo,        ibis,   .  ibit  ;      ibimus,      ibitis,     ibunt/§ 

1  Suljuntlrji  Mode. 

Pr.[  Earn,  eas,         rat  ;  ramus,  eatis^  rant. 

/m.  ^  Irera,  ires,        iret  ;  iremus,  iretis,  irent.- 

Per.  ivcrim,  iveris,     iverit  ;  Tverimuf,  iveritis,  iverinr. 

Ph.   IvifTem,  iwffes,    ivifTet  ;  ivuTemus,  iviffetis,  irhfent. 

put.    Ivero,  iv-eris,     iverit  :  iverimus,  iveritis,  iverint  J 

I  Imperative.  •  Infinite. 

Prsf.tl,      \  Cite,  '        Pre/.   Ire. 

"5  t*~   nlto  9        "{  •  eunio.     ~  -^     T  .„ 

FuU    ElTe  i  t  a  r  us .  ?> ,  urn . 
Euiffe  iturus. 
Participles.  Gerunds.  Supines, 

Pr.  lens,      Gen.  eurttis.  Eundum.  1.   Ituni. 

/V.  Iturus,     -a,     -urn.  Eundi.  2.   Itu.  J       \ 

Eundo,  See.  / 


.  prld-tfj  :    only    in    the    pc 
from  it,  they  ?-re  ufually  contracted  ;   thus,  sfdeo,  adit,  feldom 
Gaivi,  adituw,  ad/re,  tc  go  to  ;  pcrf.  A4&+  adujl't  or  adlft't.  ls\ :. 

.(idierayi,  adur'i?n>  <J?c.      So  likewife  rfyro,   venii, to  be 

.fold,  (compounded  iXvcnum  and  ec         But  sImbio,  -Ivi,  Atum, 
'Trtf  to  furround,  is  a   regular  verb  of  the  fourth   conjugation, 
£e,  like  other  neuter  verbs,    is,  often  rendered  in    Eagiifh  under  a 
paflive  form  :   thus,  if,  he  i^  going  ;   Ti/V,  he   is  gene 

:e  ;    iv:ris,   he    may   be  £one,    er   fhall  be  r-one.     So  «:•  mtx   } 

criming:  ;  V^r/,  he"  was  come;  &c.     la   the  paf- 

■five  voice  the fe  verbs  for  the  moft  pait  ?re   only   ufed  imperfonaliy  ; 

he    16  gpiflg  ?  ^  '//«,  they   ere   co;r,e.     We 

find  fome  of   the  compounds  of  roy  however,  uTed  personally  :  as,  pc- 

niur,  are  undergone.   Cic.    Libri  Jlh*  \  were  look- 

fd  into,  I.iv.    /  pedilu:  tranfirt p»ty  (iihzartur.  Cic. 

$>UEO.  I  can,, and  NK&UEO.  I  canhc  rd -the  fame 

.  -  imperative  ajtd  ;  and  ttje 

YOLO, 


130 


Irregular  V*,rbs. 


I 


/, 


V0L0,  tolui,  relle,  To  will,  or  to  he  willing. 

Indicative  Mode. 

Pr.  Vol-o,         vis,  vult  ;   volumus,  ruins,  volunt. 

Jm.  Vol-ebam,  -ebas,  -ebat ;  -ebarrius,  -ebatis,-ebant. 

/Vr.Vol-ui,         -uifti,  fltil  ;    -uimus,     -uifHs,  -uert:nt;-\ierc. 

PL   Vdl-ueram,  -uera*,  -uerat;-ueramus,-ueratis,  -utraut. 

Fu.  Vol-am,      -er>,  -et ;    -emus,      -etis,       -ent» 

Suhjuntlive  Mode.  S 

reiis,     velit  ;      velimus,    velltis,    Teiint. 

vellejnuF,  velletis,  Yci!cnt< 
-uerimus,   -ueritis,  -uerint. 


Pr.  Velim, 

Im.  Vellem,  velles,  veilet  ; 

Per.  Vol-uerim,  -ueris,   -uerit  ; 

Plu.  Vol-uifTem,  -uifies,  -uifTet  ;    -uiffemus,  -uuTetis,  -uifTent 

Fut.  Vol-uero,  -uerjs,   -uerit ;    -uerimus,    -ueritis,  -uerint 


hifiniti've* 


Pre/.  Velle. 


( 


Per/.  Veluifle. 

The  rejl  not  ufcd. 


Participle. 
Pref.  Vol  en  a. 


) 


NOLO,    nolui,    nolle,      Tb  be  unwilling. 

'  Indicative  Mode. 
Pr.  N5lo,  non-vis,  non-vult;  noliimus,  non-vultis,noluiU, 


Im.  Nol-ebam,  -ebas,  -ebat  ; 

Per.  Nol-ui,        -uifti,  -uit ; 

Plu.  Nol-ueram,-ucras,  -uerat  ; 

Fut.  Nolam,       noles,  nolet  ; 


-ebamus,  -ebatis, 
-uiflis, 


-uimus. 


-ueramus,  -ueratis, 
nokmus,  noletis, 


Pr.  Nolim, 
Im.   Nollem, 


-ebant. 

-uerunt. 

-ucre. 

-uerant, 

noleiu. 

Subjtwclivc  Mode. 

noli?,     riolit ;  nolTmus,  nolTtis,     nolint. 

nolles,    nollet ;  nollemus,  hoaetis,    nollem. 

Per.  Nol-uciim,  -ueris,    -uerit;  -ueiimu'3,  -ueritis,   .-uerinf. 

Plu.  Nol-uiilem,  -trifles*  -uiffet  ;  uiffemus,  -uiiTetis, 

Fut.  Nol-uero,     -ueris,    -uerit  ;  -uerimus, 

Imperative.  Lifnitii 

2.    o/\         2.    Pun'. 
f  Noli,  vel  f  oolite,  tv/  Pr.   Nclle'.'^ 
^Nollto  ;  ^noiitote.     P  r.  N<  Ths  rcjl  wanting.  ' 

MALO 


Pr. 


-ueritis,   -uerint. 
I\ 

ion?. 


Irregular  Verbs.  i^i 

f     MALO,  raalui,  malle,     To  be  more  willing. 

Indicative  Mode. 
Pr.  Mal-o,         mavis,  mavult ;  malumus,  mavultis,  raalunt. 
Im.  Mal-ebam,   -ebas,    -ebat ;      -ebamus,     -ebatis,      -ebant. 

Per.  Mal-ui,         -nidi,    -uit ;         -uimus,       -uiftis, 

-uere. 

Plu.  Mal-ueram,-ueras,  -uerat ;    -ueramus,   -ueratis,    -uerant. 

Fut.  Mal-am,      -es,         -et  :   &c.    This  is  fcarcely  in  vfe. 

J  Subjunclive  Mode, 

Pr.  Malim,         malis,  malit ;    mallmus,    malitis,  malint. 

Im.  Mallem,       malles,  mallet ;  mallemus,  malletis,  mallent* 

P<?r.MaI-uerim,  -ueris,  -uerit  ;  -uerimus,     -ueritis,  -uerint* 

P/ar.Mal-uiflem,  -uiffes,  ruiffet  j  -uiffemus,    -uirTetis,  -uiffent. 

Jj^..Mal-uero,     -ueris,  -uerit ;    -uerimus,    -ueritis,  -uerint. 

f  Infinitive  Modem  I 

$ref.  Malle.  Per/.  MaluifTe.  Tie  reft  not  ufed. 

ERO,  tuli,  latum,  ferre,     To  carry »,  to  bring  or  fiiffer. 

ActiveVoice.  j 

Indicative  Mode.  / 

Pr,  Fero,  fers,     fert  ;      ferimus,    fertis,     ferunt. 

//;/.  Fer-ebam,  -ebas,  -ebat ;    -ebamus,  -ebatis,  -ebant. 

P^r.Tuli,  tulifti,  tulit ;     tulimus,    tuliffis,  tulerunt, -ere 

P/«.Tul-e ram,  -eras,  -erat ;    -eramus,   -eratis,   -erant. 

.FW.Feram,       feres,  feret ;    feremus,   feretis,  ferent.       s 

^^  Subjunclive  Mode.  """x 

Pr.   Feram,  feras,     ferat ;      feramus,^~leT5tis,     ferant. 

/;//.   Ferrem,        ferres,   ferret ;     ferremus,    ferretis,    ferrent. 

Per.  Tul-erim,     -cvis,      erit  ;        -erimus,      -eritis,      -erint. 

Phi.  Tul-nTem,    -iffes,     -Met  ;      -i/Temus,     -iffetis,     -i/Tent. 

Fut.  Tul~ero,        -eris,      -erit ;       -erimus,      -eritis,      -erint. 

Imperative.  Infinitive.       y* 

'D     f  Fer,    c  Cferte,    r        .         Pr.  Ferre. 

Pr.  <  ^         fevto:  |,   4  t    ferunto.       D      ^  r/r 
(_  Fcrto,  (^rertote,  Per.  I  ulifle. 

Fut.lLfk  laturus,  a,  um. 

Fuiffe  laturus,  a,  urn. 

Participles.  Gerunds.  Supines. 

;  Pre]'.  Ferens,  Ferendum.  i.  Latum. 

-    turus,  -a,  -um.        Ferendi.  2.  Latu.     * 

Ferendo,  &c.  f 

N  Pajsiv* 


l$2  Irregular  Verbs, 


( 


Passive     Voice. 

Feror,  latus,  ferri,     To  be  brought. 

Indicative  Mode. 


fr.    Feror,        ^  ^^        fcrtur  ;        ferimur,     fcrlmiai,     fenffltur. 

•chan  s 
lm.    Fer-ebar,        ,   _v*  -batur  ;       ^eb'amur,    -ebatnini,  -tbttntur. 

/Vr/*.  Latus  fum,  &c.  latus  fui,  &c. 
*  jPlu.  Latus  eram,  &c.  latus  fueram,  &c. 

Jut.  Ferar,       ^  fererc      ^eretur  J       feremur,      fcremini,      ferentur. 

Subjunctive  Mode. 

fera*"is 
J>r.    Ferar,  tc    *        fcratur ;       feramur,     fcramini,     fcrantur. 

vei  ierare, 

Jm.   Ferrer,         .  fcrrere  ^criiet ur  J     ferremur,   ferremini,    ferrcntur. 

jp^r.  Latus  fim,  &c.  latus  fuerira,  &c. 

./>///.  Latus  efiem,  &c.    latus  fuiffem,  &c.  S   ' 

Fut.  Latus  fuero,  &c. 

Imperative  Mode. 
Prcf.  Ferre  ta7  fertor,     tenor  ;     ferimini,     fisruntor.  % 

Infinitive*  Participles. 

Pre/.  Ferri.  -^//.  Latus,       -a,\^rn. 

iVr/.  Eife  ©^/fuifle  latus,  -a,  -urn.       Fut.   Ferendus,  -a,  -nm, 
i^f.   Latum  iri.  / 

In  like  manner  are  conjugated  the   compounds   of  ferp ;   as,  aft  re, 

efttuli,   allatutn ;     a'fero,    abjtuli,    ablatutri ;     difcro,  cor- 

fero,    cor.luli,    collatvtp ;     infero,    ',  turn;     f>Jjtro,    oktiili,    cblatum  ; 

ejjho,  .    elattiM-       So  -,    per-,    tranf-,    de-,   pro-,    ante,  Pr*Z£ 

fero.       In  fo  r.c .  .ivrkers  wr**rrn..         r$>  adtuii.  a$atum  t    cor  latum,   inla 

turn  ;  cbfrro,  Sic.  for  ajfdro,  &  G. 

Obf.  t,  Moit  part  of  the    above  verbs  are  made  irregular  by  c 
tracti'  Thl  idled  for  non  vofo ;    malo,  for  magi*  vet*  ; 

fero>  fert,  fert,   l5?c  for  ferhi  fe>  it,   IT. .      ferar,  J   rrjsi   v.  ferre,  fr- 
iar, for  fereris,    LrV. 

Obf.   2.    The  imperatives  of  <&#,  ofoo,  a: 
(J  .    fafue  manner  with  fert  thus  we  fay,  die,  d  .  of  dice, 

dues,  fa.?.     But  thefe  often  occur  likcwifc  in  th<  .:n. 

(  I  10,  fa&us,  fieri,      To  be  mad?  or 

Indicative  Mot 
Pr.  Ffo,  £s,         Gt  ;  ni  fiu 

7/77.   Fieb^tt,     fiebas,    fiebat  ;     f 

.   Fa&us  fum,  us,  fai 

Flu.    Fa&ui  cram,  eke.  faJ 
jFwtn  Fiam,         lies,         fieri  ,        f .    .  .1 


Detective    Veres.  133 

/  Subjunctive  Ml 

/v.  Fiam,        fias,        fiat  ;        fiainus,        fiatis,       iant. 

Im,  Fierem,      fieres,      fieret ;      fiererims,     feretis,    fierent. 
Per.  Fa&us  f:m,  &c.   laclus  ruerim,   £cc. 
Pi'.-.    Faitus  eficm,  &c.  facias  fuiffens,  &c, 
JFut.    Fact  us  fuerc,  &.,:. 

Imperative.  Lmnttlvc.  \ 

P/%  JFitc,  fltc>  :{te,fiunt0*?M  Effew/fiiifrefa^tis,a,wn. 

jFirf.  FadTuin  iri. 
P^r.  J-.  Supine. 

Per.   Factus,         -a,      -i.m.  Fadhi.  y 

/*/.    Faciendus,  -a,     -urn.  ' 

'I  he  compounds  of  facta  which  retain  a,  have  alfojfo  in  the  pafTive, 

and /crc  in  the  imperative  aclive  ;  ,  to  warm,  calefio,  talc 

f.ic  :  but  ihofe    which  change   a  into  r,    form   the  pallive  regularly, 

.  c  fid  in  the  imperative  ;    as,  cc-ipcio,  ccnfice  \  conficior,  confec- 

/„j,  cenfict.      We  find,  however,  conjit,  it  is  done,  and  ccr  ;.t, 

is  wanting  ;  info,  he  begins. 

0  irregular  verbs   may  properly  be  fubjdined  what  are  commonly 

called    Neuter   Passive    Verbs,  which,  like  fi,    form  the  preterite 

cording  to  the  pafilve  voice,  and  the  reft  in  the  active.    Thefe 

are,  soleo,  ft  fo/ere,  to   ufe  ;    a:..'o,    aufus,  a  -re  ;  gaudeo^ 

gnznf.is,  1  ;,  to  rejoice  ;  /ida,  fifu  ,   to  truft  :    So  confldo, 

to  truft  ;  and  diffulc,  to  diftruft  ;  which  alfo  have  confjal,  and  diffidi. 

Some  add  us,  meerere,   to   be   fad  ;  but  mtzf.vs  is  generally 

itive.     We  like  wife   fay  furatus  ft-.m  and  fo**t 

for  jutaoi  and  1  ,  but  thefe  may  aifo  be  taken  in  a  paiTive  fenfe. 

To  thefe  may  be  referred  verbs,  wholly  active  in  their  termina- 
tion, an.  ve  in  their  figniScation  ;  as,  vapuU,  -c-ji,  -atum,  to  be 
oaten  or  whipped  ;  v?neo,  to  be  fold  ;  cxulo^  to  be  baniihed,  &c. 


/ 


Defective  Verbs. 

Ve         re  called   DefeShe,  which  are  not   ufed  in   certain 
tenfes,  numbers,  and  perfons.  j 

I  Thefe    three,     odl,   cctpt,  and    memzm,   are    only  ufed    in 

preterite    tenfes ;     and    therefore  are    called    Preterltlvc 

rbs  ;  though  they  have  fometimes   likewife   a  prefent   fig- 

nification  :   thus,     / 

/    OJi,     I    hate,     or    have    hated,     oderam,    oderlm,    odi/fem^ 

od'iffe.      Participles,  ofust  of  urns  :  exo/hs,  per  of. is.  / 
(     (  I     begin    or    have    begun,    ccsperam,    -erim,    "tffirn^ 

Supine,  cceptu.     Participles,  cctptusy  cctfturus.  j 

Memin'h 


'34 


Defective  Verbs. 


/    Mhnjni,   I   remember,   or  have   remembered,  mcmlner*m> 
-ertm,  -iffem,  -cro,  -iffe  ;   Imperative,  memento,  mementote.  J 

Inflead  ofWi,  we  fometimes  fay,  ofusfum  ;  and  always  exofus,  perofus 
fum,arn\  not  exodiyperodi.      We  fay,  opus  capitferi,  or  c'aptum  eft. 

To  thefe  fome  add  iww,  becaufe  it  frequently  has  the  fignification 
of  the  prefent.  I  iuozu,  as  well  as,  I  have  knoivny  though  it  comes 
*-om  /isfcOj  which  is  complete. 


/    Faro,  to  be   mad,    dor,   to  be  given,    and  for,   to   fpeak, 
'  as  alfo,   cler  and  fer,  are    not  ufed  in    the  firft   peifon   fingu- 
lar  ;  thus,  we  fay,  dans,  datur  ;  but  never  dor.   J 

I  Of  verbs  which  want  many  of  their  chief  parts,  the  fol- 
lowing mod  frequently  occur  :  Aio,  I  fay,  inquam,  I  fay,. 
forem,  I  mould  be  ;  aufna,  contracted  for  aufus  fun,  I  dare  ; 
faxhn,  FU  fee  to  it,  or  I  will  do  it ;  ave  and  fahe,  fave 
you,  hail,  good-morrow ;  ccdo,  tell  thou,  or  give  me  j 
quafo,  I  pray.  / 


Ind.  Pr.  Aio, 

Tm.  Aicbam, 
per,  

Sub.    Per.         ■  ■    - 


ais, 

►cbas, 

aiili, 

aias, 


ait : 
-ebat : 

aiat  v 


-cbanvus,     -ebatis, 


aiunt. 
-ebant. 


aiatis, 


aiant 


•J 


►quit : 
inquiebat 


Itr.perat.    Ai. 

Ind.  Pr.  Inquam,  -quis, 

Im. 

Per. inquifii, 

Put. inquies,    inquiet  : 

Impcrat.    Inque,    inquito. 

Sub.  Im.  ?  r-«  r  r 

„.     5-  Forem,     tores,     roret  : 

Tnf.    Fore,  to  be  hereafter,   or  to  be  about  to  be,  the  fame  with  ejfte  f.turus. 
Sub.  Pr.  Aufim,         aiiiis,  aufit  i 


PartW'p.  Prtf.  Aiens. 
-quimus,  -quitis,     -quiunt. 
inquiebant. 


Part/rip.  Pr   Inquiens. 
forernus,     foretis,     forent. 


Per.  Faxim,         fax  is,         faxit : 
put.  Faxo,  faxis,  faxit : 


fax\tis, 


faxint* 

fax  int. 


Note.  Faxhji  and  faxo  are  ufed  inflead  of  fecrrim  and  fecero. 
Im*yer.     Ave  vel  avcto  ;  plur.  avcte  vA  avetote.  f.  avcre. 

_ Salve  v.  falveto  ;  —  falvuc  v.  falvetote.  —  £aiverc. 

Indie.  Put. Salvebis. 


Imlierat.fccon.l perf.fnig.      Ccdo,  plur.  cedke. 

Indie.  Prcf.frf  perf.fng.      Qusefo,  plur.  quaesumus.  7 

Mod  of  the  other  Defective  verbs  are  but  fingle  words,   and  rarefy 
to  be  found,   but  among  tbe   pects  ;    as,  in/it,   he  begins  ;  deft,  it  ic 
T/anting.     Some  are   compounded  of  a  verb  and   the  conjunction  ft ; 
as,  fts,  for   //  vis,  if  thou  wilt ;   frltis,  for  ft  with ;  fader,  for  ft 
equivalent  to  auf0)  I  pray  ;  ccpfts,  for  captfi  vis. 

Impersonal 


Impersonal  Verbs. 


135 


Impersonal     Verbs. 

/  A  verb   is    called    Imperfonal y   which   has  only  the  termU 
;ons   of  the   third    perfon   lingular,    but  docs   not   admit 
znyfcrjbn  or  nominative  before  it./ 

[^  Imperfonal  verbs  in  Englifh,  have  before  them  the  neu- 
ter pronoun  //,  which  is  not  coniidered  as  a  perfon  ;  thus, 
dcldttat,  it  delights  ;  decet%  it  becomes  ;  conthigli^  it  happens  ; 
evenit,  it  happens  J 

I/?  Conj. 
Ind.  Pr.  Dele&at, 
J?n.  Delectabat, 
Per.  Deledavit, 
Plu.  Deleetaverat, 
F.a.  Dele&abit. 

Sub.  Pr.  Dele&et, 

Im.  Deketaret, 
Per.  Dele&averit, 
-P/ir.DeleaaviiTet, 
put.  Dtlecfcavcrit. 


id  Con). 

Decet, 

Decebat, 
Decuit, 
Decuerat, 
Decebit. 

D^ceat, 
peceret, 

■uerit, 
DecuiiTct, 
Decuerit. 

I)  c  cere, 
DecuifTe. 


2/1  Co/.j. 
Contingrit, 
Contin<rebat, 
Conttgit, 
Contigerat, 
Continget. 

Contingat, 
Coining-  ret, 
Contigerit, 
ContigifTet, 

Contigerit. 

Gontingere, 
Contigiffe. 


^ih  Conj. 

Evenit, 

Eveniebat, 

Evenit, 

Evenerat, 

Eveniet. 

Eveniat, 

Eveniret, 
Evenerit, 
Eveniffet, 
Evenerit. 

E  venire, 
Evenifle. 


Inf.    Pr.  Delegare, 
Per.  DelectaviiTe. 

Moil  Latin  verbs  may  be  ufed  imperfonally  in  the 
pailive  voice,  especially  Neuter  and  Intranfitive  verbs  which 
othcrwife  have    no  paflive  ;    ac,   j.  ir,  JavS/urt  curriiur, 

veriitur ;    from  pugno,   to    fight;        1  _,    to   favour;    curra, 

to  run  ;   7 .         :o  come  : 


lad.   Pr.  Pugnatur,  Favetur, 

.-.  Pugr.abatur,  Favebatur, 

Per.  Pugnatum  eil,  Fautum  eft, 

Plu.  Pugr.atum  erat,  Fautum  erat:, 

Fuf,  Pugnabitur.  Favebitur. 

Sub.  Pr.  Pugnetur,        *  Faveatur, 

In    Pugnaretur,  Faveretur, 


Curritur,  YeuUur, 

Currebatur,  ^  r, 

Curfura  eft,  Ventum  eft, 

Curfum  erat,  Ventum  erat, 

Curretur.  Yenieiur. 

Curratur,  Veniatur, 

•rcretur,  Veniretur, 

Curfum  fit,  Vt.  fir, 


Per.  Pugnatum  Q:,       Fautum  fit. 

:atum  effet,  Fautum  diet,      Curfum  efTefc,  Ventura  effet. 

Curium  Lie-  Yentum    fue> 


F«i.  Pugnatum  fue-  Fautum  fue- 

rit.  rit. 

Pugnari,  -.-i, 

Per.  Pugnatum  eiTe,  Fautum 

ini  iri.  Fautum  iri. 


nt.  r;t. 

Curri,  VenTri, 

Curfum  effe,  Ventum  efie, 
.  1  :.    Yentum  iri. 


Obf.  r.     Imperfonal   verbs  are   fcarccly  ufed  in    t  iperative,  but 

tad  of  it  wc  take  the  fafejun&ivc  ;    as,  ...  clett  let  it  deiight,  &c  ; 

:  fupines,  participles,    or  gel  pt    ;.  kv.  mi- 


136  Impersonal  Verbs. 

tensy  ~d*my  -dujy  &c.  Induct  ad  pudendum  et  pigendu>:iy  Cic.  In  the 
preterite  tenfes  of  the  paffive  voice,  the  participle  perfect  is  always 
put  in  the  neuter  gender. 

Obf.  2.  Grammarians  reckon  only  ten  real  imperfona]  verbs,  and 
all  in  the  fecond  conjugation  ;  iecet,  it  becomes  ;  peenMet,  it  repents ; 
•portet,  it  behoves  ;  miseret,  it  pities  ;  fiiget,  it  irketh  ;  piidct,  it  fhamcth ; 
fleet,  it  is  lawful ;  iUet  or  lubet,  it  pleaieth ;  Udet,  it  wearieth  ;  l\qucty 
it  appears.  Of  which  the  following  have  a  double  preterite  ;  mifer 
me/erHtt,  or  m-firtum  ejl  \  figet,  piguity  or  pigihtm  ejl ;  pudety  puduit,  or 
puditum  ejl ;  licet,  litfttt,  or  1'icHum  eft  ;  tibcty  libuit,  or  libitum  ejt  ;  Met, 
tjeduit,  UtfujH  ejl,  ohewer  psrtjfum  eft.  But  many  other  verbs  are  ufed 
imperfonally  in  all  the  conjugations : 

In  the  firft,  Juvat,JPe8at,  vacattJiat,  tonjiat, praftat,  reftmt,  life. 

In  the  fecond,   Apparet,   att\ndy pertimet,   debet,  dotet,  nocet,  laiet,  fif*et, 
f  atety  placet  y  difpl\cety  sedet,  sclety  t5V. 

In  the  third,  AecitSt,  incipit,  desinlt  y  Jufficit ,  J5V, 

In  the  fourth,  Convenit,  expedite  isfc. 

Alfo  Irregular    verbs,   Efl,  objl,  prldjly  pottft,  interefl,  ;  Jit, 

preetiirity  nequity  and  nequjt::.--yfubity  conjeri,  refert,  IZfc. 

Obf.  3.  Under  imperfonal  verbs  may  be  comprehended  thofe  which 
exprefs  the  operations  or  appearances  of  nature  ;  as,  /  it,Julm\naty 

tO.'iat,  grandinut,  gclatypluity  ningit,  face/bit,  adve/pcru/lit,  I 

Obf  4.  Imperfonal  verbs  are  applied  to  any  pcrfon  or  number,  by 
putting  that  which  ftands  before  other  verbs,  after  the  imperfonals, 
in  the  cafes  which  they  govern  ;  as, placet  tnibi,  tibiy  itti,  it  pleafes  me, 
thee,  him  ;  or  I  pleafe,  thou  pleafcft,  &c.  pugnatut  a  me,  a  te,  ab  illoy 
I  fight,  thou  fighteft,  he  fighteth,  &c.  So  Curritury  ktcmtMr  a  mey  a 
te,  f*fc,  I  run,  thou  runneft,  &c.  Frnvetpr  tibi  a  mey  Thou  art  favoured 
by  me,  or  I  favour  thee,  &c. 

Obf-  5.  Verbs  are  ufed  personally  or  imperfonally,  according  to 
the  particular  meaning  which  they  exprefs,  or  the  different  import  of 
the  words  with  which  they  are  joined  r  Thus  we  can  fay,  ego  plaao 
tibi,  I  pleafe  you  ;  but  we  cannot  fay,  Jl placet  audire,  if  you  pleafe  to 
hear,  but  Ji  placet  tibi  audire.  So,  we  can  fay,  wtulta  hom'un  continguni ', 
many  things  happen  to  a  man  :  but  inftead  of  ego  cont\gi  ejfe  domiy  we 
imifl  either  fay,  me  contigit  ejfe  domiy  or  mill  coni'.git  efje  domiy  I  happened 
to  be  at  home.  The  proper  and  elegant  ufe  of  Imperfonal  verbs  can 
•nly  be  acquired  by  practice. 

Redundant    V  e  a  r  s. 
Thofe  are  called  Redundant  Verbsy  which  have  different  forms  to   ex- 
prefs the  fame   fenfe  :   thus,  ajfentio  and  ajfentior,  to  agree  ;  fabric*  and 
fabric**,   to  frame  ;  mcreo  and  mereory  to   deferve,    &c.     Thefe  verbs, 
kowever,  under  the  paflive  form  have  likewife  a  pafiive  fjgnifi cation. 

Several  verbs  are  ufed  in  different  conjugation?. 

1.  Some  are  ufually  of  the  firft  conjugation,  and  rarely  of  the  third; 
is,  hvo,  Icvas,  Unite J    and  lavo,  Iwois,  l.i"S~:rey  to  warn. 

2.  Some  are  ufually  cf  the  fecond,  and  rarely  of  the  third  ;  a?, 
Ferveo,  ferves,  and  fervo,  fervis,  to  loll. 
Fulgeo,  fulgc«,  and  fu!go,  fulgi*,  to/tine, 

eot 


Redundant  Verbs. 


x37 


Sirldeo,  flridjs,  and  frrido,  ftridiSj  to  make  a  kijfng  ncife,  to  creak. 
Tueor,  tueris,  and  tuor,  tueris,  to  defend: 

To  thefe  add  tergeo,  tergis  ;  and  tergat  tergsss  to  wipe,  which  arc 
equally  common. 

3.  Som?.  are  commonly  of  the  third  conjugation,  and  rarely  of  the 
fourth  ;  as, 

Fodio,  fodis,  fodere'j  and  fodio,  fodis,  fodire,  to  dg. 
Sallo,  falHs,  faliere,  and  kiWio-,  fallis,  ialllre,  tojalt* 
ArceiTb,  -is,  arceffere,  oin/arceflioj  arcjefsire,  to  fend  for. 
Morior,  moreri?,  mori,  a.id  morior,  moriris,  moriri,  to  die. 
So  Orior,  oi^ris,  and  orior,  orlri.-;,  orTri,  to  rife\ 
Potior,  pater  is*  and  potior,. potlris,  potlri,  t  >  enjoy. 

There  is  likewife  a  verb,  which  is  ufually  o£  the  fecond  conjuga- 
tion, and  more  rarely  of  the  fourth,  namely,  cieo^cies,  ciere  ;  and 
do,  ch,  cire,  to  roufe  ;  whence  decirx  and  accitus. 

To  thefe  we  may  add  the  verb  EDO,  to. eat,,  which  though  regu- 
larly formed,  alio  agrees  in  feve^al  of  its  parts  wixhfum  ;  thus, 

Ind.  Pref.  Edo.  edit  or  es,  edit  ^T  efl ;-      ■  <  ■  edltis  or  eftis 

Sub.  Imperf.  Ederem  or  efm,  cderss  oreffest  \&'c. 

Imp.  Ede  or  es,  ediio  or  ef.o  \  edits  or  efe  ;  cfitotc  or '  foie. 

Inf.  Pref.  fdWv  or  «$?. 

Paflive  Ind.  Pref.  Editor  or  ^7-r. 

Tt  may  not  he  improper  here  to  iVnjoih  a  lift  or  tliofe  verbs  which' 
rcfemble  one  another  in  fome  of"  their  party,  though  they  differ  in. 
fiofnification.  Of  thefe  fome  agree  in  the  prefent,  fome  in  the  pre— 
irr'te,  and  othei'3  in  the  fupine*. 

r.     The  following  agree  in  the  prefent,  but  are  differently 
conjugated  r 


Aggero,   -as,  to  heap  up. 
Appello,  -as,   to  call. 
Oompello,  -as,  to  addrefs. 
CoiligO,  -as,  to  bind. 
Conflerno,  -as,  to  afonifi. 
EfTero,  -as,  to  enrage. 
Fundo,  -as,  to  found. 

.ndo,  -as,  to  command* 
O'^soro,  -as,  t)  lock. 
Volo,  -as,  iofy. 


Aggero,  -is,  to  bring  together. 
Appello,  -is,  to  drive  to,  to  arrive, 
Compello,  -is,  to  drive  together , 
Colli  £0,  -is,  to  gather  together. 
Conflerno,  -is,  toftciv. 
Effrro,  -fers,  to. bring  cut, 
Fundo,  -ir.,  to  .pour  out. 
IVIando,  -is,  to  clef'. 
Obsero,.-is,  to  heft. 
Volo,  viS)  to  ivill. 


Of  this  clafs  fome  have  a  different  quantity  ;  as,. 


Colo,  -as,  to  f  rain. 
Dico,  -as,  to  dedicate. 
Td  ico,  -as,  to  train  up. 
fjCgO,  -as,  to  fend  on  an  cmhafy. 
Vado;  -as,  to  -.-eads. 


Culo,  -is,  to  till. 
DTco,  -is,  to  fay. 
FducO, -is,  to  lead  forth. 
Lego,  -is,  to  read. 
Vado,  -is,  to  go. 


a.    The 


13^  Obsolete   Conjugation. 

:.  The  following  verbs  agree  in  the  pr         -  : 

be  four*  Acuo,  aCui,  to  far  pen. 

vi,  to ;  Cerno,  crevi,  to  fee. 
o,  frb    ,  .'  go,  frixi,  /^  y 

:,  /./>  Vulcio,  fu.fi,  to  prop. 

Luceo,  luxij  JLugeo,  Iuxi,  to  mourn* 

Pavt  >,  pavi,  .  Palco,  pavi,  to  feed. 

Pendco,  pependi,  to  Pendo,  pependi,  /c  i 

3.  The  following  agree  in  the  famine  : 

Crefco,  cretuni,  to* gun*,  rno,  cretuni;  to  behold. 

Mancn,  manlum,  to  (lay.  Macdo,  manfum,  fe  . 

Sto,  ft  at  urn,  tafand.  Sifto,  flatum,  to  fop. 

!-  uccenfeo,  cerium,  /s>  /^  angry,  Succendo,  -cenfum,  /y  kindle. 

Tcnco,  tentum,  /^  /  T.ndo,  tenium,  to  firetch  out. 

Verro,  vermin,,  tofiveep.  Wito,  vcrfum,  to  tutu. 

Vineo,  vi&um,  to  overcome*  "Vivo,  vi&um,  to  live. 

'1  ho    Ottsolele    Co n juG.vnox. 
This  chiefly  czcM'.t  in  eld  writers,  and  only  in   particular  conjuga- 
tion and  tenfes. 

1.  The  ancient  I.  :;  s  made  the  imperfect  of  the  indicative  active 
of  the  fourth  conjugation  in  IB  AM,  without  the  e  ;  as,  audlbaot,  fci- 
bam\   foi     audiebam,fcieiam. 

2.  In  the  fi  i  :ativc  of  the  fourth  conjugation,  they 
■fed  ISO  in  the  ac"Hv  in  the  paflive.  voice":  as,  dcrmli-.y, 
d*rmJhor.  for  dormiarriy  tic: 

\.  The  prefi         :  the  fubjun<5tive  anciently  ended  in  IM :  as,  ea\ 
f^r  £-..'.  for  i 

4.  The  perfect  of  the  fubjuB&ive  a&ive  fbrnetimes  occurs  in  SSI  AT, 
and   the   future   in    SSO  ;    as,  /.       5  v,  leva/ft,  for   levaverim,  lev 

\pltmy   capfittoT  ceperlm   ttpero  :    Hence  the   future  of  the    infinitive 
was  foimed  hi  ERE  ;   as.,  levaffere  for  levat  fe. 

5.  In  the  fetond  perfon  of  the  prefent  of  the  imperative  paflive,  we 
fini  0  in    the  fmgnlaf ,  and  'minor  in  the  plural;    zsfamino,  for 

■;    and  progrcdi minor  for  ffroi 

6.  The  fylk.ble  ER  Was  f  '  added  to  tliC  prefent  of  the  in- 
finitive paPuve;  a:,  /  ier  for  did. 

7.  The  participles  of,  the  future  time  active,  and  perfect  paflive, 
when  joined  with  the  verb  effe*,  were  fometimci  uied  as  indeclinable  : 

•      w,  for   di&uros,    Cic.  Cohort?*  ad  me  miffum 
facias,  for  ,  Cic.  ad  Attic,  viii.  12. 

Derivation   and  Composition   of  Vriw 
I.  V  •         Lyed  cither  from  nouns  or  from  other  verbs. 

Verbs  derived  from  nouns  arc   called  Denominate  to 

ftp  ;    Uudo,   to  praife  :  frau'do,    to   defraud  ;    L-.     \     to   threw  floncs  ; 
ror,  to  wrork  ;   ftnmentor,  to    forage  ;    Hgr.or,   to   gather    fuel,    &c. 
frcia  ana,  kus ',  j 'raus,   &x.     But  when  they   exprefs   imitation   or  r 

icmblari. 


Derivation  and  Composition  of  Verbs,.       135 


femblance,  they  are  called  Imrfathe  ;  as,  Patrijfo,  Grzcor,  bubu/o,  cor~ 
nicor,  life.  I  imitate  or  referable  my  father,  a  Grecian,  a  crow,  &c. 
from  paier^  Gracus,  comix. 

Of  thofe  derived  from  other  verbs,  the  following  chiefly  deferve  at- 
tention ;    namely,  Frequentatives,  Inceptives,  and  Dtftderatives. 

I.  FREQUENT ATIVES  expreis  frequency  of  action,  and  are  all 
ef  the  firft  conjugation.  They  are  formed  from  the  laft  fupine,  by 
changing  aim  i*tto  Tto,  in  verbs  of  the  firft  conjugation  ;  and  by  chang- 
ing u  into  0,  in  verbs  of  the  ocher  three  conjugations ;  as,  clamo,  to  cry, 
ilanntto,  to  cry  frequently  :    terreo,  terrtio  j    i>erto,  iierfo  ;    dormio,    dormxio. 

In  like  manner,  Deponent  verba  form  Fr-eqaentatives-  in  or  ;  as, 
m':nory  to  threaten  ;.  mintlor,  to  threaten. frequently. 

/.He  are  formed  in  an  irregular  manner  ;    as,  nato  from/?-?/  nofciio 

tro^^nofee ;  fit  tor,  or  rather  fcifcttory   from  fih  ;   pavfto,  from  pavso  ; 

Jlfijr,    from    feqitor,   ioquttor,    from   hqttor.      Si>    quxnto,  fundito,    agilo, 

fiu'uO,      iS'c. 

From  Frequentative  verbs  are  adfo  formed  ether  Frequentatives;  as, 
•urro>  cur/vy  curfito  ;  pcllc,  pulfe*  pu's'io..  or  by  contraction  pulto  j 
tofioi  cable,  capiUo  ;  oijm,  canto,  cant  lib  ;  defends,  defenfo,  dejenjito  ; 
d;cQy  ditto,  diSHto  ;  gcro,  gcjlc,  geftitv  ;  jacio,  jatio,  jaciiio  ;  i-snio,  ientitc  ; 
mwlie,   muffb,    (for  mutitoj    mufsYio,    \2&. 

Verbs  of  this  kind  do  not  always  exprefs  frequency  of  action.  Ma- 
ny of  them  have  much,  the  fame  feme  with,  their  primitives,  or  ex- 
prefs the  meaning  more  ftrongly. 

z.  INCEPTIVE-  Verbs  mark  the  Beginning  or  continued  increafe  of 
any  thing,  They  are  formed  from  the  fecond  perfon  fing.  of  the  pre- 
ient  of  the  indicative,  by  adding  co  :  as,  caleo,.  to  be  hot,  calss,  calefco% 
to  grow  hoc  So  in  the  other  conjugations,  labafco,  from  lubo  :  tremifco, 
from  tremo  ;  oLJcrviifco,  from  obdonnio.  J-lif<oy  from  bio,  is  contracted 
for   biafco.     Inceptives  are   kkewife  formed  from  lubftantives  and  ad- 

Siivcsj    25,  pverajco,  from  .pit  r  ;    du'cfco,  from  d  d>:'is ;  juwuefia9  from 
■ 

All  Inceptives  are  Neater  verbs,  and  of  the  third  conjugation.     They 
wam  both   the  preterite   and    fupine  ;   unlefs  very   rarely,   when  they 
row  them  from  their  primitives 

3.  DESIDESATIVK  Verbs  fignify  a  defire  or  intention  of  doing 
a  tiling.  They  are  formed  from  the  latter  fupine.  by  adding  rio,  and 
fiiortenicg  the   u  ;    as,  ,   I  defire  to  fup,  from  cenatu*     They 

are  all  of  the  fourth  conjugation  ;  and  want  bet  hi  preterite  and  fupine* 
riree,   t  -7w,  -Uutn7   to  defire  :c  eit  ;  pnrlurh,  -FW,, 

1 — ,   to  be  in  travail  ;   nupturio%  -evi-,  — ,  to  defire  fried. 

There  are  a  few  verbs  in  LLO,  which  are  call  ;d  fiimir.uii>ve  ;  as,. 
*  wtilloyforbzHo,  -are,  I  fing,  I  fup  a  little  ::  To  thefe  fome  add  alblco 
and  ce.ndico,  +are,  to  be    cr   to   grow  whitilB  ;  alfc  nigrico,  fotficd,   and 

.  Ico.     Some    verbs    in    SSO  are   called  Intenjive  ;   as   Capejbt  fi*tf*i 

or  pit'£ay  I  take,  I  do,  i  leefc  earuefdy. 

s  are  compounded  with  nouns,  with  other  verb-,,  with  adverb?, 

and  chiefly  with  prepofitions.     Many  of  thefe  fimplc  verbs  are  not  in 

«fc;    as,   fiitoy  fendoy  fierio,  grttor  Sic.     The  component  parts  lljR 

remain 


14°  Participles. 

remain,  Sometimes  a  fetter   is  added  ;     as  proJjo,  for  j>ro-c$  : 

9r  taken   away  ;    as,   aJport93  omlito,   traJo,    ■  ,",?#, 

&c.  for  <?/■/  -itio%  i    .        ,  perjuro^  perreg  :bcu>  &c. 

,  f..-MOy  cf   i'c'f  proy  fub%  and  .  •  hich  anciently  iigni- 

fied  *,  or  /o  takeaway.     Often   the    vowel  or  diphthong  of   the 

fimplt  >,   and  the  laft    co;  t  of  the   prepoiltion,    is   changed  : 

a?,  da vm^    corner    ■   ;     r<  .   ■     I.tc'o,  .   .Jio,  obcdlo^   &c. 

Af[*r0*    aHf*K?J    c  ■':ci   &c*     ^or    l  fc'roi   conlaudoy    in' 


/ 


P  A  R  T  I  C  I  P  L  E. 

A.  P  pie   is  a  kind  of  adyeclive   formed  from   a  verb, 

Which  in  its  signification  implies  time.  / 

It  i:.  fo  c  ?caufe  it  partakes   both  of   an    adjective   and  of   a 

■.  and  declcnfion  from  the  one,   time  and 
uification         t  the  other,   and  number . from   both.     Participles  in 

I  of  no  v  n. 

Par::tipl. i  in  Latin   are  declined  hire   adjectives  ;  and  their  fignifi- 
tion  1$  ya  ;eardjr.g    to  \ture  of  the   verbs  from  which 

they  come  ;  oi  rticlples  in  dui  are  always  paflive,  and  import  not 

lb  :  Future  time,    --  o     gation  or  n 

/  Latin    verbs   h:;ve    four    Participles,    the   prefent   and    fu- 
ive  ;  as,  Amans^  loving  ;    a  as>    about    to  love  ; 

and   the   perfect   and    I         -    paflive  ;     as,  amatus,  loved,  a- 
mdvsf  to  be  loved.  / 

The  Latins  have  not  :ole  perfect   in  the  active,  nor  a  parti- 

ch  Tent  in  the  pa0ive  voice  ;    which  defet  .:   be  fupplied  by 

a    circ  ;tion.     Thus,  to    expreis  the  perfect  participle  active  in 

jEngHfh,  we  i.ic  a  conjunction,  and  the   plu-perfet  the  fubjun&ive 

Latin,   or  feme  other   tenfe,  :o  its  connection  with  the 

I   ..er  v.ords  cf  a  lentcnce  ;  aj,  he  having  loved,  qiium  at.  .,  &c. 

/    Neuter   rerbs   hav*   commonly   but  two    Participles  ;    as, 
urus  ;  flans\  J? a  turns.  / 

;»m    fomc    I  are   formed    Participles  of  the  per  fed 

tCnfe  J    as,     £rratus,  atus,  j.  lahorahis^  i  ',   ccjfatus ,  fuda- 

j  -  '•■•..- 

c<z.  and   alfq   of  the  future  in  dut ;   a?,  *Jnrandust 
.  |  dormiaiduiy  crul  .<•,  occ.     Neuter  pal* 

U]    v  .:'■  /        >  hat  no  participle:    Pido,    only 

'/■;.   and  •vapulatu- 

,    gan  •  -    iiufusy 

„j.     Aufh  ed  both   in   ah   active  and  pai         feafe  ; 

fas-i  au/iai  Virg.  JEn.  vi.  624. 

Deponent   and  Common   rerbs  have  commonly  four  Par- 
♦     pies  j  x 


I 


Gerunds  and  Supines.  141 

Ltqutns,  fpeaking  ;  locuturus,  about  to  fpeak  ;  locates,  having  fpokenX 
hqucndus,  to  be  fpoken  :  Dignans,  vouchfafing  ;  dignaturus,  about  to 
vouchfafe  ;  dignatus,  having  vouchfafed,  being  vouchfafed^  or  having 
vouchfafed  ;  dignandus,  to  be  vouchfafed.  Many  participles  of 
the  perfect  tenfe  from  Deponent  verbs  have  both  an  active  and  pai- 
£ve  feilfe  ;  as,  Abominatus ,  conatus,  confejfus,  adorius,  amphxvs,  blandltits, 
largJfi's.   meniltuii  oblllt.s,  tcjiatus,  veneratas,    &c. 

There  are  feveral  Participles  compounded  with  in  fignifying  not, 
the  verbs  of  which  do  not  admit  of  fuch  competition  :  as,  Infciens. 
infpePhns,  indlcens,  for,  non  dicens,  inoplnans,  and  necopraans,  imtnerens  ; 
Ma-Jus,  impranfus,  ?  covfultus,  inciifitditus,  fixpietatus,  impicnxtus,  impa- 
ratus,  incomitatus,  incomptus,  indemnatits,  indotatus,  ircorrubtus,  inUrrtivs\ 
and  imperterritus,  intejlatus,  inaufus,  inopinrdus,  inultus,  ince'ifus,  for 
non  cenfus,  not  regiftered  ;  infcc?us>  for  ncn  faclus,  hvoifus,  for  non  "vi/ls^ 
irJiclus,  for  ncn  di&vs,  &c.  There  is  a  different  inctnjus  from  incenio  ,• 
infeBus,  from  i/:Jii.ie  ;   ttfoifus   from  invideo  ;    indiaus  from  indlco,   &ic. 

(  If  from  the  fignification  of  a  Participle  we  take  away 
time,  it  becomes  an  adjective,  and  admits  the  degrees  of 
comparison  ;  as,  . 

Amans,  loving,  arnanticr,  amani'-JJlmus  ;  I  doclus,  learned,  drtlior,  JoillJJi- 
tnvs  :  or  a  fubflantive ;  as,  Prafedlus,  a  commander  or  governor ;  £%nf*- 
nans,  f.  fc.  litem,  a  confonant  ;  continent,  f.  fc.  terra,  a  continent  ;  co?i- 
Jfuens,  m.  a  place  where  two  rivers  run  together  ;  oriens,  m.  ic.fol,  the 
eaft  ;   Occident,  m.  the  weft  ;  didum,  a  faying  ;  fcriptum,   &c. 

There  are  manv  words  in  ATUS,  ITUS,  and  UTUS,  which  although 
refembling  participles  are  reckoned  adje&ivea,  becaufe  they  come  from 
nouns,  and  not  from  verbs  ;  as,  status,  barbatus,  cotdatus,  cdwidtus\ 
tfijlatits,  r,  pellltus,  iurrltus  ;    cfkV.tus,  cornntvs,  nafuti.s,    tkd    wing- 

ed,   bearded,    difcreet,   &c.       But   auraUts9  aratus,  argentaius,  ferratus9 
plumbaius,     gypfatus,     calcetlus,     clypeatus,    galcatas,     tun'uatus,     lawatvs, 
p.  lliatas,    lympl  atus,  purpurstus,  prat  xictas,   &c.    covered    with    gold, 
brafs,  filver,  &c.  are  accounted   participles  becaufe  they  are  fuppo- 
fed  to    come  from  obfolete  verbs.     Sa    perhaps  cnlnr.ijlratiis,  frizzled, 
crifped  or  curlec,  crin'iius,  having  long  hair,  prrltus,  (killed,  ckz. 
There  are  a  kind  of  Verbal  adjectives  in  BUNDUS,  formed  from  the 
••perfect  of  the  indicative,  which  very  much  refemble  Participles  in 
their    fignification,  but  general \j  oprcft    the    meaning   of  the   verb 
more  fully,  or  denote  an  abundance  or  gr-. at   deal  of  the  action  ;  as, 
mtahundus,  the  fame  with  valdc  -vitans,  avoiding  much  ;   Sail.  Jug.  60. 
and    10 1.;     Lit.     XXV.    13.        So     errabur.dus,     ludibur.Jus,     populabundi's% 
Wtibutidus,    &C 

GERUNDS    and    SUPINES. 

/  GERUNDS  are  participial  words,  which  bear  the  fignhScatibn  of 
the  verb  from  which  they  are  formed  ;  and  are  declined  like  a  neuter 
noun  of  the  fecond  declenfiom  through  all  the  cafes  of  the  fingurar 
number,  except  the  vocative.  / 

There  are,  both   in  Latip   and  E»gH:fct  CuU  ra  derived  from 

thr 


142 


Advsrb. 


tfie  verb,  which  fo  much  refembic  the  Gerund  in  their  fignificatiou, 
that  frequently  they  may  be  fubfHtutcd  in  its  place.  They  are  ge- 
nerally ufed,  however,  in  a  more  undetermined  fenfe  than  the  Ge- 
rund, and  in  Englilh  have  the  article  always  prefixed  to  them.  Thus* 
with  the  gerund,  DeU&ar  legendo  Ciceronem,  I  am  delighted  with  read- 
ing Cicero.  But  with  the  fubflantive,  Dtieclcr  leSHone  CiceronU,  I 
am  delighted  with  the  reading  of  Cicero. 

The  Gerund  and  Future  Participle  of  verbs  in  /<>>  and  fome  others, 
.often  take  u  inftead  of  e  ;  as,  faciundum,  di,  do,  dns  ;  cxperlundutrs,  po» 
ih:vJuiny  gcrundut.i^  petu;;i'.»ty  dicundum,   &c.    for  faciifidum^   &c. 

(SUPINES  have  much  the  fame  fignificarion  with  Gerunds ;  and  may 
e  indifferently  applied  to  any  perfon  or  number.  They  agree  in 
termination  with  nouns  of  the  fourth  decler.fion,  having  only  the  ac- 
cufative  and  ablative  cafes.  J 

I  The  former  Supine  is  commonly  ufed  in  an  a&ive,  and  the  latter  in  a 
pafiive  fenfe,  but  iometimes  the  contrary  A  as,  (o&um  non  vapulatvm,  du* 
4tvm  ctnduElvs  fuiy  i.  e.   ut  lupularem,  v.  verherarer,  to  be  beaten,  Plaut. 


A  D  V  E  R  B. 

J  An  adverb  is  an  indeclinable  part  of  fpeech,  added  to  a 
*verb,  adjective,  or  other  adverb,  to  exprefs  fome  circum- 
stance, quality,  or  manner  of  their  fignin" cation.  J 
/  All  adverbs  may  be  divided  into  two  claffesj  namely,  thofe 
which  denote  Circumjlance .;  and  thofe  which  denote  Qua- 
lity,  Manner, \iffc. 

I.  (Adverbs  denoting  Circumstance  are  chieBy  thofe  0: 
Place,   Time,  and   Order,  f 

1. 1  Adverbs  of  Place,  are  fivefold,  namely,  fach  as  figniiy, 


I.   Motion  or  refl  in  a  [lice. 


Ubi  ?j 

Hie/ 
Illic, 
Ifthic, 
Ibi, 

Intus, 

Fens, 

tjbique, 

Nufquam, 

Alicubi, 

AHbi, 

"Obi  vis, 

Ibidem, 


Where? 
Hers. 


\ 


Th 


'j  ere. 


Hue, 
Jlluc, 
Ifthue, 
Intro, 
ras, 
E6, 
Xli6, 
A  liqu^, 
EGdem, 


j 


Within, 

Without. 

JUvcrv  where. 

No  -where. 

Some  where. 

Elfc  where. 

Any  where* 

In  t/xe  fame  plc-ce.      Ulorfum, 

_-   .  .  Surfuni, 

2.    IwcttcM  to  a  place.  ,.        r 

Quo  ?  Whether  '  Antrorium* 


Hither. 

Thither. 

Iu 

Out. 

To  thai  pL 

T»  another  place. 

To  feme  place. 

To  the  firm  pi 


3.    Motion  towards  a  pi 


Quorfum  ? 

Verfus, 

Horfum, 


Whitherward  ? 

Towards. 

Hitbcrward. 

Thi/hcrwarJ. 

Upnvard. 

Downward. 

J'orwcrJ. 

etror&M| 


I 


Adverb. 


H3 


Retrorfum,        Bach-ward. 
Pextrorfum,       Towards  tb 
Siniftrorfum,      To-war ds  the  left. 
4.    Motion  from  a  place* 


i?ht. 


Unde  ? 
Hinc, 
Illinc, 
Iflhinc, 

Inde, 
Lidldem, 
Aliunde, 
Alicunde, 


\ 


Whence  ? 
H.rue. 

Thence. 


Sicunde,  If '/rem  any  pUce. 

Utrinque,  On  both  fides. 

Superne,  From  above. 

In  feme,  From  belo-w. 

Coelitus,  From  t. 

Funditus,  From  (he  ground. 

5.  tgh  or  by  a  p 

Which  -way  ? 
Tors  -cj 


I 


Qua? 

Hae, 
From  the  fame  place.  Iliac, 
From  elfe  ivhere.  Iilhac, 

From  fome  place.  Alia, 

2.  Adverbs   of  Time  are  threefold,    namely,  fuch  as  fig- 
nify, 

I.  Some  particular  time,  either  pre      Nunquam,  Never* 


toy. 

Thai  -tay. 
Another  «a 


feat,  pajl,  future,  or  indefinite. 


Nunc, 

Hodie, 

Tune, 

Turn, 

Heri, 

Dudum, 

Prldem, 

Pridie, 


AW. 
To  day. 

Then. 


Yeferday. 
y      Heretofo 

The  dav  before. 


'ore. 


Nudius  tertius,    Three  days  ago. 


Nuper, 

Jam  jam, 

Mox, 

Statim, 

Protinus, 

lllico, 

Cras, 

Poftridie, 

Perendie, 

Nondum, 

Quando  ? 

Aliquando, 

Nonnunquam, 

Interdum, 

Semper, 

Inde, 

inde, 
Dehinc, 
Porro, 
Deinccps, 
Donuo, 


Lat. 
Prefeni 

Irr.rncc 
Bv  end 
Irflantly. 
Straightivay. 
To-morro-w. 
The  day  after. 
Ttvo  days  hence. 
Not  yet. 


Interim,  In  the  mtan  time. 

Quotidie,  D... 

2.    Continuance  of  time. 
Di'u,  Lmig. 

Quamdi'u  t  How  long  ? 

Tamdiu,  So  long. 

Jamdiu, 
Jamdudum, 
Jampridem, 

3.    Vicifptude  or  repetition  of  time . 


Lon*  a 


Quoties  ? 
Sxpe, 
Raro, 
Totie.s, 

Kquotidfc, 
VIciflhn, 
AJernatim, 
Rurfus, 
Itcrum, 
Subindc, 
Identldem, 
Sernel, 
Bis, 
Ter, 


I 


way 


s. 


Ho-w  often  ? 
Often. 

:,m. 
S*  often. 
For  fveral  times. 

By  turns. 

Again. 

E-j-r  and  anon,  notv 

mttd  (hen. 
Once. 
T-wice. 
Thr: 
Four  tines,  \&c 


Quater, 
3.  Adverbs  of  Order. 

Then.  Denlque,  Finally. 

After  (l  Poiiremd,  Lafly. 

Henceforth.  Prim6,   -um,  Firfi. 

tMerwer.  Secundo,  -um,  Secondly. 

Si  fori  Tenia,  -um,  Thirdly. 

Of  ne-w.  Quarto,  -um,  Fourthly,   bV. 

O  II.  Adverts 


144  Adverb. 

II.  Adverts  denoting  QUALITY,"  MANNER,  &c.  are  either 
jihfoluie  or  Comparative. 

Thofe  called  Alfnlute  denote, 

1.  QUALITY,  (imply  ;  &b,  ten;,  well  ;  mill-,  ill  -  fcriYter,  bravely  ; 
and  innumerable  others  that  come  frum  adjective  nouns  or  participle 

ft.  CERTAIN  T'Y  ;  as,  profcQo,  certt,  sant,  plane,  nw,  utique,  tta, 
eiiam,  truly,  verily,  yes  ;  quidni,  why  not  ?  omr.'ino,  certainly. 

3.  CONTINGENCY  ;  as,  forts,  for/an,  Jortajis,  fors,  haply,  p'-i- 
haps,  by  chance,  peradventure. 

4.  NEGATION  ;  as,  non  baud,  not  ;  ncquaquam,  not  at  all  ;  n;u~ 
iiquam,  by  no  means;  mTnime^  nothing  lefs. 

5.  PROHIBITION  ;  as  ne,  not. 

6.  SWEARING  ;  a%  bench,  pol,  edepol,  m'cajlor,  by  Hercules,  by 
Pollux,   &c. 

7.  EXPLAINING  ;  as,  u1poiei  vUtfcet,  fiilisct,  n~unln.pt,  mmpe,  to 
wit,  namely. 

8.  SEPARATION  ;  a~,  feorfum,  apart  ;  separutim,  feparately  ; 
sYoiilatim,  one  by  ore  ;  vtrilim,  man  by  man  ;  oppidatim,  town  by 
town,  &c, 

9.  JOINING  TOGETHER  ;  as,  simul,  un}.,  pariter,  together  : 
general  iter,  generally  ;  ur.i-jerjaliter,  univerfally  ;  plerumqae,  for  the 
mod  part. 

10.  INDICATION  or  POINTING  out  ;  as,  «,**?,  lo,  behold. 

11.  IN'l  ERRCJGATION  ;  as,  cur,  quart,  quamobrtrn,  why,  where- 
fore ?  nwm,  an,  whether?  quomodo,  qui,  how  ?  To  which  add,  Vli, 
qub,   quorfum,  uv.de,  ^tta,  ayandi,  quamdiu,  qutt'us. 

Thofe  Adverbi  which  are  called  Comparative  denote, 
I.  EXCESS  ;  a-3,  Valif,  maxim),  m  rrrrpfre,  max'irr.'.pere,  fumm^perf , 
a.-br.odum,  oppUo,  pcrqu-zm,  longe,  greatly,  very  much,  exceedingly  ;  nimi. , 
ttimrum,  too  much;  frorfms^  p.n^us,  ornnlno,  altogether,  wholly  ;  magis% 
more  ;  melius,  better  ;  ptjus,  \\  orfe  ;  fortius,  more  biavely  :  and  o/>« 
time,  bell  ;  prjfattt  WoriV  ;  fortiflime,  mofl  biavely  ;  and  innumerable 
Others  of  the  comparative  and  fitperlfttire  degn 

2.  DEFECT  ;   as,    F^rmr,  fer}%  prip-mod^m,  f>t»e%   almofl  ;  par. 
l'ttle  :  panto,  pa></'j/u."r,  very   littl 

3.  PREFERENCE  :  a-.  .  ?«/*,  r;  ihef  ;  pot.JJimutn,  pr.ectpue^ 
ft  sf'rtnK.  chiefly,  efpecially  ;              es,  nay,  nay  rather. 

4.  LIKENESS  or   EQUALITY  ;    as,    fot  Jic,  adeb,   U-  ;    ut,  uti$ 
Jicui)  Ji.uli,  i:'uty    veliiti,    ecu,    ianuuam,    q^aj-,,  as,    as  if:    qu.madmoduTr,  j 
even  as  ;  set-;,    enough  ;  ,  in  like  manner  ;  jurta,  alike,  equcd- 

S  UNL1KENE3S  or  UNI*  QUALITY;  as,  dTur, /**,,  otherwife; 
alioqui  or  alio  qui  ?  ;   n?duwy  much  more  or  much  lei's 

6.  ABATEMENT  ;  as.  fenfim,  faulitim,  ntlm,  by  degrees, 
piecemeal  ;  vftcf  icarcely  ;  *gr  ,  h;irdly,  with   difficulty. 

7.  EXCLUSION  ;     a?,    tdntumt  solum,    mod  .  dt.ntax 
dhnum,  only. 


Adverb.  145 

■■  ovation,  Comparison*,  and  Comi-osi tion   of  ADVERDS. 

Adverbs  are  derived,  I.  from  Subftaritives,  arid  end  commonly  ill 
TIM  cr  TUS" ;  as,  Parflm,  parfi'y,  by  parts  ;  nominaiim,  by  name; 
Jim,  by  kinds,  generally  ;  Jpeciedimr,  vicatlm,  gregirtim  ;  radicit.ts, 
from  the  root,  &C  2.  Ff»m  Adjectives  :'  and  tftefe  are  by  far  the 
moil:  numerous.  Such  as  come  from  Adjectives  of  the  firft  and  fc-* 
cond    declenfion    ufually  end    in    E  ;    as,  liberi,  freely  ;  pUne,  fully  : 

me  in  O,  UM,  and  TER  ;  as,  falsv,  tantvm,  gravitet :  A  few  in  A, 
FTUS,  and  1M  ;  as,  redd.,  antiqir.tvr,  friDathn.  Some  are  ufed  two  or 
*;.ree  ways,  as,  primumf,  v.  -o  ;  ^wrP,  -f/W"  ;  certe^  -0  ;  can),  -t'nn  ;  hu- 
mane,  -ii.-ry  -\tus  ;  pullice9- publicities,  &c.  Adverbs  from  Adje&ivea 
01  the  third  clecl'enfion  commonly  end  in  T£R,  feldom  in  E  ;  as, 
tutpiter,  feliciter,  acriter',  pariter  ;  facile,  r-.pente  :  one  in  O,  omnino. 
The  neuter  of  Adjectives  is  fometimes  taken  Adverbially;  as,  recent 
not  us,  for  recenter  ;  perf\dum  ridens,  for  perfdi,  Kor.  mult  a  tcluftans% 
for  wtultum  or  valde,  Virg.  So  in  Lnglifh  we  lay,  to  /peak  loud,  highy 
&c.  for  loudly,  highly,  &c.  In  many  cafes  a  Substantive  is  underftood  ; 
as,  primo,   fc.    loco,  optath  c.dvenis.   f~.  tempore  ;    bduc,   ic-  ina,    &c 

3.  FromS:ach  of  the  pronominal  adjectives,  ill'e,  if,  Lie,  is,  idem, 
<§cc.  are  formed  adverbs,  which  expre^  all  the  circumftances  of  place  ; 
it  from  Me,  Mi;.,  Mac,  illerjuvty  Mine,  and  Mac.  So  from  quis,  i:bi,  quo, 
quorfum,  untie.,  and  qua..      Alio  01  ixtXXt  :    thus,  quendo,  quamdiu,  iffc. 

4.  From  verbs  and  participles  ;  a',  c.efm,  with  the  edge  :  punctim, 
with  the  point  ;  f/idim,  clofcly  ;  from-  co-do,  pvn$ro,  frin^o  :  amantcr, 
p? -o 'per. inter ,  d:.h'tanter  ;  dijlincie,  emendate  ',  merit  a,  incpinato,  &C.  Eu": 
thefe  lad  are  thought  to  Be  in  the  ablative,  having  ex  undtrflood, 
which  is  alfo  fometimes  cxprefTed. 

5.  From  prepofitions  ;  as,  intus,  Intro,  from  in;  clancularx,  from 
dim  ;  fuitus,  from  fib,  &c. 

/Adverbs  derived  from  adjectives  are  commonly  compared 
like  their  primitives-     The  poju'roe   generally    ends  in   e,    or 

r  ,*  as,  durcy  facile  y  mcr'tter  :  The  comparative ,  in  ius  ;  as, 
duriusf  faciliuSy  acr'ius  :  The  fuper!atlvey  in  une  ;  as,  durif- 
ft  me,  facillhney   acerrimc,  I 

I:  the  comparifon  of  the    adjective    be  irregular  or  defective,  the 
comparifon  of   the   adverb  is    fo   too  :     as,    bene,  ?nelijs,  optimh  ;  male9 
pejus ,  pcfjimh  ;  par  urn,   minus,  minime,   &   -iim  ;    multum,  plus,  plurimum  ; 
op'e,  propius,  gr-sxime  ;  pejus-,  ocyjpme  ;    prius,  prima,  -urn  ;   nuper,  nu- 
perrimh  ;    nwo$,     oC    novittr,  novijjivth  ;  mgriib,    mrritijpmo  ;    &c.      Thof«i 
adverbs   alfo  are  compared  whofe    primitives  are  obfolete  ;   as,  /ape, 
Jlepius,  fxpijjimh  ;  p truths,  penitilis^  penitijjime.  y  f^tis,  fatihs  ;  fccus,fccihs  : 
M'agis-,  maxitne  ;    and  potius,  potijflmhm,   want  the  pofitive. 
Adverbs  in  Englifh  are  not  varied  by  companion,  except  feme  few 
of  them,    particularly  irregulars-;,  as,  often,  often  er,  of.encj  ;   iiell,  bet- 
ter, heft  ;   muck,  more,  moft,  &.C. 

Adverbs  are  variouily  compounded  with  all  the  different  parts  of 
ipeech  ;     thus,    pofiridie,    mavv.optre,    maximipere,  fummopcre,     tantoperef 

multirr.odis, 


i±6  Adverb. 

tnnliimodis,OTnnimoJi3y  quo/no lo%  quarc  ;  of pofero  die;  magna  opere,  &C.     ffi» 

,  fc/Ticei,   videlicet t   of  ire,  fcirey  videre,  licet  ;    ;7/uo,   of  m  /otc  :     ywor- 

y?vw,   of    quo  -verftm  ;   comm\nus,  hand  to  hand,  of  r////z  or  ccn  and  manus  ; 

eminusy  at    a  diftance,  of  <r    and  manus  ;    qaorfum,   of  ^«<?  verfum  ;  denuo, 

anew,  of  dr  «c«:  o  ;    f«i*9   why  not,  but,  of  qui  ne  ;    cury  of  CM  rei  ;  pcdc~ 

P;ntim,   flcp  by  ftep,    as    it    were  pedem    tendendu  ;   perendie,   for    perempto 

d'u  ;    nhxlrutn,  of  «*«   i.  e.  ;/or:  and  msrtm  ;    antra,  pafiea,  prsttrca,  &c.  of 

a/i/<?    and    **,   &c.        Ubiv's,  quoins,  *ndelV>ct%  qucifjur,  ficut,  fcuti,  velut, 

.'<///,   defuprr,   i;/jlpery   quav:obt  cm,    &C.     of  i/Ai,    and    j/w,    <XC.    nudr.if.jr- 

tius,   of  ««fl£  cVVj  tertius  ;   i.hntxdem,  of  i/f«i  <?/  ft/un  ;    itr.prafcntiai  urn ,   i.  e. 

;/;  tempore  rcrum  prafeiit'wm,    &C. 

Obf.  I.  The  Adverb  is  not  an  effential  part  of  i'peech.  It  only  ferves 
to  esprefs  fhcrtly,  in  one  word,  what  mufl  othcrwifc  have  required 
two  or  more  ;  as,  fap'renttr,  wifely,  for  cum JapienSfa  ;  hie,  for  in  hoc 
Una  ;  frmpcr,  for  in  otnni  tempore  ;  femel,  for  una  vice  ;  bis,  for  duabus 
vicibus  ;    Ivlehercule,   for  Hercules  m:  jwvtt,    Iffc. 

Obf.  i.  Some  adverbs  of  time,  place,  and  order,  are  frequently  ufed 
the  one  for  the  other  :  as,  ubj,  where  or  when  ;  hide,  from  that  place, 
from  that  time,  after  that,  next  ;  hsttcnus,  hitherto,  thus  far,  with 
refpect  to  place,  time,  or  order,  &c. 

Obf.  3.  Some  adverbs  of  time  are  either  p.if,  prefsnt  or  fii.it  e  ;  as, 
-,  already,  nov/,  by  and  by  ;  olim,  long  ago,  fome  time,  hereafter. 
Seme  adverbs  of  place  are  equally  various  ;  thus,  efje  peregrh,  to  be  a- 
bxoad  ;  ire  peregrt^  to  go  ahroad;  ndire  ptregrh,  to  return  from  abroad. 
Obf.  4.  Interrogative  adverbs  of  time  and  place  doubled,  or  com- 
pounded with  cujufve,  ar.fwtr  to  the  Englifh  adjeclion  fo  ever  ;  as,  :.bi- 
ul>i,  or  ub;cunq:e,  when Foever  ;  quoquo,  quocunque,  whitherfoever,  &c. 
The  fame  holds  alfo  in  other  interrogative  words;  as,  quotquoi,  or  quot- 
cunquty  how  many  foever  ;  quantufquantus,  or  quant,  fcun que,  how  great 
foever ;  utut  or  utcttnqve,  hov/ever  or  howfoever,  &c.  In  Englifh, 
the  adverbs  here,  there,  and  ivie're,  when  joined  to  certain  participles 
or  prepofitions,  as,  to,  of,  b\,  iiitb,  in,  &c.  have  the  fignification  of 
pronouns  ;  as,  hereof,  the  fame  with  of  this  ;  thereof  the  fame  with 
of  that  ;   whereof  of  'which,    iffc. 

PREPOSITION. 

/  A  Prepofition  is   an    indeclinable   word  which   fhews   the 
relation  of  one  thing  to  another. 

There    are    twenty-eight    Prepofitions    in    Latin,     which 
govern    the   accusative  ;    that    is,    have  an   accusative    after 

them.  I 

Ad,  To.  CU, 

v\pud, 


~    '  1     On  ibisfde 

At.  Litra,  S 


1 


About. 


Ante,  Before.  Circa, 

Advcrfus,  1    a        a  j  Circum,  S 

,  ,        r  y   Again I,  toivards.  ,  ~*     rr  t 

Adverfum,  $  J  Erga,  Toiemrdt. 

Contra,  Slgaitfl.  Extra,  Without* 


lotef, 


Preposition. 


'47 


Jntcj^ 

Betiieen, 

ameny. 

Penes, 

In  the  i>oiuer  of. 

Intra, 

Within. 

Poit, 

After. 

Infra, 

Beneath. 

Pone, 

Behind. 

f-UXU, 

Nigh   to. 

St:  ens, 

By,  along. 

bb, 

For. 

Secundum, 

.  '  cording  to. 

Propter, 

Fory  hard 

by. 

Supra, 

Above. 

P-r, 

By,  through. 

Trans, 

On  the  farther  fid;. 

Prater, 

Be/id.'s,  txcett. 

Ultra, 

Bc\snd. 

/  The  Pcepoiitions   which  govern   the   ablative    are  fifteen  ; 
namely, 


A/ 

Ab, 
Abs, 
.Abfque, 
Gum, 

Clam, 


From ,  or  $y. 

Without. 
With. 


De, 
Er 

£::, 

Pro, 

Prx, 


Of  concerning. 
X      Of  Out  of 


For. 

Before. 

With  the  knowledge  of 

Wi  bout. 

Up  to ,  as  far  as. 


J   Without  iheknw      Palam, 
\       ledge  of.  Sine, 

C6ra.m,  l '**»,*•*> t*-     '«nu.,. 

C       fence  of. 

/  Thefe  four  govern   fometimes  the   accusative,   and  fome- 
times  the  ablative  r 

In,  /«,  into,      Sub,    Under.      Super*  Above.      SuBter,  Beneath.  J 

Obf.  I.  Prepofitions  are  fo  called,  Secanfe  they  are  generally  placed 
before  the  word  with  which  they  «re  joined.  Some,  however,  are 
put  after  ;  as,  cum,  when  joined  with  me,  te,  fe,  and  fometimes  with 
quo,  qui,  and  quibus  :  thus,  mecum,  tecum,  C<c.  Tcnus  is  always  placed 
after  ;  as,  ment-o,  tenus,  up  to  the  chin.  So  likewi  e  are  -verfus  and 
ufqvc  ;   and  ward,  in  Englifh  ;   as,  toward,  rajiivard,   <Scc. 

Obi*.  2.     Prepofitions,   both  in  Englifh  and   Latin,    are  often  com* 
pounded    with   other  parts    of   f}  tech,   particularly   with   verbs  ;  as, 
fubire,   to1  undergo.     In  Englifh  they  ar-e  frequently   put  after  verbs  ; 
as,   to  era  in,   to  zo  out,   to  look  to.    &C 

Prepofitions  are  alfo  fometimes  compounded  together  ;  as,  Ex  ad- 
xerfus  cum  locumy  Cic.  Ex  adverfum  Atker.as,  C.  Nep.  In  ante  diem 
fuartum  Kaler.darum  Deeembris  difiulit,  i.  e.  ufque  in  eum  diem,  Cic. 
Supplicatio  ir.dida  eft  ex  ante  diem  quint urn  idus  Otiob.  i.  e.  ab  eo  die,  Liv. 
Ex  ante  priifie  Idus  Stptembris,  Piin.  But  prepofitions  compounded 
together  commonly  becsme  adverbs  or  conjunctions  ;  as,  propaLm^ 
prot'zr.us,   infuper,   &C. 

Obf.  3.  Prepofitions  in  compofition  ufually  retain  their  primitive 
fcgnmcation  :  as,  cdeor  to  go  to  :  prgpono,  to  place  before.  But 
from  this  there  are  feveral  exceptions.  I.  IN  joined  with  adjectives 
generally  denotes  privation  ;  as,  ufldus,  unfaithful :  but  when  join-* 
«d  with  verbs,  increafes  their  iignincation  ;  as,  induro,  to  harden 
greatlj.  In  fome  words  in  has  two  contrary  fenfes ;  as,  invccatus9 
<aued  upon,  or  net  cal'ed  upon.  So  infrenatjs,  immutatus,  infveius^ 
imfenfus)  inbumatus,  inteniatu^  &C,  2.  ?Lft  cpBUHQOlj  increases  the 
9  O  a  fi unification  ; 


I48  iNTtRJECTION. 

fignification  ;  as,  Percarus,  f>er£cler,  pereomis,  pcrctttiofjt,  perdijficiliss 
pen!.jgans,  psrgratus,  per  gravis,  ptrbofpltzlis,  perUIujlrlj,  pcrLvtus,  &.C 
very  dear,  very  fwiff,  &c.  3.  Pra;  fometimes  incrcali-s  ;  as,  Pr<z- 
cfcrus,  pr  .,  pradulcis,  pradurus,    prapinguis,   pr.evaildus  ;     ^nevaUo, 

prczpolLo  ;     and    alfo    Ex  ;    as,    Excl^mo,  rro,    exaugec,    cxcalefac 

extern:,),  exhilaro  ;  bat  ex  fometimes  denotes  privation,  as,  Exfitnguh, 
bloodlefs,  pule:  excorr,  cxjmwUy  -mo,  &c.  4.  Sun  often  dunmiihes ; 
as,  Subalbiaus,  fubabfurdus,  fubamiirus,  fubdulcls,  fubn  andls,  fubgrmi 
fubniger  ;  &x.  a  little  white  or  whitilh,  &c.  De  often  fignifie*  dov. 
ward  ;  as,  Decide,  deeurro,  degravo,  dejpicio,  delator  :  fometimes  in- 
creafes  ;  as,  Deot/to.  demiror  ;  and  fometimes  exprefles  privation  ;.  as, 
Dement,  decoLr,  deformit,   &c. 

Obf.  4.  There  are  five  or  fix  fyllables,  namely,  am,  d't 
or  dif,  re,  fe,  con,  which  are  commonly  called,  Infepu- 
rabk  P repetitions,  becaufe  they  are  only  to  be  found  in 
compound  words  :  however  they  generally  add  iomething 
to  the  fignificatioQ  of  the  words  with  which  they  are  com- 
pounded 5  thus, 

Am,  round  about.  ~]  f  Amb'lO,  to  fur  round. 

Di,  1  J J  DIvello,  to  pull  afumi 

Dis,  \    aJ"'li  d  '  I  Diicraho,  to  draiv  jfunder. 

R.e,  ac:://i.  f     af>      J   Rciego,  to  read  agalrt. 

Se,  a  fid:  or  afar*,  \  Sepono,  to  lay  afide. 

Con,         Wether.  J  l^Concrefco,  to jrro%u  together* 

INTERJECTION. 

/  An  Interjection  is  an  indeclinable  word  thrown  in  le- 
tnveen  the  parts  of  a  fentence,  to  exprefs  fome  pailion  or  emo- 
tion of  the  mind.  / 

Some  Interjections  are  natural  founds,  and  common  to  all  lan- 
guages ;   as,  Ob  !    Ab  ! 

Interjedions  exprefs  in  one  word  a  whole  fentence,  and  thus  fitly 
reprefent  the  quicknefs  of  the  paflions. 

The  different  paflions  have  commonly  different  words  to  exprefs 
them  ;  thus, 

I.  JOY  ;    as,  evax,  hey,  brave,  io  ! 

%.  GRIEF  ;    as,  ab,  lei,  heu,  ebeu  !   ah,  alas,  woes  me  ! 

3.  WONDER  ;  as,  pap*  !   O  ft  range  !    vab  I    hah  ! 

4.  PRAISE  ;    ys,  eug:  !    well  done  ! 

5.  AVERSION  ;  as,  mfSge  !    away,  begone,  avaunt,  off,  fy,  turn  ! 

6.  EXCLAIMING  ;    at*  Ob,  prob  /    O  \ 
?.  SURPRISE  or  FEAR  ;    as,  atat  I    ha,  aha  ! 

8.  IMPRECATION  :    is,  v*  /    wo,  pox  on't  ! 

9.  LAUGHTER  ;   as,  ba,  ba,  be  f 
xo.  SILENCING  ;    as  uu,  y,  pax  /  filence,  hum,  'ft  ! 
It.   CALLING  ;    *$,  cb9t  eboditv,  io.  h*  !    fo,  ho,  ho,  O  ! 

12.  DE< 


Conjunction-  149 

12.  DERISION;  a*,Mi    away  with  i 

13.  ATTENTION  ;  as,  btm  !    ha  t 

Some  interjections  denote  feveral  different  pai!ior?3 :  thus,  Vab  is 
ufed  to  exprtrf.i  ior,  and  forrow,  and  wonder,  &c. 

Acje&ives  of  the  neuter  gender  are.  fometiir»e?  u(cd  for  interjec- 
tions;  as,  m  !  with"  a  milchkf  !  lafandvm  !  (J  ihanie  !  fy,  f y  j 
MUerkm*  O  wre:ched  !     A \rlis  >    O  die  viiiany  ! 

c  o  n  j  v  n  c  t  i  o  n: 

/  A  conjunction  is  an  indeclinable  woid,  which  ferves  to 
join  fentences  together*  / 

Thus,  Tpt  and  /,  and  the  boy,  read  Virgil,  is  one  fentence  made 
up  o£  thefe  three,  by  the  conjunction  and  twice  employed  ;  I  read 
Virgil ;  Yun  read  Virgil ;  The  bey  reads  Virgil.  In  like  manner, 
44  You  and  I  read  Virgil,  but  the  boy  reads  Ovid,"  it  one  fentence, 
made  up  of  three,  by  the  conjunctions  ani  and  b 

Conjunctions,  according  to  their"  different  meaning,,  arc  divided 
into  the  following  cinfTes  : 

1.  COPULATIVE  ;  as,  *t\  ac,  alque,.  que,  and  ;  stiam,  quoque, 
item,  alfo  ;  turn,  turn,  both,  and  Alio  their  contraries,,  nee,  nequ?9 
ne»,  nc-ve,  neither,  nor. 

2.  DISJUNCTIVE  ;  as,  aut,  vr,  vel,fia,frjc,  either,  or. 

3.  CONCESSIVE  ;  as,  etft-}  etiamji,  t.-.nu-t/i,.  licet,  quanauam,  quamvis, 
though,  although,  albeit. 

4.   ADVERSATIVE;    as,  fiJ,  verifm,  autnn,  at,  a/I,   at  qui,  but; 
tamtn,  altamen,  venuitamen,   verumenlmvevo,    yet,   notwithstanding,    nev- 

erthelefs. 

5.  CAUSAL;  as,  nam,  nam^uc,  enim,  for  ;  quia,  quippe,  quoniam^ 
becaufe  ;  quid,  that,  becaufe. 

6.  ILLATIVE  or  RATIONAL  ;  a?,  ergo,  idea,  igit*rt  idcirco, 
itaque,  therefore;  quapr*pter,  quocirca,  wherefore  ;  ■  prolnder.  therefore  ; 
turn,  quum,  feeing,  fince  ;  quandoqutdem,  forafrnuchas. 

7.  FINAL  or  PERFECTIVE  %  as,  ut,  uti,  that,  to  the  end  that. 

8.  CONDITIONAL  ;  as,  //,  fm,  if  ;  dum,  tnodo,  dummodo,  provided, 
"upon  condition  that  ;   ftp/idem,  if  indeed. 

9.  "EXCEPTIVE   or    RESTRICTIVE  ;    as,   mi,  ni/l}  unlels,  except, 
JO.  DIMINUTIVE;   as,/i//«»,  certe,  at  leaft. 

ir.  SUSPENSIVE  or  DUBITAT1VE  ;  as,  mm%  anne,  num,  whether  ; 
r.f,  annon,  whether,  not;  necne,  or,  not. 

12.  EXPLETIVE  ;  as,  autem,  veto,  now,  truly  ;  quldem,  equ\dem} 
indeed. 

13.  ORDINATIVE  ;  as,  delude,  thereafter ;  deniquey  finally;  in- 
super,  moreover  ;  utttrum,  moreover,  but,  however. 

14.  DECLARATIVE  ;  as,  videlicet,  fcilicet,  nempe^  nitr.lrum,  &C« 
to  wit,  namely. 

Obf.  1.     The  fame  words,  as  they  are  taken  in   different  views,  are 
bcth  adverbs  an<J  conjunctions.      Thus,   an,  anne,  '  &c,   are  either   interrog- 
ative 


I  JO  CONJUNCTION". 

ati-je    adverbs  r    as*     An  fcrlbH  ?    Does  he  write  ?     or,  ffpenjlvc  ftmm$ 
ticns  ;    as,  Nefcio  an  fnbat,    I  know  Hot  if  he  writes. 

Ohf.  2.      Sortie  conjunctions,  according  to  their  natural  order,   ftand 
firir.  in    a    fenrence  ;    as,    Ac,    atq^c,    nee,    nequs,    d*t\    iv/,  five,    at,  fed, 
vefam,    nam,    quandoqu'dcyn,     quoc'irca,    quare,   fin,    f:quidxm,    praterquam\ 
£cc   :   fome  ft  and  in   the  iecond- place  ;  as,  Autem,  vcro,   quoque,  qui .Jem , 
tnim  :   and  Tome  rnr.y  indifferently  b<j  put  either  firft  or  fecond  ;  is  £tiami 
efuidem,  luei,  quamvis,  q'i  inj:fun,  tsvtsn,    aitatnen,  namque,    quod,  quia,    qua- 
ntum, quippe,  utp6tey  ut,  uti,    ergo,   iJ.o,  igitur,  idcirco,  itaque,  prcinde,  frod- 
terea,Ji,  ni,  nifi,  Sue.     Kcncc  arofe  the  divifion  of  them  into  P  repetitive  >, 
Smbjtm&iv*,  and  Common.     To  the  fubjunctive  may  be  added th 
que,   ve\    nr,  which  are  always   joined  to   fome  other  word,    and    are 
called  Enclitics )  becaufe,  when  put  after  long  fyllables,  they  make   the 
accent  incline  to  the  foregoing  i'yliable  ;  as  in  the  following  verfe, 

Ir.Joftufqu;  p'dg,  drfcive,  ircebive,  quirfcit,       Horat. 

But    when  thefe   enclitic   conjunctions    come   after  a   fhort   vowei^ 
they  do  not  affect  its  pronunciation  ;    tints, 

Arhufsos  ffttus  mGnianaquc  fragc.  UgebanU      Ovid. 


SENTENCES. 


Syntax  or  Co-n  sra.  uc  tios  of  Words  in  Sentences.      151 


SENTENCES. 


A    SI  nry  thought*  of  the  mind  e  rpfefied  by 

two  or  more  v.  put  together  ;    us,  7  read-     The 

earls  /. 

bat  part  of  grammar  which  teaches  to  put  wor-da  rightly 

gether  in  fentences,  is  called  Syntax  or  Cc?:j:rx8ion. 

Words  in  fentences  have  a  twofold  relation  to.  one  ano- 
ther ;  wamefyi  that  6c  C  ./'  or  Agreement  ;  and  that  of 
Government  or  Influence* 

C  ',  is   when  one  we         frees  with  another   in  fome 

accidents ;  as,  in  gender,  number,  perfon,  or  cafe, 

Goverr  is  when  one  word  requires  another  to  be  put 

in  a  certa;         'e,  or  >**  de. 

General  Prin  'sflts  of  Syntax, 

i».  In  every  fentence  there  mud  be  a  verb  and  a  nomina- 
e  expreMld  or  underftood. 

2.  Every  adjective  mail  have  a.  fubfiantive  expreffed  or 
underftood. 

3.  Ah  the  -cafes  of  Latin  nouns,  except  the  nominative 
and  vocative,  mull  be  governed  bv  fome  other  word- 

4.  The  genitive  is  governed  by  a  e  noun  expreff- 
ed   or  underilood. 

5.  The  da         6  governed  by  adjectives  and  verb 

6.  The  accufative  is  governed  by  an  active  verb,  or  by  a 
prepolition  ;  or  is         :d  before  the  infinitive. 

"•   The  (lands  by   itieif,   or  has  an   interjection. 

joined  with 

8.  The  ablative  is  g  a  psepei  expreffed  or 
no 

9.  i  itive  is  ne  verb  or  adjective. 

10.  The  genitive  or  polfeiJive  cafe  in  Englifh  always  de- 
pends on  feme  noun  ;  and  the  objective  or  accufative  cafe  is 
put  a&er  a  verb  active  or  a  prepofition. 

All. 


t$z  imple   Sentences. 

All  Sentences  are  either  Simple  or  Com- 
pound.. 

Syntax  therefore  may  be  divided  into  two  parts,  accord- 
ing to  the  general  divifion  of  fentences. 

S  I  M  PLE    S  E  N  T  E  N  C  E  S. 
A  Simple  Sentence  is  that  which  has  but  one  nominative  : 
and  one  finite  verb,  that  lsy  a  verb  in  the  indicative,  fubjunc-- 
Uvej  or  imperative  mod.-. 

In  a  Ample  fentenee,  there  is  only  one  Subject  and  one- 
Attribute* 

The  Subject  is  the  word  which  marks  the  perfon  or 
thing  (pokeo  of. 

The  Attribute  exprefles"  what  we.  affirm  concerning  the 
fubjecx,  as, 

The  bey  rind:  his  UJTom  :  Here,  "  rhe  boy,"  is  the  Si.bjeci  yf  difcourfej 
•t  the  per  on  fpoken  of  ;  "  reads  his  leflon,"  is  the  Attribute,  or  what 
we  aftrm  concerning  the  fnbjecr.  The  diligent  boy  reads  his  lejfon  care- 
fully  at  keme.  Here  we  have  ftill  the  fame  fubjedt,  "  the  boy,"  mark- 
ed by  th  tracker  of  u  diligent,''  S<Aded  to  it  ;  and  the  fame  attri- 
hure,  "  reads  hia  icilon,"  with  the  circumftances  of  manner  and  place 
iab'yuLtd,  M  carefully/*  "  a,t  home," 

C    O    N    C    O    R   D. 

The  following,  words  agree  together  in  fentences-,  I.  A 
fubftantive  with  a.  fubftantive..  2.  An  adjective  with  a  fub- 
ftantive.     3,.  A  verb  with  a  nominative.     7 

I.   Agreement  of  one  Sulftaniive  <zulth  another. 

Rule  I.  /  Substantives  ilgnifying  the  fame 
thing,  agree  in  cafe  ;.]  as, 

ro  orator,  Cicfro  the  Orator;   Cicerimii  oraturis,  Of  Cicerothe  Orator. 
Athene,  The  city  -Athens;   Urbis  Atbinirum,  Of  the  city  Atrn 

2.   Agreement  of  an  siujeClivt  with  a  Sutjlaniive. 

Ill  An  Adjective  agrees  with  a  Subitantive,  life 
gender,  number,  and  cafe  ;|as, 

■ts  *v/r,  a  good  man  ;  Bor.i  "Art,  good  men. 

.'•rta  cafe,  a  chaftc  woman  ;       F&imn.t  caft<r,  chaltc  women. 
Du  r,  a  fweet  apple  ;  DttUia  jHJttm,  fweet  apples. 

■Vr.i  fo  through  all  the  cafes  and  degrees  of  comparison. 

Thi* 


/ 


Agreement  of  Words  in  Sentences.  153 

This  rule  applies  alfo  to  Adjective  pronouns  and  participles  ;  a3 
J\f?us  liter,  my  book  ;  ager  culendus,  a  held  to  be  tilled:  Plur/ik/ei 
Irbri,  agri,  colendi,   &.C. 

[  >bf.  i-  [The  fubftantive  is  frequently  underftood,  or  its 
:;  fupphed  by, an  infinitive  ;  and  then  the  adje.ctive  is 
put  in  the  neuter  gender  ;  yas,  trifle,  fc.  negotium,  a  fad 
tiling,  Virg.  ;  Tuum  fare,  'the  fame  with  tua  fdentia,  thy 
knowledge,  Perf.  We  fumetimes  however  tind  the  fubftan- 
tive  underftood  in  the  feminine  ;  as,  Nan  pojlerlures  feram^ 
fup.  partes,    Ter. 

Obf.  2.  An  adjective  often  fupplies  the  place  of  a  fub- 
ftantive ;  as,  Gertus  amicus,  a  fure  friend  :  Bona  Jerina^ 
Good  venifon  ;  Summum  bonurn,  The  chief  good  :  Homo 
being  underftood  to  amicus,  caro  to  ferlna,  and  negotium 
to  bomtm.  A  fubftantive  is  fometimes  ufed  as  an  adjec- 
tive ;    as,    incola    turba    vacant  y  the  inhabitants,   Ovid  Fajh 

Obf.  3.  Thefe  adjectives,  primus,  niedius,  uliimus,  ex- 
tremus,  infinus,  imus,  fummus,  Jiipremus,  reliauus,  cetera, 
ufually  fignify  the  Jirji  pari,  the  middle  part,  Sec,  of  any 
thing  ;  as,  Media  nox,  the  middle  part  of  the  night  ;  Summa 
arbor,  the  high  ell  part  of  a  tree.. 

Obi".  4.  In  linglifh,  the  adjective  generally  goes  before  the  noun  ; 
?sy  a  zL-ft  man,  a  good  horfe  ;  unlefs  fomcthing  depend  upon  the  ad- 
jective ;  as,  fcod  convenient  for  me  ;  or  the  adjective  be  empnatical ;  as, 
Alexander  the  Great.  And  the  article  goes  before  the  Adjective  :  ex- 
cept the  adjectives  all,  fuch,  and  many,  and  others  iubjoined  to  the 
adverbs  Jo,  as,  and  koiu  ;  .as,  all  the  men  ;  many  a  mam,  fo  good  a  man  / 
as  good  j  man ;  bozu  beautiful  a  profpetf  !  or  when  there  are  two  or  more 
adjectives  joined  to  the  noun  ;    as,  a  man  learned  and  religious. 

Obf.  5.  Whether  tn.z  adjective  or  fubftantive  ought  to  be  placed 
£rft  in  Latin,  no  certain  rule  can  be  given.  Only  if  the  fubftantive 
be  a  monofyllable,  and  the  adjective  a  polyfyliable,  the  fubilantive  is 
elegantly  put  Erft  ;   as,  vir  cl^snfp.mus,  res  prajlantijpmay  tzfe. 

Obf.  6.  A  fubftantive  in  Englilh,  fometimes  fupplies  the  place  of 
SI)  adjective  ;  as,  Jea-%v*ier,  lani-joial,  forest-trees,  a  Rone-arch,  &c 
and  even  when  no  hyphen  is  marked  ;  as,  the  London  Chronicle,  the 
I-.iinvurgh  Alagazine. 

Obf.  7.      Nouns  of  -meafure,  number,  ai>d  weight,  are  fometunes 

joined  in  the  lingular  with  Numeral  xAdjectives  p'ural  j  as,  fifty  foot  ; 

fix  fcore  ;    ten  ihoujand  fathom  ;    a  hundred  bead  ;    an  hundred  iv eight.       We 

lay,   by  this  means,   by    that  m .  ans  ;     for,    by    tbefe  means,    by    tbofc   means  ; 

*r,  by  this  mean,  by  tint  mean,  as  it  was  ufed  anciently  :     So,   This  for- 


154  Agreement  of  Words  in  Sentencr 

t 

ty  years ,  for  theje  ;  thefe  and  theft  kind  rf  things,  for  this  and  that.  Each, 
$very,  either,  are  always  joined  with  the  lingular  number,  unlefs  the 
plural  noun  convey  a  collective  idea  ;  as,  every  twelve  years. 

3.    Agreement  of  a  Verb  iviih  a  Nominative. 

III.  J  A  Verb  agrees  with  Its  Nominative  in 
number  and  perfon  ;j  as, 

£go  lego,  I  read  ;  3Vw  legtmus,  "We  *ead. 

Yufcribisy  Thou  writcit  or  you  write;  Vos  Jcribitis,  Ye  or  you  writ 
Preceptor  docet,  the  mailer  teaches  ;       PmcepUres  docer.t,  .Mafters  teach 

And  fo  through  all  the  .modes,  tenfes,  and  numbers. 

/  Obf.    1.     Ego  and  nos  are  of  the  firlT:  perfon  ;  tu  and  ves 
of  the  fecond  perfon  ;  tile  and  all  other  words,  of  the  thirdJ 
The  nominative  of  the  iirft  and  fecond  perfon  in  Latin  13  fef 
dom  expreiTed,  unlefs  for  the  lake  of  emphafis  or  <liftinctk>n  ; 
as,    Tu  cs  pair  onus,  tu  pater,   Ter.      Tu  legis*,  egojeribo. 

Obf.  2.  /  An  infinitive,  or  iome  part  of  a  fentence,  often 
fupplies  the  place  of  a  nominative  ;]  as,  Mentiri  ejl  turfm,  to 
lie  is  bale  ;  Din  non  perlitatum  tenuit  aidatorem  ;  The  facrifice 
not  being  attended  wih  favourable  omens  detained  the  dic- 
tator for  a  long  time,  Lrv.  7.  8.  Sometimes  the  neuter 
pronoun  id  or  illud  is  added,  to  exprefs  the  meaning  mo 
flrongly  ;    as,   Facere  qu&  libef,   id  ejl  ejje  regem,  -Sal  In  it. 

Obf.  3.  The  infinitive  mode  often  fupplies  the  place  of 
the  third  perfon  of  the  imperfect,  of  the  indicative  ;  as, 
Militcs  fugere  y  the  foldiers  lied,  for  fugiebant  or  fugere  cape- 
runt.      Iiroidt-re  omnes  mihi,   for  invidebant. 

Obf.  4.   I  A  collective  noun  may   be  joined   with   a  verb 
cither  of  the  lingular  or  of  the  plural  number  ;  as,  Multitt 
flat,  or  Jlant  ;\ The  multitude  (lands,  or  (rand. 

A  collective  noun,  when  joined  with  a  verb  lingular,  eipreffes 
many  confidered  as  one  whole  ;  but  when  joined  with  1  verb  plural, 
figmfies  many  fcparately,  or  a.->  individuals.  Hence,  if  an  adje&ivc 
or  participle  be  fubjoined  to  the  verb,  when  of  the  fmgv.hr  number, 
they  will  agree  both  in  gender  and  number  with  the  collective  noun  ; 
but   if  the  verb  l>e    plural,   the  S ive    or   participle  will  be  plural 

alfo,  and  of  the  {une  gender  with  the  individuals  of  which  the  collec- 
tive   noun    is    cninpoled  ;     M|    Purs  e~ar<;  Pars  olr.-xe  tn  iV. 
formic*,  Virg.  /En.  iv.    ;           Vfafna  Jars  raf>U¥{c.  %               Lnr.  i. 


r 


Agp.ee men t   of  Words  in   Sentences.  155 


Sometimes,  however,  though  more  rarely,  the  adje&ive  u  thus 
afrd  in  the  lingular  ;   as,  Pars  arduus,   Virg.  JEn.  vii.  624. 

Obf.  J.  The  neuter  pronoun  r/  in  Englilh,  is  often  the  nominative 
to  the  veib  when  we  fpeak  either    of   paribus  or  tilings  ;    as,    It  3  /  ; 

u  he  ;    ?'/  w<«  &  appears  ;    in  Latin,  2?gw  fum,  ills  ef,  &c.      It  is 

fometimes  underftocd  ;  as,  maj  Be  for,  it  may  be  ;  as  follows,  for,  as 
it  follows  ;    as  is  thought,  for,  as  it  is  thong 

Obf.  6.  We  often  fay  in  Englilh,  2^;/  owx^,  inilead  of  Ton  ivere  \ 
which  is  a  great  inaccuracy  in  grammar  ;  but  fo  frequently  ufed,  par- 
ticularly in  common  converfation,  that  it  feems  to  be  in  a  manner 
eftabiifiied  by  cult  cm.  So  there  s  tiro  or  three  of  us,  for  there  are  ; 
There  ivas  more  Sophfls,   for  ivere  ;    great  pains  has  been  taken,    for    have, 

Accufative  before  the  Infinitive. 

^[  IV.  'The  infinitive  mode  has  an  accufative 
before  it  -J  as, 

Gaudeo  te  vale  re,  I  am  glad  that  you  aret*well. 

Obf.  1.  The  participle  ihat  in  Englifh,  is  the  fign  of  the 
accufative  before  the  infinitive  in  Latin,  when  it  comes 
between  two  verbs,  without  exprefiing  intention  or  defign. 
Sometimes  the  participle  is  omitted  ;  as,  Aiunt  regem  ad- 
ventare,  They  fay  the  king  is  coming,  thai  being  under- 
ftood. 

Obf.  2.  The  accufative  before  the  infinitive  always  depends  upoa 
fome  other  verb,  commonly  on  a  neuter  or  fubftantive  verb  ;  but 
feldom  on  a  verb  taken  in  an  active  fenfe. 

Obf.  3.  The  infinitive,  with  the  accufative  before  it,  feems  feme- 
times  to  fupply  the  place  of  a  nominative  ;  as,  Turpe  eft  tnililem  fugere, 
That  a  foldier  ihould  fly  is  a  fhameful  thing. 

Obf.  4.  The  infinitive  effe  or  fuiffe,  muir.  frequently  be  fupplied, 
efpecially  after  participles  ;  as,  Hoftium  txercitum  cafum  fafumque  ct  r- 
novi,  Cic.  Sometimes  both  the  accufative  and  infinitive  are  under- 
ftood ;   as,  Polluitus  fufcepturutn,  fell,  me  eJJs,  Ter. 

Obf.  5.  The  infinitive  may  frequently  be  otherwife  rendered  by 
the  conjunctions,  quod,  ut,  ne,  or  quia  ;  as,  Gaudeo  te  va/ere,  i.  e. 
vahas,  cr  propter  tuam  bondm  vaietudinem  :  jfubeo  vos  bene  fperare,  or  id 
bene fperetis  ;  Frohilxo  eum  exite,  or  ne  exeat  :  ron  dulito  eum  fe&ffc,  or 
much  better,  quin  fecerit.  Scio  auoJ  flius  amet,  Plaut.  for  /ilium  anr  e 
Jidircr,  ft  potuit,  for  eum  potuijfe,  Cic.  Ne??:o  duliiat,  ut  populus  Romonus 
omnes  <virtute  fuperarit,  for  populum  Romanum  fuperajje,  Nep.  Ex  animi 
fententia  juro,  ut  ego  rempv.blicam  ncn  deferam,  for  me  non  deferturum 
'egc,    Liv.  xxii.    53. 

P  The 


156  Agreement  of  Words  in   Sentences. 

The  fame  Caft  after  a  Vtrb  as  before  it. 

if  V.  lAny  Verb  may  have  the  fame  cafe  after 
it  as  before  it  ;  when  both  words  refer  to  the  fame 
thing  ;]  as, 

Ego  fum  difeipuLis,  I  am  a  fcholar. 

Tu  oceans  Joannes,  You  are  named  "John. 

Ilia  inced'it  regina,  She  walks  as  a  queen, 

S:ic  ilium  habtri  fapientem,  I  know  that   he  is  cfteemed  wife, 

S::o  voj  tjfe  difdpulos,  I  know  that  you  are  fcholars. 

So  Rede*  trains,  jaceo  fupplex  ;  Evadent  digni,  they  will  become  wor- 
v  ;    Rtmpuhlieam  defend*  adoUfcau  ;  nolo  tJJ'e  lengus,  I  am  unwilling  to  be 

tedious;   Malim  vidcri    thnidus,  quant  par  urn  prudens.  Cic.      N on  licet  miki 

ejfe  negligent,  Cic.  Nuiura  dedit  omnibus  ejfe  be.itis,  Claud.  Cupio  me  ejft 
mentem  ;   cupio  n«n  putari  v:endacem  ;    Vult  ejfe  medium,  fc.  fe,  He  wifhes 

10  be  neuter,  Cic-      Difce  ejfe  pater  ;    Hoc  eft   ejft  patrcm  ?    fc.  cum,   Ter. 

Id  ef,  do.m.'nut.ij  n$n  wtperqtcran  ejfe  ;    Salluft. 

Obf.  i .  This  rule  implies  nothing  elfe  but  the  agree- 
ment of  an  adjective  with  a  fubftantive,  or  of  one  fubftan- 
tive  with  another  ;  for  thofe  words  in  a  fentence  which  re- 
fer  to  the  fame  object,  muft  always  agree  together,  how 
much  foever  disjoined. 

-Obf.  2.  The  verbs  which  moft  frequently  have  the  fame 
cafe  after  them  as  before  them,  are, 

1.  Subftantive  and  neuter  verbs  ;  as,  Sum,  fo,  forem% 
and  exiflo  ;  eo,  ve7iio,flo,  fedeo,  evado,  jaceo,  fugio,   &c. 

2.  The  paffive  of  verbs  of  naming,  judging,  &c.  as, 
D'icor,  appellor,  <vocor,  normnor,  nuncupor,  to  which  add, 
videor,    ex'iflimor,   creor,  conflituor,  falutor,   de/ignor,  &c, 

Thefe  and  other  like  verbs,  admit  after  them  only  the  nomina- 
tive, aceufative,  or  dative.  When  they  have  before  them  the  geni- 
tive, they  have  alter  them  an  accufative  ;  as,  Intcreft  omnium  ejfe  bouos, 
fcW.fe;  It  is  the  intereft  of  all  to  be  good.  In  fome  cafes  we  can 
ufe  either  the  nom.  or  ace.  promifcuoufly  ;  as,  Cupio,  did  doclus  or 
dofli'm,  fc.  m;  diet  ;    Cupio    ejfe  clemens,  no n  putari  mendax  ;    iiult  ejft  medivs. 

Obf.  3.  When  any  of  the  above  verbs  are  placed  between  two  nom- 
inatives of  different  numbers,  they  commonly  agree  in  number  wirli 
the  former  ;  as,  Dos  eft  decern  talenta,  Her  dowry  is  ten  talents,  Ter. 
Q?nni*  pontus  erant,  Ovid.  But  fometimes  with  the  latter  ;  as,  A- 
trantium  irce  amoris  integritio  cjl,  The  quarrels  of  lovers  is  a  renewal 
of  love,  Ovid.  So  when  an  adjective  is  applied  to  two  fubftantives 
of  different  genders,  it  commonly  agrees  in  gender  with  that  fub- 
ftantive 


(GOVERNMENT    Or    SUBSTANTIVES.  l>7 

flantive  which  is  moft  the  ftibjed  of  difcourfe  ;  as,    C         m  ejl  app& 
ia,  Plim       Sometimes,  however,  the  adjective  agrees  with 
the  nearer  fubftantive  :   as,  Ivon  omnis  error  Jlultitia  efi  a  .  Cic. 

UjL  4,  When  the  infinitive  of  any  verb,  particularly  the  fubftan- 
tive verb  ejfe,  has  the  dative  before  it,  governed  by  an  Impel fonal 
▼erb,  or  any  other  word,  it  may  have  after  it  either  the  dative  or 
the  accusative  ;  as,  Ueet  mihi  ejfi  beata,  I  may  be  happy  :  ^or  licet 
nil  turn,  me  being  underftood ;    thus,  licet  mihi   (me)  ejfi  bettum. 

The  dative  before  ejfe  is  often    to    be    fupplied  ;    as,    Licet  ejfe   beatom, 
One  may  be  happy,  fcil,  alicui  or  bomimi, 

Obf  5.  The  poets  ufe  certain  forms  of  exprefho^^vhich  sre  not 
to  be  imitated  in  profe  ;    as,  Reitulit   Ajax   jovis   ejfe  Jphr^'pts,  for   S* 

pronepci'M,  Ovid.   ?vlct.  xii.  141 .      Cum  vpiens  emendatuffue  <vo~ 

*,  for  ie  <vc^ri  J  .     Horat.  -£p.  I .  I  6    30.  r-jfero 

vt  weens  j  Ovid.      Tutumque  ptstav  Je  foier  ;    Lacan, 

Obf.  6.   The  verb    to  be    in  Engliib,   has  always  a   noil)  c  cafe 

after  it  ;   as,  It  wm  I :    unlefs  it  be   of  the  infinitive  mode  ;    as..  /  took 

it  to  be  him.      We  often  ufe  however  this  impropriety  in  common  con- 

:ion,  It  is  r,ie,  It  cant  be  me,    It  ivas  hivi  y     for>   It    is    I,    It   cannot 

be  I,  It  ivas  be, 

G  O  V  E  R  N  M  E  N  T. 
I.    The  Government   of  Substantives, 

VI.  /  One  Subftantive  governs  another  in  the 
genitive,  (when  the  latter  Subftantive  jignifie* 
a  different  thing  from  the  former)  ;/  as, 

Amor  Dei,  the  love  of  God.  Lex  nature,  The  law  of  nature. 

Domus  Ccesaris,  The  houfe  of  Caefar,  or  Casfar's  houfe. 

Obf.  I.  When  one  fubftantive  is  governed  by  another  in  the  geni- 
tive, it  expreffes  in  general  the  relation  of  property  or  poiTeffion,  and 
therefore  is  often  elegantly  turned  into  a  poffemve  adjective  ;  as,  1 
tnus  patris,  or  paterna,  a  father's  houfe  ;  Filias  beri  or  herilis,  a  matter's 
fon  :  and  among  the  poets,  Labor  Herculess>  for  Herculis  ;  Enjh  £- 
vandrius,  for  E^j;idri. 

Obf.  2.  When  the  fubftantive  noun  in  the  genitive  Cgnines  a  per- 
son, it  may  be  taken  either  in  an  active  or  a  paflive  fenfe  ;  thus, 
Amor  Dei,  The  love  of  God,  either  means  the  love  of  God  towards 
u%  or  our  love  towards  him  :  So  cjr:t:;s  patris,  fignifies  either,  the 
affection  of  a  father  to  his  children,  or  theirs  to  him.  But  often  the 
fubftantive  can  only  be  taken  either  in  an  active  or  in  a  paffive  fenfe  ; 
thus,  Timor  Dei,  always  implies  Devs  timetur  ;  and  Providentia  D.  ', 
Deus  providet.     So  Garttas  ipftus  foli,  affection  to  the  very  foil,  JLiv.  ii.  1 . 

Obf.  3.    Both  the  former  and   latter  fubftantive  are  fometimes  to  be 
underftood;    as,   Hecloris  Andromache,    fcil     uxor  ;      Ventum  ejl  ad  Vcr 
fed.  a  i.m  or  templum  ;     Vt  7  tria  mi  ilia,   fcil.  pajfu.im,    three  miles. 

Obi.  4,    We  find  the  dative  often  ufed  after  a  verb  for  the  geniti 

par  Ay 


J5$  Government  of  Substantives. 

particularly   among  the  poets ;   as,    Si  corfn  porrigitur9   His    Ml    u 

exten L>d  ;    Vi  1.  vi.  596. 

Obf.  j.    Some  fubftantives  are  joined  with  certain  prcpofrtion*  ;    as, 

'    .    '  .-     Amor  in9Ve\erga9a  ;     Gjk- 

^.uct  de  re  ;   Cura  it  aliquo  ;  M  nt'io  i//hs,  vcl  <fc  ;7/o  ;   £v;Vi  a£  ;    Fu- 

s  ex  ;'.-.  ;    Predator  exfoci'u]  for fociorum,  Salluft,  &c. 

Obf,  6.  The  genitive  in  Latin  is  often  rendered  in  Englifli  by  fev- 
e$al  ojthef  particles  befidesy;  as,  Defcenfus  Aver**,  the  defcent  /• 
Avernus  ;   iVad  ..,-,  £k:ill  >'«  the  lav/. 

/SUBSTANTIVE   PRONOUNS  are  governed   in   the 
genitive  like  iubilantive  nouns  ;   as,  pars  mc't^  a  part   of  me.j 

So  ve  pronouns  when  ufed  as  fubflantives,   or  ^  a 

r.oun  unde.  ;   as,  Liber  ejus ,////«&,  ;  Sec,     The   book  of  him, 

or  his  boo::,  fc.  hi  .•    The  book   of  her,  or  her  book,  f^c.  •&. 

L:bri  e*rum,  v.  bcok6  ;    Citjus  liber ,    the    book    cf  n, 

or  whofe  book  ;    Sacrum  1  vhofe  books,  &c.      But  we  always  fay, 

me't:  I  ber,  IK  r  uofter,  not  >.  -  1.  '■  ;     /'.".    \jus9  Tictfui. 

n  a  paflive  fenfe  is  exprened,  we  Ufe  «*/,  *-7.  //,  tftf/?ri,  ve/fri9 
rnftrvm,  veftrvm  ,  but  we  ufe  their  poiTemves,  when  an  active  fenfe 
is  exprened  ;  as,  Amor  met.  The  love  of  me,  that  is,  The  love 
wherewith  I  am  loved  :  Amor  /v.  . ,  \\y  love,  that  is,  the  love  where- 
witH  I  \\\  find  flives  fometimes  ufed  pailive- 

]y,  and  their  primiti         aken  actively  ;    as,    Odium    tuum>    Hatred    of 
iheej    Ter.  Phorrtt.  v.  3.  27.      Labor  meit  My  Labour,  Plaut. 

rl  he  pofl  '«-,  i>ejieri    have  fometimes  nouns, 

pronouns,  and  part.  ":er  them  in  the  genitive  ;  as,    Pectus  tuuin 

lm  -.      ;•,    Ci:.  Phil,  ii,  43.       Nofitr  duorumei>etit*s9kiv.      Tuum 

*,    Cic.      Af<r.*  fcripta  iimenth{   \dc.    Hor.      Soliu*  meum  j 

rrigi    r.cn   pottfti    Cic.     Id  maxime  quemque   decet,  quod  eji  cujvfqmt 

fuu:, 1  .      Id. 

ie  reciprocals  S£/7and  5UUS  are  ufed,   when   the  action  of  the 
rb  is  y   .  It  were,  upon  its  no:r.  e  :    as.  Cu/e  interfesit  Je\ 

m  :    Did  fe  fcript*  We    find   however 

fometij  example^  of  this  kind  ;    as,    Deum  agnofcm 

ex  operibu*  ejuSy    Cic.      iV^-  Rauracisy   ut   "sia  cum   iis  proficijeam 

for  ui.  9,    Ccef. 

VII. /if  the  latter  Subftantive  have  an  Adjective 
of  praife  or  dlipraife  joined  with  it,  I  may  be 
put  in  the  genitive  or  ablative  ;|  as, 

Vlr  fumm* prud  t ma  prude     ..',     A  man  of  wifdpm. 

Piter  prubec  indulis,  or  pr>,  de,  A  boy  of  a  good  difpofition. 

Obf.  I.  The  ablative  here  is  not  properly  governed  by  the  forego- 
ing fubftantive,  blit  by  fome  prepofition  underftood  ;  ex9 
i,i°\Z?c.     Thus,    Vlr  fumma  frudetttia,  is  the  fame  with    v;*/    a           :ma 

1  Obf. 


Government  of  Substantives.  159 

Obf.  2.  In  fome  phrafes  the  genitive  is  only  ufed  ;  as,  Magtu  for- 
mica laboris,  The  laborious  ant  ;  Vir  irmi  fubfellii,  homo  minimi  fretii,  a 
pcrfon  of  the  lowed  rank.  Homo  nullius  Jlipendii,  a  man  of  no  experi- 
ence in  war  ;  SallufL  Non  multi  cibi  bofpitem  accipies,  fed  muiti 
joci,  Cic.  Ager  trium  jugerum.  In  others  only  the  ablative  ;  as,  Es 
bono  animo,  Be  of  good  courage.  Mira  fum  alacritaie  ad  llti ga  ,uh:?n , 
Cic.  Capite  aperto  eft,  His  head  is  bare  ;  cbvoluto,  covered.  Capite 
et  fupercilio  femper  eft  rafts,  Id.  Mulier  magna  natu,  Liv.  Sometimes 
both  are  ufed  in  the  fame  fentence  ;  as,  Addtfctns  eximia  fpe,  fumm<e 
virtutis,  Cic  The  ablative  more  frequently  occurs  in  profe  than  the 
genitive. 

Obf.  3.  Sometimes  the  adje&ive  agrees  in  cafe  with  the  former 
fubftantive,  and  then  the  latter  fubftantive  is  put  in  the  ablative  : 
thus,  we  fay,  either,  Vir  prajlant'u  ingenii,  or  prizftanti  ingenio  ;  or  Vir 
praftans  ingenio,  and  fometimes  praftans  ingenii.  f  Among  the  poets  the 
latter  fubftantive  is  frequently  put  in  the  accusative  by  a  Greek  con- 
ftru&ion,  fecundum,  or  qacd  ad  being  underflood  by  the  figure  com- 
monly called  Synecdoche  A^S,  Utiles  /radios  membra,  i.  e.  fracius  fecun- 
dum  or  quod  ad  membra,  or  habeas  membra  fraclu,  Horat.  Qs  bumerofi--n 
ieofimilis,    Virg, 

AJjeEilves  taien  as  Subflantlvss \ 

VIII.  /  An  Adjective   in    the    neuter    gender 
without  a  fubftantive  governs  the  genitive  ;/as, 

Multum  pecuiii*,  Much  money.  ^uid  rei  eft  ?    What  is  the  matter  ? 

Obf.  1.  This  manner  of  exprefiion  is  more  (elegant  than  Multa 
Pecunia,  and  therefore  is  much  ufed  by  the  belt  writers  ;  as,  Plus  eio- 
juentJa?)  7?iinus  fapient'ue,  tan  fum  jidei,  id  negofii  ;  quictjuid  erat  pairum^ 
reos  dicer es,  Liv      Id  foci  ;    Ad  hoc  atatis,    SaUuft. 

Obf.  2.  The  adjectives  which  thus  govern  the  genitive  like  fub- 
ftantives,  generally  fignify  quantity  ;  as,  bwIshm,  plus,  plurimupr, 
tantupn,  quantum,  minus,  minimum,  \5c.  To  which  add,  koc>  illvd, 
jftudy  id,  quid,  aliquid,  quidvis,  quiddam,  &C.  Pius  and  quid  almoft  al- 
ways govern  the  genitive,,  and  therefore  by  ibmt  are  thought  to  be 
fubftantives- 

Obf.  3.  Nihil,,  and  thefe  neuter  pronouns  quid,  aiiquid,  \5?c.  eJc- 
gantly  govern  neuter  adjectives  o£  the  firft  and  fecond  declenfion  in 
the  genitive  ;  as,  nihil  Jinceru,  no  iincerity  ;-  but  feldom  govern  in  this 
manner  adjectives  of  the  third  declenfion,  partbukily  thofe  which 
end  in  is  and  e  ;  as,  N-equid  hcfliU  timerent,  not  boftt'lii ■:  we  find  how- 
ever quicquid  civilis,   JLiv.  V.  3. 

Obf.  4.  Plural  adjeclives  of  the  neuter  gender  alio  govern  the  gen- 
itive, commonly  the  genitive  plural  ;  as,  Angufia  via  rum,  dpa:a 
Lcorum,  Telluris  rperta,  loci  being  understood.  So  Asmara  cmrarumi 
acuta  belli,  fc.  negotia,  Korat.  An  adjective  indeed  of  any  gender 
may  have  a  genitive  after  it.  with  a  fubftantive  underitood  ;  as,  Ami~ 
'us    Cafaris,   P atria    Ulyffcs,    ^V, 

P  2  £/ 


i6o  Covers ment  of  Substantives. 

•* 

Opus  and    Ufus. 

IX / Opus  and  Ufus^  lignifying  need^  require 
the  ablative  ;/  as, 

£jl  opus  pccunia,  There  is  need  of  money  ;    U/hs  virions.  Need  of  ftrength. 

Obf.  i.  Opus  and  itfus  are  fubftantive  nouns,  and  do  not  govern  the 
ablative  of  themfelves,  but  by  fome  prepoiition,  as  pro  or  the  like, 
nnderilood.  f  They  fometimes  a  fo,  although  more  rarely,   govern  the 

Opera  ufus  eft,    JLiv. 
an  indeclinable  adjective  ; 
C:c.      Dices   nummos    mihi   opus 
eftfe,  Id.     Nobis  t  \  Id.* 

Obf.  3.    Opus  is  elec  joined  with   the   perfect    participle  ;    as, 

Op  0,  Need  ofNhafte  ;     Opus    canfulto,    Need    of  deliberation  ; 

<?):ud fafto  ufus  eft  ?  Ter.  The  participle  has  fometimes  a  fubftantive 
joined  with  it  ;  a?,  Mibi  cpus  fuit  Hirtio  convenio,  It  behoved  me  to 
meet  with  Hirtius,  Cic. 

Obf.  4.    Opus  is  fometimes  joined   with  the  infinitive,   or  th\.      /..« 
junclive  with  ut,  as,  Siquid  forie  fit,  qua!  opus  jit  fciri,   Cic.      Nunc  i 
cpus    g/f,  1   ut   tt  .,     Plaut.  nperitare   equ/st 

Hor«t.  It  is  often  placed  abfolutdjy  i.  e.  without  depending  on  any 
other  *  ;    as,  J.c  oj  us  ef.  ;  ft  9  ,   &c. 

II.  'Government  of  Adjectives. 

1 .    AdjeB'i'ves  governing  the  Gen  in  \ 

X#.   Verbal  adjectives,  or  fuch  as  fignify  an  af- 
fection of  the  mind,  govern  the  genitive  ;/  as, 

A-vidus  gloria,  Defirous  of  glory.  ,  Ignorant  of  fraud. 

Memor  benejuiofum,  Mindful  of  favours. 

/     fo    this   rule   belong,    I.  Verbal    adjectives  in    AX  ;/  as, 
capax,   edoM,  ferax,    tenax,  pertlnax,    &c.{and    certain    p 
ticipial    adjectives  in    NS    and    TUS  |  as,    amans,    appetens, 
cupiens,     insolens,    Jciens  ;      crmfuliusy     docirs,      expertus,     in- 

fuetus,   ihfolitus,   &c.      Il.f  Adjeftives    exprelTing    various   af- 
fections   of   the     mind  ; f  i./Defire  ;)  as,    avarus,    cvpjd .•/, 

JhuEefus,     Sec.      2./ Knowledge,    ignorance    and    doubting); 
as,     eallidus,      dr.  >,      confeius,      griarus,  •  pe 

pmdctis,    &c.  IgnaruS)    ineertus,     infcii/s,     imprudent*    im- 

peritus,     imtnemor,     nulls    ;      dmbiguus,     dubius%    fufpcuj 
&€.        3.^  Care    and    diligence,     and     the    contrary  ;/  J 
anxlus,     curwfusy    joliciluss     providus,     diligtos   ;      incurioj 

sfecuruit  negligent^    Jcc.     \\  Fear   and   confidence  ;  I  as,  J 

fbsj   favidut)    timidur,    trepidus   ;     impavidus,       tferrir 

'■■ 


Government  of  Adjectives.  it:i 

tUSl  is,       5./ Guilt  and  innocence  ;/as,  ncx/us,   reus, 

Jujj         ,  comperfus  ;  inndxius,  innoccns,  info  fit. 

»   theie   add  many  adjeclives  of   various   hgnihcations  ;   as,  ager 
animi  ;     aniens,    audax,    fruerfus,    di-verfas,    egregius,  erecius,  falfus,  ftlix, 
ftjfus,  furens,   ingens,  «*,   Utus,  prajlans   animi  ;     modicus  i>oti  ;   in:  - 

ger  vitcs  ;  feri  Jluditrum,  Hor.  But  we  fay  agar  pedibus,  ardens  in  eupi- 
ditatibus,  prajlar.s  doBrina,  modlcus  culiu  ;  Latus  negotio,  de  re,  or  prop" 
ter  rem,  &LC.  and  never  ager  pedum,   &c. 

Obf.  1. 1  Verbals  in    NS    are  ufed  both  as  adjectives  and 
participles  ;l  thus,  /  oris,  able   to  bear    cold  ;    and 

pattens  algorem,  a&ualiy  bearing  cold.  So  amans  virtutis^ 
and  amans  virtutem  :  doctus  grammatical  fkilled  in  grammar  ; 
dodtus  grammaticam,  one  who  has  learned  it. 

Obf.  2.  Many  of  thefe  adjectives  vary  their  conftruciion,  as,  ami* 
ius  in  pecuniis,  CiC.  Avidior  ad  rem,  Ter.  Jure  confultus  &  peritus,  or 
juris,  Cic.  Rudis  liierarum,  in  jure  ci-vili,  Cic,  Rudis  arte,  ad  mala, 
Ovid.  Dctflus  Latin),  Latinis  Uteris*  Gic.  AJfuetus  labor  e,  in  o:nnia,  Liv. 
meitfa  herili,  Virg.  Infuetus  ?xorib;.s  Romanis,  in  the  dat.  JLiv.  Laboris, 
ad  onera  portanda,  Csef.  Defuetus  beilo,  &  triumpbis,  in  the  dat.  or  abl, 
rather  the  dat.  Virg.  Anxius,  folicitus,  fecurus,  de  re  aliqua  ;  dlligens, 
in,  ad,  de,  Cic.  ISlegligens  in  altquem,  in  or  de  re  :  Reus  de  w,  criminii 
Cic.      Ceftior  faftus  de  re,  rather  than   rei,   Cic. 

Obf.  3.    The  genitive  Sifter  the]  tives  is  thought  to   be  gov- 

erned by  caufa,  in   re,  or   in  0,  or  fome   fnch  word  underiiood  ; 

as,   Ctipidus  laudis,  i.  e.  caufa   cr  in  re  laudis  %  defirous   ot   praife,  that  is, 
on  account  of,  or  in  the  matter  fe.     But  in  1  ecti 

-Mnfeives  may  be   fuppofed  to  contain  in  their  c  ;ion  the 

force  of  a  fubftantive  ;  thus;  fiudiej  ,  fond  of  money,  is  Che 

lame  with  habeas  jludhun  j  :,  having  a  foiidnefs  for  money. 

XI.i  Partitives,  and  words  placed  partitive! y, 
comparatives,  fuperlatives,  interrogatives,  and 
fome  numerals,  govern  the  genitive  plural  ;)  as, 

Aliquis  p  horum,  Some  one  of  thi  philofbphers. 

ficnior  fratrum,  The  elder  of  the  brothers. 

JDoBiJJimus  Romanorum,  The  moft  learned  of  the  Romans, 

J^.  n  ?  Which  of  us  ? 

Una  mufarum,  One  of  the  mufes. 

it  fapientum,  ie  eighth  of  the  wife  men. 

/Adjectives   are   called  Partitives,  or  are  faid  to   be    pla- 
ced ,   when  they  fjgnify   a  part  of  any    numbei  of 
perfoas    or    things,    having  after  tl  in    Englifn,    of  or 
7  ;l    as,     alius,    nullus,   fdus,     cvV,   quis  aiui   qui,  with 
their    compounds  :     alfo    Conrparatives,     Sir.  s,    and 

fo 


i6i  Government  of  Adjectives. 

feme  Numerals  ;  as,  unus,  duo,  tres  ;  primus,  fecundus,  Sec, 
To  thefe  add  multi,  pauci,  plerique,  viedius. 

Obf.  i.  Partitives,  (b'c.  agree  in  gender  with  the  fubftantive  which 
they  have  after  them  in  the  genitive  ;  but  when  there  are  two  iub- 
ftantives  of  different,  genders,  the  partitive,  \sfc.  rather  agrees  with 
the  former  ;  as,  Indus  jluminam  maximus,  Cic.  Rarely  with  the  lat- 
ter ;  a^,  Delphlnus  animalium  tjelocijjimum ,  Plijl-  The  genitive  here  is 
governed  by  ex  numero,  or  by  the  fame  fubllantive  underftood  in  the 
lingular  number  ;     as,     Nulla  for or um,  fcil  for  or,  or   ex  mtmero  fbrorum. 

Obf.  2.  Partitives,  bV.  are  often  otherwife  conftrued  with  the  pre- 
pofitions  de,  e,  ex,  or  m  ;  as,  Unas  de  fratribus  ;  or  by  the  poets,  with 
ante  or  inter  ;  as,  Fulcherrimus  ante  omnes,  for  omnium ,  Virg.  Primus 
inter  omnes,   Id. 

Obf.  3.  Partitives,  Iffc.  govern  collective  nouns  in  the  genitive 
lingular,  and  are  of  the  -fame  gender  with  the  individuals  of  which 
the  collective  noun  is  compofed  ;  as,  Vir  fortijjlmus  nojlra  civitatis. 
Cic.   Maxi;?>us  flirpis,  Liv.    VUin.os  crbis  Britannos.   Horat.  od.  i.  35.  29. 

Obf.  4.  Comparatives  are  ufed,  when  we  fpeak  of  two  ;  Superla- 
tives when  we  fpeak  of  more  than  two  ;  as,  Major  Frairum,  The  el- 
der of  the  brothers,  meaning  ttvo  ;  Maximus  fratrum,  The  elded  of 
the  brothers,  meaning  more  th^n  tivo.  In  like  manner,  uter,  alter, 
neuter,  are  appKed  with  regard  to  two- ;  quis,  unus,  alius,  nullus,  with, 
regard  to  three  or  more  ;  as,  Uter  vijlrwn,  Whether  or  which  of  you 
iivo  ;  G>uis  vefirum,  Which  of  you  three  :  but  thtfe  are  fometimes 
taken  promifcuoufly  the  one  for  the  other. 

2.    Adjectives  governing  the  Dati 

XII. /Adjectives  fignifying  profit  or  difprofits 

likeneis  or  unlikeneis,  &c.  govern  the  dative  ;/as,. 

Uttlis  bello,  Profitable  for  War. 

Femicilfts  reipubliae,  Hurtful  to  the  commonwealth. 

SimUis  patri,  Like  to  his  father. 

Or  thus,    Any   adjective   may  govern   the   dative  in    Latin, 
which  has  the  Jigns  TO  or  FOR  after  it  in  Engtijlo.J 
/To  this  rule  belong  J 

1  •/Adjectives   of  profit  or   difprofit  j  as,  Benignus  bonus,  commodus,. 
felix,  fruStuofus,    proft>er,    faluber,-~—~Calamitofis,    damnofus,    dirus,   ex:- 
tiofus*  funefus,   incommodiis,  malus,   noxiur,  perniciofus,  pcjilfcr. 

2  J  Of  pleafure  or  pain  f    a?,   Autptus,  dulcis,  grdtus,  gratiofus,  jucun- 

dus,     fetus,    fuwvis.  Acer  bin,     amarus,    irfucvis,    iujuctindui,    ingrains, 

moUftut,  triflis. 

3I  Of  friendship   or   hatred  )    as,    Addiclus,  aquus,  amicus,  benevolus, 

hlanaus,  carus,    deditus,  fdus,    fidtlis,  lenis,  mitis,   propitius. AJ*verfusy 

amulus,  afper,  crudelis,  contraries,  infenfus,  infefius,  infdus,  immitis\  in- 
imieus,  iniquus,  int'fus,   invidus,   iratus,    odiofus,  ftfpcftus,   trux. 

4.I Of  clearnefs  or  obfeurity  -|  as,  Apertas,  cerius,  eompertus,  confpicuus, 

manifeflus, 

... 


/ 


Gqteksment  of  Adjectites.  163 

ma         '     ,     nsius,    ptrfpicuus. Amb'.guus,    dubins,    ignotus,    ineerius,  &k- 

fcurtis. 

5I  Of  nearnef?  J  as,  Finrtirrius,  propter,  proximus,  propinquus,  fucius, 
■ 

6/Oi  fitnefs  or  unfitnefs  >Ja8,  Aptus,  -,  halills, 

idoneus  .  >L's. Ineptus,  ml 

7/ Of  eafe  or   difficulty  |    as,    Facilis  ;    levisj    ohvt  . 

Dr,  latoriufus,  thefe    add 

fuch  as  1  ty  or  reac  ;  as,  Primus,  f. 

pre,  -  .„. 

o/or  equality  or. inequality  J  as,    JE       [  raw,   par,  compar, 

•  ■. /  -e^s  or   un" 

I  as,       imllts,  ,    gemlnvt.    ■■■  <  ■  .    ali*QUt% 

9.#Sev€ral  pounded  with  C02"J/ a*,  Cr.gr.at;.         fcrt 

foncttrs,  ,    to/j/5                                         f/V/z/, 

\tiguus,  .,  contiguous:  as,  l\flari  air  continent  eji^ 
Cic. 

/To  theft  add  many  other  Adj           s  of  various  fignifications  J  as, 

Gunoxius,    ,  credziut)    ab                        Us,  deform::,  pr^/tof 
indecl.   at  hand,  jeemdus,  6cc. — particularly. 

(Verbals  in  bilis  and  dus  govern  the  dative  y  as, 
Amanda  •  vel  amabtlis  otnnibus,       To  ^e  loved  by  all  men. 

So  Ivlvrs  eji  terribiUs  mails  ;  Qptabitis  emnijus  pax  ;  Alhibenda  ejl  nobis 
mligentia,   Cic.      St?.  canda   ejl   <via   icit.i,   Kor.      Alio  iome 

participles  of  the  perfect  tenfe  ;     as,  Bdla  mairibus  detcluia,  hated  by, 
Hor. 

Verbals  in  dus  are  often  conitrued  with  the  prep.  a-,  as,  Deis  ejl 
venerandus  Izf  cojtndus  a  nobis,  Cic.  Perfect  participles  are  ufually  fo  ; 
as,   Mors  Crafli   eji  a  ;.  ,  rather  than,  multls  defieia,   Cic.      A 

te  inyitatusj  ;  ,  proditus,  &c.  hardly  ever  tibu 

Obf.  I.  The  dative  is  properly  not  governed  by  adjec- 
tives, nor  by  any  other  part  of  fpeech  ;  but  put  after  them, 
to-  exprefs  the  object  to  which  their  fighificatibn  refers. 

The  particle  to  in  Engliih  is  often  to  be  fnpplied  ;  as, 
Similis  jjiiirl,  .Like  his  father^  to  being  underftood.. 

Gbf.  2.  Substantives  have  likewiie  fonietimes  a  dative 
after  them  ;    as,    Ilk  ejl  pater-  c/ux,  vel  ndhit    rle   is 

father,   leader,   or  fon  to  me  :   fo,   Prafid'mm  reis,  deem  ami- 
eis,  &c.    Kor.  .   Exiium  ftecori,   Virg.      Vt  us  bdftis3  Cic. 

Obf.    3. /The    following    adjectives   have    fometimes    the 

dative    after   them,    and   fometimes    the    genitive    ;     Affinity 

r,  1  con  j,    £c*r,    propr'nts,     fintfimtis,    Jul  us,      conter- 

ms,    feperjles,  fcius,     aquails,     contrariusy      and     ad* 

verfus  j 


164  Government  of  Adjectives. 

Vtrfus  ;  as,  SimiJis  tibi,  or  tut  ;  Superjies  patrl  or  patris  ; 
Confcius  fachiori  or  facinorh*  Confcius  and  fome  others 
frequently  govern  both  the  genitive  and  dative  ;  as,  Ml 
Jill  conjila  reeli.  We  fay,  Similes,  dtffimiksf  pans,  dif pares, 
aquales,  communes,  inter  fe  :  Par  Sc  communis  cum  aliquo. 
C'tvitas  fecum  ipfa  difcors  ;   difcordes  ad  alia,      Liv. 

Obf.  4.  /Adjectives  figfnfying  ufefulnefs,  or  fitnefs,  and 
the  contrary,  have  after  them  the  dative  or  the  accusative 
"with  a  proportion  5/  as, 

Utiiisy  inlttitis,  aptu<,  ineptus,  actommodsJusy  idoneOs,  babilrs,  inhabilii) 
opportune,  ti  ens,  1st  ft  rci,  or   ad  aliq*  y    c.th 

Stives  governing  the  dative  are  likewife  conrtrued  with  prepoiitioi 

as,  AttmtUi  quxfitis,  Kor.     Attcntus  ad  ren,  Ter. 

Obf.  5.  Of  adje&ives  which  denote  friendship  or  hatred,  cr  an- 
other affe&ion  of  the  mind  towards  any  one.  I.  Some  are  ufualiy 
conftrued  with  the  dative  only  ;  as;  Affabilis,  arrogant,  cjper,  camr, 
dijjiciiis,  jideiis,  invifasy  trains,  offeufus,  fcfpeelus,  ALICU1.  II.  Some 
with  the  prepofition  in   and  the  accufative;  as,  Acerbus,  ana  ■>:- 

nepcits,  gratiofus,  injur  icfus,  liber  alls,  mendax,  mijericors,  opficiofus,  pi"*, 
impius.  firo!ix»s,  feverus,  fcrdidus,  torvus,  vekemens,  IN  ALIOJUI  M.  III. 
Some  either  with  the  dative,  or  with  the  accuf.  and  the  prepofition 
in,  erga,  or  adversus  g°ing  before  ;  as,  Contamax,  criminofits,  a'u 
tkttiabilis,  gravis,  bofpitalis,  implacakilis,  (and  perhaps  alfo  inexorabilii 
tfJ*  intokra&ilis,}  inicjuus,  faints,  AL1CUI  or  in  aliquf.m.  Bnu 
ber.ignus,  ts,     alicui    or   EfcQA    ali^uem.       Mith   tonus  ;     JN,   or 

EPOA    ALiqiJFM,    and    ALICUI.        Pew'uax    ADVERSUS    ALIQUKM.        CrU~ 
delis    IN    ali^ueM  ;   feldom    ALICUI.       Amicus,  semulus,  infeufus,  infejfus 
alicui,  feldom  in   ali^uem.      Gratus    alicui,    or  in,    frga,    ad 
yersus   aliqjuem.     We  fay  alicnus  alicui  or  alicujus  ;  but  oftener  a 
aliquo,  and  fomstimes  aliquo  without  the  prepofition. 

AUDIENS  is  coaftrued  with  two  datives  ;    as,  Regi   dido  aud 
erat.  he  was  obedient  to  the  king  ;  not  regis  ;   Diflo  audiens  fuit  j 
niagiflratuum,  Nep.      Nobis  dido  aiidicnies  fint,  not  diclis,   Cic. 

Obf.   6.     Adjectives    fignifying   motion    or   tendency   to 
thing,  have  ufualiy   after  them    the   accufative  with  the  pre- 
pofition ad  or  in,  feldom  the  dative  ;  as, 

Pronus,  propenfus,  procliv's,  ccfer,   tardus ,  pigcr,    t!?c.  ad  iram,  or  in  iiiim> 

Obf.  7.  \Propior  and  proximtn,  in  imitation  of  their  pri- 
mitive prope,  often  govern  the  accufative  |  a?,  Propior  mon~ 
tew,  fcil.   ad,   Sail.      Proximus  finem,   Liv. 

Obf.  3.  77)J7.1f  fometi mes  has  the  dative,  chiefly  in  the  poctv  ;  as, 
Invitum  qui  forvaS,  idem  facii  nti,  Hor.  .w,   Vil 

t\  disi 


i 


Government  of  Adjectives.  165 

Sadi-m  Mis  tenfemv,  Cic.  But  in  profe  we  commonly  find,  idem  qui, 
et,  ac,  clique,  and  alfo  ut,  cum  ;  as,  Peripatetici  quondam  iidem  erant  qui 
Academici,  Cic.  EJl  animus  erga  te,  idem  ac  fuit,  Ter.  Dianam  &  Lu~ 
m  ejfe  pvtint,  Cic.  Idem  faciunt.  ut,  \zfc.  In  eodem  loco  mecum, 
Cic.  But  it  would  be  improper  to  fay  of  the  fame  perfon  or  thing 
under  different  names,  idem  cu?n  ;    as,  Luna  eadem  eft  cum  Diana. 

We  likcwife  fay,  alius  ac,  atque  or  et  ;  and  fo  fometimes^w/V/V  &par. 

3 .     Adjefiives  governing  the  Ablative, 

XIII.  /Thefe  adjectives,  dignus,  indigmts,  con- 
tent  us,  praditus,  capitis,  and  fretus  ;  alio  natus, 
fatus,  ortus,  editus,  and  the  like,  govern  the 
ablative  ;^  as, 

Dignus  hcnere,  Worthy  of  honour.  Captus  oculis,  Blind.  [ftrength. 
Contenius  parvo,  Content  with  little.  Fretus  viribus,  Trufting  to  his 
Prxditus  virtute,  Endued  with  virtue.    Ortus  regibus,  Defcended  of  kings. 

80  generates ,  ere  at  us,  c  ret  us,  prognatits,    oriundus,  procreatus    regibus, 

Obf.  I.  The  ablative  after  thefe  adjectives  is  governed  by  fomc 
prepofition  underftood  ;  as,  Contentus  par<vo,  fcil.  cum  ;  Fretus  viribus, 
firil.  in,  l*fc  Sometimes  the  prepofition  is  cxpreifed  ;  as,  Ortus  ex 
concubine,   Salluft.      Ediius  de  nympba,  Ovid. 

Obf.  2.  \Dignus,  indignus,  and  contentus,  have  fometimes  the  genitive 
after  them^  as,  dignus  avvrum,  Virg.  So  Maile  cjlo,  or  viatli  ejiote  wr» 
tutis  or  wrfmte,  Increafe  in  virtue,  or  Go  on  and  profper  ;  Juberem 
ma&c  virtute  ejfe,  iz>  te,  Liv.  ii.  12.  In  the  laft  example  macle  feems  t® 
be  ufed  adverbially. 

4.     Adjeftives  governing  the  Genitive  or  Ablative, 

XIV.  1  Adjectives  of  plenty  or  want  govern 
the  genitive  or  ablative  ;/  as, 

Plenus  ira  or  ira,  Full  of  anger.    Jnops  rationis  or  ratione,  Void  of  reafon. 

So   Mon    inopes    temporis,  fed  prodigi  fumus,  Sen.      Leuiulus   non   verbis 
*/Xr,   Cic.      Dei  plena  funt  omnia,   Cic.       NLixima  quaqut'  domvi  feri>is  eft 
a  fu per  bis,   Juv.      JRes  iji  foliciti  plena    fun  or  is  amor,   Ovid.      Amor  fcjf        . 
tnelle  &  felle  ejl  fcecundiJp'KUs,   Plaut.      Facunda  virorum  puupertas  fugitur,    )Lj 
JLucan.       Omnium    conjiliorum    ejus  particeps,   Curt.        Kvmo    ratione  parti"    ■  ) 
ceps,   Cic.      Nihil  injtdiis   vacuum,     Id.      Pracuas  cadis  habeU  manus,  Ovid, 
Some  of  thefe  adjectives  are  conftrued,   1.  with  the  gen;:ive  only  ; 
as,   Benignus,  exfors,  impes,  impotens,  irritus,  liberalise  munif.gus,  pralargus* 

2.  With  the  ablative  only  :  Beatus,  d'-jjettus,  frugifer,  muUlus,  ten' 
tus,  dijicntus,  tumidus,  ttirgidns. 

3.  With  the  genitive  more  frequently  :  Compos,  confers  *  rvenus,  ex- 
Dares,  exfers,  fertility   indi^us,  partus,  pauper,  prod'gus,  jlefitii* 

4.   With 


I  66  GoYfcRNMFNT    of     VlFRBS. 

4.  With  the  ablative   more    frequently  :     Abundant y    cajfiu,  extortis, 
***'  /'  nt*,  ii&er,  Lcuples,  nudus,  oneYatus, 

muftuty  <                                -,  trm  S,  and  cdptus. 

5.  With  both  promifcuoufly  :  .   .                r>  ferae*,  im- 

mttnis,  maws,  inops,  largus,  mod'tcus,  im                     i  nW,    opulentus,  plenus, 
pot  ens,   1 

6.  With  a  prepofition ;    as,  C  rmus,  paratus,  imparatus,in 

iua  ;   tor  ad  rsm  :  aitinet,  in,  or  with  refpe& 

to  any  '  .      ExtoYYts  abfoio  patrio,  bauimed  J    Orba  ab  optimatibus  cen- 

iioy  Liv.      So  r,  tenuity j  s,  mod'uus,  parcus  in  Ye  aliqua.      Im- 

m*  i  nudus,  folutus,  vacuus    a    re    aliqua..      Potent  ad  r*m, 

&   in   Ye. 

Government  of   Verbs. 
§    1.    Verbs  governing  only  one  Cafe. 

1.    Jrerbs  which  govern  thi  Genitive. 

XV.i  Sum,  when  it  fignifies  poffeffion,  proper- 
ty,  or  duty,  governs  the  genitive  J  as, 

£f  regis.  It  belongs  to  the  king  ;  It  is  the  part  or  property  of  a  kins:. 

So   Inftpientis   eft  d-ret'e,  n<~>n  putdrum,  It  is  J;he  part  or  property  of  a 
fcol,  &c.     jAfjfitum  ejl'l  ';  par-re,  It  is  the  part  or  duty  of  foldiers, 

&C.  LaudaYe  Je  vani  ;  *vitupeYaYe  Jiulti  e[},  Sen.  Hotn'mis  eft  err  are  ; 
Arr'oganiis  ef  negirgcYe  av.id  Je  fe  qui  [que  fentiat,  Cic.  Pscus  ejl  Mclibcei, 
Virg.  H<zc  Junt  bominis  ;  Ter.  Pauperis  ejl  numerate  pecus,  Ovid. 
TemeYitas   eft  fuj  rent);  eviatis,  pjudentia  fencciutis,   Cic 

«[  Meutn,  .,  fuum,  n  oft  rum  9  veftrum,  are  excepted  ;  as, 
Tttum  eft,  It  is  your  duty.      Scio  tuum  ejfe,  I  know  that  it  is  your  duty. 

Obf.  j.  Thefe  poffeffive  pronouns  are  ufed  in  the  neuter 
gender  irftead  of  their  fubftantives,  met,  tut,  fia,  nojlt ;, 
veftri.  Other  pofTeHives  .are  alfo  conftrued  in  this  manner  ; 
fis,  Eft    r  ,     ejl   huntanum,    the  fame    with   ejl  regis%  ejl 

/:,  .  faccre  et  parti  forila,   Romanum  eft*   Liv.  ii.   12. 

Obf.  2.     Here  fome   fubftantive   mufl   be  u 
mimvs,  Yes.  nea  .  opus,   tsfc.    which  are    famed  fed  ;    as, 

Af.tnus  ejl  principum  \     Tuum  ejl  hoc  menus.   Cic.       A  m   li- 

lefi  ffft  puto,  Ter.     In   for/  prec<  fubftantive 

may  be  repeated  ;    as,  Hie  libcY  ef    (liber)   fratris.  >  In  1:  nner, 

fome  fubfl        ivc  mufb   be  fupplied   in   fuch  Tiions   ns  thefe  ;  La 

funt  we:/#  gfr.riofa,  ne  lli,  fcil.  eaufa  or  faff  a,  Sail.      .A7 

dim  aquatuL:  libzrtatis  <fy  for  ad  aquar.-ixm  .  1  peYtinet,    Liv. 

Obf. 


GOTERKMEN'T    of  VERBS.  iS'f 

Obf.  3.    We  fay,  Hoc  efl  tuuin  mums,  cr  tut  mitnerls  : 

So  tnos  ejt  vel  fuit,  or  mcrh,  or  m  more,  Cic. 

« 

XVI.   iM'uerar^mifercfco^  zn\faiago>  govefh 
the  genitive  ;  as,/ 

ftliferert  chvium  tuorum>         Pity  your  countrymen. 

'     .  _  X  He  has  his  hands  full  at  home,, or  has 

feftpl  ;vr«-r  /«*«,*r,  j      encngh  tQ  do  ?bQUt  ^  Qwn  ^ffair5# 

Obf.  iySeveral  other  verbs  amoi^  the  poets  govern  the  genitive 
by  a  Greek  conftruction,  partieularly^ueh  as  fignifjr  fame  affection  of 
the  mind  J  as,  slngo,  decipior,  dtfibh,  difri'chr,  excrlldo,  /alio  &  fallor, 
jfi'fidio,  innideo,  later,  triror,  penden,  fud§o,  vereor  ;  P5,  J\>  angas  te 
ariwi,  Plant.  Lalorum  decibiiur,  Hor.  Difcrueior  ammr,  Ter.  Perr* 
dtt  mihi  animus,  per.des  animi  vel  anima  ;  but  we  always  fay,  Pcndemut 
enir??i'y  not  Mmimorum,  are  in  fufpence,  Cic.  yujliti<e  frius  miter,  Virg. 
In  like  manner,  Abjlineo,  d^ino,  defjlo,  fuiefco,  regno  :  like  wife,  adi- 
pifcer,  condico,  credo,  frujhor,  furo,  laudo,  litero,  lev*,  fiarticipc,  prolibeo  : 

au 


J&ngor,    dejlpio,   difefacior,  fallor,   atiino.       Hoc    anJ;.vuvf    rnetim    excrxciat. 
Fajlidio,  miror,  vereo'r,  aliquem  Vel  al'tuiAi.     Ltrtor^aHi'if.   re.       Some  of 


them  are  joined  with  the  infinitive  ;    or  with  ftiai,  vt9  ne,  and  the 
fubjunctive. 

In  like  manner  we  tifually  fay,  IXcfint  aliptU,  &  ab  oliquo,  ro  give 
over;  Deftfte  incepto,  ds  neg9tio,  oh  ilia  minte\  &viefco  a  I.ibcre  :  Regpare 
in  equiiibus,  tpp'rdis,  fc.  in,  Cic.  Per  uri%,  Virg.  Adififi  id;  Fruj\ari 
in    re  ;     Pur  ere  de  aliquo,   Cic. 

Obf.  2.  The  genitive  after  verbs,  in  the  fume  manner  as  after  ad- 
jectives, is  governed  by  fame  fubftantive  understood.  This  fubftan- 
tivc  is  different  according  to  the  different  meaning  of  the  verbs  :  thusr 
Afrfctcjr  ftatris,  fcil.  causa.,  A  n gar  animi t  foil,  do/art,  OT  c. dictate. 

2.   VERBS  governing  the  Dative, 

XVII.  (Any  verb  may  govern  the  dative  in 
Latin,  which  has  the  figns  TO  or  FOR  after  it 
in  Englifh  ;  Ais, 

Finis  vent  ■•/•,     An  end  is  com?  to  the  empire,  I-iv. 

Animus  rtdit  hcjlibus,  Courage  returns  Co  the  enemy,  Id. 

Tibi  fen's,  tibi  metis,    You  fow  for  yourfelf,  you  reap  for  yourfelf,  PIaut« 

So,  Non  nub  91  nati  fumus,  Cic.      Multa   mat  ;iuni  lotib%   I<k 

lot  lucci  etiam  feeler atis,  Sen.      Hczret  lateri  Uihalis  cru-Jo,  Virg. 

But  as  the  dative  after  verbs  in  JLatiml*  not  always  ren.der<4  is 


i6S~  CovrRKMExx  of  Verbs. 

Englifh  l«y  to  or  for  ;   not  are  thtfc  particles  always  the  fign  of  the 
dative  in  Latin,  it  will  be  necefiary  to  he  more  particular. 

h*Sum,  and  its  compounds  govern  thq  dative  ; 
(except  pGJTuui)  J  as,  V 

Prdpfvi:  sxtrch'L'j,  He  corrirr.nnclcd  the  army. 

Adfuit  frcc&iUi  He  was  prefont  at  prayers. 

^fEST  taken    for    Habec,  to  havez  governs 
the  dative  of  a  perfon  ^as, 

Ejl  mlhi  /r!\-r,  A  book  is  to  me,  that  is,  I  have  a  book. 

S*nt  mi  hi  libri.  Books  are  to  me,  i.  e.  I  have  books. 

Dice  libros  ejft  mili,  I  lay  that  I  have  books. 

This  is  more   frequently  ufed  than  hahco  lihrupi  ;  ha 
libros*     In  Kkq  manner  dm: st  inftcad  of  careo  ;  as  Ljker 
dsefi  7?ii/:jy  I   want  a  book  ;  Libri  defunt  mitt;  Sih  //brcs 
decjfe  mihiy  &c. 

II.4  Verbs   compounded  with   satis,   best,  and  male, 
govern  die  dative  J  as, 

III^Many  verbs  compounded  with  thefe   nine  prc£ 
fitions,  Ad,   ante,   con,   in-,     inter,  or»,   pk.t.,   sui^. 
supsk,  govern  the  dative  J  as, 

1.  /liCrJjj    acr.fic,    accuvihn^    acfu'fft  9,   a/fro,   ad::atay  enfrau/to,  adl    ■ 
m<1flo,aij1;pii!')r-  athntv9rt  aff*lgelti  alia  "  i ,  ulL.u.ro^ar.nuo^  apparto,  .  ioy 
0fflrtpi*quot  atridc:,,afp'iro,  ajfcniior.  afflJeoy  ajpfa,  t*jfuejc9i  jjrufj9. 

2.  Antcctl'.Oy  ontcco,  an'rfiOj   ar.tev/ta. 

3.  CoUu(f»%  covcito,  confhmo,  cowvi'cc 

4.  Incur) bo,    rmif$rmh,    in.iubJt  ,  inbi9%txg*trt[f:i  r>*\ 
ttif-Oy   iriftfloy    i/ifidc,    'wfuUo,  itr.             illacr    no,  itliuie,   imtmh           ■  :-    > 
ttnv.crir,  iat fen 

5.  Irt^ri'cr.io,  rnt  rn  i.o>  intrrce  '  ,  fwUtxido.  mi  rja 

6.  OLr-.p-).    eMu£?9r,   ohtrech^    o/^r^o,    obviurtruro,    0.  •  *»*■- f 

curfi,  9  ! l]p°->  °&'Vt  i*0-  \ 

7.  Pru:cd>;y  prx.urro^  f>rj>co,  pr.fjso,  prtrlucjo.  prfriLo,  pr./.i.  pr t* 

t?jA.'0,  prJtverto. 

9     Stferwnh  fypet.:.rro,  //>«■#,         But  uofl    vin-    HXTirKMinacd 
v. ith  tu:'::ii  govern  the  accufntive. 

I\r/\\]hs  govern  the  dative,  which  fignifjr,! 


■£    I'fVo  profit  or  hurt  ;^as, 


Pr   r-.**i 


GOTLRNMENT    o£  VERBS.  l6$ 

Tr/icio,  prof  urn,  flacec,  lorrtnodo,  /r^/iw,  caveo,  melu*,  ilmet,  xonfuU^ 
for  trcfpuio.     Ukcwife,  Koccc,  officii,,  i.n.omtKcc/c,  difplUco,  injtd'ur* 

2  J  To  favour  cr  aGift,  and  the  contrary  1  as, 

Faveo,  graiulor,  g/atif  cor,  grater,  ignefco,  indulged,  parco,  auulcr,  platdi, 
Hardier,  hnociucr,  palpor,  affciitot ,  fui  y  .  >.  , <icr.  Likewife,  Auxiliary  ad- 
minieyUr,  fubiitnio.  fuccurro,  patrocinor,  wcl.ci -,  nadicor,  cpit»lor.  Likewife, 
Derogot  Jctraho,  iniideo,  amulet. 

3 J  To  command  and  obey,  to  fejve  and  refill:^  as, 

lmpcro,  pracipio,  mando,  moderor,  for  ?nodum,  adhibso.  Likewife  Pa- 
re,    aufuhe,    oledio,   olfequor,    obtemptro,    meriTH^cro,    m%  r,    oifdcundo. 

Like  wife,  Fa/nu!cr,frvio,  fajervio,  viinlf.ru..  ancilUr.     Likewife^  Repugn^ 
3ort  rentier,  rffo,  rf/agor,  udverjhr* 

4-/To  threaten  and  to  be  angry  f  as, 

nor,  cctr.minor,  iniernar.or,  ir>f:or^  'a, 

5/  To  trufl:  ;f  as,  Fido,  ccrfTdo,  credo,  dip-lb. 

/To  thefe  add  Xubo,  exullol/jareo,  fupplico,  cede,  defpero,  operir  frOh 
ftzlcr.  prciui  nor,  r^ipio,  to  promife  ;  rer.UKcio ;  rfpor.dso,  io  ui.wtrar 
fatisfy  ;   tc7r.pero,fii/Jec,  vaco,  to  Apply  ;   •  »*• 

Exc.  Juheoi  juvoi  Ixdoi  and  offendo,  govern  &e  accu- 
fative. 

Obf.  !.  Verbs  governing  the  dative  only  are  either  neu- 
ter verbs,  or  cf  a  neuter  fignification.  Active  verbs  govern- 
ing the  dative  have  alfe  an  accufative  exprc  or  under- 
ftood. 

Obf.  2.  Mo(t  v.^rb-  governing  the  dative  ObTy,  have  been  enurr.:- 
rated,  becauie  there  are  a  great  many  verbs  core  pounded  with  prep- 
oiitions,  which  do  not  govern  the  dative,  but  are  othcrwife  con* 
ftrued  ;  and  fliil  more  fignifying  advantage  or  diiadvantage,  &.c. 
which  gcvern  the  accufative;  as,  Levo,  eriro,  alo,  nuliiot  umo1  diligy, 
mexot  cr  .:io,  aver/or,  SiC.  aliquem,  not  aiicui. 

Obf.  3.    Many  cf  thefe  verbs  are  varioufly  cor.flrued  ;  particular!/ 
fuch  as  are  compounded  with  a  prepoiition  ;  as, 
Anteire,  antecedere,  antceellere,  praccdere,  prajcurrere,   pr^Jre,  &c. 

aiicui,  cr  aliquem,  to  go  leferc,  to  excel. 
Acquieiccre,  rei,  re,  ».  in  re.     Adequitare,  portje  ;   Syracufas. 
Adjacere,  man',  i>.  mare,  to  lie  near. 
Adnare  navibus,  naves,  ad  naves,  to  fiiim  to. 
Advcrft.ri  ei,  rarely  eum,  to  eppofe. 

Advolvi  genibus,  genua,  ad  genua,  to  fall  at  one's  Lues. 
Advolare  ei,  ad  eum  ;  rofrra,  to  jh  up  to.  , 

Adflare  rei  <v.  homini ;  rem  v.  hominem  ;  aliquid  aiicui,  toforei>fL>  upe.t. 
Adulari  ei;  v.  cum,  tcju\cr.    Allabi  oris  j  aure?  c^ut,  Virg  ad  cxta,Liv. 

A  p  par  ere 


v 


*?70  GoTEaNMfcXT  Cf   VeR&L. 

\Apparere  confuli,  to  attend  %  ad  folium  Jovis  ^Rcs  apparct  mihi,r//*. 
Appropinquarc  Britannia,  portam,  ad  portam,  to  approach. 
Dominari  cunOtjs  oris,  Virg.  in  caetera  animalia,  to  rule  rvtr%  Ovid. 
Congru^e  alicut,  cum  re  aliqua,  inter  fe,  to  agree. 
Tidere,  coafidcre  alicui  rei,  aliqua  re,  in  re,  to  tn.fr  to  or  in. 
Ignofcere  nuhi,  culpa:  mtae,  mihi  culpam,  to  pardon  me  or  my  fuu.t. 
Impende.e  alicui,  aliquem,  in  aliquem,  to  hang  ov^r. 
"inccllit  cjra,  cupido,  timor  ti,  eum,  v.  in  cum,  fenced. 
Incumber*  tcro  ;  gUdium,  in  gladium,  to  fall  upon  ;  labori,  ad  lafidcm, 

ad  ftudia\,  in  irudiuin,  cuVara,  cogitationtm,  &:c.  to  j;/  'y  to. 
Indulgere  alicui,  id  ei  ;  nimio,  veftitu,  to  indulge  in.    Ttr. 
Inhiare  auro,  bona  ejus,  /•  gape  <ftet.     Innafci  agris,  in  agris,  to grva  /,/♦ 
Inniti  I  ei,  re,  in  re  ;  in  aliquem,  to  depend  on. 
Jniultare  rei  &  homini,  v.  hominem;  fores;  patitntiam  ejus,  in  ml- 

feriam  ejus ;    bonus,  to  \ifuL  ever. 
Latct  res  mini,  v.  me,  is  un\  o  77.C.    Mederi  ei  ;  cupiditates,?e  cure. 

Mini \ii are  ei,  toJ  .  arma  1  i    t+fiu  njk. 

Moderari  auimo,  gtntibus ;   navim,  omnia,  to  n  l  \ 

Nocere  ei,  rarely  eum,  to  hurt,  Plant. 

Nubere  alicui;  in  familiam  ;  nupta  ei  Sk  cum  eo,  to  marry,  Cic. 
Obrepere  ei  &  eum,  to  cieep  upon  ;  in  animos;  ad  honorts. 
Obftrepere  auribus  £:  aures.  Obtre&are  ei  \Audih\is,eju6,todetrafifrbh. 
ObumLrat  fibi  vinca  ;  ioiem  nubes,  (hades.     Palpari  alicui  &  aliquem. 
Pafcifci  aHcui,  cum  aliquo  ;  vitam  ab  eo,  Sail,  vitam  pro  lauc.c,  Firg. 
Pra:ftolari  alicui  <x  aliquem,  to  wait  upon. 
Pf  re  terr^e  ;  genifarus  ejus,  Ovid,  ad  genua,  Liv.  ad  pedes,  to  fall. 

To  thefe  may  be  added  verbs,  whith,  chie.1  y  among  the  poets,  gov- 
ern the  dative,  but  in  profe  are  ufuall f  conilrucd  with  a  prcpoiition  ; 
as,  I.  Confendo,  Ctrto,  Idlo,  pugno,  C;F^uiro,  soeo,  alicui,  for  cum  aliquo  ; 
%.  Difiar0ydijpniire,difcrepar^  dijidirt,  dijfirre  rei  alicui,  for  a  re  aliqua. 
We  alio  fay,  Contend* at t  pugnant,  dijianty  &c.  inter ft  s  and  contendere, 
tiugnart  contra  &  a&vcrfus  aliquem, 

Obf.  4.  Many  verbs  vary  both  their  fignification  and  con  ft  ruction  ; 
as,  Thneo,  metuo,  fermido,  huteo  tibi,  de  ie,  &  pro  te,  I  am  afraid  for 
you,  or  for  your  fafety  ;  but  timcc,  horrct  ie,  v.  a  te,  I  fear  or  drtad 
you  as  an  e^emy  :  So  Ctnfalo,  profpicio,  caveo  ti'.  i,  I  confult  or  provide 
for  your  lafety  ;  but  confulo  te,  I  aik  your  advice  ;  profpicio  hoc,  I  forefee 
this;  Stud re  aliquid,  to  defirc  ;  alicui,  to  favour;  alicui  rei,  rim,  & 
ii  re,  to  apply  to  a  thing,  So,  JEmuhr  t.'bi,  I  envy;  te,  I  imitat 
Aufculto  tibi,  I  obey  or  liften  to  ;  te,  I  hear  ;  Cufu  tibi,  I  favour,  n  r, 
I  delire  ;  F*ntro,  iff  -or  ti'bi,  I  lend  you  on  intereft  ;  abs  te,  I  borrow  ; 
Metnifii,  ne  worn  I  rarct;  'lho'ild  not   reruin   with   inttreft, 

cr  bring  ufury,  Ttr.     Aad  thus  many  other   verbs,  -whfch  will  be 
afterwards  explain* 

Gbf.   5 J  Verb,  ing   Motion  or  T,    .  El  thing 

arc    .     r»  rued  with      .  p^epolltion  aJ'JzS) 


Government  of  Verbs.  171 

Eo.vado,  curro,  prefer  o.  Ml  no,  j*rg*  fugiii  •'-'  ■■"'-.•  verZ°*  *"**  ^C* 
odloum,  rem,  v.  bomioem. £ Sometimes  however  in  the  poets  they  Are 
coultrued  with  the  dative  Jas,  li  clamoi  calo,  .or  ad  t*  -  irg. 

3.    Verbs -gi        ting  tie  A         we* 

XVIII.lA  Verb  fignifying  a&ively  governs  the 
accufative  Jas, 

Jma  Dcum>  Love  Gcd      Severere parent***    P^verence  your  parents. 

Obf.  1 J  Neuter  verbs  alio  govern  the  accufative,  when 
the  noun  after  them  has  a  ilgniiicauon  hmilar  to  their 
own  1  as, 

Ir.'  iter  or  viam  ;    Pugnara  pugmam  or  prdeUu-m  :    Qurrtt  am  ;    Comet  i 

camtineiam ;    Vvucrt   vitam  ;    Z.  i  Jl&am  :    Sffmxiart  Joae 

niutMj  &c.  or  when  they  are  taken  in  a  metaphorical  iciife  ;  as,  C 
ardibat  Alexin,   fciL   propter,    i.   c.    i  '^/i,    Virg.       t  iv 

.:,/-,    fcil.  /^r,  Id.      £0,   Carp?:;   a  Kti    .r: ..-.-,    ior.       Saltarc 

Cy.iopa  m    ohi  i  ;     Suites  ci   vineta  crej.  -a,  Hor.        7"  .7/ 

.?/  .*  jSwjuTc  mella,  Virg.     Si  Xtrxes  He 
J  off,  maria  ombuLtviJJet,  terramqoe    ma-vigafftty    ic fsr,  Cic.       Or   when 
they  have  a  kind  of  active  ienfe  ;    as,   Claman    ........  n  Virg. 

Caller*  jura;     M&rcrc  m  :    H  mart,  Hor. 

Sometimes  inftead  of  the  acci-fa;  ve  neuter  verbs  hd\^  an  ablative  ; 
as,  In  it:nete\  delere  dolcre,  vicemt  tjvr ;  gaudere  gondii]  mori  V.  §Ure 
mtrii ~  Vtvere  vita  ;  ardtt  virgire,  Htrat  Ludete  eleam,Y.  c.  :  marian^, 
fitter e,  rormre,  Jtillare,  fudare,  aiiauid  vel  clique.  ILrubefcere  Jmr*s  Yir^. 
§ri^ine.  Tacit,  fynv  va&ij  Curt. 

Obf.   2.  Several  verbs  are  u&d  both  In  an  aclive  and 
neuter  fenfe  ;  as, 

Abhorrere  famam,  /o  dread  in/*-  ITer.enci»reammes,  fr-aw/tv* :  pu 

wj',  Liv.  a  litibus  ;  abuxore  du-  tri,  todegemeratefmm  >  a  viitvite 

cenda,  /o    £<r   averfe  /ram  :     Id.  major  um. 

a  meis  moribus  abhoiret,  u  i/j-  Duraxc  adpJefcent«  libore,  £>/../* - 

I'nfijlent  toitb,  Cic.  i;  Res  Jurat  ad  breve  tempos, 

Abolere  monurnenta  Yiriyto  abolifc  toiurct;    In  aedihus  Jar  are  ce« 

Virg.    Vis  Cladis  Caudinaj  qoh-  fi^eo,  yftary  or  remain^  Plaut. 

4um  memoria  aboleverat,  w*j  Inciinarc  culpam  in   aliqucm,   to 

n%t  effaced ftom^   thty  bud  not  for-  lay  ;  Hos  lit  fequar  ioclioat  art- 

g  tten,  Liv.  ir.i us,  iueUuee  ;  acits  inciinat,  vet 

Adolere  penates,  u  burn,  to  facfi-  inciinarur,^;^ -j  am* 

to,  Virg.  Laborare  arma,           —e;  morbe, 

^tas  adolevit  ;  adolevit  ad  acta-  a  dolore,  e  reoibus, /c  he  UL\  jde 

tern,  PUut.  re  ahqua,  .                      d. 

Dcclinare  iclam,  to  avoid \    loco;  Moritli  iter,  to  Jlvp  ;    L*  urbe,  /^> 

a  "men  alie^ao.  re  remove.  J- 


172  Government  of  Verbs. 

fay  ;  Hoc  nihil  nuror,  I  da  mt  Si.ppeditare    copiam    diceiidi,   I »  ' 

mini'  fumrfi  ;    Sumptus    illi,    vel  illi 

Properare  pecuniam  1  xrcdl,  H-.r.  fuittptibus,    Tertnt.    fuppcditat 

tnoxbem  ;  ad  unamfedem,  Ot  ei  ratio,  is  ajflrdtd;    Manubiae 

<^iadrareacervum,/?/^rv,  Her.  in  fundamenta  vix  fuppedita- 

alhuiid   ad  normaa  ;  abcui,  in  runt,  iicn           fi,Liv. 
aiiouem,  ad  multa,  to  Jit, 

Obi.  3.  Thefe  accufatives,  hoc,  id,  qi-id,  aliquid,  q\JcjuiJ,  nilir,  idem, 
il'ud,  tantumy  quantum,  multa, pauca,  &.c.  are-  often  jomed  with,  neuttr 
verbs,  having  the  prepohtions  circa  or  prater  under ftood  ;  as,  /«//a- 
truKiaty  Id 'fictenfcti  Tcr. 

Gbf.  4.  accusative  is  often  undcrftood.     Tm  prora  az>6rt,:t,£c. 

fe,  Virg.      A..     /  .j   .  ',    fc.  fe,    Id.      ^uoeunque  ;'.  raM  ic.  /*, 

turned  or  directed  himfeif,  SalluJI.  0:iit,[c.  mortem, Ttr.  Cu\facia.vt 
*uituia,  £c;Jacra3  Virg.  Or  its  place  fupplied  by  an  infinitive  or  pare 
of  a  fentence  ;    as,  dulce Ioqmi,  reddes  rid.  re  deccrum  ;  for  duktm 

Jlrmo/um,  dcrtruM  r/i.  •;,  Her. 

1LVA.% Recorder,   mcidvii,    reminifcor,  and  ohlU 
mfcor^  govern  the  accufatlve  or  genitive  ;|as, 

wh  or  kflion*    ,  I  remember  the  IcfTon. 

Olihif*.  r  i  tj-ri*  cr  .         .  bsi,  I  forget  an  injury. 

Obi".  1.  Thefe  verbs  are  oft<  n  conftrued  with  the  infinitive  or  fome 
part  of  a  fentence  ;  as,  J&Lemini  vidcTe  vSrgiitemj  1'er.  Qblitas  Ji,  qui  J 
pauij  ante  p  Jitijfetf   CiC. 

Obi.  2.  Meminiy  when  it  fignifles  to  male  mention ,  is  joined  with 
the  genitive,  or  the  ablative  with  the  prepofitzon  de  ;  as,  Mcir.ir.i  ali- 
t.  -us,  vel  de  aliquo.  So  rtcordurx  when  it  Signifies  to  recollect;  as,  fV» 
lim  J.-  .        -id  de  te  fecordere^  Cic. 

4.   F£RBS  governing  the  Ablative. 

XX.  I  Verbs  of  plenty  and  fcarcenefs  for  the 
meft  part  govern  the  ablative  :)  as 

.j,  He  abounds  in  riches. 

Caret  uiK.ii  culpa.  He  has  no  fault. 

Verbs  of   plenty  are,    Abundo*    afjluo^  ncubcro^    redundvy 
fv         te,  fcateo>  Sec.  ;    of  want;   Carte,  egco,  i         >,  mv^ 
tttfiaor,  defiituory  &c. 

Obf.  1.    %w  and  //rr'/^o  frequently  govern  the  genitive  ;  as,  i 
ttlu.  He  needs  m  .  llor.      i  1  ftjtfii  indigent,  qucm  Liboris,  Cic. 

:.    The  ablative  afar  thefe  verbs  is  governed  by  feme  prcpo- 
fiticoi  under ftutxf;    and  fomttimes  we  find  it  exprv£*ed;  as,  Vaca*  m 
ru   ~W»  Uttltj 

XL 


•Government  of  Ver*s.  175. 

XXL  I  Ufcr,  abutor,  frucr^  fungor,  fomr^ 
vefcor,  govern  the  ablative  ;/as,  1 

Utitur  frauky  He  ufes  deceit.       AhuVttur  llbrisy  He  abufe3  books. 

[  1%  thefe  add,  gaudeiXcreor,  rnfcir%fido>  vivo,  v/cl7toy  cvnjfo^ 
labor o,  for  male  me  Liveo,  to  be  ill ;  pafcor,  ep:dory  nitar9 

Obf.  1.  \potior  often  governs  the  genitive  I  as,  Patiri 
urbis.  Sail.  And  we  always  fay  Patiri  rerun? >  to  poffefs 
the  chief  command  ;  never  rebus,  imperio  being  underftood. 

Obf.  2.  Potior,  fungory  vcfjor,  epuloYy  and  pa/cor,  fometimes  have 
an  accufative  ;  as,  Potiri  urbemy  Cic.  Ojjicia  fungiyTcv.  Ii.lunarafungr.i, 
•Tacit.  Pafcuntur  filvas,  Virg.  And  in  ancient  writers  utor,  abu!or> 
and  fruor;  as,  Uti  covjlUu?ni  Plaut.  Operam  ofatitur,  Ter.  DepafuQ 
and  de^afcor  always  take  an  accufative  ;  as,  DtpajYiiur  artus.  Virj 


$   2.  Verbs  governing,  two  Cafes. 

1.    Verbs  governing  tnvo  Datives* 

XXII.  [Stf///  taken  for  affero  (to  bring)  governs 
two  datives,  the  one  of  a  perfon,  and  the  other 
of  a  thing  ;las, 

Ejl  mihi  voluptatiy  It  is,  cr  brings  a  pleafure  to  me, 

J  Two  datives  are  alfo  put  after  habeo,  doy  vertc,  relinquoj 
tribuoy  fore,  c/uco,  and  fome  others  ;|as, 

Dutkur  hemri  tibi>lt  is  reckoned  an  honour  to  you.  Id  vertitur  mili 
vitioy  I  am  blamed  for  that.  So,  Mifit  mihi  muneri\  Dedit  mihi dono\ 
Habet  ftii  /audi  j   Fcuirey  occumre  auxiiie  alicui,  Lav. 

Obf.  1.  Inftead  of  the  dative,  we  often  ufe  the  nominative,  or  the 
accufative  ;  as,  Ejl  exit'.uhi  ptsoriy  for  exi:.io  ;  Bars  a/iqi.id  alicui  dtnumy 
or  dona  ;  Dare  fdiam  ei  nuptam,  or  f/upfui.  When  dare  and  other  active 
verbs  have  two  datives  after  them,  they  likewife  govern  an  accufa- 
tive either  expreiTed  or  underAood ;  as,  Bare  crimini  ct,  fc.  id. 

Obf.  2.    The  dative  of  the  perfon  is  often  to  be  fuppiied  ;  as,  Ejl 

cxer?p!oy  indicio^  pr<zjidioy  ufuiy  life,  fcil,  mihi,  alicui ,  Lomi:nbusy  or  feme 
fuch  word.  So,  pjfiere,  ojponere pigaoriyic.  aVcuiy  to  pledse.  Qau'eTa. 
Yeceptiiiy  fc.fuis  miUtibitSy  to  found  a  retreat  ;  Habere  curayfyHrpiiiy  ouioy 
vo/uptaiiy  rdigioniyjiud'tOy  ludilrio,  defphaluiy  &C  fc.  fibi. 

Obf.  3./  Tc  this  rule  belong  forms  of  naming; /as,  Ejl  mihi  nomen 
Alsxandroy  my  name  is  Alexander  ;  or  with  the  rtominative,  Ejl  mihi 
nomen  Alexander  \  or  more  rarely  with  the  genitive,  EJt  mihi  nomen 
Alexandria 

2.  VERBS 


^74-  Government  of  VtRss, 

2.    VERLS  governing  the  Accufallve  and  thAGmifht* 

XXIILfVerbs  o^  accufing,  condemning,  ac* 
quitting,  and  admoniihing,  govern  the  accufa- 
live  of  a  perion  with  the  genitive  of  a  thing  J  a§, 

Arguit  wr  f.irtiy  He  accu&  me  o:  theft. 

Afeipfum  inertia  contttrnm>%  X  condemn  myfelf  of  tazinefs. 

7//«/a  bornkidii  a&fo!vuat$  They  acquit  him  of  nianfiaughter- 

Alj'id  nrts^bit,  lie  adftonifhes  me  of  njy  duty- 

Verbs  of  accufmg  are,  AccZfb,  ago,   appello,   arcejjo,  an- 
qu'roy  arguo,    defcro,    injiniidoy    poftvb,    alfigpy    aftrlngo  ;  of 
condemning,  Dainnoy  condemnor  infamoy  nclo  ;  of  acquitting, 
Abfohoy    libero>  purgo ;  of  admoniining,    Moneoy    admoneo^ 
vnonefUcio* 

Obf.  i.  Verbs  of  accusing  and  admoni  thing,  in  (lead  of  the  genf- 
!;re,A  frequently  have  after  them  an  ablative,  with  the  prepoiition, 
a*.  ;  as;  Alotute.  ali^ttetn  officii  t  or  de  officio  ;  Accufure  a'.  .  furti^  at 
dejuffc.     Dt  ii  condettmati  fi/nty  Cic. 

Obf.  i.  Crimen  and  xcput  arc  put  either  in  the  genitive  or  ablative  ; 
but  in  the  ablative  u  hi  ally  without  a  prepoiition  ;  as,  Damnare ,  pofiw- 
Lire,  ulj  ,iii.rt  turn  emimptis,  V.  capitis  y  &.  tritnine*  V.  cut  tic  *9  alfo  Abfol* 
%o  me  peccafa,  Uv.  And  we  always  fay,  Fleciercy  pun.re  aliquem  capiter 
and  not  capitis,  to  pnnifh  one  capitally,  or  with  death. 

Obf.  3.  Many  verbs  of  accufmg,  &c.  arc  not  lonftrued  with  the 
acc.  of  a  perjjon,  and  the  gen.  of  a  thing,  but  the  contrary  ;  thus  we 
fay,  Culpo,  rtptehthdo,  taxG,  traduco,  *vitupero\  calumniory  criminery  ex-* 
sufoy  &c.  avariiiazxi  alicujusy  and  not  aliquim  Mveriti*.  We  fonfc&tinies. 
alio  find  acevfe,  incufoy  &c.#conit,rued  in  this  manner  ;  as,  Acc-fare  l«- 
ertiam  adolefccntiuMy  for  addefentes  inertia,  Cic.  Culpatn  ar^uo,  Liv. 
v?e  fay,  Agere  cum  a'Ljuo  furtiy  rather  than  aliquem,  to  accufe  one  of 
theft,  Cic° 

Obf.  4.    Verbs  of  acctifing  and  admoniining  fometimes  govern  two* 

accufatives,  when  joined   with    hoc.  Mud,  iftud,  id,  unum,  muJta,    iTr- 

"as  Moneoy  accufo  te  Mud.     We  feldcm  however  find,  Errorem  te  moncoy 

but  crrerrsy  or  de  errote ;   except  in  old  writers  ;  as,  Plautus. 

X XI Vi  Verbs  of  valuing,  with  the  accusative, 
govern    fuch    genitives  as   thefe,  magni^  parvi% 
as, 

JEftim^  te  ■*£«/,  I  value  you  much. 

Verbs  of  valuing  are,  JEJliniOy  exifiimcy  ducOy  facioy  haltc* 
fenfa  puto%  taxo.  \  They  govern   feveral  ©thee  genitives ; 

V  sis* 


nihili  & 


Government  of  Verbs-  lj$ 

as,    tarttij  qucmti,  pluris,  majoris,  ?ninoris>  minimi  > flurimi^J 
viaximiy  nauci,  pili,  affisj  nihiliy  Uriincii%  bujus. 

Obf.  I.  JjEJlimo  fometimes  governs  the  ablative  ;las,  JEjtwtoU  mag- 
no,  permagno,  parvo,  fell,  pretio  :  and  alfo  nibih.  f  We  likewife  fay, 
Pto   hibiio   hale j,  puto,  dt.co. 

Obf.  2.  \JEqui  and  boni  are  put  in  the  genitive  after  facto  and  con- 
fulo  ;)zs,  Hoc  to/tfuh  boat,  dtqul  bomqve  facto,  I  take  this  in  good  part. 

Obf.  3.    The  genitive  after  all  thefe  verbs  is  governed  by  fome  fub- 

ftantive  understood  ;    as>  Arguere  ahnuern  firi,^  fciL  de   Ciimini  furti  ; 

JEJlimjtt  rem  tnagni,  fcil.  pretii,  or  pro.  re  magw*  pr\iii;    Confute  bom,  i.e. 

Jiatuo  or  cenfo  ejfe  factum ,  or  Htwnus  boni  viri,  or  ;    Jtfoneri  altauem 

officii,  i.  e.  o^rt/'i  causa,  or  <ft  r*  or  txgotio  officii. 

3.    VERBS  governing  the  Actitfative  and  the  Dative. 

f  XXV.  Verbs  of  comparing,  giving,  declaring, 
and  taking  away,  govern  the  accufetive  and  da* 
tive ;  as,/ 

Comparo  Virgitium  Kcmcro,  I  compare  Virgil  to  Homer. 

Sum  cuique  tribuiio\  Give  every  one  bis  own. 

Narras  fabulam  furdo,  Yotl  tell  a  ftory  to  a  deaf  mau> 

JLripuit  me  motii,  He   rtfeued  inc  iron   death. 

•  Or  rather, — Any  active  veiib  may  govern  the  ac- 
cusative and  the  dative,  [huben  together  with  the  objeft 
•fths  a£lion%  nve  exptefs  the  'perfon  tr  ,->  relation  to- 

which  it  is  exerted)  :f  as, 

liigam  Itcliotiem  tibi,  1  will  read  the  IciTon  to  you.  EtnH  !z:>rum  mih'ty 
lie  bought  a  book  for  me.  Sis  vos  ncn  vobh  ferfh  arc  it  a  foves,  Virg. 
Futtpertas  farpe  fuadet  mala  bomtnibus,  advifes  men  to  do  ba4  things, 
Piant.  Impcrare pecuniary,  frirmeniLm\  nates-,  urmtK  aliaurbur,  to  order 
them  to  furniili,  Cajf. 

Obf.  1.  Verbs  of  comparing  and  taking  awry,  together  with  fome 
others,  are  often  conftrued  with  a  prepoution  ;  as,  Co».parate  unam 
rem  cum  alia,  &  ad  aliam,  or  co?nparare  res  inter  fe  :  JLripuit  me  maiil, 
tnortc,  a  or  ex  morte  :  JVIiiitre  epiftolam  alicui,  Or  ad  altjue'm  :  Tnfendere 
teium  alicui,  or  in  afipeem  :  Incidere  ari,  in  as,  or  in  are:  and  fo  in 
many  others.  I 

Obf.  %.  Several  verbs  governing  the  dative  and  accusative,  are 
conftrued  different' y  ;   as, 

C'rcumdare  mxaia  eppido,  or  eppidum  mcer.ibnsy  to  furround  a  city  with, 
walls.  I 

Intercludire  covw  eatum  alicui,  or  aihfvtm  comtfseatd,  to  interccnt  one's 
provitions. 

Donee*  e,  prohibcre  rem  alicui,  or  ali'[iu;:i  re,  to  give  One  a  piUtnt,  to 
kinder  ovk  from  a  thing.  I 

MaclaA  hojliam  Deo,  or  Deum  l>oJt/a}   to  faciiUce. 

Ir.petiif  e 


*  7*>  G0V££NiM£N  T    Of    VlR^U 

ImjHrtlrt  fclaicm  uikui,  or  nliqvem  folate?  to  fahite  one. 
Inter J'xit  Galium  Jtemomh,  or  lUmsmes  GjJ/jJ,  he  debarred  the  R<>- 
mans  frjm  Gaul. 

lniueriy  exueri  Affirm  Jibi,  or  ft  ^jls,  to  put  on,  to  put  ofF<  nc's  doaths» 
Levare  i<A6,£KitlUit.iti  -,    dthrcm  mlieuj**  i    aliqujm  dolor*,   to  cafe  one^s 

QiltTCLS, 

ATimort  afijuid  alitui ',  or  :o:?:ctiines  4///V/-7  a/Jjuo,  Cij    to  threaten  on 
*ith  any  thing;    Ctfori  gladb,  Sail. 

GVtffi  &o/i    /„-./.,  /y.c  /v,  r*, pre,  &  <&  £<k  ;<•,  J  congratulate  v^u 

•Q  this.      Mst  fa  j   2*j ,  //.;         .  ;  ,  b  j  la  gra  i*!at*r,L\  v. 

famUxUni,  or  a/ifucm  fanitati%  to  rettore  to  health. 
AffMtgcti  cut  or  ali^uem  Lit,  to  put  an  affront  on  one;  a/tf; 

/.      m/m.     Lhart  Lcum  fac;  is ,  &  /><;/•*  i></,  to  facrifice. 
Excufire  ft  aLcut  &  apud  dl quern ,  de  re  ;    vatetudinem  ei, 
Fj:foroi  .  ;.   vtt'tutn  ei  V.  in  eo,   to  upbraid. 
Qt-upare  fWiunietm  alicai,   &  apud  aliqucm ,  i.  e.    becuniam  funcri  locu\ey 
to  phtci  at  rntereda  Cfc. 

-    (M?  txorlem,      Tlcr.uiuiui^  id *i}    Is3  ad  .turn,  to  tell. 

Obf,  3.  Verbs  fignifying  motion  or  tendency  Vo  a  ti 
inftead  of  die  dative,  have  an  accusative  after  them,  with 
the  prcpoiiticn  ad ;  as, 

I'vrto^  Jtrc,  L?&,  as,  pree^ipitn^  tcllo,  i.aho,  ducd,  verio,  iiutfo,  fuf» 
eito  ;  alfo  hoi  tor,  and  invito.  «•/  ro,  prcvoco,  atihvo,  jtimuio,  ct.ifv?1fc>y 
La-.  >J:  ;  thus,  Ad  lender*  tnilites  hortatur j  Ad  pretorem  hcrninzm  trax9tt 
Cic.  But  alter  ievcial  of  thtfe!  verbs,  we  alfo  find  the  dative  ;  a*, 
J.'if.ne    Dcos  Latic,  for  in  L~  V'rg«     Invitart   eliqtau  hvfpiiio,  0* 

in  bofgiliutti)  Cic.  1 

Obf  4.  The  accafarUe  is  fornetimes underwood ;  as,  K'uhcre  *tk*i% 
Weil)  Jit  i  L:d  re  clicii,  feiL  Lcum  ;  Detrah:re  elkui,  feiL  laudtm  ;  Ig**&. 
urt  ~!'.lu:,  jfcil.  cuipem.  And  in  Englifh  the  particle  to  is  often  omit- 
ted :  as,  Dedit  tnihi  liltuv;,  He  gave  me  a  book,  far  to  inc. 

4.    VERBS  governing  tnvo  Accufatives. 

XXVI.  I  Verbs  of  afking  and  teaching  govern 
two  accufatives,  the  one  of  a  perfon,  and  the 

other  of  a  thing  |  as, 

fofiimus  te pacem%  Wc  beg  peace   of  thee 

JDoLttii  me gr&mnuktkami  He   UugLt  Dit  grammar. 

i.f Verbs  of  afking  which  govern  two  accufatives  are, 
RogoAcro,  exorv,  obfecroy  precor,  pojco,  repofco9  flagito%  5cc. 
Oi  teachjug,  Doceo,  tdocco,  dedoceo,  crudlo. 

Obf.  1. 1  Ceh  likewife  governs  two  accuiatives  J^is,  QeU- 


GoTERNMEKT  Or    VERBS,  l^j 

toft  me  hanc  rem,  He  concealed  this  mater  from  me  ;  or 
Ctherwife,  celavit  hanc  rem  villi,  or  celavit  ?ne  de  hac  re. 

Obf.  2.  Verbs  of  a/king  and  teaching  are  often  conrfrrued  with  a 
prepofition  ;  a?.  Rogare  rein  nb  a'iquo  ;  Dntere  aliavevt  dc  't.  to  inform  ; 
but  we   do  not  fav,  decere  ar[  '*  grammatua,  but  gr  team,  to 

teacli.     And   we   always  fay,  with  a  prepofition,  P  t'go  a  v.  ab.t 

te  ;  Percenter,  Jciior,  fafcitor,  ex  or  ^  /^.  or  te  without  the  prepofition.; 
Jnterrcro,   roitfilicizdere,    Ut  facias  te chjixro  i    Exorct  paum  ,  for 

divos,  Virg.       Injfruo,    h/l/ino,    jorjf),   inform*    aliqu?m    a  in    the 

abl.  without  a  pr^p.  hn'iio  ew^  arfious,  in  v.  tzi-  ari'ius.  Alio  in'lruo 
a  1  ram,  V.  i«  r*j  igm*rarrtj*m7  ali:ujus.  Erudite  adtauem  ut$ei,4e  v.  M  /*■*, 
ad  rem.      Fctrz.ire  ad Jfvdmm,   mznttm  jtudiis,  Jludia  ejus< 

Obf.  3.  The  pecufative  cf  the  thing  is  not  properly  governed  by 
the  verb,  but  by  quod  ad  or  feuuidtsm  under itood. 

5.    PTERBS  governing  tie  Accufillve  and  the  Ablative. 

XX VII./  Verbs  of  loading,  binding,  cloathing, 
depriving,,  and   fome  others,  govern  the  accufa-  • 
tive  and  the  ablative  I  as, 

Oaerai  naves  avro,  He  loads  the  (hips  with  gold. 

Verbs  cf  loading  are,  OsterA,  cu^-^ln,  prtmo,  appri.no,  obruc :  Or"  un- 
loading, tewo,  exonero,  &c.  Of  binding,  aj  -  do, 
impedio,  irrllo,  illaqvev,  &c.  Of  loofing  fohao,  ex/doo,  UKro,  lax*, 
edio,  &c.  Of  depriving,  pri~-o,  nwdo,  cr(>o,  fpolio,  franiEr,  rrri/rgo  : 
Of  cloat  hi  rig,  V^?/<S  a?nici-),  itfiuo,  U*WO%  t*g*\  ^ch,  co1\;:q,  Si.  calc.o  :  Of 
nncloathing,  ext/c,  di/lingo,  S-'.c. 

Obf.  1.  The  prepofition,  bv  which  the  ablative  is  governed  after 
thefe  verbs,  is  fom^times  cxpreiTed  ;  as,  divert  alieptetn  ex  cafenis,  Cic. 
Sometimes  the  ablative  is  to  be  fuppli(d  ;  as,  Complet  rta^cs,  fc.  virLs, 
mans  the  fliips,  Virg. 

Obf.  2.    Several  of  rlufe  verbs   likewife   govern  the  genitive;;   a?, 
And»lefctntcvt  f\  r'lzis  implct,  l.W.     And  alio  vary  tluir  ecnihuc- 

tion  ;   as,  Induh,  exuit  ft  vcftiLus,  01   ve/ia  ft. 

The  Construction  of  Passive  Verbs. 

XXVIIL  'When  a  verb  \\\  the  active  voice  go- 
verns two  cafes,  in  the  paffive  it  retains  the  latter 
cafe  ;|as, 

Aceuf<.r  fvrt:%  I  am  apcuftd  of  tTvft. 

V  rntut  Hitref*,  Virgil  is  compared  to  Homer. 

D>,c*i.r  grammatical*  ^  I  ?m  taught  grammar, 

fiayis  on:rz  tr  rare,  The  (hip  is  loadei  wkn  gpli 

&Q  Scio  htmin-s  oc: «/ r  turn  irlfurtl; Mm  epftvsrr  iti  mcril    wrt-    s 

vd 


j*jq  -Construction  of  Passive  Verbs. 

vp!  ex  mt vie  ; puer  um  iri   ^ramtnatham  ; rem   eel  alum  iri 

?nibi  vcl  me ;  nu  cslatum  iri  de  re,  &c. 

Sometimes  the  active  Kai  three  crfes,  and  then  the  paffive  has  the 
two  lufc  cafes  ;  as,  lhldur  tudihric  iis. 

Obf.  1.  Pafiiye  veins  are  commonly  conftrued  with  the 
ablative  and  the  prcpofition  a  ;  as, 

Ts  Uvdarh  o  m\  which  is  equivalent  to,  Ego  fcndo  te.  Virtrn  dill* 
g'iir  a  jm£m  ■      . .  -  rmui  \irttt-m.      Guadeo  me»m  fa£um  prol  iri  a  te, 

or  te  j  r-  '  :<■  met  mfk  Hum:  And  fo  almofr  all  active  verbs.  Neuter 
and  deponent  verbs  alio  admit  this  prepofition  ;  as,  Mart  afole  coltu- 
cct,  Cic.     Pbaleti  tcis  tKteriit%\<&.     So  Cadere  *b  lofe  ;   Ceffare 

npreltui  Mori  ab  enfe j  Pati,furari,alifuid ah  c'ljuo.  &c.  Alfo  Veni re 

ab  hofitbus,  to  be  fold  ;  Vapvlare  ab  aliquo,  ExulcYe  ab  urbe.  Thus 
likewise  many  active  verbs  ;  as,  &*merel/>etcrei  tollcre,  pcllcre,  eypecla- 
ft,  emere,  &C.  ab  alhno. 

The  prep,  is  fometimes  tinder  Hood  after  pafuve  verbs ;  as,  Dcfir^r 
COnjvge,  Ovid.  Dcfrtus  fits,  fe.  <r,  Tacit.  Tabula  difingvitur  unda, 
qui  hanigaj,  fc.  ab  vr.da,  is  kept  from  the  water  by  a  pWik,   fwvetial. 

The  preposition  PER  is  alfo  uf<  d  in  the  fame  fenie  wirh  A  ;  as,  Per 
r:e  defenfa  ef  refphblica,  or  o  iv.r  ;  Per  me  refitutus  ;  Per  me\.  a  me  fac- 
tum ef,  Cic.  But  PER  commonly  marls  the  instrument,  and  A  the 
principal  efficient  caufe;  zs,  Ret  agitur\er  creditores  a  rege,  fc.  a  re«e 
Tel  a  legatOfrjt/Sy  Cic.  Fam.  i.  i. 

Obf.  2. /Paffive  verbs  fom etimes  govern  the  dative,  e« 
fpecially  among  the  poets  y  as, 

Keqve  crrint-i-r  ;-///,  for  ab  utlor\"irg,  T';x  audi  or  ujli,  Ovid.  Sett- 
leris  Vario,  for  a  vario,  Kor.  Tlo  fa  bonis  viru  aurruntur,  for  a 
viritj  Cic.  Videor,  to  fcem,  always  governs  the  dative;  as,  Vide- 
r'ts  mihi,  Von  feern  to  me  :  But  we  commonly  fay,  Vidtris  a  me,  You 
are  feen  by  me  ;  although  not  always  ;  as,  Nulla  1 'varum  audita  milt, 
ncgue  iifa  foremm,  for  a  me,  Virg. 

Obf.  3.  jr.cuor ,  amic'ior,  tirtgor,'aceingor,  alfo  exuor  and  difi.^gor, 
are  often  conftrued  with  the  accufatrve,  particularly  among  the  poets, 
though  v.e  do  not  find  them  governing  two  accufatives  in  the  acCtive 
voice;  as,  Indaitur  veftem,  or  1    :' 

Obf.  4.  Netftei  verbs  aVe  for  the  moil  part  only  ufed  imperfonally 
in  the  paflivc  voice  ;  onlefs  when  tliey  are  joined  with  a  noun  of  a 
fimilar  bonification  to  their  own  ;  as.  P*gn# pvgttata  ff,  Cic.  Bellum 
militalitvr,  Horat.  Paffive  iir-perfonal  verbs  are  mo|  commonly  ap- 
plied either  to  a  multitude,  or  to  an  individual  taken  ^definitely  ;  as, 
Statur^f-rivr,  enrrhur*  vivify r,  vtnitvr,  Zsfe.  a  nobis,  ab  i'l.;s,  IsrV.  We 
are  Handing,  weeping,  life.  Bet  H  ofai  a  me,  ve!  at  a'i/i-fa  I  or 
any  perfon  n\ay  live  well.  Prdvift  vi  eft  nobis  opt i me  a  Jho  ;  \lecla- 
ftiatam  ef  ab  on:  \Hut,  a*.l  cried  out  agamft  it,  Cic. 

They  alfo  govefn  the  fame  cafe*,  as  \sbep  ufed  perfonally  ;  as,  <r? 
majoribus  nfdu  a]furgQtur%  utff/p/i  "m  mifvatur,  Cic.  Except  the  ^c- 
cufative  :  For  in  thtfc  phrafes,  JtufjitL  na  $pugftatum  ?f  biduvm}  dor- 
mitur  is:  am  no  clem,  the  accusative  is  not  governed  by  the  verb,  but  by 

the 


Construction    of  Impersonal  Verbs.  175 

1 

the   prcpcfitions  ad  and  per  understood.     We    find,   however,   Tota 
nibi  d  :s  i     No&ej   vigifantur   amar.e  ]     Oceanus   raris   ab  orbe 

nnjlro  navibus  aditur,  1  acit. 

The  Construction  of  Impersonal  Verbs. 

XXIX.  'An  hnperfonal  verb  governs  the  da- 
tive ;  /as, 

Expcdit  r  el  publico!,  J  It  is  profitable  for  the  ftatc. 

Verbs  which  in  the  active  voice  govern  only  the  dative, 
.are.ufed  imperfonally   in   the   paffive,    and  likewife  govern- 
the  dative  ;  as, 

Favetur  mi  hi,  1  am  favoured,  and  not  Ego  favsor.  So  Nocetur  mibi, 
imperatur  mihi,  life.  We  find  however,  Hiec  ego  procurare  imperor  ; 
Ego  cur  hivideor,   for  imperatur ,  iirvideiur  mihi,   Hor. 

Obf.  I.  Thefe  verbs,  Poteft>  cap'iy  lnclpit%  definit.  debet > 
and  fo/ety  are  ufed  imperfonally,  when  joined  with  imper- 
fonai  verbs  ;  as, 

Non  pvttft  credi  iibi,    You  cannot.be  believed  ;  Mihi  non  potejt  jio.eri^ 

I  cannot  be  hurt ;   Negat  jucunde  pcjfe  viwjine  virtute,  Cic.      Per  virtu* 

tern  poteji  iri  ad  ajira.      Alio i  um  laudi    <jf  gloria:  i/ruideri  folet,  The  praifs 

and  glory  of  others  ufe  to  be  envied,  Id.      Neque  a  fort'JJimis  infrmif- 

jimo  generl  rejtfii  pojfe,  Salluft. 

Obf.  a.  Various  verbs  are  ufed  both  perfonaily  and  jmperfonally  ; 
as,  Venit  in  mentem  mihi  bcec  res,  vel  de  hue  re,  vel  btrju*  rei,  fcil  me* 
nioria  ;  This  thing  came  into  my  mind.  Eft  cunt  m:bi  hoc  res  vel  fife 
bac  re.      Doleo  vel  dolei  mihi ',  "id  fact 

Obf.  3.  The  neuter  pronoun  it  is  always  joined  with  imperfonal 
verbs  in  En  glim  ;  as,  It  rains,  it  /tines,  Isfc.  And  in  Latin  an  infi- 
nitive is  commonly  lubjoined  to  imperfonal  verbs,  or  the  fubjuncxive 
with  ut,  forming  a  part  of  a  fentence  which  may  befuppefed  to  fupply 
the  place  of  a  nominative  ;  as,  j  up*  Ucet  jteccare,  the  fame  \Yith  pec* 

catum  ;    Omnibus  bonis  expcdit  rem  am  ejfc  Jdlii:it,i,   i.  e.   Salus  reibublica 

edit  omnibus  bonis,  Cic.  Accidit,  evtnit,  cor.tigit,  v.t  ibi  eftetnus,  Thefe 
nominatives,  hoc,  i/lud,  id,  ide&,  quod,  &c.  are  fometirues  joined  to 
hnperfonal  verbs  ;  as,  idem  mi  \  Cic.      Eadem  licent,  Catull. 

Obf.  4.  The  dative  is  often  undei flood;  as,  Faciat  cvod  libit,  fc« 
fibi,  Ter.     Stai  cafus  renbvare  omnes,  ic.   mihi,  I  am  refoivtd,  Virg*. 

EXC.  I.  f  RE  FERT  and  INTEREST reqwrc  the  gen- 
itive ;/jps, 
Refertpatris,  It  concerns  my  father.  Interejl  omnium,  It  is  die  in  ter  eft  of  all. 

■ff  But  mecty  tun,  fuel,  ncfira,  wfira,  are  put  in  the  ac- 
cufative  plural  neuter  ;  as, 

Non  mea  refert\  It  dozs  not  concern  me. 

t\  R  Ol 


;o         Construction  of"  Imfersonal  Verbs. 

Cbf.  i.  Some  think  mra,  tua,  fua,  &c.  to  be  in  the 
fiblut.  ling.  fern.  We  fay  either  cujus  tntcrefl,  and  quorum 
interejl  ;   or  cuja  Intercjl,  from  cujus,   -a,   -urn* 

Obf.  2.  Refcrt  and  mtereft  are  often  joined  with  thefe  nominatives, 
14,  hoc,  Mud,  quid,  quod,  nihil,  &c.  alfo  with  common  nouns  ;  and 
v.th  thcit  genitives,  Tanti,  quant  i,  tnagnt,  pe^iragni,  parvi,  fluris  ; 
;'5,  Hoc  pawr  referl  ;  IUud  ?nea  magni  mterej},  Cic.  Ufque  at/to  magni 
t  f rt  fiu.ii 'it;?,  l„uci'Ct.       Inc-ffus  in  gravida  refert,    Plin. 

They  are  frequently  conftrued  wkh  thefe  adverbs,  Yantum,  quantum, 
trmltum,  //vj,  plurimum,  infinitum,  par  urn,  tnaxitne ,  itehemctzter ,  minim*  % 
t<c.  ftSj  Factum,  quod  maxim:  reipuilicee  intereffe  jvdicalo,  Cic.  Some- 
times inftead  of  the  genit.  they  take  the  accufative  with  the  prep,  ad  ; 
as,  <&uid  id  ad  mt\  cut  ad  mcam  rem  refert,  Perfee  quid  return  gerant  / 
Of  What  importance  is  it,  ike.  Plant.  Magni  ad  bonorcm  mflrum  intc- 
rsfi,  C:c.  rarely  the  dative  ;  as,  Die  quid  rcferat  intra  naturee  fnes  vi- 
vtnii,  Zkc-  Hor.  Sometimes  they  are  placed  abfolutely  ;  as,  Mag- 
ir.tereft  opprimi  Dolobcllam,  it  is  of  great  importance,  Cic.  Per- 
rr.hltum  interefi,  qua/is  pritmu  adit  us  Jit,  Id.  Adeone  eft  fundata  levitsr 
fidfs,  ut  ubi  j;m,  quam  qui  ftm,  magis  refer  at,  Liv.  Plurimum  cnim  inter - 
eti",   quit-as  aTtibuS)  out  quit  us  hunc  tu  moribus  injlituas,  Juv. 

Obf.  3.  The  genitive  afrer  refert  and  interejl  is  governed  hy  fome 
fubflantive  underflood,  with  which  The  pofTeffives  mea,  turn,  f.a,  Xsfc. 

.  swifc  agree  ;  as,  Inlet  eft  Ciceroni*,  i.  e.  ejl  inter  negctia  Ciceronis :  Rc- 
f.rt  patrii)  i.  e.   fefert  fc   lie   res  ad  negotia  patris  t    So  intercf  mea,  ejl 

' -r  reyr>ti.i  fz.'ti. 

EXC.  II./Thefe  five,  MISERET,  POENITET,  PU-     I 
LET,  TjEDET,  and  PIGET,  govern  the  accufative  of 
a  perfon,  with  the  genitive  of  a  thing  ;yas, 
Miferet  me  tut,     I  pity  you.  Tadet  me  vita,  I  am  weary  of  life. 

Pxmtct  me  peccati,  1  repent  of  my        Pudet  me  culpa,  I  am   afhamed  of 

fin.  my  fault. 

Obf.  I.  The  genitive  here  is  properly  governed  either  by  negoHtm 
underftood,  or  by  fome  other  fuhftanrive  of  a  fignification  fimilar  to 
that  of  the  verb  with  which  it  is  joined  ;  as,  Miferet  me  tui,  that  is, 
rtegothem  or  nif -ratio  tut  miferet  me. 

'obf.  2.  An  infinitive  or  fome  part  of  a  fentence  may  fupply  the 
place  of  the  genitive  ;  as,  Peenttet  me  pecceffe,  or  quod pecca<v:rim.  The 
aeeufativC  is  frequently  undei  flood  ;  as,  Sceler^r^  ft  bene  panitet,  fcih 
nes,  Horat.  t 

Obf.  3.     Miferet,  fenitet,  &c.  are  fometimes  ufed  personally,  efpe- 
cially  when  joined  with  thefe  nominatives,  hoc,  id,  qun<f,  &c.  as,  Ipfe 
fui  i.feret,  Lucr. ;    Konne  ba-c  te  pudet.tr,  Ter.     Nihil,  quod  panitere  pof- 
Jit,  fac'uis,  for  cujus  te  panitere  pzjft,   Cic. 

We  fometimes  f;nd  miferet  joined  with  two  accufative?  ;    as,  Mcne< 
demi  licem  I  '  me,  fcil.  fxindum   or  quod  ad,  Ter. 

ObC  a-   The  preterites  of  miferet t  pudrt,  udet,  and  p%ct,  when  ufe4 

in 


CONSTRUCTIOM    of   I.MPI ■   13  0NAL    Vt:RBb*.  I  5  J 

in  the  pafSve  form,  govern  the  fame  cafes  with  the  aJ)        ;  a*,    i!£££- 
ri/m*   ^?  w<?  tuarum  fortunarumt  Ter.     We  likewife  find  ct 

wtiferctuf  uled  imperfonally  ;  as,  A&ifereftH  me  t  f;  Ter,  ;    7H  .^r  f-j 

fratrum  ;    JVeque  ms  tuiy  ntque  tucru/n  liberon.ni  mfer'tri ptfejfy   Ci:. 

EXC.  III./ DECETy  DELECT JT>  JJJVJ1\  aid 
OPORTETy  govern  the   accufative  of   a  ptifon,    vith   |&3 
infinitive  ;/as, 

BelcBai  m*Jfvdere\  Tt  ■  its  me  to  ihuly. 

AW  <&«*  ft  rixar;,  It  does  not  ie  )  <;-u  to  ft  old, 

Obf.  I.  Thefe  verbs  art  forrctnvts  ttfed  pericnsily  ;  as,  Pmtvum 
Marva  decent,  Hor.  i:,?  al:ci>i.1,  qusd  r.on  cpsrresty  ettatnu  ticeafy  Cic. 
Hitc  fscla  ab  ill§  oportebanty  Ter. 

Obi",  z.  Ave*  if  ibmetimes  cou&f&ed  wish  the  dative  ;  as,  //j  «<-£«• 
dhvf,  Ter.      » 

Obf.  3.  /  Oportet  is  elegantly  joined  wkh  the  fubjunvftive 
mode,  ut  being  underftood  y  as,. 

»5:'£i  quifque  eonful.it  cportet,  Cic.  Or  with  the  perfect  participle, 
rjfe  or  fuijfe  being  underftood  ;  as,  Ctrnmunicatu?*  oportult ;  tn.infum 
cportait ;  Adolcfeenti  tnoran  geflum  oportuity  The  young  man  (houM  Jiaye 
been  humoured,  Ter. 

Obf.  4.  FulUt,  fugit,  praterlt,  latet,  when  uled  imperfonally,  alfo-' 
govern  the  accufative  with  the  infinitive  ;  as,  in  lege  nulla  ejfe  ejufmtJi 
inputs  non  ts  fallit ;    De  Dionylj  f'ugit  m*  a <'  t*  2ite2  fcrtberty   C:c. 

Note,  Attinet,  pert/net ,  &  fpetlat,  are  conftnicd  with  aJ ;  A4  rem- 
publicam  pertinct,  me  confervariy  Cic.  And  fo  personally,  IIU  aJ  m* 
•ninety  belongs,  Ter.     Ret  ad  arma  fpeclut>  looks,  points,  Cic. 

The  Construction  of  the  Infinitive. 

XXX.  'One  verb  governs  another  in  the  infc 
nitive  j  /as  5  * 

Cupio  diferty  I  deiire  to  learn. 

Obf.  1. 1  The  infinitive  is  often  governed  by  adjeCtiresA 
as,  Horatlns  ejl  dignus  leg't^  Quin&il.  {And  |ometimes  de- 
pends on  a  fabftan\ive  ;  J  as,  Tcmbus  equum  fumantia  Jblvcre 
coltdy  Virg. 

Obf.  2.  The  word  governing  the  infinitive  is  fometimes  underftood; 
as,  Mens  incepto  defjlcre  viciam,  fell,  decet,  or  par  e(iy  Virg.  Videre  ejty 
one  may  fee.  DiceTe  non  */?,  fciL  cophy  or  fecuttasy  Horat.  ^?nd 
fometimes  the  infinitive  itfelf  is  to  be  fupplicd  ;  as,  Sacratem  JiSbut 
docuity  fcil.    cancre,   Cic.      So    Difctrey  fcire  fdibus, 

Obf.  3,  'i  he  infinitive  was  not  improperly  called  by  the  ancients 
Nomen  yerbiy  The  name  or  noun  of  the  verb  ;  becaufe  it  is  both  joined 
with  an  adjective  like  a  fubftantive  ;  as,  Vdle  fuum  cuijue  eft.  Every 
one  has  a  will  of  his  own  ;  and  Ukewife  fur  plies  the  place  of  a  noun. 

Bet 


l§2  Construction  of  the  Infinitive, 

not  only  in  the  nominative,  but  alfo  in  all  the  oblique  pafei  ;  as,  I. 
the  nominative,  Latrocinari\  fraudare^  tmpt  <//,  Cic.      1  liter 

metes  emd'Ati  meres,  Ovid.    2.    In  the  g  :ntare,tot  ,//', 

or  cantos,  V;r^\      In   the   dative,    Paratus  fcrvire,  for  Sail. 

4.  In  the  accusative,   Da  mihi '  fuller ey  iotartem falUnd(\  Horat.      J^ 
faciam  f  r  amare,  nihil,  t)vfd.     5.   In  the  vocative,   0  vivers 

noj  it  nott  fen'tientU  '     For    vita  noflrm.      6.   In  the  ablative, 

Dignits  ami  ri9  lor  atnore,  or  y*i  amttur,  Virg. 

Obf.  4.  Icftead  of  the  infinitive,  a  different  ccrftruclion  is  oft.en  ufed 
after    verbs    of    doubting,  willing,    t  r,   feat  big,   hoping  ;     in    fhoit, 

after  any  vcib  which  has  a  r  ..to  futurity  ;  s 

or    more   freeruci  tly,  en  tium,  or  nn 

Jaeeret    necne  ;      JV«    duulto    quin  fe\  Vis    me  facerc,  or   fai       £ 

ATetuit  Uuigi,  or   /?£   tangatuf-      Spero  ie  vent  arum  effe,  or  for;  ut  vtnias.* 
J'funquam  puicvi  fere  vt  ad  te  fuppiex  venirem,  Cic.  labant  fuiurum 

fuiffe  ut  tpp'dum  am'Uereiv.r,   Caef. 

Obf  5.  To,  which  in  Ergliih  is  the  fign  of  the  infinitive,  is  omit- 
ted after  hid,  dire,  need,  make,  fee,  hear,  fed,  and  fome  others  ;  as, 
/  bid  him  do  it :  and  in  Latin  may  often  be  rendered  othcrwife  than 
by  the  infinitive  ;    as,    I    am  fent  to  co  n,  Mittcr  q.ef.i-m,  or  ut 

cuerar,   feV.     Ready  to  heir,   Promptus  <•  fcndum  ;    Time  to  read, 

T  uh  ;    Fit  to  fwim,  Aptus  natando  ;   Eafy  to  fay,  Facile  diclu  ; 

I  am  to  write,  Scriy  fum  ;   A  houfe  to  let,  or  more  jrcperly,  to  be 

let,  Bom.  s  locanda  ;   He  was  left  to  guard  the  city,    Reliclus  eji   ut  tue~ 
Tciur  urhein. 

To   in    i         "1   is  often  taken- abfolntely  5  as,  ¥§  confefs  the  trut 
To  proceed  i    To  conclude  ;    that  is,    That  J  may  co.ifefs  the  truth,  *C 

The    Construction    of    Participles,    Ge- 
runds, and  Supines. 

XXXI.  /  Participles,  Gerunds,  and  Supines 
govern  the  caie  of  their  own  verbs  -Jas, 

\  Amans  virti'iem,      Lovir  g  \  irtue.  Car  ens  fraude,      Wanting  guil 

Obf.  i.  J??lTiv$pamc;p!es  often  goveni  the  dative,  panic- 
\ilar3y  when  they  we  ufed  as  adjetthes  ya?> 

lus  mihi,  Su  1  by  me  ;    &  ores  regibut,  S.  Invfus 

tnihi';   he  ted  by  me,    or  h  to  me  :    In-  vijior,  OccultM 

tt  mu  %  iuviju  folum ,  fed  etiom  <  i,  ur.ieen,  Cic. 

fjSXGSt/S,  PKR03US,  and         n  alfa  PERTjESUS,  govern  tiJ 

IK  ,\   ;las,    T«dat    extfi    j.  '  mmsn  hciM 

.us  quam   return  perofa  erat,    Liv.      Pert  >iam  fuata  ;  femet  / 

dj  I  with,  Suet    1  f  of,  Juftin.  A  ic 

1  Vcr:  UNDUS  :  Q  the  cafe  of  their  own  verbs  J  as,  Grm 

ial  ft:    /  -t;^:  i,  Liv.     So  (om 

aUb  nouns;     as,    J.fiitiu    'J  osiemferatio  fit  ,  Cic. 

■ 


Construction  of  Gerunds.  n*3 

con/al},  Sail.  Bomum  reditionis  fpe  fibUtJ,  Caif.  Speclatio  UAf*  Pl«*, 
Obf.  ?..  Thefe  verbs,  <&,  r*£/»,  volo,  euro,  fachy  habeo,  camper  h, 
with  the  perfect  participle,  from  a  periphraiis  iimihr  to  what  we 
ufe  in  Engiim  ;  as,  Compertum  babeo>  for  ccn/peri,  I  have  found,  Sail. 
EffcBum  daboy  for  rfficiam  ;  Invention  tibi  cuVabo,  et  udiuQum  ttnint  Par.t- 
philumy  i.  e.  iwjemam  et  adducam^  Ter.  Sometimes  the  gerund  is  uftd 
with  ad ;  as,  Traders  ei  gentes  diripi-ndasy  or  ad  diripd'nndu.Vy  C  :C. 
Rcgo,  acetyl*!  do  aliquid  uiendum  ;  cr  c</  utendum  ;  Ntifi  mibi  I,  brum  U- 
genduniy  or  tf^/  legendum,   3c c. 

Obf.  3.  Thefe  verbs,  c^r^,  habeo,  mendo,  loco,  conduct,  do,  tribute,  m«/f», 
&c.  are  elegantly  conftrued  with  tbe  participle  in  dtu  inftead  of  the 
infinitive;  as,  Funus  faciendum  cvravi,  for jf*«j  or  i.t  Jie ret  :  Columu.s 
xdijicatidas   locavit,   ClC- 

The  Construction  of  Gerunds. 

XXXII..  'Gerunds  are  conftrued  like  iubftan- 
tive  nouns  ;)asr 

Studcndum  eft  rrAhi,      I  mull  itudy.        Apius  Jrudendo,   Fit  for  (Hldying; 
Tempusjiudcnr>y  Time  of  ftudy.    Scicftudendum  ejfe  m/bi,  i  know  trtet 

1  muft  ftc 

,         But  more  particularly  ;' 

I.fThe  Gerund   in   DUM  with  the   verb  eft  governs  the 

dative  das, 

Legendum  eft miot,   I  muft  read.      JM'/riendum  eft    nn.-nihv;,     AH  muft  C 
So    Seio  legendum  cjje  mibi  ;    morier.dum  effk  cmuikus,  &C. 

Obf.  I.  This  gerund  always  imports  obligation  or  necemty  ;  and 
may  be  refolved  into  oportet,  necejfe  efty  or  the  like,  and  the  infinitive 
or  the  fubjun&ive,  with  the  conjunction  ut  ;  as,  Omnibus  ejl  piorien- 
d.im,  or  Omnibus  necejfe  ejl  mori,  or  ut  moriantrr  ;  or,  Necejfe  ejl  ut  omms 
moviantur.  Confulendum  eft  tibi  a  me,  I  muft  confult  for  your  good  ;  for 
Oportjt  ut  confulam  tibij   Cic. 

Obf.   %.    The  dative  is  often  underftcod  ;  as,   Orandum  eft,  utfrt  mer.s 
ma   in   ccrpore  fano,  fc.   tibi,  Juv.      Hie    vincendum,   cut  mor'nndum, 
Utesy  eft,  fc.  vobis,    I.iv.       Deliberandum   eft  diut  quod  JtatuenduM  ffl  Jcmel 
fc.  tibi  vel  alicuiy  P.  Syr. 

II.  /The  gerund   in  DI  is   governed   by  fubftantiyes  or 
adjeclives  J  as, 

Tcmpus  legend!,  Time  of  reading.     Cupidus  dijeenaf,  Deilrous  of  leaniing- 
Obf.  r]  his  gerund  is  fometimes  conftrued  with  the  genitive  plural  ; 
Itas  agrerum  ctmdonandir  for  agros,   Cic.      G*pjafi  ''"•-*- 

rumy    t-jr  comadiet,  Ter.     Buc   chiefly   with   prom  as,    Li  erf:  a- 

venerunt  fui   purgandi  causa,   C:ef.      Ffri  adhortandi  caufa,   iAv.      L;  :s 
'us,  fc.  fsminXy    Ter.     The  gerund  here  is  fuppofed  to  gcv- 
n  tbe  genicive  1  ke  4  fubftantivc  n 

R  2  HI. 


1^4  Construction   of  Gerunds. 

III./The  gerund   in  DO  of  the  dative  cafe  is  gore 
by  adjectives  figinfying  ufcfulnefs  or  fitnefs  ;/as, 

Cbarta  utiHs  fcr.lendo,  Paper  v.feful  for  writing. 

Obf.  I.  Sometimes  tlic  adjedtire  is  underftood;  as,  Non  el  fo'i>r;/d+7 
Ail-  par,  or  li*%    He  is   not  able  to  pay.     Is  f.nis  cenfendoj 

Liv. 

Obf.   a.    This  gerund  is  fometimes  governed  alio  by  verbs  ;  as,  AJ- 
ejfe  fcribiiido,  Cic.     Aptat  habendo  en/ewt,  for  wearing  ;  Virg. 

IV. /The  gerund  in  DUAT  of  the  accusative  cafe  is  gov- 
erned by  the  prepofitions  ad  or  inter  9  as, 

Prcmptus  ad  audi  end r  7.-?,  Ready  to  hear. 

Atttntus  inter  docendkti>  Attentive  in  time  or  teaching. 

Obf.  This  gerund  is  alfo  governed  by  fome  other  prepofitions  ;  as> 
Ante  domandum,  Virg.      Ob  :ndum,  Cie.     Circa  movendum,  Quinctil. 

Or  it  depends  on  fome  verb  going  before,  and  then  with  the  verb  . 
governs  the  dative  cafe  ;   a%   Scio  moriendum  ejft  omnibus,    I   know  that 
all  muft  die.     EJfe  is  often  underitood. 

V.  JThe  gerund  in  DO  of  the   ablative    cafe   is  governed 
by  the  prepofitions,  a9  ab>  de$  ey  ex,  or  in  y)as, 

Poena  a  pcccamlo  alj.rtet,         PuDiihment  frightens  from  finning, 

*/Or  without  a  prcpofition,    as   the   ablative  of  man:, 
or  caufe  ;)  as, 

Jilemoria  exe&ado  augetur,     The  memory  is  improved  by  exercifing  it- 
Defdjus  Jum  ambtttandQ,  I  am  wearied  with  walking. 

Obf.  The  gerund  in  its  nature  very  much  refcmbles  the  infinitive. 
Hence  the  one  is  frequently  put  for  the  other  ;    as,    EJl  temj>us  Lgendi, 
or  legere  :  only  the  gerund  is   never  joined  with  an  adje&ive,  and  is- 
fometimes  taken  in  a  paifive  [anfe  ;    as,    Cum    Tiftdium  toocmrctur  ad  im 
perandum,  i.e.  ut  ipji  impera  ,    to    receive   OJ  Sail.      Nunc 

ad  imperandiim,   n>ei  ad  parendum  pcfrvs,   Sic  enim   antiqui  loquebantur,   Cic 
i.  e.  ut  tibi  impcretur.      Writ  i  ,   i.  e.   du;x  v  \ 'irg. 

The  gerund  in  English  becomes  a  fubftantive,   by  prefixing  the   ar- 
»'cle  to  it,  and  then  it  is  always  to   be  conflrued  with  the  prepofit 
#/;     as,     He  is  err  ployed  in  writing  Idlers,    or,    in  i  '//»£  of  letters  : 

tut  it  is  improper  to  fiy,  writing  Uttei 

Gt 


rioN   of  Gerunds.  iS£ 

Gerunds  turned  into  pi  bles  in  dus» 

XXXYI./berunds  governing  the  accusative  are 
elegantly  turned  into  participles  in  dusj  which, 
like  adjectives,  agree  with  their  fabftantives  in 
ender,  number,  and  cafe  5)  as, 


By  the  Gerund.  By  the  Participle  or  Gerundive. 

P<  tendi  m  eft  mibi  pacem9  ~\  u  ~     C  Pax  eft  petenda  ?nibi. 

Temp  us  petendi  pacem,  /  3   g    jtfempus  petenda  pads. 

Ad  potehdi-m  pacem  9  t  G    §-•    J  Ad petendam  pacetiu 

A  petendo  pacem,  J  o  J2    K*A  petenda  pace, 

Obf.  i.j  Iii  changing  gerunds  into  participles  in  duf,  the 
participle  and  the  fubftantive  are  always  to  be  put  in  the 
fame  cafe  in  which  the  gerund  was  ;)as, 

Genitive;  Inita  funt  conftlta  urbis  delena\z9  civium  trucidandcrum9  «o- 
tninis  Romani  extinguaidi,  Cic. 

Dat.   Perpetiendo  labori  idoneu;,   Colum.        CapeJJendcS  reipublicde  habilis% 
Tac.      Area   firma  templis  ac   porticibus  fuftinendisy    .Liv.        0  fieri  fer. 
e/lj   fc,    apt  us    V.   babi/is,   Ovid.       Natus    mifertis  ferendis9    Ter.      LHer'is 
dandis  vtgiiare9  Cic,      Locum  oppido  condendo  capcre9  JLiv. 

:.  and  abl.  Ad  defendendam  Romam  ab  oppugnanda  Capua  duces 
Romanos  abftrahere^  Liv.  Oratlonem  Latinam  legendis  nojlris  eff.cies  pie- 
niore-n,  C\ 

Obf  2.  The  gerunds  of  verbs  which  do  not  govern  the  accnfative, 
are   never   changed   into   the  participle,  except  thofe  of  medcor,  utcrr 
abutort  fruoTy  Jungcr%   and  potior  \    as   Spe*   potiundi  urbe,    or    potiur. 
urbis  :  but  we  always  lay,  Cupid.ts fulweniendiy  t&i?  and  never  for. 


The  Construction  of  Supines. 

I.      The  Supine  in  um. 

XXXVII. 'The  fapine  in  um  is  put  after  a  verb 
of  motion  ;  /as, 

Abiit  deamkulatuxf,  He  hath  gone  to  w.i. 

£>o,    Jhicert   cpbortes  prarfatum*  Liv.       Nunc    venis    irrifum   .'   •-  -    m? 
$Qod  in 'rem  tuam- optimum  fo&t  -or,  t:  Plant". 

Obf.  i.     The  fupine  in  um  k  elegantly  joined  with  the  verb  eo,  to 
:efs  the  figniication  of  any  verb  more  itrong'y;  as,  /.- 
the  fame  with  id  agit,  or  opef  .-/,  ut  fi  per. lot,  He  ii  on  his 

QWIl 


iS5 


Construction  of  Supine?. 


own  ujfinufllon,  Xer.     This  fupine  with  iri  taken  irapcrfonaT  p. 

piics   the   places    of    the    infmiti  vre    pafTive  ;    as,   .i.i  cnd.bas  Mam  fine 
tua    obdra    iri  urn   demum  f     Which  may  be    thus    rcfolved. 

smedeku  iri  (a  fce,  met  nb  aliquo)  d*dm£htm   (i.  e.  ad  deducendum)  UU 
s    •  um%    \\t. 

Obf,  a.   TIte  fupine  in   //^r  is   put  after  other  verb?  befides  verbs  of 
motion;     as,   j)  J.t  jiliam  nnptum  ;     Cant&tum  frtvecsmus,  TcJk      Jtc^oca- 
i.is  defen/nm  piitr'u/n  ;    D',rjijit  copies  bie/natum9  JSTep. 

Obf.   3.     rfhe  meaning  of  this  fupine  may  be  e^prelTed  by  feveral 
tther   parts   of  the    verb  ;    as,  Venit   oratum  opem  :    or,    1.  Venit  ot '. 
oia*;di  causa,    or   epU   orandce.      2*    Venit  ad  orandum  e>bem\  ojc   id   orand 
•  bdm.      3*    Venit  opi  orand.?.      4.    Venit  epem  oraturvs.      5.    Venit  a,  /,   or 
1//  o*<f,7/  enrf.      6.    ftfttfi  c^rw  orate.      Eut    the  third  ar.J  the  'aft  of  thefc 
arc  feldom  ufed. 

2.     77^  fupine  In  u. 

XXXVIII.  /The  fupine  in  u  is  put  after 
unf; 

Z7.J/., 


a 


n  ad- 


jective no 


: 


5       aS5 

.Facffe  dicl.i,  Eafy  to  tell,  «•  to  be  told. 

So  Nihil  dttfu  factum,  vtfuqne  h<£c  limina  tangat  ;  intra  quet  pinr  rQ, 
Juv.  DiJfficUi*  res  eji  invent*  verus  amicus  ;  Fas  V.  nejas  cji  diSiu  ;  Opus, 
ejijlitt,  Cic. 

Obf.  I.  The  lupine  in  u,  being  ufed  in  a.  paflive  fenfe,  hardly  ever 
governs  any  cafe.  It  is  fpmetiraes,  efpecially  in  old  writers,  put  after 
verbs»of  motion  ;  as,  Nunc  tu  redto^  from  getting  provisions,  Phut. 

Primus  cuhili  firoat  (villlcus.)  from  bed.  ft  us  atbifum  cat,   CatO. 

Obf.  2r.  1  his  fupine  may  be  rendered  by  the  infinitive  or  gerund 
with  the  prepositional/;  as,  D:f}i.iU  cognitu,  cornofciy  or  ad  eigne f;en*> 
darn  \   Res  faci.'is  a  J  credendvnt,  Cic. 

Obf.  3.  I  he  lupines  being  nothing  elfe  but  verbal  nouns  of  the 
fourth  declenfion,  ufed  only  in  the  accusative  and  ablative  fingular, 
are  governed  in  thefe  cafes  by  prcpofitions  understood;  the  fupine  in., 
um  by  the  proportion  ad,  and  the  fupine  in  a  by  die  prepolition  in. 


The  Construction  of  Indeclinable 

Words.        i 

1.     The  Construction  of  Adverbs* 

XXXIX.  I  Adverbs  are  joined  to  Verbs  and 
Participles,  to  adjectives,  and  to  other  adverbs  ;)a 

. .'.  He  writes  yftXi.  Fortiter puxnan     Fighting  br;. 

o.  ■■-.■  11  egreg  ;r,  A  Have  re-         Satis  ten*,  Weil  enough, 

markably  faithful. 

O 


Construction  of  Indeclinable  Wordj.  II 

Obf.    i.     Adverbs  arc  fometimes  likewise  joined  to  iub- 
ftantives  ;  as, 

llomerus  plane  orator  ;  pla/te  nojler,  vtr,  .  is,  C:c.    So,  Hodie  max 

eras  mane,  hcri  mane  ;  hodie  wft  m sxe,  t.un  vtfpere. 

Obf.  2.     The   adverb    for   trie  moil  part  in    Latin,    and-  always   ill 
Englifh,  is  placed  near  to  the  word  vvhich  it  modifies  or  affe&a. 

Obf.  3.   Two   negatives,  both  in    Latin  and  Eoglifli,  are 
equivalent  to  an  affirmative  ;  as, 

JSf  rtr  did  they  not  perceive,  i.  e.   El                       n<J 

ey  did  perceive  ;  Won  pcteram  nan  txunimayi  m 

however  of  the  c  ■  netimes  occur  ia  good  authors,  bo 

Englifh  and  Latin.  "I  bus  two  or  three  negative  participle*  are  placed 
before  the  fubjunciive  mode  to  exprefs  a  itronger  negation.     N< 

baud  dicat  tin  n  .  do  not  fay  that  you  were  not  fore- 
warned,  ¥er. 

But  v  .fly   deserves   attention   in  Adverbs,  is  the  cVgfee  of 

comparifon  and  the  mode  with  which  they  are  joined.  1.  Apprlme 
admodum,  vsbementerf  maxime,  perqvam,  valde  oppidrj,  &C  and  per 
in  compofition,  are  ufuaily  joined  to  the  pofitive  ;  a?,  Utrique  noflrvm 
•  ratum  admoJum  feceris,  You  will  do  what  is  very  agreeable  to  both 
of  us,  Cic.  perquam  puerile,  very  chikiifh  ;  dp  pi  do  pauc'i,  very  few  ; 
jterfacile  cft\  &c.  In  like  manner,  Parur.i,  multum,  nimium,  tantuwr, 
quantum,  aLi  quantum  ;  as,  In  rebus  apcrtijjimis  niviium  Hngt  fumux  ;  parum 
Jirmus,  multum  bonus,  Cic.  Adverbs  in  um  are  fometimes  alfc  joined 
to  comparatives  ;  as,  Forma  viri  aliquantum  amplior  i  .,  Liv. 

Quam  is  joined  to  the  pofitive  or  fuperlative  in  different  fenfos; 
as,  $%uam  diffitile  .7?  /  How  difficult  it  is  !  Sguam  crudclis^  01  Ul  crude' 
lis  eji  !   How  cru-..i  he  is  !  PUm  quam  fqmtliariterx  very  familiarly,   Per. 

So   quam  fd<v?re,   very   feverely,  Cic.      '^uam  lath,   very  ./,    CaX 

Tarn   mu  ta,   quam,   c>:c,   as   many   things  as,   &c.    Quam  :  jl 

topias  armat,  as  great  as  poffiblo,  Sail,  ^uam  maximal  gratias  agit9 
quam  primum,  quam  fxpijjiutc,  Cic.  9uam  quiff ue  pefiime  fdiii,  lam 
maxime  tutus  ejl,  Sail. 

Facile,  for  Laud  dnbie,  undoubtedly,  clearly,  is  joined  to  fupcrla- 
tives  or  words  cf  a  Omilar  meaning  ;    as,  FacilH  dt  facile  prin- 

teps,  v.  ,  jus.     Long:-:,  to   comparatives   or   fuperlatives,    rarely 

to  the  pofitive  ;  as,  Longe  tloquentijjimus  Pluto,  Cic.  Pcdibus  hngc  me- 
lior  Ly*us,  Vi 

1.  Cum,  when,  is    conftrued    with  the   indicative    or  fubiu  native, 
oftener  with  the  latter;  Dum,  whilft,  or  how  long,  with  the  indi- 
cative ;     as,    JJum   h-ic  aguntur  ;     JEgroin,  dum  anima  e(l,  j  r, 
Cic.   I                                                              0,  Ovid.    1)um  and  do.ec, 
I,  Sometimes  with  the  indicative  and  fometimes  with 
IC    iubjum           •     ar<,    Opericr^    dum    rjSa              '«,    Cic.    Hand             my 


i83        Construction  of  Indeclinable  Words. 

donee   f>rrjeecr*i    Ter.       So    quoad,    for   quamdiuy   quanta/  as 

long-,    as   much,  as   far   as;    thus,  Quoad  Cutilina  fuit   in   urbe  \   Quoad 
•   vidtbitur  ;   quoad  poffem  Ijf  liceret ;  quoad  ^rogredi  botuerit  amen- 
to,  Cic     But  quoad,  until,  oftener  with  the  £u  i.c;  as,  T&/^ 

falon'/ca  cjfe  jlatusi-jjn,  quoad  cliquid  ad  me  fcr':vttesy  Cic.  but    Lot  alway 
Ntfrn  faciaen  ft  randi,   quoad  nuncialum  erit  te  fccijfi,  Cic.     Th 

noun  /y//j,  with  facer*  or '.^irri  is  elegantly  added  to  quoad;  a«,  .. 
ejt-s  fucere  potiris  \     <%uoad  ejtii  fieri  pofit,  Cic.       /T".r  is  thought   folic 
here   governed  by   aliqutd  or  feme    lu>  h    word    understood.       <^. 
corpus,  quoad  animam,  for  fecundum\  or   quod  attinct  ad c  vel  animam  x 

as  to  the  body  or  foul,  is  efteemed  by  the  bell  grammarians  not  to 
be  £Ood  Latin. 


: 


.L  PtWTOUAM  or  Posteaojjam;  after.  Is  uftally  joined  with  tW 
Indie.  Antlqcam,  PiiiusQUAM,  before;  o'imul,  simulac,  simul 
atque,  simul  ui,  as  fboa  as ;  Ubi,  when,  foinctur.es  with  the 
Jnd.  and  fometinies'  with  the  Subj.  as,  Auteqwm  duo  or  Hcavt,  Cic. 
Simulac  perfinfit,  Virg.  Simul  w$  vidcto  Curitmem,  Cic.  Hec  ubi  dii:x 
dedft,  -Liv.  Ubi  femei  qu-s  pejefaveriS^  ei  eredi  pefUa  non  ofortet,  C  :. 
So  n.-e,  truly;  as,  Nui  ^o  homo  fain  in/eiixt  Ter.  Ne  t»9  ft  id  feeiffer^ 
tic  Has  fama  eowfuJuijJesy  Cic  But  me,  not,  with  the  imperative,  or 
more  elegantly  with  the  fubjunclive  ;  as,  Ne  juray  Plaut.  Ni  / 
tonferas  adpa?n  in  met  Ter.  Ar<r  tat  tann»JTWm  fluiiatem  in  vnius  bo 
icder'n  d'jcrtme.t,  JLiv. 

4.  Quasi,    Ceu,   Tanqjjam,    Perinpe,  when   they    denote    re- 
Semblance,  are  joined  with  the  Indicative;.  Fuit  a/im3   qi!'ft   ego  fern, 

fenex%  Plait.      Advcrft    rapto  ecu  quondam    turbine   venti   tomfltgnnfy    Virg. 
Hue  omnia  perinde  J**t,  ut  aguntur.     Eut   when  nfed   ironically,  th 
have  the  fubiuncrive  :  as,  de  verbo.  non  de  re  labor etur,  Cic. 

5.  Utinam,  o    si,  ut   for   utinam,  I   with,  take  the  Subjunctive; 
as,  Vtinam  ea  res  ei  voluJ>tati  niy  Cic.       0  mihi  prate*  itos  YefcTat  Jt    fu 
Ur  cnr.iSy  Virg.      Ul  ilium  dii  dc*qUc  pi  rdant,  Tcr. 

6.  Ut,  when  or  after,  takes  the  indicative  ;  a.s,  Ut  difcefpty  veniti 
&c.  <[  Alfo  for  qu.un  or  quomodo,  how  !  as,  Ut  valet  !  Ut  falfus  a 
mi  e/f/  Ut  \  f-tmmi  ingemia  in  occulto  latent  /  Plaut.  •[  Or  when  it 
fimply  d  J  n  (emblance  ;  as,  Ut  tute  es,  ita  omnrs  cenfes  eje,  Plaut. 
^  In  this  fertfe  it  foinctiines  has  the  iubjui.ctive  ;  as.,  Ut  femenUm  fc..' 
ris,  ita  metes,  Cic. 

7.  Qui\T  for  cur    Nov,  takes  the     Indie,  as,    <Ji  ntinetis   voccm 
irdicjm  jiultitiu:  v  jlr*  ?  Cic.      \  For  Imo,  nay  or  but,  the   Indie,     or 
Imperat.    as,  y^^i:  rft  paratum  argentum;   ouin  tu  l  •.-  audi,  Ter.      «[  I 
Ur    Nov,  qui,  ojj."E,   <^uod    so\,  or   quo  minus,   the  Subjunc 

as,  Nulla  tarn  facilis,  r<\f,  quln  difficMs  jiet  quum  invitut  fecirs,  Ter. 
Nemo  aft,  quln  ma/it  ;  Facett  non  popjum,  quin  ad  te  n  .t.  m,  I  cannot  help 
leading  ;    Nil-il  abej^qu'mjtm  mijlrrimus,  Cic. 

1 


OOYERKMEKT    of   A.DVERB3.  1 8p 

The  Government  of  Adverbs. 

XL./  Some  Adverbs  of  time,  place,  and  quan- 
tity, govern  the  genitive  ;  /as, 

Pr'idie  ej  ts  diet,  The  day  before  that  day. 

Uhupte geatiuw^  Kvery  where. 

Satis  eft  wrbotumi  There  is  enough  of  words. 

I.  Adverbs  of  time  governing  the  genit.  are,  Interea,  fofteay  ind& 
tunc ;  as,  Interna  loci,  in  the  mean  time ;  JPc/ic-j  foci,  afterwards  :  hdet 
Itxiy  then  ;  tunc  Umpires  3  at  that  time.  2.  Of  place,  Uoj  and  quo,  with 
their  compounds,  uliquc,  ubitunquc,  ubl-v'is,  vblubi,  &c.  Alfo  Eo,  Luc, 
huccine,  umdey  ifquam,  nufquamt  itnge,  ibidem  :  as,  Ubi,  que,  quoiis,  £cc, 
ilfo  v/quam,  nujqttam,  unde^  terrar  rn,  vei  o:;:iium  ;  lenge  g&ttivm  ;  ibt» 
itn?  loci,  co  a^dacia,  *occcrd:a,  rr.:J;riarum,  &c.  to  that  pitch  of  bold- 
ncf«,  raadnefs,  mifery,  &c.  3.  Of  quantity,  Ahundj,  ajfatin,  largj* 
Ur ,  Mi  *opz,   minim}  \    as,    Abund}  g/ori.e,  ajfiitim  divimarvm^ 

'argiter  auri,  Jaiis    loqujnti;t,  fapicnt'ue  par  urn  ej}  illi    vcl    babe%%    He    has 
jgh  of  j^lory,  riches,  tkc      Minhne  gentium,  by  ao  means. 

Some  add  ^r^-c  and  /«^a r ;  as,  ■£>*<>  virtutis,  for  the  fake  of  virtue, 
Cic.  Injiar  mentis,  like  a  mountain,  Virg.:  But  thefe  are  properly 
nouns 

Obf.  1.  Thefe  adverbs  are  thought  to  govern  the  genitive,  becaufe 
they  in;  ly  in  thcmfelves  the  force  of  a  fubftantive  ;  as,  Potenti*  gio- 
riaqvc  abuadh  adeptus,  the  fame  with  abvudaietiam  gloria  :  or  Tes%  locus  t 
or  negotivm  and  a  prepoiition,  may  be  underftood ;  as,  Inter-to.  loci,  i.  e. 
inter  ea  n^ggtia  loci  ;    Ubi  terrarum,  for  in  qua  loco  Urrarum. 

Obf.  1.  We  tlfually  fay,  pridis,  pojtridie  ejus  did,  feldom  diem  ;  but 
priditj  pcf;  las,    Almas,    Idas,    ludos    Apollinares,    natalem   ejust 

sbfoliiticnen:  ejus,  &c.  rarely  KaUndarum ,    &c. 

Obf.  3.  lEn  and  ecce  are  condrued  either  with  the  nom- 
inative or  accusative  ;J  as, 

En  hof.is,  or  Icjlem  \  Ecce  miferum  lomiaem,  Cic  Sometimes  a  da" 
tive  is  added ;  as,  Ecce  tibi  Strato,  Ter.  Ecce  duos  (fcil.  aras.)  tibz* 
Dapiti,  Virg.  In  like  manner  is  cor.f:rued  htm  put  for  ecce  ;  a3,  Hem 
tibi  Da-jum,  Ter.  But  in  ail  thcie  examples  fome  verb  muil  be  vn- 
dcrftood. 

XLI.  'Some  derivative  adverbs  govern  the 
cafe  of  their  primitives  J\  as, 

Omnium  cptimk  loquitur \  He  fpeaks  the  befc  of  all. 

Co  ftter  roturer,  Agreeably  to  nature. 

Vtnit  9bviam  ei%  He  came  to  meet  him 

Proximo  cajlr'u  or  ueflra,  NcKt  the  can  p. 


190 


/ 


Construction  cf  Prepositions. 

The  Construction  cf  Prepositions. 

PREPOSITIONS  governing  the  Accufative.) 


1. 


f\r.i  aftraJ/o  th.-fars  ;  religari  »d 
afterem,  U  be  bound  to  a  plan^j 
ad  diem  veniain,  folvam,  &c. 
ct  or  on  ;  ad  portam ,  oitium, 
fores,  at.  before  ;  ad  urban,  Ti- 
hc  rim,  near,  at ;  ad  tcmpla  fup- 
plicatio,  in  ;  ad  fummum,  c/ 
wc^,  or  /o  *Z><7  /c/>  ;  ad  fummam, 
en  the  whole  ;  Cic  ;  ad  ulti- 
mum  extremum,  at  {&Jly  final- 
ly ;  ad  v.  in  fpeciem,  to  appear- 
ance ;  mentis  ad  omnia  capa- 
cities ;  annus  fatalis  ad  inte- 
rnum ;  lcnius  ad  fcveiitatein, 
£or9  with  refpe&  to.  Cic.  ;  :;d 
\ivum,  fc.  corpus,  to  the  qui  eh  ; 
judicem  agere,  before  ;  nihil 
C:1-  farem,  in  compatifon  of; 
numero  ad  duodecim,  to  the 
number  of:  omnes  ad  unum,  to 
o  7n an  ;    ad  hoc,  bsjidc;  ;    ad  Vld- 

i  opinionem,  according  to  ;  ho- 
mo yJ  unguem  factu?,  «fl  &£m 
tpwplijhpd man  ;  herbre  ad  'imam 
men's,  by  cf   Virp  ad 

tempus  venit,  at ;   Ira  \  revis  eft 
&  ad  tempus,  for  ;   ad  ten 
consilium  capiam,  accordh 
Cic.  ;  ad  decern    annos    after  ; 
annos  ad  uaginta  natus,  a- 

bout  Cic.  nebula  eratad  multum 
<hci,  for  a  great  part  of  the  diy  ; 
I/iv.  :  ad  pedes  jacere,  provol- 
vi,  pr  o  cumber  e,  &  ■  nua  ; 

ad  1  i  efTe,  crt :  ad  manus  ye- 

to  come  to  a  gagemeni  ; 

ad  libellam  deberi,  to  a  fart 

no  lef  :  ad  amufTim, 
cxaftly  ;  ad  haec  vifit  audita  que, 

upon  feeing  and  bearing  th  efe  th 

Lit. 

Ad  feem*  fometimes  to   be  taken 
adverbial!  \d  duo  mil- 

lia  funt  ;    ad  mille  homi- 

nu;  ilium  eft  ;     ad  duce&ti 

pexieruat,  about,  J  -iv. 


Apud  forum,  a: ;  apud  nfe  canna- 
bis, at  my  h  apud  fenatum, 
ju.  v.  aliquem  dicere,  Lc 
fore]  apud  majores  noftros,  a- 
mong\  apud  Xenopbontcm,  in 
the  look  of  \  Eft  mihi  fides,  <vel 
yaleOj  apud  ilium,  I  have  credit 
with  him  ;  facio  te  apud  ilium 
dcum,  Ter. 

Ante  diem,  focum,  &c.  before. 

Adversus,  v.  -um  ;  Contra 
hoftes,  againf  ;  adverfus  infimos 
juftitia  eft  fervanda,  towards  ; 
adverfum  hunc  loqui,  to,  Ter. 
Lerina  adverfum  Antipolim, 
.  over  agai.if,  Plin. 

Cis  vei  ci  1  ra  {lumen,  c:i  this  fide  ; 
citra  ncccftitatem,  without  •  Ede 
citra  cruditatem,  hibc  citra  e- 
brietatem,  Senec. 

Circu.yi  &  circa  regem,  about  ; 
Yarla  circa  hrec  opinio,  Plin. 

Erga  axnicos,  towards,  Extra 
muros ;  Extra  jocum,  periculum 
noxiam,  fortem,  without  ;  nemo 
extra  te,  btftdes  ;    extra  ra- 

ti<  .  Sail. 

Infra  udum,  below  th:  roof 

Inter  fratres,  among  1  inter  Sz  fu- 
pcr  ceei:am,  during  it  the  time  ef\ 
inter  h&c  parata,  during  theft 
preparations  ;  Sail,  Irtcr  tot 
annos,  in  ;  Cic.  Inter  die 
whence,  int<  rdiu,  in  the  day  ti-ne  ; 
inter  fe  atnant,  they  lew 
ther  :  Qu aii  non  norimus  nos  in- 
ter nos,  l"er. 

Intra     priyatos     pariete*,     intra 

.  pauco?  annos,  ivithin  ;  intra  fa- 
mam  eft,  lef  toan  report,  Quinet. 

JuXTA  macellum,  near  the fhambles. 

Oh    lucrum,  for  gain  ;  ob    oculos, 
'ore  ;  ob  induftriam  for  do  in- 
duftria,  on  ftrpofr,  Plaut. 

Pfnks     quern,     or     quern  penes, 

im 


Construction  of  Prepositions. 


191 


in  the  power  of ;    Penes  te   es  ? 
Ay e  you  i.t  your  fenfes  ?    Her, 

Per  agros,  through  ;  per  vim,  per 
fcehis,  by  ;  per  anni  tempus,  per 
setatem  licet,  for,   hy    recfon   of, 

Po N  E  C8 put,  behind. 

Post  hoc  tempus, after  ;  poft  ter- 
gum,  behind ;    poll  homines  na- 
tos,  poll  hominum  memoriam, 
fnce  the  world  began. 

Prater  te  nemo,  no  ledy  be/Ices, 
•r  except  ;  praeter  cafam  fugere, 
beyond;  prseter  legem,  morem, 
xquum  &  bonum,  fpem,  opi- 
nionem,  &c.  contrary  to,  again/?, 
beyond  ;  praster  cazteros  excel- 
lere,  lamentari,  above;  prater 
ripam  ire,  along,  near  ;  prpeter 
oculos,  before,   Cic. 

Propter  virtutem,ycr,  on  account 
of;  propter  aquae  rivum,  near, 
hard  by,  Virg. 
Secunlum  fa&a  &  virtutes  tuas, 
according  to  ;  Ter.  fecundum  lit- 
tus,  fecundum  aurem  vulnera- 


tus  eft,  near  to  ;  in  a£ione  fe- 
cundum vocem,  vultus  plurL- 
mvm  valet  ;  fecundum  patrem 
es  proximus,  after,  next  to  ; 
Prsztor  fecundum  me  decrevit, 
fententiam  dedit.yir,  in  my  fa- 
vour, Cic. 

Secus  viam,  by,  ci: 

Supra  terram,  above. 

Trans  mare,  over,  bey  one/. 

Ultra  oceanum,  beyond. 

To  prepofitions  governing  the  ac- 
cufative  are   commonly  added 

ClRCTTER,     PR  OPE,     USQUE      & 

versus  ;  as  Circiter  meridiem, 
about  mid-day  ;  prcpe  muros, 
rear  the  walls  ;  ufque  Puteolos, 
I  harfum  ufque,  as  far  as ;  Ori- 
cntem  verfus,  towards  the  eaft. 
But  in  thefe  ad  is  underftood  ; 
which  we  find  fometimes  ex« 
prefTed ;  as,  Prope  ad  annum, 
Nep.  Ab  ovo  ufque  ad  mala, 
Hor.  Ad  oceanum  verfus,  Caef. 
In  Italiam  verfus,  Cic. 


/PREPOSITIONS  governing  the  Ablative.    ) 


.  patre,Jab  omnibus,  abs  te,  by 
or  from  ;  a  puero,  vel  pueris,  a 
pueritia,  incunabulis,  tcneris 
unguibus,  Szc.from  a  child,  ever 
[nice  childhood ;  ab  ovo  ufque  ad 
mala,   from    the    i.  <r    to    the 

end  of  f upper ;  a  rnanu,  /c.  ftr- 
vus,  an  amanuenfis  or  clerk  ;  ad 
maftum,  a  ran  ;    are- 

dibus,  a  footman  ;   a  latere  prin- 
ciple a  iccre- 
tis,    rationibus,    conf.iiis,     cya- 
this,  &c  a  Jeeretary,   a  it, 
a  r.obi%  for  ncilr.-u. 
Injuria   ab    illo,  for  illius,  Ter. 
a  ccena,  after  ;  Secundus,  tertius 
Romulo  ;    id  us  ab  latere,  o;i 
•  r  in  ;   a  fenatu  tlare.yor,  in  de- 
fvee  of-,  ab  oculi«  doleo,  Plaut. 
ab  ingenio  inoprobtrs,  a  pecunia 
&  militibus  imparatus,  as   to, 

s 


with  refpecl  to,  Cic.  Eft  calor 
a  fole  ;  omiftiores  ab  re,  too 
carelefs  about  money  ;  a  villa  mer- 
cenarium  vidi,  Ter. 

Absque  caufa,  without ;  abfque  te 
eflet,  re&e  ego  mihi  vidifTem, 
i.  e.  ft  tu  ncn  effes,  nift  tu  effes, 
but  for  you,  had  iP  not  been  for 
you,  Ter.  Abfque  is  chief y  ufed 
by  comic  writers  ;  line,  by  orators. 

Clissi   patre    &   patrem,  without 
the  kr.owlidge  of. 

Coram  omnibus,  before,  inpre/ence 

Cum  exercitu,  with ;  teftis  me- 
cum  eft  annulus,  in  my  poffef- 
Jion,  Ter.  cum  prima  luce,  at 
break  of  day  ;  cum  imperio  effe, 
in  ,  cum  primis,  in  primis,  in  the 
frf  place:  cummetudicere,  cum 
laetitia  vivere,  cum  cura*  &c. 

Cic. 


*92 


Construction   of  Prepositions. 


Cic.  We  fay,  mecum,  tecum, 
fee  urn,  nobifcum,  vobifcum  ; 
rarely  cum  me,  cum  te,  &c. 
end  quocum  or  cum  quo,  qui- 
bufcum  or  cum  quibus. 
De  lana  caprina  rixantur,  about, 
concerning  ;  De  tanto  patrimonio 
nihil  relictum  eft,  of;  de  loco 
fuperiore,/™;? ;  de  die,  by  day  ; 
de  nodte,  by  night ;  de  integro, 
anew,  afrejh  ;  de  v.  ex  impro- 
Vifo,  unexpectedly  ;  de  y.  ex  in- 
duftria,  on  purpofs ;  de  meo,  at 
my  expenfe  ;  Id  de  lucro  putatO 
efle,  clear  gain  ;  Ter.  de  v.  ex 
compa&o  agere,  by  agreement ;  de 
tranfverfo,  crofs-zvife,  athwart; 
de  v.  ex  ejus  fententia,  confilio, 
according  to  ;  qua  v.  hac  de  caufa, 
for ;  homo  de  plebe  ;  templum 
de  marmore,  of;  de.fcripto  di- 
cere,  to  read  a  fpecch  ;  de  Filio 
emit,  from,  Cic.  De  fervis  fi- 
deliflimus  ;  de  ipfius  cxercitu 
non  amplius  hominium  mille  ce- 
cidit,  Nep.  Robur  de  cxercitu, 
JLiv.#Adolefcens  de  fummo  loco, 
Plau*.  De  procul  afpicere,  Id. 
E  foro,  Ex  sedibus,  from,  out  of; 
e  contrario,  v.  contraria  parte, 
en  the  contrary,  e  regione,  over 
agabfl  ;  e  republica,  e  re  ali- 
cujus,  for  the  good  of ;  ftatim  e 
(fomno,  ex  fuga,  ex  tanta  pro- 
jperantia,  aliud  ex  alio  malum, 
from,  after  ;  e  veftigio,  out  of 
',  immediately  ;  poculum  ex 
auro  ;  ex  equo  pugnare,©/;  horfe- 
bath ;  facere  pugnam  ex  com- 
ruodo,  on  advantageous  ground, 
Sail,  ditm  ex  die  expecxare, 
from  day  to  d.iy,  day  after  day  ; 
cx  ordine,  in  order  ;  magna  ox 
parte,/*:  r  the  mof  part;  ex  fuper- 
vacuo, J J pcrfuoufly  ;  ex  tua  dig- 
nitate  j.  virtute,  ex  decreto  fena- 
tiis,  c  natura,  according  to;fo  vul- 
gus  ex  veritate  pauca,  ex  opini- 
on* multa  scftimat  \  e.\  9.  de  mo- 


re,  ad  v.  in  morem  alicujus  :  £x 
animo, from  the  heart ;  Infolentia 
ex  profperis  rebus,  e  via  lan- 
guere,  ex  doclrina  nobilis,  on 
account  of;  ex  ufu  eft  tibi,  of 
advantage  ;  ex  eo  die,  fince,  tX 
amicis  certis  certiflimus,  of  or 
among;  ex  pedibus  laborare,  to  b 
ill  of  the  gout,  Cic.  E  re  nata,  cs 
the  matter  fiends,  Ter.  Commen- 
ta  mater  eft,  efle  ex  alio  viro, 
nefcioquo,puerum.natum,£y.  Id. 
Pro  gloria  certare,  for  ;  Rati 
noctem  pro  fe,  favourable  to 
tiem ;  Sail.  Hoc  eft  pro  me, 
Cic.  pro  tcmplo,  tribunali,  con- 
done, roftris,  caftris,  foribus, 
before  ;  pro  fua  dignitate,  fa- 
pientia,  &c.  pro  poteftate  co- 
gere,  pro  tempore,  re,  loco, 
fuo  jure,  according  to  ;  eft  pro 
practore,  pro  te  molam,  comes 
facundus  pro  vehiculo  eft,  for, 
infiead  of ;  pro  viribus,  pro  parte 
virili,  pro  fua  quifque  parte  v. 
facultate,  to  one's  ability  or  power  \ 
Parum  tibi  pro  eo,  emod  a  te 
habeo,  .reddidi,  in  \ompartfon. 
of,  confide  ring,    Cic.  pro'  lit,  pro 


eo  ac, 


pro 


eo  ut  mereor,  as 


deferve  \  pro  fe  quifque,  uterque, 
Sec.  for  his  oivn  part  ;  pro  rata 
parte,  pro  portione,  in  propor- 


tion ;    pro  crve  fe 


gent 


agere 

© 


pro  vicloribus  ;  pro  fuo  uti  ;  pro 
rupto  faidus  habet,  for,  as  ;  fo 
pro  certo,  infec?io,  comperto, 
nihilo,  conceiTo,  &c.  habeo,  du- 
co.    Pro  occifc,  reli&us  eft,  Cic. 

Prje  fe  pugionem  tulit,  before  ; 
fpeciem  pne  it  boni  viri  fert, 
pretends  to  be,  Ter.  pras  lacry-- 
mis  non  poffum  fcribere,  / 
becaufe  of;  ilium  prx  me  con- 
Xa  mpfi,  in  comparifon  of :  So  the 
adv.  praeut ;  as,  praut  hujus 
rabies  quae  dabit,  IVr. 

P. \ i.am    yepulo,   omnibus,  before* 
ivith  the  hurwledgt  of. 

Si  nt 


Construction  of  Prepositions. 


193 


Sine  labore,  without  ;  fine  ulla 
caufa,  pompa,  moleftia,  quere- 
la, impenfa,  &c. ;  homo  fine  re- 
fide,  fpe,  fortunis,  fede,  &c. 
Cic. 

Capulo  TENU3,  up  to  the  hilt, 
Tenus  is  conflrued  with  the  ge- 
'nitive  plural,  when  the  word 
Wants  the  fing.  ;  as,  Cumarum 
tenus,  as  far  as  Cuma  :  or  when 
we  fpeak  of  things,  of  which  we 
have  by  nature  only  two  ;  J  as, 
Geulorum,  curium,  narium,  -la- 


brorum,  lumborum,  crurum  te- 
nus,  up  to.      IV e  alfo  find  Corcy- 
rse  tenus,    &   oftiis   tenus,  Liv. 
Colchis    tenus,  Flor,     Peftori- 
bus  tenus,  O /id. 
To  prepofitions  governing  the  abl. 
is  commonly   added  Procul  ;• 
as,  Procul  domoy  far  from  home  ; 
but  here  a  is  underftood,  which 
is  alfo  often  exprelfed  ;  as,  Pro- 
cul a  pairia,    Virg.       Prccul  ab 
ojtentatront.      QuincT:.       Culpa  ejl 
procul  a  me,    Ftf . 


2.1  PREPOSITIONS  govirhing  the  Accuf.  and  Abl  J 

XLIV.  [The  prepofitions  in,  fub,  fupsr,  and 
fubter,  govern  the  accufative,  when  motion  to  a 
place  is  fignified  ;  but  when  motion  or  reft  in  a 
place  is  fignified,  in  zndifub  govern  the  ablative  ; 
fuper  and  footer  either  the   accufative  or  abla- 
tive.   I 


c  j 


when 


IN  when  it  fignifies'  into,   governs  the  accufative 

it  fignifies  in  or  among,  it  governs  the  ablative  ;las, 

In  urbem  ire,  into  \    amdr  in  pa-         happen  fame  time  after,  Ter.    In* 

ducise  in  duos    merifes  datx,  in 


triam,  in  te  benignus,  towards  ; 
in  lucem,  until  day  ;  in  eanr 
fenCfentiam,  to  thai  purpofe,  on 
.it  head  ;  in  rem  tuam  eft,  for 
your  advantage  ;  in  utramque 
partem  difputare,  on  both  Jules ^ 
for  and  againfi ;  litura  in  nomen, 
en,  Cic.  poteftas  in  filium,  ever; 
in  aliquem  dicere,  againfi  ;  mi- 
rum  in  mod um,  after  ;  in  pe- 
des flare,  in  aurem  dormire, 
on  ;  in  os  laudare,  to,  before  ; 
in  v.  inter  patres  lectus,  into  the 
number  of  ;  in  vulgus  probari, 
fpargere,  8<c.  among  ;  crefcit  in 
dies  in  fingulos  dies,  omnes  in 
dies,  every  day  ;  in  diem  pofte- 
rum,  proximum,  decimum,  a- 
gainjl ;  in  diem  vivere,  to  live 
from  hand  to  mouth,   r.ot   to   think 

oftB-mvrroiv  ;  Eft  id  diem,  « 


nunc  diem,  annum,  &c.  fir  ; 
Tern  is  affibus  in  pedem,  v.  in 
fingulos  pedes,  tranfegit,  Hebar- 
gained  for  three (hillings  a  foot,  or 
for  every  foot  ;  So  in  jugerum, 
militem,  capita,  naves,  &c.  In 
mediitina  fnguia,  H.  S.  quir.05 
denos  dcclifti,  Cic. 
In  portu  navigo,  in  tempore,  in  ; 
cfTe  in  poteftate,  v.  in  poteila- 
tem,  honore  vel  honorem,  men- 
te  v.  mentem  :  in  manu  v  ma- 
nibus  effe  ;  habere,  tenere,  ir 
one*  *  p<rwer,  on  Land \  in  amicis^ 
among  ;  in  oculis;  I  fore  ;  Oc- 
rifus  eft  in  provinchun,  for  in 
prcvincia,  Sail.  In  puer: 
adolefccntia,  fene&ute,  abfc 
tia,   fi  -  v  "rtr   rr   1  1  a 


i94 


Construction  of  Prepositions. 


boy  or  boys%  &c.     Hoc  in  tem- 
pore, Nep.     In  loco  fratris  - 

%ere>  for  v.:  fratfem,  Ter. 

Sub  terras  ibit  imagno,  fub  afpec- 
tum  cadit,  under  ;  fub  iplum 
funus,    near,  jujl    before.      Hor. 

>  fub  lucem,  ortum  lucis,  novitem, 
vcfperam,  brumam,  i.  e,  inci- 
piente  luce,  Sec.  at  the  daxvn  of 
day,  fjfe.  ;  fub  idem  tempus, 
about  ;  fub  eas  literas  recitutse 
font  tuse,  fub  feftos  dies,  after  > 
Cic. 


der  ;  fub  urbe,  near,  Ter.  : 
conditione,  w,  -em  o«or   «,-.-. 
Supsr   Numidiam,  above,   i 
fuper  rip  as,  «/>o/z  ;  fuper   i 
ter  morbum  etiam  fimj 
fixic.  befides,  Liv.  fuper  arbore, 
fronde  fuper  viridi,  ,  fuper 

hac  re  fcribere,  his  accenia  fu- 
per, concerning  ;    alii  fuper  alio 
trucidantur,  Liv.  Super  coenara 
fuper  vinura  cc  epula3,/or  inter 
during,  Curt    Nee  fuper  ipfe  fu.i 
molitur  laud  reaij/ir,  Virg 


Sub  rnuro,  rege,  pedibus,  &c.  «*-     Subter  terrain  vel  terra,  mm&j-. 

Obf.  I.  Prepofitions  in  Englifh  have  always  after  thei 
the  accufative  or  objective  cafe.  And  when  prepofitions 
in  Englifh  or  Latin  do  not  govern  a  cafe,  they  are  reckon- 
ed adverbs. 

Such    arc    Ante,    circa,    clam,    coram,    contra,    infra,    intra,  juxta,    . 
lam,  pwe,   pof,  prefer,  /ecus,  falter,  fuper,  J  ultra.      But  in  moft 

of  thefe  the  cafe  feems  to  be  implied  in  the  fenfe  ;  as,  Longo  pcfl  tern- 
pore  vetiit,  fc.  pcfl  id   temp>.s.      Adverf us,  juxta,    propter,  .77, 

ID*  clam,  are  by  fome  thought  to  be  always  adverbs,  having  a  prepo- 
fition  underftood  when  they  govern  a  cafe.  So  other  adverbs  alfo  are 
conftrued  with  the  ace.  or  abl.  as,  Intus  cellam,  for  intra,  Liv.  Iitus 
femplo  divum,  fc.   //;,   Virg.      Simul  hie,  fc.  cum,   Hor. 

Obf.  2.  A  and  e  are  only  put  before  confonants  ;  ab 
and  ex,  ufually  before  vowels,  and  fometiraes  alfo  before 
confonants  ;  as, 

A  pat  re,  e  regione  :  ab  initio,  ab  rege  ;  ex  ?.?".';%  ex  fart?  :  abs  before 
q  and  t  ;  as,  abs  te,  abs  quivis  bomine,  Ter.  Some  phrafes  are  ufe.l 
only  with  e  ;  as,  e  long'mquo,  c  region:,  e  vef.igio,  e  re  mta  ef,  &c-  Some 
only  with  ex  ;   as,   E\  compaBoi  ex  tempore,  magna  ex  parte,   &c. 

Obf.  3.  Prepofitions  are  often  underftood  ;  as,  Devenere  locos,  fcil. 
ad\  It  portis,  fc.  ex,  Virg.  Nunc  id  prodeo,  fcil.  ob  vel  propter,  Ter 
Maria  afpera  jat'o,   fcil.  per,   Virg.       Ut  fe    loco  mover.  poffent,    fcil 

t  vel   de,    Cx,(.       Vina    promens    doiio,    fcil.  ex.    Her.      Quid   Hit  facia: 
Quid  me  fei,   fc.  de,    Ter.      And  fo  in  Englifh,   Sbeiv  me  the  booh  ;    Get 
me   feme   paper,  that  is.   to    me,  for    me.      V/e  fometimes  find  the  word 
to  which  the  prepofition  refers,  fuppreffed  ;    as,  Circuit  Coney  fc. 

adem,  Sail,      Round  St    Paul's,  namely,  church  ;    Campum  Stella'.  iftt 

extra  fortem    ad  vtginti  fnillibus    t'foium,    i.    e.  ciitium    millibus  ad  "jiginti 
millia,  Suet.     But  this  is   moft  frequently  the    cafe  after  prepofitioi 
in  compofition  ;    thus,    Emitters >  fervum,   fcil.  ma.\.i,    Plaut.      fjon., 
\'irus,  fcil.   ore*  C:'r.      Edvee  r,   fcil,  cqflrh}  Cref. 


Construction  of  Interjections.  195 

XLV/ A  prepofition  in  composition  often  gov- 
erns the  fame  cafe,  as  when  it  ftands  by  itfelf  ;/as? 

Adeamus  fcholam,  .  Let  US  go  to  the  fchool. 

Exeamus  fcbcla,  Let  us  go  out  of  the  fchool. 

Obf.  I.     The  prepofition  with  which  the   verb  is  compounded,  is^ 
often  repeated  ;    as,   Adire  ad  fcbolam  ;    Exir;  e  fchola  ;    Adgredi  aliquidW 
OX  ad  aliquid\    ingredi  orationem   vel   in   orationem  ;    inducer e   animumy    ly 
in    auimum  ;   evade  re  undis    isf  ex  undis  /   decedsre  de  fuo  jure,  decedere  via 
vel   de   via  ;    expellere,  ejicere,  exterminate,  ext  ruder  e,  exiurbare  utbe,   \Z? 
ex  urbe.     Some  do  not  repeat  the  prepofition  ;    as,  Ajfari,  alloqui,  al- 
latrare  ali  quern,  not  ad  ali  quern.      So  All  u  ere  urbem  ;   accolere  ftutnen  ;  cir- 
cumvenire  aliquem  ;  pr^eferire  injuriam ;   abdicate  fc  jmtgijzratit,    (alio  abdi- 
care  magiftratum)  ;  tranfducere  exerciium  Jluvium,  *7xc.     Others  are  only 
conftrued  with  the  prepofition  ;  as,  Accttrrene  ad  aliqvem,  adborfari  ad 
aliquid,  incidere  in  morbum,  avocare  a  Jludiis,  avsrtere  ab^incepto,  &c. 

Some  admit  other  prepofitions  ;  as,  Abite,  demigrat^e  loco ;  &  a,  dey 
ex  loco;  abji rah  ere  aliquem  a,  de,  vel  e  confpeclu ;  Dejijlere  J^ntentia,  a  vel 
de  fenientia,  Excidere  manibus,  de  vel  e  manibus,   &c. 

Obf.  2.  Some  verbs  compounded  with.<?  or  ex  govern  ei- 
ther the  ablative  or  accusative  ;  as, 

EgreJi  urbe  ox  urbem,   fc.    extra;   egredi  extra  vallum,  Nep.      Evader e 
tnjtdiis  or  injldies.      Patrios  excedere  mures,  Lucan.  ■  Sceleraia»excedere  ter=>^ 
ra,  Virg.      ELibi  ex  manibus  ;  pugnam,  vincula,  Tac. 

Obf.  3.  This  rule  does  not  take  place,  unlefs  when  the  prepofltioB 
may  be  disjoined  from  the  verb,  and  put  before  the  noun  by  itsfelf  ; 
IS,  Alloquor  pattern,   or  loquor  ad  pat  rem, 

3.fThe  Construction  of  Interjections^ 

XLVL  ,  The  interjections  0,  heuj  and  P'fofi, 
are  conftrued  with  the  nominative, ^accuiative, 
or  vocative  ;  as ;  J 

0  vir  bonus  or  bone  !  O  good  man!   Heu  me  mlfervm  I  Ah  wretched  me  ! 

So,  0  vir  fariis  atque  amicus  !  Ter.  Heu  vaniias  lumana  !  Plin.  Hen 
miferande piter  I  Virg.    0 pr cedar um  cujlodem  ovium  (ut  aiunt)  lupuml  Cic, 

XLVIL  Hei  and  va.  govern  the  dative  jias, 

Hc'i  mibi  I  Ah  me  !  Vce  voiis  !  Wo  to  you  ! 

Obf.  I.    Ileus  and  ohe  are  joined  only  with  the  vocative  ;  as,   Ileus 
Syre,  Ter.      Ohe  iibclle  !     Martial,     Prob  or  pro,  ah,  vah,  bem,  h> 
generally  either  the  accufative  or  vocative  ;    as,  P? 
Ter.   Prob  Sancle  Jupiter  !    Cic.  ;  Hem  afiutias  !    Ter. 

Obf.    i.    Interjections  cannot  properly  have  either  concord  or  gov* 
•rnment.     They    are  only  mere  founds  excited  by  paffion,  and  h. 
10  jufl  conncdlion  with  any  ether  part  of  a  fent  :r  t,     Whatever  c 

»S2 


'-tion  of  Circumstances. 

*  j  -.   -vi ft  depend  on  fome  other  word  un- 

djftq|vd,    except    the  \  ire,  which   is    always    placed  abfolutely  : 

tilM9>  vf  '    frauds  for  2fc«  /    quam  me  miferum  fentio  !   Hei 

tnibi  !   for  He*  !  /    pr<jh  dolor  /    for  Prob  !   quant  us  cf.  do- 

lor  !  and  fo  in  other  example  i 

Y The  Construction  of  Circumstances. 

The  circumftances,  which  in  Latin  are  expreffed  in  dif- 
ferent cafes,  are,  i.  The  Price  of  a  thing,  2.  The  Cau/et 
Manner,   and   Injlrumcnt.      3.   Place.     4.   Meafure  and  Dif- 

i.     Price. 

XL VIII.  'The  price  cf  a  thing  is  put  in  the 
ablative  ; /as, 

E?ni  librum  duebus  of.  bus,  I  bought  a  book  f  jr  two  findings. 

Conjlitit  talento,  It  cofl  a  talent. 

So   AJfe  car  urn   eft  ;    vile  vtgwti  minis  ;   cniro  venule,    &C.      Nocei 
dolor e  voluntas,  Hor.      Spem  prttio  non  emem,    rl  cr.      Pluri  tint 

benores,  Ovid. 

^[(Thefe  genitives  tanll,  quant  l^  pluris,  minorut  are  ex« 
cepted  ;ras, 

Quanti  conjlitit,  How  much  coft  it  ?   AJfe  et  pluris,  A  {hilling  and  tnoi 
K)bf.  1.  When  the  fubftantive  is  added,  they  are  put  in  the  ablative  ; 

as,  farvo  pretio,  impenfo  pretio  'vendere,   Cic 

Obf.  2.    Magna,  permagno,  parvo,  paululo,  minimo,  plurimo,  are  often 

ufed   without   the   fubftantive  ;    as,  Pl  rmarna  conjlitit,  fcil.  pretio,  Cic. 

Heu    quanto    regnis    nox  Jletit    una    tuts  ?    Ovid.  Faft,  ii.  8 1 2.      We  alfo 

iay,   E mi  care,  carius,  carijjlme  ;    bive,  melius,  optima;    male,  pejus,  -Alius, 

vilijfime  ;     Valde  cars    cefimas  :     £,rr.it   domum  prope   dimidio  carius,  qu 

afimabai,   Cic, 

Obf.  3.    The  ablative  of  price  is  properly  governed  by  the  prepofi- 

tion  pro  underftood,  which  is  likewifs  fometimes  expr^pffed  ;  as,  V 

pro  argenteis  decern  aureus  unus  valel'et,  Liv. 

2.  Manner  and  Cause. 

XLIX.  (  The  caufe,  manner,  and  inftrument 
are  put  in  the  ablative  jl^as, 

Palleo  metu,  I  am  pale  for  fear. 

Fecit  Juo  more,  He  did  it  after  his  own  way. 

Scribo  calami,  1  write  with  a  pen 


GONSTRUCTiO-N    Cf  ClRCUMSTAXCSS.  >} 

So    Ardtt  dolors  ;   pallefar?  cuha  ;     cjluare  dubltattone  \  gej\ 
vel  w  •*    Gimfe  ■  ;   affe&us  bsneficiis,  graiijjimo  fippli.io  ; 

;     Pietuis  fill ust  ccnfiliis  fiater,  amors  •fra* 
ace   Jt.v    /\:   gratia.     JRari:  <  belloy  Nep.     •  Pi*oceclergJfcn 

grad.t  ;    yfav  to    apparatu  :     Nu!h  fjno    convertitur    <?■•■•         Juv. 

^jjot   valid  tacfto  curve  Jenscla  pede,  Gv:c,      PeTcuisrs  fecuriy  defender* 

:is,  conjigere  j-  .    &c. 

Obf.   I.    The  ablative  is  here  governed  by  fome  prepofition  tmd 
flood.     Before  the  manner  and    caufe,    the  prepoiition    is   fometi 
exprefTed  ;  a?,  Dj  mors  matrmm  locuia  £,r,  \irg.  no  cum  metu\   H 

ds  caufa  :  Pra  mzrore,  /brmhfine,  Isfc.  But  hardly  ever  before  the  ia- 
ftrument  ;  as,  Vulnerare  a'.iquem  gfadio,  not  cytn  gladfo  ;  unlefs  among 
the  poets,  who  fometimes  add  a  or  ab  ;  as,  7V.7    5      ah  srfc,  Ovid. 

Obf.  2.    When   any  thing  is  faid  to  be  in  company  with  another* 
it  is  called  the  ablative  of  concomitance,   and  has  the  prepofition 

.  ufually  add  id  ;    as,  Oofedit.  curiam   cum  <  ;    LtgreJJkt  eft  c. 

Cic. 
,f.  3.    Undei  rule  are  corapreherj         feVeral  other  circuni- 

nces,  as  the  matter  of  which  any  id  what  is  call- 

by  grammarian  Adjunct*  that  is,  a  noun  in  the  ablative  joined 

to  a  verb  or  adjective,  to  exprels  the  character  or  quality  of  the  per- 
fon  or  thing   fpokeri  of  ;  as,   Cap  n  fuxo  quadrais   conjlruHumy  Liv, 

Fiona t  acu.nln:    ingsmi^   Cic       Pallsi    <■_  valet 

fama  nob'dis,  &c.     JEger  pedihtu.      When    we    exprels   the   matter 
which  any  thing  is  made,  the  prepofition  is  ufually  added  ;    a^    Tt  • 
re,  feldom.  marmotis  %  Fc  auro  JacJt/m,  Cic. 


* 


3.     P  L  a ■  c  >:.  • 

The  circumftances  of  place  may  be  reduced  to .  four  par- 
ilars,      1.   The  place  where,   or   i,i  which.     2.  The 

whither,  or  to  which.      3.  The  place  whence*,  or  from  <w 

4.  The  place  by  or  through  which.  *JL» 

/  At  or  In  a  place  is  put  in  the  genitive  ;  unlefs  the  noun 
be  of  the  third  declenfion,  or  of  the  plural  number,  and 
then  it  is  exprefTed  in  the  ablative.  / 

/    TO  a  place  is  put  in    the   accufative  ;    From  or  bv  a 
place,  in  the  ablative.  f 

J  But  thefe  cafes  will  be  more  exactly  afcertained  by  re- 
ducing the  circumftances  of  place  to  particular  queftions.  J 

1.      The  Place  Where.  , 

L.  '  When  the  queftion   is    made   by   Ubi  ? 
Where  ?  the  name  of  a  town  is  put  in  the  geni- 
re  \  as,) 


~ix:t 


19$  Construction  of  Circumstances. 


Vix'it  Rcmxi  He  lived  at  Rome. 

JVIcrtuuj  ejl  Londini,  He  died  at  London. 


ffl  But  if  the  name  of  a  town  be  of  the  third   declenfioa 
or  plural  number,  it  is  exprefTed  in  the  ablative  f  as, 

Habitat  Caribagine,  He  dwells  at  Carthage. 

Sruduit  Parifi'n,  He  ftudied  at  Paris.  . 

Obf.  t.     When   a   thing   is  faid  to  be   done,   not  in  the 
place  itfelfj  but  in   its   neighbourhood  or  near  it,   we  always 
ufe  the  prepofition   ad  or  apud  ;  .  as, ,  Ad  or  apud.  Troja 
At  or  near  Troy. 

Obf.  2.  The  name  of  a  town,  when  put  in  the  ablative,  is  here 
governed  by  the  prepofition  in  underftood  ;  but  if  it  be  in  the  geni- 
tive, we  muit  fupply  in  urbe,  or  in  oppido.  Hence,  when  the  name 
of  a  town  is  joined  with  an  adjective  or  common  noun,  the  prepofi- 
tion is  generally  expreffed  ;  thus,  we  do  not  fay,    Natus  ejl  Rome?  urbis 

:bris  :  but  either  Romw  in  celebri  urbey  or  in  Roma  eelebri  urbs,  or  in 
Roma  celebri  urbe>  or  fometimes  Rome  celebri  urbe.  In  like  manner,  we 
ufually  fay,  Habitat  in  mbe  Gartbagine,  with  the  prepofition.  We 
like  wile  find,  Habiizt  Caitbagini,  which  is  fometimes  the  termination 
of  the  ablative,  when  the  queilion  is  made  by  ubi  ? 

2.      The  Place  Whither.. 

LI.  I  When  the  queilion  is  made  by  ^uo%j 
Whither  :  the  name  of  a  town  is  put  in  the  ac-^ 
cufative  ;  as, J 

Venit  Rcmam,  mX<         ^e  caHlc  to  Rome. 

Prcfetlus  ejl  Atber.  He  went  to  Athens.  • 

Obf.  I.    We  find  the  dative   alfo  ufed  among  the  poets,  but  more- 
feldom  ;  as,   Garibagini  nuncioymittam^  Horat. 

Obf.  2.     Names  of  towns  ^re  fometimes  put  in  the  accufative,  after* 
verbs  of  telling  and  giving,  where   motionfto   a  place  is  implied ;  as,^ 
Romam  trot  nunciaiuv.  The  report  was  carried  to   Rome,  Liv.     Hac 
nunciant  domuvi  Albaii,  Id.      Mejfqnam  Uteres  dedit,  Ci:.  * 

3.      The  Place  Whence. 

LII.  I  When  the  queftion  is  made  by  Vhids  ? 
Whence  ?  or  S$ua  ?  By  or  through  what  place  ? 
the  name  of  a  town  is  put  in  the  ablative  j  las, 


Construction  of  Circumstances.  199 

D-  ,  He  departed  from  Gorinth. 

Xu  iter  faciei  He  wei.t  through  Iiaodicea. 

When  motion  by  or  through   a  place  is  fignifled,  the  p.'epofition  f 
is  commonly  u.  >,  Per  Toeb^*  Iter  Nep. 

D  and  it^jv 

L1IL  iDomus  and  r;/j  are  conftrued  the  fame 
way  as  names  of  towns  ;/  as, 

Manet demi,  He  ftays  at  horn;. 

Bov.ujn  reverihtri,  He  re(  tome. 

Z>#arc  arceffitus  fum,  1  am  called  from  home. 

yiwit  rure,  or  more  frequently  run,  He  lives  in  the  country. 

.  ruret  tic  is  returned  from  the  country. 

lit  rui,  He  is  gone  to  the  -y. 

Obf.  i./  Hum.)  rrdhtiiZ)  and  fc/fij  are  likewife  conftrued 
in  the  genitive,  as  names  of  towns  ; I thus, 

Domi  et  tniltiie,  QZ*bdli)  At  home  and  abrcad.     Jacet  humit  He  lies 

en  the  ground.  , 

Obf.  7.  When  Donats  is  joined  with  an  adjective,  we  commonly 
ufe  a  prepofition  ;  as,  In  domo  pater.ia,  not  don.i  paterna  ;  So,  Ad  do- 
paternavi  :  Ex  dj?r.o  paternc.  Uniefs  when  it  is  joined  with  thefe 
poffeliives,  Afeus,  tuus,  /vw,  nojler.,  .-,  and  alienus  ;  as,  Do- 

mi jne£  vixit,   Cic.      Regiam  iomum  cowporta/??,   Sail. 

Obf  3.  When  domus  has  another  ful  1;  mtive  in  the  genitive  auer 
it,  the  prepofition  is  fometimes  afed  and  fometimes  not  ;  as,  Depre- 
benfus   ejl  do;K  .,  or  in  do.no    Cajaris* 

LIV./To  names  of  countries,  provinces,  and 
all  other  places,  except  towns,  the  prepofition 
is  commonly  added  y)  as, 

When  the  cjueiticn  h  made  by 

Uui  ?    j\rut.<s  in  Italia f   in  L.itio,  in  urbe,    I 

Quo  ?    Abiit  in  I  in  Latium^  i  urhemy   life- 

linde  ?   Rediit  ex  Italia^  e  Latio,  ex  uric,    l^f:. 

Qua  ?    <TranJ;t  per  ItaliaJB,  per   L,  r  urbemy    \ffc. 

Obf.   i.    A  prepefition  is  often  added  to  names  of  town- 
as,  In  Roma  for  Roma  ;  ad  Romam,  ex  Roma,  &c. 

Pcto  always  governs  the   accufative    as   an    a&ive    verb, 

without 


20Q  Construction  of  Circumstances. 

without-  a  prepofition  ;  as,    Pethoh l  Egypt  urn,    He  went  to 
Egypt. 

Obf.  3.    Names  of  countries,  provinces,  &c.  are  fbmetimes  ccn- 
flrued  without   the   prepofition   like  names   of  towns  ;    as,  Pompeitu 
Cypri  rj'ifus  if,   Czef.    Greta  jujftt  confide  re  Apollo,  Virg.      Non  Lybia,  for 
in  Lyb'ui  ;    non  ante  Tyro,  for    Tyri.    Id.   JSLn.   iv.    36.      Vcnit  Sardinia 
Cic.      Roma:,   Numidiaque  facimrd  ejus  v?e?norat,  SalL 

4.  Measure  jarid  Distance.  ! 

;  EV.J  Meafure  or  d.ftance  ft  put  in  the  accufi- 
tive,  and  fometimes  in  the  ablative  ;]as, 

Murus  efi  decern  pedes  alius.  The  wall  is  ten  feet  Sigh. 

XJrbs  diftat  triprhta  miliia*  OT  tri-J  ,-„,        .  ,  .  .,       ,.n 

.  •  J    .,;.,*         a.  v  1  he  city  is  thirty  miles  diltant  1 

gifiia  tniUwus  pejjuum^  ^  *  J 

Iter,  or  iiincre  unius  dLi,  One  day's  journey. 

Obf.  1.  /The  aecufafive  or  ablative  of  meaftire  is  put  af- 
ter adjectives  and  verbs  of  dimenfion  ; J  as,  Longus,  laius, 
crajfus,  profundus,  and  alius  :  Patet,  porr'igiiur,  eminety 
&c.  The  names  of  meafure  are  pesy  cubitus,  ulna,  pajfus, 
digitus,  an  inch  ;  palmus,  a  fpan,  an  hand-breadth,  &Cc 
The  accusative  or  ablative  cf  diflance  is  ufed  only  after 
verbs  which  exprefs  morion  or  diflance  ;  as,  Eo,  curro, 
€ibfum,  diflo,  izfe.  The  accufative  .is  governed  by  ad  or 
per  underftood,  and  the  ablative  by  a  or  at, 

Obf.  2.    When  we   exprefs  the  meafure  of   more  things  than  one, 
we  commonly  ufe  the  distributive  number  ;    as,    Muri  feat  denos  ft 
alii,  and  fometimes  daman  pedum,  for  denorum,  in  the  genitive,  ad  men" 
furam  being  underftood-     But  the  genitive  is  only  ufed  to  exprefs  the> 
meafure  of  things  in  the  plural  number. 

Obf.  3.  When  we  exprefs  the  diflance  of  a  place  whare  any  thing 
is  done,  we  commonly  ufe  the  ablative  ;  or  the  accufative  with  the 
prepofition  ad  ;  as,  Sex  millibus  pafuvm  ah  urbe  confedit,  or  ad  fex  mil" 
tia  pajjiium,  Crtf.  Ad  quintum  milliarium  v.  milliare  confedit,  Cic.  Ad 
euintttm  lapidem,  Nep. 

Obf.  4-\  The  excefs  or  difference  of  meafure  and  diflance 
is  put  in  the  ablative  ;]  as, 

Hoc  lignum  excedit  illud  digit o.  Toto  Virtue  fipra  eft,  Virg.  Britan~ 
'iia  knvitudo  ejus  htitudinem  dv.centis  quadraginta  milliaribus  fupefai, 

5.   Tir 


Construction  of  Circumstances.  201 

5.       T  I  M  E. 

LVI,  \When  the  queftion  is  made  by  gucuido? 
When  ?  time  is  put  in  the  ablative  ;]  as, 

IVenit  btratertia,  He  came  at  three  o'clock. 

When  the  queftion  is  made  by  Shjamdtu  ?  How  long  ? 
:  is  put  in  the.  accufative  or   ablative,  but   oftener   in  the 
accufative  ;/as, 

Manfit  pauccs  dies,  He  flaid  a  few  days.  # 

Sex  menfibus  abfuit,  He  was  away  fix  months. 

*]0r  thus,  Time  when  is  put  in  the  ablative,  time  bow 
longhs  put  in  the  accufative.  ) 

Obf.  1.  (  When  we  fpeak  of  any  precife  time,  it  is  put  in 
the  ablative  ;  but  when  continuance  of  tinje  is  expreffed, 
it  is  put  for  the  moft  part  in  the  accufative.  J 

Obf.  2.  Ail  the  circumftances  of  time  are  often  expreffed  with  a 
prepofition  ;  as,  In  prajenth,  or  in  prafenti*  fcil.  tempore ;  in  vel  ad 
prafens  ',  Per  decern  annos  ;  Surgunt  de  nocle  ;  ad  boron  dejlinatam  ;  Intra 
annum  ;  Per  idem  tempus,  ad  Kalcvdas  foluturos  ait.  Suet.  The  prepofi- 
tion ad  or  drta  is  fometimes  fupprciled,  as  in  thefe  expreffions,  hoc, 
Mud,  id,  ijlhuc%  cetatis,  temperis,  bora,  Is'e.  for  hac  atate,  hoc  tempore, 
iffc.  And  ante  or  fomc  other  word  ;  as,  Annos  natus  unum  Iff  viginti, 
fc.  ante.  Siculi  quotannis  tributa  conjerunt,  .fc.  tct  anr.is,  quot  vel  quotquot 
junt,  Cic.  Prope  diem,  fc.  ad  foon  ;  Oppidum  paucis  diebus,  quibus  eo 
ventum  ejl,  expugnatum,  fc.  pojl  cos  dies,  Caef.  Ante  diem  tertium  Kalendas 
Maias  accepftuas  Hieras,iQT  die  teriio  ante,  Cic.  Qui  dies  futurus  ejfet 
inante  diem  cflwjum  Kalendas  Norvembris,\A>  Exante  diem  quintum  KaU 
Oclob.  Liv.  Lacedamonii  feptingentos  jam  annos  atnplius  vnis  moribus  et 
nunquam  mutatis  legibus  waunt,  fc.  quam  per,  Cic.  We  find,  Prijnum 
Jlipendium  meruit  awiorum  decern  feptemque,  fc.  Atticus  ;  for  feptemdecim 
annos  natus,  feventeen  years  old,  Nep. 

Obf.  3.  The  adverb  ABHINC,  which  is  commonly  ufed  with  re- 
fped  to  paft  time,  is  joined  with  the  accufative  or  ablative  without  a 
prepofition  ;  as,  faclum  ejl  ablinc  biennio  or  biennium,  It  was  done  tw& 
years  ago.  So  likewife  are  pojl  and  ante  ;  as,  Paucos  pojl  annos  :  but 
here,  ea  or  id  may  be  underitood. 


COMPOUND     SENTENCES. 

A  compound  fentence  is   that  which  has   more   than   one 
nominative,  or  one  finite  verb. 

A  compound   fentence   is  made  up  of  two  or  more  fimj^e 
fentences  oAphrafu*  and  is  commonly  called  a  Period* 

^  The 


2  02 


Construction  of  Relatives. 


The  parts  of  which  a  compound  fentence  conflib,  are 
called   Members  or  Claufes. 

In   every   compound  fentence   there  are  either  feveral  fubjee*ts,  ai 
cne  attribute,  or  feveral  'attributes,  and  one  fubjecl:,   or  both  fevera 
fubjc&s  and  feveral  attributes  :    Tbat  is,  there   r.re  either  feveral  n< 
mmatives  applied  to  the   fame  verb,  or  feveral  verbs  applied   to  th< 
{arc  r  cm  i  native,  or  both. 

Every  verb  marts  a  judgment  or  attribute,  and  every  attribute 
mull  have  a  fubjeet.  1  here  mud  therefore  be  in  every  fentence  or 
period  as  many  prepofitions,  as  there  are  verbs  of  a  finite  mode. 

J  Sentences  are  compounded  by  means  of  rela- 
tives and  conjunctions  ;  Jas, 

Happy  is  the  man  who  loveth  YeYighn  and  praclifeth  virtue. 

The  Construction  of  Relatives. 

LVII.  [The  relative  j£///,  £>ua,  S$uod,  agree 
with  the  antecedent  in  gender,  number,  and  per- 
fon  ;  and  is  conftraed  through  all  the  cafes,  as 
the  antecedent  would  be  in  its  place  ;  ?as 

Singular* 

The  man  "who. 
The  woman  who. 


•Vir  qui, 
Famina  qua, 
Negoiium  quod) 
Ego  qui  fcribo, 
"Tu  qui  fcrrti;, 
Vir  qui  fcrihit, 


The  thing  which. 


I  who  write. 

Thou  who  writelt. 

The  man  who  writes. 
JS'Iulicr  qua  fcr'tbliy    The  woman  who  write?. 
Animal  nxd  currit.    The  animal  which  runs. 


Vir  quern  via 
Adulter  quam  cvit//i 
Animal  quod  nidi, 
'Vir  cui  jbaret) 
Vir  a  Uhf 

Vir  a  auoy 
Adulter  ad  quam, 
Vir  cuius  opus      , 
Vir  qi  cm  V, 

i  reoi  vel  miferefcO) 

:s  vel  to^i  fcJ**« 


Plural. 
Viri  qui. 
Fcemina  qua. 
otia  qua. 
JVc;  qui  Jcrihimus* 
Vos  qui  fcribitis. 
Viri  qui  fcrihtmt. 
JVIu  litres  qua  fcrihunt 
Animalia  q:ta  euti 
Viri  quos  <vidi. 
JMulicres  quas  i 
Animal: a  qua  vidi. 


1  he  man  whom  I  faw. 

The  wonrn  whom  I  faw. 

The  animal  which  I  faw. 

The  man  whom  he  obeys. 

The  man  to  whom  he  is  like.  Viri  quibus  eft jimrfis. 

The  man  by  whom.  Viri  a  quibtu- 

The  woman  to  whom.  .res  ad 

Whofe  work  It  is.       Viri  quorum  «£::s  eft 


Viri  qtf'ifus  p 


? 

5 


The  man  wKcm  I  pity. 

whofe  intercit  it  \s\  &c. 


I  If  •  itnnartive  come  between  the  relative  and  .the 

e  relative  will  be  the  nominative  to  the  veto-  J 


But 


Construction  of  Relatives.  20J 

I  But  if  a  nominative  come  between  the  relative  and  the 
verb,  the  relative  will  be  of  that  cafe,  which  the  verb  or 
noun  following,  or  the  prepofition  going  before,  ufe  t# 
govern.     / 

Thus  the  conftnuftion  of  the  relative  requires  an  ac- 
quaintance with  moll  of  the  foregoing  rules  of  fyntax,  and 
mav  ferve  as  an  exercife  on  all  of  them  y 

* 

Obf.  i.    The  relative  mtfft  always  have  an  antecedent 

expreffed  or  underftood,  and  tlierefore  may  be  confidered 

as  an  adjective  placed  between  two  cafes  of  the  fame  fub- 

ftantive,  of  which  the  one  is  always  expreffed,  generally* 

the  former  ;   as, 

V\r  qui  (vir)  legit ;  viry  quem  (virum)  a  mo  :    Sometimes  the  latter  \ 
as,   ^uam  quifque  nor  it  artem>  in  Baa  (arte)  fe  cxercdat',  Cic.      Eunuchum, 
i  dedifti  ,  qu.is  turbus  dedit,  Ter.  fc.  Eunucbus.      Sometimes  both 

cafes  are  expreffed  ;  as,  Erant  omnino  duo  itinera,  quibus  itineribus  dome 
exire  pojfant,  Caif.  Sometimes,  though  more  rarely,  both  cafes  are 
omitted;  as,  Sunt,  quos  hoc  genus  minime  juvat,  for  funt  homines*,  quos 
famines,  life.  Hor. 

Cbf.  2.  /When  the  relative  is  placed  between  two  fub" 
ftantives  of  different  genders,  it  may  agree  in  gender  with 
either  of  them,  though  moft  commonly  with  the  former  $ 
as,) 

Vultus  qucm  dixete  chaos,  Ovid.  EJl  locus  in  career e,  quod  Tulliamim 
Cpp/l/aiiir,  Sail.  Animal,  quem  vafamus  hominem,  Cic.  Cogito  id  quod 
res  e/J,  Ter.  If  a  part  of  a  fenteace  be  the  antecedent,  the  relative  is 
always  put  in  the  neuter  gender  ;  as,  Potnpeius  fe  affixit,  qu.d  mihi  efl 
fan/we  dolcri,  foil.  Po  mpeiunt  fe  affligcre,  Cic.  Sometimes  the  relative 
docs  not  agree  in  gender  with  the  antecedent,  but  with  fome  fynon- 
imous,  word  f applied  ;  as,  Scelus  qui  for  fc^!<Jt:isy  Ter.  Abundantim 
tar  urn  r.r:;>r.      qtue    moi:  int,  fcil.    ■  .    Sail.      V el  virtus 

-ne  <v?l  .  quod  eg  >,  facit  ut  te  mo- 

fcil.  Ter.      In    or.zni    Africa,   qui   cgebant*,    for  in   omnibus 

Afr:sy    Salluft.    Jug.    89.      Non    dijjidentia  futuri,    quae    iwperavijfet,    for 
fuod,  lb.  IOO. 

Obf.  3.  /When  the  relative  comes  after  two  words  of 
different  perfons,  it  agrees  with  the  firft  or  fecond  perfon 
rather  than  the  third  ;/as,  Ego  fum  vir,  qui  facio,  icarcely 
racit.  In  Englifh  it  fometimes  agrees  with  either ;  as,  / 
tm  the  77ian,  n.uro  make,  or  maketh.  But  when  once  the 
perfon  of  the  relative  is  fixed,  it  ought  to  be  continued 
:hrough  the  reft  of  the  fentence  :  thus  it  is  proper  to  fay, 

T  "lam 


204*  Construction  of  Relatites. 

"  I  am  the  man,  who  takes  care  of  your  intered,"   but  if 
I  add,  "  at  the  cxpenfe  of  my  own**'  it  would  he  improp- 
er.     It  ought  either  to  be,  "  his  own,"   or  "  who  take." 
la  like  manner,  we  may  fay,   "  1  thank  you,  who  gav 
who  did  love,"  &c.     Lut  it  is  improper  to  fay,   "It; 
thee,  who  gave,  who   did    love  :"    it  fhould   be,    "  w] 
gaveil,  who  did  ft  love."      In  no  part  of  Englilh.  fyntax  are 
inaccuracies  committed  more  frequently  than  in  this.     Be- 
ginners are  particularly  apt  to  fall  into  them,  in  turninp- 
Latin  into  Engliili.     The  reafon  of  it  feems  to  be  our  ap- 
plying f'cu  or.  you,   thy   or  your,  promifcuoufiy,  to   expr^ 
the  fecond  perfon  fmgular,  whereas  the  Latins  almort  al- 
ways expreifed  it  by  tu  and  tints* 

Obf.  4.    The  antecedent  is  often  implied  in  a  poffefllv 
adjective  ;  as, 

0?r.nes    laudare  fortunas  ixeasy  qui  hahtrem  gnatum  tali  ingenh  pr<editum9 

Tcr.     Sometimes  the  antecedent  mud  be  drawn  from  the  fenfe  of  the 

foregoing  words  ;    as,  Came  pluit,   quern  itnlrem  aves  ra.  fkruntur  ; 

i.  e.  pluit    imbrem    eorr.c,   qiem    itfil rem ,   £sV.    Liv.        Si   temfus    ejl    ullw.n 

bcm;nis  rscandi,  qua  mult  a  funts  fcil.  tempo-ra,  Cic. 

Obf.  5-  The  relative  is  fometimes  entirely  omitted  ;  as,  Urfa  artti* 
qua  fuit  :  Tyrii  tenuere  cotynifi  fcil.  quam  or  earn,  Virg.  Or  if  once  ex- 
pretTed,  is  afterwards  omitted,  fo  that  it  mutt  be  fupplicd  in  a  different 
cafe  ;  as,  Boccbus  cum  peditibus,  quos  Jilius  ejus  edduxerat,  r.eque  in  pri 
pj'?/ia  adfuerant,  Rorranos  ir.vadunt  ;  lor  quique  in  prions  p-jgna  nSn  adfue- 
rant,  Sail.  In  Englifii  the  relative  is  often  omitted,  where  in  Latin 
it  mult  be  expreiTed  ;  as,  Thi  Liter  1 'wrote,  for  the  Utter  which  Ini  rote  ; 
The  man  I  love,  to  wit,  iihom.  Put  this  omiiGon  of  the  relative  is 
generally  improper,  particularly  in  Icrious  difeourfe. 

Obf.  6.  The  cafe  of  the  relative  fornctimes  feems  to  depend  on  thai 
of  the  antecedent  ;   as,  Cum    a! -quid  agas  eorum,  quorum  c  i,  for  q 

corfuc/li  agire,  or  qutrum  aliavid  ogere  conjuejli,  Cic.  Reflihu  in  quern  m* 
accepifti  Ucum.  for  in  locum,  in  quo,  Tcr.  And.  iv.  I.  58.  Bat  ftich  ex- 
amples rarely  occur. 

Obf.  7.    The  adjective  pronouns  ilte,  ipfc,  tjfe,  bit,  is,  and  idem,  in 
their  ccnirri'Ction,  rcfemble  that  of  the  relative  qui  ;    as,  Liber  ej 
Kis  or  her  book  ;   Vita  eorum,  Their  life,  when  applied  t'o  men  ;   Vit* 
eorum,  Their  life,  when  applied  to  women.     Byrne  improper  nfe  of 
thefe  pr.oncur.s  in  EngliQi,  the  meaning  q£  fenttnecs  is  often  render 
c-  bleu  re. 

Obf.  8.    The  interrogative  or  indefinite  adjeetiv 
ptptuf,  lye.  are  alio  forot  times  conftrutd   like  relatives  5  ies  e/*g 

Ifefororum,  Ovid.     But  thrfe  i.ave   commonly  other 
jecl.  either  expreffed  or  undcrfrood,  which    anfwer  to  them  ;  as, 

Tar  -  m*J\itn  *\  ,  quantum  rr' s  tap  ere  p'tcjl  :    and  arc  often  applied    t# 

different  fubflantivcs :  js,  T  >  talix  ,  Cic. 

Ol 


Construction  of  Conjunctions.  205 

*»f.  9.  The  relative  -who  in  Englifli  is  applied  only  to  perfons, 
and  ivbicb  to  things  and  irrational  animals  ;  but  formerly  ivbicb  was 
hkewife  applied   to  perfons;    as,  Out  ')  art  iii  keawem  :  and 

\ofofe,  the  genitive  of  iM,  is  alfo  u  fed  fometimes,  though  perhaps 
improperly,  for  of  which.  That  is  ufed  indiiFen-ntly  for  perfons  ami 
things.  IVbat,  when  not  joined  with  a  fubTtantive,  is  only  applied 
to  things,  and  includes  both  the  antecedent  z.nd  the  relative,  being 
the  fame  with  that  iil-ich,  or  thd  thii.g  ivbicb  ;  as,  This  is  zubat  be 
.  ;   that  is,  the  thing  ivbicb  ke  « 

Obf.  ic.    The  Latin  relative  often  cannot  be  tranfia'ed  literally  into 
lilh,  on  acc<  \  the  different  idioms  of  the  two  languages  ;  as, 

:ri.c  .  . ,  Wh<  it  was  fc  ;    not,  Which  when   it  was  i'o, 

Eecaufe  then  there  Would  be  two  ves  to  she  verb  trar,  which 

i-.  improper.     Sometimes  the  accularive  of  the  relative  in  Latin  mud 
\  t  rendered  bv  the   nominative  in  EneHlh  :    as,  $?  runt  me  cfTe  f 

Who    do   they  lay   that   lam  ?    not    wiiom.      &u£m  it  cdvcr.tare  ? 

0  do  thev  fav  is  coming  : 

Obf  11.  As  the  relative  is  arwafs  connected  with  a  different  verb 
from  the  antecedent,  it  is  ufuailv  conftrued  with  the  fnnjun<£Hvc 
mode,  unlefs  when  the  meaning  of  the  verb  is  exprefied  oofitively  ; 
as,  Audirc  cupio^qv<£  legerity  I  want  to  hear,  what  you  have  read;  that  is, 
what  perhaps  oi  probably  you  may  have  read  :  Audit e  cvpU,  qua  legijli, 
I  want  to  hear,  what  you  (atlually  cr  in  foci)  have  read. 

To  the  conltrtieiion  cf  the  Relative  may  be  fubjoined 
that  of  the  answer  to  a  question. 

The  anfwer  is  commonly  put  in  the  fame  cafe  with  the 
quelticn  ;  as, 

£>ui  vocarc  f  G?*a,  fc.  voccr.  Quid* quarts  ?  Librum,  fc.  euaro.  ^uota. 
vera  venifi  ?  Scxta.  Sometimes  the  ccnftru&ioa  is  varied  ;  as,  Cujus  ejl 
liber  ?   -  not  ;.7t7.     J^uatiti  etnptus  efl?    Dtcem  oJ:lus.     T>atxnatufnt  es 

f     imo  alh   crimine.     Offtn   the    an  fever   is  made  bv  other  parts 
of  fpeech   than   nouns;    as    Quid  agitur?    Stair  r,  i'c   mme  \u% 

QuL  fecit  ?   Nefcio  :    Aiunt  Pttru**  fecijfe.       <5i.cr,:cdc>    voles  I     B.  :',. 

So  c' F     Scripf,  it  a,  ciiui.    imtno,  &C,       *in 

)nrriime,    dkc.    Cbarea    tuam   vfltn:  ddraxit  i'li  f     F  Ei  in~ 

tutus  ?  Fa&um.  Tcr.     Moft  o.  Rules  of  Syntax  may  thi 

mplified  in  the  form  of  que  (lion  3  and  ai.iv-.c_rs. 

The  Construction  of  Conjunctions. 

LVIII.  /The  conjunctions  et^  ac,  atque^  nec> 
-leque,  aut^  ve/,  and  fome  others,  couple  like 
Safes  and  modes  ;  fas, 

Hotter  j  pat  rem  et  metre*,  Honour  father  and  mother. 

Ka  Xe^it  reefer  Hit,  He  neither  reads  ncr  writes. 

Obf. 


206  Construction  of  Conjunctions. 

Obf.  i.  To  this  rule  belong  particularly  the  copulative 
and  disjunctive  conjunctions  ;  as  like  wife,  quam,  niji,  pt\t~ 
terqua?n,  an  ;  and  alfo  adverbs  of  likenefs,  as,  ecu,  tan- 
quam,  qua//,  ut,  £sV.   as, 

Nullum  pr&mium  a  i-  n,ulo,  prater  quam    hujtu  diet  memoriam,  Cio 

Gloria  virtu  few  tanquam  umbra  fequitur.   Id. 

Obf.  2.  Thefe  conjunctions  properly  connect  the  differ- 
ent members  of  a  fentence  together,  and  are  hard  y  ever 
applied  to  fingle  words,  unlefs  when  fome  other  word  rs 
underftood.  Hence  if  the  conftruction  of  the  fentence  be 
varied,  different  cafes  and  modes  may  be  coupled  together 
as, 

Inter  eft  me  a  et  reipuhlicit  ;    Con/tit  it  ajje  et  plurif  ;    Sk 
cs  Roma,  Jive  in  F.piro  ;   Dccius  cum  fe  devoveret,  et  in  media) 
acie:n  irruebat,  Cic.      Vir  magni  ingenii  fummuque  induftriu 
Neque  per  vim,  venue  infidjis,   Sail.      Tecum  habita,  <5  norirl 
quam  Jit  tibi  carta  fupelle*,  Perf. 

Obf.  3.    When  \st%  aut,  vel,  five,  or  nee,  arc  joined 
different  members  of  the  fame  fentence,  without  connecting 
it  particularly  to  any  former  fentence,  the  firft  et  is  ren- 
dered in  Englim  by  both  or  likewjife  ;  aut  or  vel,  by  either  ; 
the  firft  Jive,  by  whether  ;  and  the  firft  nee,  by  neither  ;  as> 

Et    legit,  et  fcrihit 1    fo  turn  legit ,  turn  fcrihit ;     or  cum  legit,  turn  fr 
He  both  reads  and  writes  ;    Sive  I  git,  five  fcrihit,  Whether  he  reads 
or   writes  :     jucere  qua  vere,  qua  fa  If  a  ;     Incrcpare   qua    confutes  ipfos,  qua. 
exetcitum,   to  upbraid  both  the  confuls  and  the  army,  Li  v. 

LIX.j  Two  or  more  fubftantives  Angular  coup- 
led by  a  conjun&ion,  (as,  et,  ac9  atque,  &c.J 
have  an  adjective,  verb,  or  relative  plural  ;)  as, 

Pelrus  et  Joannes,  qui  fun t  doBi,         Peter  and  John,  who  are  learned 
Obf.  1. 'if  the  fubftantives  be  of  different  perfons,  the 
verb  plural  mull  agree  with  the  firft  perfon  rather  than  the 
fecond,  and  with  the  fecond  rather  than  the  third  $  as,  Si 
H   et    Tullia   valetis,   ego    et    Cicero    valemus,*  If  you   ar 
Tullia  are  well,  I  and  Cicero  are  well,    Cic.     In  Englift 
the  perfon  fpeaking  ufually  puts  himfelf  laft  :    thus,   2 
and  I  read ;   Cicero  and  I  are  well  :    but  in  Latin  the  pc 
fon  who  fpeaks  is  generally   put  firft  :    thus,   Ego  et  tu 

*  ObH 


Construction  of  Conjunctions.  2C7 

Obf.  2. 1  If  the  fubftantives  are  of  different  genders,  the 

adjective  or  relative  plural  mult  agree,  with  the  mafculine 

rather  than  the  feminine  or  neuter  ;/as,  Pater  et  viater, 

u'Junt  tnortui :  but  this  is  only  applicable  to  brings  \  nich 

may  have  life.      The  perfon  is  fqrhetimes   implied  ;    as, 

At  he         it  et    Cratlpph    <*d   qua,   &c.       Propter  fummam 

docloris  aucloritatem  et  urbis,  quorum  alter  1  Sec.   Cic.     1  There 

Athejta  &  urbs  are  put  for  the  learned  men  cf  Athens.      80 

in  fubitantives  ;  as,  Ad  Piolemxum  GleojHiiromqut  re?cs  . 

gati  niiji,  i.  e.  the  king  and  queen,  Llv- 

Obf.  3.    If  the  fubftantives  figtrify  things  vnthout  life, 

the  adjective  or  relative  plural  muft  be  put  in  the  neuter 

gender  ;  as,  Divit'ue%  decus,  gloria,  In  ocidis  fita  font.    Sail. 

The  fame  holds,  if  any  of  the  fubftantives  iignify  a  thing  without 
life  ;  becaufe  when  we  apply  a  quality  or  join  an  adjective  to  ieveral 
fubftantives  of  different  genders,  we  muft  reduce  the  fnbitantives  to 
ibme  certain  clafs,  under  which  thev  mav  all  be  comprehended,  that 
is,  to  what  is  called  their  Genus.  Now  the  Genus  or  clafs  'vhlch  com- 
prehends under  it  both  perfons  and  things,  is  that  of  f&bli  inces  or 
beings  in  general,  which  are  neither  ruafculine  nor  feminine.  To 
;  cxprefs  this  the  Latin  grammarians  ufe  the  word  Wegotia* 

Obf.  4.  The  adjective  or  verb  frequently  agrees  with 
"the  neareft  fubftantive  or  nominative,  and  is  underitood  to 
the  reft  ;  as, 

Et  ego  et  Cicero  meus  flagitcbit,  Cic.  Seats  et  rege  r:c?pto^  Virg.  Et 
ego  in  culpa  fum,  et  tu>  Both  I  am  in  the  fault,  and  ycu  ;  or,  Et  ego  ti 
tu  es  in  culpa,  Both  I  and  you  are  in  the  fault.  Nihil  bic  ui/i  carnina, 
c-fur.t  ;  or  nihil  hie  dceji  niji  carmina.  Omnia,  qulti.s  turkari  folita  eras 
:as,  4vmi  dijeotdia,  foris  bellum  exort um  ;  Duo  mi  Ilia  et  quadringenti  t<t/t> 
Liv.  This  conftructkm  is  moft  ufuai,  when  the  d  liferent  fubftan- 
tives  refemble  one  another  in  fenfe ;  as,  Mns,  ratio,  et  confdium,  in 
ur  ej},  Underftanding,  reafon,  and  prudence  is  in  old  men.  <9*i- 
bus  iffemctfue  ante  Larem  f>roprium  ve/lor,  for  vefijmurt  Horat. 

Obf.  5.  The  plural  is  fometimes  ufed  after  the  prepofi- 
tion  cum  put  foj  et  ;  as, 

Remo  cum  fraire  ^u'rinus  jura  dabunt,  Virg.  The  conjunction  is 
frequently  underftood  ;  as,  Dim  *tas,  metuj,  magijler pro&bebant,  Tcr. 
FtPntfOCutiyVultas  Jkft  ->r.entiuf.t  tr^  Cic. 

The  different  examples  comprehended  under  this  rule  are  common- 
ly referred  to  the  figure  SylUpfi  . 

LX./The  conjunctions  ut^  quo,  licet,  ne,  uti* 
nam,  and  dummodo,  are  for  the  mod  part  joined 
to  the  fubjunctive  mode  A  as, 


Leg* 


2oS  Construction  of  Conjunctions. 

Ligo  ut  difam,  I  read  that  1  may  loara. 

•jfyperes,  I  willi  you  were  wife. 

Obf.  i.     All   interrogatives,   when  placed   indefinitely, 
have  after  them  the  fubjunaive  mode. 

"Whether  they  be    adjectives  ;    as.  ^uantus,  qualis,  qutius,  quoiupJtx, 
vttr ;    Pronouns,   as,  quit  Sc  cujat ;     Adverbs,   as,    l~:  ,   qua, 

quorjum,    quannfiu,    quamdudum,    quarnpridem,    quoties,    cur,    quart,    quam- 
rc  rem,    r.urn,   utner,   quonodo,    qui,    uf.    quam,    qttantoperc  ;     or     Conjunc- 
tions,   as,    nc,    av,   anne,    annon  :     Thus,    jguis  eji  ?  ■  Who  is  it?     j\"<, 
qu:s  ft  ;     I  do   not   know  who  it   is.      An  Venturis   eft?     Nefch,    dubito, 
Lnirtv.iur.isfit.     Vidn   ut  alia  jht  nhe  candldi-n:  8e  t   Hor.     But  tht'fe 

words  are  fometimes  joined  with  the  indicative  ;  r.s,  Scio  quid  ego, 
Plaut.  Haud  fc':o  an  a  hi  at,  Tcr.  Vide  avarhia  quiet focit,  Id.  Videt 
quam  turpe  eft^  Cic. 

1  In  like  manner  the  relative  QUI  in  a  continued  difcourfe ;    as, 
Kihil   eft    quod  Deus    efficere    non   pojjit.       <*>uis  eji,   qui  util:  .it  ?   Cic. 

Or  when  joined  with  qjjii'PE  or  utpote  ;    Ncque   Ant-nius  procul  a 
rat,   utpote  qui  fequtretxr,  <S:c.    Sail.       But    thefe    are    fometimes,   al- 
though more  rarely,  Joined  trkh  the  Indicative.     So  Eji  qui,funt  qui, 
tj:  quando  v.  ubi,  <S:c.  are  joined  with  the  indicative  of  fu  . .  e. 

Note,  Haiti  few  an  rzfte  dixerim,  is  the  fame  with  dico,  affirmo',  Cic. 

So  in  Englifh,  if  though,  unlefs,  except,  whatever,  wheth" 
er,  or ;  alio  fo,  hefrc,  ere,  till,  Sec.  have  after  them  the 
fubj  unlive  mode  ;  as,  If  thou  let  this  man  go  ;  If  thou 
the  Son  of  God  ;  Although  my  houfe  he  not  fo  ;  Though  he 
fay  me  ;  Though  he  fall,  Sec.  Uvlcfs  he  toa/h  his  feet  ;  I 
will  not  let  thee  go  except  thou  hlefs  me  ;  Except  it  were  given 
from  above  ;  Whether  it  were  I  or  they  ;  Wbofoever  he  be  ; 
IV i.  be  our  fate,  &c.     So  likewife  that,  expreffing  the 

motive  or  end  ;  lef,  and  that  annexed  to  a  command  preced- 
ing ;  and  gf  witH  hut  following  it  ;  as,  Let  him  that  ftand- 
cth  take  heed  left  he  fall ;  Beware  that  thou  bring  not  my  foil 
thither  ;   If  he  do  bat  touch  the  hills,  they  ilia.ll  fmoV 

The  nominative  cafe  following  the  veAJometimes  fup- 
plies  the  place  of  if,  or  though  ;  as,  "  Had  lie  done  this,  he 
had  efcaped,*'  i.  e.  if  he  had  done  this  :   "  Charm  he  never' 
fo  wifely,     or  rather,  ever  Co  wifely,  i.  e.  how  wifely  foever% 
.for,  b  he  charm,  Sec. 

Obf.  2.    When  any  thing  doubtful  or  contingent  is  f 
HI  unctions  and  indefinites  are  ufually  •conftrued 

with  the  fubjunctivc  ;  but  when  a  more  abfolute  or  deterHj 

minute 


Construction  of  Conjunctions.      209 

inmate  fenfe  is  expreffed,  -with  the  indicative  mode  ;    as, 

If  he  is  to  do  it ;  Although  he  was  rich,  &c. 

Obf.  3.  ETSI,  TAMETSI,  and  TAMENETSI  QUANQUAivf, 
in  the  beginning  of  a  fentence,  have  the  indicative  ;  but  elfewhere, 
they  alfo  take  the  fubjunclive  ;  ETJAMSI  and  QUAMVIS  com- 
monly have  the  fubjunctive,  and  ut,  although,  always  has  it  ;  as, 
Ut  qu*ros,  non  rcperics,  Cic.  QUONIAM,  QUANDO,  QUANDO- 
QUIDEM,  are  ufually  conftrued  with  the  indicative  ;  SI,  SIN,  NE, 
NISI,  SIQUIDEM  ;  QUOD,  and  QUIA,  fometimes  with  the  indic- 
ative, and  fometimes  with  the  fubjunctive.  DUM,  for  dumtnodo, 
provided,  has  always  the  f^bjuncdve  ;  as,  Odtrhii  4um  ?netuant^  Cic. 
And  QUIPPE,  for  nam,  always  the  indie. ;   as,  S^uippe  vetcr  fatis. 

Obf.  4.  Some  conjunctions  have  their  correfpondent  con- 
junctions belonging  to  them  ;  fo  that,  in  the  following 
member  of  the  fentence,  the  latter  anfwers  to  the  former  : 
thus,  when  etji,  tametf,  or  quanivis,  althougli,  are  ufed 
in  the  former  member  of  a  fentence,  tamen,  yet,  or  never- 
thelefs,  generally  anfwers  to  them  in  the  latter.  In  like 
manner,  Tarn — quam  ;  Adeo  or  t(a9 — ut  :  in  Ergliih, 
As, — at  or  fo  ;  as,  Erf  ft  liberalis,  tamen  non  ef '  prof  f us, 
Although  he  be  liberal,  yet  he  is  not  profufe.  So  prius  or 
ante, — quam.  In  fome  of  thefe,  however,  we  find  the  lat- 
ter conjunction  fometimes  omitted,  particularly  in  Englifh. 

Obf.  5.  The  conjunction  ut  is  elegantly  omitted  after 
thefe  verbs,  Volo,  nolo,  malo,  rogo,  precor  cenfeo,  fuadeo, 
',  cportet,  neceffe  eft,  and  the  like  ;  and  Ukewife  after 
thefe  imperatives,  Sine,  fac,  or  facito  ;  as,  Ducas  volo  ho- 
die  uxoreiri  ;  Nolo  mentiare  ;  Fac  cogites,  Ter.  In  like 
manner  ne  is  commonly  omitted  after  cave  ;  as,  Cave  fa- 
cias, Cic.  Poft  is  alio  fometimes  under  flood  ;  thus,  Die 
oclui'Cj  quam  creatus  erat,  Liv.  iv.  47.  fcil.  pqft.  And  fo  in 
Engliih,   See  you  do  it  ;  I  leg  you  would  come  to  me,  fc.  that. 

Obf.  6.  Ut  And  <guod  are  thus  difliingui  fhed  :  ut  denotes  the  final 
caufe,  and  is  nmonly  ufed  with  regard  to  fomething  future ;  quod 
marks  the  efL  :  or  impuilive  caufe,  and  is  generally  ufed  coneern- 
the  ^\ent  or  thing  d^n^  ;  as,  Lego  ut  d/fcam>  I  read  that  I  may 
0  quod  legi,  I  am  glad  that  cr  becaufe  I  have  read.  Ut  is 
like  wife  ufed  after  thefe  intenfive  words,  as  they  are  called,  Adea% 
it  a,  Jic,  ta  tar.tus,   tot,   Iffc. 

Obf.  7.  After  the  verbs  timeo,  vereor,  and  the  like,  ut 
is  taken  in  a  negative  fenfe  for  ne  non,  and  ne  in  an  affir- 
mative fenfe  ;    as, 

fimso  ne  faciat,  I  fear  he  will  do  it  ;   Titnco  ut  facl at,  I  fear  he  will 

not 


210  Construction*  of  Comparative 

not  do  it.      /:/  paves  ni   ducas    tu  I,    tu   cutem  ut  ducas,  Tcf.      Ut    l\ 

*vit(i!is>  n:etuo,  Hor.      Titnco  ut  fraUt  viiut,  will  not  ; — tu  fra'.:t  morut 
will.    But  in  fomc  few  examples  they  feem  to  have  a  contrary  meaning. 

The  Construction  of  Com  tives. 

LXI.  i  The  comparative  degree  governs  the  ab- 
lative ;|  as, 

Duhhr  meVe*  fwetter  than  honey.     Praflamti  r  at?ro>  better  than  golu. 

Obf.  I.  |  The  fign  of  the  ablative    in   Englifh    is  than* 

The  pofitive  with  the  adverb  viagis,  likewife  governs  the 

ablative  ;jas,  Magis  dilccla  luce,  Virg. 

The  ablative  is  here  governed  by  the  prepohtion  Jtr<*  underftoi  d, 
which  is  fometin.ts   exprciTcd  ;  as,  FirtUr  pi  is.     We  fnd  the 

comparative  alio  conftrued  with  other  prepolltions  ;  as,  Immanicr  ante 
tmr.cS)  Virg 

Obf.  2.  The  comparative  degree  may  likewife  be  con- 
{trued  with  the  conjunction  faat/i,  and  then,  inflcad  of  the 
ablative,  the  noun  is  to  be  put  in  whatever  cafe  the  fenfe 
requires  ;  as, 

Dulcior  quam  mrU  fell-  e$%  A  kg  te  mhgU  quam  i'lum,  I  love  VOli 
more  than  him,  that  is,  qvim  am*  i'lum*  than    I  love  A>?>c  t: 

megis  qu.im  tile,  I  love  you  more  than  he,  i.  e.  quam  ille  atrtjt,  than  he 
loves.      Plus  dutur  a  mt  quam  i.lo,  fc.  ab. 

Obf.  3.  The  conjunction  quam  is  often  elegantly  fup- 
preffed  after  ampUus  and  plus  ;  as, 

Vulmrantur  amplius  fixcenti,  Cref.  foil.  quam.  Plus  qutngcntrs  ccL'.phot 
mfregit  mibi,  He  has  laid  on  me  more  than  five  hundred  blows,  Tef. 
Cafi'ra  ab  urbe  ban  J  plus  quhquc  mi  JJuum  locant,  fc.  quam,  lAv. 

Quam  is  fometimes  elegantly  placed  between  two  com* 
paratives  ;  as, 

Triumpbui  clarior  evam  gratijr,  Liv.  Or  the  prep,  pro  is  added;  as, 
Prjelium  atrici'.s.  quam  fir 0  numcrt  tugnaniium  tdiiur,  Tiv. 

The  comparative  is  fometimes  joined  with  thefe  abla- 
tiver,  opinions >  fpe>  a?quo>juJ}o,  ditto  ;  as, 

Credihi.t,  tpinmnt  major,  Cic.  Credihili  fortior,  Ovid.  Fa(t.  iii.  6jS. 
C;  equo,    Sail.       'biJo    citius,    Virg.      Mujcra  c>  tulimus,   Liv, 

They  are  often  underflood;  as,  LiUri.is  rivebat,  fc.jujlo,  too  freely, 
Kepos. 

Nihil  is  fometimes  elegantly  ufed  for  nemo  or  null/  ;  as, 

vUi   quiJquum   alius,  {or  neminem,  Tcr.     Crajfo  perf*£ii*S, 

Cic.     Afperlus  nihil  eft  humili,  cum  fur  git  in  ahum*     So  quid  nobis  labni- 

■ 


Construction  of  ComparatiYes.  211 

juisy  &C.  Cic.  We  fay,  inferior  patre  nulla  re,  or  qnam  pi* 
ter.  The  comparative  is  fometimes  rep  rated  or  joined  with  an  ad- 
verb ;    as,    fi'Iu^is    magifque,  plus  plufque,   minus  minufque,  ceuior   carter- 

'dior  candhJicrque,  etc 

O.bf.  4.  In  Englilh,  the  relative  w)b&  after  than  is  al- 
ways put  in  the  accufative  cafe  ;    as,  He  is  a  man,  than 

:m  there  is  none  better  :  but  here  if  we  lubititute  a 
pronoun  in  place  of  the  relative,  the  pronoun  muft  be 
put  in  the  nominative  ;  as,  there  is  none  better  than  he9 
not,  than  him.  In  like  manner,  it  is  improper  to  fay, 
He  is  better  than  ,  than  m,  than  her,  than  t'.em,  iifc. 
It  mould  be,  He  is  better  than  7,  than  <we$  thahy/r,  than 

,  £^r.  the  auxiliary  verb  being  Ondcrftood  to  each  of 
them. 

Obf.  5.  The  relation  )f  e  ilfty  or  L  •  n«fs  is  likewife 
expreffed  in  Englifh  by  c  is  ;  as,  Ejl  tarn  dcclus  quam 

ego,  He  is  as  learned  as  I.     A  te  Idem  ejl  ac  jutt. 

Ac  and  at^ue  are  fomet'nres,  though  more  rarely,  ufed 
after  comparatives  ;  as,  Nihil  ejl  magts  verum  atque  hoc,  Ter. 

Obr.  6. /The  excefs  or  detect  of  meafure  is  put  in  the 
ablative  after  comparatives  ;Jand  the  l\g>.  in  Englifh  is 
by,  expreffed  or  undoritood  ;  far  more  foortly,  the  difference 
of  meafure  is  put  in  the  ablative)  ;.  as, 

Eft  decern  digiri  quam  f rater,  He  is    ten   inches  tatter  than  his 

brother,  or  by  ten  inches.  Ahero  tanto  major  eft  fraire^  i.  e.  duplo  ma* 
minor,  a  foot  and  a  half  lefs  ;  Alter*  tanto,  out  jj "qui major •,  as  big  a- 
gain,  ct  a  kalf  bigger,  Cic.  Tcr  tanto  pejor  eft ;  Bis  tanio  amLi  Jiutt 
inter  fe,  quam  prim -,  Plaut.  ^uinquies  tanto  ampl'ms,  quam  quantum  ILi- 
itim  ft  civitJtilus  impercrvU,  five  times  more,  Cic.  To  tnis  may  be 
added  many  other  ablatives,  which  are  joined  v.ith  the  comparative, 
to  incrcafe  its  force;  as,  Tanto,  qv> antn,  quo,  eo.  box,  viulto, paulo,  *i«i 
mio,  izfc,  thns,   Quo  plus  balent,  eo  j  upiuni,  The  more  they  Iiave, 

the  more  they  dcaire.  <%ua*fo  rnelior,  tanto  fetiihr,  The  better,  the 
happier.      Quoque   minor  /pes  eft,  hoc  ma  lipit,  Ovid.  F.afl.  ii.  766. 

"We  frequently  find  mulic,  tanto,  quantc,  alio  joined  with  fuperUtives  ^ 
AIuliG pulcherrhnam  earn  hater sm Us,  Sail.   Ivlulioque  id  maximum  fuit,  Liv. 

The  Ablative  Absolute. 

LXIL  /A  Subftantive  and  a  participle  are  put 
in  the  ablative,  when  their  cafe  depends  on  no 
other  word  j fas, 

Site 


^  i  -i  Ablai;vi   Absolvi l\ 

r  ,  ,       s     •  i  f  The  fun  :  tlif  fu 

Zoic    btzenie,   fnrrinnt    tc*rbr<c.      <.         ,      ,  n?> 

*  *  '      (_       uarknils  ilic_;>  away. 

„      ,    ,  f  Our  work  being  finished,  or  when  Old 

*       •  '  ^      work  is  iunihed,  we  will  play. 

So,  Ihtii/nr/tie  Jibit/inet  tempt  rat  t'w   aul! us  cf:   Ur-^s  ;    "Nihil  anicitia  fi*~ 
^abitiui  septa    viiiutt  ;    Opfrtjfa  liber  tate  ft.tr:.     ,      Heft  quid  Jp 

tnt/s  .  ,-     Nolfilium   n  i  tint-  n  norcs  mietati  iivi.  utof 

CiC.       J at  UM&et  jtlentium  ft    u:;i:s  fui  ,  n-c    Ettujll.., 
nam    tnituris,    et   a  re    attcm    Rotnanan     r  ,    at  a 

.    en.    i    tile   admipjfenty    ex    telnfo/iti    ■    "  /  .    ,       y  :-"-',   tAli      Btllice^ 
mepojuh  clypt* paulifbtr  et hajla^  Mart  celts    Ovid.  rait,  i I i -  I. 

Obf.  hi  This  ablative  is  called  AbfJute^  becaufe  it  d< 
not  depend  upon  any  other  word  in  the  lentence.    i 

For  if  the  fubftj.i tive  «  ith  which  the  participle  is  joined,  be  either 
the  nominative  to  fume  following  verb,  or  be  governed  by  any  v.  ( rd 
going  before,  then  this  rule  docs  not  take  place  :  the  ablative  abfo- 
Jute  is  never  ufed,  unlefs  when  different  perfons  or  things  are  fpoken 
of  j     as,   Iviilh'.s,  Lijlllas  ret/itfutU,    rl  he  fol diets,  having   con- 

quered the  enemy,  returned.  Hoftibuj  vi&tu,  »iay  be  rendered  in 
Englifli  feveral  different  ways,  according  to  the  meaning  of  the  fen- 
tenet  with  which  it   1>,   joined;  thus,   i.    The  en;  red,  or  b. 

nqu:rtd ;     2    IVi.n   ox  after  the   enemy  is  or  teas    *onqua\(L:    3.   By  con- 
fLtftthtg  tiht  enemy  ;    4.  Uyun  the  defeat  cf  the  tncmy%  iffc. 

Obf.  2.  /The  pei  feci  participles  of  deponent  verbs  are 
not  ufed  in  the  ablative  abfoltlte  ;  /as,  (  ■;  hcutus  hxc 
co?:fedit>  never  his  hatiu  The  participles  of  common 
v^erbs  may  either  agree  in  cafe  with  the  (  LtKtve  before 
them,  like  the  participles  of  deponent  verbs,  nr  may  be 
put  in  the  ablative  abfolute,  like  the   participl  paffive 

verbs  ;    as,    Rom  ant    adept:    libertatem  Jk  ;    or    lio- 

Vianif  libertaie  adepta,  fioruerunt*  Bat  as  the  participles 
of  common  verbs  are  feldom  taken  in  a  p  :,  \vc 

therefore  find  them  rarely  ufed  in  the  ablative  abfolute. 

Obf.  3.  /  The  participle  exijlerite  or  exijlentibus  is  fre- 
quently under  Hood  ;/as,  Csjlire  ducc,  fcil.  exijre?:ie.  His 
confulibusy  fcil.  exiftentibus *  Invito*  Mi/iervJ,  fc.  exijlentef 
againft  the  grain  ;  Craja  Mh/ervJ,  without  learning,  Hor. 
Magijh'tl  ac  dues  ?iaturJ  ;  vivis  fratribtts  ;  tc  hortatore  ; 
C.tfarc  ivipul/lre,  t$c.  Sometimes  the  inbd^ntive  mull 
be  fupplied  ;  as,  Nondunt  cc??;pcrto>  qua:n  regiomm  hcjlcs 
fctijjciit)  i.  e.  cum  nondutn  com  per  him  ejfet>  Li  v.  Turn  de- 
Am 


Ablative  Absolute.  21* 

mum  pet:.  ■■'  \.<v?0,  fc.  negotio,  Id.  Excepio  qucd  non  fount 
cfott  cetera  Ictus,  Hon  Parto  quod  avehas,  Id.  In  fuch 
amples  ?:egoiio  nunl  be  underdood,  or  the  reit  of  thq 
fentence  conridered  as  the  fubitantive,  which  perhaps  is 
more  proper.  Thus  we  find  a  verb  fupply  the  place  or*  a 
iubftantive  ;  as,  Vale  ditto,  having  i'aid  farewell,  Ovid. 


it  refers  to  the  fame  perfon  with  the  nominative  to  the 
verb  ;  as,  mc  due?  ad  hunc  voti  finem,  me  milite,  ieni,  Ovid. 
Amor.  ii.  12.  12.  Laetos  fecit  fe  confide  fajios,  Lucan.  v. 
384.  Populo  fpeel  ante  fieri  credam,  quicquidvie  cenfeio  faciam, 
Senec.  de  Vit.  Beat.  c.  20.  But  examples  of  this  con- 
ftruction  rarely  occur. 

Obf.  5.  The  ablative  called  ahfohtte  is  governed  by 
fome  prepofition  underitood  ;  as,  a,  ab,  cum*  fub%  or  /»/. 
We  find  the  prepofition  fometimes  expreiTed  ;  as,  Cam  diis 

antibus,  Li  v.  The  nominative  like  wife  feems  fometiines 
to  be  ufed  abfolutely  ;  as,  Pernlciof.i  libidine  paulifper  ufus9 
infinrntai  naturae  aceufatur%  Salluit.  Jug.  1. 

Obf.  6.  The  ablative  abfoiute  may  be  rendered  feveral 
different  ways  ;  thus,  Superbo  rcgnr.-itc,  is  the  fame  with 
cum,  duviy  or  quando  Superbus  regnabat*  Opere  peracloy 
is  the  fame  with  Pojl  opus  peraftum,  or  Cum  opus  ejl  per- 
aclum.  The  prefent  participle,  when  ufed  in  the  ablative 
abiblute,  commonly  ends  in  e. 

Obf.  7;  When  a  fubitantive  is  joined  with  a  participle 
in  E&glifli  independently  on  the  red  of  the  fentence,  it  is 
exprellcd  in  the  nominative  ;  as,  Iilo  defcendente,  He  de- 
fending. But  this  manner  of  fpeech  is  feldom  ufed  ex- 
cept in  poetry. 


APPENDIX 


2I4 


APPENDIX    to    SYNTAX. 


I.    Various   Signification  and  ConftrucHon  of 

Verbs. 

[The  verbs  are  here  placed  in  the  fame  order  as  in  Etymology.] 

FIRST     CONJUGATION. 


A 


SP1RARE  ,  ad    gloriara 


& 


Iaudcm,   to   'aim   at ;    ill  cu- 
riam,  to  dsftre  to  be  admitted,  ClC.  ; 
equls  achillis,  to  tvifi  for  ;   labori 
ejus,  to  favu>  ;    amorem  dicftis, 
fe  ci,  to  infufe,  Virg. 

Desperare   fibi,  de   fe  ;  falu- 
tem,  faluti,  de  falutc,  r.  -  of. 

LEGARE   aliquem  ad   alium, 
to  f end  Us  an   a>,  r  :    aliquem 

fibi,  to   make  his  lieutenant j   pecu- 
niam  alicui,  /.  e.  tcftamento   re- 
linquere.     N.  B.  Publice  lega 
homines;  qui  inde  dicuntur: 

privatim  allegat  unde  altcgati. 

Delegare  aes  alienum  Tratri, 
to  Lave  bra:  to  pay  ;    lahorem  ab 
to  lay  u-'jh  ;    aliquid   ad  aliquem, 
i.  c.  in  cum  transferee,  Cic. 

LEV  ARE    met  urn    ejus   &   ei, 
eum  metu.  to  cafe. 

MUTARE    locum,    fdluro,    to 


Re  nun  ci  A*  i  aliquid,  de  ref 
alicui,  ad  aliquem,  to  tell ;  confu- 
lem,  to  declare^  to  name\  v:tae.  a- 
micitiam  ei,  to  give  up ;  muneri, 
hofpitio,  to  refufe  ;  repudium  ei, 
to  divorce. 

OCCUPARE  aliquem,  to  feizc  ; 
fc  in  aliquo  negotio,  to  be  employ- 
ed ;  fe  ad  ntgotium,  Plaut.  pe- 
cunium  alicui  v.  apud  aliquem 
grand i  fcenore,  to  give  at  inter  eft, 
Cic.  occupat  faccre  bcllum,  tran- 
ftre  in  agrum  hoftium,  begins  frjlt 
.  Liv. 

Pr-eoccul'are  faltum,  porta* 
C i  1  i C i re v  to  feixe  beforehand^  Nip. 

PR^JUDICARE  aliquem,  /• 
condemn  o;  '  m  the  prj^j^nt  oj  a 
former  fe;  I  r  trials  CiC 

ROGARE  aliquem  id,  &  de 
ea  le;  id  si-  10;  falutem,  &  pro 
falute,    Cic.     legem,    to    propofe  ; 


In  banijbed\  aliquid  aliqua  re  ;  bcl-      hence,  in  rogas,  dicere,  t^pafs  it ; 
luro  prepuce  •  ■       ;  veuero,      mi  litem  facrameato,  to  adm'v      r 


i.  t  fordidam  togam  induere.  Liv, 
veftem  cum  aliquo,  'Per.  fidem, 
to  break. 

OliNUNCIARF    comitiis    vel 
concilio,  i.  e.  comitia  aufpiciis  im- 


r.iry  oath  \     h  quis  ?    if 

t-efbou-d  ajk.     Comitia  rogan- 
dis  confulibus,ybr  elccling,  Liv. 

v»gare  legem, //Jaw  \tgi,to 
difatintl'-  a  laic,  to  repeal \  or  to  change 


pedire,    to    hinder^     by    telling    bad      in  part  ;   multum,  to  tale  off  a  fne  \ 
omens,    and    repealing     thefe    words       imperilim  ci,  to  take  fr 


alio   Die  ;    Confuli  v.   magi  it 
tur  ;  i.  c  ptohibtrenc  cum  popu- 
U>  agat,  Cic. 

Phonunctare  pecuniam  pro 
reo,  to  promifc  ;  aliquid  <_  die  to,  to 
order;  fententias,  to  fum  up  the 
opinions  of  the  fenatorst  Cic. 


Abrooare  id  fibi,  to  claim. 

Derogare   aliquid   legi,   v.  de 

lege,   to    repeal   or  take   aivay  fame 

fa  Lzv  ;  lei  dcrogattir,  Cic. 

em  ci,  i'-  de   tide  ejus,  to  hurt 

;  ex  c-equitate;  ftbi,  ali- 

cui|  U         9i*  or  take/rim* 

ErO' 


Various  Signification  &  Conftructiort  oi  Verbs.  I  ft  Con/.   215 

Erogare  pecuniam  in  claffem,  gemitus,  lacrymas.  amplexus,  can- 
in  veftes,  to  hyout  tnoney  on.  tus,  ruinam,    (idem,  jusjurandum. 
IRROGARE  multam  ei,  to  impofe.  &c  to  groan,    weep,    embrace,  fr.g, 
Obrogare  legi,   to  etiacl  a  new  fall,    life,   cognitorcs  honeftos,    to 
law  contrary  to  an  old.  give  good  vouchers  fr  one's   char.- tier. 
Prorogare  imperium,  provin-  Cic.  aliquid  mutuum,  v   utendum, 
Lm  alicui,  to  prolong;  diem    ei  ad  to  lend  \   pecuniam  fcenori,    &  col- 
folvendum,/©/^/  off.  locare,  to  place  at  interefi  ;    fe  alicui 
Subrogake    aliquem  in   locum  ad    docendutn,    Cic-    multum    fuo 
terius,  to  fubjlitute  ;    legi,  to    add  ingenio,    to   think   much   of;    fe   ad 
.7  new  claufe,  or  to  put  cue  in  place  of  aliquid,  to  apply  to  ;    fe   au&oritati 
another.  ft  n  at  us,    to  yield  ;    fab  u' am,  fcrip- 
SPECTARE  orientem,  ad  ori-  ta  foras,  to  publifo  >    Cic.  effeftum, 
entem,    to  look    towards  \    aliquem  to  perform  ;     fenatum,   to    give  a 
ex  cenfu,  aninikm  alicujus  ex  fuo,  bearing  of  the  fenate  ;    actionem,  to 
to  judge  of.  grant    leave    to  profecuie  ;    prxcipi- 
SUPERARJE    hoitcS,     to    ever-  tun,    to    turxl/le    headlong;      aliquid 
come  ;  montes,  to  pafs  ;  fuperat  pars  paternum,  to  acl  like   ore's  father  ; 
cx-pl'ufc.    operis,    remains ;    Captae  lectos  faciendos,    to  lef peak  :   Ter. 
fuperavimus.urbi,  furvived,  Virg.  Gtem  fectmdum  aliquem,   to  deter- 
Temper  ARE    iras,     ventos,     to  mine  a  laiu-fuit    in  favour    of  one  ; 
moderate;     orbem,   to    rule;     mihi  aliquem    exitio,    morti,    neci,    le- 
fibi,    to  refrain ,   to  forbear  ;    alicui,  tho,  rarely    lethum   alicui,    to  hill ; 
to/pare;    credibus,    a   lacrymis,   to  aliquid  alicui  dono,    w.  moneri,    /• 
etbfain  from,  make  a  prtfent ;     crimini,  vitio,  lau- 
VACARE  cura,  culpa,    morbo,  di,  to  accuf,    blame,  praife  ;  pcenas, 
munere  militia?,   &c.    a  labore,   to  to  f-ffer  ;    nomep    milij&c,    v.    in 
be  free  from  ;    animo,/;.  in,  to  be  at  militiam,  to  lift  one*  s  felf  to    be  a  fd- 
eafe  ;  philofophise,  in  v.  ad  rem,    to  dier  ;   fe  alicui.  tu  be            frar  with, 
apply  to;  vacat  locus,  is  empty  ;  li  va-  Ter.     Da  te  mihi  hodie, -he  direcl- 
cas,  v.  vacat  tibi,  if you  are at  lei] We.  ed  by  me,    Id.  aures,   to  lift  en  \    obli- 
VINDICARrL  mortem  ejus,    to  vioni,    io  forget  ;  ci  vita  tern    ei,  to 
revenge;     ab     interitu,      exercitum  ?t:ake  one  free  of  the  city  ;    dicta,  /• 
fame,  io  free  ;   id  fibi,    &  ad  fe,  to  fpeak,     verba    alicui,    to    impofe    on, 
claim;    bbcrtatem    ejus,    to  defend  ;  to cheat  \    fe  in    viam,  to    enter  on    a 
fe  in  libertatcm,    to  ft    at    liberty,  journey;    viam  ei,  to  give  place  ;  ju* 
DARE    animam,   to  die;     arti-  ?ratis'  to,  faerifce  jujlicc  h  interef -t 
mos,^   encourage;    manus,    >  ■   eld;  fc  turPlter>  io  male  afcabby    appear- 
Ihanumei,    to  /hake  hands  ;    Plant.  a,lce  ;    fuRdl  m  V*   comum  alicui, 
jura,  topref           <*vs\    literas   ali-  mancipW,    U  convey   the  property  of 
cui  ad  aliquem.    tog            e  a  letter  U    ™arrant   tu-c    title   to  ;     Vitaquc 
ry  to  another  ;tcxg*,  i\            v.  mancT10    nnlli     datur,     omnibus 
feinfugam,  m  pedes, /*//;  hofles  vilu  Lucr'  fc>rvos  in    quacftionem, 
in  fngam,  u  put  i^  fii  tit  ;  *  operara,  '•  &*JP  A*  'w  *'  *r*"Ws  pri- 
f«             >vr;    !            n  philofophix,  mas>    feculldaS      &c.    (fc     partes) 
literis.  paliilr;-^,    /«                  ;    crpe-  *&lo*i»    t->fribe  every    thing  to  Je- 
ram  henoribus,  to  fcckl  Nep.   ve-  ^«ry  ;    Cic.   Dat  ei    bibere,   Ten 
niam  ei;  to  grant   his    ;             Ter.  cim^  difinndere  vencis,  to  let  then 

flow  loop,  Vn-5.   Da  mihi  v.  nobis, 

fc  ? 


z  16  Various  Signification  &  Conftrudrion  of  Vfrbs.  2d  Con} 


ut,    Cic.     Ut    res   dant    fe,  as 
matters   gg  ;    folertem     dabp,    7"// 

,  Tcr, 

Satisdare  judication  (blvi,    to 
ify   that  what  the  judge  has 
ill  be  pail,  Cic. 

STARE'  contra  aliquem ;  ah, 
cum,  f.  pro  aliquo,  tufi.le  ivitb,  to 
he  of  the  fame  party  ;  jiuiicio  ejus, 
to  fill oiv  \  in  ientontia  ;  pa&o, 
conditionibus,  coir..  ;,  to  Ji 
to,  to   male  good   ay  nt  ;    re 

judicata,  to  keep  to  tuba!  has  been  de- 
termintd\  ftare,  v.  conftr.r^  aninio, 
to  be  in  bitfenfes  : .  Non  flat  per  me 
quo  minus  pecunia  fulvatur,  It  it 
rof  ozrirr  to  me  that. 
rum  fan^uine  ea  Paepisvi&ona  fte- 
tit,  cof,  Liv.  Mi  hi  flat  ajer 
bum  deilner:,  /    -  ;,  N^p. 

Ad  star;  mei 
ad  menfam,  in  qouip  .c'ru. 

Con  stare    ex  -    rebus, 

ammo  et  corpore,  to  coy  I   - 

.cum,  to  be  conjlf.e?.  ,   Cic.    li- 

ber confutit  v.  ftetit  mihi  duo- 
bus  aflibus,  cofl  we  ;  non  c  ci 
eoler,  bit  colour  t  .d  goes  ;  au- 
ri  ratio  conftur,  the  jr.  ngfy- 
Conftat,  impetf.  L  .  r- 
fain,  or  agreed  of?  ;  r;  .  tcr 
nes,  de  hac  re. 

F  XT  ARE  aquis,  to 
ad  memoiiam    polleritatis,    to    re- 
main,  Cic.  fejpiilchra  extant,  J  J  v. 

In  ST  a  a  k    viel'is,'/-?  pre/* 
V av an'; feed  \   rech-un  1 

SECON  1)     C  0 

Verbs     in 

HABERE    ?ycn,%    I 
•m,  bonum  eifcitum,  terapus,  cqn»- 
iuetudinem,  ^olunt 

.:   manil  -  us, 

to  have  ;  gratia m  &  ;.  <--' 

a  grateful  feafi:   of  a 

-m,  to  hold  n    trial  \     I 
to  honour  \   in    o 
Trr.  ;    fidem  llicui,    H    *rufl    1  i-- 


currum    Marti,  fe 
«<*i  '      g.  ;    inftat    fac- 

tum,   i/i/fli    that   it  ivas  done,  Tcr. 
Oc  STARE  ei,  to  bipdi  > . 

Pi<JESTARE  multa,     to    perform  J 

alicui,  i'.  aliquem  virtu^e, U 

•  m  t  i,  » ;  auxilium. 

grant,    Juv.    impenfas,    /o    ^faj    '> 
:i,    ft>   procure  ;   fe  incolu- 
iriem.,   /o  fc  viium,  i.  ir. 

re,    e>>;  ;     am  ,     .  ■ 

bei^  j i ,  /&  /ccTt- ;   ce.J- 

pam,  •:>.  damnum,  /.  e.  in  fe  tranf- 
fcrre,  to  take  on  onesfelf;  pr;:fta- 
bo  de  me  ;    euin  fa  n,    /  . 

be  anpuuerai  In    iis    rebu 

mancipi  funt,    i.  pcri- 
l i c  1  i  pnsftare    debet,  qui 
fe    nevti 
or     in    an     a 

re     tfansfi 
t    to    t 

j   B.  J  hofe 
things  were  called,    Res  n.. 
( contrasted  for  mancipii,    i.  c.  oua> 
emptor  manu   ca:  rpp* 

0/    11  bicb    r.  fght    i  ri  i 

■n  to  q 

,  lords - 

V\?.{  at,  imp  erf.  i.  e.    i 
ft  :    Praefto  .ire  alicui,  adv.    to  be 
Libri  proitant  ve- 
■ 
ACC.UBARE   alicui  in    convf? 
vio,  -  ■  •     •'  -i    apud  aliqu 

i  e    o  v 
f;rar^.  fc  fuper  lirata. 
1 

[VG ATION; 
E       Q, 

:».    pro  CO 

•       •  ,     ali- 

lu 

I     ,   /••   f        ,       •    rclig  1  ni,   J 

Atft 


Various  Signification  and  ConftrucKon  of  Verbs.       217 


lavs  a  fcruple  about  it :     So,  habere  think  you  P    Si  tibi   videtur,    if  you 

aliquid    quxftui,    honori,    prasdae,  pUafe ;  videtur  fecuTe,   guilty,    Sec, 

voluptati,    &c./r.  fibi;    fc  bene  &  Invid    r::   nbnorem   el,   v.   ho- 

giaviter,  ta  ^  wAl  or  ill ;    fe  pajrcS  nori  ejiiS  ;  ei  w/  eum,  /b  «wy: 

&    duriter,    ic             Ter.    afiqui:d  Provideee  fc  profpicere  id,   /© 

compertum,     cognitum,    peripec-  firefie  \  c\,io  ■          'efipr ;  in  pofte- 

tnin,  exploratum,   ctrtum v.   pro-  nihV;  rfcrlraiifentarix,rem y.dere. 

rto,  te  kn'tnofir  leftab  ;   aiiquem  SEDERE  ad  doxtram  ejus  ;     in 

ritemptni,  defpit^ui,  -lim,  v.    in  e<}itQ,' fo  Irfe/c ;   toga  bene  fedet,jftj  ; 

lam,  /:          ■:  ;  excufatum,  Sedet'  hoe  animo,  it  fixed,  Virg. 

-,ue,  to  front,  AssincREei;    Adterbalem,    to 

liab'et,  /;^,  «  ;  /'  *>'i  Sal      Affidct  huano,  «  ««r 

rebus  ita  fe  habentibus,  ?/i  ibis  fate  or  //if  to,  Hor. 

of  affairs  \    Hxc  habeo,  tr'.    haboi  Dissidere  cum   alicmo,  to   aif- 

dicere  de,    &r.     Non    habeo    ne-  agree, 

cefTe    fcribere,   quid   fim   fa&urus,  Ixsidere  equo,  &   in-  equo,  to 

Cic.     Kabetibi   tuas   res,    aVZirai  /'           ;    locum,   Liv.    in   animo, 

•  *  1        r         1 


Au  sibere   ditfge.ntiani  ;    cele- 

:em,   vim,  feveritatem   in    ali- 

'  ;     in    cnr.vivium    v. 

coniiliurn,  to  admit  \  rcmedium  vul- 

neri.  curationem  morbo,   to  apply  ? 

vinum  sgrotis,  •-  ;  aures  ver- 


memoria,  to  be  fixed. 

Pu.tskjere  nrbi,  intperlo,  to 
eotoMand,  Cic.  exercitum,  ItaUani, 
Tacit. 

Supersedere  labcre,  litibns ; 
pugns,  loqf^  to  fiord  cur,    to  give 


us,  to  t  .  ;    cultum  & 

Cic.    Ex] 
iujl  t>  cuble 


ic 


PENDERE  promiffis,  ab  v.  ex 
5  diis,  to  offer,   Cic.    Exhibcre      aliquo,   to  depend;   ce,   ex,  ab  &  in 
ttroleftiam  aKcui,  to  qdufc  t> cuble.         arbore  ;  Opera  pendent  interrupta,. 

Vk  ^ . 

Impendet  malum  nobis,  nos, 
v.  in  TiOSytbfe 

SPONDERE  &l  cefpondere  fi- 
liam  alicui,  to  betrcth. 

De  spondei^e  domum  alicujus 
fibi,  to  be  f,    Cic.   animo    & 

-is,  to  promife,  to  frope ;  animum 
cc  -09,  to  dtfpair  :  Pi  v. 

Respond  ere  ei,  Uteris  ejus, 
his,  ad  h.TC,  ad  noraen,  to  anfiver  ; 
votis  ejus,  to  fitisfiy  his  ivijhes  ; 
ad  fpem. 

SUADERE  ei  pacem,  v.  de 
p?.ce  ;  legem,   io  f peak  in  favour  of. 

DOLERE  cafum  ejus;  de,  ab, 
ex,  in,  pro  re  ;  dolet  mihi  cor,  v. 
hoc  dolet  cordi  meo  ;  caput  dc 


j       ' t> — '      '         :-  j 

p.zfs  •    regem,    to    cbufe  ;    aliquem 

.ere,  to  iv-fb  one  health  ;  efTe 
bono  animo,  &c.  Uzoferri  fua?  res 
fib!  habere  jumt,  d*  I,  Cic, 

DOCEO  te  banc  rem,  &  de 
hac  re.  Do&ub,  adj.  ntriufque  lin- 
gua ;  Lctinis  &  Grsecis  Uteris  ; 
Latine  &  Gritce  ;   ad  militiam, 

•ISCERE  aliquid   alicui,   cum 
aliquo,  ad  aliquid  ;     vinum   aqua, 
1.    cunda  fanguine,  Tacit,   fa- 
cia profanis,    Pier,   huaiana   divi- 
nis,  Piv. 

VIDERE  rem  v.  de  re  ;  fibi,  de 
ifthoc,   to    take    care  of,    Ter.     plus, 

be  ?nore  ivife,  Cic.  De  hoc  tU 
Tideris,  confider,   be   anfrverahie  for, 


Cic.       Videor  videre,     methjuks    I     a  fole. 

;  vifu*  firm  audire,  igbt  I         VALERE  gratia  apud  aliquem, 

h.ard  ;    mihi    vifus    eft    dicere,    he     tc  be  in  favour  tuitions,    lex  valet, 

famed  ;  Quid  tibi  videtur  ?     What     is  in  force  \    quid    verbum   valear, 

non. 


2  18       Vario  iificatioo  and  Conftruclion  of  Ve    - 

l   let    d  ccbi  A1ANERE   spud   aliqueni  ;   in 

ntis,  is  worth  ',  caflri;,  ;    adurb;.m;    in  urbe  ;  pro- 

t ,   or   iron-  pofito,  fentcntU,  in  fen  t  CM  if,  ita- 

•  -  tu  fuo.  etc.  ad  vent  um  hoftium,  to 

'<E  aliqua  re                  li-  cxpett,    Liv.    promiflis,    to  f  and  to% 

inter  omnes ;    fuper  catte-  .Jc/  keep,  Virg.     Omnes  una  nianet 

iv.    fupcr    utrumque.     Hor.  no*,  t          r,   Horat.       Man  en  t 

►*  be  cm                  ...     ;    •  i  . ..  ,id,  •:>  genia    f                 n.odo    perm.. 

i    .   _■    ,.-.!.-,   re   &    ./;.   .   .  :  udium    &    indnftria,    Cic.     Rlu- 

Imi         re  alicui,   .                    >',  to  n.            -.is  cert  a  manent,  Virg. 

i:i  oc                      titio  ali-  MERERE  I                     ne,  male 

eujus,  to  J                      •;;-.  clj  allqui         Lipendia,   equo,  pedi- 

Tum ;  fe  domi,  ;»,  y^-.                    fr;    fullua- 

o,    caftris,   j          .                   ;  lium 

an,  to                     m,  HiSRKR£  iatiri  ;    tergis  ^.  in 

cli&a,    le  (51  ion  em,  to  underpaid,  U  hoftium,    Liv.    curru,  Virg. 

remember  ;   1          >m,  /';.  r  ratf  uiam,  alicui    in    vifceribuf,    Cic.    Haerct 

filentkiai,  fc  in  Glentio,  to  be  ft  eat  \  mihi  aqua,    /  <;/«  /*  </c.vZ/  ;  Vide, 

ora,    /s   /*t/>    //^    lountiti            'x<.i\  ne  ha;  re  as,    /ejl  you  be  ct  a /cfs,  Cic. 

im  imperii,             /,  &  adhserefcere  ju- 

'■    ■     .     .                     ./7:n  Cic.  can-  ftitia:  ;   ad  turrim  ;  in  me.   Irhux- 

• .                                             *  rere  rti,  6c  in  ie. 

d   tc  •'-           rf\   terrain,  MOVERE    caftra,    to             .•>  ; 

tam,  r:       .     y  to  it.:d>  ;  be!!a,   to  raife  \    aliquun    trluu,   to 

am,  lachrymal,    to    rcRrain  ;     ie  remove  a  Roman  citizen  from  a   more 

ab  accufanuo,    q;.:n    ace            Cic.  honorable   to  a   Ifs   honorable  tribe ; 

Ventui  tenet,  ;       i  ;    teneri  le^i-  e  fenatu,  /*  r'           .?  fenator-,  ri- 

bua  jurejufando,   &e.   .  turn  W  jocum  aficui,  i                ,5- 

;  leges  tenent  cum,   lind\   tene-  /J",  ftomachum  ei,  /•  trouble^  Cic. 

ri  in  ma:    I       i  furto,  to  be  fcized\  FAVETE  ore,    vel  Unguis,  fc. 

tenet  fama,  prevails.  mihi,    attend   in  Jtlence,  or    abflain 

Abs'j  i  II     l     mal             J,      -y.    a,  from  -words  of  a  bad  omen, 
to  abftain  ;   publico,  /a    /icv    retired,  Cavere    aliquid,     aliquem,     vel 
Tacit,  animum    a   fc            egrum  ab  aliquo,  to  guard  again/!,  toavot 
a  cibo,  tc \  keep from  ;    jus    belli    ab  alicui,  to  provide  for,  to  advife  as  a 
aliquo,    not  to  treat  rigor oufly,    Liv.  laivyer  Joe,          client',    aliquid  all- 
id  ad  me,  ad  relrgionem,  &c.  per-  cui,  Cic.  fibi  ab  aliquo  vel  per  a 
tinet,   concerns  me ' \     crimen   ad    te  quern  de   re  aliqua,    to  g et  fe< 
pertinet,  Cic.     But  it  is  not  prop-  on  ;  mihi  pradibu*  &  chirograph^ 
cr  to  fay,   Liber   ad   me,    ad    fra-  caw  turn  eft,    /  ba                      -ty  h 
trcm    pertinet,    for    mens,    fratris  ba'l  and   bun./  j 
eft,  I.            ;;   venre  ad  vel  in  om-  efi'e   volumus,    Cic.     Cave   f 
!  corporis  partes  pertinent,  reach,  f.  ne,  let   -                        -   nuhi  i 

pcrfonam    ju  \\\n\,    -i-.l   mea    caiitio   eft,    / 

nomen  confulatus,  U  bear  the  .'jar-  tale  ca 

aXer;    allenfi'mem,  v.    fe    ab    at-  CONNIVER] 

fenfo,  to                         •';  rem    in  to  wmi  ;  in  hominum    lceleribua, 

noc^em;  to  defet  to  take  n*  net:;;  of,  C 


Various  Sigriificatic  i  Copftru&ion  of  Verbs.     2i§ 


THIRD     CONJUGATI  ON, 

Verbs  in   10. 


FACE  RE  mitium,  finem,  pau- 
fam,  finem  vitce  ;  pacem,  amici- 
tlani  ;  fceftamentum,  noraen,  fof- 
fam,  ponteni  in  flu  mine,  in  Tibe- 
rim,  to  make  ;  divortium  cnm  ux- 
ore,  Cic.  bellum  regi,  Nop.  fe 
rem,  to  Jh.iv,  Ter.  fe  divitem, 
miferum,  pauperem,  to  pretend, 
Cic.  aes  aiienum,  v.  contruhere, 
conflare,  to   t  ;    animos, 

to  encourage;  damnum,  detriment' 
turn,  jacturam,  to  left  \  naufragi- 
rim,  tofuffer  ;  funiptunv,  tofpend  ; 
gratum  aiicui,  to  oblige  ;  gratiam 
delicti,  to  pardon  a  fault  :  gratiam 
legis,  to  difpenft  ivith  ;■  jufta  vel  (u- 
nus  aiicui,  to  perform  one's  funeral 
rites  ;  rem,  to  male  an  efiate  ;  pe- 
cuniary divitias  ex  me  tall  is  ;  fa> 
dus,  «,  inire,  icere,  ferire,  per- 
ciitefe,  jungere,  fancire,  firmaTe, 
3cc.  to  make  a  league ;  moram  aiicui, 
to  delay  :  verba,-  to  f peak  ;  audien- 
tiam  fibi,  Cic.  negotium,  et  fa- 
ctffere,  to  trouble  ;  aliquid  miffum, 
to  pafs  ever  :  aliquem  milium, 
to  difmifs  or  excufe  ;  ad  aliquid, 
rarely  aiicui,.  to  Is  ft  or  ufeful ;  ra- 
tum,  to  ratify  ;  planum,  to  explain  ; 
palam  fuis,  to  make  kno-vn  ;  Nep. 
ftipendium  pedibus,  v.  equo,  & 
merere,  teferve  in  the  army :  facra, 
facrificium,  v.  rem  divinam,  toftt— 
crifce  ;  reum,  to  impeach  ;  fabu- 
lam,  carmen,  verfus,  Szc.  to  ivriie 
a  pl~<y,  ^fci.  copiam  confilii  ei,  to 
offer  advice  ;  copiam  vet  poLeftatem 
dicendl  itgatis,  to  grant  have  ;  fi- 
dem,  to  procure  Or  give  credit  ;  pe- 
riculllm,  to  mak?  trial  ;  poteflatem 
'  fe  h'unftlf,  Nep,  a'iquem 
loquentc&i,  v.  loqui,  *  or 

it,  Cic.  pimicam,  ft.  re 
to  ie  a'piratt  ;   argtntariam,  medi- 
cinam,  mercaturam,  &c.  ti  be  dn 

V  % 


vfurer,  a  ph\fician,    &b;   verfuram, 
to  contract    a    neiv    debt   to    dif  barge- 
an  old  one,  to  borrozv   money   at  great 
interef,   Cic.  cum.  v.   ab  aliquo,  t& 
fide  ivith  ;   contra   <e.    ad  verfus,    to 
eppeft  ;   nomen  v.  nomina,   to  bor- 
row  money,    and    alfo,  to  fettle  ac- 
counts,   i.  e.    rationes    acceptarum,. 
ft.  pecuniarum  &  expenfariun  in- 
fe   conferre  ;  nomen  in  litura, 
e  it  ivherc finer  ling  ivas  before, 
.  pedem,  v.  pedes,  to  trim  thefails, 
Virg.  Fac  ita  effe,  ftppofe  it  is  fo  } 
cbvius  fieri  aiicui,  to  meet ;  ne  Ion- 
gum,   v.  longa  faciam,   ut    breve 
faciam,    t:ot   to    be    tedious  ;     equus 
nor.  faxit,   tvill  not  move,   Cic.    Fac 
velle,  ft.  me,  ftppofe  me  to  be  will- 
ing, Virg.  j£n.  iv.  540. 

Af u cere    aliquem  laude,    ho- 

e,pr.iemio,  &  ignomi ilia,  poena, 

morte,  leto,  &c.    to   praife,   honour. 

iTr.    U    d'frrace,  p-mife,    crV.      A  f- 

feihis  stu:e,  morbo5  ^deakened* 

CoNfic.r.RE  bellum,  to  finifb  : 
oration es,  to  contpoft,  Nep.  cibum, 
to  cbtiv  i  argentum,  to  raifi\  to  t 
to  fpevd,  Cic.  ;  cum  aliquc 
re,  to  conclude  a  bargain  ;  exercitus 
hoflium,  to  dfrrcy  ■  aherum  Cu- 
riatium,  to  kill,  Liv.  Qui  ftipen- 
diij  confedch  erant,  i.  e.  emeriti. 
had ferved  out  their  time,    Cic. 

Dzficere  animo,  to  faint  ;  ab 
aliquo,  to  revolt  ;  tempus  deficit 
mini  vel  me,  fails  :  Deficj  viribusj 
r a  t '  c  n  e .  8(X .  to  be  dep  rived  of. 

IxFichRE  fe  vitro,  to  "a'n  :   I 
fe(5ius,  part. 
riot  dons,  inficior,  -atus,  -ari,  to  deny. 

Off:  :cui,    to    hinder    or 

/.art  ;     Diogcni   ap'icr,nti,  to  fand 

<;::t    hi-.:    and   the  f  ?:  ;    av.ribus, 

<t ,  Umbra  ter- 

rx  foli  dfncieiis  noflem  efficit,  Cic. 

P.nvJ!ZFICERE 


220     Various  Signification  and  Conflru&ion  of  Verbs. 


■tncnE  aliquem  exercitui, 
toft  over.  Proricere  alicui,  to  pro- 
fit, to  do  good ;  iii  philofophia,  & 
progreflus  facere,  U  t>rogrtfi. 

Re f i c  r:  re  muros,  templa,  xdcs, 
rstes,    res,   to  >■    «     animum, 

,   faucios,  fe,  junit  >  ra-i 

Jrefb,  to  ri 

Suffice  re  laborious,  idibus, 
to  be  able  to  bear  :  arma  v.  vires  ali- 
cui, to  afford  ;  Valerius  in  locum 
C ollatini  fuffc&us  eft,  -was  fubfi- 
tutiJ,  Liv.  Fiiius  patri  Jjuffe&as, 
Tacit.  Cculos  luffcfti  funguine  & 
igne,  fe.  fecundum,  batting  their 
iy$$  fed  and  i  d,  Virg. 

Satisface  \  alicui,  in  v,  de 
aliqua  re,  to  fatisfy  ;  fidci,  pro- 
mi  flb,  to  pcrfj. 

JAGERK  aliquem  in  praeceps  ; 
ccntumelias  in  cum,  to  tlrcw ; 
fundament*,  &  pone  re,  to  lay  , 
talcs,  to  play  at  due  ;  anchocam, 
to  t 

Adjicere,  to  add;  cvulos  ali- 
cui rei,  to  covet ;  animuen  Audiis,  to 
apply  ;  facerdotibu?  crcandis,  Liv. 

Conjicere  fe  in  pedes,  v.  fu- 
gam,  to  fly  ;   csetera,  to  eonjeSure. 

In'jicere  mar  us  ei,  to  lay  on  : 
fpcm,  ardorem,  fufpicioncm,  pa- 
vorem,  abcui,  to  irfpire  ;  admira- 
tionem  fui  cuivis  ipfo  afpe«5lu,Nep. 

Ocjicere  fc  hoilibus,  in  v.  ad 
Qmnes  cafus,  to  oppofe  or  expofe.: 
crimen  ei,  to  lay  to  one 's  charge, 

Rejicere  tela  in  noire?,  to 
throne  buck  ;  judices,  mala,  to  re- 
ject ;  rem  ad  fenatum,  Romam, 
to  refer  ;  rem  ad  Idus  Febr.  to  de- 
lay, Cic. 

Subjicere  ova  gillina*,  to  ft 
an  hen  ;  fe  imperio  alicujws,  to  f  li- 
mit ;  teftamenta,  to  forge  ;  tefr.es, 
tofubom  ;  partes  v.  fpecics  gene- 
ribus,  ex  quiY  s  emanant,  to  put 
or  daft  under  ;  ali quid  ei,  to  fug* 
gift  :  libellum   ei,    i.  e.   in   maou* 


dar?  :   odio  civium,  to  .••  bo- 

na  Pomperii   v.  fortuna-  haftae  vel 
voci   &   fub  voce  pneconis,  to  ex- 
pofe to  public  fate,    Cic.    tub    haf: 
venire,  to  be  fold,   Liv. 

Trajicere  copiaa  v.  exerci- 
tum,  fluvium,  Hellcfpontum,  -jel 
trans  fluvium,    to  rt  :     Ma- 

rius  cum  parva  navicula  in  Afri- 
can! traje&ui   eft,  pajfed  or  failed 

r.     Traje&us  ferro,  pierced. 

CAPERE  conjecturam,  conii- 
lium,  do  lore  rn,  x'ugam,  fpecimen, 
fpem,  fedem,  &c.  to  guefi,  confuit, 
grieve,  fly,  effay,  hope,  fit,  Isfc.  au- 
gurium,  v.  aufpicium,  &  agere, 
to  take  an  omen  :  exemplum  de  aii- 
quo  :  locum  caltris  :  terram,  to 
aiigfd  :  infulam,  fumma,  /;.  loca, 
to  reach  :  fpol  a  ex  nobilitate,  to 
vain,  Sail,  de  i  ica  nihil  pr.e- 

tcr  gloriam,  N.:p.  magiitratur.!, 
to  receive  or  enjoy:  virginem  Vetkar 
lem,  to  chafe  :  amentiam,  fpiritus, 
fuperbiam  alicujus,  -,  to  con- 

aii quern,   coniiiio,    perfidia, 
to  catch  :   nee  te  Troja  capit,  Virg. 
^Edes   vix   nos   capiunt,   the  he 
hardly  con  is:  Altero  oculo  ca- 

pitur,  blind  of  one  eye  :  capitur  lo- 
ci s.   It  is  deli  with)    \  irg. 

Accipere     pecuniam,    vulnus, 
cladem,  injuriam  ab   aliquo,  to  re- 

vt  :  Orbis  terrarum  divitias  ac- 
cipere nolo  pro  patriae  caritate, 
Ncp.  binas  literas  eodem  exem- 
plo,  ti:>o  copies  cf  the  fame  letter, 
Cic  clamorem,  de  Socrate,  to 
hear  :  id  in  bonam  partem,  to  tale 
in  good  part,  to  under/land  in  a  ^ocd 
fevfe  :  omnia  ad  contbmeliam,  a- 
liter,  aliorium  ac,  atque,  Ter. 
rudem,  v.  riuie  donari,  to  be  dif- 
charged  as  a  gladiator  ;  aliquem  be- 
ne v.  male,  to  treat  :  eum  male 
acceptum  in  Mediam  liiematum 
coegit  redire,  roughly  handled, 
Nep.    rcsgaticnem,    to    approve    the 

bill ; 


Various  Signification  and  CbnfEru&ion  of  VTubs.      &zi 

! ;  nomcn,  i.  c.  ad  petendum  ad-  RUERE    ad   interitum,   in  fer- 

mittere,  to  allow  to  Jland  candidate  i  rum  :  eatteros,  Ter,  fpumas,  to  drive 

omen,  to    cficem   good;    fatisfa<ftio-  or.tofs,   Virg. 

nem  <v.  excufationem,  Cxf.  Accep-  LUERE  pegnas  capitis*  tofiffer  ; 

tus  plebi,  apud  plebem, popular.  ses  alienum,   to  pay,  Qurt.  culpam 

Concipeuje  verba  jurameriii,  to  fuaxu         literlas,  morte, fanguine, 

trefcribe  the  form  cf  an  oath  ;    con-  to.  i              ,  /e  c/s/ii  cr  , 

ccptis    verbis    jurare  ■    immicirjas  Eluere     ajiijicitias     re          me 

cum    aliquo,    ic            enmity  in  one  :  ufus, 

aquam,  /a  ga$ber%  to  form  tie.  head  STA'FUERE  itipendium  iis  de 

o/'  .77             fcJ9  Erontinus.  publico-,   to    .                  xemplum  in 

Exci?erl-.  cum. hofpitio,  to  enter-  heminem,   -■./   -no,  to  make  cne  a 

tain  ;  fugientes,  to  catch  ;  extremum  public  example  ;-  aliquem    capite   in 

fpiritum  cog  natorum  ;  fanguinem  terrain,  to  fet  qv  place,  Ter. 

patera,  *•  £cy/-  or  o-u/vVr  ;  notis,  &  CaN»STiTUER*  ecloniam,  /a/-:- 

.ibere,  }o  ivrite  infiort  band",  m©»  *&  ;  agihen   paulifper,  ;*  awfe  fo 

tus  futuros,  to  perceive  ;  Hos  homi-  j^ojl  or  halt,  Sail,  in  digitis,  *•  re;//*/ 

nes  excipio,  I  except ;  virtutem  ex-  o*  me£s  fillers ,  Cic.  urbem,  /o  £«//</, 

cipit    immortalitas  ;     turbnlentior  Ovid.     Is  hodie  venturum  ad  me 

annus  excepit,  Jmcc ceded* 3  lie  exce-  conftitult  domum,  appoint  I    refold- 

pit  regia  Juno,  replied,  Virg.  ^r^J    Ter.     Si   utilitas    amicitiamj 

InCipere,    occipcie,     /a    £rowi.  cor. ilitu.it>  toilet  eadem   makes,  ccn~ 

Pqrciper e  fr         -,  r*  reap.  jfitutef,  Cic.     Corpus  bene  confii- 

Pr-Eciperl    futusa,    t$  forefee  \  tutum,  a  good. con            .-,  Id. 

gaudia,  fpem  vicloiia£,/5.7;-/i.;AiZ^;  D.  stituere    aliquem,    to  for -^ 

pecuniam  mat                      take    before  fake  \   fpem,  to  deceive  J  propofiturn,. 

CaeX  lac,  to  dry  up,  Virg.  to  give  over,  Ovid.  dear,  pacta  mer-> 

alicui    id,     v..  de   ea   re,    to  order  ;  cede,  to  defraud,   H'or. 

artem  ei,  to  teach*.  Institukrk     aliquem     fecun- 

Recipe  re    alicaid,   to    receive  ;  chin?  h  sued  em  filio,  to  appoint,  Cic. 

urbem,  to.:            ;    eum   teclis,  to  collegium  fabnmim,  facra,  to  itfri- 

entertain  ;   fe   v.    pedem,  to  retreat  ;  tute,  to  found,  Plin.  aliquem  electric 

fe  domuiii,  to  reium  ;   fe,  mentea:,  r.a,  Grnecis  literis,/?  infrucl\  naves, 

animum,   to  come  to  one  s  felf  again*  to    build,   Ccef,    fermonem,  to  enter 

to    recover  ffiriis  ;     in    fe,    to    tale  L-pen,  Id.   animum  ad  cogitandum, 

charge  ;  alicui,  to  ptoruife  ;    fe    ad  to  fettle  ;    antequam  pro  Murcena. 

£rugem,  to  amend-,   ienera  ftflum,  dicerc  inflituo,  Flegim  Cic. 

to  give  a  feat  to,  Cic.  Prjestitu^re     petiton,     qua 

RAPf.RE   vd  trahere  in  pejor  r,6tione  ilium  uti  rporteat,  to  pre- 

tem    partem,   to   take  a  thing  in   the  fcribe   to  the  frofecuior  ivhat  form  of 

xoorfl                in  JUS,  to  bring  before  a  procefs  he  fhould  ufe,  Cic.  tempUS  ei, 

fge  ;  partes  inter  fe,  tofbare,  L.1V,  to  determine. 

Sub  clivum,  to  reveal,  Horat.  Restituere  exulcs,;  virginem 

U  O.  fuis,  to  refore  ;   oppida  vicofque,  to 

EXUERE   veftes   fibi,  fe  vedi-  repair  ;  aciem  inclinatam,  to  rally  ; 

bus  ;  jugum    fi  bi,   fe  jugo,   to  cafl  prrclium,  to  rcHenv,  Li  v. 

off\  fidem,  facramentum,  to  break  ;  Substituere  aliquem  in  locum 

mentem,   to  change,   Virg.  hofteni  ejus,  pro  altero,  to  jalfitute  or  put 

cadris,  to  beat  from.  in  the  place  cf,   Cic, 

STRUERE 


z :        Virions  Con          !ono!    > 

,    mendacium,   to  contrive]  mulct  am  ci,  to  amerce  or-Jine  ;  <fi<j 

:-./    ill     a  i-  ei,   to  appoint    -             for  his  trial  be- 

iicere,    to  put  it 

O.  off\  cmi             /'AW;  teftimonium, 

ftis    manu,  bene,  .-.?;  non  idem  ft*?** 

v                               i             ,    t  .    ;;cl  ffljw,    Cis.  iacra- 

;  mi-  mentc,    fildom    (kcramentum,    to 

.  mi-  /..  - 

m,  <ADDicKR.r.   a  liquid  ei,  to  call  out 

;    dcam  ei,  i  ■  S/a»,  to'. Jill  \  fervituti,  <y.  in 

;  nuramos,  fervitutem,  /3  fentence  or 

■r.-  ;  de  rebus  \  ;  bona,  to  give  up            -ds 

fuis   .                  fxi£t  CIc.  Decemvir  o/"                           -creditor ;  fe  alicui, 

.    Liv.  to  devote  bin                         rvJce  :   aves 

ri:  at  addixerunt,  *.  .          eront,  the 

bir. Is 'did  .rable  c n: e 

pretib  adcfi&ani  habere  fidem,  to 

not  "                partes  Italiae,  pe-  be  .            ,   Cic. 

cuniara,    p          ra    ordinibus,    to  dncic^ere    operam    alicui,  ft 

.    ft    .'.':'    ;   vectigaj  civi-  promije  a                  coenam  alicui,  f. 

ilerare ;  jura,  i.e.  ad  coenam,   to  propoje  Juppnng  with 

e  ;    cenfores   bi-  one  loitkout  v          ion. 

nos    ::           ula's  cfo         l,  i.  e.  fa-  F-jiccre  alien?,    to  order  ;    dc- 

Cic.  m,  to  appoint  a  levy  ;  praedam 

In                  z    literas    'alicui,     to  rr           .  s,  ft   promije    ly    a';    efifa  ; 

reB  a  letiet  ;  librum,   to  entile  or  juftitium,  diem  comitiis,  vel  comi- 

:.es  merccde,  to  put  a  ticket  tia  confulibus  creandis,  ft  appoint. 

m  one's  bouje  to  let,  Ter.  In pi cere  bellwn,  juftitium,  ft 

ProscriBeRE     bona     alicujus,  proclaim  war  ;  legem  I        to  appoint, 

rides  fuas,  auctionem,  ft  publijb  to  Cic.  catus  in   domos   tribunorum, 

/•/./,   to  fetto  Jdh\   aliquem,   ft  to  fummon,  Liv                                     ; 

i-.  rndi&us,  an    adj.  n           '  ;  causa 

Rescribere    ;           :s  Uteris  «y.  indicia,  9.    non    cognita  condcrri- 

ad    li                     i    ad    aliquid,    ft  r.z 

write  an  an/wcr  ;             .'^m,  to  pay  beard  ;    me     indicents,    Ii.tc    non 

n  ad  ecjuum,  fiunt,  not  telling,  Ter. 

to  Jet  j                                   uk,  Czef.  Intzrdicfre  alicui,  aliquid  v. 

bscribfp.k  cxemplunt  litera-  aliqua  re ;  fceminis  ufara  purpura, 

j   to  writ                ;  paufx,  to  join  1            d  or  debar  Jrotn  ;   ei   aqua  & 

or  /                                       '•  ;  Caefa*  igne,  v.  aquam  et  ignem,  to  ianrjh\ 

lis  ir£,  to  favour,  Ovid.  male  rem  gerentibua  bonis  pater- 

C  O.  nis    interdici    folct,    Cic.  irttrdici 

DTCERE  aliqi.id,  <o.  dc  all  qua  non              t  focero  gencr,  djeharged 

:>.  alicui,  ad  v.  p, 

vjl\  Pr^dic                 ui    aliquid, 

ad  aliquid,  in  at              \    fenfeh-  alrq               I  in  hac  re,   %  foretell % 

an      .'..      ;               ad*  ir  j 

DUCERE 


- 


Various  Signification  and  Conftnuftion  of  Verbs. 


223 


DUCER1L  in  carcerem  v.  yia- 
eula,  to  lead  \  exercitum,  to  com- 
mand\  (pirrtum,  animam,  vitam, 
to  breathe,  to  live  ;  fouam,  murum, 
fulcum,  to  make  or  draiu  ;  bellum, 
to  prolong,  alfo  Jo  carry  on,  Virg} 
e  tat  em,  diem,  to  fpend ;  uxorem, 
to  take  a  ivife  :  in  jus,  to  Jummon 
before  a  judge  •  uliqtiem,  &  vultum 
a  lieu  jus,  atre,  ex  sere,  de  r-uro, 
niarmore,  &c.  Jj  «< .■<.-■  .:  jtatud  • 
genus,  noroen  ab  -j.  ,ex  aliquo, 
derive ;  omnia  pro  nihil©,  in- 
fra fe  ;  id  ei  bndi,  laudem,  v.  in 
laudem,  ofiener  the  jirj?%  to  rechen 
it  a  praijt  to  him  ;  in  confeit  n- 
:i,  to  Impute  to  a  coitfeioufnefj  of 
t  ;  in  gloria,  PEn.  in  crimen, 
Tacit,  centefimas,  fe.  ufun:*,  vel 
focnus  centeGmis,  to  compute  inierefi 
at   one  for   til  hundred  a  ;    or 

at    12   per    cent,    per    annum  \    bin  13 
centeCmis  fcenerari,  to  take  24  per 
per  r,    Cic.    ducere  Ion- 

voces  in  fletum,    to   draw 
Virg.    ordiaes,     -'9    be  a  centurion, 

ilia,  fe  pant  li*~  a  broken  zv 
cd  1  yrfe,   Ho: . 

Adducere     allquem     in    jtuC- 

ciuxn,  ad  azbitriiim  me  am,  U  bring 

to  a   trial ;    in    fufpicionem   regiy 

.  arcr.m,  to  draw  in  ;  habenas, 

tajtralten  the  reins. 

Conduce  re    aliouem  ex  loco, 

y  ;  navem,  domum,  coo-uos, 

to  lire  •  columnam   facieodam,  to 

lain  price  : 
Gdnducit  hoc  tuae  laudi,  in  1/.  ad 
rem,  is  of  adya 

Dkducere     naves,    to    launch  ; 
1  in  prselium,  to  bring,  1' 
equites,  to  male  to  alight,  Li  v.  1 
Ciomum,  to  accompany,  to  car:  y  borne  ; 
de  fmt'entia,  Cic-  colonbun, to Uanf- 
/  ant  ;   Iacum,  to  drain. 

ILducere  gladium  e  vagina,  fa 
draw  ;  florem  Italian,  to  lead  out  ; 
copks  in  aeiern,  Cic  filinm,  to  e- 
di.cate,  oftene r  educate  \  v 

•  -/,  Hor.  c«lo,  Virg. 


Ixducere  tenebras  clariflimis- 
rebus,  to  hring  on,  Cic.  animum, 
v.  in  animnm,  to  perfuade  bitafelf; 
fcuia  pellibus,  to  cover,  Csef.  loleas 
pedibus,  v*  in  pe  les,  to  put  on  ; 
colorem  pichirac,  to  varnijb,  Plin. 
nomina,  to  cancel  or  ra/e%  ta  rub  out. 

Obducere.   exercitum,     .-5    lead 
againfi  ;.  cajlum  doiori,  ta  blunt  it  'y 
h.rum  fentibus,  to  cover. 

R  :^t    all q mem  in  memo* 

>iaro  aiicujus,  vol  alicui  aiiquid  in 
:r..:r. Driam,  to  brinvbati,  to  one's  re- 
membrance  ;  in  gratiam  cum  aliquo^ 
to  reconcile  ;  Vallis  reducra,  rcUrci 
or  low. 

P-OiiUv^RF  teiles,  3  hring  out  ; 
fun  us,  /<?  attend  \  £imonem  in  noc- 
tern,  to  prolong,  to  continue  ;  rem  ill- 
hiemem,  to  defer  ;  fervos  venden* 

dOS,   to  br'niT  to  /narket. 

Subducere  fe  a  cuflodibus,  to 
fieal  aioay  ;  naves,  to  draw  up  on 
fhore ;  cibum  ei  oc  deduccre,  to  tale 
from  ;  firm  mam,  rationes,  to  reckon  y 

t'j  caf  ui)  accounts. 

PARGERE  fibi,labore,  tofparey 
i<c.  a  caedibus,  to  forbear  ;  aurunx 
natis,  Virg. 

ASSUESCERE  rei  aiicui,  v.  re 
a]; qua,  in  v.  ad  hoc,  to  be  accuf- 
tomcd\  mentem  plucibus  <&  zK\ie- 
facere,  Hor.  Auimis  bella,  "Virg. 
to  accufian*.  So  infuefco  rei  v.  re  .3 
infuevit  hoe  rae  pater,  ?Ior. 

SCfSCERE  legem,  to  ^cie,  tm 
decree  :   bonce  plebifcitum* 

A^ciscER^  regium  nomen,  to 
affuwe  ;   focios  atem 

icelerisj  -  .  ate  ;  vhus  peregri- 
nes, tc  a 

C  »cerjb    mortem    v.    r.e- 

cem  fibu  to  Uil  one's  Jelf\  fug  am 
fii*:.  Liv. 

DISCERE  aliquid  ab  aiiciuo,  v* 
apud  aliquem,  ex  aliqua  re,  or 
•without   ex:     Dedifccre,    to  forget 

at  he  zatned\  Edifcere,   to 

get  By  heat  i. 

Descenders 


?:±     Various         nificatian  and  Conitruaion  of  Verbs, 


Descendfrt  htio,  prse- 

o,  xdibus  ;  in   forum,  curiam, 
campum  ;  ad  accufandum,  a  J  om- 
nia, aS"  recourj 
Cic. 

d  a. 

LUDERE  alei,  v.  -am,  to pfay 

at  d  impar,   jt  even  and  e 

operam,  /c  /<.£  w'j  l^bon-. 

leludf.re  alictti,  aliqueni: 
Oolludere  ei,  cl!:u  eo  :  illudere  ei, 
euin,  in  i. 

EVADERE  infuliar,  -ii  j,  vel  ex, 

»o  efcape  ;  in  mure,  /<?  mcia.t  ;   llxc 

quorfun  evadant,   nefcio,  to  i<  hat 

trey  null  turn   cut  :     Clarus  Cvaflt, 

-  ame. 

CEDKRK  multa  ittuliis  3k  fuo 
jure,  Cic.  Bona  creditoribu^,  to 
yield,  whence  ctiTio  bonorum  ;  ali- 
rui  loco,  de,  a,  e:c  loco,  v.  locum, 
io  g]rvt  place  \  vita,  c  vita  decedere, 
to  die  ;  foro,  tr,  turn  bankrupt  ;  H;e- 
reditas  cedit  mihi,  ■■  to  ;  Cedk 
in  prcvcibium,  leiomss* 

AcckdsrE  oppidam,  -do,  ad 
«».  in  oppidam,  to  approach  ;  ad 
ditiones.  to  ajr'se  to  :  Ciceroni, 
feritentise,  v.  ad  Feriteutiaro  ejus, 
to  agr:e  with  ;  ad  Ciceronem,  to 
go  to  ;  ad  rempubUcam,  to  bear 
the  queforjhip,  or  the  frj?  public  of- 
;  ad'  amicitiam  Philippi,  to 
gain  the  friend/hip  c/\  Nfip.    Ad  hate 

[a  hoc  mihi  acced't  etiaxn,    idea*, 
Ter.     Robur   accelTit    a^rati,  Cic. 
Animi   acceffpre  holli,   Liv.     Ad 
corporis    fl  r  m  i  *  a  tt  m   pi u ra    a  nlmi 
ia    ac.  p        '  ccedit 

yt'io  ;   hue,  co,   accc- 
dit  quod,  /    aided. 

Anteci.d  tiRi:  alicui  rei  ;  ali- 
quem,   rarely  alicui,  to  excel* 

Con c ED  b  e  ( i  aliquid  &  vie  ali- 
quo :  paullum  d  *  fur  jure  ;  Rmpus 
ad  rem,  to    vrat  b    o:ulis,  ad 

:tram,    i      •    •    .nu,   i: 

to   ' 


into  one  s  meafures  ;    in  conditioncSj 

tree  tc,    L 

Disorder  i  riom,  &"  la- 

tum unguem,  -j.  digitum  a  re,  to 

.ii t  in  the  L-f. 

he    legis    to    give  a 

itfae    agQivjfy    to    oppofe  a   law  ; 

pecuniam    pro    aliquo,     to 

ty  :  lr.tercedit  io.i!.  i  anii- 

•v  ;  .  'jfc. 

i  i,   in  iocum  ejus, 

to'fiicce  h\    muro,  v.    mururn  ;  ad 

urban  ;  fub    primam   aciem  ;   in 

pugnam,  to  come  up  to. 

CADERE  aite,  ab  alto,  in  ter- 
rain, to  fall ;  causa,  formula,  in 
judicio,  ck  litem  perderei  to  lofe 
c-t37s  Cittfr,  •«  hi  czp ;  in  v 
fenium,  oculos,  potei'latem,  «3cc. 
in  inorburri,  &:  incidcre',  C^c.  Non 
cadit  in  virum  bonum  mentifi.  u 
incapable  of,  Cio.  Homini  lachry- 
ma3  eadunt,  quafi  putro,  gaudio, 
Ter. 

Acc;dere  genibu$,  v. ad  genua, 
to- fall  at  ;  auribus  tf.  ad  aures,  to 
come  *o  ;  alicui,  cafu,  prater  opi- 
nionem,  to  happen  ;  a  -  in  te 
iilud  verbum,  applies,  Ter. 

TENDERE  vela,  fr  ;  in- 

fidias,  retia,  plagas,  &c.  to  lay 
/hares;   arcum,  i  .' :    iter,    cur- 

ium, to  direel  ;  ad  ahiora,  in  cce- 
lum,  ti  aim  at  \  extra  vallum,^. 
tabernaculum,  to  pitch  a  tint :  ?.la- 
nibus  tendit  div  nodos,  tries, 

Virg. 

r  ten  no  te,  Cic.  tibi,  Plin.  de 

hac  re,  ad  banc  rem,   to  ed \ 

animum  ad  rem  ;  res  hoftium,  Sail. 

C  ndere  riervos,  0!U!iibu3 

vis,  to  cxc*'t  one*sfei  ,uid  ab 

aliquo,  to    ajh    earnejlly  ;  inter  fe  : 

|      I.   for   cum    amore 

•  .ijfas,  fc.  inter  fe,  lo  h/k- 

pnrc,    Cic.     Aliquid    ad    aliquid, 

cun  'A,  &  alicui. 

naturam  re- 
:   rem  pluribus 


Various  -Signification  a::d  Conftru&ion  ©f  Verbs. 


22K 


.&  luculentioribus  verbis,  to  exp 

puem,  humanitate,  amicitia,  to 
:  rem  fiftam,  /o  difcomer. 

In  r;  ndere    animum    rei,    ad 

in  rem,  /o  *//{*'  *  Intends  ani- 
mo  in  rem,  Liv.  Vocem,  rfervos, 
■  arcum,  to  bend j  actio- 
nem  ^.  litem  alicui  *rd  in  aliquem, 
alfo  impingere,  to  raife  a  L  -  . 
Ugainji  one  ;  telnm  ei,  i\  in  cum, 
•J2  #<>•?/  #/  ;  manum  v.  dijtitum  in 
aliquid,  to  pcirj  at  :  aliquo,yir.  ire, 
to  go  to  ;  ofricJ2,  to  overdo,  to  do 
more  than  is  require  i,  Sail. 

Obte:dere  velum  rei,  v.  rem 
Telo,   to  cover,  to  veil. 

PENDERE  pecuniam,  to  p* 
poenas,  to  Jujfer ;  id  parvi,  to  value 

Hah. 

Suspendere  aliquem  arbcrl, 
de,  in,  v.  ex  arbore,  to  bang ;  ex- 
f  eclatione,  vel  fufpenfum  detine- 
re,  to  keep  in  fujhenfe  ;  adificium, 
to  arch  a  houfc  ;  nafo  adunco,  to 
fneer  at,   Horat. 

A3DLRE  fe  Uteris,  in  iiteras, 

one's  f elf  anicrg  be 
Ionium,  rus,   &c.  dome,    Vhg. 
in  filva?,  tcnebras^  Szc. 

Con'dere  urbem,  to  build  \  £r\ 

:?rem,  to  ivtr 
prifon  ;  carmen,  to  coanpo/e;  hrmina, 
to  clofe,  Ovid.  Jura.  toeftabliJb\  ter- 
ra, fepulcl.ro,  in  fepulchro,  to  bury. 
Dfdere  fe  alicui,  in  ditlonem 
jblicnjas,  ad  allqu.; 

ditus  praeceptori  :idlk,  fond 

•f\  vinoepul.  y aged in,  N_jp. 

'.ita  op  p       ofe. 

JEderi  &   in    Iucem, 

►  ;    ovum 

•  tus,     rifus,    gei  quei. 

Jsinnitum,    pug-nan;,    ftragem,    to 
foun  .-<•.    muhus  iato- 

riuni,    to    exhibit  a    fberv   of  j 
tor:  ;  n,    to   inention  ;    fee 

to  Lr'mg  frih  :  extiemmv. 
to   die  ;    exempt,  c  in   ali- 

mieni,  ic  fry  urtur 


Obdere  pelTulum  foribus,  to  bolt 
dot  r. 

Prod  ere  arcem  hoilibus,  to  be- 
tray ;  aliquid  pofteris,  v.  memo- 
rise, to  hand  :  genus  ab 
quo,  ft  ze  :  ilaminem,  ir.ter- 
t,  to  t ',  afiqbot  dies 
:iis.  tc  -  exemplum, 
tj                             ,  Liv. 

Recdf.k.-. 
reyihke  ;  aciinani  v   vitafn,  to 
La  tine,    verirrrr.  yefbp,   to  tranf- 
late  ;  matrem,   i.  e.  referre,  to  rt- 
Jemtfe  ;  epifcolam  r.licui,  to  de  iver. 
ERE   calcar   equo,  foJpvr\ 
itus  ab'cui,  to  encourage. 
Cute  ere   rem  ;  horn  in  i,  to  $e- 
\   aliquid  alicui,  to  truf  ;  pe- 
cuniam ei  per  fyngrapham,  to  lend 
i  or  hill  ;    nimoribus    credi 
non  Dpbttet  :   Itaquc  crec'o,  li,  &c. 

ZfiPPfti    Cic- 

F I T  N  DE  RF  ?  qu  r  out ; 

hofres,  to  /': 

Effundere   fruges,  copiam  o- 

m,  to  prp\  aerarkmrt,  to 

d\   bditinij    i.  e.  dimkterc,  to 

j6,     gratiam     colledtamj     i.    e. 

iere  :    omnia,  qure  tacuerat,  to 


r. 


G  O. 
JUNGERE  fe  cum  aliquo.  aii- 
,    <Sc  ad  a'iquem.  dcxtratri  dc\- 
trx  :  equos  currui  -.  amneir.  pente, 
19  TTJaJte  a  brie 

Adjl  e    acoefr.on-em    .tci- 

bus.    to    build    an 

?A  ftudia,  to  ap 
STRJ  i;f    etittniln,   pladi- 

'J    ill    :    i 

±as     h 

■■  :    rem,   to  ir.  i  'j  fori 

Hor.     Bttus,    /5  /?: .•-■•>.  fo  ^/V/ft>  or 
^•a  -.-:  .  ■  -, :    Virg. 

TANOERE  rem  acu;  fo  //>  I 

;am     na- 

to   re  ?ch  :    :  re^    Aim- 

."?    r»eytf1v>i,     N  i..]-';tm 

ccgnaUcne, 


226     Various  Sionincatkm  and  Contraction  of  Ver^s. 


co£natione,  affinit-ite,  to  be  related 
to  :  forum  to  reach  nrunbood>  Cic. 
Res  non  te  attingit,   concern*. 

FIN  GERE  orationem,  topclijh: 
oratorem,  to  form  t  fe  ad  arbitri- 
uni  alterius,  te  adapt  :  Vultiia  a 
n\cnte  fiagitur,  lingua  fmgit  vo- 
cem,  Cic.  Sui  cu  ique  mores  fm- 
gunt  form:"! am    Nip. 

FR.XNG  LRE  miccm  to  break  ; 
navem.  to  fuffer  fbipiureck  :  fcedus, 
fidem,  to  vioiate  :  ientcntiam  ejus, 
to  refute.    Cic.    hoftejjl,    to  fubdue. 

AGERE  gratia.-:  to  give  thanks  : 
-vitam,  to  live  :  pr.edas,  to  plunder  ; 
fab u lam ,  to  a&  a  play  :  t r i urn ph urn 
de  ali quo,  e*  aliqua  re,  to  triumph  r 
nugas,  to  trifle  :  ambages,  to  beat 
about  the  iujh  :  ftationem  cuftodi- 
am  urbis,  t*  be  cr.  guard:  rimas,  to 
chink,  to  Uai,  to  be  rent :  caufam,  to 
plead  :  de  re    to  /peak  :  radices,  to 

tale  root  :    cum'culos     to  under 'mitre  : 
undam,  to  raife  a  fleam  :  animam, 
to  be  at  the  lafl gafp  :   alias  res,  to  be 
inattentive  :   ft  ft' mi  diem,  natalem, 
ferias,  &c.  to  Jkeep,  to  o'ferve  :  ac- 
tum, v.    rem  a&ata,  to   labour  in 
fain  :  cenfum,   cc<  habere,  to  i 
a  revirtv   of  the  peop'e,    their  eft. 
Isfc.  forum,  to  ho  J  a  court  to  try 
caufes  :    lege  in    aliquem,  A  cum 
aliquo,  to  go  to  Unv  with  one  :    hence 
actor,    a    plaintiff  :    in    heredita- 
tem,    to    claim :    cum    populo,    to 
treat  with,  to  (ay  befotte:   decimum 
a^it  annum,  he  is  ten  years  eld  :   id 
agitur,  that  is  tiit  qufiicn  :  boerbas 
agitur,  v    de  liberty  : 
actum  rft  de  libertate,  is  (aft :  ac- 
tum eft,  ilicet,    all  is  over  :   a&um 
eft    de   pace,    vms  treated 
cum  illo  bei.c     .     um    eft,  be 
been    lucky   or    u  i  .    hoc    age, 

fftwd  ithat  ycu  are  about,  Civ.t?.i 
Iseta  agcrc,  for  cj  at,  SallalL. 

AoiG-gKi  -mimes  fccnimento, 
ad  v.  in  jusjuiandum,  in  fua  vcr- 
l*a,    per   ju5jura:;au.n,    to  force  to 


enlifl  :    arbitrum,    i.  e.    agere    v. 

cogere    aliquem    ad    arbitrum,   to 

force  tofubmit  to  an  arbitration^  Cic. 

COGERJE  topias,  to  bring  'oge* 
ther  :  ad  militiam,  to  force  to  tn- 
lifl  :  fenatum,  to  affemble  :  in  fe- 
natum,  fe.  minis,  pignoribus  cap* 
t is,  &c.  to  force  to  attend  :  agn. 
to  rally    to  bring  up  :    lac,  to  < 

civile  diffufum  &   diiiipatum, 
in   certa  genera  cogere,  to   dit 
to  arrange* 

El  16  ERE  for  as,  to  drive  out,  to 
divorce  :  aliquid  ab  aliquo,  to  r<- 
qu'n e  i  farta  t$ySt^fc,  et,  /'.  e.  farta 
et  tecla,  ut  fint  bene  reparata,  to 
require  that  the  public  wot 'is  be  ■ 
in  good  reparation,  Cic.  fup,  licium, 
de  aliquo,  to  inflicl  :  fur.  non.: 
to  demand  or  call  in  one's  debts  :  ic- 
vum,  vitam,  anno%  /•  fpend  :  ali- 
quid ad  normam,  to  try  or  examine  ; 
columnam  ad  perpendiculi»m,  to 
'y  the  plianmeiy  trJ  fee  if  it  be 
gbt  :  monumentum,  tp  '  - 
Hor.  tempus  &  modum,  to  fettle 
Virg.  coraoediam,  to  dtfapprovet  to 
hip  off,  Ter. 

R-dic  .  quid   in  memori- 

am  alicujus,  to  bring  bach  :  ptr 
niam  ex  bonis  venditis,  to  r 
money  :    hoiles    fub    impcrium,   to 

7  educe. 

EEGERE  oram,  littus,  to  coafl 
along  ~  vela,  to  furl  the  fails  :  hali- 
tntrt,  to  catch  one's  breath  :  milit 
to  en  if  :  aliquem  in  fenatum,  in 
Patres,  to  cbuf  \  facra,  to  flcal.  U 
facrilepe  :    Hor. 

■J 

HO. 
'1  RAHERE  m.  bd- 

i,  to  pn     •  arpuras,  to  ft 

aliquid  ia*rcl         i  /  y  i.ple  : 

naTem  i  i  toiu. 

l)i  riAUSAi  aliquem,  to  draw 

em  :      alicui,    v.     dc    aliquo,    de 
■'■tract  frcm,  tt     'rJJ'en  t 
fame  :     aliquid    alicui,    to    I   be    by 
force  :     laudem,    v,    dc  laudibus  : 


\\.rious  Signification  and  Construction  of  Verbs*       227 


novcm  partes  muitae,  to  ialt  from 

the  fne ,   Nep. 

EXTRAHERE    diem,     to  fpin    Out, 

U  fpend  :  cert  a  men,  bellum,  judi- 
cium, to  prolong. 

VEHERE,  vchens,  invehens, 
invcctus  curru,  quadrigis,  &e.  ri- 
ding in  a  chariot ;  invehi  in  portum 
ex  alto,  to  enter  j  in  aiiquem,  ty 
inveigh  aga'mjl ;  provehi  iongius, 
to  proceed  too  fur. 

LO. 

CONSULERE  rem  v.  de  re, 
to  confult  about  ;  eum',  to  af:  bis 
advice  ;  el,  to  confdt  for  bis  gocd  ; 
de  falute  fua  ;  gravius  in  aiiquem, 
to  pafs  a  fevere  fentencc  againf  ;  in 
commune,  publicum,  medium,  to 
Provide  for  the  con.non  good  ;  verba 
boni,  to  like  in  good  part  ;  ego  con- 
fulor,  my  advice  is  afi?d  ;  mihi  con- 
fulitur,  ?/;v  good  is  confuted ;  mihi 
confuitum  ac  provifum  eft,  for  a 
me,  I  have  taken  care,  Cic 

APPELLERE  clalTe  in  Itali- 
ans, vel  clalTem,  to  land  on  ;  fe  a- 
liquo,  Ter.  ad  viliam  noftram  na- 
vis  appelletur,  Cic.  animum  ad 
philofophiam,  to  apply. 

ANTECELLERE  ei,  rarely 
eum  :  excellere  aliis,  fuper,  inter, 
piaster  alios  aliqua  re,  v.  in  re, 
to  excel. 

TOLLERE  animos  fuos,  tttale 
tourage;  animos  alicui,  to  encourage  ; 
aiiquem  laudibus,  &  laudes  ejus 
in  aftra,  to  cxtjl ;  inducias,  to  break 

*  truce  ;  clamores,  to  cry  ;  filium, 
to  educate  ;  de  vel  e  medio,  to  kilL 

MO. 
ADIMERE  claves  uxori,  to  di- 

•  ce  ;  aunulum  v.  equum  equiti, 
to  take  aroay  from  a  knight  the  rirg 
or  horfe  given  him  l\  the  public^  to 
degrade. 

Dirimtre  litem,  controvcr fl- 
am,  to  determine. 

Ex:  me  re  aiiquem  fervitio, 
noxaz.  e  vinculis,  a  culpa,  de  nu- 


mero  profcriptorum,  obfidionc, 
to  free  ;  de  dolio,  to  drazu  out ;  di- 
em dicendo,  to  tcafe  in f peaking. 

I  N  T  E  R  T  M  £  R  E    fe ,    to  k  ill. 

RrliiMERE  captives,  to  ranfom  ; 
pecuaria  de  cenforibus,  to  take  or 
farm  the  public  pafures. 

SUMERE  in  manus  ;  diem, 
tempus  ad  deliberandum  ;  exem- 
plum  ex  v.  de  eo,  to  take  ;  poenas, 
fupplicium  de  aiiquo,  to  punifb  : 
pecimias  mutuas,  to  borrow  ;  to- 
<;am  virilem,  to  put  on  the  drefs  of 
a  mnn  ;  fibi  inimkitias,  to  get  ill 
icill ;  operam  in  re,  vel  in  rem 
ir.fumere,  to  tftczv  pains  ;  fumo 
tantum,  vel  hoc  mihi,  /  tale  this 
upon  me. 

PREMEPvE  cafeum,  t»  makt 
cheefe  ;  vocem,  to  be  ft lent  ;  dolo- 
rem  corde,  to  hmceal ;  veftigia  e- 
jus,  to  follctc  ;  littUS,  to  come  near  ; 
pollicem,  to  five  a  gladiator  ;  li- 
brum  in  nonum  annum,  to  delay 
publifhin^,    Hor. 

ExPRIMERE      fuCCUm,      to     prcft 

out ;  riium  alicui  ;  pecuniam  aW 
aiiquo,  to  force  from  ;  effigiem,  U 
dra-zv  to  the  life  ;  verbum  verbo, 
de  verbo,  e  verbo,  ad  verbum,  de 
Graf  CIS,  £cc  to  tret  fate  ivor d  for 
ivord. 

Imprimeue  aliquid  animo,  Im. 
animo,  v.  in  animum,  to  imprint. 

Re  prim  ere  fe,  &    rcprendere 
v.  retinere,  to  check. 
NO. 

PONERE  fpera  in  homine  v. 
re,  &  habere  ;  caftra,  to  pitch  ; 
vitem,  to  flout  j  vitam,  to  die ; 
ova,  to  lay  ;  infidias  aiicui ;  panem 
convivis,  not  ante  ;  perfonam  a- 
mici,  to  lay  afide  tl*e  char  a  tier  nf  4 
friend  ;  praimia,  to  propofe  ;  pocu- 
la,  to  fake  or  lay  ;  ftudiurn,  tem- 
pus,  multum  operae  in  aliqua  re, 
to  employ,  to-h<foiv  :  aliquid  in  lau- 
de,  in  vitas,  in  loco  beneficii,  /• 
reskoi  ;     fe^ocia  cord?.,  t:  h\  adde; 

aKqu 


zzZ.    Various  Signification  and  Contraction  of  Verbs. 


aliquem  in  gratiam  v.  gratia,  i.  e. 
ctlicere  gratiofur.i  apud  alterum, 
Cic.  :  ventos,  to  calm  :  hominem 
Coloribus,  faxo,  to  painty  engrave, 
Hor.  pecur.iam  in  fcenore,  to  lay 
out    u.  jl  ;      tcmpla,    io    bail.!, 

Virg.  Venti  pofuere,  are  b.fb'J, 
Virg.  Pons  cfle  victuni  tum,Ter. 
Pofitum   fit,  fuppofe,  grant,  Cic. 

CoMroNi'HE  carmen,  literas, 
&c.  tv  cample  :  lit ■;.-,  lofettU  :  bel- 
lum,  to  jinijb  by  tr  \:iy  ;  parva  mag.- 
nis,  dicta  cum  fact  is,  to  compare  : 
menus  manibus,  to  join,  Virg. 

Deponere  v.  ponere  tegsm 
pretext  am,  to  lay  a  fide  the  drfs  of 
a  boy  :  imperium  &l  demittere,  to 
lay  dcivn  a  command. 

Ex  po  n  e  r  e  rem ,  to  j't  forth  or 

explain  :     frumentum,  to  expefe  to 

f<le,    Cic.  puero%    foetus,    to  lave 

to   pcrifoz    Liv.  exercitum,  Jl.   in 

terram,  to  la:? J. 

Imponeri:  onus  alicui  v.  in 
aliquem  :  aliquem  in  equum,  toft 
:pon  :  perfonam  v.  partes  duriores 
<  \x  to  lay  a  tafc  or  duty  on  one  :  nlici.i, 
to  itnpofe  cny  to  deceive,  Nep.  houo- 
rcm  ti,  to  confer  :  vadimonium  ei, 
to  force' to  give  bail:  Nep.  manum 
funimam  v.  extrunam  rci  alicui, 
in  aliqua  re,  to  fnifh  ;  pontem  flu- 
myii,  to  male  a  bridge,  Curt.  Hoc 
loco  libet  interponerc,  to  infert, 
Nep. 

Opponere  fe  pcriculis  &  ad 
pericula,  to  expfe  ';'  pigoori,  to 
pledge:  manum  fronti,  ante  ocu- 
los,  to  put,  Ovid. 

*Pkoponere  aliquid  fibi  faccre, 
exempla  ei  ad  imitandiim,  to  pre- 
pof,  to  ft  before  :  edict  a,  legem 
in.jmblicum,  i.  c.  pubiice  legend? 
af^gere  :  congiarium,  to  pnomife  a 
largefs,  a  gift  of  corn  or  t 

iJui'PON'KRi-:  ova  gall; ii.t,  toft 
a  b:n  :  teitamenn.in,  v.  fubjicere, 
to  forge. 

CANERE    aljqiem,   h  />  •  :f-  : 


figna,  claflicum,  bellicum,  i.  e. 
ad  arma  conclamarc,  to  found  an 
rlirm,  to  give  the  ftgnal  for  battle  : 
Iicep,ui,    rarely    -urn,    to    found   a 

'  at  :  tibij,  to  play  on  the  pipe  : 
a  1  tibiaro,  to  ji.ig  to  it :  palinodi- 
am,  to  utter  a  recantation* 

6TERXERE  le&os,  to  fpread 
or  cover  the  couches  :  equo^,  to  bar- 
r.f:  viam,  to  pave:  aquora,  to 
dim,  Virg. 

PO. 

CARPER E   agmen,    to  cut   off 

the    rear  .:      fomnos,    quiet  em,     to 

Jeep  :     viam,     iter,    to  go,     Virg. 

opera    alter lus,    to    cerfure  :     labo~ 

res,    virtutes,    to   dimini/h    or     cL- 

fure,  Hor. 

RCA] PERK  fidem,  foedus,  a* 
micitiam,  to  violate  :  vocem  v.  fi- 
lentium,  tojpeak,  Virg. 

Erumpere  ex  tcnebris,  caftria, 
&c  fe  port  is,  to  break  out :   (loma- 
chum  in   aliquem,  to    vent  pajjion: 
nubem,  to  brcax,  Virg. 
RO. 

QUj^RicRE  bonam  gratiam 
fibi,  to  f.£  or  gahty  Cie.  iermo- 
nein,  to  beat  about  fcr  converfatio 
Ter.  rem  mercaturis  faciendis,  to 
make  a  frtune  by  merchandfe  :  ex> 
aliquo  ;  oc  in  aliquem,  de  re  ali*- 
qua  per  tormenta,  to  p. it  to  the 
rack  :  in  dominum  de  fervo  quxri 
noiuerunt  Ronuvni,  Cic. 

An  ^uiRiiRr.  aiiquid,  to  fearci 
after:  aliquem  capitis,  v.  -te,  /• 
aecufe  or  try  for  ./  capi 

GERERii  res,   to  perform  :    nc* 

gotium  male,  to  wattage:  confula- 
tum,    to  bear,    to  :   ie   bene 

/  male,  to  behave:  exereitum, 
ta  endutt,  SuIIuPl.  inorem  ei,  vd 
morigerari,  to  humour :  civem,  fe 
pro    cive,    perfonam    alicujus,    /* 

P':fs  J' '"'"»   io    ''"'''  '-araller    if: 

injimicitiaj  vel  iimultatem  cum  a- 
liquo,    to   be    at    o/rrtj    or    vat 

IVK'h. 

IngejlI*e 


Various  Signification  and  ConftrudHon  of  Verbs.     2*9 


Ingerkxe  convicia  ci,  in  eum, 
-  2.'/./?. 

SiiG;iERERE  aKquid,  el,  to  fug- 
gefl,  to  bint  ,    fumptus  his  rebus,  to 

-^/y  or  'afford:   Horathim  Bruto, 
/*  tbufc  in  place  of.  to  put  offer,  Liv. 

SERsER'E     crimina  in  eum,,    : 
v.  'fe,   to  fpreeid  as.  :s. 

Consf. *erl  r.iami?,  mann",  cer- 
..men,     r%gnam^    cam    hoftibus, 
inter  fe,  t->  rttpwr, 

AtssREira     illiquid ,    to     >L     /; 

ah  injuria;  in  liber- 

Eitcm$tto"free  ;  in  fervifv  :e:n,  ft    • .  - 

•   v  ;  diviners:  ni3  *. 

1  O. 

fo,    rarely 

i:  Cic.    / 

■  . 
.   to   t/tako  fir  ;    c.]  \    fagltti, 

Irip-Je,  /«  arm  at  ;  confulaturn;  pce- 
:s  a!>  aliqiio,  &  rtpetere,  to  fstn'fi. 

Com  pp. teiie  ammo,  to  be  i>: 
tnesfenfes;  in  eum  competit  act!), 
tin  action  lies  aga'nft  him,  Cic. 

Re PETE RE  res,  tc  demand  refttu- 
f/on  ;   bona  lege,  v.  t  rofequi  lite, 
to  recover  by  h.iv ;  caftra,  oppidum, 
hue,  to  &t.vrnt&;  aliquid  memorii,- 
to  c.iil  t  A  ;    a'te,   to  trace    from 

the  he  -.      I  iThi  nihil  fup petit, 

malta  fuppetunt,   T have  \  ii   vita 
fuppetet,   if  life  fhaH  remain,     Cic. 

MITTERE    alicui,    v:    ad  aii- 

qu?m  ;     in    fuffragia,    to   find  tic 

oble  to   vot^i  aulseum,  mappam, 

to    drop  the  curtain  ;   talcs,   to   tbro-c 

the  diet  ;    fenatum,-  to  d'fmif  ;   ti- 

morem,  to    lay  afule  :     in    rxta,  to 

wegijQer,  to    record  ;    fatiguincittj   +el 

err. it? ere,    t:  Lt  blood  ;    no*  am,  to 

forgive   ;     figna  timori-,  to  Jbvto  ; 

vocem,  to  ut'er,  to  fpeal  ;  haberras, 

v.   remittere,  to  fatten  :  manu   et 

emittere,  to  free  aJLxve  ,  filium  e- 

mancipare,   to   free    c  fon  from   the 

power  (f  his  father  ;   fub    jug um,  to 

-z£j  to  faff  under  the  yd  e  ;    inferias 


manibus  diis.  /?  A.*  ■  the  ;>■ 

ferjal   go  is  ;     rvm.   h.    de  re,   to  c- 
ro  rem    1  ig  of  for- 

tua&^Ter.  in  pc  (><  I  m  bonorura, 

to  give    the    ftfj-ffiM    of  the   debtor's 
eels  ;    mifit  (rare,  lit  venirem  ; 
/.  e.  aliquem  ad  i  :n,  Ter. 

A  :i  iTTi:RE  lit  em .  4 .  cau  fam  ; 
vitam,  fidem,  lumina,  alpeCtam, 
i:  lofe,    Cic. 

An  mitt  7  re   in  cibicnuim,    t* 

mk  ;   t  irrairi   imniittere,   ^c  per- 

mittere,  to   r^///  :  delictum  i:i  fe, 

ves  ndn  admi- 
fefunt,  •    .     ■    •'r"^•,' 

Cv  lllUfej    <*3     com~ 

[it    I. :  .i  lern  aiicujus, 
.vi.    ;:•  eKar'afre  :    ex- 
r>,  ri  iv.  }:\  ceSv-  i    . 
clpitis  c  .-  prse'ii,  ft  rijl  a  bci~ 

tie,  Liv.  iv,  27.  aliquem  cum  ali- 
<^uo,  homines  inter  fe,  fs  ft  at  i>.:- 
tiam:e\    cr   ;r  //r  ^;;/  ;  rem    to,  t*» 

;-:t  /«  thht'pcfs  ;    ghdiatoi  es,  pti" 

tea.  Graces  cuniLatinisi 
or  £2>r  '.   c  .tere,  ut, 

ircommo  lu  fua  legibus  -  .lciis, 
i;  '.  -  by  laiifi 

Co  3^r  f'R  0  MiTffRE.  Car.didati 
c--r.trzrri':r r .;  ?J,  H.  S.  ^tfihgenis  in 
fmgulos  apud  M.  Caton^m  depo- 
ihis,  pezere  ejus  arbltratu,  ut  qui 
contra  focrflfet,  ab  eo  condemnare- 
trr,  jricde  a  coxiproviife  cr  agreement, 
&c. 

Di mit tire  exertitum,  fo  dff- 
Idtnd  ;  uxorem,  3c  repudiate,  nun- 
ti'jm  v.  repucium  ad  earn  remit- 
ter?, tc  di'vorcer. 

P r o m  1  t  t e  a  e  id  ei,  /^  / rhmifi  ; 
capiilum,  barl>r.m,  to  let  gro-zo.  Liv. 

Permittere  alicui,  to  alloiv  ; 
divw  c;etera,  to  leave,  Korat.  fe 
in  tTdert  v.  fid  si  ejus ;  vela  ventis  ; 
equum  in  hoftem  ;  rem  fr.ffragiis 
populi,  to  It  the  fczple  decide  \  tri- 
bunatum  vexandis  confulibus,  to 
give  up,  to  1  lAv. 

Remittere 


tfO     Various  Signification  and  ConftruAlon  ftfVEllt. 


•  < 

a. 


Hemittfrk  animum,  to  eafc  ; 
calces,  tela,  to  tbrotv  back  ;  ex  pe- 
cunia,  de  iupplicio,  tribute),  eke. 
to  aLais  ;  dcbitum,  iras  alicui,  to 
I've  up9  to  forgive  ;  jufticiuin,  to 
ifontinue  ;  pugnam,  tofaclen  ;  re- 
mittit  exolorare,  neglects,  Salluit. 

Scbmittere    fafces  populo,  to 
U-w:r  ;     ie  v.   animum,    to  ftbtnit, 
to    humble    ;    percuiTores  alicui,  to 
fiborn  aJJ't! flirts. 

Transmi ttere  in  Africam, 
neut.  to  pafs  tver, 

VERT ERE  in  fugasp,  to  put  to 
fight  ;  terga,  to  fy  ;  ub  imo,  U  o- 
^crihroiu  ;  lolum,  to  ^o  into  banijb* 
m**t  ;  id  ci  vitio,  v.  critnini,  Si 
jn  crimen,  to  blame ;  in  fuperbiam, 
to  impute  ;  Platcnem,  Latin  c  Grar- 
ca,  Grasca  tool  ex  Orrecis  in  Lati- 
num,  to  iranjlate  \  poi'icem,  to  doom 
a  vLulctor  to  death  t|  turning  up  the 

tm$  ;  itrram,  to  plough  ;  cra-tc- 
r-i:n,  to  enpty,  Virg.  St  Hum,  to 
.o.-rdl,  Horat.  Saius  ml  caufa  in 
co  vertitur,  defends  \  fortuiia  ver- 
tcrat,  Liv.  Annus  vertens,  a 
iilole  year,  Nep.  Res  bene  v«f- 
tzt,  Di  bene  vcrtant,  proffer. 

Animadvkrtep.k  id,  to  olfrve\ 
:n  euni  verberlLus,  morte,  &c.  (p 

flin'rjb. 

Anvfe.RTF.RR  a?mea  urbi,  to 
irirr  up  to,  Virg.  orar-,  ;'t>  arrive 
at  \  aim s,  menccs,  animum, «  ani- 
ir.o  ad  aliquid,m oniric,  fr  attend  to  ; 
in  aliquem,  ofu>ur  animadvert  ere, 
to  piwijb. 

Antevicrtere  ei,  to  come  be- 
fore ;  damnationem  veneno,  to  pro* 
vw/ ;  rem  rei,  to  pre/ert  Plant. 

In  rF.KV-  rtk:ie  peciiniarfl  ali- 
cujus,   &  alii]  ecania,  to   en- 

bezzLy  to  cheat  ',    candelabrum, 

ral,  to  p  ;  prom:  (Turn  &  re- 
ccptum,  Jf,  Dolobeluu  confuJatum, 
inlerverti:,  ad  feque  tranftulit, 
trench  srcujly  ivUhleld,  (J  C. 


Prjevertere,  &  -ti,  dep.  vcn> 
tos  curfu,    to  outjlrip  ;     deiideriuH 
plebis,  ti  prt'vcut  ;    metum    fupph- 
cii  morte    voiunraria,   Liv.      Ali- 
quid  alicui  rei,  to  put  before,  I 

SISTER E  vadimonium  ;     fc    i 
judicio,    to    ctfpear    rn  court  at  on- 
trial  ;    nee  fifti  poffe,  /.or    could  lh- 
jlate  be  £n  'td,    I  * ;  v . 

Abshtsm   ei,   tvBandby\    ^d 
fores  ;   contra,  Atper  cum. 

Con'-js  i  t.tK  in  cli^itos,    Wjfi 
on  t'qtoe  ;   in  aachoris,  ad   ancho- 
ram,  to  rtde  at  anchor  ;     frrgorc,   /<, 
he  frozen  ;    Ovid.       Spes    in     v- 
confiftebat,  depeniel  on  ;    virtus  in 
aclione  conCitit,  Cic. 

In  sis  i  -er:c    jacenti!iu-,  to  fiend 
upon  ;  veflijxiis  ejus  ;  viam,  «y.  via  ; 
in  re   aiiqria,   in   rem,  v.    rei  ;  in 
doios,  negotium,     Plant,     to  in 
upon,  to  urge* 

Oboist  ere  ei,   tof.-.p,   to  ojpft 

Resistor e  ci,  to  reAl, 

S  u  i>  s  i  s  r  r.  r  i  j  f  i?  fiandf.  Hi  \  f  u  m  ft-  • 
tui,  /<?  ^.;r. 

VO. 

SOLVERE  pecuniam  ei,  . 
verlura,    to  pay   debt   ry    bom 
from  another,   TcT.      Fidem,  to  break 
a  fromifei  or   according   to  others, 
to  perform,    Ter.    And.    IV.   I.  19. 
litem  aeftimatanij   /<>  /3t?v   ►/<?  _/S 
hnpif!  in  him,   Nep.      Votum,   /» 
Sfcburge  ;     obfidionem     urbi?,   1/. 
urbem   obfidione,  to  raife  a  ftegt-\ 
nuv^m,  e  poitu,  ^0  y"jr  y«/V  ;    epi 
tolam,  i'.    refignare,    to  break  open  1 
aliquem   legibua,    le  ■cineulis, 

to  free  from)   iolvitur    in    fomw 
Vir^r.     Oratio  foluta,   /.  /.   libera, 
in-  nofl  altricH    t:    <!  ta, 

profe  ;  iulve    metus,   dfmfs,    Vi; 

DissohVERK  focictateoijlf  brc 

Resoi.v ■■  r  «■:   vocem,    v.    era,  ;^ 

break  ,  ^'rg*  juru»    /y  ''  ♦ 

ve&igal,  /  ©y*  taxet%   '1'acit. 

Tn  pulvcrcm,  ?»  r«l . 

FOURTH 


unification  and  Conuru&ion  of  Vi  RFS.       231 
FOURTH      CONJUGATION. 


AUDI  RE  aliquem,  p.  liquid  ex 
n  ab  aliqao,  to  hear  from  one  ;  de 
aliquo,  about  one,  alfo  from  one,  <?/, 
fsepe  hoc  audivi  de  patre,  for  ex 
patre,  Cic,  Audlre  bene  vi  male 
a  pud  foeios,  ab  omnibus,  to  b.  kv-ll 
/p  ok  en  of,  to  Lavs  a- good  character  : 
rexque  paterqus  audiili.  /•':-•  been 
called,  Kor.  Antigonus  credit  < 
fuo  adventu  cfTe  audit  am,  Nep. 

VENTRE  ad  finem,  aiires,  pac- 
tionem,  certamen,  manus,  nihi- 
lum,  &c.  in  fufpicionem,  odium, 
gratiam,  &c.  in  jus,  to  go  to  hit/, 
Liiv.  in  circulum,  into  a  comb.v 
Nep.  Hsereditas  ei  vemt,  he  las. 
fucc  ceded  to  an  eflete  ;  ei  ufu  venir:, 
happened,  Nep.  Quod  in  Luccam 
venerit,  fcribito,  occurs,  Cic. 

Advfnire  &  adventare  ei,  ur- 
t>em,  ad  urbem,  to  co?ne  to. 

Antfvenire  aliquem,  St  ante- 
vertere,  Sail,  rei,  Piaut.  tempus, 
confilia  &  itinera. 

Convenire  in  colloquium  ; 
fratrem,  to  meet  •with,  to  fpeak  to  ; 
ego  et  frater  conveniemus,  copiai 
convenient,  ivill  meet  together  ;  con- 


venit  mihi  cum  fratre  de  hac  re, 
inter  me  et  fratrem,  inter  nos  ; 
ha;c  fratri  mecum  conveniunt.  / 
and  my  brother,  c  e  agreed  ;  hsvis 
inter  fe  convenit  urlis,  Juv.  Tpfi  fe- 
cum  no'n  convenit,  vil  ipfe,  be  is  in- 
conftjlcnt  ;  p;.x  convenit,  vA  con- 
vert ta  efc,  is  agreed  upon  ;  rem  con- 
venturain  put&mus,  Cic.  conditio- 
nes  non  convenerunt  ;  mores  con- 
veniunt, agree  ;  calcei  pedibus  v.  ad 
pedes  conveniunti,  fit,  fuit ;  hoc  in 
ilium  convenit  :  Catilinam  inter- 
feclum  effe  cenvenit,  ought  to  have 
beenflain,  Cic.  Convenire  in  ma- 
lium,  the  lifual  form  cf  marriage, 
named  Coempto,  iiherehy  ivomeri 
tvere  called  matresfamilias. 

GENT1RE  fonorem,  colorem, 
«xc  to  perceive  ;  cum  aliquo,  to  be 
of  one's  opinion  ;  bene  vjel  male  de 
eo,  to  think  icell  or  Ui  cf  him. 

Consentire  tibi,  tecum,  inter 
fe  ;  alicui  rei,  de  v.  in  aliqua  re  ; 
ad  aliquid  pcragendum,  to  agree  ; 
So  difTentire  ;  et  ab  aliquo,  to  dif- 
agree  ;  ne  vita  orationi  diiTentiat. 
Senec. 


DEPONENT     VERBS. 


PROF1TERI  philofophiam,  to, 
frofefs,  to  teach  publicly  ;  fe  can- 
didatum,  to  declare  himfelf  a  candi- 
date for  an  office  ;  pecunias,  agros, 
nomina,  &.c.  apud  cenforem,  to 
give  an  account  of,  ti  declare  binv 
much  one  has  ;  indicium,  to  pro?nife 
to  mnke  a  difecvery. 

L.OQUI  cum  aliquo j  inter  fe  ; 
fomeiimes  alicui,  ad  i>.  apud  ali- 
quem ;    aliquid,  de  aliqua  re. 

SEQUI  ieras  ;  fec-tam  Crefaris, 
to  be  of  his  party,  Cic.  AfTequi, 
cotifequi,  to  overtake  ;    gloriam,   to 

W  % 


attain.      Confequi  hereditatem,   H 

get,  Cic. 

Prosequi  aliquem  amore,  lau- 
dibus,  &c.  to  Icoe,  praife,  ISfc. 

NIT1  hafla  ;  in  cubitum,  to  lean  ; 
ejus  confilio,  in  eo,  to  depend  tm  ; 
ad  gloriam,  id  v.  in  fumma,  to 
aim  at  ;  in  vetitum,  in  adverfiaa, 
contra  aliquem,  pro  aliquo,  to 
frive  ;    gradibus,  to  ofeend. 

UTI  eo  familiariter,  to  be  famil- 
iar luith  one  :  ventis  adverfis,  to 
have  crefs  iiinds  ;  honore  ufus,  one 
tvho  has  tn'-oyed  a  prf  cf  honour. 

1R- 


232       Various  Signification  and  ConitrucStion  of  Verb 3. 
IRREGULAR      VERBS. 


ESSE  magni  robcris,  v.  -no, 
-re  ;  ejus  opinionis,  v.  ea  opi- 
n:onc  ;  in  maxima  fpe  :  in  timore, 
lu&u,  cpinlone,  itinerc,  &c.  cum 
telo,  in  vel  cum  imperio  ;  inagno 
pcnculo,  v.  In  pc riculo  ;  in  tuto  ; 
a  pud  fe,  in  Lis  Jenfes  'K  iui  juris,  V 
mancipii,  fui  nolens,  v.  in  faa  po- 
tentate ;  to  it  .it  lis  twm  £fp\fal : 
Res  eft  in  vado,  is  fife,  Ter.  Eft 
Animus,  fc.  mini,  I  have  a  mind, 
Virg.  Eft  ut,  car,  quamobrem, 
quod,  quin,  &c.  Theiu  u  cauft  ; 
bene,  male  eft  mini,  vivh  me  ;  nihil 
eft  mini  tecum,  I  have  nothinw  !j  do 
with  you  :  Quid  eft  tibi,  fc.  rei, 
iVlct  is  the  matter  ivlib  you  ?  Ter. 
Cemcrc  erat,  one  might  fee  ;  reli- 
{,io  eft  mihi  id  facere,  I  fcruple  to 
to  it  ;  fi  eft,  ut  facere  velit,  ut 
facturus  fit,  ut  admiferit,  &c.  fur 
l\  velit,  &c.  Ter.  Eft  ut  viro  vir 
latins  crdinet  arbufta  fulcis,  it  bap- 
pens,  Hor.  Certum  eft  facere,  fc, 
mini,  /  am  refolded \  Ter.  Non 
ceitum  eft,  quid  fuciam,  /  am  un- 
sertaia,  Id.  Camus  quxrere  fole- 
bat,  Cui  Be  no  FutRiT  -.  Omnibus 
bono  fuit,  ;/  tuas  of  advantage,  Cic. 

Ad  esse  pugnae,  in  pugna,  ad 
exerc:ttm,ad  tempus,  in  tempore, 
rvm  aliquo,  to  be  prefev.t  \  alicui, 
~io  fuvour,  to  affft  ;  fcribendo,  v. 
efl'e  ad  fcribendnhij  tofubferibe  one's 
name  to  a  decree  of  the  fenate,  Cic. 
eonfilio  utrique,  to  be  a  counfellor 
to,  Ncp. 

Abesss  domo,  urbe,  a  domo, 
ab  6gllif|  to  be  abfent  ;  alicui,  v.  de- 
i  ife,  to  be  ivanting,  net  to  afjlfl ;  a  fole, 
twjland  out  of  the  fun  \  f u  m  \  t  u  s  f  u  n  e  - 
rt  defuit,  be  bad  not  money  to  bury 
bin,  Liv.abefle  a  perfona  principis, 
to  be  inconftflent  ivitis  the  ebaraiicr , 
Hep.  Paulitm  v.  paruni  abfuit  quin 
uibem  cap  crcnt,  quin  cccideutur, 


&C.  tbey  iv ere  near  faking,  \£?;. 
Tantum  abeil  ne  enervetur  oratio. 
Ut,  <Scc.  is  fo  far  from  being,  \Sfc.  Cic. 
Tantum  abfuit  a  cupiditate  pecu- 
niae, a  ibcietate  feeler  is,  &c.   Nep. 

i.NTFREssE  convivio,  v.  in  con- 
vivio,  to  be  at  a  feajl  ;  anni  decern 
fnterfuerunt,  intervened  ;  ftulto  in- 
telligcns  quid  intereft,  Ter.  Hoc. 
dominus  &  pater  intereft,  Id.  In- 
ter hominem  &  belluam  hoc  in- 
tereft, Cic.  differ  in  this,  this  is  tbe 
difference ;  multum  intereft,  utrum, 
it  is  of  great  importance.  Pons  in- 
ter eos  intereft,  is  bciiveen,  Cic. 

Pr.tEsse  exercitui,  to  command  ; 
comitiis,  iuditio,  quaiftioni,  to  pre- 
fdc  in  or  at. 

Ob E  s 3  E  ei,  to  hurt,  to  binder. 

Su PEAESSE,  to  be  ever  and  a- 
beve  ;  alicui,  to  furvive  ;  modo  vi- 
ta fuperiit,  fc.  mihi,  if  I  live  ;  fu- 
pereft,  ut,  it  remains',  tbat. 

IRE  ad  arma,  ad  faga,  io  go  to 
ivar  ;  in  ius,  to  go  to  laii-  ;  ptdi- 
bus  in  fententiam  alicujus,  to  agree 
tvitb  ;  viam  v.  via  ;  res  bene  eunt 
Cic.  Tempus,  dies,  menlis  it5 
fajfu. 

Abire  magiftratu,  to  lay  doivn 
an  office  ;  a  Confpev5tu,  to  retire  from 
company  ;  in  ora  hominum,  to  be  i.k 
every  body's  mouth  ;  ab  eraptione, 
to  retratf  bis  bargain  ;  decern  men- 
ics  abierunt,  have paf>  Ter.  Non 
hoc  tibi  fie  abibil,  i.  e.  non  feres 
hec  impune,  Ter.  Abi  in  malam 
rem,  a  form  of  imprecation. 

Adire  periculum  capitis,  /»  run 
tie  hazard  of  onti  life. 

Exire  vita,  e,  v.  de  vita,  to 
die  ;  acre  alieno,  Cic.  Verbum 
exit  ex  OfC,  Id.  tela,  to  avoids  Virg. 
Tempus  Induciarum  cum  Vc}enti 
populo  cxierat,  bad  expired^  Liv. 

I.nirt:   magiftratwm    ;      fuffra- 

gium, 


Various  Signification  and  Conftruclion  ofVraas.     233 

giuin,   rationem,   confilium,   pug-  mah ;    privilegium    de    aliquo,   f* 

nam,  viam,  &c,  ft  enter  upon%  to  be-  pnpfe  or  fsfi  a:i  act  of  impeachment 

win  ;  gratiam  ejus,  apud  eum,  cum  again]}   ore,     Cic.     rogationem    ad 

**/  ab  eoj  to  gain  bis  fnvv.tr  :      Inc-  populum,  io.brir.g  in  a  bill ;.  coudi- 

unte  seftate,  vere,  anno,  &c.  in  the  tioncs^i,/?  offer  terms ;  fuflfragium, 

Afga            of  ;  £*/  tvejeldom  fay,    In-  ^  *•«/*;- ftntentiam,  to  give  an  opin-- 

cunte  die,  nocce,  c<c.     Ab  ineurrte.  "•*  ;    ccnturiam,    tribum,    t>  gjin 

aetate,/-              .  the  vote  of  ]  penierj,  i>j  ldfe>it\  vie- 

O31AS   dleai   edi&i,  W*  audio-  toriatn.  ex    co  ;    omne    punctum, 

nis,  judicium,   vadimonnim,   to  be  omnia  furfragi:., /j gain  all  toe  votes  ; 
prefnt  a:  ;  prcvinciarn,  domos  nof--   r-jp'iilam.,.  to    h   refcl:d\  fru&uni 

tras,  tovijit;  to  go.  through,  Ci:.  nc-  hoc  Irucli,  to  reap.  Tor.    Lctitiam 

gotia,  res,  mum;*,  officium,  lega-  <£e  re,  to  rejoice  ,    proe  fe,  to  pretend' 

tionem,  facra,  to  perform ;  pugnas,  or  dech.re   openly  ;    alitnam    peric- 

Virg.    mortem,   vet  mortc  ;  diem  nam,  to  drfeuife  otus felf •;  in  oculis, 

iupremum,  v.  diem,  to  die.  to  be  fond  of,  Ter.  manus  in  prxlia, 

Pkjfeimc   zViciu,  to  go  before  ',^e\'-  to  engage,  Virg.    acceptum   et  ex- 

ba, carmen,  ^c'/  facramentum  alicui,  penfum,   to  mash    dc-c.i-  as  received 

to  repeat    or  read  over  before  \   alicui  and  fpent  or  lent,  as   Dr  and  Cv,  Cic. 

voce,  quid    judicet,    to  prefer ibe  or  animus, .  opinio  fert,  inclines  ;  tern- 

direct  by  crying,  Cie.  pus,  res,  caufa  fert,  allorvx,  requires. 

Prodire   in   publicunr,  to go  a-  Ccnferre  benevolentiam    ali- 

Iroad;   non  preterit  te,  you  are  not  cui,  in  Tel  erga  aliquem,  to  Jbeto\. 

'gnorant,    Cic.     Dies    induciarum  bencficin,  cuipam   in  eum,  to  con*- 

pneteriit,  is  pa -7,  Nep.  fr,  to  lay  ;  operam,  tern  pus,  ftu- 

Redirf  in  gi*  lam  cum  aliquo,  dium  ad  vJ  in  rem,  vV  impendere,. 

fo  become  friends  again  ;   ad  fe,  to  come  to   apply;  capita    inter  fe,    confilia 

so  himftlf,  to  recover  lis  fen/ es.  iua,    to  lay  their    beads    tc^etler,    to 

Sfrsuts  murum,  tcI  -o,  ad  mon-  confult  ?  figna,  arma,  manus,   to  en— 

tes,  to  come   up  to ;  laborem   vet  -i,  gage ;  omne    belhmi    circa   Corin- 

onus,  pcenam,  periculum,  crimen,  thum,  Nep.    pedem,  to  fet  foot  to 

to  undergo  ;  fpes,  timor  fubiit   ani-  feet ;  rationes,   to   caft  up   accounts  ; 

mum,  came  into.  cailra- cailris,  to  encamp  over  againji 

VELLE     aliquem-,  fc.    alloqui  one  another  ;  fc  in,   vel  ad  t>rbem, 

vel    conventum,    to   deftre   to  fpeak  to  go  to  ;   tributa,  to  pay  ;   fe  alicui, 

tvitb  \    alicui,    ejus  caufa,  to    iv:Jb  vel  cum  aiiquo,   to  compare  ;  nemi- 

•nes  good;    tibi   confult um    volo  ;  nem  cum  illo  conferendum  pictate 

aihil  tibi   negatum  valo,  I  ivifb  to  puto,  Cic.     Hxc  conferunt  ad   a- 

dinyy  Liv.     Quid  fibi  vult  ?  mat  liquid  ;  oratori  futuro^  firve,   are 

does  he  mean  ?    Volo  te  hoc  facere,  uffulio,  Qtinct. 

hoc  a  te  fieri  ;  ft  quid  reele  cura-  Deferre  fltulara    vd  fitellani,. 

tuna  velis  ;  illos  monitos  etiam  at-  to  bring  the   ballot-box  ;    aliquid    ad 

qu-e  etiam  volo,  fc.  effe,  T  trill  ad-  aliquem,   to    carry    tvord,   to   tell; 

rnonifb    them   again   and  again,    Cic.  rarely  alicui  ;   caufam  ad  patronos  j 

nollem  factum,    /  am  forry  it  tuas  honaresei;  gubernacula  reipublicai 

done  ;  nollem  hue  exitum,  fc.  effe  in  eum  ;  fummam  rerum  ad  eum,. 

a  me,  /  tvijb  I  bad 'net  come  out  bete,  to    confer;    in    benefkiis    ad    xra- 

Ter.  rium,  to  recemmend  for  a  public  fr* 

FERRE    legem,    to  propofc  or  vice,    Cic.    aiiquem   am&itiis,    de 

ambitu. 


234     Various  Signification  and  Conftrudibn  ofVj 


ambitu,  noJncn  iHcujus  ad  pra> 
torem,    a  pud    magiftiatum, 

c.ij',  •,■■■■  lasj  /'•    P**tC8 

oi,  to  give  Hat  the  pr.  ,  Cic. 

Dibi  Li: UK  v./  transferre  reai  in 
annum  ;    pail    Ik  Hum,    diem    fa- 
int ion  is,    fr>  />.'.'    o^*;    rumores,    ^ 
//tread  ;  ab  aiiqao,  alicui,   inter  fe, 
morilms,   ft   f-\  ?hr  \  a- 

more,  cupiditate,  doloribus,  dif- 
ferri,  to  be  d:Hra5lrd  or  Urn  a/under- 
Cic.  &Ter.* 

Efferre  fruges,/0 produce;  ver- 
ba, /c  ///.'er;  verbum  de  verbo  cx- 
prtfium,  /o  tranfla'tt,  Ter.  pcdcm 
riomo,  A?  £c  wtf;  corpus  amplo  fu— 
ucre,  c\  cum  funere,  to  bury  ;  ad 
bonorem,  ad  cesium  laudibus,  to 
raife,  to  extol;  foras  peccatum,  to 
divulge . 

Infekrf.  bcllnm  patriae  ;  vi;r>, 
manus,  necem  alicui,  to  biing  upon  ; 
figna,fe,  pedcm,/?  advance;  litem, 
vcl  periculum  capitis  alicui,  i>el  in 
aliquem,  to  bring  one 'to  a  trial  for 
I  us  life. 

Offerre  fe  morti,  ad  mortem, 
in  clifcrimen,  to  cxptfe,  to  prefent. 

pREFERRE  legem,  io  carry 
through,  to  pafs  it. 

Prjeferre  facem  ei,  to  carry 
before  ;  falutem  reipublieae  fuis 
commodis,  &.  antcferre,  antepo- 
Dere,  to  Prefer.  PralatUS  cquo, 
riding  before. 

Proferbf  impcrium,  pom  oar  i- 


v.  v.,   terminus,/    enlarge  •    io   t\\q- 
dium,  in -.pt  i  ttn,  i:i  lucm,  Uful 
ouotiavdk  diorq 

ilio,   toc.fr  the,.  /,   Hor. 

Rffekre  alicui,  /s  .  ;   fe, 

gradum  i>.  fedem,  to  retreat  ;  grki- 
tiam  alicui  to  mak  \   par 

parr,  Ter.  vie'toriam  ab,  vel  ex  aii- 
quo,  ct  rcportare,  to  gain  ;  infti- 
tiitum,  to  nnei'j  \  jadicia  ad  equef- 
trem  orcLiurm,  to  reflore  to  the  E~ 
quite:  the  right  <f  judging  ;  aliquid, 
de  aliqua  re,  ad  una  turn,  ad  con— 
(ilium,  ad  fapientes,  ad  populum, 
to  lay  before  ;  aliquid  in  tabulam, 
codicem,  album,  commentarium, 
&c  to  mark  di-nvn  ;  aliquid  accep- 
turn  alicui,  &  in  acceptum,  to  ac- 
knowledge one's  feif  indebted  ;  pecu-- 
nias  acceptas  &.  expenfas,  nomina 
veJ  fummas  in  codicem  accepti  et 
expenfi,  to  mark  dcivn  accounts  ; 
alicnos  mores  ad  fuos,  to  judge  of 
by  ;  in  v.  inter  zerarios,  to  reduce 
to  the  loivef  elafi  ;  in  mime  mm 
deorura,  in  vel  inter  deos,  &  re— 
ponere,  to  rank  among  ;  pugnas, 
res  geftas,  to  relate  ;  pat  rem  ore, 
to  refemble  ;  amiHos  colore*,  io  r*> 
gain.  Horat. 

Transfer  re  rationes  in  tabu- 
las  to pofl  of.e's  beds,  to  (late  accounts  ; 
in  Latinam  iinguam,  to  tranfate  ; 
verba,  to  ufe  metaphorically  ;  cul- 
pam  in  eum  &  rejicere,  to  lay  the 
Llane-  *n  him. 


Fujvsks  of.  Syntax". 


2  35 


II.     F I CURES   of.   S Y N T A X . 

A  Figure  is  a  manner  of  freaking  different- from  the  ordi- 
nary and  plain  way,  ufedfor  the  fake.oi  beauty  or  force. 

The  figures  o£  Syntax  or,  GonfiruUiofi  may  be.  reduced  to 
♦hefe  three,  EHipfis,  PJeonafm>  and  Hyperbole n.. . 

The  two  iirft  refpecl .  the  conuituent. parts  of  a  lentence  ; 
the  lad  refpecls  only*  the- arrangement* of  the.  words. 


W 


iv      11.  L,  1,1  ?<\-M  Si. 

ELLIPSIS'  is wherr  one  or  more  words  are  wanting  to 
hplete  the  fenfe^asj  Aamtxfertpii^  dicutu,  tpcrhibentj ,  fcil. 
homines  :-  iJit-  m/V'/,  Dartmta3i  cujwn  puus  ;  that'  is* .  Die 
(tu)  Mjj&jj  Darruxtay  (turn  hominem)  enjumpecus  (eft-hoc 
pecus).  Aberani  bidul,  fe  iftip  ?cl  itinera,-  Decies-  Jtfter- 
tium,  fc,  eeatam  tm/Ba-  Quid  midta  ?  fc.  dicam>-  Antiquum 
obiintSy  fc,  norem,  v.  in/ii'u?uwr.TJ\-dJt^.  Hodie  in  '  ludtim  oc~ 
0£pi  I'e  tzlemriumy  tanas  jam.Jcl'^  fc.  lit?i  a^  L  e.  AMO,  Id. 
7 rid  no  abs  it  n  idles  acceperam,  fc.  lit  eras,  be.  epiflolam,  Gic> 
Brcvi  dianrty  fc,  far/none  .--  So.  Coruph&i,  rifpondere, .  Sec. 
brcvu  Dii  meliora,  ic,  f admit  i  Rhodum  vo/o,  inde  Atheuas^ 
fc.  z/v,  Id.  lidlicuiv.y  v.-  clajficum  ccnere,  ic. '  •Jl^mm^  July* 
Lived  do, i  at  us  i  re.  coro?id  ;,  So  obfidionaum,  murakm  adeptus, 
ice.  Id.  Ep'ifiola.  l:br.aru  matiutyl,  fc.  fcripta,  Cic.  So  inr 
Engliin,  "  The  twelve,"  i.  e^  apoflies  ^.  "  die  elefi*"  fe  €• 
perfoos. 

When  a  cc-Tuui<5::ion  is  to  be  fuppiied,  it  is  called  A- 
r/N'DCTON  ;.  ai>  Z);:a  opticus  maxim us ',  fc*  *•/  ;  Sartum  feci  urn 
$onftrvar€,  i.  e.Jprtum  et  tectum;  So  Al\it->  exce/fit,  e-vojit, 
Wtipit,    Cic      ^Vr/^    ciii  flammasy   date.  v:la>   impelite   re?nosy. 


Virg.      /-' afo,  /  iZfj^  fc.  yC/^. 


To  this  figure  may  be  reduced  mo (t  cf  thofe  irregula- 
rities in  Syntax,  as-  they  arc  called,  which  are  varioufly 
darted  by  grammarians,,  urder  the  names  of  E^AUiirG*, 
i.  e,  the  changing  or  words  and  their  accidents,,  or  the 
putting  of  one  word  for  another  ;-.  Antiptos.is.,  .  i.  e.  the 
putting  of  one  cafe  for  -another  ;  Hf.llenmsm  c?  Ga^ciSM,. 
fc  e„  imitating  the  conirrucrion  cf  the.-  Greeks  ;  Sy^esis,- 
i.  e.  referring  the  (Kmftn*<5rion,  not  to  the  gender  or  num- 
ber of  the  word,  butto  the  fenfe,  &c.  thus,  Samnttium  dua 
ViUIia   ctjfy    is,.-  Duo   ttallia    (hominum'1    Setxtithtm  ■  (rue runt 

homines  }T 


2$6  Figures  of  Syntax, 

homines)  cfi,  Li  v.      \*QServit':ai?&mifnoref9  l.iv.      Monjln 
qua,   fcil.    muher,    Hor.     Seeks  gut,  ic.  homo,   T  ; .    i  mnta 

rcui'lojl ,;;/// j,  feil.  fecunduni,  Virgi  M\fft  magnli  de  re* 
lus  :.  ■'•:,  legatl  ;  i.  e.  Ml/fi  legatl  (et)  ulirque  (Icgatus 
miffus)    <.'.  /j'j  rehus%    lie: at.  ria    repu  f,   eujusr 

fcil.  feryitii,   Sail.  Cat.  51.-     1  Ira,  gttorum,  Ccc.  fc, 

hotrilriuW)  Sail*       C j.icuj.t   peprdi,  r/ur         vi,  Liv.  }uvi  ut 

viv&'t  0 plant,  for  «V  r/fc  vlvat,  Ter.      fivptdvih  I  for 

r-egnantew^    Virg.      Expedltl  m  for  m'dltes  ;    CJaJfis jlabat 

il  for  #;-/  &hegium\  Liv.      I,atium  Cuf.vaqu? agro  inuhaiiy 
ic.Lu -vine's,  Ici.      Utrd'iiL:  fort    1     ..  ic^mu  ,   Os.d.         '  v> 

r*J<?  alliums   oftlumi   Tor..     &/?/£f  delapfiis,  for  delcfjum,'  fc. 
#»  Virg, 

WJien  a    venter   f       1  :s   the   Eli  his    uyle   i:v 

I  10  be- cllinticaJ  cr  concife*. 

^LEt)NA5M  is   whefl  a   word"  more  is   ;.  is- 

abfolutely  necciTary  to  exprefs  the  fenfe  ;  as,  JU-d  ceulis, 
J  fee  with  my  6VeS  ;  S/r  rrr  locitfd  ffl;  GileJI  prapns  :  Nuf- 
nu:i}ti  *gett?hi?it  ;  v:v:re  mite?;:  ;  fhrvlre  fervltutein  ;  Quid  m'rhi 
Ctlfus  ttgtt  ?  Fac  vie  nt  Jcuim,  WV.  Suojil't  gladlo  fame  juju?o9 
Ter.     Suojibi  fuceo  vivant,  Plaut. 

When  a  conjunction  is  ufed  apparently  redundant,  it  i; 
eailed  Polysyndeton  ;    as,  Una  Eumfque  Nottifjae  ruunty 

Virs- 

When  that  winch  is  in  reality  one,  is  fo  exprcMbd  as  if 
there  were  two,  it  is  called  Hlndtadys  ;  as,  Phte/is  Ma* 
mas  et  auroy  for  a.ereis  tateriL  Vim. 

When   {everal  words  are  ufed  to  exprefs   one  thing,  it  is 

called    Periphrasis  ;    as,    Urbs    JTroja,    for    Troja]    Virg. 

Res  'Doluptd'um,  for  voluptates,  Piaut.       Ufuij>nrpttrarum%  for 

furfatra;   Genus  pi fclunii   tor  pijiks  1  Flares  rofarutn^  ioxnf.', 

Hor. 

?.-      If  Y  i3  E  R  B  A  T  O  N. 

HvPT.RTaTOv  is  the  tranf^rcflion  of  that  order  off  ar- 
Hinge  meat  of  words  which  13  commonlv  lifed  in  any  lan- 
guage. It  is  child v  to  he  met  with  among  the  poets. 
The   various    forts    into    which    it    is    divided,    are,    Ana- 


Analysis  and  Translation.,  237 

V,  Hyjleron  prater  en,  Hypallage,    Synchefis,    Tmejis,   and 
Parenfhefis. 

1.  Ana  strop  he  is  the  inverfioii  of  words,  or  the  placing 
it  Word   laft  which   fhould   be  fir  ft  ;  as,  Italiam  contra  j 

-;.fa  fvper  ;    Spcmque  met  unique  inter  duhii  ;   for   contra 
Ham,  Juptr    his,    inter  (pent)    &e,  Virg.        Terrain  fol  facit 
are,  for  arefacit,  Lucret. 

2.  Hystcron  PROTtRON  is  when  that  is  put  in  the 
former  part  of  the  fentence,  which,  according  to  the 
fenfe,  {hould  be  in  the  latter  ;  as,  Valet  atque  vivit,  for 
vivit  atque  -valet,  Ter. 

'3.     Hyp  allege   is  the  exchanging  of  cafes  ;    as,  Dare 
claffibus  auflros,  for  dare  clajfes  aujlris,  Virg. 

4.  Synchcsis  is  a  confufed  and  intricate  arrangement 
-of  words  ;  as,  Saxa  vacant  I  tali  mediis  quee  injlucfibus  aras  ; 
for  Qu*  faxa  in  mediis  jluclibus  {tali  vacant  aras,  Virg.  This 
occurs  particularly   in  violent  paffion  ;     as,  Per  tibi  ego  hunc 

juro  fortem  cajlwnque  cruorem,   Ovid.  Fait.  ii.  841.      Per  vos 
liberos  atque  parenies,  ic.   oro    vos  per    liberos,   itfc.       Salluft. 

>g-    14- 

5.  Tmesis  is  the   divifion  cfc  a  compound  word   and  the 

interpofing  of  other  words  betwixt  its  parts  ;  as,  Septem 
June  eta  trioni  gens,  for  Septentrio?ii,  Virg.  Qua  vieo  cunque 
.ammo  libitum  tj}  facer  e,  for  que  cunque,  Ter.  i^ucm  fors  die- 
rum  cunque  dabit,  lucro  Appatu,  Horat. 

6.  Parenthesis   is  the    inferting    of  .a  member  into  the 
tody  of  a  fentence,  which  is  neither  neceffary  to  the  fenfe, 
nor   at   all    affects  the   conftrucTion  :  as,  Tiiyre,   dum   redee, 
(brevis  eft  ?i*),pajcc  capellas,  Virg. 

III.     Analysis  and  Translation, 

The  -difficulty  of  translating  either  from  Englifh  mt© 
Latin,  or  from  Latin  into  LngliiJi,  arifes  in  a  great  mea- 
fure  from  the  different  arrangement  of  words  which  takes 
place  in  the  two  languages. 

In  Latin  the  various  terminations  of  nouns,  and  the  in- 
flection of  adjectives  and  verbs,  point  out  th-s  relation  of 
one  word  to  another,  ir.  whatever  order  they  are  placed. 
But    in    Engliih   the    agreement   and    government  of  words 

•  caa 


23S  Analysis  and  Translation. 

can  only  be  determined  from  the  particular  part  of  the 
fentence  in  which  they  (rand.  Thus,  in  Latin,  we  can  ei- 
ther fay,  Alexander  v'icit  Darium,  or  Darlum  -vlcit  Alex- 
ander, or  Alexander  Dar'ium  vicit,  or  Dar'ium  Alexander 
inch;  and  in  each  of  thefe  the  fenfe  is  equally  obvious: 
but  in  Englifh  we  can  only  fay,  Alexander  conquered  Dariuu 
This  variety  of  arrangement  in  Latin  gives  it  a  great  ad- 
vantage over  the  Engl i ill,  not  only  in  point  of  energy  and 
vivacity  oi  exprcllion,  but  alfo  in  point  of  harmony.  We 
fometimes  indeed,  for  the  fake  of  variety  and  force,  imitate 
ID  Engliih  the  inverfion  of  words  which  takes  place  in  La- 
tin ?  as,  Him  the  Eternal  burPd,  Milton.  Whom  ye  igno~ 
rantly  ivorjhip^  him  declare  I  unto  you.  But  tbis  is  chiefly  to 
be  ufed  in  poetry. 

With  regard  to  the  proper  order  of  words  to  be  obferved 
in  tranflating  from  Engliih  into  Latin,  the  only  certain  rule 
-which  can  be  given,  is  to  imitate  the  Classics. 

The  order  of  words  in  fentences  is  faid.  to  be  either  f*mple 
or  artificial ;  or,  as  it  is  otherwife  expreffed,  either  natural 
■or  orator  talc 

'The  Simple  or  Natural  order  is,  w"hcn  the  words  of  a  fen- 
tence are  placed  one  after  another  according  to  the  natural 
order  of  fyntax. 

Artificial  or  Oratorio!  order  is,  when  words  are  fo  ar- 
ranged, as  to  render  them  moll  trriking,  or  raofl  agreeable 
to  the  ear* 

All  Latin  writers  life  an  arrangement  of  words,  which 
appears  to  us  more  or  lefs  artificial,  becaufe  different  from 
our  own,  although  to  them  it  was  as  natural  as  ouis  is  to 
us.  In  order  therefore  CO  render  any  Latin  author  h:t<» 
Engl i ill,  we  nvuit  ftrft  reduce  the  words  in  Latin  to  the 
order  of  Englifh,  which  is  called  the  Annlyfis  or  Re/llutim 
of  fentences.  It  is  only  practice  chat  can  teach  oue  to-  do 
this  with  rcadinefs.  However,  to&ea  beginner,  the  obfciYa- 
tion  of  the  following  rule  may  be  of  advantage. 

Take  firft  the  words  which  fcrft  to  introduce  the  fen- 
tence, or  fhow  its  dependence  on  what  went  before  ;  t:exf9 
the  nominative,  together  with  the  words  which  it  agrees 
with    or  governs  ;    t!*cn,   the  vera,  and  adrerbs  joined  with 


Analysis  and  Translation 


239 


it  ;  and  tajffyt  the  cafes  which  the  verb  .governs,  to- 
gether with  the  circumftances  fubjoined,  to  the  end  of  the 
fentence  ;  fupplying  through  the  whole  the  words  which 
are  understood. 

If  the  fentence  is  compound,  it  mini  be  refolved  into 
the  feveral  fentences  of  which  it  is  made  up  ;  as, 

Valeigitur,   mi  Cicctc,  iibique  perfuade    ejfe   te   quidem  mibi    car  iff.  mum  ; 
fed  multo  fore  cariortm,  Ji  talibus  BtOMUtneatis  gr&ieptifquc   l&tabere,    Cic. 
Off.  lib.  3.  fin. 

Farewell  then,  my  Ccero,  and  affaire  yourfelf  that  you  are  indeed 
very  dear  to  me  ;  bat  fhall  be  much  dearer,  if  you  fhall  rake  delight 
infuch  writiogs  and  inftrucxions. 

This  compound   fentence  may  be  refolved  into   thefe  five  flmpte 
fentences  ;     1.  Igtixr,    mi  (tlli)  Cicero,  (tu)    vale,  2.  et   (tu)  perfuade 
(ipfi)  te  eje  quidem    (filium)  cartffimnm  mibi  :   3.  fed  (tu    perfuade   tibi 
ipli  te)  fore  (fliium)  carlorem    (mini  in)  mulfo  (negotio,)  J^.fi  (tu)    Uta- 
lere  telibus  monumentis,  J.  et  (fi  tu  lsetabere  taiibus)  pretc  ptis. 

t.  Fare  (yen)  well   then,   my    (fan)    Cicero,    2.  and   afTure    (you) 

yourfelf  that  you  are  indeed  (a  fan)  very  dear  to  me:    3.  but   (aff.tr  e 

".If  that  you)  wall  be  fa  fonj  much  dearer    (tome,)  4.  if  you 

ihall  take  delight  in  fuch  writings,  5.  and  (if  you  fhall  take  delight  in 

fuch)  infrructions. 

It  may  not  be  improper  here  to  exemplify  An  -  \ ;  real 
Analyjis  as  it  is  called,  or  the  analyiis  of  words,  from  the 
foregoing  fentence  Vale  fgitury  &C.  thus, 

Vale,  fcil.  far  ;  Fare  (thou)  well  :  Second  perfon  fing  lar  of  the  im- 
perative mode,  active  v  ice,  from  the  neuter  verb,  Voice,  vafui,  -aalt~ 
turn,  .   to  be  in  health,  of  the  fecond  conjugation,  not  ufed  in 

the  pallive.     Vale  agrees  in  the  fecond  perfon  fing-ilar  with  the  nom- 
inative tu,  by  the  third  rule  of  fyntax. 

Igiiar,  then,  therefore,  a  conjunction,  imparting  forne  inference 
drawn  from  what  went  before. 

Mt,  Voc.  ling.  mafc.  of  the  adjective  pronoun,  louts,  -a,  -um,  my  ; 
derived  from  the  fubftantive  pronoun  Ego,  agreeing  with  Cicero,  by 
Rule  2.  Cicero,  voc.  fing.  from  the  nominative  Cicero,  -cnis,  a  proper 
noun  of  the  third  declenfion. 

Et,  and,  a  copulative  conjunction,  which  connects  the  verb  perfuade 
with  the  verb  vale,  by  Rule  60.  We  turn  que  into  et,  becaufe,  que 
never  (lands  by  itielf. 

Perfuade,  fcil.  /:/,  perfuade  thou,  fecond  perfon  lingular  of  the  im- 
perative active,  from  the  verb  perfua-deo,  ft,  fikmx  dire,  to  perfuade? 
compounded  of  the  prepofition  per,  and  fuadeo,  -ft,  -fum^  to  advife  1 
ufed  imperfonally  in  the  paiUve  ;  thus,  PerfiUdrlur  mibi,  I  am  perfuad- 
ed-;  feldom  or  never  Eto  perfuadeor.  We  fay  however  in  the  third 
perfon.  Hoe  perfuaaWur  mibi,  I  am  perfuaded  of  this. 


2$o  Analysis  and  Translation. 

*Tibi,  dat.  fing.  of  the  perfonal  pronoun  f«,  thou  ;  governed  hy  per* 
fuaJe,  according  to  Rule  17.     Te,  accui'ativc  ling,  of  tu,  put  before', 
'according  to  Rule  4. 

Ejfe,  prefent  of  the  infinitive,  from  the  fubftantivc  verb  fum,  fui 
efft,  to  be. 

^uidem,  Indeed,  an  adverb,  joined  with  carijfimtts*  or  ejfe. 
Carijfimum,  accuTaiive  ling,  mafc.  from  carijpmus,  -a,  -urn,  very  dear, 
.deareft,  fupcrlative  degree  of  the  adjective  carus,  -a,  ..««,  dear  : 
•Comparative  degree  carior,  carior,  carius,  dearer,  more  dear  :  agree- 
ing with  U  qx  Jiliiim  underftood,  by  Rule  2.  and  put  in  the  accufativc 
by  Rule  5. 

Mihi,  to  me,  dat.  fing.  of  the  fubftantive  pronoun  Ego,  I  :  gov- 
erned by  carifftmum,  by  Rule  12. 

Sed,  but,  an  adverfative  conjunction,  joining  ejfe  and  fore. 
Fore,  the  fame  with  ejfe  futurum,  to  1>c,  «r,  to  be  about  to  be,  in- 
finitive of  thz  defective  verb  forem,   -res,  'ret,  ^fc.   governed  in  the 
fame  manner  with  the  foregoing  ejfe,  thus,  te  fore,  Rule  4.  or   thus, 
fjfe  fid fore.     Sec  Rule  60. 

Multo  foil,  negotio,  ablat.  fing.  neut.  of  the  adjective  multus,  a,  -um% 
much,  put  in  the  ablative,  according  to  observation  6.  Rule  61.  JBut 
multo  here  may  be  taken  adverbially  in  the  fame  manner  with  much 
in  Englifli. 

Cariorem,  accuf.  fing.  mafc.  from  carior,  -or,  -us,  the   comparative 
of  cants,  as  before:    agreeing  with  te  cr  fllum  underftood.     Rule  2. 
.cr  R.ule  5. 

Si,  If,  a  conditional  conjunction,  joined  either  with  the  indicative 
mode,  or  with  the  f injunctive,  according  to  the  fenfe,  but  oftcner 
/with  the  latter.     See  Rule  60.  obf.  2. 

L^iaherr,  Thou  ilialt  rejoice,  fecond  perfon  lingular  of  the  future 
of  the  indicative,  from  the  deponent  verb  lator,  l<rtatus,  Utari,  to  re- 
joice :    Future,  lat-abor,  -aberis  or  -abere,  abiiur,  &c. 

TaUbus,  ablat-  plur.  neut.  of  the  adjective  talis,  talis,  tale,  fuchj 
agreeing  with  monumentis,  the  ablat.  plur.  of  the  fubftantive  noun  mo* 
numeniuTn,  -tr,  neut.  a  monument  or  writing  ;  of  the  fecond  declension  \ 
derived  from  moneo,  -vi,  -7tum,  -Ire,  to  admoniili  ;  here  put  in  the  ab- 
lativ2,  according  to  Rule  47.  Et,  a  copulative  conjunction,  as  before, 
Pracsptis,  a  fubftantive  noun  in  the  ablative  plural,  from  the  nom- 
inative praceptum,  -ti,  neut.  a  precept,  an  instruction  ;  derived  from 
pra.ipio,  -cap':,  -ceptum,  -cipere,  to  inftruct,  to  order,  compounded  of 
the  prepofition  pr<t,  before,  and  the  verb  eapio,  dpi,  captum,  capere, 
to  take.  The  4  of  the  fimplc  it  changed  into  /'  fliort  ;  thus,  pracipi; 
pr  act  pis,  &c. 

The  learner  may  in  like  manner  be  taught  to  analize  the  words  in 
Englifh,  and  in  doing  fo,  to  mark  the  different  idioms  of  the  two 
languages. 

To  this  may  be  fubjoincd  a  Praxis,  or  Etercife  on  all  the  different 
parts  of  grammar,  particularly  with  regard  to  the  inflexion  of  nouns 
and  verbs,  in  the  form  of  qucfiions,  fuch  as  thefe,  Of  Cicero  ?  dcero- 
nif%     With  ^iccro  \      Ciccrinr.     A  dear  fon  >    Carus  flius.     Of  a  dear 

fun  I 


Different  kinds  of  Styl£.  i^t 

fon  ?    Cari  fd'i'i.     O  my  dear  ion  ?    Mi  or  vieus  cure  fdi.     Of  dearer' 

foils  ?    Ceriorum  f.liZrurn^  &C» 

Of  thee  ?  cr  of  you  r  Tui.  With  thee  or  you,  U  :  Of  you  ?  Vcjlrum 
or  veftri.      With  you  ?    Vobis. 

They  fhall  perfuade  ?'  P  erfuaJduxt.  I  can  perfuade  ?  Pcrfuadeam^ 
or  much  more  frequently  pr-ffutn  perfuadtre.  They  are  perfuaded  \ 
JPtrfuaddcr,  or  per faofum  ejl  iitis,  according  to  the  time  cxprefTcd.  He 
is  to  perfuade?  Eft  perfuufurus.  He  wilt  be  perfuaded  ?  Perfuadebiturt 
or  pcrfuafum  erlt  Mi.  He  cannot  be  perfuaded  ?  Non  pitcjl  perfuadai 
Mi.  I  know  that  he  cannot  be  perfuaded  I  Scio  non  pojfe perfuadcri  Mi ; 
that  he  will  be  perfuaded  ?  Ei pcrfuafum  iri,  &c. 

When  a  learner  firft  Begins  to  tranllate  from  the  Latin 
he  fhould    keep  as  ftr  icily  to    the  literal  meaning  ii  the 
Words  as  the  different  idioms  of  the  two   languages  will 
permit.      But  after  he  has  made  farther  progrels,  feme- 
thing  mere   will   be    requifife.      He    fhould   then  be    ac- 
cuftomed,  as  much  as  poffible,  to  transfufe  the  beauties  of 
an  author  from  the  one  language  into  the  other.     For  this 
purpoie  it  will  be  neceffary  that  he  be  acquainted,  not  on- 
ly with  the   idioms  of  the  two  languages,  but  alfo  with 
the    different  kinds  of  ftyle    adapted  to   different  forts  of 
compofition,  and   to  different  fubjecls  ;   together  with  the 
various  turns  of  thought  and  expreffion  which  writers  em- 
ploy,  or  what  are  called  the  figures  of  words  and  of  thought ; 
or  the  Figures  of  Rhetoric. 

IV.    Different  kinds  of  Style, 

The  kinds  of  Style  (genera  dice?idi)  are  commonly 
reckoned  three  ;  the  low,  (bumile>  fubmijfum,  tenue)  ;  the 
middle,  (medium,  temperatum>  ornatu??i,  floridu??i)  j  and  the 
fublime,  (fub/ime,  grande.) 

But  befides  thefe,  there  are  various  ©ther  characters  of 
ftyle  ;  as,  the  diffufe  and  concifc  ;  the  feeble  and  nervous  ; 
thzjimple  and  aflefled,  Sec. 

There  are  different  kinds  of  ftyle  adapted  to  different 
fubjecls  and  to  different  kinds  of  compofition  ;  the  ftyle 
of  the  Pulpit,  of  the  Bar,  and  of  Popular  affemblies  ;  the 
ftyle  of  Hiftory,  and  of  its  various  branches,  Annals,  Me- 
moirs or  Commentaries,  and  Lives  ;  the  ftyle  of  Philofo- 
phy,  of  Dialogue  or  Colloquial  difcourfe,  of  Epiftles,  and 
Romance,  &c. 

There 


242  Different  kinds  of  Style. 

There  is  alfo  a  ftyle  peculiar  to  certain  writers,  called 
their  Manner  ;  as,  die  fyle  of  Cicero,  of  Livy,  of  Sal- 
luit,  &c. 

But  what  deferves  particular  attention  is  the  difference 
between  the  ftyle  of  poetry  and  of  profc.  As  the  poets 
in  a  manner  paint  what  they  defcribe,  they  employ  various 
epithets  repetitions,  and  turns  of  expreflion,  which  are 
not  admitted  in  profe. 

The  firft  virtue  of  ftyle  (virtus  craihnis)  is  perfpicuity, 
cr  diat  it  be  eafiiy  underftood.  This  requires,  in  the 
choke  of  the  words,  1.  Purity,  in  oppofition  to  barba- 
rous, obfolete,  or  new  coined  words,  and  to  errors  in 
Syntax  :  2.  Propriety,  or  die  feleclion  of  the  beft  expref- 
iiens,  in  oppofition  to  vulgarians  or  low  expreflions  : 
5.  Prccifcn,  in  oppofition  to  fuperfluity  of  words  or  a 
fe  ffyfe. 

The  things  chiefly  to  be  attended  to  in  the  fhucture  of 
a  fentence,  or  in  the  difpofition  of  its  parts,  are,  1.  Clear- 
nefiy  in  oppofition  to  ambiguity  and  obfeurity  :  2.  Unity  and 
Strength,  in  oppofition  to  an  unconnected,  intricate,  and  feeble 
fentence  :  3.  Harmony,  or  a  rnufical  arrangement,  in  oppofi- 
tion to  barfhnefs  of  found. 

The  moft  common  defecls  of  ftyle  (vitia  oraticnis )  are 
diilinguifhed  by  various  names  ; 

1.  A  BARBARISM  is  when  a  foreign  or  ftrange  word 
is  made  ufe  of;  as,  croftus,  for  agellus  ;  rigor  of  ls,  for  ;7- 
gidui  or  fverus  ;  alter  are,  for  mutare,  Sec.  Or  when  the 
rules  of  Orthography,  Etymology,  or  Profody  are  tranf- 
grefled  ;  as,  char  us,  for  earns  ;  jiavi,  for  feii  ;  tibken,  for 
tiblcen. 

2.  A  SOLECISM  is  when  the  rules  of  Syntax  are 
tranfgre (Ted  ;  as,  Dicit  libros  leclos  iri,  for  ledum  iri  :  We 
mas  n  vg  for  nve  were.  A  barbarifm  may  confili  in  one 
word,  but  a  folecifm  requires  feveral  words. 

3.  An  IDIOTISM  is  when  die  manner  of  expreflion 
peculiar  to  one  language  is  ufed  in  another  ;  as  an  Jln- 
glktfm  131  Latin,  thus,  I  am  to  write,  Ego  fun  're,  ior 

Hums  ;   It  is  I,  Eft  ego, .for  Ego  :  Or   a 

Latinifvi,  in  Englifh,  thus,  Eft  fapientior  vie,  He  is  wifer 
than  me,  for  than  I ;  Quern  dicunt  me  ejjc  P  Whom  do  they 
fay  that  I  am  ?  for  wlc9  &c.  4-  TAUTOLOGY 


Figures  of  Rhetoric.  24.5 

4.  TAUTOLOGY  is  when  fre  either  nfelefsly  repeat 
the  fame  words,  or  repeat  the  fame  fenfe  in  different  words. 

5.  BOMBAST  is  when  high  founding  words  are  uled 
without  meaning,  or  upon  a  trifling  occafion. 

6.  AMPHIBOLOGY  is  when  by  the  ambiguity  of  the 
construction,  the  meaning  may  be  taken  in  two  different 
fenfes  ;  as  in  the  anfwer  cf  the  cracle  to  Pyrrhus,  Ah  te, 
JEacide,  Romanes  vhzcere  fbffi*.  But  the  Englifa  is  not  fo 
liable  to  this  as  the  Latin. 

V.  FIGURES    of  RHETORIC. 

Certain  modes  of  fpeech  are  termed  Figurative,  becaufe 
they  convey  our  meaning  under  a  borrowed  form,  or  in  a 
particular  drefs. 

Figures  (figure  or  fchc?nata )  are  of  two  kinds  ;  figures  of 
words,  (figure  -verborum^)  and  figures  of  thought,  (figure 
fententiarum.)  The  former  are  properly  called  Tropes  ; 
and  if  the  word  be  changed  the  figure  is  loft. 

i.  Tropes  or  Figures  of  Words. 

A  Trope  (ccnver/iOf)  is  an  elegant  turning  of  a  word 
from  its  proper  figniflcation. 

Tropes  take  their  rife  partly  from  the  barrennefs  of 
language*  but  more  from  the  influence  cf  the  imagination 
and  pailions.  They  are  founded  on  the  relation  which 
one  object  bears  to  another,  chiefly  that  of  refemblance 
or  iimilitude. 

The  principal  tropes  are  the  Metaphor \  Metonymy,  Sy nee- 
dier e,  and  Irony. 

1.  METAPHOR  (tranflatio)  is  when  a  word  is  tram" 
ferred  from  that  to  which  it  properly  belongs,  to  exprefs 
femething  to  which  it  is  only  applied  from  Iimilitude 
or  refemblance  ;  as,  a  hard  heart  ;  a  foft  temper  ;  he 
bridles  his  anger  ;  a  joyful  crop  ;  ridet  ager,  the  field 
/miles,  &c.  A  metaphor  is  nothing  elfe  but  a  fhort  com- 
panion. 

We  likewife  call  that  a  metaphor,  when  we  fubftitute 
one  object  in  the  place  of  another,  on  account  of  the  clofe 
refemblance  between  them  ;   as  when,  inftead  of  youth  wc 

X  2  fay: 


^4+  Figijres  of  Rhetor: 

fo]  corning  or  \[princrt  time  of li     ;     r  when,   in  fpeak- 

ing  of  a  family  connected  with  a  common  parent,  we  uic 
the  cxpreilions  which  properly  belong  to  a  tree,  whole 
trunk  and  branches  are  connected  with  a  common  root, 
When  this  allufion  is  carried  on  through  feveral  fenten- 
ces,     or    through    a    whole    difcourfe,  the    prin< 

fubject  kept  out  of  view,  fo  that  it  c  dii  ed 

by  its:  blance  to  the  fabject  defcribed,   it  is  called  ; 

Allegory.       An   example    of  this.wj  ]  in    librae 

book  I.  ode  14.  where  the  republic  is  defcribed  under  the 
a! lull  on  of  a  ihip. 

An  ALLEGORY  is  only  a  continued  metaphor.  This 
figure  rs  much  the  lame  with  the  Parable,  which  fo  often 
occurs  in  the  facred  fcriptures  ;  and  with  the  Fable,  fuch 
as  thofe  of  JEi'vp.  The  Mnigma  or  Riddle  is  alio  con- 
fidered  as  a  fpecies  of  the  Allegory  ;  as  likewife  are  ma: 
Prcverbs  (Pfov&rhia  v.  Adagtd  ;)  thus,  /;/  fyhai 
fir  re,  Horat. 

Metaphors  are  improper,  when  they  are  taken  from  low 
objects  ;  when  they  are  forced  or  far  fetched.;,  when  they 
are  mixed  or  too  far  purfued  ;  and  when  they  have  not 
a  natural  and  fenfible  refemblance  ;  or  are  not  adapted 
to  the  fubject  of  difcourfe,  or  to  the  kind  of  compofition, 
whether  poetry  or  profe. 

When  a  word  is  very  much  turned  from  its  proper  fig- 
niflcation,  it  is  called  CatacbrPfs  (alujio  ;)  as,  a  leaf  cf 
paper,  of  gel  J,  cjfe.  tie  evipire  flourifhed  ;  parricida,  for  any 
murderer  ;  Vir  gregis  ipfe  caper,  Virg.  Altum  aedificant 
caput,  Juv.  Ilimc  vobis  deridendum  propino,  tor  tradoy  Ter. 
Eurus  per  Siculas  equitavit  undas>  Hor. 

hen    a    word    is    taken    in    two  fenfes  in    the   fame 
phrafe,  the  one   proper  and  the   other  metaphorical,   it   is 

led    Syllepfis     (comprcheiifio   ;J     as    G atari* a    tl  nphi 

dulcio;  Rybltfy  Virg.  Ego  Sardols  videar  iihi.  amari  r- 
/. ..',  Id. 

2.    METONYMY  (?mit atic  nciiiinis)   is  the   putting  of 
enc  name  for  another.      In  which    fenic  it  includes    all 
ether  tropes  ;  but  it  is  commonly  reftri       I   to  the  follo\ 
tng  particulars  ;     1.  When  the  caule  is  put  for  the  efteel  ; 
or   Uje  inventor,  for  Luc    tiling   u.  d  ;    or  the   author, 

f«. 


Figures  of  Rhetoric. 


H5 


for  his  works  ;  as,  Bourn  labor  es,  for  com  :  Mars,  for 
war  ;  thus,  JEquo  marte  pugnatum  eft,  with  equal  ad- 
vantage; Liv.  Ceres,  for  grain  or  bread ;  Bacchus,  for 
twine  ;  '  Venus,  for  love  ;  Vide  anus,  for.  fire  ;  thus,  Sin, 
pet  Uf    B  ace  ho   frige  t    Venus,     Ter.        Fur  it     Vide  ah  us 

Virg.      So.  a  ^  rf  is   put  for  his   army  ;   Cicero,    Virgilr 

and  Horace,  for  their  works  :  Mofes  and  the  Prophets,  for 
their  /^/J/  ;  a  beautiful  Raphael,  Titian,  Gicido  Rheni, 
Rem  ,    Rv.bens,    Vandyke,    i^c.    for   their  pictures.       2. 

When  the  effect  is  put  for  the  cauie  ;  as,  Pallida  morsy 
Pale  death,  becaufe  it  makes  .pale  ;  atra cura,  <5c,  3* 
The  container,  for  what  is  contained,  and  fometimes  the 
contrary  ;  as,  Haufit  pateram,  for  viMum%  Virg.  He  loves 
his  bottle,  for  drink  :  Secnnda?n  ?nenfam  fervis  difpertiity 
i.  e.  fercula  i?i  menfa,  Nep.  So  Roma,  for  Romani  ;  Eu- 
rope, for  the  Europeans  ;  Heaven,  for  the  Supreme  Being  ; 
Secernit  Europen  ab  Afro,  for  Africa  ;  In  arduos  tollor  Sa- 
bines,  for  in  agrum  Sabinoru?n  ;  Incohtmi  Jove,  for  Capitolio  ; 
Janus,  for  the  temple  of  Janus,  Hor.  Prcximus  ardet 
Ucalegvn,  for  doinus  Ucalegontis,  Virg.  So  Sergejlus,  for  his 
fhip,  Id.  ./En.  v.  272.  4.  The  fign,  for  the  thing  fignined  ; 
as,  The  crown,  for  rc;al  authority  ;  palma  or  laurus,  for 
victory  ;  cedant  anna  toga,  that  is,  as  Cicero  himfelf  ex- 
plains; it,  helium  concedat  paci.  i  Ferri  togitque  con/ilia,  conful- 
tations  about  war  and  peace,  Stat,  Syh.  v,  1.  82.  5.  An 
ah  lira  cl,  for  the  concrete  *,  as,  Scelus  for  fceleflus,  Ter. 
Audacia,  for  audax,  Cic.  CuJ}odiay  for  cufiodes,  Virg. 
Sjervitusy  for  fervi  ;  nob  i  lit  as  y  for  nobiles  ;  juve?iius,  for  ju- 
venes  ;  vicinia,  for  vicini  ;  vires  fcrfrong  men,  Hor.  Furta9 
for  ftolen  oxen,  Ovid.  Faff.  i.  560.  6.  The  parts  of  the 
body,  for  certain  paflions  or  fentiments,  which  were  fup- 
pofed  to  refide  in  them  ;  thus,  cor,  for  wifdom  or  addrefs  ; 
as,  habet  cor,  vir  ccrdatus,  a  man  of  fenfe,  Plant.  But  with 
us  the  heart  is  put  for  courage  or  affection,  and  the  head 
for  wifdom  ;  thus,  a  font  heart  ;  a  warm  heart  ;  a  found 
head,  &c.  So,  to  have  a  well  hung  tongue,  for  to  fpeak  with 
eafe,  EsV. 

When  we  put  what  follows,  to  exprefs  what  goes  before, 
or  the  contrary,  it  is  called  Metalepfs,  (tratifmutatio  ;) 
thus,  dr/idsrari,  to  be  cefired  or  regretted,  for  to.. be  dead, 

¥> 


24'5  Figures  of  RutTORic* 

lo]}%  or  abfent  :  So  Fuhnus  Trocs,    iff  ingens  gloria  D.irdanis* 
i.  e.  are  no  more.   Virg.  JEn.  ii.  325. 

3.  SYNECDOCHE  (Comprehen/zo  or  anceptio)  is  a 
trope  by  which  a  word  is  made  to  fignify  more  or  lefs  than 
in  its  proper  fenfe  ;  as,  1.  When  a  genus  is  put  for  s. /pedes  f 
or  a  whole  for  a  part  and  the  contrary  ;  thus,  Mortales, 
for  homines  ;  fumma  arbor ,  for  fuimna  pars  arhoris  ;  priuj- 
qua?n  pabida  gujlajfent  Trojce,  Xanthumque  bibijfent,  for  partem 
pabuli,  &  fluminis  Xanthi,  Virg.  Nat  untta  carina,  for 
navis  ;  centum  puppvs,  a  hundred  fail,  or  a  hundred  fhips  ; 
teclum,  the  roof,  for  the  whole  houfe  ;  capita  or  anirna,  for 
homines  ;  ungula,  for  equus  or  equi,  Horat.  Sat.  i.  1.  114  ; 
the  door  or  even  the  thrcfhold,  for  the  houie  or  temple, 
turn  foribus  divte,  for  in  temple  diva,  Virg.  Tempe,  for  any 
beautiful  vale,  &c.  2.  When  a  lingular  is  put  for  a  plu- 
ral, and  the  contrary  ;  thus,  Hoftis,  miles,  pedesy  equesy  for 
hojiesy  &c,  //  is  written  in  the  prophets^  for  in  a  book  of 
fome  one  of  die  prophets  ;  ;;:////>/,  a  thoufand  times,  for 
many  times.  3.  When  the  materials  are  put  for  the" 
things  made  of  them  ;  as,  uEs  or  argentumy  for  money  ;  eera, 
for  vafes  of  brafs  trumpets,  arms,  &c.  ferrum,  for  a  fword  ; 
taurusy  for  a  bulPs  hide,  Virg.  Dujl  thou  art,  i.  e.  made 
of  duft,  &c. 

When  a  common  name  is  put  for  a  proper  name,  or 
the  contrary,  it  is  called  Antonomafia  (pronominatio  ;)  as, 
the  Philofophery  for  Arijiotle  ;  the  Orator,  for  Demojihenes 
or  Cicero  ;  the  Poet,  for  Homer  or  Virgil ;  the  Wife  ??ian, 
for  Solc?non  ;  AJiuy  for  Athens  ;  Urbs,  the  city  or  town, 
for  the  capital  of  any  country  ;  P  ten  us,  for  Hannibal ;  a 
Nero,  for  a  cruel  prince  ;  Mitcenasy  for  a  patron  of  learn* 
ing  ;  as,  Sint  Macenates  non  deerunty  Flaccey  Marones, 
i.  e.  Jint  munifici  patroni,  non  deerunt  bom  poettie,  Martial,  viii* 
56.5. 

An  Antonomajia  is  often  made  by  a  Pcriphrajls  ;  as, 
Pel  pis  parens y  for  Tantalus  ;  Anyti  reus,  lur  Serrate/  ; 
Trojani  belli  fcriptory  for  Homer  ;  Chironis  alumnus ',  for 
Achilles  ;  Potor  Rhodani,  for  GalluS  ;  Juke  tellusy  for 
Mauritania,  Horat-  fsff.  or  by  a  patronymic  noun  ;  as  An- 
chifiades,  for  JEneas  ;  Tyndaris,  -idis,  for  Helena,  &c.  or  by 
an  epithet  ;    as,  Impius  rclicuit,  for  iEncas,  Virg.  fome- 

tixftes 


Figures  of  Rhetoric.  247 

times  with  the  noun  added  ;  as,  Fatalis  et  incejius  judex, 
fiwiofus  hofpes,  for  Parts,  Hor. 

4.'  IRONY  is  when  one  means  the  contrary  of  what  is 
faid  ;  as,  when  we  fay  of  a  bad  poet,  he  is  a  Virgil  ;  or  of  a 
profligate  perfon,  Terths  e  coelo  cecrdit  Cafo, 

When  any  thing  is  faid  by  way  of  bitter  railery,  or  in  an 
infolting  manner,  it  is  called  a  SARCASM  ;  as,  Satia 
te  /anguine,  Cyre,   Juftin.      Italiam  vietire  jacens,  Virg. 

When  an  affirmation  is  expreiied  in  a  negative  form,  it 
is  called  Litotes,;  as,  Be  is  no  fool*  for  he  is  a  7?ian  of 
fenfe  ;  Non  hum:  lis  mutter,  for  noli  lis,  or  fuperba  ;  non  in* 
decoro  pulvere,  for  decoro,  Hor  at.  When  a  word  has  a 
meaning  contrary  to  its  original  fenfe,  it  is  called  Anti- 
fhrajls  ;  as,  auri  facra  fames,  for  execrabilis,  Virg.  'Pont us 
Euxini  falfo  nomine  diclus,  i.  e.  hofpitalis,  Ovid. 

When  any  thing  fad  or  ofFenfive  is  exprefTed  in  more 
gentle  terms,  it  is  called  Euphemismus  ;  as,  Viici  fttrici 
tus,  for  mor  tints  ;  conclamare  fuos,  to  give  up  for  loft, 
Liv.  Valeant,  for  abeant  ;  matlare  or  ferire,  for  cccidere  ; 
Fecerunt  id  fervi  Milonis,  quod  fuos  qui/que  fervos  in  tali  re 
facere  voluijfet,  i.  e.  Clodium  interfecerunt,  Cic.  This  figure 
is  often  the  fame  with  the  Periphrajis. 

The    Periphrasis,    or   Circumlocution,    is    when  fever al 

rds  are  employed  to  exprefs  what  might  be  expreiied  in 
fewer.  This  is  done  either  from  necedky,  as  in  transiting 
from  one  language  into  another  ;  or  to  explain  what  is  ob- 
fcure,  as  in  definitions  ;  or  for  the  fake  of  ornament,  par- 
ticularly in  poetry,  as  in  the  defcriptions  of  evening  and 
morning,  &c. 

When  after  explaining  an  obfcure  word  or  fentence  by  a 
periphrafis,  one  enlarges  on  the  thought  of  the  author,  it  is 
called  a  Paraphrafe. 

Wrhen  a  word  imitates  the  found  of  the  thing  fignified, 
it  is  called  Onomatopoeia,  (nom-inis  ficlio  ;)  as,  the  ivhijlling 
tf  winds,  purling  of  ftreams,  buz  and  hum  of  infects,  hifs  of 
ferpents,  &c.      But  this  figure  is  not  properly  a  trope. 

It  is  fometimes  difficult  to  afcertain  to  which  of  the 
aboverrusntioned  tropes  certain  exprefllons  ought  to  be  re- 
ferred. But  m  fuch  cafes  minute  exactnefs  is  needlefs.  It 
is  furncient  to  know  in  general  that  the  expreflion  is 
figurative.  There 


248  Figures  of  Rhetoric. 

There  are  a  great  many  tropes  peculiar  to  every  lan- 
guage which  cannot  be  literally  expreifed  in  any  other. 
Theie  therefore,  if  poffible,  muft  be  rendered  by  other 
figurative  expreffions  equivalent  :  and  if  this  cannot  be 
done,  their  meaning  fliould  be  conveyed  in  fimplc  lan- 
guage ;  thus,  Intertore  notu  Fa/ensi,  with  a  glafs  of  old 
Falernian  wine  :  Ad  umbiiicum  ducere,  to  bring  to  a  con- 
clufion,  Horat.  Thefe  and  other  fuch  figurative  expref- 
fions,  cannot  be  properly  explained  without  underftanding 
the  particular  cuftoms  to  which  they  refer. 

2.  Repetition  of  Words. 

Various  repetitions  of  words  are  employed  for  the  fake 
of  elegance  or  force,  and  are  therefore  alfo  called  Figures 
•f  nvcrds.  Rhetoricians  have  diftinguifhed  them  by  differ- 
ent names  according  to  the  part  of  the  fentence  in  which 
they  take  place. 

When  the  fame  word  is  repeated  in  the  beginning  of  any  member 
of  a  fentence,  it  is  called  Anaphora  ;  as,  Nibilne  te  noclurnum  prafi- 
dlum  palatii,  nihil  utbis  vigilia,  Sec.  Cic.  Te  dulcis  conjux,  tt  folo  in 
iittore  fecum,  Te  veneniente  die,  te  defcendtnte  canebal,  Virg. 

When  the  repetition  is  made  in  the  end  of  the  member,  it  is  called 
£PXiTRoPilF  or  tonverfio  ;    as,  Panos  Populus  Romanus  jujlitia  vicit,  armii 
vicit,  lileralitate  vicit,  Cic     Sometimes  both  the  former  occur  in  the 
fame  fentence,  and  then  it  is  called  Sympi.qce  or  Cemplexio  ;  as>  o 
legem  tulit  ?  Rullus.     Quis,  &C.      Rullus,  Cic. 

When  the  fame  word  is  repeated  in  the  beginning  of  the  firft  clanfe 
of  a  fentence,  and  in  the  end  of  the  latter,  it  is  called  Epanalepsjs  ; 
as,  Vidimus  vlfloriam  tuam.  preliomtn  exitu  terminatam  ;  gladium  vagina 
vacuum  in  urbe  non  vidimus,   Cic.pro  Marceilo. 

The  reverfe  of  the  former  is  called  Anadiplosis  or  Reduplicatio  ; 
as,  Hie  tamen  inn) it  :   vivit  I    imo  in  fenatum  venit,  Cic. 

When  that  which  is  placed  firft  in  the  foregoing  member,  is  re- 
peated laft  in  the  following,  and  the  contrary,  it  is  called  Epanodos 
or  Regrejpo  ;  as,  Crudelis  tu  quoque  mater  ;  Crudelis  mater  magis  an  puci 
%mf>robus  tile  ?   Improbus  ille  puer,  crudelis  tu  que  que  mater,  Virg. 

The  paifconatc  repetition  of  the  fame  word  in  any  part  of  a  fen- 
tence  is    called   EpiZEUXIS;   as,    Excitatc,   exekate  ewx    ab   infjris,    Cic. 
fait,  fuit  ijia  virtus,   life.  Id.     Me,  me  :   adfum  qui  feci,  in  mc  convert it < 
ferrum,  Virg.      Btlla,  borrida  bella,  Id.      Ibimus,  ilimus,  Her. 

When  we  proceed  from  one  thing  to  another,  fo  as  to  connect  b] 
the  fame  word  the  fubfequent  part  of  a  fentence  with  the  preceding, 
it  is   called   Climax  or  Gradatio  ;    as,  Afr'tcong  virtutcm   indufirii,   v:r* 
tus gloria w, glor'u amufas  ce'ipsravit,  Cic* 

Wbci 


Fi Cures  of  Rhetoric.  24 j 


When  the  fame  word  is  repeated  in  various  cafes,  moods,  genders, 
numbers,  &c.  it  is  called  Polyptoton  ;  as,  Pleni  funt  cmnes  li&ri, 
plena  fapicnt'ium  veneSj  pleni  txemplorum  vehijlas,  Cic.  Littora  littoribus 
coniraria,fuclibus  undas  imprecor^  arma  armis,  Virg.  To  this  is  llfually 
referred  what  is  called  Synonymia,  or  the  uhng  of  words  of  the 
fame  import,  to  exprefs  a  thing  more  ftrongly  :  as,  Non  feram,  noa 
pat'iartnon  finam,  Cic.  Promitto,  recipio,  fpondeoy  Id.  And  alfo  ExPOLI- 
tio,  which  repeats  the  fame  thought  in  different  lights. 

When  a  word  is  repeated  the  fame  in  found,  but  not  in  fenfe,  it  is 
Called  Antan  ACLASIS  ;  as,  Amari  jucundum  cjl,  ft  curetur  ne  quid  in  fit 
mmariy  Cic.  But  this  is  reckoned  a  defect  in  fryle,  rather  than  a 
beauty.  Nearly  allied  to  this  figure  is  the  Paronomasia  or  Agnomi- 
nation when  the  words  onlyrefemble  one  another  in  found;  as,  Civet* 
honarum  artiamy  bonirum  partium  ;  Cartful  pravo  ammo  &  parvo  ;  De 
%ratore  arator  fa&us,  Cic.  Amantcs  funt  avienUs,  Tcr.  This  is  alfo 
called  a  Pun. 

When  two  or  more  words  are  joined  in  any  part  of  a  fentence  in 
the  fame  cafes  or  terifes,  it  is  called  HoxMoioptoton,  i.  e.  ftmiliter 
tadens  ;  as,  Pdlet  aucloritatc^  circuwjluit  cpibus,  abundat  amich^  Cic.  If 
the  words  have  only  a  fimilar  termination,  it  is  called  Homoiot::- 
l.t.UTO,N,\.c.f?uiliterde/inens;  as,  iV ron  cjufdetm  efi  facer *e f or  titer }  &  i>iver£ 
UrpiUfy  Cic, 

3.   Figures  of  Thought. 

It  is  not  eafy  to  reduce  figures  of  thought  to  diftinct 
clafles,  becaufe  the  fame  figure  is  employed  for  feveral 
different  purpofes..  The  principal  are  the  Hyperbole^  Pro- 
fopopeta,  Apoftrophe>  Simple,  Antithefts^  Sec, 

1.  HYPERBOLE  is  when  a  thing  is  magnified  above 
the  truth  ;  as,  when  Virgil  fpeaking  of  Polyphemus  fays, 
Ipfe  arduus,  cdtaque  pulfat  fidera.  So,  Contracla  pifces  x- 
quora  fentiunt)  Hor.  When  an  object  is  diminifhed  below 
the  truth,  it  is  called  Tapeinofis.  The  ufe  of  extravagant 
Hyperboles  forms  what  is  called  Bomb  aft. 

2.  PROSOPOPEIA,  or  Perfonificatlon,  is  when  we  af- 
•cribe  life,  fentiments,  or  actions,  to  inanimate  beings,  or 

to  abftract  qualities  \  as,  Qu<e  (patria)  tecum,  Catilina,  jtc 
agity  &c.  Cic.  Virtus  fanit  aut  ponit  fecures,  Hon  Arborc 
nunc  aquas  culpante.  Id, 

3.  APOSTROPHE,  or  Addrefs,  is  when  the  fpeaker 
breaks  off  from  the  feries  of  his  difcourfe,  and  addreffes 
himfelf  to  fome  perfon  prefent  or  abfent,  living  or  dead, 
or  to  inanimate  nature,  as  if  endowed  with  fenfe  and 
reafon.      This  figure  is  nearlv  allied  to  the  former,   and 

therefore 


»5°  Figures  of  Rhetoric. 

therefore   often  joined   with  it   ;    as,  Trojaque  nunc  Jlarc:x 
Priatriiqut  arx  alta'  ?  \s>  Virg. 

4.  SIMILE,  or  Coviparifcn,  is  when  one  thing  is  illus- 
trated or  heightened  by  comparing  it  to  another  ,  as,  Alex- 
ander ivas  as  bcli  as  a  lion. 

5.  ANTITHESIS,  or  Oppofitiofh  *&  when  things  con- 
trary or  different  are  contraited,-  to  make  them  appear  in 
the  more  finking  light  ;  as,  Hannibal  \\jds  cunning,  but  Fa- 
bins  was  cautious.  C\rfir  beneficiis  ac  mwiificentift  magnus  ha- 
bdatur,  integritate  vita  Cato,  &c.  Sail.  Cat.  54.  Ex  Trac  parte 
pudcr  pngnat,  illinc  petulantia,  &c.  Cic.  Similar  to  this 
figure  is  the  OxunvTbn,  i.  e.  acute  dittnm  »,•  as,  Amici  ab- 
ferites  adfu?it,  Sec.  Cic.  I?7ipictate  pia  tjl,  Ovid.  Nitm 
putuere  capi,  Virg^. 

6.  INTERROGATION,  (Grcec.  Erotvfis,)  is  a  figure 
whereby  we  do  not  fimply  afk  a  qudlion,  but  exprefs  iome 
ftrong  feeling  or  affection  of  the  mind  in  that  form  ;  as, 
Shioufque  tandem,  Sec.  Cic.  Credit  is  aveclcs  koftes  ?  Virg. 
Heu  !  qua  me  aquora  poJTttnt  accipere,  Id.  Sometimes  an 
anfwer  is  returned,  in  which  ttfafe  it  is  called  Subjeclio  ;  as, 
2>uid  ergo  P  :audari;J/m-is  ego  ex  omnibus  P  minimey  Cic. 
Nearly  allied  to  this  is  Expostulation,  when  a  perfon  pleads 
with  offenders  to  return  to  their  duty. 

7.  EXCLAMATION  ;  (Ecpbonefis)  as,  0  nomen  dulce 
liber tatis  I  Sec.  Cic.  0  tempora,  0  ??iores  I  Id.  0  patria  ! 
0  Divilm  domus  Ilium  !  &c.  Virg. 

8.  DESCRIPTION,  or  Imagery,  [Hypotyp^fis,)  when 
any  tiling  is  painted  in  a  lively  manner,  as  if  done  before 
our  eyes.  Hence  it  is  alfo  called  Vifton  ;  as,  Videor  mihi 
banc  urbem  videre,  Sec.  Cic.  in  'Cat.  iv.  6*  ■  Videre  magnos  j 
videor  duces,  Non  indecoro  puher.c  fcrdidos,  Hor.  Here  a 
change  of  tenfe  is  often  ufed,  as  the  prefent  for  the  pait,  and 
conjunctions  omitted,  Sec.     Virg.  xi.  637.  &c 

9.  EMPHASIS  is  when  a  paitici  trefs  is  laid  on 
fome  word  in  a  fentence  ;  as,  Hannibal  peto  pacem,  Liv. 
Prob  !  Jupiter,  ibit  hic  !    Virg. 

10.  E  p  an  art  h  os  is,  or  Correction,  is  wlun  the  fpeaker 
either  recals  or  corrects  what  he  hud  Lift  laid  ;  as  Fslium 
habui,  ab  !  quid  dixi  habere  me  P.  in/o  habui,  Ter. 

ii.  Paralepsis,  or  Omijfipn,  n  when  one  pretenas  to 
omit  or  pals  by,  what  he  at  the  faihe  time  declares. 

12.  Aparith, 


Figures  of  Rhetoric.  251 

12.  ApARiTHMesis,  or  Enumeration,  is  when  what  might 
be  expreffed  in  a  few  words,  is  branched  out  into  feveral 
parts. 

13.  Synathroismus,  or  Coacervatio,  is  the  crowding  of 
many  particulars  together  ;  as, 


—  Faces  in  caftra  tulrfirm, 


Implejfemque  fcros  fiammis,  natumque,  patremque 

Cum  gene  re  extinxem,  memet  fuper  ipjh  dediffem.     Virg. 

14.  I?icre?iientum,  or  CLIMAX  in  fenfe,  is  when  one 
number  rifes  above  another  to  the  higheit  ;  as,  F acinus  eft 
vincire  civem  Romanum,  fcelus  verberare,  parricidium  necare, 
Cic.  When  all  the  circumftances  of  an  object  or  action 
are  artfully  exaggerated,  it  is  called  Auxe sis,  ox  Amplifi- 
cation. But  this  is  properly  not  one  figure,  but  the  fkil- 
ful  employment  of  feveral,  chiefly  of  the  Simile  and  the 
Climax. 

15.  Transition  [met  abaft  s)  is  when  a  fpeech  is  abrupt- 
ly introduced  ;  or  when  a  writer  fuddenly  paiTes  from  one 
fubjecl  to  another  ;  as,  Horat.  Od.  ii.  13.  13.  In  llrong 
pailion,  a  change  of  perfon  is  fornetimes  ufed  ;  as,  Virg.  -ZE11. 
iv.  365.  &c.  xi.  406,  &c. 

16.  Suspensio,  or  Svftentatio,  is  when  the  mind  of  the 
hearer  is  long  kept  in  fufpenfe  ;  to  which  the  Latin  inver- 
fion  of  words  is  often  made  fubfervient. 

17.  Concessio  is  the  yielding  of  one  thing  to  obtain 
another  ;  as,  Sit  fur,  Jit  facrilegus,  Sec,  at  eft  bonus  i??ipera- 
ior,  Cic.  in  Verrem,  v.  1.  Prolepsis,  Prevention  or  An- 
ticipation, is  when  an  objection  is  ftarted  and  anfwered. 
Anacoinosis  or  Communication,  is  when  the  fpeaker  de- 
liberates with  the  judges  or  hearers  ;  which  is  alfo  called 
Diaporcjis  or  Addubitatio.  Licentia,  or  the  pretending 
to  affume  more  freedom  than  is  proper,  is  ufed  for  the  fake 
of  admonifhing,  rebuking,  and  alfo  flattering  ;  as,  Vide 
qt:a?n  non  refor??iidem,  &c.  Cic.  pro  Ligario.  AposiopEsis, 
or  Concealment,  leaves  the  fenfe  incomplete  ;  as,  Shios  eg9 
"    '     fed  pr  aft  at  motos  componere  fiuclus,  Virg. 

18.    Sententia,    [gnome,)    a  fentiment,    is    a    general 
maxim   concerning  life    or  manners,    which    is    expreffed 
in  various  forms  ;    as,   Otium  fine  Uteris  mors  eft,  Seneca* 
Aieo    in  ieneris  afjuefcere  midtum  eft,  Virg.      Prcbitas  laudatur 


252 


Figures  of  Rhetoric, 


Midget';  Miff r a  eft  jnagni  cuflod'ui  cenfds  ;   NoMhtar  fitd  efl 

at  que  link  a   virtus,  Juv. 

As  mod  of  thefe  figures  are  \\kc\  by  orators,  and  fome 
of  diem  only  in  certain  parts  of  their  fpeeches,  it  will  be 
proper  that  the  learner  know  the  parts  into  which  a  reg- 
ular formal  oration  is  commonly  divided.  Thefe  are, 
I .  The  Intrcduclion,  the  Exordium  or  Prownium,  to  gain 
the  good  will  and  attention  of  the  hearers  ;  2.  The  Nar- 
ration or  Explication  :  3.  The  argumentative  part,  which  in- 
eludes,  Confirmation  or  proof,  and  Confutation  or  refuting  the 
objections  and  arguments  of  an  adversary.  The  fources 
from  which  arguments  are  drawn,  are  called  Loci,  topics  ; 
and  are  either  intrinfic,  or  extriniic  ;  common  or  peculiar. 
4.  The  Peroration,  Epilogue,  or  Conclujion. 

The    QUANTITY   of  SYLLABLES. 

The  quantity  of  a  fyilable  is  the  fpace  of  time  taken  up 
In  pronouncing  it. 

That  part  of  grammar  which  treats  of  die  quantity  and 
accent  of  Syllables,  and  of  the  meafures  of  verie,  is  called 
PROSODT. 

Syllables,  with  refpect  to  their  quality,  are  either  long 
ox  fnort. 

A  long  fyilable  in  pronouncing  requires  double  the  time 
pf  a  fhort  ;  as,  tendcre. 

Some  fyllables  are  conunon  ;  that  is,  fometimes  long,  and 
fometimes  fhort  ;  as  die  fecond  fyilable  in  volucris. 

A  vowel  is  faid  to  be  long  or  fhort  by  nature,  which  is 
always  fo  by  cuftom,  or  by  the  ufe  of  the  poets. 

in  polyfyllables  or  long  words,  the  lafl  fyilable  except 
one  is  called  die  Pe?iultinia,  or,  by  contraction,  the  Penult* 
and  the  la  ft  fyilable  except  two,  the  Atitcpcnultima. 

When  the  quantity  of  a  fyilable  is  not  fixed  by  fome 
particular  rule,  it  is  faid  to  be  long  or  fhort  by  authority, 
that  is,  according  to  the  ufage  of  the  poets.  Thus  le  in  leg9 
is  faid  to  be  fhort  by  authority,  becaufe  it  is  always 
made  fhort  by  the  Latin  potts. 

In  mod  Latin  words  of  one  or  two  fyllables,  according 
our  manner  of  pronouncing,  we  can  hardly  diftinguiih 


The  Quantity  of  Syllables.  253 

by  the  ear  along  fyllable  from  a  fhort.  Thus  1*  in  lego  and 
legr  feem  to  be  founded  equally  long  ;  but  when  we  pro- 
nounce them  in  composition,  the  difference  is  obvious  ; 
thus,  perlegot  perlegi  ;  refego9-ere  ;  relego,  are9  &c. 

The  rules  of  quantity  are  either  General  or  Special. 
The  former  apply  to  all  fyllahles,  the  latter  only  to  foinc 
certain  fyllablesr 

GENERAL    RULES. 
I.  A  vowel  before  another  vowel  is  fiiort  ;  a.>*9 

Mens,  alius  :  (ojuhil;  h  in  verfe  being  confidered  only  as  a 
breathing.     In  like  manner  in  Englilh,  create,,  behave* 

Exc.  1.  /is  long  in  flo,  flebam9  Gfc.  tinlefs  when  fol- 
lowed by  r  ;  as,  fieri, flerem  ;  thus, 

Omnia  jam  llent,  fieri  qua;  poffe  negabam,  0<vrd. 

Exc.  2.  E  having  an  i  before  and  after  it^  in  the  fifth 
declenfion,  is  long  ;  as,  fpecui.  So  is  the  firft  fyllable  in 
eer,  dlus>  eheu,  and  the  penultima  in  kulai,  terrat,  &c<  in 
Pompeii  Cat,  and  fuch-  like  words  ;-'  but  we  fometirnes  find 
Pompti  in  two  fyllables,  Horat.  Oct.  II.  7. 

Exc.  3.  The  firft  fyllable  in  ohe  and  Diana  is  common  ; 
fo  likewife  is    the  penult  of   genitives  in  ins  ;    as,    iiliusy 
ttnlusy  bfc.  to  be  read  long  in  profe.     Atiusy  in  the  genit.  is 
*  always  long,  as  being  contracted  for  aliius  ;   akerius*,  fhort. 

In  Greek  words,  when  a  vowel  comes  before  another', 
no  certain  rule  concerning  its  quantity  can  be  given. 

Sometimes  H  is  fkert  :  as,  Danae,  Idea,  Sophia,  £ymphon!a,  Simois, 
H^ades,  Phaon,  Deucalicva,  Pygmalion,  Thebaic,  <Scc. 

Often  it  is  long  ;  as,  Lycaon,  Machaon,  Didymrion  ;  AmphTon, 
Arlon,  Ixlon.  PandTon  ;  Nais,  Lais,  Achaia  ;  Briseis,  Cadmeis  ; 
JLatSus,  &  Latois,  Myrfous,  Nereuis,  Priameuis  ;  Acheloius,  Mi- 
noius  ;  Archelaus,  Meneliias,  Amphiar^us  ;  j^Eneas,  Peneus,  Epeus, 
Acrifioneus,  Adamanteus,  Phoebeus,  Giganteus  ;  Darius,  Bafiilus, 
Eugenlus,  Bacehlus  ;  CaiTiopea,  Csefarea,  Chsronea,  Cytherea,  Ga- 
latea, Laodicea,  Medea,  Panthea,  Penelcpea  ;  Clio,  Enyo,  Ekgla,- 
Iphigenla,  Alexandria,  Thalia,  Antiochla,  idololatrla,  litanla,  poii- 
tja,  &c.     Laertes,  Deiphobus,  Diijanlra,  Trees,  heroes,  &c. 

Sometimes  it  is  common  ;  as,  Chorea,  platea,  Malea,  Nereides,  eano- 
peum,  Orion,  Geryon,  Eos.  ecus,  &c.  60  in  foreign  words, Michael, 
ffrael,  Raphael",  Abraham,  &c. 

Tiie  accufative  of  noens  in  eus  is  ufually  fhort ;  as,  Orphsa,  Sah/.o- 
n*at  Caflftrsa,    iTV.    but   fc  IT,  e  times    long ;   as,    K^menla^   Ilionea,    Virjj. 

Inftcatf 


2J4  The  Quantity  of  Syllables. 

Inftead  of  Elena,  Cyt&rZa,  we  find  Eicgtt*.  Cphlrtfn,  Ovid.  Bat  the 
quantity  of  Greek  words  cannot  be  properly  und  d  without  the 

knowledge  of  Greek. 

In  Englifli,   a  vowel  before  another  is  alio  fomctimes  lengthened  ; 
aSj/V/>/.'*r,   iJtJ. 

II.  A  vowel  before  two  confonants,  or  before 
a  double  confonant  is  long  (by  pofuion^  as  it  is 
called  J;   as, 

..    fdlhy  Sxis$   rdza,  rnnjot  ;    the  compounds  of  jugum 
•  rcepted  ;  as,  Vtjugus%  quzdrijugHs>  &e. 

When  the  foregoing  word  ends  in  a  fhort  vowel,  and  the  fcd'dwing 
ts  with  two. confunauts  01  a  doable  one,   thai  vowel  is    fometirn  .* 
n  jthened  by  pohtion  :  as 

Fetid  citijlammaS)  date  i  >!~i. ,j\jnuite  muros}Wrg. 
But  this  rarely  occurs 

^[  A  vowel  before  a  mute  and  a  liquid  Ls  com* 
mon  ; 

th<*  middje  fyllable  in  vclucris,  tenebrte,    thus, 

primo  iimilis  volCicrt,  mox  vera  volucris.  CVA£ 
tenebras  profert,  Phabus  fugat  inde  tenebras,  TJ. 

But  in  pref    ihtfe  words  are  pronounced  ihort.     So  petc/gre,  phate* 
,  dry  a,  Celebris,  late'ora',  Ufs* 

;ke  this  rule  hold,  three  things  are  requifite.  The  trowel 
rnttft  be  naturally  flibrt,  the  mute  muft  go  before  the  liquid,  and  be 
,  i  the  fame  fyllable  with  it.  Thus,  a  in  pott  is  is  made  common  in 
verfe,  becaufe  a  in  pater  is  naturally  fbort,  or  always  fo  by  cuftom  : 
but  a  in  matris,  acr'is,  is  always  long,  becaufe  long  by  nature  or  cujtvm" 
in  mctfr  and  acer.  In  like  manner  tKe  penult  in  falubris,  ambulairu.n, 
is  always  long;  becaufe  they  are  derived  from fai us yfalutis,  and  amLu- 
itum.  So  a  in  arte,  izbluo,  life,  is  long  by  pofition,  becaufe  the  mute 
<:nd  the  liquid  are  in  different  fyllables. 

/,  and  r  only  are  confidered  as  liquids  in  Latin  words  ; 
;;;  and  n  do  not  take  place  except  in  Greek  v/ords. 

III.  A  contracted  fyllable  is  long;   as, 

Ar/7,  for  nil: ii  ;  vif,  for  mihl  ;  c~go,  for  coago  ;  alius*,  for 
aiilus  ;  tiblcen,  for  tib'iicen  ;  ft>  for  lit ;  seeks >  for  //  auJes  ; 
;ic/o,  for  n^n  vdo  ;  big**  for  bijtiga?,  filficet,  ior  jci re  licet ',  i^e. 

IV.  A  diphthong  is  always  long  ;    as, 

jturmkf  Cfftr,  Eubma\  lye.  Only  pr,t  in  compofition  be- 
fore a  vowel  is  commonly  Ihort ;  as,  prxire,  prxujlus  ;  thus, 

Nee 


Quantity  of  the  Crement  of  Nouns.  25; 

Nee  tot  a  tamen  ille  prior  praeeunte  carina.     Pirg. 
Stipitibus  duris  agitur  fudibufque  praeuftis.     Id. 

But  it  is  fometimes  lengthened  ;  as, 

— - j — cum  vacuus  domino  praeiret  Arion      Statius. 

In  Eaglilli  we  pronounce  fever al  of  the  diphthongs  fhort,  by  fin*' 
ing  the  found  of  one  vowel ;  but  then  there  is  properly  no  diphthong, 

SPECIAL   RULES. 
I.    Concerning   the   FIRST    and   MIDDLE- 
SYLLABLES. 

Preterites  and  Supines  of 'two  Syllables* 

V.  Preterites  of  two  fyllables  lengthen  the  for- 
mer fyllable ;  as,  Veni,  vidi,  vw. 

Except  bibiy  fi?d{  from  fcindo,  f/di  from  findoy  tuli,  dedi9 
and  (let I  which  are  fhortened. 

VI.  Supines  of  two  fyllables  lengthen  the  for- 
mer fyllable  ;  as,  Vifu/fr,  caftan^  motum. 

Except  satum,  from  sero  ;  c)tum>  from  cieo  ;  l!tu?>:>  from 
Una  ;  sttum,  from  sino  ;  Jlatum,  from  Jijlo  ;  ttum,  from  eo  ; 
datum,  from  do  ;  rutum,  from  the  compounds  of  rm  ;  qtd- 
ttm%  from  queo  /  rat  us,  from  recr. 

Preterites  ^jobicb  double  the  firjl  fyllable, 

VII.  Preterites  which  double  the  firft  fyllable*, 
have  both  the  firft  fyllables  fhort ;  as, 

Cecidi,  tetigi,  pepuli,  peperi,  d~dki,  tutudi  :  except  cecidi, 
from  cado  ;  pepedi,  from  pedo  ;  and  when  two  confonants 
intervene  ;  as  fefelli,  tetendi,  &ci 

Increase    of  Nouns. 

A  noun  is  faid  to  increafe,  when  it  has  more  fyllables  in 
any  of  the  oblique  cafes  than  in  the  nominative  ;  as,  rex, 
regis*  Here  re  is  called  the  increafe  or  crewent,  and  fo 
through  all  die  other  cafes.  The  laft  fyllable  is  never  ef- 
teemed  a  crement. 

Some  nouns  have  a  double  increafe,  that  is,  increafe  by 
more  fyllables  than  one  ;  as,  iter,  itlntris. 

A  noun  in  the  plural  is  faid  to  increafe,  when  in  any 
cafe  it  has  more  fyllables  than  the  genitive  imguiar  ;  as, 
gener,  gener  i,  generlrum* 

Y  2  Nouns 


2j6  QUAKTITY    OJ  CrKMENI 

Nouns  of  the  firft,  fourth,  and  fifth  dedenfions,  do  not 
increafe  in  the  lingular  number,  unlefs  where  one  vowel 
comes  before  another;  as,  fru&us,  fruSlui  ;  res,  rci  ; 
which  fall  under  Rule  I. 

Tbh\i  Di\.      •    :. 

VIII.  Nouns  of  the  third  cbclenfion  which  in- 
creafe, make  a  and  o  long  ;  e9  i,  and  w  fliort ;  as? 

PUt at  is,  honoris  ;  midler'ts,  lapHdis,  murmurls. 

The  chief  exceptions  from  this  rule  are  marked  under 
the  formation  of  the  genitive  in  the  third  declenfion.      But 

here  perhaps  it  may  be  proper  to  be  more  particular. 

A. 
A  noun  in  A  fhortens  atis  in  the  genitive  ;  as,  derma,  -ails  ;  poema,-at's. 

O. 
O  fhortens  Ttis,  but  lengthens  cms  and  onh  ;   as,  Cardo,  -Tnis  ;   Virg% 
~Y-;is  ;   A.i'ic,   -er'is  ;    Cicero,  -dn'u.     Gt/^Tle  or  pat  rial   nouns  vary  their 
quantity.    Mod  of  them  fhorten  the  genitive  ;  as,  Mucedo,  -onis  ;  Sax*, 
*uu:s  :  Some  are  long  ;  as,  SucJTdras,  VetiZncs.     Bwittonn  is  common. 

I.     C.     D. 
I  fhortens  -ttis  ,•  as,  Hydromel'1,  -ttis.   Ec  lengthens  -ecis  ;  as,  Halec,-eJs. 
A  noun  in  D  fliortens  the  crement ;  as,  David,  -*£*. 

Mafcubnes  in  AL  fhorten  <Hh,  as,  Sal,  -sails  ;  HannilnJx  .alts  % 
Hafdmbal,  -alls  ,    but  neuters  lengthen  it  ;  ?.s,  animal, -al is. 

Sdlis  from  fol  is  long  ;  alio  Hebrew  words  in  cl ;  as,  Michael,  -clis. 
Other  nouns  in  L  fhorten  the  crement  ;  as,  f^igtt,  -tlis  ;  conful,  -ulis. 

N. 

Nouns  in  ON  vary  the  crement.  Some  lengthen  it  ;  as,  Hrihin, 
-tnis  ;    C>.  iron,  (this.      Some  fliorten  it  ;   as,  JVIernnon, -oars  ;    Adia<my-on>s. 

EN  fliortens  inis  ;  as,  Jl^men,  Itj's  ;  tibicen,  -tnis.  Other  Nouns  in 
N  lengthen  the  penult.  AN  anis  ;  as,  Titan,  -a.iis  :  EN  ;  enis  as, 
Siren,  -inis  :    IN  tnis  ;    as,  delphin,  -Inis  :    YN  ynis  ;    as,  Plxtrcyn,  ynis. 

T.  Neuters  in  AR  lengthen  aris  ;  as,  calcar,  -(iris.  Except  the  fol- 
lowing, h.iccbcr ,  -aris  ;  jubar,  -aris  ;  nedar,  -arts  :  Alio  the  adjective  par, 
fan's,  and  its  compounds,  impar,  aris,  difpar,  -aris,  <£?c. 

■z.  The  following  nouns  in  R  lengthen  the  genitive,  Nar,  nans% 
the  name  of  a  river  ;  fur,  fur  is  ;  roer,  v~ris  :  Alio  Recimcr,  -sris  ; 
J2vzer,-cris  ;    Ser,  Seris  ;    Jber,-?ris,  proper  names. 

3.  Greek  nouns  in  TER  lengthen  teris  ;  as,  (rater,  -eris  ;  charaShr, 
-eris.      Except  uiber,  -eris. 

4.  OR  lengthens  cris  ,•  as,  atnor,-Z*is.  Except  neuter  nouns  ;  as, 
mirmor,  oris  ;  a>quor,  -oris  :  Greek  nouns  in  tor  ;  as,  Hctlcr,  -oris  ; 
Ail*r,  -*rU  ;    tb:tor%  -oris}  Alfo  arbir,  -oris,  and  memor^  -utis, 

5.  Other 


Quantity  of  the  Cement   of  NtAjjU,  23 

5.  Other  nouns  in  R  (horten  the  genitive;  AR  aris.  mifc. ;  as, 
C.ifiir,   -4  ni.'c.ir,  -arts  ;    Lir,   laris.      ER  eris  of  aBj  gender  ;    a«. 

t7.-r,  0«rM  ;  mktier,  -eris,  cadavrr,  -er;s  ;  /vr,  anciently"  itfner,  xiinerh  ; 
verleris,  from  the  olrfoletc  verhfr.  UR  *rw  ;  ZZyvu!tur,  •ieris  .  murmur, 
-uris .      Y  R  j r«  ;    as,  «A£« r/}  r ,  -  v n>. 

AS. 

1.  N,nms  in  AS,  which  have  oltr,  lengthen  the  cremect  ;  as, pittas, 
-cih  ;    Msueuas,  -art's.      Except  anas,  -crjj. 

2.  Other  nouns  in  AS  ihorten  the  crement  ;  as,  Greek  nouns  hav- 
ing the  genitive  in  tutis,  ath,  and  anis  ;  thus,  PjI>js*  -s.ih  ,  a^rocr^.u, 
eatis  ;  Mtlasy  -tuts,  the  name  of  a  river.  So  v«/,  *££j  ;  mas,  jnZr'u  ; 
But  vat,  vojfst  is  long. 

ES. 

ES  fhortens  the  crement  ;  as,  v:il<.s,-:t}s  ;   Certs,  -eris,pjs,  fiefs. 
Except  locuples,   -his  ;   quits,  -etis  ;   manfues,  -etis  ;  bares,   -edis  \    mer- 
its, -edis. 

IS. 

Nouns  in  IS  fliorten  the  crcment  ;  as,  lapis,  -Ydh  ;  Sanguis,  •&£»  J 
Tb^llis,  tdis. 

Except  Glis,  gltn's  ;  and  Latin  nouns  which  have  tth  ;  as,  lis,  litis  ; 
dis,  dtth  ;  0uiris,  -his  ;  Samttis,  -Jtis  :  But  Charts,  a  Greek  noun, 
has  Chat  it  is. 

The  following  alfo  lengthen  the  crement  i  Crer.h,  -idis  ;  Pf%phh% 
-Tdis  ;  Nejft,  -IMs,  proper  names.  And  Greek  nouns  in  is,  which  have 
alfo  in  ;  as,  Salamis,  or  in,  Sjlamlnh. 

OS. 

Nouns  in  OS  lengthen  the  crement  ;  as,  mpos',  -oth  ;fos,jl5rist 

Except  Bes,  bovis  ;   con:p(,s,  -oiis  ;    and  impos,  -etis. 

US. 

US  fliortens  the  crement  ;  as,  tern pus,  -oris  ;  tripvs,-odh. 

Except  nouns  which  have  udis,  uris,  and  -utis  ;  as,  incus,  udis  ;  jus 
juris  ;  falus,  -utis.  But  Ligus  has  Ligurk  ;  the  obfolete  ptcus,  pecudis  ; 
and  intercus,-uiis. 

The  neuter  of  the  comparative  has  oris  ;  as,  melius,  -oris. 

YS. 

YS  fhcrtens,  ydis  or  ydos  ;  as,  cbhmys,  -ydh,  or  -ydos  i  and  lengthens 
ynh  ;   as,  Tracbys,  -ynis. 

B  S.     PS.     MS. 

Nouns  in  S,  with  a  confonant  going  before,  fliorten  the  penult  of 
the  genitive  ;   as,  calths,  -ibis  ;   incps,  -opis,  bitms,  hitmis. 

Except  Cyclops,  iph  ^d<ps,  sepis  ;  gryps,  gryphh  ;  Ccrcops,  opis  ;  pUbsy 
pltbis  ;  hydrops,  -opis. 

T. 

T  fhortens  the  crement  ;  as,  caput,  -ith. 

X 
j.  Nouns  ia  X,  ^hich  have  the  genitive  in  gh,  fliorten  the  cre- 
ment j 


258  Quantity  of  the  Crement  of  Nou?> 

rnent  ;    as,  conjux,  •Jigii  ;  rem**,  -Hfit  ;  Allulrox,  -ogis  ;   PLryxyPhrygi:, 
But  lex,  l?gU  ;   yrd  »vx,  rigcr,  are  long;  and  likewife//iV/x. 
3.   EX  lliortens  r«i/  ;   as,  vertex,  -uis  :   except  vibex,  -;. 

3.  Other  nouns  in  X  lengthen  the  crement  ;  as,  pjx,  /  rsdi*t 
~tcis  ;    •vcXy'vocis  ;   lux,lucis  ;    Pollux,  ucisy  life. 

Except  facts,  necis,  vnis,  precis,  calnis,  cilicis,  plc'is,  ftrni 'is>  nil  irt 
Cappadocis ,  dads,  r.iicis,  cruris,  truz'is,  enyebis,  £ryc's}  majlyx,  ->»/.•/*, 
the  rofin  of  the  hntifcut,  or  maftich-tree,  and  many  others,  w  hofe 
quantity  can  only  be  afcertained  by  authority. 

4.  Some  nouns  vary  the  crement ;  as,  Sypbax,  -acts,  or  -ads  ;  San- 
dyx.,  -tcis,  or  -irisy  Bebryx,  -yds,  or  ycis. 

Increafc  of  the  Plural  Number. 

IX.  Nouns  of  the  plural  number  which  in- 
creafe, make  J,  E,  and  0,  long ;  but  fhorte-n 
7,  and  U  ;  as, 

musarum,  r?rum,  domlnorurn  ;  rtgibusy  Portubus  :  except  bobus' 
•r  tubus,  contracted  far  bovibus. 

Increase  of  Verbs. 

A  verb  is  faid  to  increafe,  when  any  part  has  more  fyl- 
lables than  the  fecond  perfon' Angular  of  the  prefent  of  the 
indicative  active  ;  as,  amas>  amamusy  where  the  fecond  fyl- 
lable  ma  is  the  increafe  or  crement ;  for  the  lafl  fyllable  is 
never  called  by  that  name. 

A  verb  often  increafes  by  feveral  fyllables;  as,  amas, 
tmabammi  ;  in  which  cafe  it  is  faid  to  have  a  frfl>  fecond,  or 
third  increafe. 

10.  In  the  increafe  of  verbs,  #,  c,  and  0,  arc 
long,  /  and  w,  fliort ;  as, 

A?/ulre>  docere>  arnatbte  ;  legimus,  sumus,  volianus. 

The  poets  fomctimes  fhorten  dtderunt  and  fetcrunt  ;    and  lengthen 

rTmus,  and  rltis,  in  the  future  of  the  fubjiMcfcive  ;    as i>anficr~uis 

sguas,  Ovid.     All  the  other  exceptions  from   this  rule  are  marked  ia 
the  formation  of  the  verb. 

The  firft  or  middle  fyllables  of  words  which  do  not 
come  under  any  of  the  foregoing  rules, '^re  faid  to  be  long 
or  fhort  by  authority  ;  and  their  quantity  can  orjy  be  dif- 
covered  from  the  ufage  of  the  poet'.,  which  is  the  mod  cer- 
tain of  all  ruks. 

Remarks 


Quantity  of  the  Penult  of  Words.  259 

Remarks  en  the  Quantity  of  the  Penult  of  -Words. 

1.  Patronymics  in  IDES  or  ADES  ufuallv  fhorten  the 
penult  ;  as,  Priamldes,  Atlantiddes,  &c.  Unlefs  they  corns 
from  nouns  in  eus  ;  as,  Pelides,  Tydides,  &c. 

2.  Patronymics,  and  fimilar  words,  in  AIS,  EIS, 
ITIS,  OIS,  OTIS,  INE,  and  ONE,  commonly  lengthen 
the  penult  ;  as,  Achats,  Ptckmais,  Ckryslis,  JEneis,  Mem- 
phltis,  Latcis,  Icaridis,  Ner'me,  Arjiine.  Except  Tbebdisy 
and  Phochis  ;  and  Nereis,  which  is  common. 

3.  Adjectives  m'ACUS,  ICUS,  ID  US,  and  I MUS,  for 
the  moft  part  fhorten  the  penult  ;  as,  JEgyptiacus,  acsi- 
demlcus,  lepidus,  legit  n;ius  ;  alio  fuperlatives  ;  as,fcrfifs7mus9 
is'c.       Except  opticus,    tunic  us,    apricus,    pudicus,    mendicus9 

us,  fid  us,  i??fidus,    (but  per  J ')dus,     of  per  and  fTdes^ 
is  lhort,)  -,    quadii?;ius,  patrimus-,    matri?nus,    opimtu  ; 

and  two  fupeiiatives,  imus,  primus. 

4.  Adjectives  in  A  LIS,  ANUS,  ARUS,  IFUS,  ORUS, 
CSUS,  lengthen  the  penult  ;  as,  dotalis,  urbanus,  a~jarus> 
aJTivus,  decerns,  arenlfus.     Except  barbdrus,  opipdrus. 

5.  Verbal  adjectives  in  ILIS  fhorten  the  penult  ;  as, 
agttts,  facilis,  &c.  But  derivatives  from  nouns  ufually 
lengthen  it  ;  as,  amlis,  chilis,  herllis,  &c.  To  thefe  add, 
(■'lis,  Jubiilis  ;  and  names  of  months,  Aprilis,  Sjiinclilis, 
Sextilis  :  Except  humVlis,  panlis  ;  and  alfo  Jrm His.  But 
all  adjecftives  in  atilis  are  fhort  ;  as,  verrattjff,  volaulis,  um- 
hratiiis,  Sec. 

6.  Adjectives  in  INUS  derived  from  inanimate  things, 
as  plants,  flones,  &c.  alfo  from  adverbs  of  time,  com- 
monly fnorten  the  penult  ;  as,  amarachrus,  crcdr.its,  cedri-. 
r.us,  faginus,    deaginus  ;   adamanfnius,  crijlailiuus,  crcjihsus, 

prijiinus,pere-ndhius,  &c. 

Other  adjectives  in  INUS  are  long  ;  as,  agr~n:is,  au- 
Jirinus,  binus,  clandejlinus,  Latlnus,  marinus  fupinus,  vef- 
perfinus,  Sec. 

7.  Diminutives  in  OLUS,  OLA,  OLUM ;  and  ULUS, 
ULA,  ULUM,  always  fnorten  the   penult  ;    as,  urceJus, 

jilVia,  miij  '  ;  leclulus,  ratiuncula,  corczdum,  &c. 

8.  Adverbs  in  TIM  lengthen  the  penult  ;  as,  oppidJitim^ 
viritim,  tribatim.      Except  affatim,  perpetim,  andjlatim. 

9.  Defideratives   in   URIO   ihorten  the  antepenultima, 

which 


*6o  Penult  of  Proper  Names. 

which  in  the  fecond  and  third  perfon  is  the  penult  ;  as7 
ej&rioj  el-iris,  esurit.  But  other  verbs  in  ario  lengthen  that 
fyllable  ;  as,  ligurio,  ligilris  ;  fcaturio,fcaturis,  &c. 

Penult  of  Proper  Names. 

The  follcnving  proper  n.imes  lengthen  the  penult.  Abdera,  Abydu* 
Adonis,  iElopus,  iEtolus.  Ahab,  Alarlcus,  Alcldes,  Amyclae, 
Andronlcus,  AnQbis,  Archimedes,  Ariarathes,  Ariobarzanes,  Ariftl- 
des,  Ariftobiilus,  AriftogTtqn,  Arpluum,  Artabamis  ;  Brachmanes, 
Bti^Tris,  Bu^hrotus ;  Cethegus,  Chatcedoo,  Clebbulus,  Gyrene,  Cy- 
thera,  Curetes  ;  Panci,  Demontctis,  Diomedes,  Diores,  Diofcuri  ; 
Eb  fides,  Eriphyle,  Eubfihis,  Euclldes,  Euphrates,  Kunides,  EurTpus, 
Euxji^is  ;  Garganus,  Gaeulius,  GranTjus ;  Heliogabalus,  Henrlcus, 
Heracildes,  HeraclTtus.  Hipponax,  Hifpanus ;  Irene;  Lacydas,  L*- 
tona,  Leuc.ua,  Lugdunum,  Lycoras ;  Mandane,  Mausolus,  Maxi- 
rnjuus,  Meleager,  Mcfsala,  Mefsana,  Miletus ;  Naslca,  Nicanor, 
Nicetas ;  Pachynus,  Pandora,  Pdoris,  &  us,  Pharsahis,  Phaenlcc, 
Poljtes,  Polycletus,  Polynjces,  Priapus  ;  Sarpedon,  Scrapil,  Sinope, 
Stratonjce,  SufTetes ;  Tigranes,  Theflalonjca  ;  Verona,  Veronica. 

Tie  J'oHoiving  are  Jkort  \  Amathus,  Amphipolis,  Anabah\s  Anti- 
c^ra,  Ant;g6nus,  &  -ne,  Antilochus,  Antiochus,  Antiopa,  Antipas, 
Antip^rer,  Antiphan-cs-,  Antiphates,  Antiph^la,  Antlphon,  Anytus, 
Apulus,  Areopagus,  Ariminum,  Armenus,  Athens,  Attalus,  Attica;" 
Biturix,  Brudlen  ;  Calaber,  Caliicrates,  Callhlratus,  Candace,  Can- 
taber,  Carneades,  Cherllus,  Chryfoftomus,  Cleombrotus,  Cleorne- 
TiCS,  Co*  y cos,  Conftantinopolis,  Craterus,  Cratyins,  Cremera,  Cruf- 
fumeri,  Cybele,  Cyclades,  Cyzleus;  Balmatas,  Damocles,  Dard&nus, 
Dejoces,  Dejotaru?,  Dcmocritiis,  DcmTpho,  Didvmus,  Diogenes, 
Drepanum,  Dunm6rix;  Empedocles,  Ephefus,  Evergetes,  Eumenc?, 
Eurymedon,  Earipybis;  Fiylou»;  Gerties,  Gyarus  ;  Hccyra,  He- 
liopOUs,  Hermione,  Herodotus,  Hefiodus,  Hefione,  Hippocrates, 
Hippotamos,  Hyp  at  a,  Hypacts  ;  Icarus,  Iccta?;  Ili^ris,  IpKilus,  If- 
mfirus,  Ithaca:  Laodice,  Laomeaon,  Lampsacus,  Lamy  rus,  LapIth.T, 
Lcucrctiiis,  Libanus,  Lipare,  v.  -a,  Lvhmachtrs,  Longimiinus  ;  Ma- 
rathon, Minalus,  Marmanca,  Mafia  Matrona,  Megara,  Melt- 
tus,  &-ta,  Metropolis,  Mutina,  Myconus;  Neocles,  Neritos,  No- 
ricnm ;  Omphale ;  Patara,  Ptgafus,  Pharn&ces,  Pdiftratus,  Poly- 
damas,  Polyxena,  Pofsena,  or  Pc^rfenna,  Praxiteles,  Puteob,  Pyla- 
des,  Pythagoras;  Sarmatx,  Sarslna,  Semele,  Semiramis,  Secjuani, 
&:  -a,  Seriphos,  Sicoris,  Socrates,  Sodoma,  -Sotades,  Spartacus,  Spo- 
rades,  Strong^le,  Stympha!us,  Sybaris ;  Taygetus,  IVlegoitu?.,  'J'e- 
le.nachus,  Ter.e  ios,  Tarraro,  Theophane?,  i*heophiIus,  Toinyrii ; 
Urbieus  ;  Veneti,  Vologefus,  Vo-lufus;  Xenocrates  .  Zoi'lus,  ZopJ/r 

The  penult  of  feveral  words  is  doubtful  :  thus,  Bjfavi,  Laican.     Ba- 

tavi,  Juv.    &  Mart.     F&rtuittn,  Horat.     Foriutiuu  Mart.     Some  make 

fvrtuitus  of  three  fyllablcs ;  but  it  may  be  fliortcned  like  gratuTti/s,  Stat. 

Patrimus,  matrimus,  pr*;1ohr,    Isfc.    are   by   fome  Lngthened,  and  by 

fume  &oiLencd  ;  but  for  their  quantity,  tberc  if  uo  certain  authority. 

U.  FINAL. 


The  Quantity    of  Final   Syllables.         261 

II.    FINAL     SYLLABLES. 

A. 

XI.  A  in  the  end  of  a  word  declined  by  cafes 

is  fhort  ;  as,  Musa,  temp/a,  Tydea,  lampada. 

Exc.  The  ablative  of  the  firft  declenfion  is  long  ;  as, 
Musu,  JEv.eti  ;  and  the  vocative  of  Greek  nouns  in  as, 
as,  0  Mneu,  0  Palld. 

A  in  the  end  of  a  word  not  declined  by  cafes 
is  long  ;  as,  Ama9frvjira9praterea9  erga9  intra. 

Exc.  It a,  quia,  eja,  pojlea,  put  a,  (adv.)  are  Ihort  ;  and 
fometimes,  though  mere  rarely,  the  prepofitions  contra, 
ultra,  and  the  compounds  .of  ginta  ;  as,  triginta,  &c.  Con- 
tra and  ultra,  when  adverbs,  are  always  long. 

E. 

XII.  E  in  the  end  of  a  word  is  fhort  ;   as, 

Nate,  /edits,  patrz,  curre,  newpz,  antz.. 

Exc.  1.  Monofyllables  are  long  ;  as,  rue,  te,  se  ;  except 
thefe  enclitic  conjunctions,  que,  d*,  ;;e  ;  and  thefe  fyllabica-1 
adjectionsjr  £te,  c&*  &\  as,  fuaptk,  kuju/cQ,  tuth  ;  but  thefe 
may  be  comprehended  under  the  general  rule,  as  they  never 
ftand  by  themfelves. 

Exc.  2.  Nouns  of  the  firft  and  fifth  declenfion  are  long  ; 
as,  Calliope,  Anckise,  .fide.  So  re~,  and  die,  with  their 
compounds,  quare,  hodie,  pridie,  pofrridie,  quotidie  :  Alio 
Greek  nouns  which  want  the  fmgular,  Cete,  mele,  Temps  ; 
and  the  fecond  perfon  fmgular  of  the  imperative  of  the 
fecond  conjugation  ;  as,  Docs,  marii  ;  but  cave,  vale,  and 
vide,  are  fometimes  ihort. 

Exc.  3.  Adverbs  derived  from  adjectives  of  the  firft  and 

fecond    declenfion   are   long    ;    as,  placids,  pulchrs,    valds, 

contracted  for  validc  :    To  thefe  add  /enm,/ers,  and  ohs  ; 

alfo  all  adverbs  of  the  fuperlative  degree   >    as  dcclijfims^ 

fortljfims  :  But  bens  and  mats  are  fhort. 

/. 

XIII.  /final  is  long  ;  as,  Domini,  patrl,  doceru 

Exc.    1.  Greek  vocatives  are  ihort  ;  as,  Alex),  Amarylfi* 
Exc.  2.  The  dative  of  Greek  nouns  of  the  third  declen- 
fion which  increafe,  is  commoa  ;  as  Pajladl,  Minoldi. 

MM, 


r52  The  Quantity  of  Final  Syllables. 

Mihi,  till,  fibi,  are  alfo  common  :  fo  likewise  are  ibi, 
nifty  ubi,  qua  ft  ;  and  cui,  when  a  diifyllable,  which  in  poetry 
is  ieldom  the  cafe.     Sicub?  and  necubi  are  always  ilicrt. 

0. 

XIV.  0  final  is  common  ;  as,  Virgo,  Amo,  quando. 

Exc.  I.  Monofyllables  in  o  are  long  ;  as,  o9  do,  jlo,  pro  : 
The  dative  and  ablative  fmg.  of  the  fecond  declenfion  is 
long  :  as,  libro,  domino  :  Alio  Greek  nouns,  as,  Didd9 
and  At  ho  die  genit.  of  Athos,  and  adverbs  derived  from 
nouns  ;  as,  arid,  false,  paulo.  To  thefe  add  quo,  ec,  and 
their  compounds,  quovis,  quccunquc,  ade  ,  idco  ;  like  wife,  JJ/o9 
tdcircby  citrb,  iutrb,  retro,  ulti 

Exc.  2.  The  following  words  are  fhort  ;  Ego'9  fcto9  cedo, 
a  defective  verb,  hdmti9  cl£&9  illlco,  /;;/;/;  v,  duo,  amb;,,  r>:odo9 
with  its  compounds,  qu6m<kto9  dummodo,  pojimodo  :  but  feme 
of  thefe  are  alfo  found  long. 

Exc.  3.  The  gerund  in  DO  in  Virgil  is  long  ;  in  other 
poets  it  is  lhort.  Ergo,  on  account  of,  is  long  5  ergo9 
therefore,  is  doubtful. 

U  and  r. 

XV.  U  iinal  is  long  ;  T  final  is  fhort  ;  as, 

Vultu  ;   Moly. 

B>  D,  L9  M9  R9  T. 

XVI.  B,  D,  L,  R,  and  2%  in  the  end  of  a 
word,  are  fhort  ;  as, 

Ah)  api/d,  fen/el,  precor,  caput* 
The   following  words  are  long,  sal,  sol,  nil  ;    par  and 
its    compounds,    iivpar,    difpar,   EsV.   ;   far,  lar,  Nar,   cur, 
fur  ;  alfo  nouns  in  er  which  have  en's  in  the  genitive  ;  as, 
Crater,  ver,  Ibcr  ;    likewife  aer,  other  :    to  which  add  He- 
brew names  ;  as,  fob,  Daniel,  David. 

211  final  anciently  made  the  foregoing  vowel  fhort  :  as,  Milium 
&fio,  Ennius.  But  by  later  poets,  tn  in  the  end  of  a  word  is  always  cut 
off,  when  the  next  word  begins  with  a  vowel  ;  thus,  mi /it'  odlo  ;  ex- 
cept in  compound  words  ;  a$,£ircu//ia«of  ch  curr.ee. 

C,N. 

XVII.  C  and  N,  in  the  end  of  a  word,  are 
long  j  as, 


The  Quantity  or  Final  Syllables.  263 

Ac,  tic*  Hon.  So  Greek  nouns  in  n  ;  as,  TUSn,  Siren, 
Salanun ;  JEnean,  Anchisen,  Circ'en ;  Lacedamon,  &c. 

The  following  words  are  fhort,  nee  and  donee  ;  forfdaiu 
m,  fbrsan,  tamen,  an,  siden  ;  likewife  nouns  in  en  which 
have  tnh  in  the  genitive ;  as,  carmen,  crimen ;  together 
with  feveral  Greek  nouns  ;  as,  Hi  on,  Pylon,  Alexin. 

The  pronoun  hie  and  the  verb/2?.;  are  common. 

AS,  ES,  OS. 

XVIII.  AS,  ES,  and  OS,  in  the  end  of  a  word, 
are  long ;  as,  Mas,  quies,  bonds. 

The  following  words  are  fhort,  anas,  es,  from  fiwr* 
and  penes ;  as,  having  ojjis  in  the  genitive,  compos,  and 
irnpos.;  alfo  a  great  many  Greek  nouns  of  all  thefe  three 
terminations ;  as,  Areas  and  Arcadds,  heroas,  Phryges, 
Arcades,  Tenedos,  Metis,  Ssfc.  and  Latin  nouns  in  es, 
having  the  penult  of  the  genitive  increafmg  fnort ;  as, 
Ales,  hebes,  obses.  But  Ceres,  paries,  aries,  abies,  and 
pes  with  its  compounds,  are  long. 

is,  us,  rs. 

XIX.  IS,  US,  and  TS,  in  the  end  of  a  word, 
are  fhort  ;  as, 

Turns,  legis,  legimris,  annus,   Capys. 

Exc.   1.  Plural  cafes  in  //  and  us  are  long;   as,  Pennls, 

libris,    nobis,    omnts,    for    omnes,  fruclus,   mantis :    alfo  the 

genitive    lingular    of  the    fourth    declenfion ;    as,   portus. 

But  bus  in  the  dat.  and  abl.  plur.  is  fhort ;    as,   floribus, 

fruclibus,  rebus. 

Exc.  2.  Nouns  in  //  are  long,  which  have  the  genitive 
in  itis,  inis,  or  entis ;  as,  lis,  Samnis,  Salamls,  Simois  v 
To  thefe  add  the  adverbs  gratis  and  /oris  ;  the  noun  glls, 
and  vis,  whether  it  be  a  noun  or  a  verb ;  alfo  is  in  the 
fecond  perfon  fingular,  when  the  plural  has  itis ;  as,  au- 
dit, obis,  pofsis.  Ris  in  the  future  of  the  fubjunclive  is 
common. 

Exc.  3.  Monofyllables  in  us  are  long;  as,  grus,  s~s  : 
alfo  nouns  which  in  the  genitive  have  uris,  udis,  utis,  un- 
til, or  odis  ;  as,  tellus,  incus,  virtus,  amathus,  trip  us. 
To   thefe   add   the  genitive  of  Greek  nouns  of  die  third 

Z  declenfion ; 


.264 


The  Quantity  of  Derivative?. 


declenfion  ;  as,  Clius,  Sappbus,  Mantus ;  alio  nouns  which 
have  u  in  the  vocative  ;  as,   Pant  bus. 

Exc.  4.  Telhys  is  fometimes  long,  and  nouns  in  y/, 
which  have  likewife  yn  in    the    nominative  ;    as,    Pbcrcjs, 

Traclys. 

^f  The  laft  fyllable  of  every  verfe  is  common  ; 

Or,  as  fbme  think,  neceflarily  long  on  account  of  the 
paufe  or  fufpenfion  of  the  voice,  which  ufually  follows  it 
ill  pronunciation. 


The    Quantity  of  D  E  R  I V  A  T I  V  E  and 
COMPOUND  Words. 

i.  Derivatives. 

XX.  Derivatives  follow  the  quantity  of  their 
primitives ;  as, 


amicus,        f*om 

Audtionor, 

Aucloro, 

Auditor, 

Aufplcor, 

Cauponor, 

Competitor, 

Cornlcor, 

Cuftodio, 

Decurus, 


amo. 

aii&io,  -onis. 
auclor,  -oris, 
audltum. 
aufpex,  icis. 
caupo,  -onis. 
competltum. 
cornix,   -Icis. 
cuftos,  -odis. 
deecrj  -oris. 


Decoro,    from 

Exulo, 

Pavidus, 

Quirlto, 

Radlcitus, 

SofpTto, 

Natura, 

Maternus, 

Legebam,  &c. 

Legeram,  &c. 


decus,  -oris. 

exul,  -ulis. 

paveo. 

Quiris,  -itif. 

radix,  -Icis. 

fofpes,  -itis. 

natus. 

mater. 

lego. 

le^i. 


Exception 

I.    Long  from  fbort. 

Deni,  from  decern.     Smplcio,  from  fufpicor. 
pomes,         fflveo.       Sedes,  sedeo. 

Humanus,   homo.       Secius,  secus. 

Regufo,         t^gp.         PcMiuria,  perm. 

1.   SI:ort  from   long. 

Arena  and  ar.'fH,  frqri  a-rco.  Lucerna, 

N6ta,  and  Q&tO,  not  us. 

Vadum,  vado. 

Fides,  fi"do. 


Sopor, 


5>OpiO. 


Dux,  -licis, 

Stabilis, 
Ditlo, 

juafillus, 


S. 

Mobilis,  from  movce. 
Humor,  humus. 

Jumentum,        juvo. 
Vox,  vocis,     voco,<kc. 

front         \ucco. 
dfico. 
ft  a  bam. 
dis,  dltis. 
qualus.   &c. 


2.  Compounds. 


XXI.  Compouds  follow  the  quantity  of  the 
umple  words  which  compofe  them  ;  as, 

Deduct, 


The  Quantity  cf  Compounds  265 

Deduco,  of  de  and  duco.  So,  prof  ero,  antefero,  eonsckr% 
demto,  depeculor,  deprav:,  defpero,  defivmo,  defquamo, 
enldo,  erudic,  exudo,  exaro,  expaveo,  inclro,  inhuman  $rt- 
vejttgoy  prxgravo,  prtenato,  regelo,  apparc,  appareo,  con- 
cavus,  pragravis,  desllo,  fuff'oco  &  ftffoco,  dtfftdit  from 
diffindo,  and  diffldit  from  diffido,  tniico  and  fadico, 
pemianet  from  permaneo,  and  per?Kd?iet  from  permano* 
effodit  in  the  prefent,  and  effodit  in  the  perfect ;  fo  cxedit 
and  ex  edit ;  devenit  and  dever.it;  dceh:~vius  and  deyem* 
mus ;  reper  mms  and  repermius ;  effugit   and   effugit,   &c. 

The  change  of  a  vowel  or  diphthong  in  the  compound 

does  not  alter  the  quantity ;  as,  incldo  from  in  and  cado ; 

Incldo,    from    in    and    ex  do,  fuffccv,    from  fub    and  faux, 

faucis.     Unlefs  the  letter  following  make  it  fall  under  fbme 

general  rule  ;  as,  admitto,  percello,  decfulor,  prlhibeo. 

Exc.    1.  Agnltum,    cognltum,    dejero,    pejero,    inn  pre 

?iuba,  vialedlcus,  veridlcus,  nihil  urn,  femisopitus  ;  from 
not  us,  jure,  nubo,  dice,  hlluni,  and  soplo  ;  ambitus*  a  par- 
ticiple from  ambio,  is  long  ;  but  the  fubftantives  atfihth  r 
and  ambit  io  are  fhert.  Cotinulium  has  the  fecend  fy liable 
common. 

Exc.  2.  The  prepofition  PRO  is  fhort  in  the  following 
words  :  profit?: das ,  prcfugio,  prlfngus,  prone pes,  f V •Inept 7:, 
profejliiS)  profariy  profiteer,  prof  anus,  prlfclo,  p'Utlia, 
protervus,  and  propago,  a  lineage  ;  pro  in  pro  page,  a  vine- 
itock  cr  moot,  is  long.  Pr<5  in  the  following  words  is 
doubtful  :  propago,  to  propagate  ;  prcfino,  prof  undo,  pro- 
pel h,  propulfo,  procure,,  and   Preferplna. 

Exc.  3.  The  infeparable  prepofitions  SE  and  Z)/  are 
f6ng  ;  as,  separo,  dfoello  :  except  dtrinto,  dlfertus.  Re  is 
fhort  ;  as,  remit  to,  ref  ero  :  except  in  the  imperfcnal  verb 

rert,  compounded  of  res  and  fro. 

Exc.  4.  E,  I,  0,  in  the  end  of  the  former  com- 
pounding word  are  ufually  fn ortened ;  as,  trecenti,  nef 
rizque,  patcfacio,  lye*  Capri ccrnus,  omriipotens,  Hgfrcola^ 
Jig**ftC0i  blformis,  allger,  Trivia,  tublcen,  l5c.  dubdc, 
cim,  kbdie,  facrbjanctus,  ZSc.  But  from  each  of  thefe 
there  are  many  exceptions.  Thus  /  is  long  when  it  is 
varied  by  cafes ;  as,  quldam,  qureis,  tantidem,  eldein,  & c. 
And  when  the  compounding  words  may  be   taken    fepa- 

rately  • 


266  A  c  c 


F  N  T. 


rately  ;    as,    IndlmagiJIer,  lucrlfacio,  slquis,  &c.        Ide?n  in 
the  mafc.   is  long,  in  the  neuter  ihort  ;    alio  ublque,  ib'nl 
But  in  ubiv'is  and  ubicunquey  the  i  is  doubtful. 

Accent. 

decent  is  the  tone  of  the  voice  with  which  a  fyllable  is 
)>ronounced. 

In  every  word  of  two  or  more  fyllables,  one  fyllable  is 
founded  higher  than  the  reft,  to  prevent  monotony,  or  an 
uniformity  of  found,  which  is  difagreeable  to  the  ear. 

When  accent  is  confidered  with  refpedr.  to  the  fenfe,  or 
when  a  particular  ftrefs  is  laid  upon  any  word,  on  account 
pi  the  meaning,  it  is  called  Emphtifis. 

There  are  three  accents,  diftinguifhed  by  their  different 
founds  ;  acute,  grave,  and  arcumfle:;* 

1.  The  acute  or  Jh a rp  accent  raifes  the  voice  in  pronun- 
ciation, and  is  thus  marked  [']  ;  as,  profero,  profer. 

2.  The  grave  cr  bafe  accent  depreffes  the  voice,  or  keeps 
in  ::s  natural  tone  ;    and  is  thus  marked   [  v  ]   as  dofle, 

Th'.z  accent  properly  belongs  to  all  fyllables  which  have 
ko  other. 

3.  The  clrcumjex  accent  firft  raifes,  and  then  finks  the 
voice  in  feme  degree  on  the  fame  fvllable  ;  and  is  therefore 
placed  only  upon  long  fyllables.  When  written,  it  has  this 
mark,  made  up  of  the  two  former  ['v]  ;  as  aware. 

The  accents  are  hardly  ever  marked  in  Englilh  books,  except  in 
dictionaries,  grammars,  fpellin^-books,  or  the  like,  where  the  a- 
cute  accent  only  is  ufed 

The  accents  are  likewife  feldom  marked  in  Latin  books,  uiiltfs  for 
the  fake  of  diflynclion  ;  as  in  thtfe  adverbs,  aliquo,  co/iti/iuj,  doift,  uia, 
.  to  diftinguiih  them  from  certain  cafes  of  adjectives,  which  are 
fpelt  in  the  fame  way.  So  potta,  gloria,  in  the  ablative:  fruftits,  tu- 
multut,  in  the  genitive:  vcfirum,  vrflrum,  the  genitive  of  «w  and  ves  ; 
.  3,  on  account  of;  QnU'ii,  he  lltw;  Fc/r.fi,'/,  for  Pompilii  j  amarii% 
un.aieris,   liT*. 


VERSE. 


Verse. 


267 


VERS  E. 


A  Verse  is  a  certain  number  of  long  and  fhort  fyllables 
difpofed  according  to  rule. 

It  is  fo  called,  becaufe  when  the  number  of  fyllables  re- 
quiflte  is  completed,  we  always  turn  back  to  the  beginning 
of  a  new  line. 

The  parts  into  w^hich  we  divide  a  verfe,  to  fee  if  it  have 
its  jufh  number  of  fyllables,  are  called  Feet. 

A  verfe  is  divided  into  different  feet,  rather  to  sfcertaiu 
its  meafure  or  number  of  fyllables,  than  to  regulate  its 
pronunciation. 

Feet. 

Poetic  feet  are  either  of  two,  three,  or  four  fyllables. 
When  a  iingle  fyllable  is  taken  by  itfelf,  it  is  called  a  Cx~ 
sura j  which  is  commonly  a  long  fyllable. 

1 .  Feet'  of  tivo  fyllables* 

Spondeus,  confifts  cf  two  leng  ;  as,  omneu 
Pyrrhichius,  two  fhort  :  as,  deus. 

Iambus,  a  fhort  and  a  long  ;  as,  ama'ns. 

Trochxus'y  a  long  and  a  fhort  ;  as,  sen  us. 

2.  Feet  of  three  fyllables. 

a  long  and  two  fhort  ;  as,  fcrWkre. 

two  fhort  and  a  long  ;  as,  pittas. 
Amph'miacer,    a  long,  a  fhort,  and  a  long  ;  as,  charltas. 
Tribrachys,      three  fhort  5  as,  dommus. 


Dafljlus, 
AnapafliiS) 


The  following 

MoIofTllS,  dcuitant. 

Amphibrachys,  benore. 

Bacchlus,  falSrcs. 

AntibacchTus,  pe'.luntur. 

3.  Feet  cf  four  fyllables. 

Proceleufmaticus,  .  bommtiiu. 

Difpondeus,  Ztatorh. 
Dij  ambus,  arxxnltaj. 

Choria  mbus ,  fSmif:c?s . 

Dkrochtfus,  (inilfkna, 


are  not  fo  much  ufed. 

Antifpafhis, 

Ionicus  minor, 

Ionicus  major, 

Paron  primus, 

Paeon  fecundus, 

Paeon  tcrtius, 

Paeon  quartus, 

Epitritus  primus, 

Epitritus  fecundus, 

Epitritus  tcrtius/ 

Epitritus  cjuartus,      fiitmmitu* 

CANNING. 


allxaridi!r* 

frtvciabant. 

caLanbus* 

temporwus* 

poier.:.  1. 

animaius. 

ccuritas. 

vo'iptates. 

pjfnitentes* 

dlfiordXas. 


3P 


c 


2-6$  Scanning. 


SCANNING. 

The  measuring  of  verfe.  or  the  refolving  of  it  into  tl 
feveral  feet  of  which  it  is  cc  mpofed,  is  culled  Scanning. 

ben  a  verfe  has  juft  the  number  of  feet  rcquiiite,  it  is  called 
Vcrfus  AcataLaus  or  XcataTc&tc*s%  an  AcatalceTtic  verfe  :  If  a  fyllable 
be  wanting,  it  is  called  CataUBuu*  ;  if  there  be  a  fyllabie  too  much, 
HyprrcatahRicvs ,    or  H*<pernieter. 

The  alcertaining  whether  the  verfe  be  complete,  defective,  or  re- 
dundant, is  called  Dcpy'itio  or  Cluufda. 

Different  Kinds  of  Verse. 

i.     HEXAMETER. 

The  Hexameter  or  heroic  verfe  confifts  of  fix  feet.  Of 
theie  the  fifth  is  a  daclyle,  and  the  iixth  a  fpondee;  all  the 
reft  may  be  either  daclyles  or  fpondees ;  as, 

l^iidere  |  quae  vel-  |  Tern  cala-  |  mo  per-  |  mlsit  a-  |  greftj.     Vhg. 
Infan-  |  dQm  Re-  j  gfna,  jii-  |  bes  reno-  |  vare  do-  |  lorem.  Id. 

A  regular  Hexameter  line  cannot  have  more  than  feven- 
teen  fyllables,  or  fewer  than  thirteen. 

Sometimes  a  fpondee  is  found  in  the  fifth  place,  whence 
the  verie  is  called  Spondaic;  as, 

raDe-  |  fimsfbo-  |  lesma-  |  gnumjovls  |  lucre-  |  mentfim.  Vm 

This  venh  is  ufed,  when  any  tiling  grave,  flow,  large, 

fad,  or  the  like,  is  expreifed.     It  commonly  has  a  daclyie 

in   the   fourth  place,  and  a  word  of  four  fyllables  in  the 

end. 

Sometimes  there  remains  a  fuperfiuous  fyllable  at  the  end.  But 
this  fyllable  mull  either  terminate  in  a  vowel,  or  in  the  confonant  m% 
with  a  vowel  before  it;  io  as  to  be  joined  with  the  following  verfe, 
which  in  the  prefent  c?.fe  muft  always  begip  with  a  vowel;  as, 

Omnia  |  MerctVI-  |  o  siml-  |  Us  vo-  |  ce:nque  co-  |  loremque 
Et  ilavos  crines V"'g» 

Thofe  Hexameter  verfes  found  beft,  wrhich  have  dadlyles 

and  ipendee  :  alternately ;  as, 

Ludere  qure  vellem  calamo  permifit  agrefh*.  Virfr 

Pin£uis  et  ingrata?  premcretur  cafeus  urbi*  Id. 

Or  v  have  more  da&yles  than  fpondees  ;  as, 

Tiivre  ;u  patulje  recjbaos  fub  tegminc  fagi. 

It 


DlFFEREHT    KlNDS    of  VeRSB.  z6f 

It  is  efteemed  a  great  beauty  in  an  Hexameter  verfe, 
when  by  the  nfe  of  dactyles  and  fpondees,  the  found  is 
adapted  to  the  fenfe  ;  as, 

Quadrupedanre  putrem  fonitu  quatit  ungula  campum.     Vitg, 
Illi  inter  fefe  magna  vi  brachia  tollunt.    Id. 
Monftrum  horrendum,  informe,  ingens,  cui  lumen  ademptum. 
Accipiunt  mimicum  imbrem,  rimLfque  fatifcunt.     Id. 

But  what  deferves  particular  attention  in  fcanning  Hex- 
ameter verfe  is  the  CAESURA. 

Ctffnra  is,  when  after  a  foot  is  completed,  there  remains 
a  fyllable  at  the  end  of  a  word  to  begin  a  new  foot  ;  as, 

At  re-glna  gra-vj  jam-dudum,  &c. 

The  Cxfura  is  varioufly  named  according  to  the  different 
parts  of  the  hexameter  verfe  in  which  it  is  found.  When 
it  comes  after  the  firft  foot,  or  falls  on  the  third  half- 
foot,  it  is  called  by  a  Greek  name,  Trismhntrh  :  When 
on  the  fifth  half  foot,  or  the  fyllable  after  the  fecond 
foot,  it  is  called  Pentheimmtris  :  When  it  happens  on 
the  firft  fyllable  of  the  fourth  foot ,  or  the  feventh  half- 
foot,  it  is  called  Hephthemhmris  :  and  when  on  the  ninth 
half-foot,  cr  the  firft  fyllable  of  the  fifth  foot,  it  is  called 
Enrieemzvtzris. 

All  thefe  different  fpecies  of  the  Cxfura  fometimes  oc- 
cur in  the  fame  verfe  ;  as, 

Hie  la-tus  nive-um  mol-H  ful-tiis  hya-cjntho.    ^irg. 

But  the  moil  common  and  beautiful  Cafura  is  the  pen- 
themim  ;  on  which  fome  lay  a  particular  accent  or  ftrefs 
of  the  voice  in  reading  an  hexameter  verfe  thus  compofed, 
whence  they  call  it  the  Cafural  paufe  ;   as, 

Tityre  dum  rede-  O,  brevis  eft  via,  pafce  capellas.     Firg. 

When  the  Ctefura  falls  on  a  fyllable  naturally  fhort,  it 
renders  it  long  ;  as,  the  laft  fyllable  of  fultus  in  the  fore- 
going example. 

The  chief  melody  of  an  hexameter  Verfe  in  a  great  meaf- 
ure  depends  on  the  proper  difpofition  of  thV  Cafura. 
Without  this  a  line  confifting  of  the  number  of  feet  requi- 
fite  will  be  little  elfe  than  mere  profe  ;  as, 

Romas  moenia  terrult  Iropiger  Hanribal  armls.     Mnnius. 

The 


2j&  Different  Kinds  of  Verse. 

The  ancient  Romans  in  pronouncing  verfc  paid  a  particular"  atticn- 
tion  to  its  melody.  They  not  only  ubferved  the  quantity  and  accent 
of  the  feveral  fyllables,  but  alfo  the  different  ftops  and  paufes  which 
the  particular  turn  of  the  verfc  required.  In  modern  times  we  do 
not  fully  perceive  the  melody  of  Latin  verfe,  becaufe  we  have  now 
loft  the  juit  pronunciation  of  that  Ujgua^e,  the  people  of  every  coun- 
try pronouncing  it  m  a  manner  funilar  to  their  own.  In  reading  Latin 
verfe,  therefore,  we  are  directed  by  the  fame  rules  which  take  place 
with  refpscl  to  Englifli  verfc. 

The  tone  of  the  voice  ought  to  be  chiefly  regulated  by  fenfe. 
All  the  words  iliould  be  pronounced  fully  ;  and  the  cadence  of  the 
verfe  ought  only  to  be  obferved,  fo  far  as  it  correfponds  with  the 
natural  cxprefuon  of  the  words.  At  the  end  of  each  line  there  fhould 
be  no  fall  of  the  voice,  unlefs  the  fenfe  requires  it ;  but  a  imall  paufe, 
half  of  that  which  we  ufuallv  make  at  a  comma. 

2.  PENTAMETER. 

The  Pentameter  verfe  confifts  of  Rve  feet.  Of  tliefe  the 
two  firft  are  either  daclyles  or  fpondees ;  the  third  always 
a  fpondee  ;  and  the  fourth  and  fifth,  an  anapaeftus  ;  as, 

Natii-    |  rx  sequi-    J  tur  se-  |  minaquif-    |  que  suae.      Property 
Carminl-    |  bus  vj-    |  ves  tern-    |  pus  In  6m«  |  ne  mels.     Ovid. 

But  this  verfe  is  more  properly  divided  into  two  hemi- 
fticks  or  halves  ;  the  former  of  which  confifts  of  two  feet> 
either  daclyles  or  fpondees,  and  a  Ccefura  ;  the  latter,  al- 
ways of  two  daclyles  and  another  Cxfura  :  thus, 

Natii-    |  rac  sequi-    |  tur  |  seinina  |  qnlfque  su-  |  ae-. 
Carmlui-  |  bus  vl-  |  ves  |  tempiis  In  |  omne  me-  |  Is. 

The  Pentameter  ufually  ends  with  a  diffyllable,  but 
fometimes  alfo  with  a  polyfy liable. 

3.  ASCLEPIADEAN. 

The  Afclepiadean  verfe  confifts   of  four  feet ;  namely,  a 
fpondee,  twice  a  choriambus,  and  a  pyrrhichius  ;  as, 
Mxce-  I  nas  atavls    |  edite  re  |  gibus.         Hor. 

But  this  verfe  may  be  more  properly  meafured  thus ;  In 
the  firft  place,  a  fpondee  ;  in  the  fecond,  a  daclyle  ;  then 
a  caefura  ;  and  after  that  two  daclyles  ;  thus, 

Mitce-  j  ra«  ata-  |  vis  )  edite  |  regibus. 

4.  GLYC 


DlFF£*ENT    KlKDS    of  VzF.SL.  2J\ 

4.     GLYCONIAN. 

The  Glyconian  verfe  has  three  feet,    a  fpondee,  chori- 
ambus,   and  Pyrrhichius  ;  as, 

Navls  I  quas  tibi  ere-  |  dltum.     Horai. 

Or  it  may  be  divided  into  a  fpondee  and  two  daclyles  » 
thus, 

NavJs  I  qiics  tibi  |  crcdituxn. 

5.     SAPPHIC  and  ADONIAN. 

The  Sapphic  verfe  has  five  feet,  viz.  a  trochee,  fpondee, 
dactyle,  and  two  trochees  ;   thus, 

Inte-  I  ger  vT-  |  tse,  fcele-  |  rlfqiie  |  puriis.     Hynzt. 

An  Adonian  verfe  confifts  only  of  a  dactyle  and  fpon- 
dee ;  as, 

Jupiter  J  urget.     Hot  at. 

6.     PHERECRATIAN. 

The  Pherecratian  verfe  confifts  of  three  feet,  a  fpondee, 
dactyle,   and  fpondee  ;  thus, 

NTgrls  J  sequora  |  ventli.     Hsrat. 

7.    PHALEUCIAN, 

The  Phaleucian  verfe  confifts  of  five  feet  5  namely,  a 
fpondee,  a  dactyle,  and  three  trochees ;  as, 

Summam  |  nee  mecu-  |  as  6\-  \  em,  nee  |  optes.     Martial. 

8.     The  GREATER  ALCAIC. 

The  greater  Alcaic,  called  likewife  DaHylic,  confifts  of 
four  feet,  a  fpondee  or  iambus,  iambus  and  caefura,  thea. 
two  daclyles  ;  as, 

Virtus  J  repQl-  |  ix  |  nefcia  |  sordid*.     Hvrat. 

9.     ARCHILOCHIAN. 

The  Archilochian  iambic  verfe  confifts  of  four  feet.  In 
the  firft  and  third  place,  it  has  either  a  fpondee  or  iambus  ; 
in  the  fecond  and  fourth,  always  an  iambus  ;  aiYd  in  the 
end,  a  Caefura  ;  as, 

Nee  su-  I  mit,  aut  j  p«5alt  |  secu-  |  res.     Hsrat. 

10.  The 


2*2  Different  Kinds  of  Verse. 

io.     r/^LESSERALCAIC. 

The  leffer  Daclylic  Alcaic  confifts  of  four  feet,  name! v. 
two  dactyles  and  two  trochees  ;  as, 

Arbltri-  |  6  popii-  |  laris  |  aiirne.     Horaf. 
Of  the   above  kinds  of  verfe,    the   firft  two  take   their 
names  from  the  number  of  feet 'of  which  they  confift.     All 
the   reft  derive  their  names  from  thofe  by  whom  they  were 
either  firft  invented,  or  frequently  ufed. 

There  are  feveral  other  kinds  of  verfe,  which  are  named 
from  the  feet  by  which  they  are  mod  commonly  meafured  ; 
fuch  as  die  dactylic,  trochaic,  anapeftic,  and  iambic.  The 
laft  of  thefe  is  mod  frequently  ufed. 

ii.  IAMBIC. 
Of  Iambic  verfe  there  are  two  kinds.  The  one  confifts 
©f  four  feet,  and  is  called  by  a  Greek  name  Dimlter  ;  the 
other  confifts  of  fix  feet,  and  is  called  Tr'nnhter.  The  rea- 
fon  of  thefe  names  is,  that  among  the  Greeks  two  feet 
were  confidered  only  as  one  meafure  in  iambic  verfe  ;  where- 
as the  Latins  meafured  it  by  fmgle  feet,  and  therefore  call- 
ed the  dimeter  quaternarius,  and  the  trimeter fenarius.  Orig- 
inally this  kind  of  verfe  was  purely  iambic,  /'.  e.  admitted 
of  no  other  feet  but  the  iambus  ;  thus, 

Dimeter,  Inar-      srt  a>  |  ftuu-  |  Sills.      Herat. 

Trimeter ,  Sftjs     et  I-  |  psa  Ro-  |  riij  vl-  |  ribjs  |  rult.     Id. 

But  afterwards,  both  for  the  fake  of  eafe  and  variety,  dif- 
ferent feet  wrere  admitted  into  the  uneven  or  odd  places  ; 
that  is,  in  the  firft,  third,  and  fifth  places,  infteadofan 
iambus,  they  ufed  a  fpondee,  a  daclyle,  or  an  anapxftus, 
and  fometimes  a  tribrachys.  We  altb  find  a  tribrachys  in 
the  even  places,  u  e.  in  the  fecond  place,  and  in  the  fourth  \ 
for  the  laft  foot  muft  always  be  an  iambus  ;  thus, 

Dimeter ,  Canidj-  |  a.  tra-  |  &avlt  j  dapes.      Herat. 
Vide-  |  re  prope-  |  rantes  |  djnului.     Id. 
Trimef.'r,  QuCiquo  |  fceie-  |  ft!  rfii-  J  Us  afit  |  cur  dex-  |  Xerls.    Id. 
Pavjdum-  |  i]'jc  lepo-  |  r*  afit  ad  |  venam  |  laqueo  | 

gruem.     Id. 
Alitl-  |  bus  at-  |  que  c.lni-  |  bus  homi-  |  eld'  He-dureai. 

In  comic  writers  we  fome times  find  an  iambic  verfe  con- 
filling  of  eight  feet,  therefore  called'  T&ramrlpr  or  Othnarius, 


Figures  In  Scanning.  273 

Figures  in  Scanning. 

The  feveral  changes  made  upon  words  to  adapt  them  to 
the   verfe,  are   called  Figures   in   Scanning.     The  chief  of 
thefe  are  the  Synafopha*  Eclklipjls,  Synxrhjh,  Ui^rhfts ;  Sy/- 
tbhy  and  Dfaftbte. 

1.  Synaloepha   is  the  cutting  off  of  a  vowel  or  diph- 
thong, when  the  next  word  begins  with  a  vowel ;  as, 

Conticuere  oranes,  intentique  ora  tenebant.     Virg* 

to  be  fcanned  thus, 

Conticu-  J  eV  om-  |  nes  Tn-  |  tentl-  |  qu'  ora  te-  |  nebant. 

The    Synaloepha  9    is  fome times    neglected  ;    and    feldom 

takes  place  in  the   interjections,  0,  keu,  ak,  proh,  v#,  vahf 

hei ;  as, 

O  pater,  6  hominum,  Divumque  aeterna  poteftas.     Vlrg* 

Long  vowels  and  diphthongs,  when  not  cut  off,  are  fome- 
times  fhortened  ;  as, 

Infills  Ionio  in  magno,  quas  dira  Celsno.     firg. 
Credimus  ?  an,  qui  amant,  ipfi  fibi  fomnia  fingunt.     I  J* 
Vicftor  apud  rapidum  Simoenta  fub  Ilio  aito. 
Ter  funt  conati  imponere  Pelio  OfTam. 
Glauco  et  Panopeae,  ct  Inoo  Mclicertae. 

2.  Ecthlipsis  is,  when  m  is  cut  off,  with  the  vowel 
before  it  in  the  end  of  a  word,  becaufe  the  following  word 
begins  with  a  vowel  ;  as, 

O  curas  hominum  !  O  quantum  eft  in  rebus  inane  !     Per/. 
thus, 

O  eu-  I  ras  homi-  |  n\  0  quan-  |  t'  eft  In  |  rebus  in-  |  ane. 

Sometimes  the  Synaloepha  and  Ecthlipfis  are  found  at  the 
end  of  the  verfe  ;  as, 

Sternitnr  infelix  alieno  vulnere,  ccelumque 
Adfpicit,  et  dulces  moriens  reminifcitur  Argos.      Virg* 
Jamque  iter  emend,  turres  ac  tecta  Latinomm 
Ardua  cernebant  juvenes,  murofque  fubibant.     IJ. 

Thefe  verfes  are  called  Hypermetri,  becaufe  a  fyllable  re- 
mains to  be  carried  to  the  beginning  of  the  next  line  ;  thus, 
quy  Adfpicit  ;  r}  Ardua, 

3.  Synthesis  is  the  contraction  of  two  fyllable s*  into  one, 
which  is  likewifc  called   Crajij  ;  as,   Phxthon  for  Pkasthih. 

So 


»7+  Figures  in  Scanning. 

So  ei  in  Thtfei,  QrphiL>  de'uide,  Pompei  ;  ui  in  huic,  cui  ;  bV, 

in  proinde  ;  ed,  in  aured  ;  thus, 

NotHS  amor  Pha^drar,  nota  eft  injuria  Thefei.      Ovid. 
Proinde  tona  eloquio,  foiitum  tibi.      Vir 
Filius  huic  eontra,  terquet  qui  fidera  mundi.     Id. 
Aurea  percufTum  vir^a,  verfumque  venenis.     Id. 

So  in  antehac,  eadem,  alvearia,  deeft,  deerit,  vehemens,  anteit, 
eodem,  alveo,  graveolentis,  omnia,  femianimis,  femihonw,  fiuvio- 
rum,  totius,  promontorium,  &c.  as, 

Una  eademque  via  fanguifque  animufquc  ferentur.      Virg. 

Seu  lento  fuerint  alvearia  vimine  texta.     Id. 

Vilis  amicorum  eft  annona,  bonis  ubi  quid  deeft.     Hor. 

t)ivitts  uber  agri,  Troiseque  opulentia  deer  it.     Virg. 

Vehemens  et  liquidus  puroquc  limillimus  amni.      Hor. 

Te  temper  anteit  dira  necelTitas.     Alcaic.     Hor. 

lino  eodemque  igni,  fie  noftro  Daphnis  amore.     Vlrgf 

Cum  rcfluit  campis,  &  jam  fe  condidit  alveo.     Id. 

Inde  ubi  ventre  ad  fauces  graveolentis  Avcrni.     Id. 

Bis  patriae  cecidere  manus  :   quin  protinus  omnia.     Id, 

Cxdit  femianimis  Rutulorum  caicibus  arva.     Id. 

Semihuminis  Caci  facies  quam  dira  tenebat.    Id. 

Fluviorum  rex  Eridanus,  campofque  per  omnes.     Id. 

Magna  nimofque  duces,  totiufque  ex  ordine  gentis.     LI. 

Inde  legit  Capreas,  promontoriumque  Minervae.     Ovid. 

To  this  figure  may  be  referred  the  changing  of  i  and  u 
intoy  and  y9  or  pronouncing  them  in  die  fame  fyllable  with 
the  following  vowel  ;  as  in  genva,  tenvis  ;  ai'jetat,  tenvia, 
tbjete,  piivita  ;  parjetibus,  Nafidjenus  ;  for  genua,  tenuis,  &c. 
as, 

Propterea  qui  corpus  aquae  naturaque  tenvis.     Ltur. 
Genva  labant,  gelido  concrevit  frigorc  fanguis.     Virg. 
Arjctat  in  portas  &  duros  objice  prices.     Id. 
Velleraqne  ut  fob  is  depectant  ten  via  Seres.     Id. 
^Ediiicant,  fectaque  intexunt  abjete  coftas.     Id. 
Praecipue  fanus,  Jiifi  cum  pitvita  molefhi  eft.      Her. 
Parjetibufque  premunt  arctis,  &  quatuor  addunt.      V'trg. 
Ut  Nafidjeni  juvit  te  coena  beati.     Htr. 

4.  Diaeresis  divides  one  fyllable  into  two;  as,  autdi, 
for  aulte  ;  Troix,  for  Trojx  ;  Perseus,  for  Per ft us  ;  mil  u  us, 
for  milvus  ;  fol'ilit,  for  folvit ;  voliiit,  for  vohitt ;  aquce,  ftie- 
tus,  suafit,  siievos,    relanguit,  reliq'iias,  for  aquccy  fuetus,  &c. 


nrs 


\ 


Aulai 


Figures  in  Scanning,  275 

Aulai  in  medio  libabant  pocula  Bacchi.     Virg. 
Stamina  non  ulli.  difToluenda  Deo.      Paitatn.     Tilullus. 
Debuerant  fufos  eyoluifle  fuos.     Id.     Ovid, 
Quse  calidum  faciunt  aquae  tachim  atque  vaporem.     Lu;r. 
Cum  mihi  non  tantum  furefque  feraeque  siicta.      Horat. 
Atque  alios  alii  inrident,  Veneremque  siiadent.     Liter. 
Fundat  ab  cxtremo  flavos  Aquilone  Siievos.     Luzan. 
Impofito  fratri  moribunda  relangiiit  ore.      Ovid. 
Reliqiias  tamen  cfe  vias  in  meute  patenteis.     Luc  . 

5.  Systole  is  when  a  long  fy liable  is  made  fhort ;  as  ths 

penult  in  tuleriuit  ;  thus, 

atri  longa  decern  tulerunt,  fafbdia  menfes.      F**gi 

6.  Diastole  is  when  a  fyllable  ufually  ihort  is  made 
ionp-  ;  as  the  la  ft  fyllable  in  amor\  in  the  following  verfe  ; 

Confidant,  fi  tantus  amor,  et  moenia  eondant.     Virg. 

To  thefe  may  be  fubjoined  the  Figures  of  diction,  as  they 
are  called,  which  are  chiefly  ufed  by  the  poets,  though  fome 
of  them  likewife  frequently  occur  in  proie. 

1.  When  a  letter  or  fyllable  is  added  to  the  beginning 
of  a  word,  it  is  called  Prosthesis  ;  as,  gnarjus>  for  nqvus  ; 
tetulii  for  tulu  When  a  letter  or  fyllable  is  interpofed  in 
the  middle  of  a  word,  it  is  called  Epenthcsis  ;  as,  re/ii- 
gio,  for  religie  :  andup$rator}  for  imperator.  When  a  letter 
or  fyllable  is  added  to  the  end,  it  is  called  Par  agog  e  ;  as, 
dicier  for  did. 

2.  If  a  letter  or  fyllable  be  taken  from  the  beginning,  of 
a  word,    it   is   called  AphjerEsis  ;    as,  ndtui\  for  gnatus  ; 

%  for  tetenderant.  It  from  the  middle  of  a  word, 
it  is  called  Syncope  ;  as,  dixti,  for  dixifli  ;  defim%  for  dee- 
rum  :  If  from  the  end,  Afocope  ;  as,  videv\  for  vide  fix  ; 
Antoni,  for  Antoniu 

3.  When  a  letter  or  fyllable  is  tranfpofed,  it  is  called 
Metathesis  ;  as,  fifirif,  for  priftis  ;  Ljtia,  for  Libya. 
When  one  letter  is  put  for  another,  it  is  called  Antithe- 
sis ;  ^s%facfundum9  for  faciendum  i  oi/i,  for  illi ;  zoitis,  for 
vulth* 

Different  kinds  of  Poems. 

Any  work  compofed  in  verfe  is  called  a  Poem,  (^Poer^rs  or  Carmen.) 
Poems  are  called  by  various  names,  from  their  fubject,  their  form, 

the  manner  of  treating  the  fubjecc,  ?nd  their  ftyle. 

1.  A  poem  on  the   celebration  of  a  marriage  is  called  an  Epitha- 

lamium  ;  on   a   mournful  fubject,  an  Elegv  or  Lamentation  ;  in 

praife 

A  a 


*y<5  Different  Kinds   of  Poems. 

praife  of  the  Supreme  Being,  a  Hymn;  id  praife  of  any  perfon  or 
thing,  a  Panegyric  or  Encomium  ;  on  the  vices  of  any  one,  a 
Satire  or  Invective;  a  poem  to  be  inicribed  on  a  tomb,  an  EPI- 
TAPH,   &C. 

2.  A  ihort  poem  adapted  to  the  lyre  or  harp,  is  called  an  Ode, 
•whence  fuch  compcfitions  are  called  Lyric  poems:  A  poem  in  the 
form  of  a  letter  is  called  an  Epistle  ;  a  fhort  witty  poem,  playing 
on  the  fancies  or  conceits  which  arife  from  any  fuhjec%  is  called  an 
Epigram  ;  as  thofe  of  Catuilus  and  Martial.  A  fharp,  unexpected, 
lively  turn  of  wit  in  the  end  of  an  epigram,  is  called  its  Point.  A 
poem  expreihng  the  moral  of  any  device  or  picture,  is  called  an  Em- 
blem. A  poem  containing  an  obfeure  queftion  to  be  explained,  is 
called  an  ^Enigma  or  Riddle. 

When  a  character  is  defcribed  fo  that  the  firft  letters  of  each  verfe, 
and  fometimes  the  middle  and  final  letters  exprefs  the  name  of  the 
perfon  or  thing  defcribed,  it  is  called  an  Acrostic;  as  the  following 
on  our  Saviour  : 

I   /;.'..*■    cvn32   mi: ins    I  gniti    fultta   cCel  I, 

E      xpellit    Umbras    E    toto    Phalvs    ut    orb   E  ; 

S  te  cacjs  rSfnkvti  JE^VS  caliginis  umbra  S, 

V    ivificanfque  fimul  V  ero  pr<xcordia  mot  V 

S       ohm     jufitics       S     efe   prcbat     ej/c    beati   S. 

3.  From  the  manner  of  treating  a  fubjecT:,  a  poem  is  either  Exsgetic% 
Dramatic,  or  Mixt. 

The  Exsgetic,  where  the  poet  always  fpeaks  himfelf,  is  of  three 
kinds,  Hiftorical,  Didactic,  or  Inurinftive,  (as  the  Satire  or  Epiflle)  ; 
and  Dcfcriptive. 

Of  the  Dranailty  the  chief  kinds  are  COMEDY,  reprefenting  the 
r.cYions  of  ordinary  life,  generally  with  a  happy  iiTue  ;  and  TRAG- 
EDY, reprefenting  the  actions  and  diflrelTes  of  illuftrious  perfon- 
ages,  commonly  with  an  unhappy  iiTue.  To  which  may  be  added 
pjjiorjl  ptehii  or  Bucolics,  reprefenting  the  actions  and  converfations 
of  fhephercU  ;  as  mod  of  the  eclogues  of  Virgil. 

The  Mixt  kind  is  where  the  poet  fometimes  fpeaks  in  his  own  per- 
fon, and  fometimes  makes  other  characters  to  ipeak.  Of  this  kind 
is  chiefly  the  EPIC  or  HEROIC  poem,  which  treats  of  fome  one 
great  t  ran  faction  of  fome  great  illuftrious  perfon,  with  its  various 
circumftanccs  ;  as  the  wrath  of  Achilics  in  the  Iliad  of  Homer  ;  the 
fcttlement  of  iEneas  in  Italy  id  the  JKneid  of  Virgil ;  the  fall  of  man 
in  the  Pmradife  Lcjl  of  Milton,  &c. 

4.  The  ftvie  of  poetry,  asa.'  p^ofe,  i*  of  three  kinds,  the  fimple, 
ornate,  and  fublimc. 

Combination  of  Verses  in  poems. 

In  long  poems  there  is  commonly  but  one  kind  of  verfc 
ufech  Thus  Virgil,  Lucretius,  Horace  in  his  Satires  and 
Epiftles,   Ovid  in  his    Mctamorphofcs,   Lilian*    Silius  Ital- 

icus, 


Combination  of  Verses  in  Poems.  277 

icus,  Valerius  Flaccus,  Juvenal,  Sec.  always  ufe  Hexame- 
ter verfe  :  Plautus,  Terence,  and  other  writers  of  Corned)-, 
generally  ufe  the  Iambic,  and  fometimes  the  Trochaic.  It 
is  chiefly  in  fhorter  poems,  particularly  thofe  which  are  call- 
ed JLyric  poems,  as  the  odes  of  Horace  and  the  Pfahns  cf 
Buchanan,  that  various  kinds  of  verfe  are  combined. 

A  poem  which  has  only  one  kind  of  verfe,  is  called  by 
a  Greek  name,  Monocolon,  fe.  poema  v.  canne?i  ;  cr 
Monocolos,  fc.  ode  ;  that  which  has  two  kinds,  Dic5Lon  ; 
and  that  which  has  three  kinds  of  verfe  Tri colon. 

If  the  fame  fort  cf  verfe  return  after  the  fecond  line,  it  is 
called  Di colon  Di strop h on  ;  as  when  a  fingle  Penta- 
meter is  alternately  placed  after  an  Hexameter,  which  is 
named  Elegiac  verfe,  (carmen  Elegiacum,)  becauie  it  v.'i'^ 
firft  applied  to  mournful  fubjecls  ;  thus, 

Flelulis  indignc-s,  Elegeia,  folve  capillos  ; 

Ah  !  nimis  tx  vero  nunc  tibi  Domes  crit.      CvU. 

This  kind  of  verfe  is  ufed  by  Ovid  in  all  his  other  woks 
except  the  Metamorphofes  ;  and  alio  for  the  moft  pait  by 
Tibiillus,  Propertius,  &c. 

When  a  poem  confifts  of  two  kinds  cf  verfe,  and  after 
three  lines  returns  to  the  firft,  k  is  called  Dieolon  Tri/fro* 
pkon  ;  when  after  four  lines,  Dieolon  Tetraftropton  ;  as, 

Auream  quifquii  mediocrltatem 
Diligit,  tutus  caret  obfoleti 
Sordibus  tecti  ;  caret  invidoidu 

Sobrhis  aula.  Htrah 

When  a  poem  confifts  of  three  kinds  of  verfe,  and  after 
three  lines  always  returns  to  the  firft,  it  is  called  Trkcha 
Trijlrophon  ;  but  if  it  returns  after  four  lines,  it  is  called 
Tricolon  Tetraftrcphc?:  ;  as  when  after  two  greater  daclylic 
alcaic  verfes  are  fubjoined  an  archilochian  iambic  and  a 
lefler  daclylic  alcaic,  which  is  named  Carmen  Horatianumy 
cr  Koratian  verfe,  becaufe  it  is  frequently  ufed  by  Horace  ; 
thus, 

Virtus  recludens  immeritis  mori 
Ccelum.  negata  tentat  iter  via  ; 
Coetufque  vulgar es,.et    udam 
Fpernit  humum  fugiente  penna. 

Any 


278  different  kinds  of  V*rse  in  Horace  and  Buchanan. 

Any  one  of  thefe  parts  of  a  poem,  in  which  the  different 
kinds  of  verfe  are  comprehended,  when  taken  by  itielf,  is 
called  a  Strophe,  Stanza,  or  Staff. 

Different  Kinds  of  Verse  in  Horace    and 

Buchanan. 

I.   Odes  and  Psalms  of  one  kind  of  Verfe. 

1.  A fclepia.it an.  See  N°  3.  page  270.  Hor.  I.  1.  IV.  8. 
III.   30. Buch.  Pf.  28,  40,  80. 

2.  Choriambic  Alcaic  Pentameter,  confifting  of  a  fpondee, 
three  choriarabufes,  and  a  pyrrhichius  or  iambus  :  Hor.  I. 
11,  18.  IV.  10. 

3.  Limbic  trimeter,   N°  11. — Hor.    Epod.  17. Buch. 

Pf.  25,  04,  106. 

4.  Hexafnetert  N°  1.  Hor.  Satires  and  Epiftles. Buch. 

PC  1,  18,  45,  78,  $5,  89,  104,  107,  132,  135. 

5.  Iambk  Dimeter,  N°  12.  —  Buch.  Pf.  13,  31,  37,  47, 
52,  54,  59,  S6,  96,  98,  117,  148,  149,  150. 

6.  The  Greater  Daily  lie  Alcaic,  N°  8 Buch.  Pf.  26,  29, 

32,49,  61,  71,  73,  143. 

7.  Trochaic,  confiding  of  feven  trochees  and  a  fyllable  5 
admitting  alfo  a  tribrachys  in  the  uneven  places,  i.  e.  in  the 
firft,  third,  fifth,  and  feventh  foot  ;  and  in  the  even  places,  a 
tribrachys,  fpondee,  dactyl,  and  anapeftus. — Buch.  Pf.  105, 
no,  124,  129. 

8.  Anapejiic,  confiding  of  four  anapeftufes,  admitting^ alfo 
a  fpondee  or  dactyl  ;  and  in  the  laft  place,  fometimes  a  tri- 
brachys, amphimacer,  or  trochee. — Pf.  113. 

9.  Anacreontic  Iambic,  coniiiling  of  three  iambufes  and  a 
fyllable  ;  in  the  firft  foot  it  has  fometimes  a  fpondee  or  ana- 
peftus, and  alfo  a  tribrachys. — Pf.  13 1. 

II.  Odes  and  Psalms  of  two  kinds  of  verfe  following 
one  another  alternately. 

1.  Glyconian  and  Afclcpiadean,  N°  4.  and  3. — Hor.  I.  3. 

13,   19,  36.    III.  9,   15,   19,  24,  25,  28.     IV.   1,  3. 

Buch.  Pf.  14,  35,  43. 

2.  Every  firft  line,  (Daclylico-Trochaic,)  confiding  of  the 
firft  four  feet  of  an  hexameter  verfe,  then  three  trochees  or 
a  ponuee  for  the  laft  ;  every  fecond  verfe  ( Lwibic  Archilo- 
chianj  confuting  of  an  iambus  or  fprndaeus,  an  iambus,  a 
ctffura,  and  then  three  trochees. — Her.  I.  4.  3.  The 


Different  kinds  o/Vzuse  in  Horace  and  Buchanan.   279 

3.  The  firft  line,  Hexameter ;  and  the  fecond,  Alcma- 
nian  Daclylic,  confiding  of  the  four  lad  feet  of  an  hexam- 
eter.      Hor  I.    7,  28.  Epod.    12. Buch.  Pf.  4.    in. 

4.  Every  firft  line,  Arijiophanic,  confiftng  of  a  cno- 
riambus,  and  bacchlus  or  amphimacer  :  Every  fecond  liiu, 
Choriambic  Alcaic,  confiding  of  epitrltus  fecundus,  two 
choriambufcs,  and  a  bacchlus.     Hor.  I.  8. 

5.  The  firft  line,  (Trochaic),  confiding  of  three  troch 
and  a   caeiura  ;    or  of  an  amphimacer  and  two  iambufes. 
The  fecond  line,  Archilochian  Iambic,  N°  9.     Hor.   II.    i3. 

6.  The  firft  line,  Hexameter  ;  the  fecond  (Daclylic  Archih- 
chian),  two  dactyls  and  a  csefura.  Hor.  IV.  7. — Buch.  Pf.  1 2. 

7.  The  firft  line,  Iambic  Trimeter  ;  and  the  fecond, 
Iambic  Dimeter  1  N°    11. — Hor.  Epod.   1,   2,    3,    4,   5,   6> 

7,    8,  9,    10. Buch.  Pf.    3,  6,    10,   21,22,27,34,38, 

39,  41,  44,  48,  53,  62,    74,  76,   79,  87,  92,   no,   112, 
115,   120,   127,   133,   154,  139,   141. 

8.  The  firft  line,  Iambic  Dimeter;  the  feccnd  (Sap- 
phic) confifts  of  two  dactyls,  a  caefura,  and  fou-r  iam- 
bufes, admitting  alfo  a  fpondeus,  <xc.  But  this  verfe  is 
commonly  divided  into  two  parts  ;  the  firft,  the  latter 
part  of  a  pentameter,  N°  2.  and  the  fecond,  iambic  di- 
meter,  N°  n.     Hor.  Epod,   n. 

9.  The  firft  line,  Hexa?neter  ;  the  fecond,  Iambic  Dime- 
ter,    Hor.  Epod.   14,   15. Buch.  Pf.  81. 

10.  Hexameter,  and  Iambic  Trimeter.  Hor.  Epod.  16. 
Buch.  Pf.  2,  20,  24,  57,  60,  69,  83,  93,  95,  97,  108, 
IG9,   118,   126,   136,    147. 

n.  The  firft  line,  Sapphic,  N0  5.  and  the  fecond,  Tarn- 
lie  Dimeter,  N°    11.   Buch.  Pf.   8. 

12.  Sapphic  and  Glyccnian.   Buch.   Pf.   33,  70,  121,142. 

13.  Iambic  Trimeter  and  Pentameter.   Buch.   Pf.    36,  63. 

14.  The  firft  line,  Hexameter;  and  the  fecond  lire,  the 
three  laft  feet  of  an  hexameter,  with  a  long  fyllable  cr 
two  fhort  fyllables  before.     Buch.  rf.  68. 

15.  Hexa?neter  and  Peyitameter,  or  Elegiac  verfe.  Buch. 
Pf.  88,   114,   137. 

16.  The  firft  line,  (Troc'haic),  three  trochees  and  a  fyl- 
lable, admitting  fometimes  a  fpondee,  tribrachys,  &c.  The 
fecond  line,  Iambic  Dimeter,  N^  n.     Buch.  Pf    100. 

Aa2  III.  Odes 


\ 


l8o  Different  kinds  of  Verse  in  Horace  and  Buchanan. 

III.  Odes  and  Psalms  of  two  kinds  of  verfe,  and  three 
or  four  lines  in  each  ftanza. 

i.  The  three  firft   lines,  Sapphic,  and  the  fourth,    Ado- 

.7,  N^   5;.  Horat.  Carm.  I.  2,   10,   it,  20,  22,  25,  30, 

32,  38.     II.  2,  4,  6,  8,   ic,   16.  III.  8,   ii,   14,   18,  20, 

22,   27.   IV.   2,   6,   11.   t         :n  SecuL Buch.   PC   5,  17, 

5'j  J5>  tyt  67>  72>  9°>  io1»   I03- 

2.  The  three  firft    line?,.    Afclcpiadean,    and   the   fourth, 

Glyconian.      Hor.  Carm.  I.   6,  15,  24,  33.   II.    22.   III.    10, 
16.     IV.  5,   12. Bitch.  Pf.   23,  42,  75,  99,  102,  144. 

3.  The  two  firft  lines,  Ionic  Trimeter,  confiftng  of  three 
lonici  -minor  cs  ;  the  third  line,  hnic  Tetrameter ,  having  one 
Ick: 'cus  ?ninor  more.      Hor.   III.    12. 

4.  The  two  firft  lines  have  four  trochees,  admitting,  in 
the  fecond  foot,  a  fpondee,  dactyl,  &c.  The  third  line,  the 
fame  ;  only  wanting  a  fyllable  at  the  end.     Buch.  Pf.  66. 

5.  The  three  firft  lines,  Glyconian,  No  4.  admitting  alfo 
a  fpondee,  or  iambus  in  the  firft  foot  ;  the  fourth  line, 
'  Pherccratian,  N°   6.      Buch.   Pf.    II 6,    122,    128. 

IV.  Odes  and  Psalms  of  three  kinds  of  verfe,  and 
three  or  four  lines  in  each  ftanza. 

1.  The  two  firft  lines,  Afclepiadcan,  N°  3.  the  third 
line,.  Pherecratian,  N°  6.  and  the  fourth,  Glyconian, 
N3  4.  Hor.  Carm.  I.  5,  14,  21,  23,  III.  7,  13.  IV.  13. 
Buch.  Pf.  9,  64,  84,   130. 

2.  The  firil  two  lines,  the  Greater  Daily  lie  Alcaic,  N°  8. 
The  third,    Archikcbian   Iambic,    N°   9.     The  fourth,    t 
Lejjlr  Alcaic,  N°  10.  Hor.  Carm.  I.  9,  16,  17,  26,  27,  29, 

51'  34s  35>  37-  Ir-  T>  3>  5>  7>  9>  lI>  !3>  !4>  *5>  J7s  l9> 
20.  III.  1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  17,  21,  23,  26,  29.  IV.  4,  9,  14, 
ij, — Buch.  Pf.  7,  11,  15,  19,  30,  46,  50,  56,  $S,  77,  82, 
91,   123,   125,   140,   146. 

?.  The  firft  line,  Glyconian  ;  the  fecond,  Afclepiadtan ; 
the  third  a  fpondee,  three  choriambufes,  and  an  iambus 
or  pyrrhichius.      Buch.  Pf.    16. 

4.  The  firft  line,  Hexameter  ;  the  fecond,  Ia?vbic  Dime- 
ter ;     and   the   third,    two   da&yls   and    a    fv  liable  ;     Hor. 

Epo'J.     13. Buch.  Pf.    138.     Sometimes   the   two  laft 

rer    -    re  joined  in  one  or  inverted  $  as,  Buch.  Pf.   145. 

ENGLISH 


English  Verse.  2S1 


ENGLISH  VERSE. 

The  quantity  of  fyllables  in  Engliih  verfe  is  not  precife- 
ly  afcertained.  With  regard  to  this  we  are  chiefly  directed 
by  the  ear.  Our  monofyllables  are  generally  either  long 
or  fhort,  as  occafion  requires.  And  in  words  of  two  or 
more  fyllables,  the  accented  fyllable  is  always  long. 

Of  Engliih  verfe  there  are  two  kinds,  one  named  tUjyme9 
and  the  other  Blank  verfe. 

In  rhyme  the  lines  are  umally  connected  two  and  two, 
fometimes  three  and  three  in  the  final  fyllables.     Two  lines 
following   one  another  thus  connected,  are  called  a  Coupi 
three  lines,  a  Triplet. 

In  blank  verfe  fimilarity  of  found  in  the  final  fyllables  is 
carefully  avoided. 

In  meafuring  moil  kinds  of  Englifh  verfe  we  find  lon^ 
and  fhort  fyllables  fucceeding  one  another  alternately  ;  and 
therefore  the  accents  fhoiild  reft  on  every  fecond  fyllable. 

The  feet  by  which  Englifh  verfe  is  commonly  meafured, 
are  either  Iambic,  i.  e.  confirming  of  a  ihort  and  a  long 
fyllable  ;  as,  aloft,  create  :  or  Trochaic,  i.  e.  confuting  of 
a  leng  and  a  lhort  fyllable  ;  as,  holy,  lofty.  In  verfes  of 
the  former  kind  the  accents  are  to  be  placed  on  the  even 
fyllables  ;  in  the  latter,  on  the  odd  fyllables.  But  the 
meafure  of  a  verfe  in  Englifh  is  mod  frequently  determined 
by  its  number  of  fyllables  only,  without  dividing  them  into 
particular  feet. 

I.  Iambic  measure  comprifes  verfes, 

1.  Of  four  fyllables,  or  of  two  feet ;  as, 

With  ravifh'd  ears, 

The  monarch  hears.  Brydcn. 

2.  Ofyfx  fyllables,  or  of *  three  feet  ;  as, 

Aloft  in  awful  ftate, 

The  gcdlike  hero  fat.  Dryden. 

3.  Of  eight  fyllables,  or  of  four  feet  ;  as, 

While  dangers  hourly  round  us  rife, 

No  caution  guards  us  from-  furprife.     Francis*  Horace 

4.  Of  ten  fyllables,  or  of  five  feet,  which  rs  the  common 
meafure  of  heroic  and  tragic  poetry  j  as, 

Poetic 


M*  English  Vem** 

Poetic  fieldi  encompafs  me  around, 

And  ftill  I  Teem  to  tread  on  CUflJc  ground  ; 

I  or  here  the  Mule  fd  oft  her  harp  lias  ft  rung, 

That  not  a  mountain  rears  its  head  unfung.  ,  Ad 

Obf.    r.   In  mcafures  of  this  lift  fort,  we  fomctimes  find  the  lad 
B  of  a  ccunla   or   triplet  uretched  out  to   twelve  fyllables,  or  fix 
feet,  which  is  termed  an  Alexandrine  verfe  :  thus, 
A  necdlefs  Alexandrine  ends  the  fong, 

Which,  like  a   wounded  fnake,  drags  its   flow  length  along,  r*pe. 
!!er  was  fmooth ;  bnt  Dryden  taught  to  join       } 
he  varying  verfe,  the  full  refounding  line,  > 

i  he  long  majeftic  march,  and   energy  divine.  J  Pope. 

We  -Jfo  find  the  laft  verfe  of  a  triplet  frretched  out  to  fourteen  fyl- 
lables, or  feven  feet,  but  then  it  has  commonly  an  Alexandrine  verfe 
before  it  ;  thus, 

lor  thee  the  land  in  fragrant  flow'rs  is  drefl ;  "^ 

Foi  thee  the  ocean  fmiles,  and  fmooths  her  wavy  bre^ft,  > 
And  heav'nitfelf  with  more  ferene  and  purer  light  is  bleft.  J    Dryd;;i. 
Sometimes  alfo  when  there  is  no  Alexandrine  before  it  ;  thus, 
At  length  by  fate  to  power  divine  reflor'd, 
His  thunder  taught  the  world  to  know  its  lord, 
The  god  grew  terrible  again,  and  was  again  ador'd.  3      Roive, 

Obf.  2.  The  more  ftritftly  iambic  thefe  verfes  are,  the  more  har- 
monious. In  feveral  of  them,  however,  particularly  in  thefe  of  ten 
fyllables,  we  often  meet  with  a  trochee,  and  likewifc  a  fpondce,  in- 
ftcad  of  an  iambus.  Verfes  of  heroic  meafure  fometimss  alfo  admit 
a  dactyle,  or  an  anapeftus,  in  place  of  the  iambus;  in  which  cafe  a 
verfe  of  five  feet  may  comprehend  eleven,  twelve,  thirteen,  and  even 
fourteen  fyllables ;  thus, 

i        2    3     4     5     6     7       89     10  11  12 13      14 
And  maay  an  humorous,  many    an  amorous    lay. 

1  2  3       456       7        89   10  11     12 

Was  fung  by  many  a  Bard  on  many  a  day. 
This  manner  of  writing  every  fyllablc  fully  is  now  generally  ufed 
by  the  beft  poets,  and  feems  much  more  proper  than  the  ancient  cuf- 
tom  of  cutting  olT vowels  bv  an  apoftrophe.  Our  language  abounds 
too  much  in  confonants  of  itfelf:  the  elifion  of  vowels  therefore 
fkould  be  avoided  as  much  as  poffiblc,  and  ought  only  to  be  admitted 
where  it  is  abfolutely  necelTary  ;  as,  o'er  for  over ;  eer  for  ever,  &c. 
The  fame  observation  may  be  applied  to  every  kind  of  meafure. 

II.  Trochaic  measure  comprifes  verfes, 

I,  Of  three  fyHables  ;  as, 

Dreadful  gleams, 

Difcnal  fcrearns;  bV.  Pope. 

2.  Of 


5  & 


English  Vsrse.  2S3 


2.  Of  five  fyllable  s  ;  as, 

In  the  days  of  old, 
Stories  plainly  told, 
Lovers  felt  annoy. 

3.  Of  feverf  fyllablcr;  as, 

Faire'ft  Piece  of  well  form'd  earth, 

Urge  not  thus  vour   haughty  birth.  IVaUa: 

Thefe  are  the  meafures  which  are  mod  commonly  ufed 
in  Englilh  poetry,  especially  thofe  of  feven,  eight,  and  ten 
i  y  liable  s. 

We  have  another  meaiure  very  quick  and  lively,  and 
therefore  much  ufed  in  fongs,  which  may  be  called  Ana- 
pcjllc  meafure,  u  e.  a  verfe  confuting  of  feet  of  three  fylla- 
bles,  two  inert,  and  one  long,  in  which  the  accent  refts 
upon  every  third  fyllable.  Verfes  of  anapeftic  meafure  con- 
fill  of  two,  three,  or  four  feet ;  that  is,  of  fix,  nine,  cr 
twelve  fyllables  ;  thus, 

Let  the  loud  trumpets  found, 

'Till  the  roofs  all  around, 

The  ihrill  echoes  rebound.  Fop?. 

From  the  plains,  from  the  woodlands,  and  groves, 
How  the  nightingales  warble  their  loves  !  SbenJIone. 

May  I  govern  my  pdihons  with  abfclute  fway, 
And  grow  wifer  and  better,  as  life  wears  away.     Id, 

In  this  meaiure,  a  fyllable  is  often  retrenched  fiom  the 
firft  foot ;  as, 

The  fvvord  or  the  dart 
Shall  pierce  my  fad  heart.  AJJifcn, 

Ye  fnepherds  fo  chearful  and  gay, 
Whofe  flocks  never   carelefsly  rdam,   fcfV. 
I  vow'd  to  the  mules  my  time  and  my  care, 
Since  neither  could  win  me  the  funics  of  the  fair.         Shenpom* 
Thefe  meafures  are  variously  combined  together  in  Stan- 
zas, particularly  in  fnort  poems;    for  generally  in -longer 
works  the  lame  meaiure  is  always  obferved. 

Stanzas  are  compofed  of  more  or  fewer  verfes,  and  thefe 
varioufly  diverged,  according  to  the  nature  of  the  fubjecl, 
and  the  taite  of  the  poet.  But  when  they  are  itxetched  out 
to  a  great  length,  and  coniiit.  of  verfe s  of  many  different 
meafures,  they  are  feldom  agreeable. 

Such  poems  as  coniiit  of  Stanzas,  which  are  not  confined 
to  a  certain  number  of  verfes,  ncr  the  verfes  to  a  certain 

number 


2$4  English  \t£rs-e. 

number  of  fvllablcs,  nor  the  rhymes  to  a  certain  diftance, 
are  called  Irregular,  or  Pindaric  odes.  Of  this  kind  are 
feveral  of  the  poems  of  Cowley.  But  in  the  odes  of  later 
authors,  the  numbers  are  exact,  and  the  ftrophes  regular. 

Stanzas  of  four  lines  are  the  moil  frequent,  in  which  the 
firft  vcrfe  anfwers  to  the  third,  and  the  fecond  to  the  fourth. 
There  is  a  iianza  of  this  kind,  coniifting  of  verfes  of  eight 
and  of  fix  fyllables  alternately,  which  is  very  often  uied, 
particularly  in  facred  poetry.  Here  for  the  molt  part  the 
iecond  and  fourth  lines  only  rhyme  together  ;  as, 

When  all  thy  mercies,  O  my  God, 

My  rifing  foul  iurveys  : 
Tranfported  with  the  view,  I'm  loft, 

In  wonder,  love,  and  praife.  AJd'ifun. 

Sometimes  alfo  the  firft  and  third  lines  anfwer  to  one 
another  ;  as, 

Keep  filcnce,  all  created  thing*. 

And  wait  your  Maker's  nod : 
The  mufe  (lands  trembling  while  £ie   f:ngi 

The  honours  of  her  God.  JV^iis. 

This  ftanza  is  ufed  in  place  of  what  anciently  was  com- 
prehended in  two  verfes,  each  coniifting  of  fourteen  fylla- 
bles,  having  a  paufe  after  the  eighth  fyllablc. 

Several  of  thefe  meafures  are  often  varied  by  double  end- 
ings, that  is,  by  putting  an  additional  inert  fyllable  at  the 
end  of  the  vcrfe  j  as, 

l«  In  heroic  meafure^  or  verfei  of  Un  fyllables  ^  loth  in  Hank 
verfe  and  rybtnc* 

In  Blank  verfe* 
'Pis  heav'n  itfclf  that  points  out  an  hereafter.  ALV.fon. 

In  Rhyme-,  nyhere  it  is  called  Double  Rhyme. 
The  piece,  you   think,  is  incurred*  ?  Why,    take  it, 
I'm  ail  iubmiiTion  ;  what  you'd  have  it,  make  it.         A/*. 

2.  In  verfes  of  eight  fyllabks. 

They  neither  added  nor  confounded, 
They  neither  wanted  nor  abounded. 

3.  ///  verfes  of  fix  ft  liable  s. 

"IV.i,   Vvhju   the  leas   were  roaring, 

With  hollow  blafts  of  wind, 

A.   ddmi'cl   lay    deploring, 

All  4--a  a  rock  rcclia'tl.  Cay. 

A*  In 


English  Verse.  25y 

4.  In  verfes  of [even  fy  liable s. 

As  Palemon,  unfufpe&ing, 

Prais'd  the  fly  mufician's  art  ;  ^ 

Love,  his  light  ciifguife  rejecting, 

Lodg'd  an  arrow  in  his  heart.  Shenf.wt. 

5.  In  verfes-  of  three  fyl tables. 

Glooms  inviting, 

Birds  delighting.  Addifon, 

6.  In  the  Anapejilc  meafure. 

Ah  !  friend,  'tis  but  idle  to  make  fuch  a  pother.! 

Fate,  fate  has  ordain'd  us  to  plague  one  another.     Shenfone, 

Now  with  furies  furrounded, 

Defp  airing,  confounded.  Pope, 

Double  rhyme  is  ufed  chiefly  in  poems  cf  wit  and  hu- 
mour, or  in  burlefque  compofitions. 

Verfes  with  double  endings,  in  blank  verfe,  moft  fre- 
quently occur  in  tragic  poetry,  where  they  often  have  a 
fine  effect  ;  thus, 

I  here  devote  thee  for  my  prince  and  country  ; 

Let  them  be  fafe,  and  let  me  nobly  periili.  T&im/br. 

The  dropping  dews   fell  cold  upon  my  head, 

Darknefs  inclos'd,  and  the  winds  whittled  round  me.     Otivaj, 


APPENDIX 


3*6  Points,  Capitals,  &c. 


APPENDIX    I. 

Of  Punctuation,  Capitals,  Abbreviations,  Numer- 
ical Characters,  and  the  Divifion  of  the  Ro- 
man Month. 

The  different  dlvifions  of  difcourfe  are  marked  by  cer- 
tain characters  called  Points. 

The  points  employed  for  this  purpofe  are  the  Comma 
(,),  Semicolon  (;),  Colon  (:),  Period,  Punclum,  or  full 
flop   (.). 

Their  names  are  taken  from  the  different  parts  of  the 
fentence  which  they  are  employed  to  diftinguifli. 

The  Period  is  a  whole  fentence  complete  bv  itfelf.  The  Colon,  or' 
member,  is  a  chief  conftrueftive  part,  or  greater  divifion  of  a  fen- 
tence. The  Si/nieolon,  or  half  member,  is  a  lefs  confiructivc  part, 
or  fubdivilion,  of  a  fentence  or  member.  The  Comma,  or  fegment, 
is  the  lead  cor.ftruclive  part  of  a  fentence  in  this  way  of  confidering 
it.  For  the  next  fubdivifion  cf  a  fentence  would  be  the  refolution  of 
it   into   Phrafes   and    Words. 

To  thefe  points  may  be  added  the  SemiperUd or  lefs  point,  follow- 
ed by  a  fmall  letter.  But  this  is  of  much  the  fame  ufe  with  the  Co- 
lon, and  occurs  only  in   Latin  books. 

A  fimple  fentence  admits  onlv  of  a  full  point  at  the  end;  becaufe 
its  general  meaning  cannot  be  diftinguifhed  into  parts.  It  is  only  in 
compound  fentences  that  all  the  different  points  are  to  be  found. 

Points  likewife  exprefs  the  different  paui'es  which  fhould  be  ob- 
ferved  in  a  juft  pronunciation  of  difcourfe.  The  precife  duration  of 
each  paufe,  or  note,  cannot  be  defined.  It  varies  according  to  the 
different  fubjeets  of  difcourfe,  and  the  different  turns  of  human  paf- 
lion  and  thought.  The  period  requires  a  paufc  in  duration  double 
of  the  colon,  the  colem  double  of  the  femicolon  ;  and  the  femicolon, 
double  of  the  comma. 

There  are  other  points  which,  together  with  a  certain 
paufe,  alio  denote  a  different  modulation  of  the  voice,  in 
correfpondence  with  the  kn{e.  Thefe  are  the  Interroga- 
tion point  (?)  the  Exclamation  or  Admiration  point  (!) 
and  the  Parenthejis  ().  The  firft  two  generally  mark  an 
elevation  of  die  voice,  and  a  paufe  equal  to  that  of  a  femi- 
colon, 


Points,    Capitals,    Sec.  287 

colon,  a  colon,  or  a  period,  as  the  fenfe  requires.  The 
Parenthejis  ufually  requires  a  moderate  depreffion  of  the 
voice,  with  a  paufe  fomewhat  greater  than  a  comma.  But 
thefe  rules  are  liable  to  many  exceptions.  The  modulation 
of  the  voice  in  reading,  and  the  various  paufes,  mull  always 
be  regulated  by  the  fenfe. 

Befides  the  points,  there  are  feveral  other  marks  made 
uie  of  in  books,  to  denote  references  and  different  diftinc- 
tions,  or  to  point  out  fomething  remarkable  or  defective, 
&c.  Thefe  are,  the  Apojlrophe  (  '  )  ;  Afterijk  (  *  )  ;  Hy- 
phen (  -  )  ;  Obeli/k  (  f  )  ;  Double  Obeli/k  {  %  )  5  Parallel 
Lines  (  ||  )  ;  Paragraph  (  f  )  ;  Section  (  §  )  ;  Quotation 
("")  ;  Crotchets  [  ]  ;  Brace  (  |>  )  ;  Ellipfis  (.  .  .  or— )  ; 
Caret  (  a  )  ;  which  laft  is  only  ufed  in  writing. 

References  are  often  marked  by  letters  and  figures. 

.  Capitals,  or  large  letters,  are  ufed  at  the  beginning  of 
fentences,  of  verfes,  and  of  proper  names.  Some  ufe  them 
at  the  beginning  of  every  fubftantive  noun.  Adjectives, 
verbs,  and  other  parts  of  fpeech,  unlefs  they  be  emphati- 
cal,  commonly  begin  with  a  fmall  letter. 

Capitals,  with  a  point  after  them,  are  often  put  for 
whole  words ;  thus,  A.  marks  Aulus,  C.  Caius,  D.  Deci- 
vius,  L.  Lucius,  M.  Marcus,  P.  Publius,  Q^  £>uinclius, 
T.  Titus.  So  F.  ftands  for  Filius,  and  N.  for  Nepos  ;  as, 
M.  F.  Marci  Filius,  M.  N.  Marci  Nepos.  In  like  man- 
ner, P.  C.  marks  Patres  Confcripti ;  S.  C.  Senatus  Conful- 
turn ;  P.  R.  Populus  Roman  us ;  S.  P.  Q^  R.  Senatus 
Populufque  Romanus  ;  U.  C.  Urbs  Ccndita  y  S.  P.  D.  Sa- 
lutem  plurimam  die  it ;  D.  D.  D.  Dat,  dicatr  dedicat  ;  D. 
D.  C.  Q^  Dat,  dicat,  cenfecratque ;  H.  S.  written  corrupt- 
ly for  L.  L.  S.  Sejlertius,  equal  in  value  to  two  pounds  of 
brafs  and  a  half ;  the  two  pounds  being  marked  by  L.  L. 
Libra,  Libra,  and  the  half  by  S.  Semis.  So  in  modern 
books- A.  D.  marks  Anno  Domini,  A.  M.  Artiu?n  Magifler, 
Matter  of  Arts  ;  M.  D.  Medicina  Doclcr  ;  LL.  D.  Legum 
Doclor  ;  N.   B.  Nota  Bene,   &c. 

Sometimes  a  fmall  letter  or  two  is  added  to  the  capital ; 
as,  Etc.  Et  c cetera  ;  Ap.  Appius  ;  Cn.  Cneius  ;  Op.  Opiter ; 
Sp.  Spur i us  ;  Ti.  Tiberius;  Sax.  Sextus ;  Cos.  Conful ;  Cofs. 
Con/ules  ;  Imp.  fmperator ;  Impp.  Imperatores* 

Bb  I* 


288  Points,    Capitals,  &c. 

In  like  manner,  in  Englifh,  Efq  ;  Efquire  ;  Dr  Debtor  or 
Doclor  ;  Acct.  Account;  MS.  Manufcript ;  MSS.  Ma/ia- 
/vv>/j  ;   Do.  Z>/7/<? ;    Rt  Hon.   Right  Honorable,  &c. 

Small  letters  are  likewife  often  put  as  abbreviations  of  a 
word;  as,  i.  e.  id  ej} ;  h.  e.  hoc  eft ;  e.  g.  exempli  grati.1 ; 
v.  g.  verbi  gratiu. 

Capitals  were  ufed  by  the  ancient  Romans,  to  mark  num- 
bers. The  letters  employed  for  this  purpofe  were  C.  I.  L. 
V.  X.  which  are  therefore  called  Numerical  Letters.  I.  de- 
notes one,  V.five,  X.  ten,  L.  fifty,  and  C.  a  hundred.  By 
the  various  combination  of  thefe  five  letters,  all  the  differ- 
ent  numbers  are  exprefTed. 

The  repetition  of  a  numerical  letter  repeats  its  value. 
Thus,  II.  fignifies  two  ;  III.  three ;  XX.  twenty;  XXX. 
thirty  ;  CC.  two  hundred,  &i.  But  V.  and  L.  are  never 
repeated. 

When  a  letter  of  a  lefs  value  is  placed  before  a  letter  of 
a  greater,  the  lefs  takes  away  what  it  ftands  for  from  the 
greater  ;  but  being  placed  after,  adds  what  its  (lands  for  to 
the  greater  ;  thus, 

IV.  Four.  V.  Five.  VI.  Six. 

IX.  Nine.  X.  Ten.  XI.  Eleven. 

XL.  Forty.  L.  Fifty.  LX.  Sixty. 

XC  Ninety.  C.  A  hundred.  CX.  A  hundred  and  ten. 

A  thou/and  is  marked  thus,  cio,  which  in  later  times  was 
contracted  into  m.  Five  hundred  is  marked  thus,  id.  or, 
by  contraction,  D. 

The  annexing  of  d  to  id.  makes  its  value  ten  times 
greater;  thus,  idd.  marks  five  thou/and;  and  iDDD.fi/iy 
thoufand. 

The  prefixing  of  c,  together  with  the  annexing  of  d  to 
the  number  of  cio.  makes  its  value  ten  times  greater; 
thus,  ccidd.  denotes  ten  thoufand ;  and  ccciodo.  a  hun« 
dred  thoufand.  The  ancient  Romans,  according  to  Pliny, 
proceeded  no  farther  in  this  method  of  notation.  If  they 
had  occafion  to  exprefs  a  larger  number,  they  did  it  by 
repetition  ;  thus,  ccciddd,  ccciddd.  fignified  two  hundred 
thoufand  life. 

We  f  )metimes  find  thoufands  exprefTed  by  a  ftraight  line 

drawn 


Points,  Capitals,  &c.  _  59 

drawn  over  the  top  of  the  numerical  letters.  Thus,  T11. 
denotes  three  thoufand ;  7  ten  thoufand. 

But  the  modern  manner  of  marking  numbers  is  much 
more  fimple,  by  theie  ten  characters  or  figures,  which, 
from  the  ten  fingers  of  the  hands,  were  called  Digits ; 
1  one,  2  two,  3  three,  4  four,  5  five,  6  fix,  7  /even,  8 
eight,  9  nine,  o  nought,  nothing.  The  firft  nine  are  called 
Significant  Figures.     The  la  ft  is  called  a   Cypher. 

Significant  figures  placed  after  one  another  increafe 
their  value  ten  times  at  every  remove  from  the  right  hand 
to  the  left  ;  thus, 

8  Eight.  85  Eighty-five.  856  Eight  hundred  and  fif- 
ty-fix.    8566  Eight  thoufand  five  hundred  and  fixty-fix. 

When  cyphers  are  placed  at  the  right  hand  of  a  fignifi- 
cant  figure,  each  cypher  increafe s  the  value  of  the  figure 
ten  times  ;  thus, 

1  One.      10  Ten.      100  A  hundred.       iccc  A  thoufand. 

2  Two.  20  Twenty.  200  Two  hundred.  2000  Two  thoufar.c;. 

Cyphers  are  often  intermixed  with  fignificant  figures* 
thus,   20202,   Twenty  thoufand  two  hundred  and  two. 

The  fuperiority  of  the  prefent  method  of  marking  num- 
bers over  that  of  the  Romans,  will  appear  by  expieiiing 
the  prefent  year  both  in  letters  and  figures,  and  com- 
paring them  together)  cid.ioccxcviii.  or  MjDCCxcviii. 
1798. 

As  the  Roman  manner  of  marking  the  days  of  their 
months  was  quite  different  from  ours,  it  may  perhaps  be 
of  ufe  here  to  give  a  fhort  account  of  it. 

Divifion  cf  the  Romar.   Month} . 

The  Romans  divided  their  months  into  three  parts,  by 
Kalends,  Nones,  and  Ides.  The  firlt  day  of  every  month 
was  called  the  Kalends  ;  the  fifth  day  was  called  the  Ncnes  ; 
and  thirteenth  day  was  called  the  Ides ;  except  in  the 
months  of  March,  May,  July,  and  October,  in  which  the 
nones  fell  upon  the  feventh  day,  and  the  ides  on_the  fif- 
teenth. 

In  reckoning  the  days  of  their  months,  they  counted 
backwards.     Thus,    the  firft  day  of  January  was  marked 

Kalendis 


290  Division  of  the   Roman  Months. 

Kakndls  Januariis  or  Januarii,  or  by  contraction,  Kal. 
Jan.  The  laft  day  of  December,  Pridie  Kalendas  Janua- 
j-  or  Januarii,  fcil.  ante.  The  day  before  that,  or 
the  30th  day  of  December,  Tertio  Kal.  Jan.  fcil.  die  ante  ; 
or,  Ante  diem  tertium  KaL  Jan.  The  twenty-ninth  day 
of  December,  Quarto  Ka!.  Jan.  And  ib  on,  till  they 
came  back  to  the  thirteenth  day  of  December,  or  to  the 
ides,  which  were  marked  Idibus  Decembribiu,  or  Decern- 
is  :  The  day  before  the  ides,  Pridie  Idus  Dec.  fcil.  ante: 
The  day  before  that,  Tertio  Id.  Dec.  and  fo  back  to  the 
nones,  or  the  fifth  day  of  the  month,  which  was  mark- 
ed, Nonis  Decembribiu  or  Decembris :  The  day  before  the 
nones,  Pridie  Non.  Dec.  EsV.  and  thus  through  all  the 
months  of  the  year. 

In   Leap-year.)  that  is,    when  February  has  twenty-nine 
jrs,    which  happens    every    fourth    year,    both  the   24th 
A   the  25th  days  of  that  month  were  marked,  Sexto  Ka- 
lendas Mar  tit   or   Marttas  ;  and  hence  this  year  is  called 
fiifextliis. 

Joniui,  Apiulif,  Septem<Ju<,  NovEMque  tricenos  ; 
Unum  plus  r<  ;   Fedruus  tenet  ucfto  vi^inti  ; 

At  fi  bifl'extus  fuerit,  fuperidditnr  unus. 
I'u  primam  meofc  lucem  die  cfle  kalendas. 
Ses   Majus,  non  as  October,  Julius,  et  Mars, 
Quatuor  at  reliqui  ;  dabit  idus  quilibel  oeto. 
Oinncs  poft  idus   luces  die  efic  kalendas, 
Nomen  ibrtiri  debent  a  menfc  fequenti. 

Thus,  the  14th  day  of  April,  J  we,  September,  and 
October,  was  marked  XVIII.  Kal.  .of  the  following  month  ; 
the  15th,  XVU.  Kal.  Sec.  The  14th  day  of  January,  Au- 
gnfti  and  December,  XIX.  Kal.  &c.  So  die  16th  day  of 
March,  May,  July,  and  Oclober,  was  marked  XVII. 
Kal.  &c«  And  the  14th  day  of  February,  XVI.  Kal. 
Ma-r.ii  0*  Martias.  The  names  of  all  the  months  are 
ufed  as  Subftantives  or  Adjectives,  except  Aprilis,  which 
is  ufed  only  as  a  Subilantive. 


APPENDIX 


*9r 

APPENDIX     II. 

Containing  Rules  from  Ruddiman's  Gram- 
mar, which  will  be  found  explained  in  the 
Pages  of  this  Book  that  are  marked  before 
each  Rule. 

I.  Concerning  the  GENDER  of  NOUNS. 

Names  of  Trees.     See  page    12. 

1.  Arbor  femineis  dabitur  :  fed  mas  olea/hr, 

Et  rhamnus  :  petit  hie  potius  cytifufque  rabufque  : 
Hie  quandoque  larix,  lotus  volet,  atque  cuprejfus  : 
Hoc  quod  in  um>  fuberquz,  f.ler  dant,  robur  aceropxt. 

Nouns  in  A  ofthefirjl  decle?ifion.  p.  13.  and  18. 

2.  Haec  dat  A  quod  primae  eft  :  fedneutrum  Pafcha  requirit. 
Hadria  mas  aequor,  pariterque  comet  a  9  planet  a  : 
Mafcula  &  interdum  talpam  damamopz  videbis. 

Nouns  in  US  and  OS.  p.  27.  39.  and  48. 

4.  Haec  domus  &  v annus-,  pro  fructu  ficus  &  alvus  ; 

Sic  humus  atque  manus,  pofcunt  :  acus  addito  quartan, 
Porticus  atque  tribus.     Capit  hoc  virus  pelagufquc. 

Nomen  in  OS  Graecum,  quod  in  US  mutare  Latini 
Saepe  folent,  normam  fequitur  plerumque  virilem  : 
Femineum  fed  multa  petunt  :  ut  abyjfusy  eremus, 
yfntidotufque,  pkarus,  dialeclus,  carbafus :  adde 
Ex  odos  & pktkongos  genitum,  quseque  a  generah 
Voce  genus  plantae  &  gemmae  capiunt  muliebre. 

Hie  aut  haec  donat  balanus,  fpecus?  atque  phafelus, 
Barbitus,  atque  penus  9  grojfas  :  fed  grus,  atomujojfxt. 
Femineum  potids  cupiunt  ;  colus  adde,  virile 
Quod  rar6  invenies  :  muliebre  at  contra  camelus 
Eft  ubi  nonnunquam  videas.     Vult  hie  dare  vulguss 
Sed  magis  hoc.     Ternas  fpecus  &  penus  addito  neutris, 

B  b   2  Nouns 


*9a  Of  the  Gender  of  Nouns. 

Nouns  of  the  Third  Dccknfion  in  O.  p.  30.  and  31. 

7.  Hie  dat  O  :  femlneis  halo  cum  caro  dantur  &  echo  ; 
Quseque  in  10,  feu  fint  verbo,  feu  nomine  nata, 
Rem  (numeris  demptis)  aliquam  fine  corpore  fignant. 
Adjice  femineis  DO,  GO  :  fed  mafcula  cudo, 
I/arpagv,  fie  or  do,  fimu-1  udo,  tendo,  ligoqnt. 
Ran  as  haec  ??:argo,  vati  eft,  hie  faepe  cupido, 
Arrhabo  cum  car  do,  muliebria  vix  imitanda. 

C  and  L.  p.  32.  rule  3. 

9.  Quod  fit  in  L,  vel  T,  C,  vel  M,  neutralibus  adde  : 
Mafcula  fol,  mugil,  leu  fal,  quod  rarius  hoc  vult. 

N.  p.  32.  rule  4. 

10,  Mafculeum  capit  N.     Finita  in  men  dato  neutris, 
Quaeque  fecunda  creat,  cum  gluten  &  ingum  &  unguen  : 
Aadideris  pollen*     Sindon  petit  haec,  &  aedon  ; 
Akyonem  junges,  data  poftea  queis  comes  icon* 

AR  and  UR.  p.  33.  rule  5. 

i  1.  Poftulat  AR  neutrum  :  fed  mafculeum  falar  rptat. 
Hoc  dat  UR.     Hie  furfur  capiet,  cum  vulture  turtur. 

ER  and  OR.  p.  33.  rule  6. 

13.  ER  capit  hie.     Neutrum  plantae  fructufve  requirunt  : 
At  tuber  hie  fruclus  ;  tuber  quemcunque  tumorem 
Significans  neutrale  petit  ;  cumque  ubere  fpinther, 
Verqut,  cadaver,  iter.     Dabit  hie  aut  haec  tibi  /inter. 
Hie  dat  OR.     Haec  arbor:  cor,  adorque  hoc,  marmor 
&  aquor. 

AS.  p.  34.  rule  7. 
15.  AS  petit  ha?c.     Neutrum  eft  vas,  vafis,  queifquc  Pelafgi 
Dant  atis  in  patrio  :   quibus  ant  is  mafculo  funto. 

ES.  p.  35.  rule  8. 
16   Haec  dabit  E   ,     Capient  a/eshlc  haecve,  palumbes> 
\tque  dies  :  fed  mas  proles  :  mas  poples  &  a 

F 


Of  the  Gender  of  Nouns.  293 

Femes,  pes,  paries,  palmes,  cum  limite  ftipes, 
Queis  addes  frames,  temies,  cum  gurgite  cefpes  ; 
Et  quae  fonte  fluunt  Graio  ;  fed  neutra  capeffunt 
Hippo??ianes,  panaces,  nepenthes,  fie  cacoethes. 

IS.  p.   36.  rule  9. 

17.  IS  dabo  femineis.      Sunt  mafcula  pifcis  &  axis, 
Glis,  callis,  vermis,  veclis,  ?nenjis,  cucumifque, 
Mugilis  &  pofiis  cum  J anguine  fa 'fcis  &  orbis, 
Fujiis  item  collis,  caulifquz  &  follis  &  enfis, 
Serpentemque  notans  cenchris,  cum  vomere,  torris, 
In  NIS  finitum  Latium,  lapis,  unguis,  aqua/is. 
Hie  aut  haec  finis,  clunis,  cum  torque  canalis, 
Dantfcrobis,  ac  anguis :  corbis  muliebre  prasoptat  ; 
Mafculeo  potius  gaudent  pukis,  cinis,  amnis. 

OS.  p.   38.  rule   10. 

19.  Os  maribus  detur.      Sunt  neutra  chaos,  melos,  os,  os, 
Poftulat  hasc  arbos,  cos,  des,  &  origine  Gneca 

Orta  eos,  arclos,  perimetros  cum  diametro. 

US.  p.   38.  rule   11. 

20.  Poftulat  US  neutrum,  quoties  id  tenia  flectit. 

Femineum  voluere  pa/us,  fubfeufque  fa/ufqae, 
Quxquefenex,  juvenis,  cum  fervio,  nomina  formant^ 
Et  Virtus,  incus.     At  mafcula  funt  lepus  &  mus, 
^Expus  compofitum  :  petit  at  muliebre  lagopus. 

JES  and  AUS.  p.   39.  rule   13. 

21.  jEs  neutrale  petit :  la  us,  fraus,   muliebria  funto^ 

S  with  a  confonant  before  it,  p.  4c  rule  14. 

22.  S  dato  femineis,  fi  confona  ponitur  ante. 

Mafcula  fed  pons,  fins,    morn,   feps,    dum    denatat  an- 

guem ; 
Et  queis  P  praeit  S  polyfyllaba,  forcipe  dempto, 
DenfquQ,      chalybs,    cum    gryphe,    rudens,     quod    rarius 

haec  vult. 

Hie 


2o?~  Of  the  Gfnder  of  No uxs. 

Hie     aut    haec  ferpens  dat,  ferebs,  ftirps  truiicu.*,    c 

que. 
Dans  animans  genus  omne,  tamen  muliebre  pmoptat. 

X.  p.  41.  rule   16. 
23.  Haec  petit  X.      y^x,  ex  maribus  polyfyllaba  junge  : 
Die  tamen  hxejornax,  fmilax,  carex,  velut  hales, 
Et  cum  prole pana x,  Sc'jorfex  &lqxiefupe//ex. 
Mafcula  funto  calix,  phcenix,  pro  ^r;//c  que  bimbyx, 
Et  coccyx,  fornix,  8c  onyx  vas,  aut  lapis  unde 
Vas  fit  ;  <?rvx,  tradux,  grex  his  adjunge  ^/>'.vque. 
Eemineo  interdum  data  tradux  cum  £r^  cernes. 
Haec  modo  femineis,  maribus  modo  juncla  videbis  ; 
Calx  pro  parte  pedis  metave  laboris  &  hyftrix, 
Imbrex  ;  fardonyche??i  jungas,  rumiccm,  Ji/icemquc  ; 
Hie  mage  vult  cortex  8c  obex,  cum  pumice,  varix  ; 
Haec  potius  Umax,  lynx,  &  cum  fandice  per dix  : 
Atriplici  ney.trum  melius  dabo  quam  muliebre. 

II.     RULES  Concerning  the  OBLIQUE  CASES. 

The  Accufative  Singular  of  the  Third  Declenfion,  p.   43. 
Finit  in  EM  quartus.     Petit  im  iibi  ravis,  amujfis, 
Vis  cacufTuJqac  fimul,  tujjis,  fitis  atque  finapis, 
Cannabis  8c  gtrmmis,  bur  is,  conjunge  mephitim. 
Adde  urbes,  aliofque  locos,  amnefque,  deofque, 
IS  quibus  eft  recto  :  fed  &  haec  dant  in  quoque  quarto. 

Saepius  im,  turris,  puppis,  cum  refie  fe curls  : 
Em,  fed  8c  im  quandoque,  volunt  iibi  febris  aqualis, 
Et  ?iaiis,  pelvis,  clavis  ;  fie  lens,  Jlrigilifque, 
Sementifque,  cutis.     Cumulant  his  plura  vetufti. 

Impure  in  patrio  cafu  crefcentia  Graeca, 

Saepe  &  Tros,  Minos,  heros,  quartum  per  a  formant : 

£LTS  ea  vult.     Vix  ejn  dato  Pan,  cumque  ttkere  delphin. 

Ablative  Singular,  p.  44. 

Sextus  c  vult  :  quibus  at  rectus  per  E  clauditur  ;  dant, 
(Propria  ni  fuerint :)  AL  &  AR  nculralia  junge. 
Deme  jubar,  fal,  far,  par  fixum,  necJar  8c  hepar, 
Sed  folet  has  leges  rnigrare  licentia  vatum. 

/  quoque 


Of  the  Oblique  Cases.  295 

/  quoque  dant  in  &  im  tantum  facientia  quarto. 

Cannabis  at  Batis,    Tigris,  voluiftis  utrumque. 

Tm  quibus  in  quarto  eft,  ye  dant,  aut  m  modo  demunt* 

Dant  e  vel  /  fexto,  queis  quartus  in  em  vel  in  im  fit. 
Excipe  fed  reflis,  quod  e  femper,  cum  cute,  donat. 
I  mz.ghfe?7ientis,  Jirigilis  petit  at  que  fecur is. 
Quod  fimul  im  vel  idem  format,  capit  /  fibi  rar6. 

Haec  quoque  dant  e  vel/:  finis,  cum  rttre  fupellex, 
Occiput  &  veclis  :  per  UBI  cum  quasritur,  urbes, 
Et  pagil  &  mttgii,  jungas.     Per  e  faepius  effer, 
I  raro,  avis,  clajfis,  fors,  anguis,  &  imber, 
Unguis,  avis,  poftis,  fuftis,  fimul  amnis  &  ignis  % 
Ufus  plura  tulit  prifcus,  quae  refpuit  aetas 
Cultior.     /  tantum  fexto  retineto  canalis. 

Genitive  Plural,  p.  45. 

Praebet  ium  patrius,  fi  fextus  in  /  fuit  ante. 
Tolle  vigil,  vetus,  uher,  inops,  fupplexque  msmorqv&y 
Mugilis  &  confers,  quibus  &  pugil  feeler  adde  ; 
Atque  gradus  medios ;   (fed  ium  plus  pofcit.)     Adhe- 
rent 
His  compofta  genusy  capio,  facieque  caputque. 

Sextus  e  fi  tantum  dederit,  capit  urn  genitivus* 
AS  fed  ium  Latiale  petit :  polyiyllaba  deme, 
Queis  magis  urn  placuit.     Sed  ium  quaerentibus  adde 
Nomen  in  IS  vel  in  ES  non  crefcens  :  jungito  &  NS  : 
Tolle  parens,  vates,  panis,  juvenifqut,  canifque* 

Donat  ium  Samnir,  linter,  caro,  dos,  &  os  offis, 

Glis,    nix,    noxquQ  colors,    ?nus,  faux,    titer:   adde    Qui- 

ritsm, 
Atque  larem,  lite?n,  cotem,  cor  ;  compofitumque 
Uncia,  quod  fimul  as  genuit  :  monofyllaba  junge 
Confona  quae  duplex  claudit.     Bos  rite  bourn  dat. 

Dative  Plural  of  the  fourth  Declenjion,  p.  48. 

Partus  ubus,  fpecus,  artus,  acus,  dant  &  lacus,  arcus, 
Atque  tribus  ;  fed  utrumque  genu,  portufque,  veruque, 

III.  RULES 


29^  Of  Adjectives  and  Verbs. 

III.     RULES  concerning  ADJECTIVES. 
Adjeclives  wanting  ^Positive,  p.   71. 

Haec  viduata  gradu  funt  pauca  fequentia  primo  ; 
Ultimus,  ulterior;  prior ,  &  primus  ;  propior  que, 
Prox'nnus  ;  ocyor  atque  ocyjjimus  adjiciantur  : 
Deterior  jungi  quibus  &  deterri??ius  ambit. 

Adjeclives  wanting  the  Comparative,  p.   71 
Nuperus,  orba  gradu  medio,  novus  ac  ??ieritus  funt  5 
Par,  facer,  inviclus,  perfuafus,  8c  inclytus  adde. 

A dje olives  wanting  the  superlative,  p.   71. 
Hsec  fuperante  carent :  fatur,  8c  diuturnus,  8c  ingens, 
Atque  fenex,  juvenis,  adolefcens,  pronur,  opimus  ; 
Et  finita  BILIS  prope  cuncra,  vel  ILIS,  &  ALIS  : 
Cum  multis  aliis  quae  nunc  perfcribere  longum  eft. 

Adjeftives  wanting  the  ¥0  sit  we.  and  Superlative,  p.   71. 
Anterior  folum,  fequior,  fatiorque  leguntur. 

IV.     RULES  concerning  VERBS. 

Verbs    of  the   First    Conjugation    wanting    both    Pre- 
terite and  Supine,  p.    108. 

Labc,  nexo,  cum  plico  nil  dant. 

Verbs    of  the    Second    Conjugation    wanting    the  Su- 
pine, p.    108. 

Quod  dat  UI  neutrum,  timeo,  Jz/eoqve,  fupina 
Nulla  dabunt.      Valeo,  placeo,  caret  8c  licet  aufer, 
Paret,  item  jaceo,  caleo,  ?wceo,  doieoque  ; 
Queis  coalet,  latet  atque  meret  fociabis,  detque. 
Arceo  quod  fimplex  nefcit,  dant  nata  fupinum  : 
Quod  retinent  taceo,  lateo,  fobolique  recufant. 

Viduata  fupinis 

Si  capiunt  urget,  cum  fulget,  turget,  8c  alget. 

Verbs    of  the    Second   Conjugation  wanting  both  Pre- 
terite and  Supine,  p.    11 1. 

Nil  form  ant  laclet,  livet,  fcateoque  renidct, 

Mvret,  avet,  pollet,  ftavet,  cum  denfeo  glair et.  Verbs 


Of  Adjectives  and  Verbs.  297 


Verbs  of  the  Third  Conjugation  wanting  the  Supine  ; 
and  feme  alfo  the  Preterite,  p.    113. 

SCO.  p.  114. 
-  Difco 


Vult  didici  primam  geminans  :  fie  pofco,  popofci  ; 
Dijpefcit,  compefcit  UI  dant  :  cun&a  fupinis 
Orba.     Nihil  glifco,  nihil  Inceptiva  crearunt. 

UO.  p.   113. 

Nulla,  fupina  dabunt  meUioy  pluo>  congruoy  ficut 
Annuo ,  cum  fociis  ;  quibus  ingruoy  refpuo  junges. 

DO.  p.   116. 

Tundo  facit  tutudiy  tunfum  compoftaque  tufu?n. 
Et  cado  vult  cecidi  cafum  ;  fed  nata  fupinum 
( Incido  fi  demas,  recido,  fimul  occido,)  fpernunt. 
Praeterito.DI^r/V/0,  rudoy  dant,  abfque  fupinis, 
Sidoque,  fed  fobolifedeo  dat  mutuo  fedi. 

CO.  p.   118. 

Nil  vergo  capeffit. 


XI  clangoy  ningoj  dat  et  ango,  fupinaque  nulla. 

Verbs  of  the  Fourth  Conjugation  wanting  the  Supine 

p.    124. 

Cxcutity  ge/iity  glocity  &  deme?itit>  inepity 
Nulla  fupina  dabunt,  cum  profit 'it  atque  ferocit. 

DEPONENT  VERBS    wanting   the  Participle  Per. 

fect,  p.   128. 

Nil  formant  vefcor,  /iquor9  medeor9  reminifcor, 

Irafcory  ringor9  pravertory  diffiteorque  : 

Queis  demum  adjungas  divert  or  y  deqwtfetifcor. 

Verbs  wanting  the  firfi  perfon  Jingular.  p.    1 34. 

Dory  furoy  for y  detyfery  vix  unquam  fufcipit  ufus. 

V.  RULES 


29$  Of  the  Quantity  of  Syllables. 

Y.       RULES    concerning   the    QUANTITY   of   SYL- 

LABLES,  &c. 

I.     Concerning  First  and  Middle  Syllables. 

A  vowel  before  another,      p.    253. 
Vocalem  breviant  alia  fubeunte  Latini. 
Ni  capit  Vffo  prodnc  :  &  nomina  quintae 
E  fervant  longum,  fi  prsefit  /,  cqu  Jpeciei. 
Anceps  ius  erit  patrio  :  f^d  protrahe  alius  * 
Alterius  brevia  tantum  ;  commune  fit  ohe> 
Po?npei,  Cai,  produc,  conformia  jungens. 
Dia?:arn  varia  :  longa  a'er,  dius,  &  eheuy 
Et  patrius  primae  cum  ft{c  folvit  in  ai. 
Hie  Graeci  variant,  nee  certa  lege  tenentur. 

A  vowel  before  a  mute  and  a  liquid,   p.    254. 

Si  mutae  liquida  eft  fubjuncla  in  fyllaba  eadem, 
Quae  brevis  antevenit  vocalis,  redditur  anceps. 
Hanc  tameH  in  profa  femper  breviare  memento. 
Sunt  /,  r,  liquids,  queis  raro  jungimus  ?n,  n. 

Contracted  Syllables  and  Diphthongs,   p.    254. 
Vocalem  efficiet  femper  contradlio  longam. 
Diphthongum  produc  in  Graecis  atque  Latinis  ; 
In  Graecis  femper  :  at  prje  compofta  fequente 
Vocali  brevia  ;  veluti  prait  atque  prauflus. 

Preterites  and  Supines,     p.    255. 

Praeterita  affumunt  primam  difTyllaba  longam. 

Tolle  bibit,  fcidit,  &  fidit,  ac  tulit,  ortaque  do,Jlo. 

Praeteritum  geminans  primam,  breviabit  utramquc, 

Ut  pario,  peperi  ;  vetet  id  riifi  confona  bina. 

At  quod  cado  creat  tardat,  ceu  pedo,  fecundam. 

Cuncta  Supina  tenent  primam  diifyllaba  longam  : 

Praeter  n3.l3.fero,  cieo,  lino,  c\xmJij:?,JiJlo9 

Quae  breviant  ;  eo,  ^que,  rue,  queo  junge,  reor  que. 

Caetera  praefentis  meniuram  veiba  refervant. 

Excipe  iedpofui  pofituw,  genui  genitn7?/que, 

Et potui  ;  quae  dant  quoqueyi/W  &  volvo  liipina. 

Prx 


Of  the  Quantity  of  Syllables.  2cq 

Prae  turn  vocalem  polyfyllaba  cuncta  fupina. 
Producunt,  atum,  quibus,  etum  finis,  &  u'tum  : 
Ivi  pneterito  veniens  fociabis  &  ituvu 
Csetera  corripies  in  itu??i  quaecunque  refidunt. 

II.  Final  Syllables. 
A  in  the  end  of  a  tvord.     p.  261. 
Cafibus  A  flexum  brevia.     Sed  protrahe  fextum, 
Et  quintum,  Grasco  quando  hie  de  nomine  in  as  fit. 
Cafibus  haud  flexum  produc.     Ita,  cum  quia,  &.  eja9 
Et  put a  non  verbum  fubduxeris,  hallequduja. 
Curta  quoque  interdum,  contra,  ultra,  &z  ginta  creata* 

E  in  the  end  of  a  nvord,     p.  261. 

E  brevia.      Primae  produc,  et  nomina  quintae 
Cum  natis.      Addes  pluralia  cuncla  :    fecundae. 
Induperativum  focians.     Monofyllaba,  demptis 
Encliticis  ac  fyllabicis,  quoque  longa  repones. 
Adde  a  mobilibus  flexus  quaecunque  fecundi 
Manarunt,  fummique  gradus  adverbia  quaevis. 
Sed  bene  cum  male  corripies,  inferne,  fuperne, 
Yro&u&is  Jerme  atque  fere  jungantur,  &  ohe. 

I  in  the  end  of  a  word.     p.  261. 

I  longum  pono.     Vocitantem  corripe  Graecis.- 
His  tamen  at  ternus  dabitur  crefcentibus  anceps. 
Sic  variato  niihi,  tibi  cum  fbi  :  fed  mage  curtis 
Vult  ibi,  vultquera/,  nifi,  mox  ubi,  cum  quafi,  jungi. 
.   Sicuti  fed  breviant,  cum  ?iecubi,ficubi,  vates. 

O  in  the  end  of  a  ivcrd.     p.  262. 

O  commune  loces.     Dabis  at  monofyllaba  longis, 
Grascaque  ceu  Dido,  temum  fextumque  fecundae, 
Et  patrium  Graecum,  atque  adverbia  nomine  nata, 
Quo  jungens  &  eb.     Variant  at  denub,ferb, 
Mutub,  poJlre??ib,  verb  ;  modb  fed  breve  ponefc, 
Saepius  ambo,  duo,fcio  corripe,  &  illicb  &  imb, 
Et  cedo  da  fignans,  ego  queis  homo,  cum  citb  junge. 
Sunt  aliis  variata  Gerundia,  longa  Maroni. 
Ergo  pio  caufa produc  :  fcctxs  cditur  anceps. 

C  c  U  of  id 


300  Of  the  Quantity  of  Syllabizes* 

U  and  Y  in  the  end  of  a  word.     p.   262. 

U  Temper  longis,  fed  Y  raptis  jungere  oportet. 

B,  D,  L,  M,  R,  and  T,  in  the  end  of  a  word.     p.  262. 
Corripe  B  Latium  :  peregrinum  at  tendere  malim. 
D  breve  ponatur.     Variare  at  Barbara  poflis. 
L  breve  fit.     Cum  fe/,fal,  nil,  tolluntur  Hebraea. 
M  nunc  vocalis  perimit  :  rapuere  vetufti. 
R  brevies.     Produc  cujus  dat  patrius  eris  ; 
Addito  Iber,  a'er,  xther.      Sit  Celiiber  anceps. 
At  par, far,  lar,  Nar,  quoque  cur,  fur,  adjice  longis, 
T  breve  femper  erit  niii  quondam  fyncopa  tardet. 

C  and  N  in  the  end  of  a  word.     p.  262. 

C  produc,  prater  nee,  donee  :  fed  variabis 
Hie  bene  pronomen  :  fac  verbum  jungimus  ifti. 
N produc.     Demas  en  inij  dans,  quaeque  priore 
Graeca  per  on  cafus  numero  tenuere  fecundas  ; 
Et  quartum  cafum,  fi  fit  brevis  ultima  re&i. 
Sin  quoque  pluralis  ternae  conjunge  Pelafgum  : 
Forfitan,  in,  for  fan,  ta?jien,  an  viden9  infuper  addens. 

AS,  ES,  and  05,  in  the  end  of  a  word.    p.  263. 

AS  produc.     Patrio  fed  adis  quod  fle&it,  anafque0 
Sit  breve  :  plurales  terns  quibus  addito  quartos. 
Ponitur  es   longum.     Pluralia  corripe  Graeca 
Quae  crefcunt  ;  velut  es  defum  ;  penes  additur  illi  ; 
Cum  neutris  ;  &  queis  patrii  penultima  curta  eft 
Ternae.     Tolle  Ceres,  paries,  aries,  abies,  pes. 
OS  produc.     Patrius  brevis  eft,  &  compos  &  inzpos, 
OfauQ  of/is  prabens.      Rectos  breviato  fecundas. 
[Q  nifi  det  patrius  :)  neutra  his  dein  addito  Graium* 

IS,  US,  and  YS,  in  the  end  of  a  <word.    p.  263. 

IS  brcvio.     Vesram  plurales  protraho  cafus  ; 
IS  que  quod  in  patrio  mutatur  in  His  &  inls, 
Aut  entis  ;  gratijque  for  is,  glis,  vis  quoque,  nomen 
Seu  verbum  fuerit  :   iicut  &  perfona  iecunda 
Protrahit  IS,  quoties  it  is  plurale  reponit. 
In  fubjunclivi  ris  eft  commune  futuio- 


Of  the  Quantity  of  Syllables.  301 

US  correpta  datur.     Monofyllaba  cum  genitivis 
Ternae  vel  quarts  produc  :  numerique  fecundi 
In  quarta  prirrrum,  quartum,  quintumque  ;  &  in  uris% 
Dumve  in  utis  patrius,  vel  in  udis,  &  untis,  odifve  eft  } 
Aut  quintus  fit  in  u,  longus  turn  rectus  habetur. 
Ergo  produces  venerabile  nomen  Iesus. 

YS  junges  brevibus.     Tethys  reperitur  at  anceps. 
.Longaque  funt  reclis  aliter  quae  caiibus  yn  dant. 

The  lajl  Syllable  of  a  verfe.  p.   264. 
Ultima  cujufque  eft  communis  fyllaba  verfus. 

III.    The  Quantity  of  Derivatives  and  Compounds. 

I .   The  Quantity  of  Derivatives,  p.   2  64. 

Derivata  tenent  menfuram  primigenorum  : 
Orta  tamen  brevibus,  fufpicio,  regula,  fedes, 
Secius,  hunianus,  pcnuria,  viobilis,  humor, 
Jiwzentum,  fo?nes,  primam  producere  gaudent. 
Corripiunt  led  arijia,  vadum,  fopor  atque  lucerna, 
DuxqaQ  ducis,  Jlabilifquc,  fides,  ditioque,  qua/illus, 
Nata  licet  longis  ;  quae  pluraque  fuggeret  ufus. 

2.   The  Quantity  of  Compottuds.  p.   264. 

Simplicium  fervant  legem  compcfta  fuorum, 
Quamvis  diphthongus  vel  vocalis  varietur. 
At  breviant  nihilum  cum  pejero,  degero,  nee  non 
Veridicus,  fociis  junctis,  &  femifopitus \ 
Cognitus  his  addes,  velut  agnitus,  innubus,  atque 
Pronubus  :  at  longis  a?nbitus  mobile  junges, 
Imbecillus  item  :  fed  connubium  variabis. 
Quam  disjun&a  dabat  menfuram  praepofitura, 
Juncta  tenet :  fubiens  illam  nifi  litera  mutet. 
Eft  pro  breve  in  Grace  is,  pro  longum  rite  Latinis* 
At  rape  quae  fundus,  fugio,  xeptifque  nepofquz, 
Y&feftum,  fari,  fateor,  fanumquQ  crearunt. 
TrLiicc  prof  c?6  addes,  pariterque  procella,  protervus. 
Atque  propago  genus,  propago  protrahe  vicis. 
Propino  varia,  verbum  propago,  prof  undo  : 
Qxxm.pel.lo,  euro,  genitis,  Proferpina  junge. 

Se 


302  Of  the  Quantity  of  Syllables. 

Se  produc  &  di,  praeter  dirhto  atq&e  difertus. 

Eft  re  breve  :  at  viduum  perfonis  protrahe  refert. 

Pars  fi  componens  fini  prior  /  vel  o  donat, '. 

Sit  breve  :  vaticirm  monftraverit,  j4rc?opl:ylaxq\iQ. 

/quibuseft  flexu  mutabile  jungitolongis, 

Quaeque  queunt  fenfu  falvo  divellier,  addens 

13e  quibus  aut  Crafis  aliquid  vel  Syncopa  tollit. 

Idem  mafculeum  produc,   &  absque  &  ibidem  ; 

Huic  dein  agglomerans  turbx  compofta  die'u 

His  intro,  retro,  co?itrac[\xt  &  qua?:do  creata 

{Quandoquidem  excepto)   bene  junxeris,  atque  alioquin, 

Quaeque  per  o  magnum  fcribuntur  nomina  Graiis. 

FIGURES  of  PROSODY. 

Synalocpha  and  Eclhlipfis.  p.    275. 

Vocalem  Synalvpha,  Eclhlipfis  &  m  quoque  tollit, 
Altera  cum  voci  eft  vocalis  prima  fequenti. 

Synarejis  and  Diarejis.  p.  276. 

Syllaba  de  binis  conflata  Synxrejis  efto. 
Diftrahit  in  geminas  refoluta  D'utrefts  unam. 

SyJIUe  and  Diafole.  p.   277. 

Syftcla  pnrcipitat  vccales  rite  trahendas. 
Protrahit  huic  adverfa  Diafola  corripiendas. 

Figures  ^Diction,  p.   277. 

Prosthesis  apponit  capiti,  fdAvu tresis  auferU 
Syncopa  de  medio  tollit,  fed  Epenthesis  addit. 
Abjlrahit  Apocope  fini,  fed  dat  P A  R  A  g  0  g  e . 
Conflringit  Crasis,  diflracla  Diaeresis  effhrt. 
Liter  a  fi  legit  ur  tra?ifpqfta,  Metathesis  exit. 
An  t  i  t  h  e  s  i  n  dices,  tibi  liter a  fi  varietur. 

F    I    N    I    & 


•    V 


.^ 


-a* 


# 


\ 


